^MSf^&m 
 
 '■'^/S^/S'--'^''" 
 
127 
 
 ^75 
 
 THE GIFT OF 
 
 Al^cdzE.. 
 
 A.'A1X.[A ^H'lJlL 
 
Cornell University Library 
 R 746.I27A25 
 
 Medical education, medical colleges and 
 
 3 1924 012 274 290 
 
Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of tiiis bool< is in 
 tine Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924012274290 
 
ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 
 
 ■MEDIGAL EDUCATION; 
 
 Medical Golleges- 
 
 ANBTHE 
 
 
 Regulation I Practice of IfeiciNE 
 
 IN THK 
 
 UNITED .STAPLES AND CANADA. 
 
 1765--1S91. 
 
 Medical Education and the Regulation of the Practice ov 
 Medicine in FoiiKiGN Countries. 
 
 BY JOHN B, RAUCH, M. D., -SEeRETARY, 
 
 SPEINGFiptD. ILL.: 
 
 H. W. EOJSKEB, STilk'^PniHTEB AND BINDER. 
 
 ' 1891. 
 
ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 
 
 MEDICAL EDUCATION, 
 
 Medical Colleges 
 
 AND THE 
 
 Regulation I Practice of Medicine 
 
 IN THE 
 
 UNITED STATES AND CANADA. 
 
 1765--1891. 
 
 Medical Education and the Eegulation op the Peactice op 
 Medicine in Foreign Countries. 
 
 By JOHN H. RAUCH, M. D., SECRETARY, 
 
 SPEmGPIELD, ILL.: 
 H. W. BoEEEB, State Peinteb and Bindbk. 
 
 1891. 
 
CORNELL 
 
 ^UNIVERSITY 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 A. S 79 /^ 
 
 ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 
 
 W. A. Haskell, M. D., President Alton. 
 
 D. H. Williams, M. D Chicago. 
 
 Newton Bateman, LL. D Galesburg. 
 
 R. LuDLAM, M. D Chicago. 
 
 A. L. Clark, M. D., Treasurer Elgin. 
 
 W. R. Mackenzie, M. D j Chester. 
 
 B. M. Griffith, M. D Springfield. 
 
 John H. Rauch, M. D., Secretary Springfield. 
 
 Wm. G. Eggleston, M. D., Assistant Secretary Springfield. 
 
Ill 
 
 MEDICAL EDUCATION, MEDICAL COLLEGES AND THE 
 REGULATION OF THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE. 
 
 This Report had its origin in 1880, in the "Report of the Committee 
 on Medical Education of the Illinois State Board of Health," which con- 
 psted of five pages (in the "Third Annual Report of the State Board of 
 Health") with a small table of colleges. In this committee's report the 
 schedule of minimum requirements, which went into effect in 1883-84, 
 was made out and adopted by the Illinois State Board of Health. Some 
 of the suggestions then offered hold to-day as well as they did ten years 
 ago, although, as will be seen by a careful examination of this Repokt, 
 great changes for the better have taken place. 
 
 It is too shamefully true that at present many students are admitted to 
 the lecture courses, whose illiteracy prohibits their profiting by the in- 
 struction given, except in the narrowest limits, and precludes the possi- 
 bility of their attaining such knowledge as the duties of the profession 
 positively demand. 
 
 Natural talent and aptitude may go far toward fitting a man for any 
 calling, but no talent can take the place of thorough education in a pro- 
 fession where such large fields of knowledge are to be mastered, and so 
 many and such important judgments are to be constantly and promptly 
 formed. 
 
 It is a palpable absurdity to expect to make skillful physicians of illit- 
 erate students by mere dint of reading them lectures, even when accom- 
 panied by quizzes and examinations. It is doubtful whether any exami- 
 nation of qualification such as can be made at the crowded opening of a 
 session can be relied upon to assume the requisite preparation for admis- 
 sion. 
 
 Not less than three full years should be devoted to a" diligent study of 
 medicine, before graduating or commencement of practice. Whoever will 
 consider the extent of the several branches of science to be mastered by 
 the student of medicine, will easily conclude that three full years will af- 
 ford but scanty time for the work. It is doubtful whether any true 
 scholar would attempt to do this work in such time without great hesi- 
 tation. 
 
 In 1881 the report on medical colleges and on medical education occupied 
 fifty-seven pages in the "Fourth Annual Report of the State Board of 
 Health of Illinois." This was the first time that the medical colleges of 
 the United States and Canada were classified. After ten years it is felt 
 that the enormous labor involved in preparing the different editions of 
 the Report on Medical Education has been amply repaid and justified, 
 and it is hoped that the present Report, by giving ir(formation in regard 
 to all the medical teaching bodies in the world, will do much to increase the 
 
IV 
 
 knowledge in regard to medical education, and by giving the requirements 
 in all countries will do much to bring about a higher standard in this 
 country. 
 
 Until the second Report of this Board (in 1881) all that was generally 
 known of the medical colleges in this country was printed in tabulated 
 form in the reports of Hon. John Eaton, then U. S. Commissioner of 
 Education. 
 
 A comparison of this, the Seventh Repoet on Medical Edtjcation, 
 with the one for 1890 shows that some marked changes have taken place 
 in the past year, and when a review is made of the changes for the better 
 since the session of 1882-83, there is much cause for congratulation and 
 encouragement. There are now 148 medical colleges of all kind in exist- 
 ence in the United States and Canada, there being 135 in this country 
 and 13 in Canada. In 1882 the number of colleges requiring certain edu- 
 cational Otualiflcations for matriculation was 45; in 1886, 114; in 1889, 117; 
 in 1890, 124; and in this Eepobt 129*. 
 
 In 1882 the number of colleges that required attendance on three or more 
 courses of lectures before graduation was 22; 1886, 41; in 1889, 47; in 1890, 
 64; in this Eepoet, 85. Of the 148 colleges all have chairs of hygiene ex- 
 cept 14t, making 123 that teach this branch, while 119 now have chairs of 
 medical jurisprudence. In 1882 hygiene was taught in 52, and medical 
 jurisprudence in 61 colleges; in 1886 each branch was taught in 110 colleges; 
 in 1889, 117 taught hygiene, and 112 medical jurisprudence; and in 1890, 
 hygiene was taught in 119, and medical jurisprudence in 114 colleges!. 
 
 There has been also a gradual increase in the duration of the lecture 
 terms from an average of 23.5 weeks in 1882-83, to 26.3 weeks in 1890-91. 
 In 1882-83 there were eight colleges that had but 16 weeks. The number 
 of colleges having terms of six months or more is now 111. In 1882-83 the 
 number was 42; it was 49 in 1884, 50 in 1885, 52 in 1886, 55 in 1887, 63 in 
 1888, 66 in 1889, and 76 in 1890. 
 
 There are now in the United States 32 examining and licensing bodies 
 that do not give instruction, and 2 in Canada. The following table shows 
 the work of the examining and licensing bodies that examine all appli- 
 cants for license -to practice: 
 
 •There are now in Illinois two graduates studying the three E's on probation for a 
 license to practice. 
 
 + Not including the fraudulent ooUegeB. 
 
 tDuring the past year two colleges have died of inanition. 
 
^ I 
 
 I— I o 
 
 ^ In 
 
 3 1^ 
 
 o as q 
 
 W 
 H 
 
 H 
 O 
 
 C8 O 
 
 s§ 
 
 C:) eg 
 
 so O QD 
 
 15 
 o 
 
 .^fe^ 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 ^.b 
 
 < 
 
 ■y-q". 
 
 a 
 
 p'i'Ci 
 
 •<J 
 
 5 ■» 
 S 
 
 >< 
 
 f^ 
 
 w 
 
 ^$ 
 
 H 
 
 K 
 
 g 
 
 ^" 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 j§ 
 
 m 
 
 
 >H 
 
 
 Ph 
 
 cs 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 CS 
 
 
 ►Q 
 
 
 OS 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 V, 
 
 
 O 
 
 1 
 
 Eejeoted... 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 0- 
 
 
 rH 
 
 J— 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o-<i 
 
 
 
 
 l>iMoi00r- 
 rHpH 
 
 
 
 
 
 Applioati'ns 
 
 
 i-tCQ"5 
 
 
 rH 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C<IiMiO-«J< 
 
 
 «^;mmrH 
 
 
 C<l 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 Eejeoted... 
 
 
 
 
 00= 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rHT-HCO 
 
 ■^r^rHtM 
 
 
 
 
 Applioati'ns 
 
 
 
 
 rH 00 (M 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 COCO-* CO 
 
 ^^M=q 
 
 
 
 
 oo 
 
 Eejeoted... 
 
 
 
 
 rHT-C^i-ICa 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO -MOO 
 
 
 
 sa^-^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 Applioati'ns 
 
 
 
 
 i-i(Ml> rH^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r-r^^ 
 
 M 
 
 gg^^cg 
 
 
 
 1-1 
 
 
 Eejeoted... 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Applioati'ns 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 So 
 
 1^ QQ 
 
 Eejeoted... 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i>rHOaiOi-lrHiOf-iCq 
 
 -^ 
 
 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 
 
 00 cq 
 
 Applioati'ns 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 jdJOlCOO'M'^JiiOrHCO 
 
 -rfl 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 "-' gs 
 
 n 
 1 
 
 Eejeoted... 
 
 
 
 (M 
 
 OOOr-l 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Applioati'ns 
 
 s 
 
 
 <M 
 
 iOr-lCOCO 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 
 
 r-H> 
 
 CO 
 
 COl-l 
 
 
 
 
 
 rH 
 
 Number Eejeoted. 
 
 r-ii-ir-iCOr-iiOrHMOOrHNiaCMi-IUSr-iCq'^r-Cg-* 
 
 DJN-* CO «3rH 
 
 
 cq 
 
 Number Licensed. 
 
 ^ 
 
 fl CO O) rH rH <ri 00 rH rl CO CO 
 
 
 rHi^iO-l;'* CaC0O-*lCrH 
 rH(M COO 
 
 '"'^ s 
 
 Numb 
 
 er of Appli 
 
 Wi-iMOio»0(M-*i>CTs(W«Diffl-^ira^o:icr.i>r-oo OiraoaQocot-rHiorH im 
 
 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 1 
 
 p 
 
 CQ 
 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 en 
 
 iz; 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 |c 
 
 c 
 
 l5 
 
 0: 
 £ 
 
 ■< 
 
 c 
 a 
 ti 
 
 c 
 
 It 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 c 
 
 t: 
 a 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 a: 
 1 
 
 „& 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 "i 
 
 1^ 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Is 
 
 1 
 1 
 t: 
 
 Si 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 is 
 
 :| 
 
 :•< 
 
 : > 
 • ^ 
 
 :§ 
 
 . ^■ 
 :a 
 
 ;^ 
 
 la 
 . p 
 •*E 
 
 ■^? 
 
 1 
 
 .a b 
 ■.01 
 
 -^ 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 ? 
 
 PC 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 a 
 % 
 
 \ 
 
 IE 
 
 c 
 
 e 
 a 
 c 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 1 
 
 a; 
 
 .^ 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 u 
 
 i 
 
 % 
 
 \ 
 
 ■S. 
 
 e 
 -a 
 
 a: 
 c 
 
 i 
 
 DC 
 
 t: 
 
 c 
 
 d 
 
 I 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 C 
 
 <^ 
 1 
 c 
 
 i= 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 ig 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 tr 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 K 
 
 c 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1— 
 c 
 
 'c 
 
 C 
 
 a 
 
 C 
 
 a 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 K 
 
 'c 
 cl 
 
 ll 
 c 
 
 I 
 
 C 
 
 & 
 c 
 
 (- 
 
 a: 
 
 ? 
 
 1— 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 1 
 
 s 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 P 
 
 »l 
 1 
 
 "> 
 
 xS 
 
 C 
 a 
 
 £ 
 
 c 
 P 
 
 "n 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 % 
 
 a; 
 
 '"> 
 cr 
 
 C 
 h^ 
 ,C 
 
 c 
 
 \> 
 a 
 
 ■^ 
 C 
 
 a 
 
 .£ 
 
 c 
 
 'J, 
 
 > 
 
 % 
 
 I 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 a: 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 c 
 
 '£ 
 c 
 tr 
 
 CD 
 
 !z: 
 
 •g 
 ■s 
 
 'n 
 
 ;^ 
 
 > 
 
 ■a 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 
 t 
 
 1 
 
 e 
 
 PC 
 
 ■c 
 c 
 
 c 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 n 
 ■5 
 
 ■c 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 c 
 
 £ 
 
 •4: 
 
 J 
 '.£ 
 
 .£; 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 % 
 
 k 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 <£ 
 
 C 
 
 E 
 
 p: 
 
 cr 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 
 g 
 
 (- 
 
 .£ 
 
 n 
 c 
 
 'E? 
 
 > 
 
 0- 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 01 
 
 c 
 .£ 
 
 ■5 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 PC 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 > 
 
 1 
 
 £ 
 •4: 
 ■5 
 p: 
 
 2 
 
 C 
 
 E 
 
 p: 
 -c 
 
 c 
 
 ^_ 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 > 
 
 s- 
 
 > 
 "E 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 ■& 
 
 c 
 p: 
 
 ■c 
 c 
 .c 
 c 
 
 a; 
 
 a 
 
 Is 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 t 
 
 ? 
 5 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 ft 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 .DC 
 
 > 
 
 "S 
 
 t- 
 
 > 
 
 1 
 
 p: 
 
 "3 : 
 
 !^ 
 
 % ■■ 
 
 ■3 : 
 
 : 
 
 1! 
 
 ° ': 
 i» • 
 
 s : 
 
 m : 
 i: 
 
 ; 
 
 ll 
 
 P 
 
VI 
 
 Bejeoted. .. 
 
 Applicati'ns 
 
 4 
 k 
 
 Kejeoted... 
 
 Applicati'ns 
 
 II 
 
 Rejected... 
 
 Applicati'ns 
 
 
 Eejeeted... 
 
 Applicati'ns 
 
 OrHOOM-Of-iN 
 
 OSOrHSOi-li- 
 
 Bejeoted... 
 
 5l«3;^'-'^» 
 
 »-.f^rHMr^T-.<(MCC 
 
 Applicati.ns 
 
 Eejeeted. . . 
 
 OOO -O 'O 
 
 Applicati'ns 
 
 Number Bejeoted. 
 
 COt- -T-l ^ 
 
 .■•iClr-f-li-Ha<ll-ll- 
 
 -»npHi-< r-i (Mi-(r^r~r^eQ . CO l-l .-I r- rH Cq 
 
 Number Licensed. 
 
 Number of Appli- 
 cants 
 
 ^C3tc(©i— e^SCfrl— r.*^t^N:c — irt«>.' 
 
 qNt-ir^(M5qr.teoNi-.ieqi-,Wr-t 
 
 X 
 
 •5."sa 
 
 ^ «> 2_ Sm 
 
 o ••^a-§b=V-^'SS'-a5Ms 
 
 <D ca^-s S 2 o a"='^gJ^ S £3 
 ■50. MCiim S5 Q o a a '.la S 3'~K-i t>!H > ca i>.bj!i- 3 Si- i o-a g"^ a S ijc. 
 
 :o 
 
 :iSb 
 , ; ca+3 >0Q — 
 ■r-SS^'oJ'S — «i, 
 
 :|.S 
 
 .So 
 
 
vn 
 
 wo 
 
 woo 
 
 c? 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 rH 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 OrH 
 
 
 
 oc 
 
 
 
 gJNrHpHrH MpH 
 
 
 -'gss : i ; i i 
 
 
 iH 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ §5 
 
 
 
 
 
 CI <::>r^ 
 
 cq 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 g CO<M 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <M 
 
 (MOrH 00 
 
 
 
 
 oo ..... 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i» 
 
 
 S; 
 
 CQl-tCO <M 
 
 
 
 
 g„ : : ; i ; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 1-tO . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^1-1 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <MW ;0 
 
 
 
 
 
 <=> 
 
 
 OCOtMr-IO Oi-H 
 
 »HO i-HOO 
 
 © 
 
 
 
 u? ua 
 
 U310 .i-H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (Nt»t^i-ii-i CCCO 
 
 rHr-( iHrHi-l 
 
 rH 
 
 
 
 Id m 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 1-HOfH OO 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (M 
 
 
 CM 
 
 
 
 OKM-* (Mr-l 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 
 j-«« 
 
 CO CrjrHi-i (M 
 
 t-iC 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 CO(MpH . 
 
 to 
 
 
 ;l-i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 IH 
 
 '^ 
 
 rt jH U5 
 
 gu5,-mg oo^m mmgtg 
 
 S 
 
 «-*o 
 
 fH 
 
 S3 
 
 OOtMpH 
 
 PH 
 
 
 ffl 
 
 
 
 goo-^coj* fc"'"* "="SS£ 
 
 i^ 
 
 <ni^30r-ti-l 
 
 oa 
 
 CO«P-lHp^ fH pH ^ fH rH r-l r-l 
 
 s 
 
 »ft ^ in 
 
 i 
 
 'i 
 ■« 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 ti 
 t 
 
 i 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 .4 
 
 is 
 
 C 
 I 
 
 p. 
 
 1 
 
 t: 
 'S 
 
 >- 
 
 i 
 
 : K 
 
 :x 
 
 ■P- 
 
 •rtl 
 
 .in ff 
 
 ■5P- 
 
 oa 
 Si'' 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 1 
 1 
 "S 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 !§« 
 
 •a 
 si 
 
 il 
 
 '? 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 P 
 f= 
 
 > 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 ■P 
 
 .■3 
 1- 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 E 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 ■a 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 E 
 
 i 
 
 o 
 
 <D 
 
 1 
 
 •o 
 =^ 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 P 
 ■3 
 ?l 
 Hi 
 
 ■Siz 
 
 1 
 
 e 
 T 
 
 ■4- 
 
 '5 
 t- 
 d: 
 1> 
 
 1 
 
 a; 
 
 a 
 
 C 
 
 3a 
 
 P 
 
 a; 
 
 1 
 
 % 
 
 ,c; 
 
 c 
 a: 
 £ 
 
 t 
 
 a 
 
 ■F 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 ~s 
 
 "c 
 •5 
 
 U 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 i 
 
 ■ 
 
 1 
 
 lO 
 
 § 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 > 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 > 
 % 
 
 ! 
 
 c 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 P 
 
 -1 
 
 is 
 
 "a 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 C 
 
 1 
 IS 
 
 > 
 
 * 
 
 .1 
 I 
 
 § 
 .3 
 
 iS 
 
 
 
 > 
 1 
 
 £ 
 
 t 
 
 1 
 is 
 
 : 
 
 ,-8 
 a 
 i 
 1 
 
 
 !^ 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 }■ 
 a 
 is 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 C 
 
 n 
 
 J a 
 
 't 
 
 IH- 
 
 E 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 +- 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1= 
 
 '4> 
 
 •s 
 
 ■£ 
 
 P 
 
 1 
 
 :i 
 
 -,> 
 '1 
 
 ■| 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 I-H 
 
 '1 
 
 ll 
 1' 
 
 a 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 £ 
 
 .1 
 
 J 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 s 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1= 
 « 
 
 "a 
 
 u 
 
 h- 
 
 c: 
 C 
 a 
 b 
 
 t- 
 
 a. 
 
 o; 
 
 .2 
 
 'S 
 '5 
 
 "1 
 = 
 
 'c 
 
 C 
 
 PC 
 
 nC 
 
 'e 
 
 pc 
 
 C 
 c 
 ■c 
 c 
 c 
 
 i 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 .1 
 
 ci 
 
 1 
 
 d 
 
 -0 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 ■s 
 
 ■fed 
 
 1 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 e 
 
 -i" 
 
 e 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 s 
 
 D 5 
 
 a 
 
 c 
 
 ! 
 
 .1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
vm 
 
 INSTITUTIONS BEFBESBNTED. 
 
 In United States 77 
 
 Canadian 5 
 
 Foreign 12 
 
 94 
 
 PEECBNTAaBS OF EBJBCTIONS. 
 
 Alabama 102 gradual 
 
 e candidates ; p 
 • percentage rejec 
 
 er cent, rejected, 7.84.. . 
 29.81. 
 9.09.. 
 20.64.. 
 28.82.. 
 29.51 . 
 
 jted 
 
 Non-gradi 
 
 lates. 
 
 i0% 
 
 )9.87% 
 
 )4.29% 
 
 AM% 
 1.57% 
 5% 
 2.03% 
 
 
 
 
 
 South Carolina 170 ' ' 
 
 
 Virginia 349 
 
 1,183 Graduates U. S. colleges; 
 19 " Canadian 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 ; i 
 
 15 * * Foreign ' ' 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 108 Non-graduates 
 
 
 
 _ ( 
 
 The following table Is inserted foi 
 
 purposes 
 
 of comparison : 
 
 Besults of tlie Prussian State 
 Examinations, 1890. . 
 
 1 
 
 W 
 o 
 
 
 O' 
 
 p 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 5^ 
 2. 
 
 "W 
 
 B. 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 
 
 70 
 147 
 
 10 
 ' 81 
 
 15 
 57 
 
 9 
 46 
 
 37 
 
 83 
 
 20 
 46 
 
 7 
 79 
 
 4 
 42 
 
 9 
 32 
 
 181 
 
 
 613 
 
 
 
 Total , 
 
 217 
 
 49 
 
 79 
 
 2 
 
 91 
 
 13 
 60 
 3 
 
 72 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 55 
 
 15 
 
 29 
 
 3 
 
 120 
 
 27 
 
 54 
 
 1 
 
 66 
 
 19 
 26 
 
 86 
 
 si 
 
 6 
 
 46 
 
 15 
 21 
 
 1 
 
 41 
 
 9 
 17 
 
 4 
 
 794 
 
 
 184 
 
 " "good** 
 
 357 
 
 
 22 
 
 
 
 Total 
 
 130 
 
 87 
 40.09 
 
 76 
 
 15 
 16.48 
 
 38 
 
 34 
 47.22 
 
 47 
 
 8 
 14.54 
 
 82 
 
 38 
 31.66 
 
 45 
 
 21 
 31.81 
 
 78 
 
 8 
 9.3 
 
 37 
 
 9 
 19.56 
 
 30 
 
 11 
 26.82 
 
 563 
 
 Rejected 
 
 231 
 
 Per cent, rejected 
 
 29 09 
 
 
 
 NoTB.— Looking simply at the percentage of rejected candidates, it would seem that 
 the graduates of American schools have done as well before the State Boards of Exam- 
 iners as the applicants before the Prussian Commissioners. But a study of the German 
 method of examining (given in this Bepoet) will show that candidates in this country 
 are not subjected to as severe tests as are candidates in Germany. 
 
 A careful examination of the foregoing tables will show that there are 
 marked differences as to the severity of the examinations held by the State 
 Boards, or else that the graduates going from certain colleges before cer- 
 tain boards are much better qualified than the average of the graduates 
 of those schools. It is a fact that the examination papers vary greatly, and 
 the table is not a positive index of the work of the schools represented. 
 To correct these differences and have more uniform examinations there 
 should be a meeting of the examining boards of the different states, and 
 and some system adopted by which examination papers may be exchanged. 
 
 •Eejeoted previous year. 
 
IX 
 
 The work of the boards may be facilitated In doubtful cases if they will 
 refer to the pages of this Repoet for the status of the colleges represented 
 by applicants. 
 
 It is a matter of importance that the work of these examining boards 
 should be as uniform as possible, In order to bring about the best results 
 so far as medical education and the regulation of the practice of medicine 
 are concerned. The difiBculties incident to divided and limited jurisdic- 
 tions would thus be overcome, and the work made broader and more na- 
 tional in its character. Unless this is done, owing to the frequent changes 
 of residence by medical men, repeated examinations become onerous, and 
 in some cases work hardship. This is one of many good reasons for try- 
 ing to secure cooperation and uniformity of action in issuing and recog- 
 nizing certificates of examination by the various boards. 
 
 If this course is adopted, it will furnish facilities for the investigation 
 of the character of applicants when removing to other states, as experi- 
 ence has taught that graduates having diplomas from some of the best 
 medical colleges, or those who have passed a good examination, occas- 
 ionally become the greatest professional frauds. Knowledge of the his- 
 tory of these men, thus obtained, would assist in preventing their 
 being licensed in other states, and would exercise a supervision over all, 
 which would do much towards upholding the morale of the profession. 
 
 The laws under which these boa,rds work are different in some respects, 
 and the conditions of examination differ. In the case of at least twenty 
 schools the results of the examinations give too much or too 
 little credit in the table. Some of the applicants are recent graduates, and 
 others have been in practice for some time. 
 
 It has been the practice of this Boakd to recognize the certificates of 
 examination issued by other Boards. 
 
 The following tables are interesting: 
 
 Standing in bach Section of the Applicants Rejected Septjembee 
 
 3d and 4th, 1890, BT the Medical Examining Boaed of Vieginia, 
 
 AND THE Colleges feom which thet Received Diplomas. 
 
 The standard of requirements for license is an average mark of 75 per 
 cent, on the whole. If, however, an applicant receives less than 33i per 
 cent, in any one of the eight Sections, he is rejected. 
 
 (This Table is introduced solely for the purpose of indicating the 
 branches of study in which the greatest deficiencies of preparation of the 
 applicants are most noticeable. In addition, it should be remarked that 
 had it been required to rate the applicants on ordinary correctness of 
 English grammar, at least one-third of those who passed satisfactory ex- 
 aminations on the required branches of medical study would have received 
 very low markings, and far more than one-half of those rejected showed, 
 in their examination papers, lamentable ignorance of English composition, 
 spelling, etc.— Secretary of the Virginia board.] 
 
MARKS OF CANDIDATES BEJECTED BY THE VIKGINIA BOABD. 
 
 Institutions of Geaduation. 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 < 
 
 > 
 
 ft 
 
 ■ a p. 
 
 < 
 o 
 
 II 
 
 = 1 
 
 - a. 
 
 O CO 
 
 hd op t»- 
 
 i i » 
 
 El CD CO 
 
 University of Georgetown, Washing- 
 ton, D. C 
 
 38 
 20 
 
 i5 
 )0 
 )7 
 t3 
 
 i8 
 iO 
 )9 
 
 r5 
 m 
 
 >i 
 
 58 
 J5 
 
 ;o 
 
 )5 
 i8 
 
 r& 
 
 55 
 )5 
 !5 
 
 m 
 m 
 
 i7 
 
 95 
 92 
 
 100 
 
 100 
 
 100 
 
 71 
 
 89 
 100 
 78 
 92 
 92 
 
 71 >4 
 
 30 
 ?5 
 
 "6 
 )3 
 ?6 
 ?5 
 
 35 
 33 
 30 
 )0 
 36 
 
 34 
 
 80 
 79 
 
 75 
 72 
 84 
 72 
 
 75 
 70 
 90 
 90 
 70 
 
 85H 
 
 82 78 32 < 
 
 74 75M 75 ( 
 
 42 75 48 
 
 39 75 50 ( 
 
 82 94 43 
 
 60 80 49 ( 
 
 62 79 65 ( 
 80 83 22 ( 
 47 97 14 ( 
 72 75 24 
 
 75 77M 80 t 
 
 72 69 51 ( 
 
 '9*« 
 
 
 >5%( 
 
 Southern IMedioal College, Atlanta, 
 Ga " . . ... 
 
 
 King's College, London, England 
 
 University of the City of New York.. 
 
 m 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, 
 
 itH 
 
 Howard University, Washington, D. C. 
 Howard University, Washington,D. C. , 
 Nou-graduate 
 
 ^6% 
 
 
 tK% 
 
 Jefferson Medical College (examined 
 by New Jersey Board) . . .^ * 
 
 K% 
 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 >6 
 
 89.6 
 
 rs.7 
 
 78.2 
 
 64.1 80.6 44.9 
 
 
 
 
 It is suggested that the boards of examiners prepare tables of this kind 
 at each examination for purposes of comparison. ' 
 
 The next table shows the marks obtained by the successful candidates 
 before the New Jersey Board, October 9 and 10, 1890. 
 
 
 NAMB or INSTITCTIOH . 
 
 S-oi 
 
 !3g 
 
 er. 
 g 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 P 
 
 
 > 
 
 3 
 
 
 ■a 
 »^ 
 
 5" 
 
 < 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 5 
 
 aoH 
 
 MpTO 
 ■t &■< 
 a> • 
 
 gO 
 
 E CO O 
 
 II 
 ^1 
 
 §a 
 
 si 
 
 §1 
 il 
 
 il 
 
 1 
 
 University of Padua 
 
 95. 
 
 99. 
 
 98. 
 100. 
 100. 
 
 84. 
 
 88.5 
 85. 
 90.5 
 96. 
 
 75.1 
 
 96. 
 
 92. 
 99. 
 81.5 
 
 92. 
 
 82.5 
 99.9 
 81. 
 99. 
 
 80.1 
 
 94.1 
 
 88.1 
 98.9 
 88, 
 
 89.5 
 
 83. 
 
 94.5 
 81.8 
 87.5 
 
 51. 
 
 80. 
 
 80. 
 95. 
 
 76. 
 
 75. 
 
 80. 
 
 60. 
 
 ' 64. 
 
 75. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 75 3 
 
 2 
 
 Hahnemann Medical College, 
 Philadelphia 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 92.2 
 
 84.2 
 97.5 
 86.7 
 
 86 2 
 
 3 
 
 t 
 6 
 
 University City of New York, 
 Medical Department 
 
 University of Pennsylvania... 
 
 University of Pennsylvania... 
 
 College of Physicians and 
 Surgeons, Baltimore 
 
 New York Medical CoUoge 
 and Hospital for Women... 
 
 Jefferson Medical College 
 
 University City of New York. 
 
 University of Pennsylvania... 
 
 Mean 
 
 89. 
 97. 
 77. 
 
 86.5 
 
 94. 
 
 83. 
 
 96.8 
 100, 
 100. 
 
 65.5 
 
 95. 
 
 . 97.5 
 
 62.5 
 
 99. 
 
 78.5 
 
 7 
 S 
 
 90. 
 
 84.6 
 
 75. 
 
 90. 
 
 76.5 
 
 83.3 
 84.8 
 75.9 
 90.6 
 
 9 
 10 
 
 72. 
 79.6 
 
 80.5 
 97. 
 
 84. 
 95. 
 
 64.5 
 93. 
 
 75.5 
 93. 
 
 
 93.6 
 
 89.8 
 
 88.6 
 
 73.5 
 
 84 ^ 
 
 87 7 
 
 91.8 
 
 82.6 
 
 80.8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Applicants before the New Jersey Board are divided into three classes, 
 which are given different examinations. See the New Jersey law, page 95. 
 
XI 
 
 Pbeliminaey EDUOATloiir.— Special attention is called to the fact that 
 in some of the largest universities in this country courses preliminary to 
 the study of medicine are now offered— the University of Pennsylvania, 
 Cornell, Yale, Princeton, Lake Forest and Northwestern Universities, Johns 
 Hopkins and the University of Wisconsin. That it is wise for students 
 to take such courses before beginning the study of medicine there can be 
 no doubt— as there can be no doubt that the day is past when the strictly 
 classical course is entirely sufficient to fit any one for the study of medi- 
 cine. It is interesting to note in this connection that the emperor of 
 Germany has fallen in line with modern thought and has recently declared 
 against the excessive time and labor expended upon the classical course. 
 Harvard University has made arrangements by which the students in- 
 tending to study medicine can take a special A. B. course in three years. 
 An attempt has been made to establish a course preparatory to the study 
 Of medicine at the University of Michigan, but the scheme did not suc- 
 ceed. The plan was as follows: 
 
 Outline op the Proposed Medical Peepakatobt Coukse. 
 fibst teab. 
 
 First Semester. 
 
 German 4 
 
 French 4 
 
 General chemistry 5 
 
 Trigonometry 3 
 
 16 
 
 Second Semester. 
 
 German i 
 
 French 4 
 
 Laboratory work in general chemistry. . . 2 
 
 Englsih 2 
 
 Mathematics 4 
 
 16 
 
 SECOND YBAB. 
 
 First Semester. 
 
 Geritan or French 
 
 General biology 
 
 ... 2 or 3 
 5 
 
 Second Semester. 
 
 French or German 
 
 General biology 
 
 Physios.. 
 
 Logic 
 
 Rhetoric 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 Physios 
 
 Qualitative chemistry 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 THIED TEAK. 
 
 First Semester. 
 
 Vertebrate morphology 7 
 
 Organic chemistry 5 
 
 Histology and physiology 3 
 
 Psychology 3 
 
 18 
 
 Second Semester. 
 
 Vertebrate embryology 5 
 
 Physiological chemistry 7 
 
 Electives 3 to 6 
 
 18 
 
 Students who enter the Department of Medicine and Surgery "ill not be recommended 
 for a Bachelor^ degree until they have completed the required three years' work in that 
 department. Those who desire to obtain the Bachelor's degree in less than six years must 
 remain in the Department of Literature. Science and Arts and complete the required num- 
 ber of courses in that department. 
 
XII 
 
 The three years' course of the Department of Medicine and Surgery is outlined below: 
 
 FOUETH TEAK. 
 
 First Semester. 
 
 Lectures and Secitations . 
 
 Osteology S 
 
 Materia medica 3 
 
 Physiology 3 
 
 Hygiene 3 
 
 Toxicology 2 
 
 Pharmacy 1 
 
 15 
 
 Second Semester. 
 
 Lectures and Recitations. 
 
 Descriptive anatomy 3 
 
 Materia medica 3 
 
 Physiology 3 
 
 Physiological chemistry 3 
 
 Electro-therapeutics 1 
 
 Medical jurisprudence 2 
 
 15 
 
 Laboratory Work, throughout the year, iif practical anatomy, practical hygiene, ad- 
 vanced histology and practical physiology. 
 
 FIFTH TEAS. 
 
 First Semester. 
 
 Lectures and liecitations. 
 
 Theory and practice 2 
 
 Surgery 3 
 
 Diseases of children 2 
 
 Descriptive anatomy 2 
 
 Therapeutics 2 
 
 Pathology ■ 2 
 
 Becitations on lectures 2 
 
 15 
 
 Second Semestry. 
 
 Lectures and liecitations. 
 
 Theory and'practice 2 
 
 Surgery 3 
 
 Descriptive anatomy .' 2 
 
 Therapeutics ..., 2 
 
 Pathology 2 
 
 Gynecology 2 
 
 Recitation on lectures 2 
 
 15 
 
 Laboratory Work, throughout the year, in practical anatomy, practical hygiene and 
 practical pathology. 
 
 SIXTH TEAB. 
 
 First Semester. 
 Lectures and Recitations, 
 
 . 3 
 . 3 
 . » 
 . 2 
 . 2 
 . 2 
 
 15 
 
 Second Semester. 
 
 Lectures and Recitations. 
 
 Theory and practice 
 
 Surgery 
 
 Obstetrics 
 
 <( 
 
 Surgery 
 
 Q-yneoology 
 
 Ophthalmology 
 
 Diseases otmmdand nervous system.. 
 Dermatology and syphilography 
 
 3 
 
 Ophthalmology, laryngology and otology 
 
 Dermatology and syphilography 
 
 Diseases of mind and nervous system 
 
 2 
 2 
 2 
 
 Is 
 
 Laboratory Work and Olinical Work, throughout the year, in surgery, practice, 
 ophthalinology, otology, diseases of the nervous system, gynecology, obstetrics, physioa 
 diagnosis, operative surgery and obstetrics, minor surgery and bandaging 
 
 Such a plan is undoubtedly a good one, and the better because It offers 
 the B. So. instead of the B. A. degree. Such a course as the one offered 
 by the University of Wisconsin should undoubtedly be accepted as one of 
 the four years of medical study, , but not as the equivalent of one of the 
 three courses, of lectures, though it should be accepted in lieu of one course 
 of medical lectures when four courses of lectures are required, as must be the 
 case during the present decade. As can be seen from this Rbpokt there 
 
xra 
 
 is a marked increase in matriculation requirements as compared with last 
 year, and more attention is being given by the literary colleges to an 
 education for the study, of medicine. The facilities for obtaining a higher 
 medical education are increasing yearly, and is hoped that the day Is 
 not far distant when the standard of medical education will be as high 
 in this as in any other country. 
 
 Four Yeaks' Study and Thbbe Courses of Lectures. 
 
 There can be no longer any doubt that the movement for four years of 
 medical study and three courses of lectures, with higher preliminary edu- 
 cation, will be successful. At the meeting of the American Medical As- 
 sociation in Nashville, in May, 1890, the American Medical College As- 
 sociation was formed and adopted the following: 
 
 Ettles Gotebning the Admission op Colleges to Membeeship in the Amebioan Med- 
 ical, Association. 
 
 1.^ That the ooUeges shall require a graded course of instruction covering a period of 
 not less than three courses of lectures of six months duration each before graduation. 
 
 2. That oral and written examinations be reaulred of all students. 
 
 3. That a thorough course of laboratory instruction be maintained in chemistry, hlstol- 
 oly and pathology. 
 
 4. A preliminary entrance examination, consisting of: 
 
 1. A composition, written in English, of not less than two hundred words. 
 
 2. The translation of easy Latin prose. 
 
 It is provided, however, that students be allowed one year to make up any deflcienoy 
 of this examination. 
 
 3. An examination in higher arithmetic. 
 
 4. An examination in elementary physics. 
 
 It is provided, however, that candidates who are graduates or matriculates of recog- 
 nized colleges of literature, science and arts, or graduates of normal schools supported by 
 the different states, be exempt from the provisions of this examination. 
 
 By resolution it was determined that the colleges entitled to representation in this con- 
 vention shall enforce the above curriculum at the commencing of the session of 1892-93. 
 
 At the meeting of the American Institute of Homoeopathy, at Waukesha, 
 Wis., on June 20, 1890, the Institute adopted the following recommenda- 
 tions of its Intercollegiate Committee: 
 
 On and after the fall of 1892, in all colleges represented in the Intercollegiate Committee 
 of the American Institute of Homoeopathy the term of study reauired for graduation shall 
 be at least four years, which shall include attendance upon not less than three terms of 
 six months each. 
 
 No person, vmless he present a diploma or certificate of graduation from an accredited 
 university, college, academy or high school, or a teacher's oertifloate which shall be ap- 
 proved by the faculty as eqtulvalent to the examinations reauired, shall be admitted to the 
 second year of study, and the first course of lectures in any of the colleges represented in 
 this comsaittee, without having passed a written examination upon the following subjects: 
 
 1. English composition, by writing at the time of examination an essay of not less than 
 two hundred words, from which may be judged the writer's proficiency in grammar, 
 spelUng and writing. 
 
 2. Arithmetic as far as square root. 
 
XIV 
 
 3. Geography, physical and political, as much as is contained in advanced school 
 geographies. 
 
 4. History, such an outline of the history of modern civilized nations, especially of the 
 United States, as is contained in ordinary manuals of history. 
 
 5. Latin, sufficient to read easy prose and to give a fair comprehension of soientifle 
 terms and formula. 
 
 6. Physics, such as is comprised in Balfour Stewart's "Primer of Physios." 
 
 7. Biology and physiology, as much as is comprised in the briefer course of Martin's 
 "Human Body." 
 
 8. Chemistry, as comprised in Miller's "Elementry Chemistry," 
 
 9. Botany as found in an'elementary manual. 
 
 It shall be understood that the first of these four years of study shall have been devoted 
 to the preliminary medical studies, as outlined by this committee, and that, upon success- 
 fully passing the above examination, the student shall have fulfilled the requirements of 
 the first year of medical study. 
 
 All the homcEopathic medical colleges in the United States except the 
 Kansas City HomcBopathic Medical College are in the Intercollegiate Com- 
 mittee of the Institute. 
 
 The following eclectic medical schools now require four years' study and 
 three full courses of medical lectures: 
 Bennett College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, Chicago. 
 American Medical College, St. Louis. 
 California Medical College. 
 
 Eclectic Medical College of the City of New York. 
 Eclectic Medical Institute, Cincinnati. 
 
 In addition to the colleges marked in this Report "Diplomas not rec- 
 ognized," or "Diplomas recognized conditionally." and the obviously 
 fraudulent institutions, the Boakd in 1890 recognized conditionally the 
 diplomas of 25 colleges because of non-compliance with the schedule of 
 minimum requirements. Before being granted certificates the graduates 
 of these schools were required to supplement their applications with satis- 
 factory evidence and by examination in the branches in which their col- 
 legiate education was deficient. 
 
 The following institutions have adopted, or will do so at the dates set 
 opposite their titles, the requirements of longer terms of study, as a con- 
 dition precedent to graduation: 
 
 California Medical College, i years' study with session of 1891 
 
 Bennett College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, Chicago, 3 courses of lectures 
 
 and 4 yeans" study 1890-91 
 
 Medical College of Indiana. 3 courses of lectures and 4 years' study 1890-91 
 
 Physio-Medical College of Indiana, 4 " ' • • ' ■ ■ 1890-91 
 
 Port Wayne College of Medicine. 3 " '• " ■■ I89u-91 
 
 Dep't of Medicine and Surgery, University of Mich., 4 annual courses of lectures 1890-91 
 Homeopathic Medical College of Missouri, 3 courses of lectures and 4 years' study 1890-91 
 American Medical College, St. Louis, " " " • ■ ■• 1890-91 
 
 Dartmouth Med. Col., New Hampshire, ■ ■ • • > • < . , . ^ggj 
 
 Eclectic Med. Col. City of New York, •■ .. .. .. ., iggo.gi 
 
 Eclectic Med. Institute, Cinonnati, > . . . . . , , , , iggo.gi 
 
 Toledo Medical College, .... .. ,, ,, iggo-gi 
 
 National Normal University, Ohio, .... ., .. ,, iggg-gi 
 
XV 
 
 Chloago Homeopathic Medical College, 3 courses of lectures now and •! years' 
 
 study after 1890-91 
 
 Med. Dep't University of Wooster, 3 courses of lectures 1890. and 4 years' study 1891 
 
 Eush Medical College, 3 oolirses of lectures and 4 years' study after 1890-91 
 
 Chicago Medical College, i years' study after 1890-91 
 
 Hahneman Medical College, Chloago, 3 courses of lectures and 4 years' study after 1890-91 
 Woman's Medical College, Chicago, " " " " " " 1890-91 
 
 Physio- Medical Institute, Chicago, 4 years' study after 1890-91 
 
 Central Col. Phys. and Surgs., Indianapolis, 3 courses lectures and 4 years' study 
 
 after 1890-91 
 
 Indiana Eclectic Medical College, 3 courses lectures and 4 years' study after 1890-91 
 
 Eclectic Col. Phys. and Surg., Indianapolis, 3 courses of lectures and 4 years' 
 
 study after , 1890-91 
 
 Medical Department State University of Iowa. 4 years' study after 1890-91 
 
 Homeopathic Medical Department, State University of Iowa, 4 " " " 1890-91 
 
 Iowa Eclectic Medical College, 3 courses of lectures and 4 ' ■ " " 1890-91 
 
 College of Medicine and Surgery, Minneapolis, 4 " " " 1890-91 
 
 College of Homeopathic Medicine and Surgery, Minneapolis, 4 " " " 1890-91 
 
 Missouri Med. Col., 3 courses of lectures'With session 1890-91 and 4 " " " 1890-91 
 
 St. Louis Medical College, 4 " " " 1890-91 
 
 St. Louis College of Phys. and Surgs., 3 courses of lectures and 4 " " " 1890-91 
 
 University Med. Col. of Kansas City, 3 " " 4 •• <• •■ 1390-91 
 
 Ensworth Medical College, 3 " " 4 •■ • ■ • ■ 1390-91 
 
 Beaumont Hospital Medical College, 3 " " 4 ■• •• •• 1891-91 
 
 Medical College of Ohio, 3 " " 4 ■ • ■ • ■ • 1390-91 
 
 Starling Medical College, 3 " " 4 " " '• 1390-91 
 
 Homeopathic Hospital College, Cleveland, 3 courses of lectures with 1890-91, and 4 
 
 years' study after 1890-91 
 
 Cincinnati College of Med. and Surg., 3 courses of lectures and 4 years' study after 1890-91 
 Miami Medical College, 3 " " 4 " ■ ■ ■ • 1390-91 
 
 Northwestern Ohio Medical College, 3 " " 4 " " > ■ 1890-91 
 
 "Woman's Med. College, Cincinnati, 3 " " 4 •• ■< •■ 1399-91 
 
 Western Pennsylvania Med. College. 3 " " 4 •■ " •■ 1390-91 
 
 New York Homeopathic Medical College, 4 • • ■ • " 1391-92 
 
 New York Medical College and Hospital for Women, 4 " " " 1891-92 
 
 Hahnemann Medical College, Philadelphia, 4 " " ■ ' 1391-92 
 
 Bostofl University School of Medicine,4 courses of lectures \. " 1890-91 
 
 Pulte Medical College, Cincinnati, 4 " " with 1892-93 
 
 Columbus Medical College, 3 courses of lectures and 4 " ' " " 1892-93 
 
 Leon?.rd Medical School, 4 years' graded course since 1882 
 
 Gross Medical College, Denver, 3 courses of lectures with session 1890-91 
 
 Kansas Medical College, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 Kansas City Homeopathic Medical College, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 Cotner University, Lincoln, Nebraska, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 Western Eeserve Medical College, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 Cleveland Medical College, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 jefeerson Medical College, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 Medical College, State of South Carolina, 3 " 1890-91 
 
 Medical Department, University of Vermont, 3 " " " " 1891 
 
 University of Spokane Palls, 3 " " " " 1891 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Keokuk, 3 " " after " 1890-91 
 
 Keokuk Medical College, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 University of Maryland, Department of Medicine, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 Northwestern Medical College, St. Joseph, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 University of the City of New York, 3 " " " " 1890-91 
 
 Medical Department, University of Buffalo, 3 " " " '• 1890-91 
 
 Bellevue Hospital Medical College, 3 " ". " " 1890-91 
 
 During the year the list of colleges that now require or vcill require 
 within one or two years more courses and time of study, has grown con- 
 siderably. There are 34 colleges that now or will soon require four 
 years' study and three courses of lectures, 11 that now or will soon require 
 
XVI 
 
 four years' study, 4 that have or will soon have four courses, and 17 that 
 will require three courses of lectures in the fall of 1891 or 1892, exclusive 
 of those having that requirement now. Thus the list of colleges in the 
 United States that require but two courses and have made no provision 
 for longer study, is reduced to 21. 
 
 The Chicago Medical College was the first medical college in this coun- 
 try to adopt the three years' graded course of study, as is shown by the 
 following: 
 
 The following is a correct copy of action taken at a meeting of the fac- 
 ulty of the Chicago Medical College on the 4th day of June, 1868. 
 
 "It was voted that we divide our ourrioulum of instruction into three successive 
 courses of instruction, corresponding to the three years of study, as shown in the fol- 
 lowing schedule. 
 
 "Junior Coitrse.— Descriptive anatomy, physiology and histoloy, inorganic chemistry, 
 maf<eria medica and therapeutics, dissection. 
 
 "Middle Course— General pathology and pathological anatomy, surgical anatomy and 
 operations of surgery, organic chemistry and toxicology, public hygiene, medical juris- 
 prudence, oinic instruction in the hospital. 
 
 "Senior C7ot()-se.— Principles and practice of medicine, principles and practice of 
 surgery and military surgery, obstetrics and diseases of women and children, diseases 
 of the respiratory and circulatory organs, clinical instruction in the hospital. 
 
 It was also voted that each course of winter lectures be of six months' duration, 
 and each summer course of three months. 
 
 It was voted that every student applying for matriculatioh be required to show, either 
 by certificate, or by examination, that he possesses a good English education, includ- 
 ing the first series of mathematics and the elements of natural sciences." 
 
 H. A. Johnson, 
 President of the Chicago Medical College. 
 
 In this movement of advancing the standard of medical education' and 
 regulating the practice of medicine, much assistance is derived from the 
 work of various state boards of medical examiners. ^An impetus has 
 been given by the formation of the American Medical College Association. 
 The National Institute of Homeopathy and the National Eclectic Medical 
 Association have endorsed the requirement of four years' study, as they 
 have already done that of three annual courses of lectures. 
 
 Several boards, having authority similar to the Illinois Board, have 
 already adopted the requirement in this respect, and those that have not 
 already done so, will in a short time co-operate in this movement. 
 
 The potency of this factor will be appreciated when it Is considered 
 that these boards directly control the recognition of diplomas in an area 
 embracing about 41,000,000 people, and indirectly in almost the entire 
 area of the United States; and that a number of them exercise jurisdiction 
 in the new States and Territories. 
 
 The movement for a higher standard of medical education has now 
 acquired a momentum that will probably result in the control of medical 
 education and the regulation of medical practice in every State and Ter- 
 ritory (except, perhaps, Alaska) during the present decade. The indica- 
 tions are that in the course of another year at least 100 colleges in this 
 country will require four years' study. 
 
XVII 
 
 Registration of STUDEXTS.-^With four years' study and three courses 
 of lectures assured, it seems proper that the different hoards of medical 
 examiners and the colleges should cooperate in establishing some system 
 of registration of medical students before they enter college, in order that 
 the fourth year of study, may not be mere form. By a system of regis- 
 tration, the colleges and boards can know just how long any particular 
 student has been engaged in the study of medicine. Such a system! is in 
 use in Great Britain, Canada, and several foreign countries. 
 
 Under the schedule of two-year courses and three years' study the earliest 
 age at which a student can be graduated is 21 years. The addition of 
 one year each to the time of study and the college term would seem to 
 justify the limitation of the minimum age of graduation to 22 years. 
 This is a matter that the boards of examiners and the colleges would do 
 well to take under consideration. 
 
 The following table shows the age at graduation or license of 5,719 
 practitioners, as obtained from the records of thp Board: 
 
 Age. 
 
 United States. 
 
 Male. Female. 
 
 B 
 
 p 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 31 
 
 82 
 
 33 
 
 34 
 
 35 
 
 36 
 
 37 
 
 38 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 42 
 
 43 
 
 44 
 
 45 
 
 46. 
 
 47.. 
 
 48 
 
 49 
 
 50 
 
 51 
 
 S2.., 
 
 53 
 
 54 
 
 55 
 
 56 
 
 57 
 
 58 
 
 69 
 
 60 
 
 62 
 
 65 
 
 =2 
 
 9 
 79 
 
 506 
 
 507 
 
 496 
 
 409 
 
 378 
 
 322 
 
 255 
 
 218 
 
 178 
 
 175 
 
 161 
 
 128 
 
 128 
 
 94 
 
 81 
 
 67 
 
 44 
 
 47 
 
 29 
 
 41 
 
 25 
 
 •£i 
 
 21 
 
 14 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 5 
 
 11 
 
 10 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 15 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 21 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 4 
 9 
 
 18 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 9 
 4 
 7 
 
 10 
 6 
 6. 
 5 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 13 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 7 
 .2 
 2 
 5 
 4 
 1 
 3 
 2 
 3 
 2 
 
 "i" 
 
xvm 
 
 This table shows that diplomas have been granted at an earlier age in 
 this than in any other country, and also to persons of more advanced age. 
 In the latter case many of the graduates attended one course of lectures, 
 went into practice and graduated after longer or shorter periods of prac- 
 tice. This custom has almost entirely disappeared at this time, owing to 
 the laws in the different States. In the United States it is sometimes, 
 the case that young men, after obtaining an academic education go intO' 
 business or teach school in order to make money to attend medical lec- 
 tures. Again, many young men that intended to study medicine went 
 into one of the armies when the war broke out, and studied medicine 
 after the war. The passage of medical practice acts in some of the States, 
 caused many that had no diplomas to attend lectures and graduate. 
 
 Attention is called to the inexact manner in which the titles of medi- 
 cal colleges are given by some of the state medical authorities. The list 
 of medical colleges whose diplomas are registered in Tennessee (as pub- 
 lished by the Secretary) contains several names of colleges that have never 
 existed, and in many cases the titles of colleges that have existed or now 
 exist are wrong. This was doubtless the fault of the county clerks who 
 registered the diplomas, but at the same time it Is important, In view of 
 the fact that there are so many fraudulent diplomas in existence, that the 
 exact title of the institution or authority issuing the diploma or the li- 
 cense be given. Mistakes in titles have occurred in every list of col- 
 leges sent to the Secretary from different Boards of Examiners. 
 
 In the cases of some colleges it has been found that the lists of ma- 
 triculates have been padded, in order to show that the college is more 
 prosperous than it really Is or else to reduce the percentage of graduates 
 to matriculates. Such a course^ reacts upon the college. The padding Is 
 almost surely discovered, and suspicion is at once aroused that the college 
 is resorting to other methods that are not strictly honorable. Akin to this 
 Is the practice of issuing announcements without printed lists of matricu- 
 lates. This always causes serious annoyance to the graduates of such 
 schools when they wish to obtain the license to : practice nin Illinois. 
 
 Another noticeable feature of the college announcements in this country 
 is that the-good work of the school is generally in inverse proportion to 
 the amount of vain-glorious boasting in the announcements. Should indi- 
 vidual members of the medical profession make use of such boastful and 
 "puffing" language in regard to themselves as is used in some college an- 
 nouncements in regard to the colleges and their teachers, they would be 
 unhesitatingly set down as quacks and unworthy of membership in a 
 scientific body of any kind. Until the contrary is proved or asserted it is 
 generally taken for granted that a teacher in a medical college is a gen- 
 tleman and qualified to teach his particular branch. The first step to- 
 wards casting a doubt upon such an assumption is a printed puff of the 
 teacher in his college announcement, as the following: 
 
XIX 
 
 The nervous system is one of the most intricate and important systems in the human 
 body.* The Professor has a peculiar fitness for combatting the mysteries connected with 
 this subject, and has accepted the position of professor of this department. 
 
 These important branches of medical science are in charge of a man of wide reputation 
 as an obstetrician. His long and suceessful experience as a lecturer and teacher in this 
 department Is well known, and eminently fits him for the position. His lectures will be 
 plain, practical and instructive, embracing everything both'iu theory and practice that is 
 important to be understood.! 
 
 Such boasting is not confined to heralding the qualities of the teachers. 
 One of the various forms in which it appears is that of insisting that the 
 college has a charter. No one ever has a doubt that a school doing good 
 work has a charter. When a school has to sing praises to its charter ia 
 its announcement, there is good reason to suspect that the charter is the 
 best feature of the institution. 
 
 A third form in which this boastful spirit appears is that of describing 
 the location and appointments of the college, of claiming unexapi^eled 
 prosperity (sometimes when the college is about to die of inanition), and 
 of describing long known and used methods of instruction as new and 
 peculiar to the college. 
 
 Extravagant and untrue assertions in the pages of an announcement are 
 usually accompanied by a high percentage of graduates to matriculates, 
 bad work, low standard both for entrance and graduation, and not infre- 
 quently by non-recognition of the diplomas or rejection by boards of exam- 
 iners. 
 
 There are colleges in this country that sometimes write to students of 
 other colleges, offering them lower rates or shorter terms, or both. Such 
 action is not honorable. It is quite as dishonorable as for a private prac- 
 titioner to solicit the patients of another practitioner, and is doubtless 
 stimulated by a desire for large classes and by the great competition between 
 some of the colleges. 
 
 *A fact so universally admitted that it seems/carcely necessary to call attention to 
 
 It. This is taken from the announcement of an ^^college. Other' professors are 
 
 spoken of in a like manner. 
 
 +From the announcement of a school, in which similar pen-portraits are drawn 
 
 of other teachers and their work. 
 
XX 
 
 RESUME OF MEDICAL PRACTICE ACTS IN THE DIFFERENT STATES AND 
 
 TEREITOEIES. 
 
 ALABAMA-Examination by the State Board of Examiners, or by a county board of ex- 
 aminers. Law passed in 1877. 
 
 Arizona.— Register diploma witli county recorder. Passed in 1881. 
 
 ABKANSAS.-Eegistration of diploma or examination by the state or a county board of 
 examiners (latter inoperative . ) Law passed 1881. 
 
 C-ALiFOBNiA.-Certiflcate on diploma from a "college in good standing," or examina- 
 tion by one of the three boards of exam ners. Passed In 1876. 
 
 CoLOBADO.—Oertifloate on diploma of college "in good standing," or exasfiination by 
 the State Board of Medical Examiners. Passed in 1881. 
 
 CoNNKCTicuT.— No law except against advertising itinerants. 
 
 Delawabe.— Registration of diploma in a county clerk's office. Passed in 1883. 
 
 DisTBicT OP Columbia.— Endorsement of diploma or examination by committee of 
 the District Medical Society (practically inoperative.) Passed in 1838. 
 
 Flobida.- Examination by one of the state or district boards of medical examiners. 
 Passed 138-1. 1889. 
 
 GnoBGiA.- Registration of diploma in the office of the clerk of the superior court. Passed 
 in 1881. 
 
 Idaho.— Record diploma at county seat. Passed in 1887. 
 
 Illinois.— Certificate on diploma from college "in good standing" or examination be- 
 fore the State-Board of Health. Passed in 1877, 1887. 
 
 Indiana,— Registration of diploma in county clerk's office. Passed 1885. 
 
 Indian Teebitoet.— a) Cherokee Nation; Examination by the Board of Examiners of 
 the Nation. Passed 1S78. 6) Choctaw Nation: Certificate on diploma or examination. by 
 the board of examiners of the Nation, c) Creek Nation: .No law. 
 
 Iowa— Certificate on diploma from college "in good standing" or examination by tlje 
 State Board of Medical Exam ners. Passed 1886, 
 
 Kansas— No law. 
 
 Kentucky.— Ten years' practice, or registration and endorsement of diploma o( a 
 legally chartered college by secretary of the State Board of Health. Passed 1874, 1888, 1890. 
 
 Louisiana.— Recording diploma before county clerk or justice of the peace after en- 
 ojiofsemep^tof^ame by State Boar4.Qt-Health, which is, "required to certify to the diploma 
 of any medical institution of credit andrespectability without regard to its system of thera- 
 peutics." Passed 1882,1887. 
 
 Maine.— No law. 
 
 Maetland.— Verification of diploma of college "in good standing," or examination by 
 State Board of Health flaw inoperative). Passed 1888. 
 
 Massachusetts.— No law. 
 
 Michigan.- Record diploma in County Clerk's office. Passed 1883. 
 
 Minnesota.— Examination by State Board of Medical Examiners. Passed in 1883 and 
 1887. 
 
 Mississippi.— Examination by a County Board of Medical Censors. Passed 1882. 
 
 Missouri.— Certificate on diploma from college in "good standing" or examination by 
 State Board of Medical Examiners. Passed 1883. 
 
 Montana.— Ten years' practice, certificate on diploma from a college "in good standing , 
 or examination by State Board of Medical Examiners. Passed In 1889. 
 
 Nebeaska.— Register In the office of the County Clerk. Passed 1881, 1883. 
 
 Nevada.— Register diploma before the County Recorder. Passed in 1875. 
 
XXI 
 
 New Hampshike.— License from the Board, of Censors of Medical Soolety. > 
 
 New Jebbet.— Examination by the State Board of Medical Examiners. Passed 1880 
 1888, 1890. 
 
 New Mexico.— Endorsement of diploma or examination by Territorial Board of Ex-i 
 aminers. Passed 1882. 
 
 New Yoek.— Examination by one of the State Boards of Examiners, after Sep ember 1, 
 1891. Endorsement of diploma until September 1, 1891. Law passed 1880. 1888, 189p! 
 
 NoKTH Caeolina.— Examination by the State Board of Medical Examiners. Passed 
 1859, 1885. 
 
 North Dakota.— Examination by the State^oard of Medical Examiners. Passed 1890. 
 
 Ohio.— Law inoperative. 
 
 Oebgon. — Certifloate on diploma tiom a college " in good standing," or examination by 
 the State Board of Medical Examiners. Passed 1889. 
 
 Pennsylvania.- Begistration of diploma before county prothonotary after endorse- 
 ment (of diploma from college outside of State) by some medical college within the State. 
 Passed 1881. 
 
 Ehode Island.— ko law: 
 
 South Caeolina.— Examination by the State Board of Medical Examiners. Passed 
 1881, 1888. 
 
 South Dakota.— Certificate on diploma, or examination by the Territorial Board of 
 Health. Territorial law, 1884. * 
 
 Tennessee.— Begistration after certificate on'diploma of College " in good standing," of-, 
 examination by State Board of Medical Examiners. Passed 1889. ' 
 
 Texas.— Begistration after endorsement of diploma, or examination by a Disttict Board 
 of Examiners. {Practically inoperative.) Passed 1876, 1879. 
 
 Utah.— No law. 
 
 Teemont.— Begistration after endorsement of diploma, or examination by a Board of 
 • Medical Censors appointed-by either State Medical Society. Passed 1880. 
 
 VxEGiNiA.— Examination by State Medical Examining Board. Passed 1884, 1888. 
 
 Washington.— Examination by State Medical Examining Board. Passed 1890. 
 
 West Vieginia. -Certificate on diploma of "reputable " college, or examination by the 
 State Board of Health. Passed 1882. ' ' • •• 
 
 WisooNSiN.—Examination or endorsement of diploma by the censors of any State or 
 county society. Laws of 1878, 1881. 
 
 WxoMiNG.— File record of diploma with registrar of deeds.' Passed 1886. - ■ .m 
 
 In Minnesota, Montana, North Dakota and Washington every applicant for license to 
 practice must have attended three courses of lectures. The same wiH be required by the 
 California Boai'ds after April 1, 1891. the Colorado Board after July 1, 1893, by the Illinois 
 and Iowa Boards after the session of 1890-91, and by the Boni fls of Examiners of New York 
 after September 1. 1891. There will probably be three more State examining boards in the 
 next year. ' 
 
 IisrsTKTJCTioisr in State Medicine. — It seems proper to refer here to the 
 fact that by a recent law no one can be appointed a medical officer of 
 health in Great Britain unless he have a special diploma in public health. 
 Among the teaching institutions in tondon will be noticed the College of 
 State Medicine, and diplomas in public health are now given by several 
 British teaching institutions. It would be a step forward if some of our 
 better endowed universities would establish departments of State medi- 
 cine. It is interesting to note that the contract has been signed for the 
 
xxn 
 
 erection of a building, to cost $50,000, for hygienic instruction, as an an- 
 nex to the University of Pennsylvania. Tor this institution the Univer- 
 sity of Pennsylvania and the profession are indebted to Mr. Henry C. Lea, 
 of Philadelphia. When it is completed the University will be in a posi- 
 tion to offer thorough instruction in hygiene and state medicine. Hygiene 
 is now taught in all the medical colleges in the United States and Canada 
 .except the fourteen following: 
 
 Gross Medical College, Denver, Colorado. 
 
 National Medical College, Washington, D. C. 
 
 Medical Department, National TTniversity, Washington, D. C. 
 
 Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Ga. 
 
 Atlanta Medical College, Atlanta, Ga. 
 
 Woman's Medical College of Georgia and Training School for Nurses, 
 Atlanta, Ga. 
 
 Iiouisville National Medical College, Iiouisrille, Ky. 
 
 Detroit College of Medicine, Detroit, Mich. 
 
 liconard Medical School, Raleigh, N. C. 
 
 Woman's Medical College of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, O. 
 
 Tennessee Medical College, Knoxville, Tenn. 
 
 Hannibal~Midical CdQege of Memphis, Tenn. 
 
 Texas Medical College and Hospital, Galveston, Texas. 
 
 It is to be regretted that in many colleges the amount of instruction in 
 hygiene is so small as to be of but little value. 
 
 The Degree of M. D. in the United States.— No one making a careful 
 study of this Eepokt and of the pages given to foreign institutions, can fail 
 to be struck with the cheapness of the American degree, In regard to its 
 cost in time and money and as regards the requirements for it. Through- 
 out the civilized world the value of an article is measured by its cost and 
 by the time necessary to produce it. With the exception of Belgium this 
 is the only country in the world where the license to practice and the 
 M. D. degree can be had after not more than three years of study. A 
 distinguished professor in one of our colleges has asserted that American 
 students learn faster than foreign youths, and therefore do not require so 
 long a term of study— they can learn just as much in a shorter time. 
 Whatever truth there might be in this if the preliminary education of Amer- 
 ican medical students, as a class, was as good as that of foreign students, 
 the assertion is obviously erroneous when certain facts are borne in mind. 
 The preliminary education of the average American student is much less than 
 that of the foreign one. It requires a certain amount of time for a person 
 to acquire habits of scientific and logical thought. In the case of many 
 ,Americ9,n medical students these habits are not formed when he begins the 
 study of medicine. We mistake the name of the thing for the thing itself. 
 Many medical men of world-wide reputation, especially in Great Britain, have 
 not the M. D. degree, but the lack of it has not embarrassed them in any 
 
XXIII 
 
 "way. The American degree is too cheap in many cases, especially as regards 
 the amount of money it costs, often on account of the competition for stu- 
 dents. The average fees for the eleven London schools are, exclusive of the 
 examination fees, £118 5s.; for the provincial schools £98. In addition, each 
 student has to pay from 10s. to £5 matriculation to one of the degree- 
 granting bodies ; from £1 to £15 for the first examination ; from £1 to £10 
 tor the second ; from £2 to £15 for the first degree or qualification exami- 
 nation, and from £5 to £15 for the second qualification examination. In 
 some of the colleges in the United States all the fees do not amount to 
 :$200, and in at least one the whole course of study and the diploma can 
 be had for $138. A careful study of the systems of education in foreign 
 countries shows that a large part of the time and much of the money 
 are spent in acquiring practical knowledge of medicine by actual work in 
 hospitals, and this work is tested by practical examinations, such as are 
 too infrequent in this country. Too often the American graduate attends 
 his first case of labor after he begins practice. Such is not the case 
 abroad. The same is true of other conditions that physicians and sur- 
 geons are called upon to treat. The defects in the American- system of 
 medical education, then, are: 1. Too little preliminary education, and 
 thus- a lack of ability to grasp scientific principles. 2. Too much didactic 
 ■work by the teachers. 3. Too little clinical work by the students. 4. 
 Too few tests of practical work. 5. Too short a time of actual work and 
 study. Increasing the preliminary qualifications and lengthening the time 
 of study will remedy the other defects, and will kill off the useless and 
 low-class schools. 
 
 The following tables will show the progress omade towards higher m9di- 
 cal education in the United States during the past ten years. It will be 
 seen that not much progress was made during the fifty years preceding 
 1880, though it is true that in 1868 the three years' graded course move- 
 ment was begun. The colleges began to adopt this course gradually, but 
 in 1880 there were but nine colleges in the United States that had adopted 
 it, while in 1890 the number of schools having it was 62. In this way 
 the repetitional course, so long in vogue, is being gradually abolished, and 
 from present indications there will not be many colleges that will con- 
 tinue this course after a year from this time. It will be seen also that 
 in other respects the teaching and the facilities for clinical instruction 
 tiave been greatly improved, as necessitated by the progress in medical 
 science. The table is now much more complete than ever before, since it 
 gives the record of all the matriculates and graduates for ten years. 
 
XXIV 
 
 Sdmmary olp Institutions and Students. 
 
 I.— Institutions. 
 
 >t3 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 B 
 a> 
 o 
 « 
 
 1 
 
 CD 
 
 a 
 
 f 
 
 I 
 o 
 
 § 
 
 1^ 
 
 i 
 p. 
 
 CD 
 
 
 : 
 
 
 I 
 
 Total number of Medical Institutions embraced in 
 this report 
 
 220 
 
 198 
 22 
 
 26 
 26 
 
 37 
 37 
 
 8 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 18 
 
 316 
 
 in the United States 
 
 294 
 
 jj^ Canada 
 
 22 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total number of exaraininer and_ licensing bodies 
 
 29 
 
 27 
 ' 2 
 
 3 
 S 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 34 
 
 
 
 
 
 32 
 
 in Canada 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total number of Colleges now in existence. . 
 
 124 
 
 111 
 13 
 
 13 
 13 
 
 9 
 9 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 
 
 148 
 
 
 
 
 135 
 
 in Canada 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total number of Institutions now extinct 
 
 96 
 
 87 
 9 
 
 13 
 13 
 
 28 
 28 
 
 6 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 18 
 18 
 
 168 
 
 -. — in the United States 
 
 159 
 
 in Canada 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total number of Colleges which now exact cer- 
 tain educational aualiflcations as a 
 condition of matriculation 
 
 104 
 41 
 
 13 
 
 i 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 129 
 
 exacting such aualiflcations before 
 
 
 
 45 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total number of Colleges requiring attendance 
 on three or more courses of, lec- 
 
 66 
 21 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 85 
 
 ■ which required such attendance 
 
 
 
 22 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total number of Colleges which have chairs of 
 
 ^9 
 32 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 123 
 
 — which formerly taught this branch. 
 
 
 
 42 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total number of Colleges which have chairs of 
 medical jurisprudence 
 
 95 
 
 49 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 119" 
 
 which formerly taught this branch. 
 
 
 
 61 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total number of Colleges for women only 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 2 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 in the United States 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 in Canada 
 
 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total number of Colleges f pr both sexes 
 
 31 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '" 
 
 Total number of Colleges for colored students.... 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 both white and colored students.,. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ] 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
XXV 
 
 Summary of Institutions and Students— Continued. 
 
 II.— DUEATION OP LECTUEE TeBMS. 
 
 Schools. Weeks. 
 
 Average duration of lecture terms— 1890-1 144 26.5 
 
 — 1K89-0 139 25.5 
 
 - — — 1888-9 i;n..-. 25.1 
 
 — — 1887-8 131 ; 24.9 
 
 — 1886-7 129 24. S 
 
 - — — -^ 1885-6 131 ■; 24.4 
 
 — '■ 1884-5 129 : 21. S 
 
 — 1883-4 128 24.5 
 
 ■ ■ — 1882-3 120 23.5 
 
 Sessions of 1882-3. 1883-^, 1884-5. 1885-6. 1886-7. 1887-8. 1888-9. 1889-0. 1890-91. 
 No. of schools having terms of 
 
 five months or more 84 78 79 78 74 68 65 03 33 
 
 No. of schools having terms of 
 
 six months or over 42 49 50 52 55 63 66 76 111 
 
 III.— Matkiculates— Graduates. 
 
 
 w 
 
 tcj 
 
 »tJ 
 
 og 
 
 o 
 
 CD 
 
 tr 
 •< 
 m 
 
 PS' 
 wo 
 
 o 
 
 •a 
 
 5* 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 
 p. 
 
 : 'f 
 
 1,2,S4 
 
 826 
 
 54 
 
 
 1,251 
 
 946 
 
 60 
 
 
 ^,'m 
 
 909 
 
 62 
 
 18 
 
 1,162 
 
 722 
 
 .62 
 
 19 
 
 1,032 
 
 618 
 
 54 
 
 38 
 
 l.OH.'i 
 
 691 
 
 48 
 
 14 
 
 1.064 
 
 687 
 
 41 
 
 10 
 
 1,091 
 
 575 
 
 41 
 
 11 
 
 1,101 
 
 604 
 
 57 
 
 ...... 
 
 1,128 
 
 661 
 
 51 
 
 .k.... 
 
 1,244 
 
 826 
 
 54 
 
 
 1,251 
 
 946 
 
 60 
 
 
 1,238 
 
 909 
 
 52 
 
 18 
 
 1,162 
 
 722 
 
 52 
 
 19 
 
 1,032 
 
 618 
 
 54 
 
 38 
 
 1,065 
 
 591 
 
 48 
 
 14 
 
 1.064 
 
 687 
 
 41 
 
 10 
 
 1,091 
 
 575 
 
 41 
 
 11 
 
 1,101 
 
 604 
 
 67 
 
 
 1,128 
 
 661 
 
 51 
 
 
 33.3 
 
 33.1 
 
 38.8 
 
 
 31.5 
 
 33.7 
 
 36.6 
 
 
 36.1 
 
 30.1 
 
 44.2 
 
 61.9 
 
 35.4 
 
 31. H 
 
 32.6 
 
 47.4 
 
 32.5 
 
 32,2 
 
 40.7 
 
 62.6 
 
 35.1 
 
 34+ 
 
 .58.3 
 
 60. 
 
 33.1 
 
 34+ 
 
 36.5 
 
 30. 
 
 35.3 
 
 32, !l 
 
 41.4 
 
 45.4 
 
 34+ 
 
 33.2 
 
 .52.6 
 
 
 34.6 
 
 30.8 
 
 41.1 
 
 
 33.3 
 
 a3.i 
 
 33.8 
 
 
 31.5 
 
 33.7 
 
 36.6 
 
 
 36,1 
 
 30.1 
 
 44.2 
 
 61.1 
 
 35.4 
 
 31.3 
 
 32.6 
 
 47.3 
 
 3iS5 
 
 33.2 
 
 40.7 
 
 52.6 
 
 35.1 
 
 34+ 
 
 ,63.3 
 
 50. 
 
 33.1 
 
 34+ 
 
 36.5 
 
 30. 
 
 35.3 
 
 32 7 
 
 41.4 
 
 45.4 
 
 34+ 
 
 33.2 
 
 .'>2.6 
 
 
 34.5 
 
 30.8 
 
 41.1 
 
 
 o 
 CD ..^ en 
 
 CD O 
 
 ■ S^ 
 
 Total number of Matriculates- sessions of- 
 
 ■1880-1., 
 1881-2., 
 1882-3. 
 1883-4., 
 1884-5. 
 1885-6. 
 1886-7. 
 1887-8. 
 1888-9. 
 1889-0. 
 
 Total number in the United States- 1880-1. 
 — - ■ • 1881-2. 
 
 Total number in Canada— 1880-1 . , 
 — ' 1881-2., 
 
 1882-« 
 
 1883-'4 
 
 1881-5 
 
 1885-6 
 
 1886-7 
 
 1887-8 
 
 1888-9 
 
 1889-0 
 
 1882-3. 
 1883-4. 
 1884-5. 
 1885-6. 
 1886-7. 
 1887-8. 
 1888-9. 
 1889-0., 
 
 Percentages of Graduates to Matriculates— 1880-1 . 
 
 . — — — . ■ 1881-2. 
 
 - — — 1882-3. 
 
 — — 1883t4. 
 
 — — 1884-5. 
 
 — ■ — • 1885-6. 
 
 — — 1886-7. 
 
 - — — 1887-8. 
 
 — . — 1888-9., 
 
 — — 1889-0., 
 
 Percentages in the United States— 1880-1 . 
 
 — ^ 1881-2. 
 
 - — - 1882-3. 
 
 1883-4. 
 
 1884-5. 
 
 1885-6. 
 
 1886 7. 
 
 - .1887-8. 
 
 • 1888-9. 
 
 1889-0. 
 
 10,285 
 10,857 
 10,913 
 10,825 
 10,228 
 10,600 
 11,278 
 12,291 
 13,470 
 14,608 
 
 9,750 
 10,195 
 10,057 
 10,059 
 9,245 
 9,532 
 10,116 
 10.854 
 11,981 
 13.044 
 
 535 
 
 662 
 
 866 
 
 766 
 
 983 
 
 1,008 
 
 1,162 
 
 1,437 
 
 1 ■"' 
 
 1,564 
 
 31 
 
 35.3 
 
 31.7 
 
 31.6 
 
 31.7 
 
 32.5 
 
 28.9 
 
 28.8 
 
 29,2 
 
 29+ 
 
 32.6 
 
 37+ 
 
 32 
 
 32.5 
 
 33.2 
 
 33.5 
 
 30.1 
 
 29.6 
 
 30.5 
 
 29.7 
 
 12,399 
 13,114 
 13,13» 
 12,780 
 11,970 
 12,318 
 12,98» 
 14,009 
 15,232 
 16,448 
 
 11,864 
 12, 452' 
 12,274 
 12,014 
 10,98T 
 11, 260' 
 11,81& 
 12,572 
 13,74S 
 14.884 
 
 535 
 
 662 
 
 856 
 
 766 
 
 98S 
 
 1,06& 
 
 1,162 
 
 1,437 
 
 1,489 
 
 1,564 
 
 34.8 
 32.1 
 32+ 
 31. » 
 32.8. 
 29.5 
 29.5 
 29.8 
 29.4 
 
 32. T 
 35.8 
 33+ 
 32.8 
 33.2' 
 33.8 
 30.6 
 30.S 
 31+ 
 30.1 
 
XXVI 
 
 Summary of Institutions and Students— Gontimied. 
 
 III.— Mateiculates— Geaduates, 
 
 1 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 5* 
 
 f 
 
 i- 
 
 If 
 
 III 
 
 
 19.2 
 15.8 
 19.1 
 19.9 
 16.9 
 21.6 
 18.5 
 22.7 
 18.8 
 23-t- 
 
 3,278 
 3.835 
 3.462 
 3.427 
 3,245 
 3.433 
 3.265 
 3.646 
 3.937 
 4,237 
 
 3,176 
 ,3,730 
 -3,298 
 3.274 
 3.078 
 3.202 
 3.050 
 3.219 
 3.657 
 3.876 
 
 103 
 105 
 164 
 153 
 167 
 231 
 215 
 327 
 280 
 361 
 
 
 
 
 
 19.8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 16.8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 19.1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 19.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 16.8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 21.6 
 
 1886-7 "" 
 
 
 
 
 
 18.5 
 
 1887-8 . . • . 
 
 
 
 
 
 22.7 
 
 1S88-9 . • • . 
 
 
 
 
 
 18.S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 W+ 
 
 
 412 
 395 
 446 
 412 
 338 
 374 
 352 
 S86 
 376 
 391 
 
 412 
 
 395 
 445 
 412 
 338 
 374 
 352 
 386 
 STS 
 391 
 
 274 
 319 
 274 
 226 
 199 
 201 
 200 
 188 
 201 
 204 
 
 274 
 319 
 274 
 226 
 199 
 201 
 200 
 188 
 201 
 204 
 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 17 
 22 
 28 
 15 
 17 
 30 
 21 
 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 17 
 22 
 28 
 15 
 17 
 80 
 21 
 
 """ii 
 
 9 
 20 
 7 
 3 
 6 
 
 ....„ 
 
 9 
 20 
 7 
 3 
 5 
 
 3.985 
 
 1881 2 
 
 4,671 
 
 1882 3 
 
 4.215 
 
 1883 1 
 
 4.091 
 
 _ , 1884 5 
 
 3.824 
 
 1885-6 
 
 4,048 
 
 1886-7 
 
 3.835 
 
 1887 8 
 
 4.142 
 
 1888-9 
 
 4,543 
 
 i8894 
 
 i.KS 
 
 TotAl nnmher in the United States — ^1880-1 
 
 3,882 
 
 1883-4 
 
 4,466 
 4,051 
 3,938 
 
 1881-5 
 
 3,667 
 
 1885-6 
 
 3 812 
 
 1886-7 
 
 3,620 
 
 . ■ 1887-8 
 
 3,816 
 
 1888-9 
 
 4 263 
 
 1889-0 
 
 4 492 
 
 
 103 
 
 — 1881-2... ; 
 
 
 
 
 
 105 
 
 — , 1882-3..? 
 
 
 
 
 
 164 
 
 1883-4 
 
 
 
 
 
 153 
 
 -■ - 1884-5 
 
 
 
 
 
 167 
 
 1885-6 
 
 
 
 
 
 231 
 
 — 1886-7.. 
 
 
 
 
 
 215 
 
 1887-8 
 
 
 
 
 
 327 
 
 1888-9 
 
 
 
 
 
 280 
 
 _ — — 1889-0 
 
 
 
 
 
 361 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Trom the foregoing tables it will be seem that for the session of 1887-88, 
 as compared with that of 1886-87, there was an increase of 1,034 in the 
 total number of matriculates; in 1888-89, compared with session of 1887-88, 
 there was an increase of 1,187; and in the session of 1889-90 as compared, 
 with the previous session, there was an increase of 1,216. In the session 
 ■of 1887-88 in the United States there was an increase of 759 matriculates, 
 and for session of 1888-89, compared with previous year, there was an in- 
 «rease of 1,135 students, a greater increase than has occurred within the 
 last seven years, and in 1889-90 as compared with the previous year, there 
 was an increase of 1,141. ,The increase of students in the United States, 
 liowever, has been only 3,020 for ten years. The smallest number for any 
 •one year in the ten was 10,987 in 1884-85, a reduction due to the enforce- 
 ment of the schedule of minimum requirements after 1882-83. 
 
 The total number of graduates was a decrease of 48 for the session 
 1888-89, compared with that for the session 1881-82, but in 1889-90 there 
 vyas an increase of 282 over 1881-1882. In the United States there were 
 
XXVII 
 
 26 more graduates in 1889-90 than in 1881-82. In Canada there has been 
 an increase in the same period of 256 graduates. 
 
 There has been a slight decrease in the percentage of graduates to 
 matriculates for the session of 1889-90, as compared with that of 18^8-89, 
 and the percentage is now lower than ever before. This is more marked 
 in the 'Efnited States, as since the session of 1881-82 the percentage has 
 been yearly decreasing. 
 
 When the requirement of four years of study and three annual courses 
 of lectures is carried into effeet, the decrease in percentage will again oc- 
 cur, and continue until it reaches an average of 25 per cent. As a general 
 rule the graduates to matriculates in individual schools is a good criterion 
 of the character of the work done; there are, however, exceptions, in 
 which (a) more rigid preliminary requirements, and (6) the desire of 
 students to avail themselves of superior clinical advantages that are pos- 
 sessed by some, but not by all colleges, tends to swell their percentage. 
 
 This exceptional result obtains more especially in these schools which 
 heretofore have required but two courses of lectures before graduation. 
 
 In anticipation of the increased length of time of study with the ad- 
 ditional requirements before graduation, the probabilities are that there 
 will be an increase of students and also of graduates in the next year. 
 The influience and results accomplished by the requirement of four years' 
 study and three courses of lectures will not become fully apparent until the 
 end of the session 1892-93. 
 
 By way of contrast to the good results already accomplished there has been 
 an addition during the past year of five new colleges to the list, a greater in- 
 crease than occurred for ten years previously, except in 1889 when eight new 
 schools came into existence. In this connection it becomes a serious 
 question to consider in regard to any new school, whether it is properly 
 equipped from a teaching, a laboratory and a clinical standpoint. Can it be 
 said with truth that there is any necessity for additions to the present 
 large number of medical schools, some of which are not now properly pro- 
 vided for, and therefore hold out inducements with results which tend .so 
 much to cast a stigma upon medical training and medical diplomas in the 
 United States?* Some'of the colleges now in existence have not adequate 
 clinical facilities. One school had not enough dissecting material in 1889- 
 90, and some of its students were graduated without having dissected. 
 More attention should be paid to securing endowments for medical insti- 
 tutions now existing, giving them more and better facilities to instruct, 
 than to the creation of new schools inadequately endowed. This would 
 be to the direct advantage of the public and profession, exerting a pow- 
 erful influence in raising the standard of medical education in our coun- 
 try. We hope the day will come when the diplomas of all American Med- 
 ical Schools will have recognition throughout the civilized world. 
 
 *The craze for establlSKing medical colleges commenced in the United States about 1840, 
 and continued uninterruptedly until 1880, when there was a lull, but it seems to have broken 
 
 Tne chances of survival of new colleges will better appreciated when it is borne in mind 
 that since 1850 there has been a mortality of three per year, and that at this time more is 
 reauired of the graduates of such institutions than at any period in the history of medical 
 education in this country. 
 
xxvin 
 
 Tm-e following Tabl&s show the number of Matriculates and of Graduates by Schools 
 of practice, vn attendance at the Medical Colleges of each mtate and of the JJormn- 
 ion of Canada, during the last ten sessions — 1S80-81 to 1889-90 ineZst^tue. U'he per- 
 centages of graduates to matriculates, by schools of practice, are also given. 
 
 I— Matbiculatbb and Graduates in each State, 1880-81 to 1889-90 Inclusive. 
 
 Abbreviations: Physician, P.: Homeopath, H.; Eclectic, E.; Physio-Medical, P.-M.; 
 Miscellaneous, Mis. ; Matricula. es, M. ; Graduates, G. 
 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 O 
 m 
 
 CD 
 01 
 
 Sessions. 
 
 1 
 
 
 States. 
 
 I 
 
 OO 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Ml 
 
 ! 
 
 i 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 ! 
 
 
 Alabama.. 
 
 p.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 69 
 22 
 
 66 
 21 
 
 47 
 16 
 
 75 
 12 
 
 90 
 34 
 
 107 
 32 
 
 105 
 37 
 
 89 
 29 
 
 113 
 32 
 
 128 
 44 
 
 889 
 279 
 
 gj.s' 
 
 Arkansas . 
 
 p.... 
 
 M . 
 G.. 
 
 32 
 10 
 
 36 
 
 32 
 4 
 
 28 
 13 
 
 37 
 
 8 
 
 52 
 16 
 
 59 
 16 
 
 66 
 20 
 
 83 
 17 
 
 73 
 16 
 
 498 
 124 
 
 24.9 
 
 
 p.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 120 
 25 
 
 126 
 
 27 
 
 144 
 30 
 
 123 
 31 
 
 136 
 32 
 
 147 
 20 
 
 184 
 44 
 
 195 
 34 
 
 268 
 62 
 
 238 
 
 41 
 
 1,681 
 346 
 
 20.5 
 
 California . 
 
 H.... 
 
 M. 
 G- 
 
 
 
 
 23 
 6 
 
 11? 
 
 7 
 
 - 24 
 111 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 18 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 125 
 
 62 
 
 41.6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 E.... 
 
 M . 
 G.. 
 
 31 
 11 
 
 25 
 10 
 
 32 
 11 
 
 30 
 9 
 
 26 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 28 
 7 
 
 24 
 8 
 
 39 
 8 
 
 41 
 6 
 
 300 
 89 
 
 29.6' 
 
 Canada.... 
 
 P.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 S35 
 103 
 
 662 
 105 
 
 856 
 164 
 
 766 
 153 
 
 983 
 
 167 
 
 1,068 
 ■ 231 
 
 1,162 
 
 215 
 
 1,437 
 327 
 
 1,489 
 280 
 
 1,564 
 361 
 
 10,522 
 2,106 
 
 20.-I- 
 
 Colorado... 
 
 P.... 
 
 M . 
 G.. 
 
 
 15 
 5 
 
 21 
 5 
 
 30 
 
 5 
 
 37 
 6 
 
 31 
 12 
 
 2» 
 3 
 
 70 
 15 
 
 71 
 ,19 
 
 92 
 18 
 
 396 
 88 
 
 22.2 
 
 Conn 
 
 P.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 26 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 2 
 
 32 
 
 7 
 
 43 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 6 
 
 26 
 6 
 
 28 
 8 
 
 31 
 
 7 
 
 32 
 2 
 
 50 
 7 
 
 SIS 
 
 62 
 
 19.8 
 
 Bistof C. 
 
 P.... 
 
 M . 
 G.. 
 
 168 
 23 
 
 173 
 31 
 
 193 
 
 45 
 
 202 
 43 
 
 215 
 51 
 
 245 
 39 
 
 232 
 42 
 
 267 
 
 56 
 
 346 
 62 
 
 343 
 70 
 
 2,384 
 461 
 
 19.S 
 
 Georgia, . . . 
 
 P.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 198 
 69 
 
 261 
 116 
 
 230 
 72 
 
 285 
 112 
 
 254 
 103 
 
 279 
 108 
 
 303 
 121 
 
 297 
 132 
 
 298 
 129 
 
 347 
 128 
 
 2,752 
 1,089 
 
 39.6 
 
 E.,.. 
 
 M. 
 G 
 
 
 81 
 24 
 
 67 
 18 
 
 62 
 
 17 
 
 69 
 13 
 
 63 
 10 
 
 60 
 22 
 
 57 
 21 
 
 40 
 19 
 
 46 
 16 
 
 535 
 160 
 
 29.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 788 
 234 
 
 820 
 247 
 
 923 
 295 
 
 813 
 
 284 
 
 799 
 
 277 
 
 771 
 291 
 
 736 
 254 
 
 804 
 235 
 
 872 
 260 
 
 990 
 297 
 
 8,316 
 2,674 
 
 32.1 
 
 TlUnnic 
 
 H.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 282 
 125 
 
 392 
 146 
 
 422 
 174 
 
 393 
 152 
 
 369 
 115 
 
 ■ 3S7 
 144 
 
 310 
 131 
 
 291 
 127 
 
 311 
 132 
 
 344 
 130 
 
 3,471 
 1,376 
 
 39.6 
 
 
 E.... 
 
 M . 
 G.. 
 
 127 
 61 
 
 113 
 , 38 
 
 147 
 52 
 
 159 
 50 
 
 143 
 37 
 
 122 
 50 
 
 126 
 43 
 
 116 
 37 
 
 97 
 36 
 
 101 
 30 
 
 1.250 
 424 
 
 83.9 
 
 
 P.-M 
 
 M. 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 u ' ' 
 
 
 18 
 10 
 
 20 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 7 
 
 21 
 10 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 89 
 40 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 44.9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
XXIX 
 
 I. — Matriculates and Graduates— QiOwtvoMe^.. 
 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 1 
 
 CO 
 
 CD 
 0) 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sessions. 
 
 
 
 
 
 E 
 
 CD 
 
 
 states. 
 
 M 
 
 00 
 
 i 
 
 ri^ 
 
 % 
 
 00 
 
 _*j 
 
 1' 
 
 J= 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 
 p.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 286 
 106 
 
 251 
 95 
 
 227 
 101 
 
 145 
 72 
 
 118 
 50 
 
 123 
 
 54 
 
 100 
 45 
 
 105 
 43 
 
 107 
 43 
 
 139 
 
 44 
 
 1,601 
 653 
 
 40.7 
 
 Indiana ... 
 
 P.-M 
 
 M . 
 
 a.. 
 
 20 
 10 
 
 24 
 10 
 
 26 
 17 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 34 
 12 
 
 30 
 18 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 26 
 10 
 
 36 
 
 20 
 
 36 
 16 
 
 274 
 127 
 
 46.3 
 
 
 E.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 37 
 12 
 
 19 
 11 
 
 24 
 7 
 
 31 
 
 10 
 
 35 
 , 16 
 
 37 
 22 
 
 19 
 10 
 
 22 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 8 
 
 49 
 15 
 
 294 
 121 
 
 41.1 
 
 
 P.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 415 
 152 
 
 424 
 172 
 
 300 
 92 
 
 282 
 104 
 
 240 
 96 
 
 235 
 79 
 
 276 
 107 
 
 251 
 96 
 
 256 
 84 
 
 308 
 93 
 
 2,986 
 1,75 
 
 35.9 
 
 Iowa. ...../ 
 
 H.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 60 
 16 
 
 4fi 
 15 
 
 44 
 12 
 
 35 
 12 
 
 33 
 
 10 
 
 29 
 10 
 
 35 
 14 
 
 32 
 13 
 
 29 
 9 
 
 32 
 10 
 
 376 
 121 
 
 32.2 
 
 1' 
 
 E.... 
 
 M . 
 G.. 
 
 
 25 
 
 7 
 
 38 
 8 
 
 65 
 16 
 
 54 
 15 
 
 31 
 10 
 
 49 
 17 
 
 27 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 29 
 9 
 
 336 
 102 
 
 30.3 
 
 
 P.... 
 
 M. 
 G 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 11 
 
 
 Kansas 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Kentucky . 
 
 P.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 513 
 228 
 
 , 513 
 241 
 
 672 
 231 
 
 680 
 246 
 
 546 
 219 
 
 588 
 244 
 
 659 
 240 
 
 793 
 273 
 
 9* 
 406 
 
 1,040 
 402 
 
 6,990 
 2,730 
 
 39.+ 
 
 Louisiana . 
 
 P.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 204 
 41 
 
 220 
 56 
 
 212 
 ■ 73 
 
 212 
 
 70 
 
 192 
 64 
 
 208 
 78 
 
 216 
 
 57 
 
 277 
 73 
 
 269 
 78 
 
 307 
 93 
 
 2,317 
 683 
 
 29.4 
 
 
 P.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 115 
 30 
 
 104 
 28 
 
 94 
 28 
 
 99 
 33 
 
 6,6 
 14 
 
 85 
 20 
 
 84 
 20 
 
 86 
 21 
 
 71 
 24 
 
 81 
 16 
 
 885 
 234 
 
 26.4 
 
 Maine 
 
 E.... 
 
 ^.: 
 
 
 23 
 3 
 
 38 
 14 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 9 
 10 
 
 25 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 139 
 39 
 
 28.+ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Maryland . 
 
 P.... 
 
 M . 
 G..' 
 
 328 
 143 
 
 392 
 175 
 
 392 
 129 
 
 638 
 220 
 
 .675 
 248 
 
 616 
 255 
 
 649 
 210 
 
 597 
 196 
 
 687 
 217 
 
 769 
 222 
 
 5,733 
 2,015 
 
 35.1 
 
 Mass 
 
 P.... 
 
 M . 
 G.. 
 
 275 
 6U 
 
 282 
 88 
 
 263 
 
 S4 
 
 287 
 65 
 
 294 
 65 
 
 294 
 
 70 
 
 301 
 91 
 
 320 
 78 
 
 332 
 
 65 
 
 331 
 80 
 
 2,979 
 746 
 
 25.+ 
 
 H.... 
 
 M . 
 G.. 
 
 110 
 26 
 
 no 
 
 29 
 
 109 
 30 
 
 97 
 34 
 
 91 
 26 
 
 97 
 
 18 
 
 100 
 
 28 
 
 107 
 35 
 
 94 
 29 
 
 94 
 27 
 
 1,009 
 282 
 
 27.9 
 
 Michigan.. 
 
 p.... 
 
 M. 
 G.. 
 
 380 
 127 
 
 500 
 121 
 
 479 
 158 
 
 474 
 137 
 
 456 
 120 
 
 441 
 
 126 
 
 431 
 114 
 
 438 
 94 
 
 544 
 135 
 
 581 
 142 
 
 4,724 
 1,274 
 
 26.9 
 
 H.... 
 
 M . 
 G.. 
 
 88 
 23 
 
 71 
 15 
 
 57 
 17 
 
 55 
 20 
 
 34 
 6 
 
 49 
 17 
 
 60 
 14 
 
 73 
 13 
 
 71 
 21 
 
 71 
 21 
 
 629 
 167 
 
 26.5 
 
XXX 
 
 1— Matriculates and Graduates— Continued. 
 
 states. 
 
 m 
 
 Q 
 
 g. 
 
 p 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 n 
 
 CO 
 
 m 
 
 Sessions. 
 
 P... 
 
 Minnesota 
 
 H.... 
 
 HisBonri.. 
 
 E 
 
 Mis. 
 
 Nebraska. 
 
 N. Hamp. 
 
 N. Y. 
 
 N. Caroli'a 
 
 M... 
 
 G.. 
 
 P 
 
 H.... 
 
 P... 
 
 P.... 
 
 H... 
 
 E... 
 
 604 
 
 35 
 
 2SU 
 
 118 
 
 40 
 
 aw 
 
 114 
 
 642 
 
 232 
 64 
 
 249 
 
 64 
 
 !,197 
 792 
 
 227 
 56 
 
 270 
 
 86 
 
 613 
 212 
 
 472 
 172 
 
 481 
 173 
 
 51 
 14 
 
 109 
 13 
 
 519 
 194 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 104 
 17 
 
 26 
 
 214 
 
 IS 
 
 707 
 231 
 
 15 
 
 31 
 
 104 
 20 
 
 776 
 265 
 
 129 
 
 5.987 
 2,167 
 
 429 
 156 
 
 622 
 220 
 
 110 
 55 
 
 302 
 
 
 18.5 
 
 16.4 
 
 36.1 
 
 36.3 
 
 35.3 
 
 SO. 
 
 17 
 
 2,146 
 646 
 
 221 
 63 
 
 224 
 62 
 
 1,990 
 580 
 
 209 
 69 
 
 12 
 
 593 
 
 165 
 53 
 
 17 
 
 1,884 
 566 
 
 177 
 
 54 
 
 2,068 
 
 529 
 
 168 
 56 
 
 15 
 
 2,309 
 564 
 
 175 
 67 
 
 2,309 
 
 169 
 
 42 
 
 75 
 • 12 
 
 V « 
 
 671 
 
 21.366 
 6,221 
 
 154 
 S3 
 
 679 
 247 
 
 1,887 
 567 
 
 307 
 
 231 
 24 
 
 36.3 
 
 29.1 
 
 24.S 
 
 10. i 
 
 Ohio. 
 
 P.... 
 
 H.... 
 E..., 
 P-M. 
 
 902 
 300 
 
 219 
 
 67 
 
 316 
 114 
 
 933 
 390 
 
 208 
 60 
 
 272 
 100 
 
 12 
 
 924 
 319 
 
 197 
 
 816 
 
 166 
 66 
 
 190 
 
 31 
 10 
 
 717 
 264 
 
 136 
 
 60, 
 
 193 
 
 78 
 
 20. 
 10. 
 
 265 
 
 137 
 42 
 
 767 
 
 164 
 
 191 
 70 
 
 761 
 241 
 
 153 
 64 
 
 227 
 
 76 
 
 300 
 
 168 
 48 
 
 245 
 79 
 
 896 
 306 
 
 163 
 61 
 
 266 
 91 
 
 8,286 
 2,872 
 
 673 
 
 2,308 
 
 147 
 
 49 
 
 34.6 
 
 33.S 
 
 36.7 
 
 33.3 
 
XXXI 
 
 /. — Matriculates and Graduates— Continued. 
 
 
 CO 
 a 
 
 §■ 
 f 
 
 a 
 
 at 
 
 Sessions. 
 
 i 
 
 CD 
 
 ►tf 
 
 states. 
 
 !-• 
 
 ^ 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 Nrf 
 
 1 
 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 00 
 
 
 Oregon.... 
 
 P.... 
 
 M... 
 G.. 
 
 31 
 13 
 
 29 
 9 
 
 28 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 17 
 6 
 
 42 
 12 
 
 61 
 17 
 
 49 
 24 
 
 324 
 116 
 
 35.8 
 
 Penn 
 
 P.... 
 
 f.v 
 
 1,153 
 340 
 
 1,135 
 391 
 
 1,088 
 376 
 
 1,168 
 348 
 
 1,022 
 312 
 
 1,080 
 379 
 
 1,195 
 352 
 
 1,267 
 388 
 
 1,376 
 443 
 
 1,480 
 431 
 
 11,964 
 3,760 
 
 31.4 
 
 H.... 
 
 M.. 
 G.. 
 
 208 
 83 
 
 148 
 
 57 
 
 147 
 
 52 
 
 138 
 41 
 
 144 
 
 48 
 
 148 
 
 58 
 
 166 
 
 48 
 
 173 
 
 48 
 
 186 
 65 
 
 188 
 64 
 
 1,646 
 564 
 
 34.2 
 
 S.C 
 
 P.... 
 
 M.. 
 G.. 
 
 77 
 21 
 
 56 
 19 
 
 61 
 18 
 
 80 
 20 
 
 59 
 17 
 
 62 
 18 
 
 51 
 18 
 
 61 
 17 
 
 74 
 26 
 
 57 
 23 
 
 638 
 196 
 
 30.7 
 
 Tenn 
 
 P.... 
 
 M.. 
 G.. 
 
 488 
 233 
 
 589 
 298 
 
 504 
 211 
 
 444 
 
 186 
 
 461 
 169 
 
 644 
 208 
 
 592 
 194 
 
 616 
 228 
 
 678 
 220 
 
 868 
 315 
 
 6,784 
 2,262 
 
 39.1 
 
 Texas...... 
 
 P.... 
 
 M.. 
 
 G 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 IS 
 2 
 
 15.$ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Termom... 
 
 P.... 
 
 M.. 
 G.. 
 
 171 
 
 50 
 
 190 
 
 85 
 
 151 
 36 
 
 230 
 100 
 
 191 
 
 78 
 
 163 
 62 
 
 185 
 53 
 
 182 
 58 
 
 187 
 59 
 
 206 
 48 
 
 1,866 
 619 
 
 33.$ 
 
 VirBinia... 
 
 P.... 
 
 M.. 
 G.. 
 
 107 
 27 
 
 89 
 25 
 
 117 
 25 
 
 132 
 
 50 
 
 108 
 34 
 
 134 
 34 
 
 126 
 31 
 
 128 
 
 48 
 
 140 
 38 
 
 173 
 29 
 
 1,254 
 331 
 
 26.$ 
 
 
 P.... 
 
 M.. 
 G.. 
 
 10,2S5 
 3,278 
 
 10,857 
 3,835 
 
 10,913 
 3,462 
 
 10,825 10.228 
 3,427 3,245 
 
 10,600 
 3,433 
 
 11,278 
 3,265 
 
 12,291 
 3,546 
 
 13,470 
 3,937 
 
 14,608 
 4,237 
 
 115355 
 35,665 
 
 30.» 
 
 
 P*... 
 
 M.. 
 G.. 
 
 9,750 
 3,175 
 
 10,195 
 3,730 
 
 10,057 
 3,298 
 
 10,059 
 3,274 
 
 9,245 
 3,078 
 
 9.532 
 3,202 
 
 10,116 
 3,050 
 
 10,854 
 3,219 
 
 11,981 
 3,657 
 
 13.044 
 3,876 
 
 104833 
 33,559 
 
 32.+ 
 
 
 H*.. 
 
 M.. 
 G.. 
 
 1,234 
 412 
 
 1,251 
 395 
 
 1,238 
 445 
 
 1,162 
 412 
 
 1,032 
 338 
 
 1,065 
 374 
 
 1,064 
 352 
 
 1,091 
 386 
 
 1,101 
 375 
 
 1,128 
 391 
 
 11,366 
 3,883 
 
 34.1 
 
 Totals.... 
 
 E»... 
 
 M.. 
 
 G.. 
 
 826 
 274 
 
 946 
 319 
 
 909 
 274 
 
 722 
 226 
 
 618 
 199 
 
 591 
 201 
 
 587 
 200 
 
 575 
 188 
 
 6''4 
 201 
 
 661 
 204 
 
 7,039 
 2,286 
 
 32.4 
 
 
 P.M.* 
 
 M.. 
 
 G.. 
 
 54 
 21 
 
 60 
 22 
 
 52 
 23 
 
 52 
 17 
 
 54 
 22 
 
 48 
 28 
 
 41 
 15 
 
 41 
 
 17 
 
 57 
 30 
 
 51 
 21 
 
 510 
 21« 
 
 42. S 
 
 
 His* 
 
 M.. 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 18 
 11 
 
 19 
 9 
 
 38 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 3 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 / 
 
 
 110 
 55 
 
 50. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Matri's ♦. 
 Gfrad's.... 
 
 11,864 
 3,882 
 
 12,452 
 4,466 
 
 12,274 
 4,051 
 
 12,01410,987 
 3,938 3.657 
 
 11,250 
 3,812 
 
 11,818 
 .3,620 
 
 12,572 
 3,816 
 
 13,743 
 4,263 
 
 14,884 
 4,492 
 
 123858 
 39,999 
 
 32.2 
 
 1 
 G. Totals.. 
 
 Grad's..!! 
 
 12,399 
 3,985 
 
 13.114 
 
 4,571 
 
 13,130 
 4,215 
 
 12.780 
 4,091 
 
 11,970 
 3,821 
 
 12,318 
 4,043 
 
 12.980 
 3.835 
 
 14,009 
 4.142 
 
 15,232 
 4,543 
 
 16,448 
 4,853 
 
 134380 
 42,105 
 
 31.2 
 
 * In the United States. 
 
XXXII 
 
 The schedule of minimum requirements of the 'Illinois State Boabd of 
 Health went into eflect after the session of 1882-83. Taking the periods 
 of three years each of 1880-83 and M83-86 it is seen that the most marked 
 efEect was in Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan, Missouri and Ohio, which 
 had 2,257 fewer students and 727 fewer graduates in the second than the 
 first period, mainly owing to the matriculation requirements of the Boaed, 
 though these states gained about 500,000 population in the second period 
 of three years. In four states wi1?h an increase of population of 833,784 
 in the past ten years, there was an increase of 1,487 students out of a 
 total increase of, 3,020 for the United States while the total increase of 
 population was over 12,000,000. 
 
 By making a careful study of the following table and of the colleges 
 enumerated in the Eepokt the causes of the increase of students will be 
 evident. 
 
 Stat;es. 
 
 tiS 
 
 a a 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 E2 
 
 OS 
 
 % 
 
 . OS 
 
 g 
 
 ' B 
 
 P 
 
 
 5 ■ 
 
 : « 
 
 •f 
 
 : ? 
 
 1,262,505 
 
 245,568 
 
 802,525 
 
 322,860 
 
 864,694 
 
 339,308 
 
 622,700 
 
 123,161 
 
 177, 62t 
 
 52.172 
 
 1,542,180 
 
 292,186 
 
 3,077,871 
 
 740,668 
 
 1,978,301 
 
 210,729 
 
 1,624,615 
 
 282,114 
 
 1,648,690 
 
 206,746 
 
 939,946 
 
 176,882 
 
 648,936 
 
 11,325 
 
 934,943 
 
 105,488 
 
 1,783,085 
 
 450,322 
 
 1,638,937 
 
 452,855 
 
 2,168,380 
 
 508,700 
 
 346,991 
 
 28,836 
 
 5,082,871 
 
 899.063 
 
 3,198,062 
 
 468,657 
 
 174,768 
 
 137,722 
 
 4,282,891 
 
 965,683 
 
 995,577 
 
 151,584 
 
 1,542,359 
 
 221,864 
 
 332,286 
 
 81* 
 
 1,512,565 
 
 136,346 
 
 Alabama 
 
 Arkansas 
 
 California 
 
 Connecticut 
 
 District ol Columbia 
 
 Georgia 
 
 Illinois 
 
 In>liana 
 
 loWa...: : 
 
 Kentucky 
 
 liOuisiana 
 
 Maine 
 
 Maryland 
 
 Massachusetts i 
 
 Micljigan 
 
 Missouri 
 
 New HamEshire 
 
 New JTork ^ 
 
 Ohio. 
 
 Oregon 
 
 Pennsylvania 
 
 South Carolina 
 
 Tennessee 
 
 Vermont 
 
 Tirginia 
 
 69 
 32 
 120 
 26 
 168 
 198 
 1,197 
 343 
 475 
 513 
 204 
 115 
 
 468 
 
 705 
 
 91 
 
 2,690 
 
 1,471 
 
 31 
 
 1,361 
 
 77 
 
 488 
 
 171 
 
 107 
 
 128 
 
 73 
 
 289 
 
 50 
 
 343 
 
 393 
 
 1,450 
 
 224 
 
 369 
 
 1,040 
 
 317 
 
 81 
 
 759 
 
 425 
 
 652 
 
 903 
 
 98 
 
 2,659 
 
 1,813 
 
 49 
 
 l,6r8 
 
 57 
 
 868 
 
 206 
 
 173 
 
 59 
 41 
 169 
 24 
 175 
 195 
 253 
 
 527 
 103 
 
 119 
 106 
 
 431 
 •40 
 
 184 
 
 198 
 
 7 
 
 34 
 
 18 
 3(1? 
 
 31 
 
 158 
 
 380 
 35 
 66 
 
 20 
 
 1,508,073 
 l,125,r" 
 1,204,002 
 
 745,861 
 
 229,796 
 1,834,366 
 3,818,536 
 2,189,030 
 1,906,729 
 1,855,436 
 1,116,828 
 
 660,261 
 1,040,431 
 2,233,407 
 2,089,792 
 2,677,080 
 
 375,827 
 5,981,931 
 3,666,719 
 
 312,490 
 5,248,574 
 1,147,961 
 1,763,723 
 
 332,205 
 1,648,911 
 
 * Decrease. 
 
 In May, 1867, there was held in Cincinnati a convention of delegates 
 from the medical schools of the country, and resolutions were passed rec- 
 ommending changes in the methods of study, advising four years of study 
 instead of three. "These propositions," says Dr. ' H. A. Johnson, "no 
 doubf faithfully represented the opinions of those teachers when at a dis- 
 tance from their institutions, but they had altogether a different set of 
 ideas when the question was presented in its financial aspects at home.* 
 *Hl8tory of the Chicago Medical College, 1870. 
 
xxxm 
 
 Nothing came of this Oinciiinati convention. Ten years afterwards at 
 the meeting of the American Medical Association in Chicago, in June, 
 18'77, representatives from thirty-one medical colleges in the country formed 
 the Association of American Medical Colleges, and adopted a constitution, 
 by-laws and articles of confederation. The articles prescribed that at and 
 after the session of 1879-80 the regular session should not he less than 
 twenty weeks, that the term of study should be not less than three years, 
 and the nui^ter of sessions not less than two. 
 
 At Its meeting in 1880 the Association increased the requirements to three 
 courses and agreed upon praliminary examinations as condition of admis- 
 sions after the session of 1882-83. This Association dissolved in 1881, when 
 the time approached for the increased requirements. 
 
 In October, 1880, the Illinois State Board of Health adopted its sched- 
 ule of minimum requirements, to go into effect after the session of 1882-83. 
 In adopting these requirements the Illinois Board simply enforced what 
 the colleges had already and repeatedly acknowledged to be a necessity. 
 This schedule, which is now in force, is as follows: 
 
 Schedule of Minimum Requirements. 
 
 I. Conditions of admission to lecture-courses.— 1. Credible cer- 
 tificate of good moral standing. 2. Diploma of graduation from a good 
 literary and scientific college, or high school — a first-grade teacher's cer- 
 tificate. Lacking this — a thorough examination in the branches of a good 
 English education, including mathematics, English composition, and ele- 
 mentary physics and natural philosophy. 
 
 II. Branches of Medical science to be included in the course 
 OF instruction.— 1. Anatomy. 2. Physiology. 3. Chemistry. 4. Materia- 
 Medica and Therapeutics. 5. Theory and Practice of Medicine. 6. Pathol- 
 ogy. 1. Surgery. 8. Obstetrics and Gynecology. 9. Hygiene. 10. Med- 
 ical Jurisprudence. 
 
 III. Length of regular geaduatlnq courses.— 1. The time occu- 
 pied in the regular courses or sessions from which students are graduated 
 shall not be less than five months, or twenty weeks, each. 2. Two full 
 courses of lectures, not within one and the same year of time, shall be 
 required for graduation with the degree of Doctor of Medicine. 
 
 IV. Attendance and examination or quizzes.— 1. Eegular attend- 
 ance during the entire lecture courses shall be required, allowance being 
 made only for absences occasioned by the student's sickness, such absence 
 not to exceed twenty per centum of the course. 2. Regular examinations 
 or quizzes to be made by each lecturer or professor daily, or at least twice' 
 each week. 3. Final examinations on all branches to be conducted, when 
 practicable, by competent examiners other than the professors in each 
 branch. 
 
 V. Dissection, clinics and hospital attendance.— 1. Each student 
 shall have dissected during two courses. 2. Attendance during at least 
 two terms of clinical and hospital instruction shall be required. 
 
 -3 
 
XXXIV 
 
 VI. Time of peofessional studies.— This shall not be less than three 
 full years before graduation, including the time spent with a prece'ptor, 
 and attendance upon lectures or at clinics and hospital. 
 
 YII. iNSTBUCTiosr.— The college must show that it has a sufficient and 
 competent corps of instructors, and the necessary facilities for teaching, 
 dissections, clinics, etc. 
 
 Diplomas of colleges whose educational requirements and methods of 
 instruction fal-l short of the above Schedule are not recognized as entitling 
 their possessors to certificates authorizing them to practice in the State 
 of Illinbis. (This does not apply to diplomas issued prior to the sessions 
 of 1883-84, but only to those issued at the close of said sessions and sub- 
 sequently). The only -jvay in which holders of such diplomas may legally 
 enter upon practice in this State is by passing a satisfactory examination 
 before the Boaed on the branches or subjects of the Schedule omitted. 
 
 This Schedule is, therefore, the test of the "good standing" of a medi- 
 cal college in Illinois. Only the colleges which come up to this minimum 
 standard are accounted as in "good standing." To determine the status 
 of any given institution, it is only necessary to compare the summary of 
 the institution set forth in the following pages with the above Schedule. 
 
 At the April, 1886, meeting of the Boaed, the following preamble and 
 resolution were adopted : 
 
 Whehas, The continuous graduation of forty-flve (45) per cent, of the total number of 
 matriculates of a medical ooUese— due allowance being made for the average annual loss- 
 must be accepted as prima facie evidence that, practically, every candidate is graduated 
 without regard to competency or qualification ; therefore, be it 
 
 Resolved, That no medical college be recognized as in good standing within the mean- 
 ing and intent of the " Act to Eegulate the Practice of Medicine in the State of Illinois," the 
 aggregate graduates of which college amount to forty-flye (45) per cent, of its aggregate 
 matriculates during any period of five (6) years ending with a session subseauent to the 
 session of 1885-86. 
 
 NEW EEQXJIRESDENTS. 
 
 At the July, ISST, meeting of the Board, the following resolution was 
 adopted : 
 
 Resolved, That the phrase, "medical colleges in good standing," in the first section of 
 the " Act to Eegulate the Practice of Medicine in the State of Illinois," approved June 16, 
 1887, is hereby defined to include only those colleges which shall, after the sessions of 1890- 
 91. recLuire four years of ipr(?tes3ional study, including any time spent with a preceptor, and 
 three regular courses of lectures, as conditions of graduation, and hhall otherwise conform 
 to the Schedule of Minimum Kequirements heretofore adopted by the Boabd. 
 
 At a meeting of the Boaed held at Chicago May 24, 1889, the following 
 resolution was adopted : 
 
 Resolved, That by authority of the "Act to Eegulate the Practice of Medicine in the 
 State of Illinois," approved June 16, 1887. the following Schedule of Minimum Eeauirements 
 for Schools of Midwifery be, and hereby is, adopted: 
 
 I. Length of Eegular Graduating Courses : The time occupied in the regular courses 
 or sessions from which students are graduated shall amount to not less than six 
 months. 
 II. Instruction must include the following branches of medical science. 1. Anatomy of 
 the pelvis, and of the generative organs of women. 2. Physiology of menstruation 
 and conception. 3. The signs of pregnancy, i. Mechanism of labor. 5. Manage- 
 ment of normal labor. 6. Management of abnormal labor. 7. Puerperal hygiene and 
 antisepsis. 8. Special care of the mother and infant. 
 
MEDICAL COLLEGES.. 
 
 OF THE 
 
 UNITED STATES AND CANADA--1765-1891. 
 
 Embracing -the Titles; Locations; Addresses of Corresponding 
 Officers; Organizations; Curricula of Study; Requirements 
 for Admission and for Graduation; Fees; Number of Ma- 
 triculates and. of Graduates^of all Existing Medical Schools 
 in the United States and Canada. 
 
 The Titles; Locations, Dates of Organization; Periods of 
 Existence and other Historical data— of all Extinct Medical 
 Schools in the United States and Canada. 
 
 Arranged Alphabetically as to States, and Chronologically as 
 to dates of Organization. 
 
 AliABAMA. 
 
 THE MEDICAL ASSOCIATION OP THE STATE OF ALABAMA. 
 
 Jebome Coohban. M. D., Montgomery, Senior Censor. 
 
 ■• The Board of Censors of the Medical Association of the State of Alabama, and the 
 Boards of Censors of the several County Medical Societies in 'aiHUation with the State 
 I Medical Association, are, under the law, the authorized Boards of Medical Examiners. 
 The State Board is composed of ten members, elected by the State Association, and each 
 County Board of five members, elected byths County Society. Diplomas of Medical 
 Colleges confer no right to practice medicine in Alabama. Nothing does except the oertifl- 
 oateofone of the examining boards, based upon actual examination of the applicants. 
 The County Boards examine none but the graduates of reputable medical Colleges) the 
 diplomas serving simply as a means tor getting before the Boards. The State Board alone 
 examines non-graduates. The rules for the government of the examining boards, includ- 
 ing the standard of aualifications and the branches of medicine to be included in the ex- 
 aminations, are all prescribed by the rState Association. The examinations ace both oral 
 and written, but the principal stress is placed on the written examination, which usually 
 occupies about-one week. The answers to the auestions are valued according to their 
 completeness and accuracy, and an aggregate of 76X out of a possible 100% is necessary to 
 pass the applicant. The examination papers are carefully written and bound, and are 
 Sled in the State Board of Health ofnce. They are all carefully reviewed by the State 
 Board, which makes to the State Association a special report on the character of the exam- 
 ination of each separate applicant. 
 
 The Alabama law to Eegulate the Practice of Medicine was enacted in 1877. It was ap- 
 plicable only in counties having medical societies holding charters from the State Asso- 
 ciation, and at the time of its enactment not more than one-half of the counties were thus 
 organiz ed. Prom year. to year new societies have been organized, until in 1888 there was a 
 medical society and a board of examiners in every county m the State. Th\s system seems 
 to be very complex, but in practice is found to work well. A large number of incompetent 
 
and ignorant practitioners are still left in the, state, because the law was not niade retro- 
 active; all who were actually engaged in praotioeat the time the law was put into opera- 
 tion and received pro-fo< ma oerlifloates without examination. These, in the course of time, 
 will die out, and better men will take their places. The records show that from the be- 
 ginmng of the administration of the law the oounty boards have rejected on an average 20% 
 of the applicants examined— or one in five— and all of them college graduates. The State 
 Board has examined 28 non-graduates, of whom 6 passed and 22 were rejected; and 8 
 graduates, 5 of whom passed and 3 were rejected. ^ 
 
 The following table shows the number of applicants that appeared before the State 
 Board from January 1, 18S9, to November 1, 1890, the number passed and rejected, and the 
 colleges represented: 
 
 
 1889. 
 
 1890. 
 
 EErOBE THE 
 
 ALABAMA STATE BOARD OP MEDICAL EXAM- 
 INEES 
 -From January 1. 1889, to November 1, 1890. 
 
 CD PjCJ 
 
 mi 
 
 la 
 
 n 
 
 ■ tn' 
 
 CD ET. 
 
 It 
 
 & a 
 
 CD ^ 
 
 a 
 
 • % 
 
 • ED 
 
 CD Mj 
 
 : H 
 
 
 15 
 8 
 4 
 3 
 3 
 4 
 3 
 
 3 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 2 
 1 
 2 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 2 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 15 
 8 
 4 
 3 
 3 
 3 
 3 
 
 3 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 i 
 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 Atlanta Medical College, Atlanta 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 University of Maryland, School of Medicine, Baltimore. 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 4 
 2 
 1 
 
 4 
 2 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 Bellevue Hospital Medical College, New York 
 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons in the City of New 
 
 
 Memphis Hospital Medical College, Memphis 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 Medical Department, University of Tennessee, Nash- 
 ville 
 
 
 University of Pennsylvania, Department of Medicine, 
 Philadelphia 
 
 
 
 
 
 University of Nashville, Nashville 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 Medical Department of Tulane University of Louisiana, 
 New Orleans 
 
 
 Kentucky School of Medicine, Louisville 
 
 
 Bush Medical College, Chicago 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 Albany Medical College, Albany 
 
 
 Medical Department, University of Vermont, Burlington 
 University Medical College of Kansas City 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pulte Medical College, Cincinnati 
 
 
 
 
 
 Howard University, Medical Department, Washington.. 
 Cincinnati College of Medicine and Surgery, Cincinnati. 
 Meharry MedioalDeportment of Central Tennesse Col- 
 lege, Nashville 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore 
 
 
 Georgia College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, At- 
 lanta 
 
 
 
 
 
 Beaumont Hospital Medical College, St. Louis 
 
 
 
 
 
 Chicago Homeopathic Medical College, Chicago 
 
 Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 University of the City oiNew t ork, Medical Department 
 Leonard Medical School, Ealeigh .L 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Medical College of lio, Cincinnati; 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 Western College of Homeopathic Medicine, Cleveland.. 
 St. Louis Medical College, St. Louis 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 : 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 Long Island College Hospital, Brooklyn 
 
 
 
 
 
 Department of Medicine and Surgery of the University 
 of Michigan, Ann Arbor 
 
 
 
 
 
 Miami Medical College, Cincinnati 
 
 
 
 
 
 McGUl University, Faculty of Medicine, Montreal . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 Non-graduates 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 Totals ' 
 
 75 
 
 69 
 
 6 
 
 29 
 
 26 
 
 4 
 
 
GEAFPENBEEG INSTITUTE. 
 
 Alabama.. 
 
 Chartered by the Lefrislature of Alabama in 1852 for a period of ten years. Some six or 
 seven sessions were held, and the charter not being- renewed expired by limitation in 1862. 
 Says a correspondent; The Institute itself was entirely regular— although on account of 
 the want of clinical material, and the small number of teachers, it was considered as not 
 strictly a first class medical college." The buildings of the Institute were burned during 
 the war. The number of graduates is not known. There are supposed to be about twenty of 
 them in Alabama, and but very few in other States. The Medical' Association of the State 
 of Alabama recognizes its degrees . [Information furnished by Dr. Jerome Cochran, Senior 
 Censor, Medical Association of the state of Alabama.] 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF ALABAMA. 
 
 Mobile, Ala. Geo. A. Ketohtjm, M. D., Dean, 7 N. Conception street. 
 
 OEaANizED in 1859. Closed during tho war and re-opened in 1868. There were no grad- 
 uates during the years 1862-68, inclusive. 
 
 The faculty consists of nine professors, one demonstrator and one assistant. 
 
 CotrasE or Instbuction: The regular course of lectures for the session of 1890-91 
 commenced October 27, 1890, and continues until the 27th of March, 1891. A preliminary 
 course began October 26, 1890. A three years' graded course is recommended and provided 
 lor, without cost as to lecture tickets for the third year. After the. middle portion of the 
 term is reached, the faculty will estabUsh a daily quiz. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrlos and diseases of women and children, 
 mlorosoopy, ophthalmology and otology, histology, hygiene, medioaliurlsprudenoe, oUnical 
 and genito-virinary surgery and practical pharmacy. Examinations are held daily on the 
 various lectures. Chnics at the hospital and the college dispensary. 
 
 Eequikements: For admission: None. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4} attendance on two full courses of lectures and of dissections ; 5) pass a satisfac- 
 tory examination before the members of the faculty. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation (annually), J5; lectures including hospital, f75 ; dissecting, SIO ; grad- 
 uation, tS5; single tickets, each branch, $10; practical pharmacy, $10. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent 
 
 1882-83 
 
 47 
 
 16 
 
 34-1- 
 
 1883-84 
 
 75 
 
 12 
 
 16. 
 
 1884-85 
 
 90 
 
 34 
 
 37.7 
 
 1885-86 
 
 107 
 
 32 
 
 29.6 
 
 1886-S? 
 
 105 
 
 37 
 
 35.2 
 
 1887-88 
 
 89 
 
 29 
 
 32.5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 113 
 
 32 
 
 28.3 
 
 1889-90 
 
 128 
 
 44 
 
 34.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for eight sessions reported, 31.2. 
 
 80UTHEEN UNIVEESITY, MEDICAL DEPAETMENT. 
 Gbeensbobo, Ala. 
 Obganizbd in 1872.— Extinct. Last session closed in 1880. 
 
 ARKANSAS. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPAETMENT, AEKANSAS INDUSTEIAL UNIVEESITY. 
 Little Book, Ark. E. G. Jennings, M. D., Secretary of the Faculty. 
 
 Obganized in 1879. First class graduated in 1880. Classes have graduated each subse- 
 auent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of fourteen professors and lecturers, a demonstrator, and two pro- 
 sectors. 
 
CouBSE OF INSTKUCTION : Leotures began November 5, 1890, and will continue twenty 
 weeks. Mve leotures will be delivered daily during the six days of the week. " A volun- 
 tary graded course of three years has been estabhshed from the organization of this col- 
 lege,"— but "students who prefer to continue their studies on the repetitional system can 
 do so." Didactic and clinical leotures, practical work in the dissecting room, chemical and 
 physiological laboratories, daily Quizzes upon subjects of preceding leotures. 
 
 Lectures embrace practice of medicine, institutes and practice of surgery, obstetrics, 
 diseases of women and children, physiology, general, descriptive and surgical anatomy, 
 materia medioa, therapeutics, hygiene, botany climcal surgery, dermatology, medical 
 chemistry, toxicology, ophthalmology, otology, diseases of the genito-urinary organs, 
 physical diagnosis and clinical medicine, gynecology, meteorology and climatology. 
 
 BEQurREMENTS : Por admission— Applicants must be eighteen years of age, and pre- 
 sent a credible certificate of good moral character : a diploma of graduation from a good 
 literary andscientiflo college or high school; a flrst-olass grade teacher's certificate, or, lack- 
 ing this, a thorough examination m the branches of a ^ood English education, including 
 mathematics, English composition and elementary physics or natural philosophy. 
 
 Eor graduation: 1) satisfactory evidence of good moral character; 2) age, twenty-one 
 years ; 3) a satisfactory certificate' of having pursued the study of medicine for at least three 
 years, under a regular graduate, or licentiate and practitioner in good standing; 4) attend- 
 ance two lull courses of lectures, with thorough dissection of the whole body; 5) satisfac- 
 tory examinatioji; 6) thesis on some medical subject, or a full report of any of the clinics. 
 Two years and nine months are accepted in lieu of threee years' study, if the three years 
 WiU expire not later than three inonths alter graduation. 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, (paid once only), S5; lectures, S50; demonstrator, SB; hospital, $3; 
 graduation, ?25. 
 
 Students : Numbea of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates, 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1S80-81 
 
 32 
 
 10 
 
 81. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 36 
 
 s 
 
 13.8 
 
 1882-88 
 
 32 
 
 4 ' 
 
 12.5 
 
 1883-84 
 
 28 
 
 13 
 
 46.4 
 
 1884-85 
 
 37 , 
 
 8 
 
 21.6 
 
 1S8S-8S 
 
 52 ' 
 
 16 
 
 30.7 
 
 1886-87 
 
 59 
 
 15 
 
 , 25,4 
 
 1887-88 
 
 m 
 
 20 
 
 30.3 
 
 1888-88 
 
 88 
 
 17 
 
 20.4 
 
 1889-90 
 
 73 
 
 16 
 
 21.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 24.9. 
 
 CALIFORMA. 
 
 BOABD OP EXAMINEES OP THE MEDICAL SOCIETY OF THE STATE OP CALI- 
 
 FOENIA. 
 
 San Peanoisoo, Cal., Chas. E. Blake, M. D., Secretary, 200 Stockton Sti-eet. 
 
 Total number licentiates in Eegister Maroh,-1890, 2,283. 
 
 The present medical law has been in force for nearly thirteen years, and, with few ex- 
 ceptions, all nuahfied practitioners of California have compUed with its provisions. Atten- 
 tion IS called to the following preamble and resolutions adopted January 4, 1888. 
 
 Whereas, the law to regulate the practice of medicine in the State of California pro- 
 vides that the Bpard of Examiners m the dischai-ge of its official duties shall determine what 
 colleges are m good standing, whose diplomas may be presented by applicants for certifl'- 
 cBitos unclor tiio iSiW! 
 
 And Whekeas, it is apparent that the protection of the pubUo, and the best interests of 
 the profession reguire a higher standard of medical education than that which is now 
 adopted by many Medical Colleges, >viuou jo uuw 
 
 Tjr^F,^Vi^°^''l ■'^?%'''?!'!'?^^t on and. after A.pril 1. 1891, the Board of Examiners of the 
 Medical Society of the State of California will not grant certificates to practice medicine on 
 diplomas issuedafter that date by Colleges whiSti do not require that aU candidates fo? 
 graduation shall ha|e studied medicine not less than three full years, and shairhaveat- 
 8^epi?at?°years ®® regular courses of lectures delivered during three 
 
 EOAED OF EXAMINEES OF THE CALIFOENIA STATE HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL 
 
 San Fbahoisoo, Cal. Wm. Bcebiokb, M. D„ Secretary. 
 Total number of licentiates in Official Eegister is 382. 
 
BOAEB OF EXAMINEES OF THE ECLECTIC MEDICAL SOCIETY OF THE STATE 
 
 OF CALIFORNIA. 
 
 San Fbancisoo, Cal., Geo. G. Geee, M. D., Secretary, 112 Grant Avenue. 
 
 Total number of licentiates in OfSoial Begister is 314. 
 
 COOPEE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 San Fbancisoo, Cal. Henky GrBBONS, Jr.. M. D., Dean, 920 Polk street. 
 
 Obganized in 1859 as the Medical Department of the University of the Paoiflo. Ceased 
 to exist in 1864, but was revived in 1870, under the same name. In 187S it became the Medi- 
 cal Department of the University CoUege of San ffrancisoo, and was given the specific 
 designation ol the Medical College of the Pacific. In 1882 the institution received its pres- 
 ent naine.— The first class was graduated in 1860. No classes were graduated in the years 
 1865-69, inclusive. A class was graduated in 1870, and in each subseauent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of twelve professors, two lecturers, a demonstrator of anatomy, a 
 demonstrator of pathology, and five clinical assistants. 
 
 CouBSE OP iNSTEtJCTioN: Three annual summer courses and one intermediate course 
 are required to complete the curriculum. The regular course begins June 1, and ends 
 November 30; the intermediate course begins February 1, and ends April 30. During the 
 first year the student attends aU didactic lectures, but gives special attention to descriptive 
 anatomy, physiology, chemistry, surgery, microscopy and practice of medicine, and is ex- 
 amined in these branches at the end of the term. In the second year, all lectures and clinics 
 must be attended, and examinations in all branches are held at the close, those in descript- 
 ive anatomy, physiology and chemistry being final. All lectures and clinics must be at- 
 tended' during the third year, except lectures on chemistry and physiology, if examinations 
 in these have been successfully passed. Special attention must be given to oUnios. Final 
 examinations, written and oral, in the third year. 
 
 The principal branches taught are : Principles and practice of medicine, clinical medi- 
 cine and diagnosis ; surgery, surgical anatomy, clinical and operative surgery : descriptive' 
 and practical anatomy ; microscopy and histology ; pathology with practical illustrations ; 
 opstetrios, diseases of womenand children; gynecology; theoreticaland practical physi- 
 . ology; ophthalmology, otology, didactic and clinical; chemistry; toxicology; materia 
 medicaand therapeutics; hygiene; insanity; medical jurisprudence; physical diagnosis; 
 laryngoscopy. 
 
 Bbqdiebmbnts : For admission: eighteen years of age, an examination in English 
 composition, physics, arithmetic and Latin rudiments (declension of nouns and grammar). 
 Graduates of uteray. seientiflc, medical, or pharmaceutical colleges or universities in good 
 standing, graduates of high schools, and applicants who have passed the examination for 
 admission to any recognized Uterary college or university, or who hold first-grade certi- 
 ficates from any public school board, as properly aualifled teachers, on producing proper 
 evidence of the same, are admitted to matriculation without examination. 
 
 A special preliminary examination in arts, required by the regulations of the General 
 Council of Medical Education and Begistration of the Umted Kingdom, may be had on ap- 
 plication by those intending to finish their education in Great Britian, or obtain other 
 Qualifications in medicine or surgery. 
 
 For graduation: 1) good moral character; 2) twenty-one yeai-s of age; 3) three regular 
 courses of lectures, and the intermediate course preceding the student's last year; 4) two 
 courses of clinical instruction; 5) one course of practical anatomy, dissecting the entire 
 subject; 6) satisfactory thesis; 7) successful passing of all examinations. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, paid but once, (f5 ; lectures {three courses), $260 ; single course, 
 S130; demonstrator, ?10; graduation, S40. A charge of 825 is made for each intermediate 
 course, which amount is credited upon the succeeding regular course fees. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. ■ ^ Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1881 59 9 15.2 
 
 1882 67 12 18 
 
 1883 83 19 22.9 
 
 1884 80 16 20 
 
 1885 83 19 22.7 
 
 1886 '83 11 13.2 
 
 1887 102 28 27.4 
 
 1888 104 14 13.4 
 
 1889 123 41 33.3 
 
 1890 130 18 13.8 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates tor the past ten years, 20.4. 
 
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. UNIVEBSITY OP CALIFOENIA. 
 
 Toland Medical College. 
 
 San Ebancisco, Cal. Eobekt A. McLean, M. D., Dean. 603 Merchant street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1863 as the Toland Medical College. Became connected with the Univer- 
 sity of California in 1872. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors , three assistants, one demonstrator, and the 
 dispensary staff. > 
 
 CouESE OF Instruction: "Three regular courses of lectures of five months each, at- 
 tended through three seyeral years," are required. Students are also required tp attend 
 eUnics regularly throughout the term. At the beginning of each session examinations are 
 held to determine the progress of the student during the year past, his advancement de- 
 pending on the result of such examination. The preliminary term of 1890 opened on March 
 3, and closed May 10. The regular course of lectures commenced June 2, and closed October 
 31. Senior class compelled to attend preliminary course. 
 
 Studies: First year— anatomy, physiology, histology, microscopy, materia medipa, 
 medical chemistry, pharmacy, dissections, dispenary and laboratory work. Final examin- 
 ations in pharmacy and laboratory work at end of first year. Second year— anatomy, physi- 
 ology, materia mediea, medical chemistry, principles and practice of medicine, principles 
 and practice of surgery, therapeutics, histology, obstetrics, pathology, dissection and 
 surgical and medical clinics,' hygiene, dispensary. Pinal examination at end of second 
 year in physiology, materia mediea, medical chemistry, histology and hygiene. Third 
 year— principles and practice of medicine, principles and practice of surgery, therapeutics, 
 medical jurisprudence, opthalmology and otology, obstetrics and gynecology, with special 
 clinics, anatomy, clinical medicine, surgery, diseases of children and mental diseases, pa- 
 thology, special clinics. Graduates of this college and those holding certificates Of attend- 
 ance upon lectures are oredited for the full time of their medical studies by the Koyal Col- 
 leges of Surgeons of England, Edinburg and Glasgow. 
 
 Bequibements : For admission: an examination in English composition, arithmetic, 
 geography and physics ; none required of candidates who are graduates of a literary or 
 scientiiio college, or recognized normal or high school. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three full 
 years' study; 4) three regular courses of lectures ; 5) satisfactory written and oral exam- 
 ination; 6) practical anatomy during two sessions, and dissections of all parts of parts of 
 the cadaver. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, once only, $5; demonstrator, $10; first and second courses of 
 lectures, 8130 each; third course, free; graduation, 840. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 ission. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1881 
 
 61 
 
 16 
 
 26.2 
 
 1882 
 
 59 
 
 15 
 
 25.4 
 
 1883 
 
 61 
 
 11 , 
 
 18+ 
 
 1884 
 
 43 
 
 16 ' 
 
 34.8 
 
 1885 
 
 63 
 
 13 
 
 24.5 
 
 1886 
 
 49 
 
 7 
 
 14.2 
 
 188r 
 
 62 
 
 16 
 
 25.8 
 
 1888 
 
 70 
 
 11 
 
 15.7 
 
 1889 
 
 97 
 
 15 
 
 14.7 
 
 1890 
 
 75 
 
 17 
 
 17.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 21.5. 
 
 CALIFOBNIA MEDICAL SOCIETY AND COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS. 
 San Fbancisco, Cal. 
 INCOBPOEATED October 21, 1876.— Extinct 1877. 
 
 CALIFOBNIA MEDICAL COLLEGE {Eclectic). 
 
 San Fbancisco, Cal. D. Maclean. M. D., Dean, 6 Eddy street. 
 
 Oeoanized in 1879, and located at Oakland. Eemoved to San Francisco after the close 
 of the session of 1887. The first class was graduated in 1880. 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors and a demonstrator. 
 
 CounsE or Inbtbuction; One intermediate and one regular term annually The 
 regular term commences on the first Monday in June (annuiUly), and continues six months. 
 The intermediate term oommenoes on the first Monday in March (annually), and continues 
 twelve WO' ks. Three years' graded course required. 
 
Lectures embrace principles and practice of medicine, obstetrics, surgery, anatomy, 
 
 mental diseases, hygiene, ophtnalmology, otology, clinical diseases of the eye and ear. 
 Toxicology, phjfsical diagnosis, laryngoscopy diseases oJ the heart and lungs, and nervous 
 diseases. Climes at hospital and dispensary. 
 
 Ebquibembnts : For admission: 1) certificate of good moral character; 2) diploma 
 from university, literary or scientific college, high school or first grade teacher s certificate, 
 or a thorough examination in the branches ot a good English education, including mathe- 
 matics, English composition and elementary haturaLphilosophy ; 3) at leastone year's study 
 with a preceptor. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) "such edu- 
 cation as shall give him proper stadiug 'with the public ond profession;" 4) three regular 
 courses of lectures, and at least one years* study ■with a preceptor; 5) practical 
 anatomy, at least two sessions, and present tickets of having dissected every part of the 
 cadaver; 6) "satisfactory examination upon the essential points in the general practice of 
 medicine;" 7) thesis. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5; lectures, $120; demonstrator, SIO; graduation, 830. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 25 
 
 10 
 
 "40 
 
 1882-83 
 
 32 
 
 11 
 
 34.4 
 
 1883-81 
 
 30 
 
 9 
 
 30 
 
 1884-85 
 
 26 
 
 5 
 
 19.2 
 
 1885-86 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 58.3 
 
 1886-87 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 1887 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 28.5 
 
 1888 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 41.6 
 
 1889 
 
 30 
 
 8 
 
 26.6 
 
 1890 
 
 41 
 
 6 
 
 14.6 
 
 Percentage of, graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 30.6. 
 
 HAHNEMANN HOSPITAL COLLEGE OF SAN FKACISCO. 
 
 San FBANcisoo,Cal. W. A. Dewey. M. D., Eegistrar, 824 Sutter street. 
 
 Oboanized in 1794 as the "Hahnemann Medical College." Name changed to "Hahne- 
 mann Hospital College" In 1888. 
 
 Faculty contains thirteen professors, one lecturer and one demonstrator of anatomy. 
 
 Course or Insteuotmn: Graded, extending over three years: session begins first 
 Thursday in May, and continues six months. 
 
 Lectures embrace: First year— Descriptive and practical anatomy, chemistry physi- 
 ology, materia medica, histology, microscopy, hygiene, toxicology. Second year— descript- 
 ive and surgical anatomy, materia medica and chnics, chemistry, microscopy and urinalysis, 
 pathology, surgery, principles and practice, of medicine, obstetrics. Third year— materia 
 medica and oUnios, principles and practice of medicine and surgery, operative obstetrics, 
 gynecology, ophthalmology, otology, and medical jurisprudence. 
 
 Eequibbments : For admission : 1) certificate of good moral characfer. 2) diploma from 
 & good literary and scientific college or high school, or a first grade teacher's certificate ; 3) 
 lacking this, a thorough examination in the branches of a good English education. 
 
 . For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral and professional cparacter; 
 3 study of medicine for the full period of three years; 4) three full courses of lectures; 5) 
 certificate of having dissected three parts ; 6) satisfactory examination in each department. 
 
 For requirements of the American Institute of Homoeopathy for ad- 
 mission and graduation in 1892, See Preliminary Remarks. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (once only) $5 ; lectures (three courses) 8265 ; one full course K125: 
 demonstrator, $10; graduation, $40; single tickets, $10 each branch. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates; and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage ot graduates to matriculates'— 
 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1884 23 7 30.4 
 
 1885 17 5 29.3 
 
 1886 24 10 41.6 
 
 1887 12 7 58.3 
 
 1888 21 9 42.8 
 
 1889 18 10 55.5 
 
 1890 15 4 26.6 
 
 Percentage ot graduates to matriculates for past seven years, 40. 
 
8 
 
 THE COLLEGE OP MEDICINE OP THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN OALIFOENIA. 
 
 Los Angeles, Cal. J. P. WrDNBT, A. M., M. D., Dean, Widney Block, First street. 
 
 Organized November, 1883. The faculty consists of nineteen professors, two lecturers 
 and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OF Instruction: Graded, .extending over three years. Term commences 
 the second Wednesday of October, and continues to the fourth Wednesday m May. 
 Women admitted upon satne terms as men. The term has been lengthened one and one- 
 half months ; attendance coiapulsory. 
 
 Lectures embrace principles and practice of medicine, cUnioal medicine, principles, 
 and practice of surgery, clinical surgery, anatomy, surgical anatomy, histology and _ mi- 
 croscopy, materia medica and therapeutics, obstetrics, gynecology, physiology, chemistry 
 and toxicology, pathology and disease^ of the skin and genito-urinary organs, diseases ol 
 the mind and nervous system, diseases of children, hygiene, ophthalmology and otology, 
 medical jurisprudence, operations in surgery; hospital, laboratory and dispensary work. 
 
 Requirements: For admission: the student must pass a matriculating examination 
 unless he is a graduate of some university, college, high school, academy or normal school, 
 or holds a first-grade tSiacher's certificate for the public schools. The examination will 
 cover English composition, and other ordinary English branches as taught in the pubuo 
 schools. An aoqiuaintance with the rudiments of Latin will be reciuired. If the applicant 
 has never studied Latin, he will be allowed to make this up after commencing his medical 
 studies. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age and good moral character; 2) must have 
 studied medicine three full years and attended three regularl courses of medical lectures, 
 thelast of which must have been in this college; 3) must pass satisfactory examination, 
 must have dissected the entire cadaver, done the necessary amount of laboratory and 
 chemical work, and submit a satisfactory thesis. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5; lectures (three courses) $260; demonstrator, $10; gradua- 
 tion, $40. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1885-86 10 — — 
 
 1886-87 20 — — 
 
 1887-88 21 9 42,8 
 
 1888-89 26 2 7.6 
 
 1889-90 33 , 6 / 18.1 
 
 Percentage of graduates to mataiculates for the past five years, 15.09. 
 
 CANADA. 
 
 Peactitionees of medicine in Canada must be registered, and the reauirements de- 
 manded vary in different provinces. The possession of the degree of Doctor of Medioine* 
 granted by a recognized university, entitles its holder to registration in all the provinces 
 except Ontario. The curriculum of studies rectuired of a university, in order that its de- 
 p-ees may be registered, is setforth in the following sections of the Quebec Medical Act, and 
 IS applicable, with slight changes, to all the provinces : 
 
 § 8. From and after the passage of this act, no person shall be admitted as a student of 
 medicine, surgery or midwifery unless he shall have obtained a certificate of qualification 
 from the said Provincial Medical Board. And no one shall be entitled to the license of the 
 college, on presentation of a diploma, unless he shall have been previously admitted to the 
 study of medicine, in accordance with the provisions of this act, or unless he rihall have 
 passed an equivalent preliminary examination before a college, school or board, authorized 
 by law to require and cause suon , preliminary examinations to be passed in Her Britannic 
 Majesty's possessions, elsewhere than in the Province of Quebec, and, acceptable to the 
 board created by this act. * « • 'jj^e subjects of the preliminarfr qualifications to 
 be English and French, Latin, geography, history, arithmetic, algebra, 'geometry, belles- 
 letters, and any one of the following subjects: Greek, natural or moral philosophy; and the 
 candidate to present a certificate of good moral character. 
 
 § 15. The qualifications to be required from a candidate for obtaining a license author^ 
 izing him to practice medicine, surgery and midwifery, shall consist in his holding a certifl- i 
 oate of study from a licensed physician, for the period intervening between the courses of 
 lectures which he has followed: that he is not les-f than twenty-one veal's of age ; that he has 
 followed his studies during -a period of not less than four years, commencing from the date 
 of his admission to the study of medicine by this board, and that, during the .=aid four 
 years, he shall have attended, at some university, college or Incorporated school of medi- 
 cine within Her Majesty's Dominions, not less than two six months' courses of general or 
 descriptive anatomy, of practical anatomy, of surgery, of practice of medicine, of midwifery ■ 
 of chemistry, of materia medica and general therapeutics, of the institutes of medicine of 
 physiology and general pathology, of clinical medicine and of clinical surgery: one six- 
 months' course or two three-months' courses of medical jurisprudence and of hygiene" 
 one three-months' course of botany; one three-months' course, and a course of not less 
 than twenty-five demonstrations, upon microscopic anatomy, physiology and pathology 
 also, that he shall have attended the general practice of a hospi al in which are contained 
 not less tjian fifty beds, uader the charge ot not less than two physicians or surgeons for a 
 
period of not less than one year and a half, or three periods of not less than six months, 
 each; and that he shall also have attended six oases of labor, and compounded medicines 
 for SIX months. And to remove all doubts with regard to the number or lectures which the 
 inooroorated schools of medicine of the Province of Quebec are bound to give, it is enacted 
 and declared that each six-months' course shall consist of one hundred and twenty lectures, 
 except in the case of clinical medicine, clinical surgery and medical jurisprudence. Of the 
 four years' study required by this act, three six-months' sessions at least shall be passed in 
 attendance upon leofuies at a university, college or incorporated school of medicine recog- 
 nized by this board, the first whereof shall be so ijassed the session immediately succeed- 
 ing the preliminary examination, and the last during the fourth year of study, and the can- 
 didate shall undergo an examination, on the final subjects of the curriculum, at the end of 
 the session in his fourth year of study. 
 
 It is optional with the Quebec ProvincaT Board to accept or Reject the degree of a uni- 
 versity outside the province, and the test of an examination is sometimes imposed upon its 
 holder. 
 
 Graduates of United States medical schools, in order to register in a province of Canada, 
 unless holding an academical degree, must 1) pass the matriculation examination; 2) attend 
 a Canadian school one or more full winter courses, so as to complete the curriculum of the 
 province; and 3) pass the professional examination. 
 
 Manitoba is an exception, the regulation there being as follows : " American students 
 in medicine [meaning graduates of medical colleges in the United States] obtain a Ucense 
 by passing a practical examination satisfactory to the board on the following subjects, viz : 
 Anatomy, physiology, theory and practice of medicine, surgery, midwifery and diseases of 
 women and children; chemistry; materia and therapeutics; medical jurisprudence and tox- , 
 iology." For this examination, and subseauent registration, a fee of 8100 is charged. 
 
 Ontario. v 
 
 ONTARIO MEDICAL ACT. 
 
 THE COLLEGE OE PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS OF ONTARIO. 
 
 TOBONTo. Ontario. Eobeet A. Pyne, M. D., M. C. P. S. 0., Registrar. 
 
 The Medical Profession in Ontario was first incorporated under this name by an Act of 
 Parliament of Canada, passed in 1866. This act was subsequently repealed by the Legisla- 
 ture of Ontario in 1869. The present Act was passed in 1874, and amended in 1887. 
 
 The central examining board of the College of Physicians and Surgeons is composed of 
 such elements as fairly represent every interest in the profession; and its exammations. 
 are conducted so as to insplreithe fullest confidence on the part of the several colleges, and 
 of the students attending these institutions. 
 
 A Council of the College of Physicians and Surgeons is created, empowered and di- 
 rected to enact By-Laws for the regulation of all matters connected; with medical education 
 for the admission and enrollment of students of medicine ; for determining from time tO' 
 time the curriculum of the studies to be pursued by them and to appoint a Board of Exam- 
 iners before whom all must pass a satisfactory examination before they can be enrolled as 
 members of the College, and thus be legally qualified to to practice their profession in the 
 Province of Ontario. The only mode in which medical m>n duly qualified to practice in 
 other countries can become legally entitled to practice in Ontario, is by license from the 
 Council. 
 
 Annual meeting is held on second Tuesday in June of each year, at Toronto. The 
 Council is composed of twelve territorial representatives who are elected by members of 
 the College and of one member from each of the Colleges and bodies in the Province now 
 authorized or hereafter to be authorized by law to establish a Medical Faculty, and grant 
 degrees in Medicine and Surgery, and serve for a period of five years. A most important 
 provision is made that no teacher, professor or lecturer shall hold a seat in the Council ex- 
 cept as a representative of the College or body to which he belongs. Homeopathists are 
 represented on the Council by five members, but in matriculation and primary professional 
 work, extending through the first two years, all candidates have to undergo the same ex- 
 amination. 
 
 A special examiner is appointed in case any candidate desires to be examined and reg- 
 istered as a Homeopathic practioner. 
 
 An annual assessment of "not less than $1, or more than $2," can be levied on each 
 registered practioner. 
 
 The Council has the right to approve a tariff of fees, for medical services, and the act 
 declares who are entitled to registration as licensed practioners. 
 
 Penalties are provided for neglecting to register or for falsification of record. Fees can- 
 not be recovered nor appointments heldin the public service by those not registered. • 
 
 Following are the requirements of the Examining Board for 1890-91. 
 
 Mai riculation— I. Everyone desirous of being registered as a Matriculated Medical 
 Student in the Registrar of this College, except as hereinafter provided, on and after 1st 
 July, 1888, must present to the Registrar the official certificate of having passed the Second 
 Class, Non-Professional Examination, as prescribed for Form II, of the High School course^ 
 of study, embracing the following subjects: 
 
10 
 
 1. Eeading: 2. Orthography and' Orthoepy ; S. English Grammor; i. Compoaition; 5. 
 literature; 6. English History; 7. Geography (modern); 8. Arithmetic; 9. Algebra; 10. 
 Oeometry; 11. Physios'; 12. Chemistry; 13. Botany; 14. Latin: 15. Drawing; whereupon 
 he shall be entitled to be so registered upon the payment of 620, and giving proof of ms 
 Identity. 
 
 n. Graduates in Arts, or Students having matriculated in Arts in any University in Her 
 Majesty's Dominion, are not reqtuired to pass this examination. 
 
 Medical Ctjbeioulum— 1. Every student must spend a period of four years in actual 
 professional studies except as hereinafter provided; and the prescribed period of studies 
 shall include four Winter sessions of six months each, and one Summer session of ten 
 weeks, attended after being registered as a Medical Student in the Register of the College 
 ■of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario. Graduates in Arts of any College or University 
 recognized by the Council will only be required to pass three years, sifter graduatmg, in 
 •attendance upon medical lectures, before being admitted to their final examination. No 
 tickets for lectures will henceforward be accepted by the Council unless it is endorsed 
 thereon that the pupil had attended said lectures regularly. 
 
 ni. Each six months' course shall consist of not less than one hundred lectures, and 
 each "three months' course" of not less than fifty lectures. 
 
 IT. Every student must attend the undermentioned course of lectures in a University, 
 College or Sehool of Medicine, approved of by the Council, viz : Two courses of not les^ 
 than six months each (in different years) upon anatomy, practical anatomy, physiology, 
 •(including histology) theoretical chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, principles 
 and practice of medicine, principles and practice of surgery, midwifery and diseases of 
 women and children, clinical medicine, clinical surgery, two courses of not less than three 
 months each (in different years) upon medical jurisprudence, one course of not less than 
 three months each upon practical ichemlstry (including toxicology), botany, one course of 
 not less than fifty demonstration lectures upon medical and surgical and topographical 
 anatomy. One course of not less than twenty-five demonstrations upon physiological his- 
 tology and pathological histology each. One course of not less tlian twenty lectures on 
 sanitary science. 
 
 T. Every candidate will be reauired to prove that he has carefully dissected the whole 
 ■adult human body. 
 
 Every student must have spent a period of six months in compounding medicines, 
 must have attended the practice of a general hospital for 24 months, and had six oases of 
 midwifery and attained the full age of 21 years, and pass satisfactorily the required exam- 
 inations. 
 
 Eees of the Council: Registration of matriculation, 820 ; primary examination, $30; 
 final examination including registration, $50. 
 
 TORONTO SCHOOL OE MEDICINE. 
 
 (Affiliated with the University of Toronto and the University of Victoria College.) 
 
 Oeoanized in 1843. Incorporated by act of parliament in 1851. Degrees were first con- 
 ferred upon its students by affiliated Universities, in 1845, and have b'een so conferred each 
 subsequent year to the time of its suspension in 1887. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO MEDICAL EACULTY. 
 
 ToBONTO, Ont. Adam H. Wbioht, B. A., M. p.. Secretary, 20 Gerrard street. East. 
 
 Oeganized in 1843 as the Medical Eaoulty of King's College. Soon after its organization 
 the name was changed to the Medical Faculty of the University of Toronto T^ie faoultv 
 was paid by the State. After an existanoe of ten years, the endowed chairs were abolished 
 by an act of the legislature, and in 1853 the school became extinct. In 1887 the Government 
 of Ontario granted the Umversity authorities power to establish a Medical Faculty, without 
 expense to the government. Provision was immediately made, and the School re-opened 
 in 1887. 
 
 The faculty consists of eighteen professors, five lecturers, one Instructor, four demon- 
 strators and four assistant demonstrators. 
 
 . CouBSBOF Insteuction: The regular course of instruction will consist of tour ses- 
 sions of SIX months each. Graduates m Arts may complete full course in three years if 
 ^ey olioose. The session of 1890-91 opened October 1,1890; summer session will commence 
 
 Lectures embrace surgery, principles of surgery and surgical pathology, clinical sur- 
 gery, theory and practice of medicine, mediool pathology, dermatology, oUnioal medicine 
 gynecology, obstetrics, materia medica, pharmacology, therapeutics, medical jurisprudence' 
 foxioploey., sanitary science, medical psychology, ophthalmic and aural surgery larvn- 
 eplogy, rhinology, pathological histology, descriptive and surgical anatomy, biology, ph-vsl- 
 ology, chemistry, medical chemistry, physics and diseases of the nervous system ^"'^ 
 
11 
 
 Ebouibbments : For admission: "candidates presenting themselves for examination 
 must produce satisfactory cert flcates of good conduct, and of being sixteen years of age." 
 The following classes of applicants are exempt from the matriculation examination : 1) pos- 
 sessing a degree in drts, not being an honorary degree, from any Dominion or British Uni- 
 versity ; or 2)j having already matriculated in the faculty of arts or in the faculty of law in 
 this University ; or 3), matriculants in the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario. 
 Jffatrioulation examinations will be held annually in June and September, and embrace 
 Latin, and either Greek, French or German, mathematics, EngUsh composition, history, 
 geography and chemistry. 
 
 For degree of M. B., 1) satisfactory examination on all required branches ; 2) evidence of 
 having compounded medicines for a period of three months; 3) proficiency in vaccination; 
 4) attendance on at least six cUnios in a public lunatic asylum; 5) attendance six months out- 
 
 Sraotlce of a hospital or.dispensary, and eighteen months in wards of public hospitals; 6) 
 issection twice of the entire body ; 7) attendance on twelve post-mortem examinations ; 8) 
 attendance on six cases of midwifery. 
 
 For graduation: "The requisites for admission to the degree of M. D.are: Having 
 been admitted to the degree of M. B., being of one year's standing from admission to the 
 degree of M. B., and having composed an approved thesis upon some medical subject." 
 
 Fees : Marticulation (once only) 95 ; for annual examination (each) $5 ; lectures, first year, 
 ■873; second year, 876; third and fourth years, each, 886; hospital fee, 88^ graduation, 820. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates, and percentage of graduates to 
 matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1887-88 
 
 245 
 
 59 
 
 24. 
 
 1888-89 
 
 256 
 
 46 
 
 17.9 
 
 1889-90 
 
 263 
 
 42 
 
 15.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past three years, 19.2. 
 
 TEINITY MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 'lAfflliated with the ' University of Trinity College, the University of Toronto, Queen's 
 'University, Victoria University, and the University of Manitoba.1 
 
 ToEONTO, Ont. W. B. Geikie, M. D., C. M., Dean, 52 Maltland street. 
 
 Obganized in 1850 as the Upper Canada School of Medicine, which in its first session 
 became the Medical Faculty of Trinity College, and after an existence of four years ended 
 by the resignations of the professors, who refused to submit to certain test enactments of 
 a religious nature demanded by the corporation. In 1870 the Faculty of Medicine ot 
 Trinity College was reorganized, and it exists now as a separate corporation. Until 1888 
 it was known as the Trinity Medical School, when, by an act of the legislature, the name 
 was changed to the above title. The school confers the degree ot "Fellow by Examination 
 of Trinity Medical School," which is "in every respect the eauivalent of M. B., M. D., or 
 M. D., C. M., at Trinity College." [Geikie.] 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, six lecturers, four assistants and one in- 
 structor. 
 
 CouBSB OP Instbuotion: The winter session of 1890-91, beginning October 1, 1889,' 
 continues six months; the summer session begins May 1, and ends June 30,1891. Four 
 years' attendance is requii ed for graduation. 
 
 Lectures embrace the principles and practice of medicine and slirgery, materia 
 medioa, therapeutics, anatomy, obstetrics, diseases of women and children, chemistry, 
 sanitary science, medical jurisprudence, physiology, histology, pathology, ophthalmology, 
 otology, laryngology, rhinology, practical pharmacy, medical psychology, zoology, 
 botany, physios. Three examinations are held during the course, viz.: at the close of the 
 first, second and fourth years. 
 
 Bbquiebments : Students are advised to pass the matriculation examinations of the 
 Medical Council of Ontario or those of the amUated universities before entering; but are 
 allowed to attend lectures without any examination, though none such can obtain a 
 degree. Students not matriculated elsewhere desiring to take the Fellowship Diploma are 
 required to pass an examination on the following subjects: 1) writing ana dictation; 2) 
 English language, includmg grammar and composition; 3) arithmetic; 4) algebra, including 
 simple equations; 5) Euchd; 6) Latin; and 7) either Greek, German, French or natural 
 philosophy. 
 
 For graduation: degree of M. B.; a) a recognized matriculation examination: b) four 
 entire years' pursuit of medical studies ; o) attendance on at least two full courses of pri- 
 mary and two full courses of final lectures during four winter sessions; d) satisfactory 
 examination in all required branches, and e) certificate of good moral character. For 
 degree of M. D. twenty-one years of age; eighteen months' attendance on the preictice of 
 some general hospital; six months practice in a lying-in-hospital; attendance upon six 
 eases of labor; four years of study; two successful University examinations. 
 
12 
 
 Fees Registration, S5: lecture course, each chair, S12, , excepting praotieal , anatomy . 
 practical chemistry, normal and pathological histology, each. $8;. medical jm-isprudence 
 fe; hygiene and botany, each, «5: examinations. 815 ; summer session, 820 ; Toronto geneiai 
 hospital and lying-in-hospital, each per six months. 88; degree M. U. »34. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 168 
 
 35 
 
 20.7 
 
 1882-83 
 
 20,5 
 
 38 
 
 18.5 
 
 1883-34 
 
 222 
 
 62 
 
 27.9 
 
 1884-8.5 
 
 260 
 
 58 
 
 22.3 
 
 188S-«6 
 
 292 
 
 70' 
 
 24 
 
 1886-87 
 
 300 
 
 60 
 
 20 
 
 1887-88 
 
 300 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 28.3 
 
 1888-89 
 
 289 
 
 ' 70 
 
 24.2 
 
 1889-90 
 
 280 
 
 70 
 
 25 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 23.6. 
 
 Eemaeks: The number of graduates given above includes, "men licensed by the 
 Council. " 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OP VICTORIA COLLEGE. 
 lAlso known as "Solph's School.") 
 ToBOKTO. Ont. 
 Oeganized in 1853.— Extinct since 1869. 
 
 ROYAL COLLEGE OP PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS. 
 
 {Affiliated with Queen's University, Kingston, and University of Trinity College, 
 
 Toronto.) 
 
 Kingston, Ont. Pipe Powlbb, M. D.. L. E. C. S., Edin.. President of the Faculty. 
 
 Okganized as the Medical Faculty of Queen's TJniversity in 1854. First class graduated 
 in 1855, and classes graduated in each subseguent year. Being separately incorporated; 
 the college confers the diplomas of "Licentiate" and "Fellow. Its students obtain the 
 degrees of M. D. and C. M. from the Queen's University, Kingston, and the University of 
 Trinity College, Toronto, upon passing the required examination. 
 
 The faculty consists of twelve professors, two lecturers and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OF Instbuotion: The winter session of 1890-91 began on Monday, October 
 1, 1890, and wiU continue six months; the summer term berins on the second week of April. 
 The course of study is graded, covering four years, and fumlls the rectuirements of the pro- 
 vincial board. See excerpt from Quebec Medical Act. 
 
 Lectures embrace the principles and practice of medicine and surgery, materia medioa, 
 therapeutics, anatomy, obstetrics, diseases of women and children, onemistry, botany 
 sanitary science, medical jurisprudence, physiology, histology, pathology, pharmacy, mi- 
 croscopy, clinical medicine and surgery; hospital attendance. 
 
 Requibements : For admission; "Candidates for the degree of the university or the 
 diploma of the college must have completed a period of four years' study, and passed the 
 matriculation examination of Queens college, which is as follows; English language, 
 grammar and composition; arithmetic with vulgar and decimal fractions; algebra, in- 
 cluding simple equations; geometry, first two books of Euclid; Latin grammar and trans- 
 lation (Cicero, Virgil ^neid, Csesar, Bellum Gallicum), natural philosopny, as in Stewart's 
 Physios, or one book in Greek, French or German. Graduates and matriculates in arts 
 from a recognized university, and those who have passed the matriculation examination of 
 the Medical Council of Ontario, are not required to pass the above matriculation examina- 
 tion." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) thesis; 4) cer- 
 cates of attendance on the full course of instruction, as above, for four years, except 
 graduates in arts and those who have passed a full year's pupilage in the olHoe of a medi- 
 cal practitioner, of whom only three years' study is required; 5) evidence of having com- 
 pounded medicines for a period of six months; 6) evidence of having attended six cases of 
 midwifery; 7) satisfactory examinations; 8) attendance on six oases post-mortem examina- 
 tion, proilciency in use of microscope. For the fellowship : 1) a degree In arts, or an equiv- 
 alent examination ; 2) evidence of having been engaged in the practice of the profession for 
 five years. 
 
13 
 
 ■Fees: Begistration (payable once only), S5; tuition, per sessibn, nine chairs, $12 each; 
 threeohairs, w each, and one chair, W; two chairs, 88 each; hospital, 84. For graduation 
 diploma ol licentiate, 820; degree of M. D. and 0. M., 830: fellowsnip of college, 850. 
 
 Students : Number of .matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 1882-83 48 11 23— 
 1883-84 105 14 18.3 
 1884-85 140 14 10 
 1885-86 160 36 22.5 
 1886-87 160 31 19.3 
 1887-88 153 28 18.3 
 1888-89 150 34 22.6 
 1889-90 145 32 22. 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past eight years, 18,8. 
 Names of matriculates not given in announcement. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE WESTERN UNIVERSITY. 
 
 London, Ont. Wm. Waugh, M. D., C. M., Registrar. 447 Ridout street. 
 
 Organized in 1882. test class graduated in 1883. Faculty consists of seventeen pro- 
 fessors and two demonstratprs. 
 
 CouESE OF Instruction: One annual graduating session of six months' duration. 
 The sessions of 1890-91 began October 1, 1890. The course is graded and extends over four 
 years. Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, materia medica, chemistry, botany, his- 
 tology, toxicology, therapeutics, medical jurisprudence, sanitary science, pathology, theory 
 and practice of medicine, theory and practice of surgery, midwifery and diseases of women 
 and children, clinical medicine and clmieai surgery, microscopy, nervous and mental dis- 
 eases and zoology. 
 
 Requibements : For admission: (a) certificate of graduation or matriculation in any 
 recognized British CJniversity ; (b) oertlflcates of having passed the provincial examination 
 in English language, including grammar and composition, writing, and dictation (correct 
 spelling and legible writing are imperative) arithmetic, algebra, including simple eaua- 
 tion, geometry. Latin, and upon one of the following subjects : Greek, French, German or 
 natural philosophy, including mechanics, hydrostatics and pneumatic?. Graduates of 
 matriculates in any recognized university in Her Majesty's Dominions are exempted from 
 this examination. 
 
 For graduation, for degree M. D. : 1) certificate of having passed a recognized matricu- 
 lation examination; 2) four years' study; 3) four sessions of six months' each; 4) one six 
 months' course on medical jurisprudence ; one three months' course on botany ; twenty- 
 flve lectures on chemistry and toxicology; twenty-five practical demonstrations on his- 
 tology and pathology ; twenty lectures on sanitary science and botany : 5) attendance for 
 at least twenty-four months on the practice of some recognized hospital ; 6) six months' at- 
 tendance on the praetiod of a lying-m-hospital, and charge of six cases of confinement; 7) 
 compounded medicines for six months; 8) good moral character; 9) twenty-one years' of 
 age. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, 85 ; registration, 82; six chairs, 812 each; six chairs, ?6 each ; four 
 chairs, 85; and three chairs, 810 each; hospital 86; graduation. M D., 825. 
 
 Students Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage ol graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1882-83 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 6.6 
 
 1883-84 
 
 19 
 
 — 
 
 
 1884-85 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 11. 
 
 1885-85 
 
 53 
 
 7 
 
 13.2 
 
 1886-87 
 
 77 
 
 4 
 
 5.2 
 
 188?-88 
 
 52 
 
 9 
 
 17.3 
 
 1888-89 
 
 64 
 
 7 
 
 10.9 
 
 1889-90 
 
 58 
 
 12 
 
 20.6 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past eight years, 11.7. 
 
M 
 
 WOMAN'S MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 (Affiliated with the University of Trinity College, Toronto, and with the University of 
 
 Toronto.) 
 
 ToBONTO, Ont. K. B. Nevitt, B. A., M. D., Dean, 176 Jarvis street. 
 
 Oboanized in 1883. The college does not confer degrees, but is intended for "the 
 education of ladies in the science and practice of medicine, so as to fit them to undergo tne 
 examinations of the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario, which are required lor 
 the provincial license, and for degrees in medicine m the several umversities. 
 
 The faculty consists of nineteen, lecturers, one clinical lecturer, two associate lec- 
 turers, one demonstrator and two assistant demonstrators. 
 
 CouESE OP Insteuction: One annunl lecture term of six months' duration, beginning 
 on the first of October, 1890, and continuing until April 1, 1891. Summer session ^pnl 27 to 
 July 3, 1891. The course is graded, and extends through four vears, and must include one 
 summer session. 
 
 Lectures embrace the principles and practice of medicine and surgery, obstetrics, 
 diseases of women and children, materia medica, therapeutics, botany, anatomy, mi- 
 croscopy, sanitary soienfte, medical jurisprudence, toxicology, chemistry, ophthalmology, 
 otology and sanitary science, rhinology, laryngology, physical diagnosis, physiology, 
 pharmacy, pathology, histology, clinical surgery and medicine. 
 
 Bequieements: For admission: certificate of having passed the matriculation exami- 
 nation of the provincial board. Graduates in arts and students having matriculated in arts 
 in any recognized university in Her Majesty's Dominions are exempt. 
 
 For graduation; 1) four years' study ; 2) four oourse.i of lectures of six months dura- 
 tion of which one full course of lectures in the primary and one in the final branches must 
 he taken at the Woman's College; a graduate in arts, three courses ; 3) two courses of six 
 months each upon anatomy, dissection, physiology, histology, chemistry, materm meoica, 
 therapeutics, principles and practice of medicine and surgery; midwifery, diseases or 
 women and phildren, and chnical medicine and surgery ; two.three months courses in medi- 
 cal i 
 
 pati 
 
 pounding] ., . ... ,„, . 
 
 wifery; 8) twenty-one years of age ; 9) satisfactory examinations; 10) one summer session 
 ol ten weeks. 
 
 Fees: Begistration,S5; lectures, 8360 ; in four annual instalments of 890, each; exami- 
 nation, first year, $8; second and third year, 8S each; final, including diploma, $5 ; examina- 
 tion for degree, 820 to 830. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentaee of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent, 
 1886-87 24 2 8.3 
 1887-88 26 3 11.5 
 1888-89 35 3 5.7 
 1889-90 40 4 10 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past four years, 9.6. 
 
 WOMEN'S MEDICAL COLLEGE. KINGSTON. 
 
 {Affiliated with Queen's University .) 
 
 Kingston. Ont. Hon. M. SuLLiviN, M. D., F. B. C. P. S. K., President of the Faculty. 
 
 Oeganized in 1883. 
 
 The faculty consists of nine professors, two lecturers, and one demonstrator, in addi- 
 tion to which two professors of Queen's College give instruction in chemlbtry and botany. 
 
 CotiBSE OP Instkuotion: The complete course .extends over four winter sessions of 
 six months each and one summer session of three months. Students are recommended to 
 take the summer session at the end of their second winter session. The winter session of 
 1890-91 began October 1, 1890. The summer session opens on the first of May in each year. 
 
 Lectures embrace obstetrics and diseases of women and children; principles and prao- 
 tioe of surgery ; materia medica and therapeutics, medical jurisprudence and sanitary 
 science ; theory and practice of medicine; physiology and histology, anatomy, descriptive 
 and surgical; chemistry, botany, practical anatomy, clinical surgery, clinical medicine, 
 pathology, ophthalmic and aural surgery, larynogology and rhinology, oUnlos at hospitals 
 and college. 
 
15 
 
 . Eecjuibembnts : For admission. Before enterlUK the student must decide where she 
 intends to practice medicine. It in Ontario, she should, before entering college, either pass 
 the teacher's second class certificate examination, with Latin included, or she should ma- 
 triculate in arts in some uhlversity in Her Majesty's dominion. If outside of Ontario, she 
 must, not later than the beginning of her second session pass the matriculation examina- 
 tion of Queen's University, which includes Enelish language, grammar and composition, 
 arithmetic, algebra, geometry, Latin grammar, natural philosophy. Graduates and matricu- 
 lates m arts from a recognized University, and those who have passed the Matriculation 
 Bxanunation of the Medical Council of Ontario, are not reciuired to pass the above matricu- 
 lation examination. 
 
 For graduation: The degree,of M. D. is conferred upon students who spend four win- 
 ter and one summer session and pass the reauired examinations (except that graduates in 
 arts will be reauired to attend lectures for three years only) ; must have compounded medi- 
 cines for six months, and have attended at least six oases of midwifery, and six post- 
 mortem examinations ; practical knowledge of the microscope; twenty-one years of age; 
 good moral character; thesis. 
 
 Fees: Begistration, once only, ?5; nine chairs, $12 each; medical and surgical anatomy 
 $10; practical anatomy, histology. $8; four chairs, $6 each; sanitary science, $4. Hospital fee 
 four sessions, $10 ; graduation, $30. Except in practical ana,tomy, chemistry, histology, and 
 botany, the third and subseauent courses in any branch, free. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1883^84 11 3 27.2 
 
 1884-85 14 2 14 2 
 
 1885-86 15 2 13.3 
 
 1886-87 18 S 16.6 
 
 1887-88 2i 5 21.7 
 
 1888-89 23 1 4.S 
 
 1889-90 22 ,6 27.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past seven years, 17.4. 
 
 Quebec. 
 
 MoGILL UNIVEESIT2, FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 
 
 MoNTBEAL, Que. EoBEBT Cbaik, M. D., Dean. 
 
 Oeganizbd in 1824 as the Montreal Medical Institution; became the Medical Depart- 
 ment of McGill University in 1829. No class graduated during the Canadian Eebellion, 
 1S37-40. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors, one demonstrator, three assistant demon- 
 strators and five instructors. 
 
 CouBSB OF INSTBUOTION : The complete course of study extends over four winter ses- 
 sions of six months, and one summer session of three months in the third academic year. 
 The collegiate year of 1890-91 began October 1, 1890, and the summer session will begin April 
 14, 1891, and continues twelve weeks. 
 
 The examinations at the end of each session are arranged as follows: First year, pas* 
 examination in histology and botany ; sessional examination in anatomy, chemistry and 
 physiology. Second year, pass examination in anatomy, chemistry, practical chemistry 
 and physiology ; sessional examination in pharmacology and therapeutics. Third year, 
 pass examination in pharmacology and therapeutics, medical jurisprudence, hygiene and 
 pathology. Fourth year, pass examination in medicine, surgery, obstetrics, clinical medi- 
 cine and clinical surgery. 
 
 Eequibements : For admission: See section eight of the Quebec Medical Act. 
 
 For graduation: See section fifteen of the Quebec Medical Act— except that McGiU re- 
 qiilres attendance on lectures for four winter sessions of six months and one summer ses- 
 sion ol three months, and examinations in clinical medicine and surgery are conducted 
 at the bedside. 
 
 Fees; Lectures, $100 for each of four years ; summer session, $25; hospital, $29:- uni- 
 versity matriculation, $5; graduation, $30; separate lecture course, $2 to $15. 
 
16 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and ol graduates of each session reported, and 
 percentage ot graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 18SU-81 168 38 22.7 
 1881-82 154 27 17.5 
 1882-83 188 30 18.9 
 1883-84 212 34 164- 
 1884-85 234 36 15.4 
 1885-86 237 « 19.4 
 1886-87 231 45 19.4 
 1887-88 239 64 22,5 
 1888-89 233 38 16.3 
 1889-90 260 56 21.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates matriculates for past ten years, 18.7. 
 
 ECOLE DE MEDECINE ET DE CHIRUKGIE. 
 
 (Affiliated toith the University of Victoria.) 
 
 MoNTBEAl, Que. L. D. Mignault, A. B., M. D., C. M. , Eegistrar, 155 rue Bleury. 
 
 Oeganizbd in 1843, and incorporated in 1845. Degrees were first conferred on its stu- 
 dents in 1845. Degrees have been oonfertred each subseauent year. ' 
 The faculty contains thirteen professors, two lecturers and three demonstrators. 
 
 CouESE OP iNSTBUOTioN: One annual session of six months duration, attendance upon 
 which is compulsory. Students are not received af tel- the first month. The complete course 
 ■extends over four years, but the law allows the student to spend the second or third year 
 with a practitioner. 
 
 Lectures embrace chemistry, i^harmacy, toxicology, materia medica, therapeutics, mid- 
 wifery, diseases of women and children, physiology, pathology, principles and practice of 
 medicine and surgery, medical jurisprudence, botany, hygiene, histology, and ophthal- 
 mology, otology, laryngology, anatomy, physios, dermatology, cUnical surgery and 
 medicine. 
 
 Ebqtiikements : For admission: See section eight of the Quebec Medical A,ct. 
 
 For graduation: See section fifteen of the Quebec Medical Act. 
 
 Eees: Matriculation, not allowed after November first, $2; two course of lectures, fee 
 ^0 for each course ; general hospitality and maternity hospital, each $4 per session; grad- 
 uation, $30. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent 
 
 1884-85 
 
 155 
 
 26 
 
 16.7 
 
 1885-86 
 
 159 
 
 24 
 
 15-t- 
 
 1886-87 
 
 183 
 
 36 
 
 19.6 
 
 1887-88 
 
 177 
 
 37 
 
 20.9 
 
 1888-89 
 
 202 
 
 36 
 
 17.8 
 
 1889-90 
 
 213 
 
 63 
 
 24.8 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past six years. 19.4. 
 
 ST. LAWKENCE SCHOOL OP MEDICINE. 
 Quebec, Que, 
 Oeqanized in 1851— Extinct, 1862. 
 
 LAVAL UNIVEESITY, MEDICAL DEPARTMENTS. 
 
 Quebec, Que. Abthue Vallee, M. D., Secretary, 22 rue Ste. Anne. 
 
 MoNTBEAL, Que. HuGHBs E. Deseosiees, M. D., Secretary, 132 rue Ste. Laurent. 
 
 PAGANIZED in 1852. The department in Quebec is the successor of the Quebec School 
 of Medicme, which was organized in 1848, and existed four years. The department in 
 Montreal is known as the Succursale, and was organized in 1878. The first class was 
 graduated in 1855, and a class has been graduated each year since. 
 
 The faculty consists of twenty-eix chairs, thirteen in each school. 
 
17 
 
 CouBSE OF Instruction: One annual session of about thirty-five weeks' duration; 
 attendance is compulsory; the course is graded, and extends over four years. 
 
 Lectures are divided into two sections, primary and final. Primary— descriptive 
 anatomy 240 lectures, practical anatomy 180 lectures, of two hours each; mioroscopieal 
 anatomy and histology 120 lectures, physiology 150 lectures, general pathology 80 lectures, 
 ny.giene 60 lectures, chemistry 240 lectures, botany 60 lectures ; examination at the end of 
 this course. Final section includes materia mediea and general therapeutics 240 lectures, 
 surgical pathology and theoretical surgery 240 lectures, medical pathology and special 
 therapeutics 240 lectures, gynecoli^gy and diseases fit children 240 lectures, medical juris- 
 prudence 60 Jeotures, toxicology 60 lectures, diseases of the eye and ear 60 lectures, practi- 
 cal operative surgery 40 lectures, clinical surgery 280 lectures, clinical medicine 270 lectures, 
 clinical studies of the diseases of the eye and ear 60 lectures, clinical midwifery not less 
 than six cases, clinical study of diseases of women and children; examination at the end of 
 this course. 
 
 Eequibements : For admission: See section eight of the Quebec Medical Act. 
 For graduation: See section fifteen of the Quebec Medical Act. 
 
 Fees: S15 to 824 per term, according to years of study; dissection, $5 per term; di- 
 ploma, $20. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 97 
 
 13 
 
 13.5 
 
 1881-82 
 
 104 
 
 12 
 
 11.5 
 
 1882-83 
 
 117 
 
 26 
 
 22-1- 
 
 1883-81 
 
 109 
 
 25 ' 
 
 22.9 
 
 1884-85 
 
 85 
 
 22 
 
 25.8 
 
 1885-86 
 
 97 
 
 36 
 
 37.1 
 
 1886-87 
 
 136 
 
 27 
 
 19.8 
 
 18S7-88 
 
 132 
 
 34 
 
 25.7 
 
 1888-89 
 
 149 
 
 35 
 
 23.4 
 
 1889-90 
 
 169 
 
 72 
 
 42. C 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past ten years, 25.2. 
 
 UNIVEBSITY OF BISHOP'S COLLEGE, FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 
 
 Montbeal, Que. F. W. Campbell, M. A., M. D., Dean, 10 Phillips Place, Beaver Hall. 
 
 Obganizbb inl870. Theflr.st class was graduated in 1871, and a class has been grad- 
 uated each year since. 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, four lecturers and a demonstrator of 
 anatomy. • , ! 
 
 I 
 
 CouBSE OF Instbuction : The twentieth annual session commenced October 1,\1890, 
 and will be continued to the end of March, 1891. The course is graded and extends over 
 four years, as follows: First year, anatomy^ physiology, chemistry, materia mediea, his- 
 tology, botany, hygiene, dissections and olimos. Second year, same as first year except 
 botany, hygiene and histology omitted, and obstetrics and pathology added, hosi<ital prac- 
 tice and clinics. Third year, medicine, sureery, pathology, obstetrics, gynecology, diseases 
 of children, medical jurisprudence, hospital practice and clinics. Fourth year, same as 
 third, except pathology and medical jurisprudence omitted, and ophthalmology added. 
 
 Women admitted upon the same terms as men, separate dissecting, reading and cloak 
 rooms being provided, also duplicate lectures on certain subjects. , 
 
 For graduation: See section fifteen Quebec Medical Act. 
 
 Fees: Begistration each session, $4; seven chairs, 812 each; medical jurisprudence, 
 *10; sixchalrs. Si; practical anatomy, $10; practical chemistry, $12; practical histology, $16; 
 degrees (C. M., M.. D.,) $20; registration of degree, $5; hospitals, six months, $8 each; cUni- 
 cal medicine and surgery, $12 each, each course. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 .31 ,5 16-1- 
 
 1881-82 55 6 10.9 
 
 1882-83 34 3 8.8 
 
 1883-81 39 10 25.8 
 
 1884-85 23 4 17.3 
 
 1885-86 23 4 17.3 
 
 1886-87 31 5 16.1 
 
 1887-88 28 5 18 
 
 1888-89 39 5 12.8 
 
 1889-90 35 7 ?0 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 15.9. 
 
 —2 
 
18 
 
 Nova Scotia. 
 
 HALIFAX MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 (Affiliated with Dalhousie University .) 
 
 Hamfax, N. S. a. W. H. LiNrfSAT, M. D. , Begistrar, 241 Pleasant street. 
 
 Obganized in 1867 as the Halifax School of Medicine, united the same year with Dal- 
 housie University as its Medical Faculty: separately incorporated under its present title in 
 1875. In 1876 it was affiliated with the University of Halifax, but this body becoming inop- 
 erative it affiliated with Dalhousie University in 1885. (See Medical Department, Dalhousie 
 University.) 
 
 First class graduated in 1872; classes graduated each subsequent year (except 1873) to 
 1885. No courses of instruction were given during the sessions of 1885-86 and 1886-87. Dur- 
 ing the session of 1887-^ instruction was given in the primary branches only, and such was 
 the case for the session of 1888-89, after which satisfactory arrangements were oompletedfor 
 the resumption of the final subjects of the curriculum. Being affiliated with Dalhousie 
 University the medical college refrains from conducting degree examinations or conferring 
 degrees, both being left to the University. 
 
 Faculty consists of eleven professors, three lecturers, and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OP INSTKUCTION : One annual course of six months' duration. That of 1890-91 
 began Monday, November 3, 1890, and will end Tuesday, April 21, 1891 ; attendance ascer- 
 tained regularly and certified at end of session; four years' graded course commenced. 
 
 Lectures embrace principles and practice of medicine, cUnleal medicine, obstetrics, 
 gynecology, principles and practice of surgery, clinical surgery, physiology, anatomy, der- 
 matology, botany, diseases of children, practical chemistry, materia medica, therapeutics, 
 microscopy, pharmacy, medical jurisprudence, toxicology, nervous diseases and insanity, 
 pubUo hygiene, ophthalmology, otology, histology and laryngology. 
 
 Reqtiibements : For admission as an undergraduate: a) certificate of having passed 
 the matriculation examination of the Nova Scotia Medical Board. Gompulsojy: English 
 language, including grammar, composition and writing from dictation; arithmetic, includ- 
 ing vulgar and de/!imal fractions and the extraction of the square root; algebra to the end 
 of simple equations; geometry,— Euclid, Book 1, with easy questions on tlie subject matter 
 of the same ; Latin,— translation and grammar. Elementary mechanics of solids and fluids; 
 And one of the following optional subjects; History of England, with questions in modern 
 geography;French translation and grammar; German translation and grammar; Greek 
 translation and grammar ; History of Nova Scotia; History of the Dominion of Canada, b) 
 certificate of having passed either of the medical matriculation examinations of Dalhousie 
 University. Exemptions: a degree in arts or science from any chartered university or 
 college or grade A. teacher's' license of Nova Scotia exempts from further preJimlnary ex- 
 amination. The matriculation, sessional and degree examinations of any regularly char- 
 tered university or college, and Ihe preliminary examination of any Iioens ng medical 
 board authorized by law in Her Majesty's Dominions, aflk i eoognized pro tanto. Persons 
 are also admitted as general students without any preliInin^ry examination, but such at- 
 tendance does not qualify for graduation. 
 
 For graduation; Students of the Halifax Medical College receive the degrees M.D., 
 C. M., from Dalhousie University. For requirements, (see Medical Department Dalhousie 
 University.) 
 
 Fees: Begistration, annual *2; for perpetual J50; matriculation examination (Nova 
 Scotia Medical Board), SIO; lectures on surgery, medicine, obstetrics. 815 each ; anatomy 
 materia medica, physiology, ohemlsiry and practical anatomy, including material, S12each; 
 medical jurisprudence, 88 ; practical chemistry, botany, clinical medicine, clinical surgery 
 ophthalmology, etc., 86 each: histology, W; graduation fee, tso. .^ — • ) 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculaies— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Perce 
 
 1878-79 
 
 36 
 
 2 
 
 5.5 
 
 1879-80 
 
 37 
 
 2 
 
 5 4 
 
 1880-81 
 
 :« 
 
 2- 
 
 5 7 
 
 1881-82 
 
 37 
 
 1 
 
 2 7 
 
 1882-83 
 
 41 
 
 3 
 
 7+ 
 14.7 
 
 1883-84 
 
 ai 
 
 5 
 
 1884-85 
 
 32 
 
 1 
 
 s.i 
 
 18S?-88 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 
 1888-89 
 
 19 
 
 
 
 .... 
 
 1889-90 
 
 31 
 
 1 
 
 '3!2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for ton years reported. 
 
19 
 
 DALHOUSIE .UNITEKSITY, FACULTY OF MEDICINE, 
 
 HALrFAX, N. S. Geo. Lawson, Ph., D., LL. D., Secretary of the Senatus of the University. 
 A. W. H. Lindsay, M. D., Secretary of the Faculty of Medicine. 
 
 Oeganized in 1867 with full teaching staff and maintained until 1876; incorporated as 
 the Halifax Medical College in 1876. 
 
 Beobganized under its present title in 1885, mainly as an examining body. Teaching 
 is provided in the University in chemistry and botany. In professioil&r subjects students 
 obtain instruction at the Halifax Medical College, which is affiliated with the University. 
 The academic year oensists of one session. That of 1890-91 commenced October 29, 1890, 
 and will end April 23, 1891. , 
 
 Matbiculation Examination.— I. Candidates for medical degrees must give evi- 
 dence of having obtained a satisfactory general education before entering upon the course 
 of study qualifying for the degrees, by passing either one or other of the matriculation 
 examinations of this faculty or some other examination recognized by the senate as suf- 
 ficient. 
 
 II. The following are the subjects of the Lower Mati ieulation Examination: 1) English 
 language, including grammar and composition; 2) Latin, including grammar, translation 
 from specified authors and translation of easy passages not taken from such authors; 3) 
 elements of mathematics, comprising a) arithmetic— including vulgar and decimal fractions ; 
 b) algebra— including simple enuations: c) geometry— including the first book of EucUd or 
 the subjects thereof; 4) elementary mechanics of sohds and fluids, comprising the ele- 
 ments of statics, dynamics and hydrostatics,- as treated in Blaikie's Elements 6f Dy- 
 namicst (Thin, Edinburg); 6) two of the following subjects; a) Greek including translation* 
 from the original and grammar ; 6) French including translation* from the original and 
 
 frammar; cTGerman ir eluding translation* from the original and grammar ; d) logic, as in 
 evons' Elementary Lessons in Logici (Maomillan & Co.) 
 
 III. The following are the subjects of the.higher matriculation examination: 1) Eng- 
 lish, including a) writing a passage of English from dictation; h) English composition, with 
 the correction of sentences of bad English; c) questions in Enghsh grammar with analysis 
 ot sentences and derivation and deflmtion of some common EngUsn words; d) questions 
 in geography aad history, especially in the history of the British Islands and of English 
 literature 1 2) Latin, including grammar and translation of an easy passage from a Latin prose 
 author and retranslation into Latin of a single passage of English translation from a Latin 
 author, the more dilBcult Latin words being given ; 3) arithmetic, the common rules including 
 vulgar and decimal fractious : 4) elements of mathematics, comprising a) geometry, Euclid 
 Books I, II and III ; 6) algebra, including simple equations; 5) elements of dynamics (me- 
 chanics), comprising elementary kinematics, statics, kinetics and hydrostatics, as treated 
 in Blaikie's Elements of Dynamics (Thin, Edinburgh) ; 6 and 7) any two oi the following 
 subjects : a) Greek ; the subjects of the lower examination together w it h the translation oi 
 easy EngUsh sentences into Greek prose ; 6) French, the subjects of the lower examination 
 together with translation of easy English sentences into French; c) German; the subjects, 
 of the^'lower examination together with translation of easy English sentences into German ; 
 d) natural philosophy ; as in Balfour Stewart's Elementary Physios! (Macmillan & Co.) : e) 
 logic; Jevon's Elementary Lessons in Logic! (Macmillan & Co.) 
 
 IV. Examinations are held annually, during the month of October, in the College hall. 
 They are conducted by the instructors of the arts faculty. Jersons who wish to appear as 
 candidates are required to give notice to the secretary of the faculty at least fourteen days 
 before the date of examination (stating in such notice whether they are candidates for the 
 lower or higher examination, and specifying the elective subjects in which they wish to be 
 examined)^ to enter their, names in the register of candidates, and to pay a fee of ten 
 doUars. 
 
 T. The lower examination satisfies the requirements of the General Medical Council 
 of Great Britain as to the preliminary examination which must be passed by persons wish- 
 ingto register as medical students. The higher examination satisfies the requirements of 
 the University of Edinburgh in the same respect. Certificates will be issued to candidates 
 showing the subjects in which they passed and the extent to which their knowledge of 
 these subjects was tested. 
 
 VI. A certificate of the possession of a university degree in arts, or of having passed 
 ,the matriculation examination of the Provincial Medical Board of Nova Scotia, shall be con- 
 sidered by this university sulHcient evidence of satisfactory general education. 
 
 Degbee Examinations.— Candidates for the degree of M. D., and C. M., shall be re- 
 quired to pass two examinations— the primary and the final M. D., G. M., examinations, 
 and to have satisfied, at the dates of the examination", certain conditions as to the attend- 
 ance on classes, etc. 
 
 *The following books are prescribed for October, 1891: Csesar, Gallic War, Books IV 
 andV, or Virgil, .Mneid, Book II; in Greek, Xenophon's Anabasis. Book V or VI or VII; 
 in French, Voltaire's Charles Xll., Books I and II, or Scribes' "Berti and et Baton" ; in 
 German Adler's Eeader, zweiter Absohnitt, Nos. 1-4, 14-17 (inclusive), or Schiller's "Neffe als 
 Onkel." 
 
 tThese books are mpntioned to show the ex! ent of knowledge expected. Other books 
 may of course be used by candidates. 
 
20 
 
 Fees: The (ollowing fees, payable by candidates for the.degree of M. D., C. M., in all 
 oases payable in advance : Registration. $2 ; matriculation examination fee, SIO : chepaistry 
 class fee, S12; chemistry laboratory fee (three months' course), 86; botany class fee, ¥6; 
 graduation fee. $25. 
 
 Studests : Number of matriculates for 1 885-86, 4. 
 Number of matriculates for 1886-87, 0. 
 Number of matriculates for 1887-88, H. 
 Number of matriculates for 1888-89, 17. 
 Number of matriculates for 1889-90, 25. 
 
 Manitoba. 
 
 MANITOBA MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 {Affiliated with the University of Manitoba.). 
 
 Winnipeg, Ma. J. "WtLFOBD Good, M. B., Dean of the Faculty, 456 Main street. 
 
 Oeganizbd ia 1833. The faculty consists 6f ten professors, one demonstrator and three 
 lecturers. 
 
 CouBSE ov Insteuotion: One yearly session; that of 1890-91 began October 1, 1890, and 
 will continue for six months. 
 
 Lectures embrace principles and practice of medicine, prinoij)les and practice of sur- 
 gery, obstetrics, diseases of women and children, anatomy desonptive, surgical and practi- 
 cal, physiology, including histology, chemistry and chemical physios, materia medioa and 
 therapeutics, sanitary science, medical jurisprudence and toxicology, oUnioal surgery, oUn- 
 ioal medicine, ophthalmology and otology, botany and pharmacy. ' 
 
 ' A fellowship degree is granted. 
 
 EiQiuEEMENTS : For admission— ComuitZsorj/ Subjects— 1) Latin, a prose author; 2) 
 Latin, a verse author ; 3) history, assigned subjects in history ; 4) arithmetic (Hamblin Smith.) ; 
 S) Algebra, to the end of simpl equations; 6) Euclid definitions, books I and II, with simple 
 deductions; 7) natural science— Heat, light and electricity, (Balfour Stewart). Optional Sub- 
 jects—A student is also required to pass a satisfactory examination in two of the following; 
 S a selected English poem; 9) a selected French poem; 10) Greek, one prose author; 11) 
 German, one prose author ; fZ) mechanics. There shall be twelve papers set in this exam- 
 ination, corresponding to the number given above, for each of which three hours shall be 
 assigned. In place of the above entrance examination the University has agreed to accept 
 the matriculation exaniination of the Colleges of Physipians and Surgeons of the Provinces 
 / of Quebec and Ontario, the second class teacher's certificate of this Province, and also the 
 Ontario High School intermediate examinations, except that the Latin of the entrance ex- 
 amination of this university must be taken by those who liave not taken these subjects in 
 the said High School examinations. A bachelor of arts of any university in Her Majesty's 
 dominions is admited to medicine without further examination, and may complete nie 
 medical course in three winter sessions of six months each. 
 
 For graduation: 1) Iwenty-one years of age; 2) two full courses of lectures; 3) eighteen 
 months' attendance at some incorporated general hospital; 4) six months' practice in a 
 lying-in-hospital or its equivalent, with a certificate of attendance upon at least six oases 
 of labor; S) three mouths' practice compounding medicines in a drug store or laboratory of 
 hospital; 6) satisfactory examinations, primary and final; 7) good moral character. ' 
 
 Fees : Eegistration, $5 ; seven chairs, each $16 ; practical chemistry, S12 ; six o-hairs, each 
 $6 ; pharmacy, 95: hospitals, ?6 to $10 each, per session ; practical anatomy, 88 ; pathology, 810 ; 
 graduation, M. D., or C. M., each $10; license, $25. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates 'and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1883-84 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 
 1884-85 
 
 22 
 
 
 
 
 
 1885-86 
 
 28 
 
 6 
 
 21.4 
 
 1886-87 
 
 26 
 
 4 
 
 15.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 27 
 
 8 
 
 29.6 
 
 1888-89 
 
 30 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 1889-90 
 
 48 
 
 6 
 
 12.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past five years, 18.8. 
 
21 
 
 COLORADO. 
 
 STATE BOAED OF MEBICAL BXAMINEB8 OP COLORADO. 
 
 T, A. Hughes, M. D., Secretary and Treasurer,, Denver, 73016th street. 
 
 The Colorado State Board of Medical Exanilners,"authorized by legislative enactment, 
 approved Uarch 14, 1881, has a membership of nine praotieins physicians, appointed by the 
 Gfovernor of the State, who hold their positions for a term of six years. 
 
 It is required of every person practicing medicine, in any of its branches, that he shaU 
 present his diploma to the Board of Medical Examiners for verifleation, or furnish other 
 conclusive evidence of his being a graduate of a medical school in good s anding. If not a , 
 graduate, the applicant is required to present himself for examination by the members of 
 the Board, who may question him in whole, or in part, in writing, on the subjects of anat- 
 omy, physiologs, surgery, obstetrics, chemistry, pathology and practice of medicine. 
 
 Allpersons who .have made the practice of medicine and surgery their profession or 
 business continuously for the period of ten years, and can furnish satisfactory evidence 
 thereof to the Board of Medical Examiners, shall receive a license to continue practice. 
 
 The meetings of the Board are held quarterly, at the city of Denver, the flrst Tuesdays 
 In January, April, July and October. 
 
 During the year 1890, 154 certifloates were issued up to December 4. Fee for certificate, 
 85; for examination, SIO. 
 
 At a meeting of the Colorado State Board of Medical Examiners, held at Denver, on 
 July 1, 1890, the following resolutions were adopted; 
 
 Whebeas. The Medical Practice Act of the State of Colorado provides that among the 
 duties of the State Board of Medical Examiners, they shall "adopt (Sec. 3) such rules as are 
 necessary for their guidance in the performance of the duties assigned them." Uifder this 
 part of the statute it seems necessary to adopt a rule whereby an exact standard for the 
 certification of diplomas shall be deflnitelyfound by this Board; also that a minimum 
 standard of studies be required of applicants who shall present diplomas to this Board;i 
 therefore, be It , 1 
 
 Resolved, That after July 1, 1893, this Board shall require of aU appUeants for license, 
 who shall present their diplomas for certification, .three years of professional study, as 
 conditions of graduation. That the minimum requirements shall be as follows : ' 
 
 B3»the Colorado State Board of Medical Examiners, that after July 1, 1893, all applicants 
 tor license shall present evidence of having taken three courses of lectures of not less 
 than twenty weeks each, in a legally chartered and reputable medical college recognized as 
 sufth by the Colorado State Board o£ Medical Examiners. No two of these courses shall be 
 taken within the same year. 
 
 Resolved, That after July 1, 1893, onlv' such schools shall be recognized as meeting the 
 requirements of this Board as require a preUminary examination for admission, or a 
 diploma of graduation from some good Uterary or scientific school, high school or normal 
 school, and as require at least twenty weeks of instruction in each twelve months tor 
 three separate years, and which give instruction in the foJlowing subjects, namely: Anat- 
 omy, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, obstetrics and gynecology, surgery, 
 theory and practice of medicine, medical jurisprudence, physiology, pathology, hygiene. 
 
 At the October, 1890, meeting of the Board the following resolution was adopted: 
 
 Resolved, That the exa,minations hereafter be both written and oral, that an average of 
 70 percent, be considered as necessary tor the granting of a license, and that failure to 
 secure a percentage of more than 50 in any one branch shall be./ deemed sufficient cause for 
 rejection by the Board. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF DENVER, MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 
 Denvek, Col. Samuel A. Fisk, M. D., Secretary, Barth Block. 
 
 Obganizbd in 1881, First class graduated in 1882. 
 
 The faculty consists of seventeen professors, one adjunct professor, six lecturers, two 
 clinical instructors and one demoi^strator. | 
 
 CouESB OP Instkuction: Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, clinicul teach- 
 ing and practical exercises. The tenth annual session, that of 1890-91, commenced Septem- 
 ber 17, 1890, and will close April 16, 1891, 
 
 Lecture^ embrace: For the Junior, or flrst year, anatomy, physiology, histology, 
 ma'eria medica and chemistry. For the middle or second year, anatomy, physiology, ma- 
 teria medica and therapeutics, chemistry, principles and- practice of medicine and chnical 
 medicine, principles and practice of surgery and clinical surgery, obstetrics, gynecology. 
 For the Senior or third year, principles and practice of medicine and clinical medicine, 
 principles and practice of surgery and clinical surgery, obstetrics, diseases of children, 
 gynecology, ophthalmology and otology, laryngology, diseases of the chest, climatology, 
 physical diagnosis, mental and nervous diseases, medicaljurisprudence and public hygiene 
 and diseases of the genito-urinary organs. 
 
22 ■ 
 
 Eequieements :' For admission: "An entrance examination will be required of all ap- 
 plioants for admission to the soliool who are not able to present a diploma from a high 
 school or its eciuivalent. The sabjeote upon which such an applicant will be examined are 
 English, arithmetic, geography and elementary physios." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study; 4) three full courses of lectures; 5) satisfactory examination, oral and written. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, *5 ; lectures, W5; demonstrator, $5; dissecting material, at cost; 
 graduation, KiO. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 ^Percent. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 .33+ 
 
 1882-8;i 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 23.8 
 
 1883-84 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 22.7 
 
 1884-86 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 22,2 
 
 1885-86 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 38.4 
 
 1886-87 
 
 22 
 
 2 
 
 9+ 
 
 1887-88 
 
 35 
 
 7 
 
 20 
 
 1888-89 
 
 29 
 
 1 8 
 
 27.5 
 
 1889-90 
 
 30 
 
 4 
 
 13.3 
 
 Percentage of matriculates to graduates for past nine years, 23.2. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO. 
 
 BouiiDEE, Col. James H. Kimball. M. D., Secretary, Denver, Col. 
 
 Oeoanized in 1883. ' 
 
 The faculty consists of eight professors, three lecturers and one demonstrator. 
 
 Couebe oe Instbuction: Graded, and extends over a term of three years, with a 
 session of nine months in each year. Session of 1890-91 began September 10, 1890, and will 
 end May 27, 1891. Women admitted on the same terms as men. 
 
 Studies embrace : First year, anatomy and dissection, chemistry, physiology, histology, 
 materia medica, therapeutics and botany. Second year, first year's studies (except botany) 
 and pathology, physical diagnosis, practice of medicine, surgery and obstetrics. Third 
 year, practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, diseases of women, pathology, diseases of 
 children, ophthalmology, otology, laryngology, therapeutics, clinical medicine and surgery, 
 diseases of the mind and nervous system, clinical gynecology, hygiene and pubUo health 
 and medical jurisprudence ; oral examinations precede each lecture and clinic. 
 
 Requieements : For admission : "All studen' s entering the college will be required to, 
 pass a satisfactory examination in the branches of a good English education. Students 
 who present a diploma or certifleate of graduation from a literary or scientific college or a 
 high school, shall be exempt from this preUminary examination." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) a good moral character; 3) oral and 
 written examinations satisfactory to the faculty ; 4) not less than three full years of study, 
 including time spent with preceptor and attendance upon clinics at hospital; 5) not less 
 than three full courses^ of lectures; 6) dissection entire body; 7) thesis. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, *5 ; demonstrator, $5 ; graduation and diploma, $20 ; tuition free . 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1883-84 8 — 
 
 1884-85 19 2 10 5 
 
 1885-86 5 2 40 ' 
 
 1886-87 7 1 14 3 
 
 1887-88 15 1 fi'n 
 
 1888-89 18 1 6'5 
 
 1889-90 25 4 Ifi! 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past six years, 12.3 
 
23 
 
 GROSS MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 (Medical Department of the Bocky Mountain University.) 
 
 Denvee, Col. Clayton Pakkhili, M. t)., Secretary, 1715 California avenue. 
 
 Organized in 1887. The faculty consists of fourteen professors, one demonstrator, one 
 assistant demonstrator, two lecturers, and one director of clinics. 
 
 CouESE OF INSTBUOTION : The collegiate year for 1890-91 began September 24, 1890,and 
 will close in April, 1891, a continuous term of seven months. Instruction will consist of 
 didactic and cunioal lectures, given in the college building and at the various dispensaries 
 and hospitals witli which the members of the faculty are connected. Three years' 
 graded course required. Women admitted upon the same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace principles and practice of medicine, surgery, anatomy, obstetrics, 
 gynecology, materia medica and therapeutics, chemistry, physiology, ophthahuology and 
 otology, diseases of the nervous system, diseases of children, laryngology, rhinoscopy, 
 dermatology, climatology and medical jurisprndence, pediatrics, pathology. 
 
 Bequieements : For admission : "Candidates for matriculation who can not present 
 a diploma from some college, normal school or high school, will be reqtuired to give satis- 
 factory evidence of a fair English education." 
 
 For graduation : "Bach candidate must be at least twenty-one years of age, and of 
 good moral character. Evidence must be given of his having studied medicine three years, 
 and of having attended three full courses of lectures, the last of which shall have 
 been in this college ; dissection of the entire body : one course in the chemical laboratory; 
 one term in clinical and hospital work. Examinations will be both written and oral, and 
 satisfactory proficiency will be demanded." 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, $5; lectures, S75; demonstrator, %; graduation, $10; dissecting 
 material at cost. Single ticket $25 each subject. 
 
 Students ; Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matricula es— 
 
 Session, Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1887-88 20 7 35. 
 
 1888-89 24 10 41.6 
 
 1889-90 37* 10 27.4 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past three years, 33.3. 
 
 CONNECTICUT. 
 
 YALE TJNITERSITT, DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE. 
 
 (Yale Medical School.) 
 
 New Haven, Conn. Heebeet E. Smith, M. D., Dean of the Faculty, 150 York street. 
 
 Charter granted, 1810, Organized in 1812, as the Medical Institution of Yale College. 
 Instruction began 1813. In 1879 a new charter changed the title to the Medical Department 
 of Yale College. In 1884 the college authorities assumed the entire control of the school, 
 the Connecticut Medical Society retiring from the board of examiners. 
 
 The faculty consists of nine professors, and one assistant professor, one demonstrator 
 of physiology; six lecturers and three assistants to chairs. 
 
 CouBSB OE Insteuction : Graded, extending through three years and consisting of 
 three lecture terms covering thirty-four weeks, exclusive of vacation and recess, annuaUy ; 
 the first commences the first Thursday in October and continues eleven weeks : the second 
 begins three weeks after the close of the first, and continues twelve weeks ; the third begins 
 in April, and continues eleven weeks. Instruction is given to graduates and special stu- 
 dents. Written examinations are held at the close of each year on the studies of the year. 
 Didactic lectures are still employed as best in some branches, but recitations from assigned 
 readings, with explanatory lectures, laboratory work, and personal instruction in the 
 clinics, constitute the main portion of the cturriculum. 
 
 Lectures embrace, in the' first year, general chemistry, Qualitative analysis ; physiologi- 
 cal chemistry, anatomy, dissections, autopsies; normal histology ; physiology. The second 
 year, anatomy, dissections, physiology, ijathology, materia medica and therapeutics, theory 
 and practice of medicine, clinical medicine, obstetrics, surgery, cUnical surgery, diseases 
 of women and children. Third year, pathology, theory and practice of medicine, physical 
 diagnosis, clinical medicine, surgery, clinical surgery, obstetrics, diseases of women and 
 child! en^ opthalmology , otology, rhmology, medical jurisprudence, insanity, nervous dis- 
 eases, diseases of the skin, bacteriology, sanitary science and pubUc health, toxicology, 
 autopsies. 
 
 *Not including one graduate who matriculated. 
 
24 
 
 Ebqtjibemhnts: For admffesion: candidates for admission to the course leading to the 
 degree of Doctor of Medicine, must be at least eighteen years old, and must present satls- 
 faoTory testimonials of moral character from former instructors or physicians in good 
 standing. As evidence that he has had a sufficient preliminary education, each candidate 
 must present proof that he has passed the matriculation examination of solne scientiflo, 
 literary, or professional college in good standing: or present testimonials from the proper 
 officer that he has pursued the course at some high school, academy, or preparatory school 
 approved by the faculty ; or he must pass an examination in the following subects: Eng- 
 lish: an essay of about two hundred and fifty words on some familiar subject, to be an- 
 nounced at the time of the examination. 2. Mathematics : algebra to quadratics ; geometry, 
 Euclid, two books or their equivalent; metric system of weights and measures. 3. Physics: 
 Balfour Stewart's Elementary Physics, or some equivalent work. These examinations are 
 conducted in writing. Grammar, spellmg and construction are considered in judging of 
 the papers. These entrance examinations are also held in Chicago, Cincinnati and San 
 Francisco on the Thursday following the June commencement. Students of any recog- 
 nized medical school "may present themselves for examination three weeks before com- 
 mencement and enter the examinations of the first one or two years, as they see fit"— the 
 result of such examination determining their admission. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years ' 
 medical study, "two of which must have been in a recognized medical college and the last 
 of which must have been at this school;" and 4) pass the required examinations in all the 
 studies of the three years' course; 5) satisfactory thesis. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation (paid once only), S5 ; tuition for one year, $125 ; for the third year, 
 to those who have paid for and attended two full courses, Vb; graduation, S30; anatomy, 
 JIO first term ; S5 second term. 
 
 Students: Number of matricu'ates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 26 10 42+ 
 
 1881-82 21 2 9.5 
 
 1882-83 32 7 21 9 
 
 1883-84 43 7 16.3 
 
 1884-85 27 6 22+ 
 
 1885-86 26 6 23+ 
 
 1886-87 25 8 32 
 
 1887-88 31 7 22.5 
 
 1888-89 32 2 6 2 
 
 1889-90 50* 7 14. 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years 19 .8. 
 
 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 
 
 NATIONAL MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 [Medical Department of the OolumHan University .) 
 
 Washinoton, D. C. a. F. a. Kin&, M. D., Dean, 726 Thirteenth street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1821, as the Medical Department of Columbian College. It was also au- 
 thorized to use the title of National Medical College. In 1873 Columbian College became 
 Columbian University. The first class was graduated in 1822. Operations were suspended 
 from 1834 to, 1838, and from 1861 to 18fe, With these exceptions classes have been graduated 
 each year ■since. \0 " ■ 
 
 The faculty consists of seven professors, three demonstrators, two assistant demon- 
 strators and two prosectors ; nine professors on special subjects in the spring session. 
 
 CouBSB or Insteuction: The curriculurn of study consists of three annual graded 
 courses of lectures.. The regular yearly term began October 1, 1890. and will end Mai-ab. 1 
 1891. A spring sessio;i is held during April and May. Women admitted upon the same 
 terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics 
 theory and prac1;iC6 of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology toxi- 
 cology, medical jurisprudence, dermatology, ophthalmology, otology, diseases of women 
 and children, histology, bacteriology, diseases of mind and nervous system, and la yn- 
 
 a^. Eequiebments: For admission: "Matriculates will be required to show that they are 
 fitted, by previous education, for the study of medicine, and for this purpose they must 
 either submit themselves to;an examination, or in lieu thereof present a satisfactory cer- 
 tificate of their attainments from some college, seminary or high school," Students who 
 
 * Not including four graduates who matriculated. 
 
25 
 
 have attended one course in any other regular liiedioal school are placed on the same foot- 
 ing as second-course students of this college, and those who have attended two courses are- 
 admitted to the third-year class after passing a satisfactory examination on anatomy, 
 physiology, chemistry and materia medica. 
 
 For graduation: 1) three years'-study ; 2) twenty-one years of age; 3) good moral char- 
 acter; 4) attendance on three courses of lectures; 5) satisfactory examinations at the end of 
 second and third years ; 6) dissection, at least two sessions ; and 7) attendance on two 
 courses of clinical instruction. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid once only), S5: lectures, 8100; examination, primary, $20; 
 final, *15 ; single tickets, 815. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 44 
 
 5 
 
 11.3 
 
 1881-82 
 
 52 , 
 
 8 
 
 15.4 
 
 1882-83 
 
 79 
 
 -10 
 
 ' 12.6 
 
 1883-84 
 
 78 
 
 14 
 
 17.9 
 
 1884-85 
 
 86 
 
 14 
 
 16,2 
 
 1885-86 
 
 103 
 
 8 
 
 7.7 
 
 1886-87 
 
 97 
 
 15 
 
 15.4 
 
 1887-88 
 
 117 
 
 2i) 
 
 17.1 
 
 1888-89 
 
 122 
 
 20 
 
 16.3 
 
 1889-90 
 
 125* 
 
 20 
 
 16. 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 14.8. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF GEORGETOWN, MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 
 Washington, D. C. ,G. L. Magbttdbb, M. D., Dean, 815 Vermont Ave., N. W. 
 
 Oeganized in 1850. First jlass graduated in 1851; classes have been graduated each 
 subseauent year. 
 
 Faculty consists of eight professors, eleven professors of special departments, three 
 demonstrators, one assistant aemonstrator and two lecturers. 
 
 CouBSE OP Inbtbuotion: Graded, extending over three years and consisting of 
 didactic and clinical lectures, recitations, demonstrations, and ,of dissecting and other 
 practical manipulation during seven months of each year. Students are divided into first, 
 second and third year classes. The session of 1890-91 commenced October 1, 1890, and will 
 close April 11, 1891. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene 
 and state medicine, histology, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology, otology, laryngol- 
 ogy, diseases of children, microscopy, toxicology. Cfaiss recitations are conducted by the 
 members of the faculty, one hour every week being devoted to each branch ; and at the , 
 close of each session class examinations are held upon the subjects of study of each of the- 
 three classes. 
 
 Rbquibements : For admission: A written preliminary examination upon the ordi- 
 nary branches of an Eng ish education, "for the purpose of ascertaining whether the can- 
 didate can profitably pursue the techmcal study of medicine, and of preventing those not 
 auahfled from wasting time and money." Graduates of colleges, high schools and acade- 
 mies are exempt from this preliminary examination. Students having attended one term 
 at other medical colleges in good standing, will be admitted to the second course upon 
 passing the examination exacted of students at the end of the first year; and candidates 
 presenting certificates of examination from other medical colleges in good standing are 
 admitted to the respective higher classes without further examination. 
 
 For graduation: 1) good moral character ; 2) twenty-one years of age ; 3) not less than 
 three years' study ; 4) three full courses of instruction ; 5) two courses of practical anatomy i 
 also, laboratory courses in histology, pathology and chemistry. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid but once), $5; first class (four tickets), MO; second class 
 (seven tickets), 8105 ; third class. 860 ; demonstrator, $10. 
 
 *Not including three graduates who matriculated. 
 
 The small percentage of graduates in the District of Columbia is due mainly to the fact, 
 that many of the matriculates are government clerks and do not devote their whole time 
 to study. They attend more courses and some go elsewhere to graduate. 
 
26 
 
 Students : Number of matrioulates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 43 
 
 5 
 
 11. 6 
 
 1881-82 
 
 30 
 
 7 
 
 23.3 
 
 188»«83 
 
 27 
 
 4 
 
 14.8 
 
 1883-84 
 
 34 
 
 7 
 
 20.5 
 
 1884-8B 
 
 35 
 
 11 
 
 31 4 
 
 1885-86 
 
 30 
 
 10 
 
 33.3 
 
 1886-87 
 
 37 
 
 5 
 
 13.5 
 
 1887-88 
 
 45 
 
 12 
 
 ^26.6 
 
 1888-89 
 
 81 
 
 14 
 
 17.2 
 
 1889-90 
 
 84* 
 
 18 
 
 21.4 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 20.8. 
 
 HOWARD UNIVEESITY, MEDICAID DEPARTMENT. 
 
 Washington, D. C. Chakles B. Puetis, M. D., Secretary, 1118 Thirteenth street, N. W. 
 
 Obganized in 1867. The first class graduated in 1871, and classes have been graduated 
 each subseQuent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of seven professors, five lecturers, one demonstrator. 
 
 CouKSE or Instbuotion: Comprises lectures, recitations, clinics and practical exer- 
 cises. The twenty-third annual course of lectures commenced October 1, 1890. and will 
 close March 1, 1891. Three courses of lectures are required to complete the curriculum; a 
 •course covering four years is earnestly recommended. The student is allowed to devote 
 his first term to anatomy, physiology, chemistry and materia medioa, but the second year 
 must be given to all the subjects. The school has a summer session of six weeks beginning 
 in April. Women admitted upon the same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, medical 
 jurisprudence, pharmacy and botany, microscopy, histology, dental surgery, toxicology 
 and diseases of children, laryngology, ophthalmology and otology. 
 
 Reqtjibements : For adm'ssion: Matriculates must be of good moral character; pre- 
 sent a diploma from some good literary or high school, or a civil service examination cer- 
 tificate^ or pass an examination sufficient to show that they have a good common school 
 education. 
 
 For graduation; 1) twenty-one years of age and of good moral character; 2) three years' 
 study including courses of lectures; 3) attended clinical lectures and dissections; 4) written 
 and oral examination on required branches. 
 
 Pees : Demonstrator, 85 ; material, S9 ; lectures, $60 per session. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 81 
 
 13 
 
 16+ 
 
 1881-82 
 
 91 
 
 16 
 
 17-- 
 
 1882-83 
 
 87 
 
 31 
 
 35-- 
 
 1883-84 
 
 90 
 
 22 
 
 24.4 
 
 1884-86 
 
 85 
 
 25 
 
 29.4 
 
 1885-86 
 
 102 
 
 20 
 
 19.6 
 
 1886-87 
 
 79 
 
 20 
 
 26.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 91 
 
 22 
 
 24.1 
 
 1888-89 
 
 104 
 
 24 
 
 23-1- 
 
 1889-90 
 
 92 
 
 20 
 
 28.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for pastten years, 24.2. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, NATIONAL UNIVERSITY. 
 
 Washington, D. G. H. H. Baekbb, M. D., Dean, 1116 H Street, N. W. 
 
 Obganized in 1884. The faculty consists of six professors, one demonstrator, one pro- 
 sector to chair of anatomy, and nine lecturers on special branches, one superintendent 
 of the polyclinic. 
 
 CouBSE OF Instbuotion : The seventh annual session began on the first Monday in 
 ■October, 1890, and will end the last Thursday in April, 1891. Instruction will be given by 
 lecture?, recitations, ohnics and practical exercises. "It is deemed advisable to divirte^he 
 
 * Not including five graduates who matriculated. 
 
27 
 
 course of studies into three years, a vanoing tlie student as he passes the reauired ex- 
 aminations of his respective class." Students who have begun their professional studies 
 elsewhere are admitted to advanced standing upon passing the necessary examination. 
 Women admitted upon same terms as men. The polyclinic is under the exclusive control 
 of the faculty. 
 
 Lectures embrace : First year— anatomy , physiology, general chemistry and materia 
 medica. Second year— practical and topographical anatomy, practical chemistry and itoxi- 
 cology, gynecology, materia medica and theraoeutios, physiology, practice of medicine, 
 surgery, and obstetrics. Third year— practice of medicine, pathological anatomy, surgery, 
 ■ obstetrics and the diseases of women and children, special branches. A course of lectures 
 will also be given on medical jurisprudence. 
 
 The Faculty most heartily recommend a four years* course, and 'mil 
 give special certificates of such attendance. 
 
 Kkquieements : For admission: "All candidates must pass an examination in sub- 
 jects taught in our common schools, or present a oertifleate of sufficient general education 
 from some recognized Institution of learning. " 
 
 For graduation: 1) good moral character: 2) at least twenty-one years of age; S) three 
 years' study; 4) satisfactory examination in all the subjects of the three years' course, "the 
 la -tof which must have been in this college;" 5) certiflcate of demonstrator that the neces- 
 sary dissections of the human body have tieen made. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (once only), $5; lectures, first vear, (four tickets), J70; second year, 
 {seven tickets), J105 ; third year, (three tickets), $15 ; sing, e tickets, $15 each ; demonstrator two 
 years, each year, $10; graduation, 830. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1884-8.5 9 1 11 
 
 I 18SS-86 10 .1 10 
 
 1886-87 19 2 10.5 
 
 1887-88 14 1 7.1 
 
 1888-89 39 4 10.2 
 
 1889-90 42 6 14.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past six years, 11.2. 
 
 Matriculates and graduates not printed in announcement for the year. 
 
 FI.ORIDA. 
 
 STATE BOAEDS OF MEDICAL EXAMINERS OF FLOEIDA. 
 
 Under the Florida " Act to regulate the practice of Medicine and to provide for the ap- 
 pointment of a Board of Medical Examiners in the State of Florida," approved May 31, 1889, 
 there are eight examining boards in the State : a board of examiners for each judicial dis- 
 trict, and a Homoeopathic Board for the State at large. The boards meet semi-annually. 
 Information has been received from two judicial district boards, the Fifth District and the 
 Orange County Board, Up to March 7, 1890. the first had granted 64 licenses, and the 
 second, up to November 24, 1890, had 18 applicants, " of whom 30 per cent, were rejected." 
 
 Dr. P. H. Strausz, of Palatka, is Secretary of the Fifth District Board. The Secretary 
 of the Orange County Board is Dr. Fotser S. Chapman, of Orlands. 
 
 BOAED OF HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL EXAMINEES. 
 
 JaoksonviliiE, Fla. C. W. Johnson, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 The secretary wrote on November 12, 1890 : " We have granted 40 licenses and 4 tem- 
 porary certidcates, which are in force until the next meeting of the Board." 
 
28 
 
 UNIVEESITY OF FLOBIDA, MEDICAL DEPAHTMI5NT. 
 Jacksonville, Fla. 
 Okganized in 1883. Bemoved from Tallahassee to Jacksonville in 1885. Extinct, 188B. 
 
 GEORGIA. 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF GEOBGIA. 
 
 (Medical Department, University ot Georgia.) 
 
 AuousTA, Ga. Edvtaed GeddiNgs, M. D., Dean of the Faotulty. 
 
 Okganized In 1829, as a Medical Academy, and has been in constant operation ever 
 since, extept during the period of the war. In 1872 it became the Medical Department of 
 the State University of Georgia. 
 
 The faculty consists of seven professors, one lecturer, one demonstrator of anatomy, 
 and one aasistant. 
 
 Course oe Instbuction: One course of lectures annually, beginning on the ilrst 
 Monday In October, continuing five months, and ending on the first of March. Graded 
 course of three terms strongly recommend,ed, but not rfeciuired. 
 
 Lectures 'embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, ophthal- 
 mology, otology, laryngology, diseases of children and pharmacy. 
 
 Eequieements : For admission: None. 
 
 "To those who intend to practice in States where suph reauirements are made, or who 
 otherwise desire, opportunities willbe givenfor examination in English composition, arith- 
 metic, physics, Latin; Greek, and the modern languages, and certificates of such proficiency 
 iasuedias may be exhibited by those examined. 
 
 ""For graduation: "A candidate for the degree of Doctor of Medicine must be at least 
 twenty-one years of age, have attended two full coxu-ses of lectures in this or some other 
 college in good standing, studied three years, and pass a satisfactory examination on all 
 the branches taught in this institution." 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid once only) fSjtlekets, 875; practical anatomy (paid once only) 
 $10; diploma, IfSO. ■- 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent, 
 
 1883-84 
 
 85 
 
 37 
 
 43.5 
 
 1884-85 
 
 77 
 
 34 
 
 44.1 
 
 188&-86 
 
 88 
 
 36 
 
 40.9 
 
 1886-87 
 
 102 
 
 46 
 
 46.1 
 
 1887-88 
 
 ]0S 
 
 46 
 
 43.4 
 
 1888-89 
 
 102 
 
 51 
 
 50 
 
 1889-90 
 
 121 
 
 40 
 
 33+ 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past seven years, 42.6. 
 
 SOUTHEEN BOTANICO-MEDICAL COLLEGE. , 
 
 FOBSYTH— Maoon, Ga. 
 
 Obganized in 1839 at Forsyth. Bemoved to Macon in 1846. First class grrduated in 
 1841, and classes were graduated every year until 1854, when the name was changed to the 
 Eeform Medical College of Georgia— «iae infra, 
 
 THOMPSONIAN COLLEGE. 
 Baebouevillb, Ga. 
 Organized about 1850.— Extinct. 
 
29 
 
 SAVANNAS MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Savanah, Ga. 
 Obganizbd in 1863. Suspended during the civil war, 1861-66.— Extinct since 1880. 
 
 BEFOKM MEDICAL COLLEGE OF^ GEOBGIA. 
 
 Macon, Ga. 
 
 Oeganizbd in 1854, as the successor of the Southern Botanico-Medioal College— uide 
 supra. Classes were graduated every year until 1861; suspended during the civil war; re- 
 sumed in 1867; classes graduated in 1868 and each subsequent year until 1874, when the 
 school assumed the name of the College of American Medicine and Surgery— which see. 
 
 ATLANTA MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Atlanta, Ga. W. S. Eendeick, M. D„ Proctor of the College, 49 Washington street. 
 
 Oeoanizbd in 1854. Closed during the rebellion, 1861-65. Eeorganized in 1865. Classes 
 were graduated from 1855 to 1861, inclusive, and each year since reorganization. 
 
 The faculty consists of eight professors, two assistants, four lecturers and one demon- 
 strator. 
 
 OoTJESE OF Instbuotion: One course of lectures annually ; the thirty-third session 
 extends from October 1, 1890, to March 1, 1891. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology and diseases 
 of children, of the eye, ear and throat, and medical jurisprudence. Instruction is also 
 given in venereal diseases, diseases of the throat, minor surgery, and in laboratory work 
 in chemistry. 
 
 Bequieements : Eor admission: None. 
 
 For graduation : 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years 
 study; 4) two full courses of lectures; 5) thesis, or areport of any of the clinics; 6) satis- 
 lactoi-y examinatioii. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, S5 ; demonstrator, ?10 ; full course, $75 ; graduation, $30. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 93 
 
 31 
 
 33.3 
 
 1881-82 
 
 135 
 
 56 
 
 41.4 
 
 1882-83 
 
 126 
 
 39 
 
 30.9 
 
 1883-84 
 
 114 
 
 48 
 
 42.1 
 
 1884-S5 
 
 85 
 
 38 
 
 43.1 
 
 1885-86 
 
 109 
 
 38 
 
 34.8 
 
 1886-87 
 
 121 
 
 45 
 
 37.2 
 
 1887-88 
 
 114 
 
 54 
 
 47.3 
 
 1888-89 
 
 117 
 
 43 
 
 36.7 
 
 1889-90 
 
 135 
 
 49 
 
 36.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for pastten years, 38.2. 
 
 OGLETHOEPE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Savannah, Ga. 
 Oeganizbd in 1855, and continued its sessions until 1861.— Extinct. 
 
30 
 
 COLLEGE OF AMEEICAN MEDICINE AND SUBGEEY. 
 Atlanta, Ga. 
 
 OBOANIZED in 1S74 as suooessor to the Keform Medioal College at Maqon.. Eemoved to 
 Atlanta in ISSl—vide supra. The first class under this name was graduated m 1874. There 
 was no graduating class 1877, '78, 79, '80 or '81. During the session of 1882-3 there was a class 
 of 24 matriculates, of whom 14 were graduated at the close of the session; percentage or 
 graduates to matriculates, ^/«B-eJff7i«. In 1S84 the charter and effects of this institution 
 were transferred to the Georgia College of Eclectic Medicine and burgery . 
 
 GEOEGIA COLLEGE OP ECLECTIC MEDICINE AND SUEGEEY. 
 
 Atlanta, Ga. G. W. Delbeidge, M. D., Proctor, 71J6 Peaohtree street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1877 as the Georgia Eclectic Medioal College. After acQuiring the 
 charter of the College of American Medicine and Surgery, it assumed its present name in 
 1886 by virtue of an act passed hy the State Legislature. The first class graduated in 1877, 
 and classes have been graduated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of six professors, two lecturers, one demonstrator, and one as- 
 sistant demonstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OP iNSTBUCTioN : The fifty-first annual session commenced on October 1, 1890, 
 and will close March 1, 1891 ; spring course will begin March 1 and close June 1, 1891. 
 
 Lectures embrace physiology, anatomy, pathology, chemistry, toxicology, surgery, 
 materia medica and thei*apeutics, theory and practice of medicine, medical jurisprudence 
 and hygiene, nervous and venereal diseases, obstetrics, diseases of women and children, 
 ohnical surgery, urinary analysis, pharmacy, dermatology and hydro-therapeutics, 
 
 Eequibements : For admission: 1) the applicant must have read medicine at least 
 one year under a competent instructor or preceptor. 2) Students must bring with them 
 proper evidence of a competent knowledge of the branches of a preliminary education, 
 such as English language and composition, mathematics, elementary physios, chemistry, 
 etc., or they will be required to pass a satisfactory examination on the same before a com- 
 mittee of the faculty. Any apphoant holding a diploma from a reputable college or scien- 
 tific school, or a literary high school, or a first grade teacher's certificate, willbe excused 
 from this examination. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; S) two full 
 courses of lectures ; 4) thesis ; B) must have dissected the greater part of the term ; 6) "must 
 have been diligent in attending the lectures and clinics;" 7) "thorough examination on 
 the respective branches taught in the college." 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, S5; lectures, 856; demonstrator, $5; graduation, $25. Dissecting 
 material at cost; lectures, spring course, $80. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 1886-8? 50 22 44 
 1887-88 57 21 36.8 
 1888-89 40 19 47 5 
 1889-90 46 16 34.7 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past five years, 40.4. 
 
 SOUTHEEN MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Atlanta, Ga. Wm. Pebbin Nicholson, M. D., Dean, P. 0. Box No. 234. 
 
 Oeoanized 1879. Faculty consists of eight professors, two lecturers and one demon- 
 strator. 
 
 CotTESE ofInstbuotion: Oae annual lecture course, the twelfth session beginning 
 October 7, 1890, and continuing until the first weefein March, 1891. Hospital and dispensary 
 ohmcs are given, and quizzes by the professors to such students as desire them. 
 
 Three courses of lectures recommended, but not required. 
 
31 
 
 Lectures embrace prinelples and practice of medioine, obstetrics, diseases of women 
 and children,, physiology^, nygiene, medical jurisprudence, surgery, anatomy, materia 
 medioa, therapeutics, toxicology, diseases of the eye, ear and throat, chemistry, venereal 
 diseases, dermatology, histology and pathology. 
 
 Ebquirements : For admission: None. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) two full 
 courses of lectures ; 4) "he must have dissected the different parts of the body in this or 
 some other regular school;" 5) "must undergo a personal and satisfac'ory examination be- 
 fore the faoultj;-— examination must occur at close of session;" 6) thesis, or report of clinic. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, (paid once), $5; tickets, full course, 875; demonstrator, $10; 
 diploma, SSO; single tickets, »10. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 105 38 36.1 
 
 1881-82 126 37 29.3 
 
 1882-83 104 37 35.5 
 
 1883-84 86 27 31.3 
 
 1884-86 89 31 34.8 
 
 1885-86 82 34 41.4 
 
 1886-87 80 30 37.5 
 
 1887-88 76 32 42.1 
 
 1888-89 79 35 44.3 
 
 1889-90 81 33 40.7 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 35.9. 
 
 CLAKK UNIVERSITY, MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 Atlanta, Ga. 
 Chabtebed in 1886. Organization never completed. 
 
 WOMAN'S MEDICAL COLLEGE OP GEORGIA AND TRAINING SCHOOL FOR 
 
 NURSES. 
 
 Atlanta, Ga. J. W. Stone. M. D., Dean, P. O. Box No. 215. 
 
 Obganized 1889. Faculty consists of seven professors, five lecturers, and one demon- 
 strator of anatomy. 
 
 CouESE OF Instbuction : One annual course ; the second session began October 1, 
 1890. and will close March 1, 1891. Practical and clinical teaching will have precedence over 
 didactic or mere ornamental education. Efforts will be made to afford each student the 
 advantage of attending one or more cases of midwifery in each term, in addition to outside 
 charity practice. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, toxicology, materia medica and 
 therapeutics, practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, diseases of women and children, 
 botany, histology, medical jurisprudence ; dissecting is obligatory. 
 
 Requieements : For admission: applicant must be of good moral character, have fair 
 education, and be not less than eighteen years of age. 
 
 For graduation: 1) must be of legal age; 2) attendance upon two full courses of lectures ; 
 3) thesis; 4) satisfactory examinations. 
 
 _ Matriculation, $5; lectures, $70; demonstrator, $10; material at cost; gradua- 
 tion, $25; scholarship, $145. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at the session reported and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. ^Graduates. Percent. 
 1889-90 10 1 10 
 
 After March, 1892, this college -will require attendance on three an- 
 nual sessions. 
 
32 
 
 II.UNOIS. 
 
 An Act to Eegulatb the Pbactioe or Medicine in the State op Illinois. 
 
 Passed June 15, approved June 16, and in force July 1, 1SS7. 
 
 Section 1. Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois, represented in the 
 General Assembly: That no person shall practice medicine in any of its departments in , 
 this state unless such person possesses the qualifloations required by this act. If a gradu- 
 ate In medicine, he must present his diploma f o the State Board of Health for verifloation 
 as to its genuineness. If the diploma is found genuine, and from a legally chartered medi- 
 cal institution in good standing, and if the person named therein be the person claiming 
 ■and presenting the same, the State Board of Health shall issue its certificate to that .effect 
 signed by all the members thereof, and such certificate shall be conclusive as to the right 
 of the lawful holder of the same to practice medicine in this state. If not a graduate, me 
 person practicing medicine in this state shall present himself before said board and sub- ^ 
 mit himself to, such examination as the board may require, and if the examination be satis- 
 factory t6 the board, the said board shall issue its certificate in aoeordahce with the facts, 
 and the lawful holder of such certificate shall be entitled to all the rights and privileges 
 herein mentioned. 
 
 § 2. The State Board of Health shall organize within three months after the passage of 
 this act, it shall procure a seal, and shall receive through its secretary, applications for 
 •certificates and examinations ; the president and secretary shall have the authority to ad- 
 minister oaths, an^ the board to take testimony in all matters relating to its duties ; It 
 shall issue certificates to all who furnish satisfactory proof of having received diplomas or 
 licenses from legally chartered medical institutions in good standing as may be determined 
 by the board; it shall prepare threeforms of certificates, one for persons in possession ol 
 such diplomas or Ucenses, the secondfor candidates examined and favorably passed on by 
 the board, and a third for persons to whom certificates may be issued as hereinafter pro- 
 vided in section 12 of this act; it shall furnish to the county clerks of the several counties a 
 list of all persons receiving certificates. In selecting places to hold its meetings, it shall, 
 &s far as is reasonable, accommodate applicants residing in different sections of the state, 
 and due notice shall be pubUshed of all its meetings lor examination. Certificates shall be 
 signed by all the members of the board, and the secretary of the board shall receive from 
 the applicant a fee of five (5) dollars for each certificate issued to such graduate or licentiate. 
 Graduates or licentiates in midwifery to pay the sum of two (2) dollars for 6ach certificate. 
 All such fees for certificates shall be paid by the secretary into the treasury of the board. 
 
 § 8. The verifloation of the diploma shall consist in the afflda\it of the holder and ap- 
 
 glloant that he is the lawful possessor of the same, and that he is the person therein named, 
 uch affldavitmay be taken before any person authorized to administer oaths, and the 
 same shall be attested under the hand and official seal of such officer, if he have a seal: and 
 any person swearing falsely shall be deemed guilty of perjury, and punished accordingly.' 
 Graduates may present their diplomas and affidavits as rprovided in this act, by letter or by 
 proxy, and the state Board of Health shall issue its certificate the same as though the 
 owner was present. ' 
 
 § 4. All examinations of persons not graduates or licentiates, shall be made directly by 
 the board, and the certificates given by the board shall authorize the possessor to practice 
 medicine and surgery m the State of Illinois. 
 
 § 5. Every person holding a certificate from the State Board of Health shall have it 
 recorded m the ofHce of the oTerk of the county in which he resides, within three months 
 from Its date, and the da,te of recording shall be indorsed thereon. Until such certificate Is 
 recorded as herein provided the holder thereof shaU not exercise any o£*he rights or priv- 
 ileges conferred therein to practice medicine. Any person removing to' another county to 
 practice shall record the certificate in hke manner, in the county to which he removes and 
 the holder of the certificate shall pay to the county clerk the usual fee for making the 
 record. 
 
 .A ®- The county clerk shall keep, in a book provided for the purt)0se, a complete Ust 
 of the certificates recorded by him, with the date of the issue of the certificate l! the cer- 
 tificate be based on a diploma or license, he shall record the name of the medical institu- 
 tion cpnfemng.it, and the date when conferred. The register of the county clerk shall be 
 open to public inspection during business hours. v,uuiLo, ^mLo. Dutui uo 
 
 , J ''■ -The fees for the examination of non-graduates shall be as follows : Twenty (20) 
 
 midwifery only ; and said fees shall be paid into the treasury of the board. It an anplicant 
 fails to pass.said examination his or her fee shaU be returned. Upon sTJooessfuSy passing 
 the examination the certificate of the board shall be issu6d to the applicar^t witKlSthe? 
 
 § 8. Examinations may be made in whole or in part in writing, and shall be of an ele- 
 Sl&s TprStione? "^ '• ""* ^"*<'*'''^«5' «'"«' t° *««* the auahfioations of th^can- 
 
 o„ }■ ^- ^J^^- ^^^§ Board of Health may refuse to issue the oertifloates provided for in 
 section 2 to individuals guilty of unprofessional or dishonorable conduct and it mav re- 
 voke such certificates for like causes. In aU cases of refusal or revocation the a^nScant 
 
 decIsiJnIhall be flna"!'"''"'- ^^° ""^^ "^^ "^ °^^'™'® ^^^ decision of the boa/dStwl 
 
33 
 
 I 10. Any person shall be regarded as practicing medicine, within the meaning of this 
 act, who shall treat, operate on, or prescribe for any physical ailment of another. But noth- 
 ing in this act shall be construed to prohibit service in ca.s6s of emergency, or the domes- 
 tic administration of family remedies. And this act shall not apply to commissioned sur- 
 geons of the United States Army, Navy or Marine Hospital service in the discharge of their 
 official duties. 
 
 § 11. Any itinerant vendor of any drug, nostrum, ointment or appliance of any kind 
 intended for the treatment of disease or injury, or who shal), by writing or printing or any 
 other method, profess to cure or treat disease or deformity, by any drug, nostrum manipu- 
 lation or other expedient, shall pay a license of one hundred (100) dollars per mouth into the 
 treasury of the board, to be collected by the State Board of Health, in the name of the Peo- 
 ple of the State of Illinois, for the use of said Board of Health. And it shall be lawful for 
 the State Board of Health to issue such license on apphcation made to the State Board of 
 Health, such Uoense to be signed by the president of the board, and attested by the secre- 
 tary of the board, with the seal of the board. Any such itinerant vendor who shall vend or 
 sell any such drug, nostrum, ointment or appliance without having a Ucense so to do, shall, 
 if found guilty, be fined in any sum not less than one hnndreddollars. and not exceeding 
 two hundred dollars for each offense, to be recovered in an action of debt before any cour 
 of competent jurisdiction. But such board may for Buffioient cause refuse such license. 
 
 § 12. Any person practicing mediome or surgery in the State without the certificate 
 issued by this board, in compliance with the provisions of this act, shall for each and every 
 instance of such practice forfeit and pay to the People of the State of Illinois for the use of 
 the said State Board of Health the sum of one hundred (100) dollars for the first offense, and 
 two hundred (200) dollars for each subsectuent offense, the same to be recovered in an action 
 of debt before any court of competent jurisdiction, and any person filing or attempting to 
 file as his own the diploma or certificate of another, or a forged affidavit of identifloation, 
 shall be guilty of a felony, and upon conviction, shall be subject to such fine and imprison- 
 ment as are made and provided by the statutes of the State for the crime of forgery. Pro- 
 vided, that all persons who have been practicing medicine continuously for ten years 
 within this State prior to the taking effect of the act to which this is an amendment, and 
 who have not under said original act obtained a certificate from the said Board of Health to 
 practice medicine in this State, shall upon proper application to said Board of Health re- 
 ceive such certificate, unless it shall be ascertained and determined by said Board of Health 
 that the person so applying for a certificate is of immoral character, or guilty of unprofes- 
 sional or dishonorable conduct, in which case, said Board of Health may reject such appli- 
 cation: And, provided, that such application for a certificate shall be made within six 
 months after the taking effect of this act, and all persons holding a certificate on account of 
 ten years' practice shall be subject to all the requirements and deoipline of this act, and the 
 act to which this is an amendment, in regard to their future conduct in the practice of medi- 
 cine the same as all other persons holding certificates, and all persons not having applied 
 for or received such certificate within six months alter the taking effect of this act, and all 
 persons whose applications have for the causes herein named been rejected or certificates 
 revoked, shall, if they shall practice medicine, be deemed guilty of practicing in violation of 
 law and shall suffer the penalties herein provided. 
 
 8 13. Upon conviction of either of the offenses mentioned in this act, the court shal 
 as a part of the judgment, order that the defendant be committed to the common jail of the 
 county until the fine and costs are paid, and upon failure to pay the same immediately, the 
 defendant shall be committed under said order. Provided, that either party may appeal in 
 the same time and manner as appeals may be taken in other cases except that where an ap- 
 peal is prayed in behalf of the people, no appeal bond shaU be requirea to be filed, whether 
 the appeal be from a justice of the peace, or from the county or circuit court, or from the 
 appellate court. But it shall be sufficient in behalf of the People of the State of Illinois, for 
 the use of the State Board of Health, to pray an appeal, and thereupon appeal may be had 
 without bond or security. 
 
 § 14. AU acts and parts of acts inconsistent or in confiict with this act are hereby re- 
 pealed. 
 
 —3 
 
34 
 
 ILLINOIS STATE BOAED OF HEALTH. 
 
 Bpbinombld, III. John H. Katjch, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 Oeganized July, 1877. Consists of seven members, appointed by the Grovernor of the 
 State, for the term of seven years each. Its relations with medical education and medical 
 colleges arise from the duties devolved upon it, and the powers and authority vested in 
 it, by the Act to EQgulate the Practice of Medicine in the State of Illinois, approved June 
 16, 1887. In (orc6 July 1, 1887. Among such duties, powers and authority are the examination 
 and verification of diplomas presented as the basis for certificates entitling their lawful 
 holders to practice mediaine within the State, and the issue of such certificates ; the deter- 
 mination of the standing of legally chartered medical institutions; the examination of non- 
 graduates as to their qualification as practitioners, and the issue of certificates or licenses 
 to practice to such as pass satisfactory examinations; the refusal of certificates to individ- 
 uals guilty of unprofessional and dishonorable conduct, and the revocation of certificates 
 for like causes. Thelawapplieslalso to midwives. 
 
 Since its organization, and up to the date of its revision, January 1, 1891. the Boabd 
 has examined and verified the diplomas and licenses of 275 institutions and hcensing bodies. 
 Of this numb6r-it has definitely rejected the diplomas of 28 institutions, on ground of fraud 
 or other gross invaUdity; it has required the diplomas of 28 other institutions to be sup- 
 plemented by examination: and it has issued certificates based on ihe diplomas of legally- 
 chartered medical institutions in good standing to 9,212 practitioners, and to 263 others on 
 diplomas supplemented by examination. These last (the 263) have only been issued since, 
 the enforcement of the Sdhedule of Minimum Beauirements ; that is, to graduates of the 
 sessions since 1882-83. 
 
 Of the total number of applicants for certificates on diplomas, 2,283 were rejected or 
 withdrew their applications, or were unable to complete them, or in some other manner 
 failed to comply with the requirements of the law ; and these, as ,a rule, either abandoned 
 
 Practice or left the State. In a number of eases, however, the rejected or defective candi- 
 ates subsequently attended lectures at a reputable medical college, were graduated there- 
 from, and certificates were issued them upon their diplomas. 
 
 The foregoing figures and comments refer only toappUcants for certificates based upon 
 diplomas, and do not embrace the non-graduates and exempts. Including these the law 
 has applied to a total of 15,283 Individuals, exclusive of midwives. Of this number there are 
 now in practice in the S ate, in round numbers, about 6,200 physicians, classified as follows- 
 1. Graduates holding certificates based upon diplomas, licenses of legally oiiartered medi- 
 cal institutions in good standing as defined bv the Boabd. 2. Graduates since the session 
 of 1882-83, whose diplomas were required to be supplemented by examination in order to 
 conform to the standard of Minimum Requirements of the BoaeU. 3. Non-graduates who 
 have passed the examination prescribed by the law. 4. Non-graduates by reason of having 
 been engaged in practice in the State upwards of 23 years prior to July 1, 1890. 
 
 The number of rejected applicants shows a diminution of late years, as the require- 
 ments of the law come to be more clearly defined and more generally understood. For the 
 entire period the percentage of rejections and withdrawals has been 13.7; but during the 
 past two years they have averaged only 8. 7 per cent.— in 1884 there were 117 in 597 applicants, 
 in 1885 there were 114 in 575 applicants. In 1886 there were 74 in 514 applicants. In 1S87 there 
 were 69 in 523 applicants. In 1888 there were 50 in 455 applicants. In 1889 there were 60 in 
 588 apphcants. Inrl890 there were 42 in 583 applicants. Eefusals of certificates are based 
 upon une or more of the f oUowmg grounds : 
 
 1. Failure to present a diploma from a legally-chartered medical institution in good 
 standing, as defined by the Boaed. 
 
 . 2. Failure to sustain a satisfactory examination sufficiently strict to test the qualifica- 
 tions of the candidate for the practice of medicine. 
 
 3. Personal or professional antecedents, habits or associations, warranting the charge 
 of unprofessional or dishonorable conduct. 
 
 .4. . Proved intent t« prabtioe in an unprofessional and dishonorable manner, as by 
 claiming to cure incurable maladies: to possess unusual skill, experience or facilities; and 
 similar claims involving deceit and fraud upon the public. , 
 
 The Boabd has revoked 42 certificates for unprofessional and dishonorable conduct. 
 
 Non-graduate MipUcants for license to practice in IlUnois are required to submit to ex- 
 amination in accordance with the following provisions of the Medical-Practice Act: 
 
 The State Boabd OF Health •• * shall receive through its Secretary applications 
 fOT certificates and examinations. * * * If not a graduate, the person practicing medi- 
 cine m this State shall present himself before said Boaed, and submit himself to such ex- 
 amination as said Boabd shall require; and if the examination be sa isfaotory to the exam- 
 iners, the said Boaed shall issue its certificate in accordance with the facts, and the lawful 
 holder of such certificate shall be entitled to all the rights and privileges herein mentioned. 
 
 J 3 * » * It shall prepare three forms of certificates, one for persons in possession 
 of diplomas or licenses; one for candidates examined by the Boabd ; and a third for such 
 persons who have been engaged in the practice of medicine for upwards of 23 years, and 
 tmoates ° county clerks of the several counties a Ust of all persons receiving oer- 
 
 §8. Candidates for examination shall pay a fee of twenty dollars, in advance which 
 shall be returned to them if a certificate be refused. <o.io. lu auvauoa, wmuu 
 
 § 9. Examinations may be made wholly or in part in writing, and shall be of an ele- 
 dSe as a priSftloS! '''■• ^^^'^i'^'itly strict to test the qualifiSous of the ?andi- 
 
35 
 
 ' AU examinations of persons not graduates or licentiates must be made directly by the 
 BoABD, and tlie oertifloate given.b7 tne Boabd authorizes the possessor to practice medi- 
 cine and surgery in the State of Ilhnois. 
 
 Where the candidates have any special views of theory and practice of medicine, or of 
 therapeutics, respect is paid to such views, and they are allowed upon request, to appear 
 before individual members of the BoAKD for special examination in such branches. Ex- 
 aminations are conducted in the English language. If made in another language , inter- 
 preters must be furnished at the expense of the applicant. 
 
 All candidates must pass a preliminary examination, sucH as is indicated in the "Mini- 
 mum Eeauirements," and must fill out the following: 
 
 Applioation for Examination before the IlMnois State Board of Health, under the Act 
 to Megulate the. Practice of Medicine in the State of IlUnois. 
 
 1. Name in full 
 
 2. Nativity and age— (must be at least twenty-one years of age) 
 
 3. Residence and postoffice 
 
 4. Time spent in professional studies— (must be at least three years) 
 
 5. . Phy.«ioian or preceptor under whom the studies were pursued, with postoffloe ad- 
 
 dress— (must be a licentiate of the Boabd or reputable practitioner) 
 
 6. Courses of medical lectufes attended 
 
 7. Name of medical school attended— (time spent at schools not recognized by the 
 
 Board will not be counted) 
 
 8. Time spent in hospital, if any 
 
 9. Time of practice, if any 
 
 10. School of practice chosen 
 
 11. Eeferences as to character (must present oertifloate of gbod character from two 
 
 licentiates of the Boaed or other reputable practitioners) 
 
 Approved 189 
 
 President of the Boabd. 
 
 Subjects of Examination. 
 
 1) Anatomy; 2) materia medica; 3) theory and practice: 4) gynecology; 5) physiology; 
 6) pathology; 7) obstetrics ; 8) chemistry: 9) surgery; 10) hygiene; 11) medical jurispru- 
 dence. 
 
 Eighty per cent, of correct answers reauired. 
 
 We have examined this applicant and find him to stand as above. 
 
 Signed by the members of the Boabd. 
 
 NuMBEE of candidates examined, 781. Number of candidates licensed, 249. Of these 
 two-thirds have since graduated. 
 
 These examinations are independent of those of graduates of colleges that do not fully 
 comply with the Schedule of Minimum Eeauirements of the Boabd, and these examina- 
 tions are oonflnei to the branches or subjects omitted by the given college. 
 
 At the April, 1886, meeting of the Boaed, the following preamble and resolution were 
 adopted: 
 
 Whebbas, The continuous graduation of forty-flve (45) per cent, of the total number of 
 matriculates of a medical college— due allowance being made for the average annual loss- 
 must be accepted as prima facie evidence that practically, every candidate is graduated 
 without regard to oompetehoy or aualifloation; therefore, be it 
 
 Resolved, That no medical college be recognized as in good standing within the mean- 
 ing and intent of the Act to Kegulate the Practice of Medicine in the State of II inois, the 
 aggregate graduates of which college amount to forty-flve (45) per cent, of its aggregate 
 matriculates during any period of five years ending with a session subseguent to the ses- 
 sion of 1885-86. 
 
 At the July, 1887, meeting of the Board, the following resolution was 
 adopted: 
 
 Resolved, That the phrase " medical colleges in good standing," in the 
 1st section of the " Act to Regulate the Practice of Medicine in the State 
 of Illinois," approved June 16, 1887, is hereby defined to include only 
 those colleges which shall, after the sessions of 1890-91, require four 
 years of professional study, including any time spent with a preceptor, 
 and three regular courses of lectures, as conditions of graduation, and 
 shall otherwise conform to the Schedule of Minimum Requirements here- 
 tofore adopted by the Board. 
 
36 
 
 At a meeting of tlie Boaed held at Chicago May 24, 1889, the following resolution was 
 adopted: 
 
 Resolved. That by authority of the " Act to Kegulate the Practice of Medicine " in the 
 State of Illinois, approved June 16, 1887. the following Schedule of Minimum Eeauirements 
 for Schools of midwifery be, and is hereby adopted. 
 
 I. Length of Begular Graduating Courses. The time occupied in the regular courses 
 or sessions from which students are graduated, shall amount to not less than six 
 months. 
 
 II. Instruction must include the following branches of medical science : 1. Anatomy of 
 the pelvis, and of the generative organs of women. 2. Physiology of menstruation 
 and conception. 3. The signs of pregnancy. 4. Mechanism of labor. 5. Management 
 of normal labor. 6. Management of abnormal labor. 7. Puerperal hygiene and anti- 
 sepsis. 8. Special care of mother and infant. 
 
 When there is any doubt as to the requirements of a college whose diploma is offered 
 to the Board for recognition, the following affldavit is required; 
 
 State op I „„ 
 
 County.)^® 
 
 being duly sworn, deposes and says that he is the* '.'..,... '..'.'.'of tiet ."....'.'.'.' 
 
 , of , and that the following "Schedule of 
 
 Minimum Bequlrements," adopted by the Ii/Linois Statb Boabd or Health as the test of 
 the good standing of a medical college, entitling its diplomas to recognition in that State.is 
 fully complied with by said medical college, to- wit: 
 
 Schedule or Minimum Eequikements . 
 
 I. Conditions OP Admission to Lectuee Couksbs.— 1. Credible certificates of good 
 moral standing. 2. Diplomas of graduation from a good literary and scientiflc college or 
 high school, or a first-grade teiicher's certificate. Or, lacking this— a thorough examination 
 m the branches of a good BngUsh education, including mathematics, English composition, 
 and elementary physics or natural philosophy. 
 
 II. Beanoheb op Medical Science to be Included in the Couesb op Insteuotion. 
 —1, Anatomy. 2. Physiology. 3. Chemistry. 4. Materia Medica and Therapeutics. 5. 
 Theory and Practice of Medicine. 6. Pathology. 7. Surgery. 8. Obstetrics and Gynecol- 
 ogy. 9. Hygiene. 10. MedioalJurisprudence. 
 
 III. Length op Eeoulae oe Gkaduating Coubses.— 1. tPhe time occupied in the 
 regular courses or sessions from which students are graduated shall not be less than five 
 months, or twenty weeks, each. 2. Two full courses of lectures, not within one and the 
 same year of time, shall be reauired for graduation with the degree of Doctor of Medicine. 
 
 IT. Attendance and Examinations oe Quizzes.— 1. Eegular attendance during the 
 entire lecture courses shall be reqtuired, allowance being made only for absences occa- 
 sioned by the students sickness, such absence not to exceed twenty per centum of the 
 course, 2. Kegular examinations or quizzes to be made by each lecturer or professor 
 daily, or at least twice each week. 3. Einal examinations on all branches to be conducted, 
 when practicable, by competent examiners other than the professors In each branch. 
 J- "f- Dissections, Clinics and Hospital Attendance.— 1. Each student shall have 
 dissected during two courses., 2 Attendance during at least two terms of cUnical and hos- 
 pital mstruotion shall be required. 
 
 VL Time OP PEorEssioNALSTUDiBs.-This shall not be less than three full years be- 
 fore graduation, mpludmg the time spent with a preceptor, and attendance up m lectures or 
 at clinics and hospital. ^ L-j,j„,^ao ^^ 
 
 VII lNSTBycTiON.--The college must show that ft has a sufficient and competent 
 corps of instructors, and the necessary facilities for teaching, dissections, oUnics, etc. 
 Also that paid requirements have been enforced with regard to 
 
 and that the lists or numbers of matriculates and graduates, as 'pu'biis'hed 'annually in the 
 annoiincements of said medical college, are correct. "uuuauj xu \,wo 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me,- this .... ..'day 'of ,.'.'. .'.'.'.'.'.'.'.' 'a. D. 189... 
 
 Iseal] 
 
 Notary Public, 
 
 BUSH MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 ('/Vie Medical Department of the Lake Forest University.) 
 
 Chicago, 111. James H. Etheeidge, A. M., M. D., Secretary, 1684 Michigan avenue. 
 
 eachtutoequ^ntVea?; ^'''^'"'^^^ graduated in 1813, and classes have been graduated 
 
 * Give title— such as Dean, Secretary, etc. 
 t Give full name of College or Institution. 
 
37 
 
 Faculty consists of fourteen professors, two professors of special departments, and 
 twenty adjunct professors, lecturers, assistants and demonstrators. 
 
 CouBSB OF INSTKUOTION : "Instruction is given in ttiis institution by lectures, clinic > 
 practiaal work in the dissecting roomand laboratories, and by repeated oral exammatious. 
 The faculty desire that the matriculates shall pursue their studies in the college during 
 three spring and three winter terms. To encourage this complete curriculum of study, 
 such students will be registered as special faculty students, and at the end of their second 
 winter term, they will be admitted to final examinations m anatomy, physiology, chem- 
 istry, m^yteria medica and therapeutics." The forty-eighth (winter) session began Septem- 
 ber 30, 1890, and will continue twenty-six weeks. The spring session of 1S91 begins April 1, 
 1891, and will continue till May 31st. Three years graded course Is advised but notreauired. 
 
 Jjeotures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica. surgery, princi- 
 
 Sles and practice of medicine, obstetrics, hygiene, medical jurisprudence, genito-urinary 
 iseases, diseases of women and children, dermatology and venereal diseases, ophthal- 
 mology, otology, larnygology, dental pathology and surgery, toxicology, and one course 
 of practical pathology and physiology. 
 
 • Bequibements : For admission: "Students who commence their course of studies iti 
 Rush Medical College are reciuired to furnish testimonials of sufficient preliminary educa- 
 tion, either in the form of a diploma from a literary or scientific college, academy or high 
 school, or of a certificate of examination for admission to such an institution, or a teacher's 
 certificate of the first grade. Graduates in medicine, previous matriculates of this college, 
 and students who desure to pursue a special course without graduation, will be admitted 
 without credentials or examination. Students who have completed a full course of prep- 
 aration for admission to the college may, by special arrangement, be received on the cer- 
 tificates of their instructors. Students who cannot furnish other evidence of a sufBcient 
 prehminary education, will be admitted on condition of passing an examination in writing 
 in the branches of a good English education. Including mathematics and elementary 
 physios". 
 
 Candidates for the advanced classes in the college must furnish satisfactory evidence 
 of preliminary education, and of an amount of study and college attendance, equivalent 
 to that which has been reauired of ihe members of the classes to which they seek ad- 
 mission. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age ; 2) good moral character; 3) three years 
 study; 4) two fuU courses of lectureis. After 1891, three full courses not de-' 
 livered in the same t-welvemonth. "The lectures of the spring term cannot be con ■ 
 sidered as a curse of lectures in this reauirement;" 6) chnical instruction for two terms ; 
 6) dissection Of each region of the body: 7) one course in practical chemistry; 8) one prac- 
 tical course in the laboratory of physiology and pathology; 9) one practical course in aus- 
 cultation and percussion; one in obstetrical manipulations ; one in surgical opera ions; 10) 
 full and satisfactory written or oral examination on each branch taught in the college. 
 
 The Degbee Cum Laudb is conferred upon candidates, not graduates in medicine, 
 who have not been unsuccessful in a previous examination for the degree in medicine ; who 
 have attended three courses of six months each, (each equivalent to a course in this col- 
 lege) the last in this institution; who have studied medicine four years and passed a satis- 
 factory final examination in letters, general science and medicine, and who have fulfilled 
 all other requirements for graduationin this college. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, S5; lectures, $80; demonstrator, ?10; chemical laboratory, f!; 
 laboratory of physiology, patholofry and bacteriology, 37; demonstrations in surgery, $5; 
 final examination, $30. The materials for laboratory work are furnished at cost price. For 
 the annual spring course— matriculation, $5 ; lectures, $20; (this amount will be deducted 
 from the fees of the next following winter session): chemistry, $7; demonstrator, $10; lab- 
 oratory of physiology and pathology, $7 ; hospital and infirmary, $5 each; demonstrations 
 in surgery, $5. "Graduates of the college are admitted on the payment of the matriculation 
 fee only ; graduates of other regular medical colleges on the payment of matriculation fee 
 and one-half lecture tees." 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Sessions. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percen 
 
 1880-81 
 
 559 
 
 172 
 
 30.7 
 
 1881-82 
 
 583 
 
 185 
 
 31.7 
 
 1882-83 
 
 549 
 
 183 
 
 33.3 
 
 1883-84 
 
 451 
 
 166 
 
 36.8 
 
 1884-85 
 
 419 
 
 160 
 
 35.8 
 
 1885-86 
 
 404 
 
 156 
 
 38.6 
 
 lS8()-87 
 
 374 
 
 133 
 
 35.5 
 
 1887-88 
 
 389 
 
 135 
 
 34.7 
 
 1888-89 
 
 413 
 
 136 
 
 32.9 
 
 1889-90 
 
 495* 
 
 161 
 
 32.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 34. 
 
 Note.— "After the year 1890-91 no graduate, unless he has studied medicine four years, 
 and taken three courses of lectures of at least five months each, as required in Illinois 
 (and six months each in Iowa), can commence the practice of medicine in these States 
 witout passing a rigid examination before the State BoAED OP Health. Every student 
 who intends to commence the study of medicine, and wishes to comply with the laws of 
 these States, should enter his name as early as possible with a preceptor." 
 
 *Not including twenty-four graduates who matriculated. 
 
38 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OP ILLINOIS COLLEGE. 
 
 Jacksonville, 111. 
 
 Oeganizbd in 18-13. Suspended lectures in 18i8. 
 
 Instruction was given to about sevsnty-flve students, and thirty-seven were graduated. 
 
 I MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, UNIVERSITY OP ST. CHARLES. 
 St. Chakles, 111. 
 Obganized in 18i4. After one course of lectures was delivered It became extinct. 
 
 COLLEGE OP PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS OP THE UPPER MISSISSIPPI. 
 
 Rook Island, III. 
 
 One course of lectures was delivered in the winter of 1848-49. Removed to Davenport. 
 Iowa, where a second course was delivered in the winter of 1849-50. Then removed to 
 Keokuk, Iowa, and assumed the name of College of Physicians and Surgeons. 
 
 CHICAGO MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 {Medical Department of the Northweatei-n University.) 
 
 Chicago, 111. Pbank Billings, M. D.. Secretary, 235 State street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1859, as the Medical Department of Lind University. In 1864 it severed 
 this connection and assumed the name of the Chicago Medical College. The school entered 
 into its present university relations in 1869. 
 
 The faculty consists of twenty-one professors, three lecturers, four demonstrators, two 
 assistant demonstrators, two clinical assistants, one director bacteriological laboratory. 
 
 CouESB OF Insteuction: Graded, comprising three annual consecutive courses of lec- 
 tures. The faculty earnestly recommends a four years' course. Students who take this 
 course, and receive in all branches a general average of eight or more on a scale of ten, 
 will be graduated cum laude. 
 
 The thirty-second annual session began September 30, 1890, and will end April 28, 1891. Q 
 
 Lectures embrace: Pirst year— Descriptive anatomy, physiology, normal histology, 
 general chemistry, laboratory work in chemistry and normal histology, and practical 
 anatomy. Second year— descriptive and surreal anatomy and operative surgery, general 
 pathology and pathological anatomy, materia medica and therapeutics, state medicine, 
 physical diagnosis, medical chemistry, obstetrics, laryngology and rhmology, surgical 
 operations on the cadaver and course in bandagins, laboratory work in chemistry and 
 pathological histology and hospital and dispensary clinics. Third year— theory and prac- 
 tice of medicine and clinical medicine, theory and practice. of surgery and clinical surgery, 
 gynecology, obstetrics, dermatology, diseases of children, oph halmology.and'otology, nerv- 
 ous and mental diseases, medical jurisprudence, and college dispensary and hospital clin- 
 ics. Attendance upon cUnics obUgatory, second and third years. 
 
 BBQtriEEMENTS : Por admission: Applicants for admission must present diplomas or 
 certificates from recognized colleges, seuools of science, academies or high schools, or 
 teachers' certificates of the first or second grade, or sustain an examination in the following 
 subjects: English composition, arithmetic, geography, and at the option bJ the candidate 
 either one of the following subjects; a) Latin; b) German: o) Physics. Accredited certiil- 
 oates of one years' study entitle holders to enter as second-course students after satisfac- 
 tory examination in studies of flrst-year course. Certificates of two years' stu dy and of 
 attendance on one full course of lectures entitle to entry as third-couirse students after ex- 
 amination in studies of first and second year. 
 
 For graduation: 1) evidence of good moral character; 2) three years' study; 3) required 
 age, at least twenty-one years; 4) attendance upon three courses of lectures of seven 
 month ^ each, unless admitted to advanced standing by examination; B) dissection of at 
 least three parts of the human body; 6) at least two terms of hospital attendance; 7) passing 
 all examinations ; 8) satisfactory thesis. 
 
 Pees: Lecture fee for first, second and third collegiate years, SlOO each year; deposi t 
 against breakage in laboratory (returnable) first year,$S; second year, S3; hospitals $6 and 
 $6. No special charges for demonstrator tickets, laboratory courses or anatomical material 
 The fees for the graduating classes of 1891 and 1892 will be as heretofore, $5 matriculation 
 fee, and *30 final examination fee, (not returnable.) 
 
Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 45 
 
 32.2 
 
 39 
 
 25.1 
 
 42 
 
 30.6 
 
 41 
 
 35.9 
 
 41 
 
 34.4 
 
 38 
 
 30.4 
 
 43 
 
 32 
 
 34 
 
 20.1 
 
 46 
 
 22.3 
 
 50 
 
 21.2 
 
 39 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. 
 
 1380-81 152 
 
 1881-82 155 
 
 1882-83 137 
 
 1883-84 114 
 
 1884-85 119 
 
 1886-86 125 
 
 1886-87 134 
 
 1887-88 169 
 
 1888-89 206 
 
 1889-90 235* 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past ten yeras, 27.1. 
 
 *Not including two graduates who matriculated. 
 
 HAHNEMANN MEDICAL COLLEGE AND HOSPITAL. 
 
 Chicago, 111. E. S. Bailey, M. D.,Eegistrar, 3034 Michigan avenue. 
 
 Oeganized in 1859. The first class was graduated in 1860. Classes have been gradu- 
 ated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of seventeen professors, five adjunotprofessors.two lecturers and a 
 demonstrator of histology and microscopy. 
 
 CouBSE OP Insteuction: One annual graduating coiirse of lectures. The thirty- 
 flrst regular session began September 16, 1890, and ends March 19,1891. The plan of teach- 
 ing is "largely clinical and objective. " "A post-graduate course, chiefly designed for physi- 
 cians, is held in the spring months." Daily and weekly Quizzes are conducted by the pro- 
 fessors in person, women admitted upon the same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 thedry and practice of medicine and medical jurisprudence, pathology, surgery, obstetrics 
 and gynecology, hygiene, toxicology, ophthalmology and otology, laryngology, rhinology, 
 histology, minor and operative surgery, dental surgery. 
 
 Bbquibements : For admission : "Upon application for admission each student must 
 present to the registrar satisfactory evidence of a good English education. Such as are 
 graduates of a literary or seientiSc college, academy or high school, or who has passed the 
 entrance examination to a literary college in good standing: who have a county or first- 
 grade teacher's certificate ; graduates in medicine, and students who desire to pursue a 
 special course of study— other than for the purpose of securing the degree— will be exempt 
 from this requirement, provided they furnish the documentary evidence to the registrar. 
 Lacking such credentials from former teachers, the student must pass a fair but not tech- 
 nical examination, before a committee of faculty appointed for that purpose." 
 
 For graduation : 1) twenty-one years of age ; 2) must have pursued the study of medicine 
 for at least three years, attended two full courses of lectures and dissected at least two 
 parts or during two courses ; ' 3) candidates must pass all the regular examinations. 
 
 This College Trill require four years of study and three regular courses 
 of lectures after the session of 1890-91. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, ?5; for full course of lectures including matriculation. $65; final 
 examinations, J25; demonstrator, (including material), SIO; prepetual ticket, S150; Cook 
 County Hospital (optional) S5; single tickets, SIO each; Hahnemann Hospital sub-clinic, 
 for advanced students and graduates, 85. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 195 100 51.2 
 
 1881-82 264 108 40.9 
 
 1882-83 297 134 45.1 
 
 1883-84 259 113 43.6 
 
 1884-85 244 93 38.1 
 
 1885-86 227 92 40.5 
 
 1886-87 184 86 46.7 
 
 1887-88 173 80 46.2 
 
 1888-89 197 78 39.5 
 
 1889-90 232* 96 41.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 43. 
 
 For requirements of the American Institute of Homfsopathy in regard 
 to admission and graduation in 1892, see Introductory Remarks. 
 
 ' Not including eleven graduates who matriculated. 
 
40 
 
 BENNETT COLLEGE OP ECLECTIC MEDICINE AND SUEGEKY. 
 
 Chicago, 111. H. S. Tuckek, M. D., Secretary, 513 State street. 
 
 Okganized in 1868. First class graduated in 1869. Classes have graduated each subse- 
 quent year. 
 
 The (acuity consists of eighteen professors, one demonstrator and one lecturer. 
 
 CouBSE OF INSTBITOTION : Three courses of lectures and four years' of study 
 
 are requisite for graduation. Instruction is imparted by didactic and cUnioal lec- 
 tures, daily Quizzes and laboratory work. The session of 1890-91 began September 24, 1890, 
 and continues six months, closing March 24, 1891. Post Graduate PolycUnio commences 
 April 1, 1891, and is in session throughout the year.* 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, ohemiatxy, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, medical jurisprudence, orthopedy, 
 ophthalmology and otology, venereal diseases and dermatology, diseases of children, elec- 
 tro-therapeutics, pharmacy, toxicology, insanity, theory and practice of medicine, rhinol- 
 ogy, laryngology, osteology, microscopy, diseases of the nervous system. 
 
 Bequibements : For admission: Credible certificates of good moral character, and a 
 good elementary English education, "including mathematics, English composition and 
 elementary physics or natural philosophy, as attested by the presentation of a diploma < f 
 graduation from some Uterary and scientific college or high school, or a first-grade teacher's 
 certificate, or by a creditable examination upon those branches by a committee appointed 
 for that purpose." 
 
 For graduation; 1) the candidate must possess satisfactory references as to good moral 
 character and have attained the age of twenty-one years ; 2) four years' study ; 3) must 
 have attended not less than three coiurses of lectures the last of which must have bee ■ 
 in this college ; 4) must have completed the prescribed course of analytieal chemistry and 
 practical anatomy ; 5) sustain a satisfactory and honorable examination in every depart- 
 ment; 6] three terms of clinical and hospital instruction; 7) completion of practical courses 
 in physiology, pathology and demonstrations in surgery. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5; lectures, $50; demonstrator, $10; analytical chemistry, 810; 
 microscopy, demonstrations in surgery, each 85; examination, W; scholarships, SiaS; single 
 tickets, 810. , 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percen 
 
 1880-81 
 
 127 
 
 51 
 
 40 
 
 1881-82 
 
 113 
 
 38 
 
 33 
 
 1882-83 
 
 147 
 
 52 
 
 35 
 
 1883-84 
 
 159 
 
 50 
 
 31 
 
 1884-85 
 
 143 
 
 37 
 
 S.8 
 
 1885-86 
 
 122 
 
 50 
 
 40.9 
 
 1886-87 
 
 125 
 
 43 
 
 34.4 
 
 1887-88 
 
 116 
 
 37 
 
 31.9 
 
 1888-89 
 
 97 
 
 36 
 
 37.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 101 
 
 30 
 
 29.7 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 33. 9. 
 
 CHICAGO NOETHWESTERN COLLEGE. 
 
 Chicago, 111, 
 
 Inoobpoeated 1862. Ee-chartered in 1864, and in 1870 became the Edinburg University. 
 Fraudulent.— Extinct. ..^uivoi =>.../. 
 
 EDINBUEG UNIVEESITY OP CHICAGO AND ST. LOUIS. 
 
 Chicago, 111. 
 
 «x. fe°.?™°^-^^^° September 23 1870.. Fraudulent; exposed by the Illinois State Boabd 
 OP Health, and smce defunct. Also incorporated under the laws of Missouri. 
 
 *See Ust of Polychnics and Post-Graduate Schools. 
 
41 
 
 WOMAN'S MEDICAL COLLEGE OF CHICAGO. 
 
 Chicago, 111. Mabie J. Meeglek, M. D., Secretary, 29 Waverly place. 
 
 Oeganized in 1870. The first class graduated in 1871. No class was graduated in 1872. 
 Classes have been graduated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of seventeen professors, two eUmoal professors, one adjunct pro- 
 fessor, and six lecturers and assistants. 
 
 Course oi' Instbuotion: The session of 1890-91, began September 3, 1890, and ends 
 March 31, 1891. A graded course of three years required. Instruction is given by didactic 
 lectures, recitations, clinical lectures, practical work, and attendance on hospitals. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomif, physiology, chemistry, toxicology, materia medica and 
 therapeutics, theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gyne- 
 cology, medical jurisprudence, hygiene, ophthalmology and otology, diseases of women 
 and children, diseases of the throat and chest, renal diseases, diseases of the nervous 
 system, histology, dental surgery, dermatology, microscopy. 
 
 Kequibements : For admission— "Students must present, before matriculating, satis- 
 factory proof of a good English education. A certificate of graduation from high school, 
 academy or collese, or a teacher's certificate from a county superintendent of schools, will 
 be accepted as sufficient evidence of such education. Students without such credentials 
 will, in every case, be required to pass an examination before a committee of the faculty. 
 Certificates of character are required." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 3) four years' study; 3) two full courses of 
 lectures, one Of which must have been in this college ; 4) two courses in practical anatomy ; 
 5) one course in practical chemistry, and one course in histological and pathological labora- 
 tory ; 6) one course in hospital clinical instruction; 7) a satisfactory examination. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91, four years of study and attendance upon 
 three regular courses of lectures will be required as conditions of gradu- 
 ation. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, S5; lectures, $60; demonstrator, MO; chemical laboratory ticket, 
 $5; chemicals at cost; microscopical laboratory, $5; hospital tickets, ?5 each; final examina- 
 tion, SO. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Peroen.t. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 77 
 
 17 
 
 22 
 
 1881-82 
 
 82 
 
 23 
 
 2« 
 
 1882-83 
 
 79 
 
 18 
 
 22 
 
 1888-84 
 
 69 
 
 21 
 
 30.4 
 
 1884-85 
 
 75 
 
 22 
 
 29.3 
 
 1885-86 
 
 7fi 
 
 19 
 
 25 
 
 1886-87 
 
 71 
 
 25 
 
 35.5 
 
 1887-88 
 
 68 
 
 16 
 
 20.5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 88 
 
 U 
 
 27.2 
 
 1889-90 
 
 105* 
 
 25 
 
 23.8 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 26.5. 
 
 CHICAGO HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Chicago, 111. J. E. Kippax, M. D., Secretary, 3154 Indiana avenue. 
 
 Obganized in 1876. The first class was graduated in 1877. Classes have been gradu- 
 ated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of sixteen professors, seven adjunct professors, two lecturers and 
 two demonstrators. 
 
 CouEBE OP Instbuotion: A regular session of six months' duration, commencing 
 September 23, 1890, and ending March 24, 1891. Three years graded course reqiured 
 of all matriculates who have not previously attended a course of lectures. 
 
 A junior, middle and senior course (three separate and distinct courses) are delivered dur- 
 ing each college term. Climes at hospital and dispensary. 
 
 Lectures embrace: Junior year— Anatomy, physiology, microscopy, materia medJca, 
 chemistry, toxicology, pathology, histology, laboratory work. Middle year— Descriptive 
 anatomy, physiology, medical chemistry, toxicology and urinalysis, hygiene and sanitary 
 science, obstetrics, practice of medicine and surgery, dental surgery, materia medica ana 
 clinics. Senior year— Principles and practice of medicine and surgery, pedology,, gynecol- 
 ogy, obstetrics, ophthalmology and otology, mental and nervous diseases, medical juris- 
 prudence, laryngology, materia medica and cUnics. 
 
 *Not including five others taking but partial courses. 
 
42 
 
 Eequieements: For admission: "A credible oertifleate of good moral character, a 
 diDloma of graduation from a good literary or soientiflo college or high school, or a nrst- 
 erade teacher's certificate. Or, lacking this , *, * ^^ «l.''^°''?)^S^.«^^™'''**'°S,-JS 
 ae branches of a good English education (Includmg mathematics, English composition 
 and elementary physics, or natural philosophy), before the examimag board of the faculty. 
 
 After the session of 1891-92 the matriculation examination willinclude 
 elementary chemistry, biology and botany, and sufficient I.atin to read 
 easy prose. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age: 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study; 4) three full courses of lectures; S) pra«!tical anatomy to the extent of haVmg 
 dissected at least two parts ; 6) pass all the regular examinations. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91 four years of study -will be required for 
 graduation. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, *5; lectures, $65; perpetual ticket, $150; final examination, $25; 
 partial course, each chair, $10; demonstrator's tickets, $10; hospital, $5. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 87 
 
 25 
 
 28.7 
 
 1881-82 
 
 128 
 
 38 
 
 29.6 
 
 1882-83 
 
 125 
 
 40 
 
 32 
 
 1883-84 
 
 134 
 
 39 
 
 29.1 
 
 1884-85 
 
 125 
 
 22 
 
 17.6 
 
 1885-86 
 
 130 
 
 52 
 
 40 
 
 1886-87 
 
 126 
 
 45 
 
 35.7 
 
 1887-88 
 
 118 
 
 47 
 
 39.8 
 
 1888-89 
 
 110 
 
 54 
 
 49-1- 
 
 1889-90 
 
 112* 
 
 34 
 
 30.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 33.1. 
 
 For requirements of the American Institute of Homoeopathy in regard 
 to admission in 1892, see Introductory Remarks. 
 
 COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS OP CHICAGO. 
 Chicago, 111. John E. Haepek, M. D., Corresponding Secretary, 163 State street. 
 
 Okganized in 1882. The first class was graduated in 1883., The faculty consists of 
 twenty-four professors, two assistants to professors, one demonstrator of anatomy, one of 
 chemistry, one of pathology, one of microscopy. 
 
 CouBSE OE INSTKUCTION : The regular session of 1890-91 commenced September 23, 
 1890, and continues six months, closing March 24, 1891. A (graded course of three 
 years required. Instruction will be given by didactic lectures, clinical teaching, 
 quizzes, recitations and practical work in subjects involving manipulation or the use of 
 Instruments and appliances. The spring session will begin March 31, and continue until 
 May 13, 1891 . All students are earnestly urged to attend ; especial attention is given to 
 the elementary branches, during this session. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, hygiene, medi- 
 cal jurisprudence, histology, microscopy, dermatology, genito-urinary diseases, dental 
 surgery, orthopedics, ophtnalmology and otology, diseases of children, nervous and mental 
 diseases, laboratory work in chemistry, demonstrations of surgery, laryngology and 
 rhinology. 
 
 Eeqitibembnts : For admission: 1) a creditable certificate of good moral character; 2) 
 •diploma of graduation from a good literary and scientific college or high school, or a satis- 
 factory county or State teacher's certificate, or, lacking this, he will be required, 3) to pass 
 a thorough examination in the branches of a good English education, before a member of 
 the faculty, 4) written evidence of the time he has been studying medicine. 
 
 For graduation: 1) good moral character; 2) attainment of twenty-one years of age; 3) 
 three full years' study of medicine under the direction of a recognized physician or medical 
 college ; 4) attendance upon three full 'winter courses of lectures in a recognized 
 medical college, the last of which must have been in this college; 5) dissection during two 
 sessions, including dissections of each part of the cadaver ; 6) attendance upon two terms 
 of college, hospital, and dispensary clinical instruction; 7) satisfactory examinations. 
 
 *Not including two students who matriculated, but took partial courses only. 
 
Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 52 
 
 34.2 
 
 52 
 
 31.1 
 
 60 
 
 35.9 
 
 71 
 
 47+ 
 
 50 
 
 35 
 
 46 
 
 29.8 
 
 50 
 
 32.2 
 
 57 
 
 40.1 
 
 43 
 
 5^^^' Matriculation (paid annually), S5; lectures iirst and second years, each year, »>,v 
 third year. S30 ; demonstrator ?10; chemical laboratory, S5; microscopical laboratory, $3 
 flnal, examinations, 830; Cook County Ho'ipital, compulsory, S5; eye and ear infirmary, $5i 
 partial course, each chair, 810; lectures, spring course, 815, applicable to fees for winter 
 lectures. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. 
 
 1882-83 152 
 
 1883-84 167 
 
 1884-85 167 
 1885-86 , 151 
 
 1886-87 143 
 
 1887-88 154 
 
 1888-89 165 
 
 1889-90 142* 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past eight years, 35.5. 
 
 CHADDOCK SCHOOL OF MEDICINE. 
 
 QuiNCT, lU. E. J. Cheistie, M. D., Dean. 
 
 Organized in 1882 as the Quincy College of Medicine. Reorganized in 1888 under 
 above title. Extinct in 1890. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. 
 
 1882-83 6 
 
 1883-84 12 
 
 1884-85 19 
 
 1885-86 15 
 
 1886-87 14 
 
 ,l'-87-8S 14 
 
 1888-89 10 
 
 1889-9P 13 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past eight years, 29.1. 
 
 PHYSIO-MEDICAL INSTITUTE. 
 
 Ohioaoo, 111. H. P. Nelson, M. D., Secretary, 605 W. Van Buren street. 
 
 Oeqanized in 1885. The faculty consists of ten professors and two lecturers. 
 
 CouB^E op.Instbuction: The session of 1890-91 began September 18, 1S90, and will con- 
 tinue twenty-six weeks. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy and physiology, materia medica, chemistry and toxicology, 
 science and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, diseases of children, 
 hygiene, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology and otology, insanity and nervous diseases, 
 dermatology, therapeutics, pharmacy, miscroscopy and pathology. 
 
 Eequiebments : For admission: " Students must, either by high school certificate or 
 suitable examination, give evidence of having a good English education ; furnish satis- 
 factory evidence of proper preparation and of good moral character. * * » 
 Attendance must begin with the opening of the lecture term, and be punctual throughout. 
 Women admitted upon the same terms as men." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three full 
 terms of lectures the last of which must be in this college ; two full terms of hospital at- 
 tendance, and dissection of at least two parts of the human body ; 4) punctual attendance on 
 all college lectures, graduates' quizzes; 5) satisfactory written examination in all depart- 
 ments of instruction. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91 four years of study will be required. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, 85 ; lecture fee 3, 865 ; demonstrator's ticket, 810 ; hospital ticket, 85 ; 
 graduates' examination, 835. ' 
 
 ' * Not including six graduates who matriculated. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent 
 
 4 
 
 33.3 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 46.6 
 
 3 
 
 21.4 
 
 4 
 
 28.5 
 
 4 
 
 40 
 
 4 
 
 30.7 
 
44 
 
 Students; Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1885-86 
 
 18 
 
 10 
 
 55.5 
 
 1886-87 
 
 20 
 
 8 
 
 40 
 
 1887-88 
 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 46.6 
 
 1888-89 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 49.6 
 
 1889-90 
 
 15 
 
 5 
 
 33.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past five years, 44.9. 
 Names of matriculates and graduates not published in announcements. 
 
 CHICAGO COEEESPONDENCE UNIVEESITY. 
 
 INOOBPOEATED in 1885 ; re-ineorporated in 1887. Extinct 1890. This and the following in- 
 stitution were incorporated by the same person. 
 
 THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY. 
 Chicago, IU. 
 
 INCOEPOBATED July 25, 1889. Extinct 1890. 
 
 Thp above named institutions practically have had no existence as teaching bodies, for 
 purposes of medical instruction. 
 
 CHICAGO COLLEGE OF SCIENCE. 
 Chicago and Chicago Lawn, 111. 
 
 INOOBPOEATED July 6, 1888.— Extinot 1889. 
 
 The attention of the Boabd was called to this institution by Prof Flint, of the Bellevue 
 Hospital Medical College of New York City, on account of one of Its diplomas being offered 
 for registration in the State of New York. The claims of the college were investigated, 
 and upon reporting that the institution had no existence in fact, diploma wasTCfused en- 
 dorsement for registration. 
 
 Diplomas of this character are not now offered in Illinois. 
 
 These last three so-called institutions were incorporated under the general laws of in- 
 corporation of the State of Dhnois. 
 
 By compliance with certain forms, and payment of six dollars in fees, anything can be 
 incorporated. 
 
 INDIANA. 
 
 UNIVEESITY OF INDIANA. 
 New Albany, Ind. 
 Oeganized in 1833. The first fraudulent medical school In the west.— Extinot. 
 
 LA POETE UNIVEESITY, MEDICAL DEPAETMENT. 
 
 La Poete, Ind. 
 
 Oeganized in 1843. Eeorganized in 1844; lectures delivered in 1844-45. In 1845-46 it 
 was again reorganized, under the name of the Indiana Medical College; reorganized again 
 
 in 1R47.4fi' flvtinftf. in ia.in ■=" = 
 
 in 1847-48 ; extinct in 184'9. 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF EVANSVILLE. 
 EVANSVILLE, Ind. 
 
 Oeganized in 1849. Lectures suspended from 1854 to 1871. Eeorganized in 1871 and 
 classes were graduated from 1873 to 1S84, inclusive, when the college suspended. 
 
45 
 
 INDIANA CENTRAL MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 (Medical Department. Asbury University, G-reencastie. Ind.) 
 Indianapolis, Ind. 
 Obganized in 1850.— Extinct in 1854. 
 
 PHYSIO-MEDICAL COLLEGE OF INDIANA. 
 Indianapolis, Ind. C. T. Bbdfobd, M. D., Secretary, 296 Massachusetts avenue. 
 
 Obganized in 1873. The first class was graduated in 1874. Classes have been grad- 
 uated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of fourteen professors and four demonstrators. 
 
 ' CouBSE OP Instbuotion: The session of 1890-91 began September 16, 1890, and will 
 continue twenty-four weeks, closing March 17, 1891. Women admitted upon the same terms 
 as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace practice of medicine arid clinical medicine, surgery, obstetrics, 
 gynecology, diseases of children, materia medioa and therapeutics, botany, electro-thera- 
 peutics, histology and physiology, general and descriptive anatomy, surgical anatomy, 
 microscopy and pathological histology, chemistry and toxicology, medical jurisprudence, 
 diseases of rectum, diseases of the eye, ear and throat, sanitary science, and diseases of 
 nervous system. 
 
 Eeqxtieembnts: For admission: "A diploma or certificate from a university, college 
 or academy, or a certificate from a board of school examiners, will be taken, in part, as 
 evidence of the reauired literary Qualification. In lieu of any of these, applicants must 
 sustain a satisfactory examination by a member of the faculty before being permitted to 
 enter the class." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) must have at- 
 tended three or more full courses of lectures not delivered in the same twelve months, the 
 last of which must have been in this school; 4) must have attended hospital clinics and re- 
 ceived clinical instruction during three college terms; 5) must have dissected each region 
 of the body; 6) must have at least two courses in practioal chemistry. Every candidate 
 must undergo a fuU and satisfactory written examination, on each branch taught in the 
 college, and remain to the close of the course. 
 
 "Begiiining ynXla. session of 1 890-91 four years of study and four graded 
 terms of six months each, given in four consecutive years are required." 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, (paid but once), $5; hospital, $3; lectures, $75; demonstrator, JIO; 
 graduation, $25. 
 
 Stodbnts: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percen 
 
 1880-81 
 
 20 
 
 10 
 
 60 
 
 1881-82 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 41.6 
 
 1882-83 
 
 26 
 
 17 
 
 64 
 
 1883-84 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 33.3 
 
 1884-85 
 
 34 
 
 12 
 
 35.3 
 
 1886-86 
 
 SO 
 
 18 
 
 60 
 
 1886-87 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 33.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 2C 
 
 10 
 
 38.4 
 
 1888-89 
 
 36 
 
 20 
 
 56.5 
 
 1889-90 
 
 36 
 
 16 
 
 44.4 
 
 Per«entageof graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 46.3. 
 Diplomas recognized conditionally. 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF FOET WAYNE. 
 FoKT Watnb, Ind. 
 
 Obganized in 1876. Classes were graduated in each year from 1877 to 1883, Inclu- 
 sive.— Extinct, 1883. 
 
46 
 
 THE MEDICAL COLLEGE OE INDIANA. 
 Indianapolis, Ind. Fkanklin W. Hays. M. D., Secretary, 19 E. Ohio street. 
 
 Okganized in 1878, wlien the Indiana Medical College (organized in 1868) and the Col- 
 lege of Physicians and Surgeons of Indiana (organized in 1873) were united to form this 
 college. It was formerly the Medical Department of Butler University, but severed its 
 connection with that institution in 1883. Organized iu 1890, as The Medical College of In- 
 diana, in conformity with terms of the donation made by Dr. William Lomax, of Marion, 
 Indiana. 
 
 The faculty consists of fifteen professors, two clinical lecturers, six lecturers, two as- 
 sistants to chairs, one curator; one demonstrator ami one assistant demonstrator. 
 
 Course op Instbuotion: The session of 1890-91 began October 1, 1890, and will close 
 March 31, 1891. Thi-ee years graded course of six months each is reauired. 
 
 The system of study will be as is presented in the following general outline: First 
 year— Anatomy with dissections, materia medioa, principles of surgery, geperal pa- 
 thology, physiology and hygiene, chemistry with laboratory work, microscopy, clinical 
 studies. Second year— anatomy with dissections, chemistry and toxicology, physiology, 
 principles of surgery, general pathology, materia medica and therapeutics, ophtnalmology, 
 dermatology, microscopy and bacteriology, syphilis, gynecology, practice of surgery, 
 prao ice of medicine, diseases of children, obstetrics, clinical studies, laboratory wort. 
 Third year— Surgery, practice of medicine, obstetrics, diseases of children, gyntecology, 
 materia medica and therapeutics, diseases of the mind and nervous system, medical juris- 
 prudence, ophthalmology and otology, dermatology, laryngology, genito-urinary and ven- 
 ereal diseases, dissections, microscopy and bacteriology, clinical studies, advanced w6rk in 
 physiological, pathological, microscopical, and chemical laboratories. 
 
 These courses are so arranged that they do not in any way conflict with one another. 
 
 Eequikements : For admission: 1) candidates, before commencing the first year of 
 study, must present to the faculty a credible certificate of good moral standing; 2) diploma 
 of graduation from a good literary or scientific college, or high school, or state or county 
 teacher's certificate. Or, lacking this, 3) a thorough examination in the branches of a good 
 English education, including mathematics, English composition, and elementary physics 
 or natural philosophy. 
 
 •For graduation: "He must produce satisfactory evidence of good moral character, 
 and of having attained the age of twenty-one years. He must file a satisfactory certifloate 
 of having studied medicine for at least four years under a regular graduate, or a licen- 
 tiate and practitioner of medicine in good standing, using the word 'regular' in the sense 
 commonly understood in the medicafprofession. No candidate shall be eligible for final 
 examination for graduation unless his term of four years' study shall have been com- 
 pleted, or shall expire at a date not later than three months after the close of the final 
 examination. He must file the proper official evidence that during the above-mentioned 
 four years has matriculated at some affiliated college or colleges for three regular 
 sessions, and in the course of the same has attended three full courses of instruc- 
 tions of siz months each. The candidate must have passed a personal examination 
 before the faculty in the seven essential branches of medicine." 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, J5; laboratory, $B; lectures, $40; demonstrator 810; hospital 86;' 
 graduation, 825; single tickets, each chair, SIO. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 200 
 
 
 83 
 
 41.5 
 
 1881-82 
 
 164 
 
 
 88 
 
 35-1- 
 
 1882-83 
 
 131 
 
 
 63 
 
 40.4 
 
 1883-84 
 
 71 
 
 
 43 
 
 60.5 
 
 1884-85 
 
 60 
 
 
 28 
 
 46 6 
 
 1885-80 
 
 66 
 
 
 27 
 
 40 9 
 
 1686-87 
 
 65 
 
 
 35 
 
 53.8 
 
 1887-88 
 
 66 
 
 
 26 
 
 39,3 
 
 1888-89 
 
 68 
 
 
 27 
 
 39 7 
 
 1889-90 
 
 81 
 
 
 30 
 
 37-1- 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates tor past ten 
 
 years, 42.1. 
 
 
 ■"Students or practitioners who have attended one full course of instruction, in this or 
 any other reputaole medical college, where a two years' course up to this time or a pre- 
 vious time, has been required for graduation, will be privileged to become candidates for 
 graduation for this year only. 
 
47 
 
 CENTEAL COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND StJEGEONS. 
 Indianapolis, Ind. Samuel E. Eaep. M. So., M. D., Secretary, 24)6 Kentucky avenue. 
 
 Obganized in 1879. First class graduated in 1880. ^ 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors, one adjunct professor, three assistants, two 
 demonstrators. 
 
 CouKSE OF Inbtkuction: The regular winter session of 1890-91 oommenoed September 
 17. 1890, and continues to March 20, 1891. A three years' graded course is recommended but 
 not reauired. Clinical instruction at college and hospital. "Women admitted on the same 
 terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice otruedieine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, diseases of 
 children, sanitary science, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology, otology, laryngology, 
 rhinology, histology and diseases of the nervous system, clinical medicine and surgery, and 
 genito-urmary diseases, orthopedics and railroad surgery. 
 
 Requikements : For admission: 1) credible oertifloate of good moral character; 2> 
 diploma of graduation from a good literary and soientiflc college, or high eshool, or a first- 
 grade teacher's oertifloate ; or, lacking this, a thorough examination in the branches of a 
 good English education, including mathematic, English composition, and elementary 
 physics or natural philosophy. " 
 
 For graduation 1) good moral character; 2) twenty-one years of age; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4) two full courses of lectures ; 5) must have pursued the study of practical anatomy, 
 under the guidance of a demonstrator, making dissections of at least three regions. 
 
 After the Bession of 1890-91, this institution -vrill require four years of 
 study of medicine, and attendance on three courses of lectures of siic 
 months each. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, J5 ; lectures, ?40 ; laboratory, 85 ; demonstrator, $10 ; hospital, com- 
 pulsory, J6 ; graduation, $25. 
 
 Students: Number of matric lates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates, Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 62 17 27.4 
 
 1881-82 43 10 23.2 
 
 1882-83 44 24 54.6 
 
 1883-84 28 13 46.4 
 
 1884-85 25 11 44 
 
 1885-86 20 12 60 
 
 1886-87 16 4 25 
 
 1887-88 16 5 31.2 
 
 1888-89 21 7 33.3 
 
 1889-aO 27 7 25.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 36.4. 
 
 FOBT WAYNE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. 
 
 (Medical Department of the Taylor University.) 
 
 FoKT Wayne, Ind. C. B. Stbmen, M. D., Dean, 74 Calhoun street. 
 
 Obganized 1879. United with Taylor University, 1890. The first class was graduated in 
 1880. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors and one lecturer. 
 
 CouBSEOE Insteuotion: The collegiate year of 1890-91 began September 9, 1890 and 
 closes March 9, 1891. A three years' graded course is obligatory. Instruction 
 consists of didactic lectures, cUnieal teaching, recitations and practical work in labor- 
 atories. Clinics at hospital and college. Women admitted upon the same terms as men. 
 
 The new curriculum of study is— For the first year— Anatomy and dissections, 
 physiology, general and medieal chemistry, practical chemistry in laboratory, materia 
 medica and pharmacy, hygiene and state medicine, clinics in college, hospitals and 
 dispensary. For the second year— Descriptive anatomy and dissections, surgical anatomy, 
 histology and microscopy, materia medica and therapeutics, practice of medicine and phys- 
 ' ical diagnosis, surgery and minor surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, pediatrics, derma- 
 tology, clinics. For the third year— Practice of medicine and cUmoal medicine, surgery 
 and operative and clinical surgery, cUnioal obstetrics, pediatrics and gynecology, pathol- 
 ogy, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology, otology, rhinology, laryngology and neurology. 
 Each member of the graduating class will have opportunity of attending at least one case 
 of confinement during the session. 
 
48 
 
 Ebqbieements ; For-admission: "Each student must present satisfactory evidence 
 by examination or otherwise, of proflciency in the fundamental branches of an English 
 education. Graduation from a oollese, academy or high school, or a license to teach in the 
 public schools, will be evidence pt such proficiency." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) must have 
 studied medicine four years; 4) studied three TFinter terms in a medical college, the 
 last term being in this institution; 5) dissection for two sessions ; 6) instruction in chemistry 
 and histology during two sessions; 7) must have followed the practice of a hospital: 8) 
 must pass monthly and terminal examinations. "Students who have matriculated in this 
 or any other recognized college previous to September, 1890, may graduate on two full 
 courses." 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, t5; lectures, S40; demonstrator, 85; laboratory, $5; hospital, 85; 
 graduation, S25 ; single tickets, each chair, $10. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at ea?.h session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 27 
 
 16 
 
 59.2 
 
 1882-83 
 
 26 
 
 12 
 
 48 
 
 1883-84 
 
 23 
 
 10 
 
 43.5 
 
 1884-85 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 23.8 
 
 1885-86 
 
 22 
 
 11 
 
 50 
 
 1886-87 
 
 19 
 
 6 
 
 31.5 
 
 1887-88 
 
 23 
 
 12 
 
 52 
 
 1888-89 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 50 
 
 1889-90 
 
 31 
 
 7 
 
 22.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past nine years, 42.1. 
 Names of matriculates not given in the announcement. 
 
 INDIANA ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Indianapolis, Ind. W. P. Adeinson, B. S.,M. D., Secretary, 11554 Washington street. 
 
 Obganized in 1880. The faculty consists of nine professors, one demonstrator, one lec- 
 turer. 
 
 CouKSE OP Insteuction: The regular session of 1890-91 began October 1, 1890, and wiU 
 continue twenty weeks, ending March 21, 1891. Women admitted upon the same terms as 
 men. 
 
 Lecture.^ embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa, therapeutics, theory 
 and practice of medioxne, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, hygiene, medical juris- 
 prudence, ophthalmology, otology, electro-therapeutics, diseases of children, diseases of 
 the nervous system and biology. 
 
 Kequikements ; For admission: "Every student must show credible certificates of 
 good moral character, and must possess a diploma of graduation from a good literary and 
 scientific college or high school, or a first-grade teacher's certificate: or lacking this a 
 thorough written examination m the branches of a good English education, inoludine 
 mathematics, English composition and elementary physics or natural philosophy. " 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age ; 2) three years' study, preceding time of 
 graduation; 3) two full courses of lectures; 4) must produce evidence of attendance on lec- 
 tures on practical anatomy ; 6) thesis or clinical report; 6) examination on the regular and 
 essential branches of medicine; 7) good moral character. '■^e.^^a-. 
 
 S5; hoTp1ial!^l;1oh'5arTi;i^s'. ^2^°"^*™*'"-. 810 ; lectures, 850; graduation, m-. laboratory, 
 
 perfeTtaie o?=gra?resVLSrtttfs- "'''' °' ^^^""^''^ "' «^^ ^«^«'°° '■'^°'^''^- ^^^ 
 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent 
 
 1880-81 27 12 u i 
 
 1881-82 19 11 iii 
 
 :882-83 24 7 go'? 
 
 ;883-84 31 10 io-k 
 
 L8S4-85 19 8 ■ , 42 1 
 
 1885-86 37 82 . ■ '' ts. 
 
 1050-50 37 22 ■ " w i 
 
 1886-87 19 10 ■ fia'fi 
 
 1887-88 22 1« S'V 
 
 1888-89 21 8 ^'I 
 
 1889-90 49 15 f(,+s 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates tor past ten years, 42.1. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91 three courses of lectures and four years' 
 study ■will be required. 
 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
49 
 
 CUETIS PHYSIO-MEDICAL INSTITUTE. 
 Maeion, Ind. 
 Obganized In 1881 under a general act of the State Legislature passed iu 1885. Extinot, 
 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 HOSPITAL MEDICAL COLLEGE OP EVANSVILLE. 
 Etanstllle, Ind. 
 Oboanized in 1882.— Extinot in 1886. 
 
 BEACH MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Indianapolis, Ind. 
 Organized in 1883. Merged into the Indiana Eoleetle Medical College in 1884. 
 
 BEACH MEDICAL INSTITUTE. 
 
 Indianapolis, Ind. 
 
 Merged into the Indiana Eclectic Medical College at the close of the session of 1885-86. 
 The institution graduated one class in J885. 
 
 ECLECTIC COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS. 
 
 Indianapolis, Ind. Henet Long, M. D.. East Ohio street. 
 
 Organized in 1890. 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, one assistant and one demonstrator. Women 
 admitted on the same terms as men. 
 
 CoDBSB OP INSTEDOTION : Ihe flrst session began October 1, 1890. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea, practice of medi- 
 cine, surgery, obstetrics, diseases of women and cUldren, me(}ical jurisprudence, 
 hygiene, diseases of the eye and ear and electro-therapeutics. 
 
 Eequieements : For admission: 1) good moral character; 2) diploma from a good 
 literary and scientific college, high school, or a flrst grade teacher's certificate, or lacking 
 this, a thorough written examination in the branches of a good English education, includ- 
 ing mathematics, English composition and elementary physios or natural philosophy. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age: 2) must have read medicine three years 
 preceding time of graduation; 3) two eoiirses or lectures, satisfactory examinations; i) 
 thesis ; 5) certificate of attendance of lectures on practical anatomy. 
 
 AU who matriculate in this College after the session of 1890-91 will 
 be required to study four years and attend three courses of lectures. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, 95; demonstrator, $10; lectures, S40; graduation, $25; laboratory, 
 S5; hospital, S3; scholarships, 860. 
 
 -4 
 
50 
 
 IOWA. 
 
 STATE BOARD OF MEDICAL EXAMINEES. 
 
 J. F. Kennedy, M. D., Secretary, Des Moines, Iowa. 
 
 As will be seen by reading the "Act to Eegulate the Practice of Medicine and Surgery," 
 in the State of Iowa, the physicians of the State Board of Heallh and its Secretary are made 
 the State Board of Medical Examiners. Their duties are entirely independent of the State 
 Board of Health. By this Act. which went Into effect April 9, 1886, every person practicing 
 medicine, surgery or obstetrics within the state is required to have a certificate from the 
 State Board of Medical Examiners. These certificates are of three classes : 1st. For gradu- 
 ates in medicine ; 2d. For persons who have been in continuous practice within the state five 
 years, three of which have been in one locality ; 3d. For those who shall have passed aij ex- 
 amination before the Board of Examiners, or before any other State Board of Medical Ex- 
 aminers. The Bos,rd requires not less than 80% of correct answers to all Questions. 
 
 SCHEDULE OF MINIMUM BEQUIBEMENTS OF ALL MEDICAL COLLEGES. 
 
 Adopted by the Iowa State Boaed of Medical Examinees. 
 
 I. Conditions op Admission to Leotuee Couese.— 1. Credible certificates of good 
 moral character. 2. Diplomas of graduation from a recognized college, scientific or high 
 school, or lacking this, a thorough examinationln the branches of a good English education, 
 including mathematics, EngUsh composition and elementary physios, or natural philos- 
 ophy. I 
 
 n. Beanohes OF Medical Science TO BE Included IN iHE CouESE.—l. Anatomy; 
 2. Physiology and hygiene ; 2. Chemistry ; 4. Materia medica and therapeutics ; 5. Theory 
 and practice of medicine; 6. Pathology and pathological anatomy; 7. Surgery; 8. Obstetrics. 
 
 m. Length or Eegulae Geaduating Coueses.— 1. The time occupied in each regular 
 course of medical lectures shall not be less than six months, or twenty-four weeks each. 
 2. Three full courses of lectures, not more than one of Tvhich shall be TTithim 
 the same year of time, shall be requiivd for graduation with the Degree 
 of Doctor of Medicine. \ 
 
 IV. Attendance and Examination, oe Quizzes.—!. Eegular attendance during the 
 entire lecture courses, shall be required, allowance being made only for absence occasioned 
 by the student's sickness, and such absence not to exceed twenty per centum of the course. 
 2. Begular examination or quizzes to be ihade by each lecturer or professor, daily or at 
 least once each week. 3. Final examination in all branches, to be conducted, when practica- 
 ble, by competent examiners, other than the professors in each branch. 
 
 V. Dissection, Clinics and Hospital Attendance.— 1. Each student shall have dis- 
 sected during at least two courses. 2. Attendance during at least two terms of olinioal and 
 hospital instruction shall be required. 
 
 TI. Time op Peopessional Studies. 1. After the session of 1890-91 this 
 shall not be less than four years before graduation, including the time 
 spent -with a preceptor and attendance upon lectures, as stated above. (Ill) 
 
 VII. Insteuction.- 1. The college must show that it has a sufficient and competent 
 corps of instructors, and the necessary faciUties tor teaching dissections, clinics, etc. 
 
 VIII. Geaduatbs to Mateiculates.— 1. The aggregate graduates of a college shall 
 not exceed forty-five per cent, of its aggregate matriculates during the period of five years 
 ending with any session subsequent to the session of 1885-6. 
 
 The laws of Iowa and Illinois being almost identical, the rules, regulations and forms 
 adopted by the former are similar to those of the Illinois Boaed. 
 
 Under the Pharmacy law of Iowa, itinerants, specialists and vendors of drugs, nostrums 
 or anything to treat diseases, or who profess to cure any disease, are required, in addition 
 to the eertincate to practice, to pav a hcense fee of one hundred dollars per year. 
 
 The Board Issued 3,735 certificates ; this includes those receiving certificates on diplomas, 
 on length of practice, on examination, and 28 to midwives. To date of November 27, 1890, 
 2,766 were issued to Physicians; 428 to Homeopathists ; 4P6 to Eclectics, and 108 to mis- 
 cellaneous schools. The law permits all women who have been engaged in the practice of 
 midwifery for one year prior to its enactment, to continue such practice without certificate. 
 The persons to whom certificates lo practice midwifery were issued, presented diplomas 
 showing graduationin midwifery, or examination before a State Board of Medical Exam- 
 iners, legally constituted as such. The law was so amended by the last legislature as to 
 permit the Board to issue certificates to those furnishing satisfactory evidence of having 
 passed a satisfactory examination before other state boards with similat Medical Practice 
 Acts. 
 
51 
 
 COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS. 
 
 Keokuk, Iowa. J. C. Hu&hes, M. D., Dean. 
 
 Oeganizbd in 1850: four years after it became the Medical Department of the Univer- 
 sity of Iowa, and upon the organization of the Medical Department of the State University 
 of Iowa, at Iowa City, in 1870, the originj name was assumed. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors, two lecturers, and one demonstrator of 
 anatomy. 
 
 CoxiBSE OF Insteuction: The regular annual session of 1889-90 commenced Septem- 
 ber 24th, 1890, and continues twenty-four weeks. A three-years' graded course recom- 
 mended, but not reguirSd. Clinics at college infirmary; daily quizzes conducted by the 
 faculty. Women admitted upon the same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medlca, therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine and clinical medicine, pathology, principles and practice 
 of surgery and clinical surgery, obstetrics .and gynecology, public hygiene and state medi- 
 cine, medical jurisprudence, toxicology, ophthalmology, otology, histology, diseases of 
 the nervous system, diseases of children, laryngology, and physical diagnosis. 
 
 Eequlkbments ; For admission : "A diploma of graduation from a good literary or 
 soientiflo college or high school, or a satisfactory county or state teaohei-'s oertifloate.i 
 Lacking this, th^y willbe reauired to pass an examination in the branches of a good Eng- 
 lish educaJion." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age: 2) good moral character; 3) two full 
 courses of lectures -.-A) three years' study : 5) no thesis required ; 6) satisfactory examination, 
 either oral or written at the discretion of the faculty, in anatomy, physiology, nathology, 
 chemistry, mat&ia medlca, therapeutics, obstetrics, practice of medicine, surgery and 
 hygiene ; 7) must have dissected during two courses. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91, three full courses of lectures 'will be re- 
 quired. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, tS ; demonstrator, ?5 ; lectures, *20 ; graduation, S30. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1879-80 
 
 W6 
 
 11- 
 
 43.9 
 
 1881-82 
 
 .273 
 
 126 
 
 46.1 
 
 1882-83 
 
 130 
 
 54 
 
 41.5 
 
 1883-84 
 
 121 
 
 59 
 
 48.7 
 
 1884-a5 
 
 93 
 
 40 
 
 43 
 
 1885-86 
 
 90 
 
 34 
 
 37.7 
 
 1886-87 
 
 132 
 
 57 
 
 43.1 
 
 1887-88 
 
 120 
 
 51 
 
 42.5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 113 
 
 33 
 
 29.2 
 
 1889-90 
 
 169 
 
 63 
 
 37.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for ten years, reported 42-I-. 
 
 IOWA MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Keokuk, Iowa. 
 Obganizbd in 1858.— Extinct since 1860. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA. 
 lowA City, la. Laweenob W. Littig, M. D., Secretary of the Medical Faculty. 
 
 Obganized in 1870. First class was graduated in 1871. Classes have been graduated 
 each subsequent year. 
 
 TJhe faculty consists of seven professors, one demonstrator, three lecturers, and one 
 prosector. 
 
 CouESE OF Insteuction: The annual graduating session of 1890-91 began September 
 10, 1890, and continuing six months, closes in March. 1891. " For the purpose of increasing 
 the facilities for medical instruction, the Board of Regents has decided to extend the 
 course to six months, and to require attendance on three annual sessions. There is 
 also always appointed by the Board an examining committee from the membership of the 
 State Medical Society, who direct and take part m the examination of ah applicants for 
 
 faduation. Women admitted upon the same terms as men. Daily quizzes; olmies at 
 ospital. Recitations, practical work in laboratory, didactic and clinical lectures consti- 
 tute the mode of instruction. AU students in the advanced classes will receive special 
 practical instruction in physical diagnosis, mechanical obstetrics, application of splints, 
 bandages and surgical dressing. 
 
52 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, phyBlology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutios, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery obstetrics and gynecology, tasto- 
 logy. hygiene, medical jurisprudence, insamty, toxicology, ophthahnology, otology, den- 
 tistry and rhinology. 
 
 Ebquieements : For admission-" All candidates for admission to the course of medi- 
 cal lectures must give evidence of a good Enghsh education. It Jie applicant is a gradu- 
 ate of a literary or soientiflc college, or presents the certificate of haying, passed the en- 
 trance examination of such an institution, or the certifl.cate oi graduation froni a high 
 school or academy, it will be accepted in lieu of an examination. In any other case, the 
 candidate must pass an examination before a committee of the faculty, as follows . A writ^ 
 ten composition, not to exceed a page of foolscap, on a given subject, which, will oeJiae 
 testof orthography, grammar, etc.; an examination m common arithmetic, history ol the 
 United States, in geography and elementary physios, or natural philosophy. Students 
 from other schools not requiring preliminary examinations must present credentials, or 
 be examined for admission." \ 
 
 t For graduation: 1) twenty-one vears of age; 2) unexceptionable moral charaoter: 3) 
 three years' study; 4) three courses of lectures; 5) satisfactory examination in all the 
 branches taught; 6) must have completed two courses in practical anatomy. 
 
 Four years of study will be required after the session of 1890-91. 
 
 Fbes: Matriculation, $5; lectures, $20; demonstrator, $10; final examinations, 825; hos- 
 pital, $3. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and o^ graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates, Graduates. Percent. 
 1880-81 149 35 23.4 
 1881-82 151 46 30.4 
 1882-83 162 35 21+ 
 1883-84 142 37 26+ 
 1884-85 116 43 36.1 
 1885-86 99 35 , 35.3 
 1886-87 120 42 35 
 1887-88 109 37 33.9 
 1888-89 122 42 34.4 
 1889-90 123 24 19.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 29+. 
 
 HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPAETMENT, STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA. 
 
 Iowa City, la. A. C. Cowpekthwaite, M. D., Dean of the Faculty. 
 
 Obganized in 1877. The first class was graduated in 1878; classes have been graduated 
 each subseguent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of four professors, two assistant professors, one lecturer and one 
 curator. The teaching of this department is supplementary, the peculiar views of the 
 school only being taught. The lectures on subjects common to both schools are delivered 
 by the professors in the other department. 
 
 CouESE OF Instkuction: Instruction graded, extending over a period of three years. 
 The annual session of 1890-91 commenced September 10, 1890, and closes March 10, 1891. 
 Women admitted upon the same terms as men. ' 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica, and therapeutics, 
 theory and jpraotice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, toxicology, ophthalmology and otology, dermatology, insanity, dis- 
 eases of children, sanitary science. 
 
 Eequieements : For admission— same as in the other medical department. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study; 4) three courses of lectures, of at least six months, each; 5) must have been 
 engaged for at least two courses, in the study of practical anatomy; 6) satisfactory ex- 
 amination in all the branches taught in the department. "The final examinations will be 
 conducted in writing, by the faculty of the department, subject to rejection or approval of a 
 board of examiners, selected tor that purpose from the homeopathic physicians of Iowa. 
 The ad eundem degi'ee in this department may be conferred under the jfollowing circum- 
 stances: The candidate must be in possession of an accredited diploma, and must present 
 letters from two respectable physicians in regard to his moral character and professional 
 standing. An attendance upon lectures from time to time during the s ssion, and a satis- 
 factory examination must be passed on all subjects taught in the department." 
 
 Fees; •.Matriculation, $5; lectures, »20; demonstrator, $10; graduation, $25 ; hospital, $3. 
 
53 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 IMatrieuMes. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 60 
 
 16 
 
 26.6 
 
 1881-82 
 
 46 
 
 IS 
 
 32.6 
 
 1882-83 
 
 44 
 
 12 
 
 27.2 
 
 1883-84 
 
 35 
 
 12 
 
 34.2 
 
 1884-85 ■ 
 
 33 
 
 10 
 
 30.3 
 
 1885-86 
 
 29 
 
 10 
 
 34.4 
 
 1886-87 
 
 35 
 
 14 
 
 40 
 
 1887-88 
 
 32 
 
 13 
 
 40.6 
 
 1888-89 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 31-1- 
 
 1889-90 
 
 32* 
 
 10 
 
 31.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 32.2. 
 
 For requirements of the American Institute of Homeopathy in regard 
 to admission and graduation in 1892, see Introductory Remarks. 
 
 IOWA MEDICAL COLLEGE-ECLECTIC. 
 
 Des Moines, la. 
 
 Oeganized in 1881 as the Iowa Eclectic Medical College, Medical Department of Drake 
 University; assumed its present name in 1883. The first class was graduated in 1882. 
 Extinct in 1887. 
 
 IOWA COLLEGE OP PHYSICIANS AND SUEGEONS. 
 
 (Medical Department of Brake Vniversity.) 
 
 Des Moines, la. Lewis Schoolbb, M. D., Dean, 521 Walnut street. 
 
 Obganized in 1882. The first class was graduated in 1883. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors, one adjunct professor, one lectm-er and one 
 demonstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OF Instkuotion: The ninth annual session commenced October 7, 1890, and 
 closes March 13, 1891. A three years' graded course required. CUnics at hospital 
 and dispensary. Women admitted upon same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, toxicology, histology, ophthalmology, otology, metalogy, diseases 
 of children and orthopedic surgery, laryngology, dermatology and genito-urinary diseases, 
 mental and nervous diseases, botany and pharmacy. 
 
 Eequibbmbnts ; Eor admission: "Before' matriculating each student shall pass a 
 written examination in the common English branches, mathematics and natural sciences, 
 Latin or German, or he shall possess a teacher's certificate or a certificate of graduation 
 from some literary college." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years ofage; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4) three full courses of lectures ; 5) satisfactory examination in the several branches 
 taught in the college ; 6) two courses in practical anatomy. 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, $5 ; lectures, S20; graduation, J25; laboratory (compulsory), 85; dis- 
 secting material, $10. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1882-83 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 37.6 
 
 1883-84 
 
 19 
 
 8 
 
 42.1 
 
 1884-85 
 
 13 
 
 7 
 
 53.8 
 
 1885-86 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 44.4 
 
 1886-87 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 33.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 22 
 
 8 
 
 36.3 
 
 1888-89 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 45 
 
 1889-90 
 
 16 
 
 6 
 
 37.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past eight years, 40. 7. 
 
 
 *Not including two graduates who matriculated. 
 
54 
 
 KING ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 DBS Moines, la. 
 Oboanized in 1883. The first class was graduated in 1884. Extinct in 1888. 
 
 IOWA ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Des Moines, la. John Coopee, M. p., Dean. 
 
 Obganized in 1887. First class graduated in 1888. 
 
 The faculty consists of ten professors and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouESE OF Insteuotion: The fourth annual session began October 6, 1890, and will 
 continue six months. Women admitted on same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology and pathological anatomy, surgery and obstet- 
 rics, toxicology, gynecology, hygiene, medical jurisprudence and pharmacy. 
 
 Eequibements : For admission : 1) a good moral character ; 2) diploma or teacher's cer- 
 tificate ; lacking these must undergo an examination in the branches of a good English ed- 
 ucation. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age and of a good moral character; 2) three 
 years' study and two full coiirses ,of lectures ; 3) two dissections not in the same term. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (once only), 85; lectures, $30; demonstrator, $10; laboratory, $5; 
 graduation (returnable if applicant tails), $25; scholarships, $75. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Ses.sion. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1887-88 27 12 44.4 
 
 1888-8:* 18 8 44.4 
 
 1889-90 29 9 31-|- 
 
 Peroentage of graduates to matriculates for past three years. 39.1. 
 
 Note.— After session of 1890-91 no one -will be graduated unless he or 
 she has attended three full terms of six months each, and studied medi> 
 cine four years. 
 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 KEOKUK MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Keokuk, la. T. J. Maxwell, M. D., Secretary, 18 North Fifth street. 
 
 Obganized, 1890. The faculty consists of ten professors, one lecturer and one demon- 
 strator. 
 
 CouBSE OP Insteuotion: Annual course of lectures began September 24, 1890, and 
 will continue twenty-four weeks ; no vacations except upon legal holidays. Didactic lec- 
 tures, clinics, practical work in the laboratories, and dissecting. Each member of the fac- 
 ulty wiU devote one hour a week to quizzes. Women admitted on same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of mediome; surgery, pathology, histology, obstetrics, toxicology, 
 gynecology, diseases of children, hygiene, medical jurisprudence, diseases of the nervous 
 system, ophthalmology, otology and dermatology. 
 
 Eequibbments : For admission: 1) a diploma fi-om a literary or scientific college, or a 
 teacher's certificate; 2) or an examination by a committee of the faculty in the branches of 
 a good English education, including elementary physics. 
 
 For graduation; 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character ; 3) three years' 
 study: 4) two full courses of medical lectures; 5) dissection during two courses; 6) satisfac- 
 tory exammation. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91 three full courses will be required. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5 ; demonstrator, $6. hospital, $3; lectures, $20; graduation. $30. 
 
55 
 
 KANSAS. 
 
 KANSAS MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Independence. Kansas. 
 
 _ Oeganized in 1872. Was in existence thtee years and had two graduating classes. 
 Extinct in 1875. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS, PEEPAEATOEY MEDICAL COUESE. 
 
 Lawbencb, Kau. Pbancis H. Snow, Ph. D., President of the University. 
 
 Obganized in 1880. 
 
 CouKSE opInsteuction: Two terms of twenty weelcs' duration annually, making a 
 preparatory medical course which is claimed to be accepted by all the leading colleges of 
 the West as the flrst of a three years' course, and students passing examinations in these 
 classes will be admitted to the second year in those colleges on the certificate of the faculty 
 of this institution," 
 
 First term— Chemistry lectures and recitations daily, for twenty weeks; laboratory, 
 practice for twenty weeks ; physiology lectures daily, for ten weeks ; comparative anatomy, 
 dissections, etc., chemical arithmetic ten weeks. Second term— Botany recitations for ten 
 weeks; physiological chemistry recitations for twenty weeks; toxicology ten weeks; 
 materia medica recitations and lectures twenty weeks. 
 
 Ebqtjikements : A full collegiate course is recommended for all professional students. 
 Any student admitted to the special course in medicine must be prepared for at least the 
 freshman class in all English studies. 
 
 Fees : A contingent fee of $10 is required for all students. An additional fee of $25 is re- 
 quired for admission to the preparatory medical course. Deposit for breakage (returnable), 
 laboratory courses, I10-S15; graduation fee, $5. 
 
 Number of matriculates, 1888-89, three. 
 
 WICHITA MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Wichita, Kan. C. G. McCollough, M. D., Secretary, 122 East Douglas avenue. 
 
 Oeganized in 1889. Suspended. 
 
 The faculty consists of sixteen professors, one lecturer and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouESE OF Insteuction: The second session was opened October 1, 1890 and will 
 continue until March 28, 1891. Instruction comprises didactic lectures, quizzes, recitations, 
 laboratory work and clinics. Attendance on three sessions obligatory. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, medical chemistry and toxicology, materia 
 medica. and therapeutics, theory and practice of medicine, physical diagnosis and clinical 
 medicine, histology, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, diseases of children, 
 diseases of the mind and nervous system, ophthalmology and otology, orthopedic surgery, 
 l(iygiene, state medicine, genlto-urinary diseases and dermatology. 
 
 Eequieements : For admission: a good moral character and evidence of a feood 
 English education. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) complete dis- 
 section of the body ; 4) three years' study ; 5) three full courses of lectures; 6) satis- 
 factory examination. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation. 86 ; demonstrator, with material, $10- lectures, 850; single tickets, 
 each branch, 810; chemical and histological laboratories, 810; final examination, 825. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates, session 1889-1890, was eleven. 
 
 THE KANSAS MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 TopEKA, Kan. J. B. Minnbt, M. D., Dean, 723 Kansas avenue. 
 Oeganized in 1889. 
 
 The faculty consists of twenty-two professors, one lecturer, and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouESE OF Insteuction : The flrst regular annual session began September 23, 1890, 
 and will continue twenty-four weeks. "Qtiizzes, recitations, thorough work in the lab- 
 oratories and careful diRseoting, will be special features of the course." Attendance 
 on &ese sessions obligatory. 
 
 \ 
 
56 
 
 Lectures embrace first year, anatomy, chemistry, toxicology, physiology, histology , 
 dissections and laboratory work, materia mediea and therapeutics, pathology; seerad 
 year, anatomy, histology, obstretriog, surgery, theory and practice of medicine, surgical 
 demonstrations, laryngology, rhinology, dental pathology, oral surgery. cUnios; third year, 
 gynecology, orthopedics, dermatology, hygiene, genlto-urinary and vebereal diseases, 
 ophthalmology and otology, diseases of children, of the nerves and mind. oUnics, medi- 
 cal jurisprudence. 
 
 Requirements: For admission: Credible certificate of good moral standing; a di- 
 ploma from a recognized literary or scientific college or high school; or. lacking this, 
 an examination in mathematics, English composition, elementary physios. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) completion 
 of three years ot study : 3) dissection of the entire human body ; 5) three courses of lec- 
 tures, 6) satisfactory examinations. 
 
 Fees': Matriculation, *5 ; general ticket (first and second year) t60 ; final examination *30. 
 
 KENTUCKY. 
 
 TH^ LAW EEGULATING THE PRACTICE OF MEDICINE IN KENTUCKY. 
 
 § 1. Be it enacted by the General Assembly of the Commonwealth of KentiicJey, 
 That an act. entitled " An act to protect the citizens of this Commonwealth from empiri- 
 cism," approved February 23, 1S74, be so amended as to provide that it shall be the duty of 
 the County Clerk of each county to purchase a book of suitable size, to be known as the 
 " Medical Register " of the county, and to set apart one fuU page for the registration of each 
 physician; and when any physician shall depart this life or remove from the county, he 
 shall make a note of the same at the bottom of the page ; and said Clerk shall (on the first 
 day of January in each year) transmit to the office of the State Board of Health a duly- 
 certified Ust of the physicians ot such county, registered under this act, together with such 
 other information as is hereinafter required, and perform such other duties as are required 
 by this act. and such Clerk shall receive the sum of fifty cents from each physician so reg- 
 istered, which shall be his full compensation for all duties required under this act. 
 
 § 2. That on and after the first day of April, 1889, it shall be unlawful for any person to 
 
 Eraotioe medicine in any of its branches within the limits of this State who has not ex- 
 ibited and registered in the County Clerk's office of the county where he is practicing or 
 intends to commence the practice or medicine his authority for so practicing medicine as 
 prescribed in l^is act, the name and location of the college issuing the same, if it be a dip- 
 loma, the date of same, together with his age, residence, place of t)irtli. and the school or 
 system of medicine to which he professes to belong. The person so registering shall sub- 
 scribe and verify by oath, before such Clerk, an aJfidavit containing sufli tacts, and that he 
 Is the person named in the authority so registered, which, if wiffully false, shall subject 
 the ainant to conviction and punishment for perjury. 
 
 § 3. That authority to practice medicine under this act shall be : (a) A diploma from a 
 a medical school legally chartered under the laws of the State. (6) A diploma from a reput- 
 able and legally chartered medical school of some other state or country, certified and en- 
 dorsed as such by the State Board of Health, (e) An affidavit from the person claiming the 
 same that such person is exempted from obtaining a diploma under section two of the act 
 to which this is an amendment, * and stating where ho has so practiced: Provided, That 
 no college shall charge or receive moi'e than one dollar for the certificate and endorsement 
 required by this section. 
 
 § 4. That nothing in this act shall be so construed as to discriminate against any 
 peculiar system or school of medicine, or to prohibit women from practicing midwifery, or 
 to prohibit gratuitous services in case of emergency, nor shall this act apply to commis- 
 sioned surgeons of the United States Army, Navy, or Marine Hospital service. 
 
 I 5. That sections three, four, five, six and seven, ot the act to which this is an amend- 
 ment, and any portion of other sections of said act in conflict with the provisions ot this 
 act, are hereby repealed, and that section eight of said act is hereby reaiflrmed and made a 
 part of this act. 
 
 Approved April 25, 1888. 
 
 * #•* * # « 4: HI 
 
 § 2. Nothing in this act, or the acts to which this is an amendment, shaJl be so construed 
 as to authorize any traveling empiric to register or practice medicine in any county in this 
 State; to open an office for such purpose, or to announce to the public in anv other way 
 his readiness to practice medicine in any of its branches in any county, shall be to engage 
 in the practice of medicine within the meaning of the law. 
 
 Approved May 24, 1890. 
 
 § 8. Any person living in this State, or any person coming into this State, who shall 
 practice medicine, or attempt to practice medicine, in any of its departments, or who shall 
 
 J)erform, or attempt to perform, any surgical operation, for or upon any person within the 
 imits ot this State, for reward or compensation, in violation of the provisions ot this act, 
 shall, upon conviction thereof, be fined fifty dollars, and upon each and every subsequent 
 
 ♦ That is, was reputably and honorably engaged in practice prior to February 23, 1864. 
 
57 
 
 oonviotiou shall be fined one hundred dollars and imprisoned thirty days, or either, or 
 both, in the discretion of the jury ; and in no case, where any provision of this act has been 
 violated, shall the person so violating be entitled to receive compensation for services 
 rendered. 
 
 Approved February 23, 1874. 
 
 "The new medical practice act has been promptly compUed with by the physicians of 
 me state, and has proven very popular with both the medical profession and the public. 
 The provision which prohibits traveling empirics from registering or practicing upon any 
 terms seems to be especially commendable. Outside of the city of Louisville little remains 
 to be accomplished by ttie law except in regard to those who are exempted from obtaining 
 a diploma on account of the length of timt) they have been engaged m practice, but a few 
 years' time will cure this defect. "We estimate that since the law has been in operation be- 
 tween four and five hundred men have been forced to retire from practice or leave the 
 State." (Letter from J. N. MoCormack, M. D., Secretary, Dec. 6, 1890.) 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF TRANSYLVANIA UNIYERSITY. 
 
 Lexington, Ky. 
 
 Obganized in 1817. Lectures were delivered until 1859, when the institution became 
 extinct. From 1850 to 1859 lectures were delivered during the summer only, the winter 
 session being intermitted to establish the Kentucky School of Medicine at Louisville. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF LOUISVILLE. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 
 LouisvUilE, Ky. J. M. Bodine, M. D. Dean, Eighth and Chestnut streets. 
 
 Oeganized in 1837. No lectures were delivered from June, 1862, to June, 1863, an I no 
 class was graduated in 1863. 
 
 The faculty consists of eight professors, two lecturers, four demonstrators, one assistant 
 demonstrator and three clmical assistants. 
 
 CouBSE OF Inbtbuotion: The fifty -fourth regnlar annual session began September 
 15, 1890. and continues until March 4, 1891. A preliminary session free to all medical stu- 
 dents, began September 1, 1890, and continued until the opening of the regular session. 
 The spring course for 1891, will commence February 24. 1891, and terminates on the first of 
 June; attendance upon this course does not count in requirements for graduation. 
 CUnies given at dispensary and hospitals. Freauent auizzes are conducted by the 
 faculty. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 and medical jurisprudence, clinical medicine and surgery, diseases of women and children^ 
 microscopy, diseases of the throat and chest, ophthalmology and otology, bacteriology. 
 
 Rbquibements : For admission: 1) Evidence of good moral standing; 2) a good English ed- 
 ucation, including mathematics and the elementary principles of physics. An examination 
 on these subjects, as taught In the common schools, w.U oe conducted by a committee of 
 the faculty. Graduates of a Uterary or scientiflo college, high school or academy, or those 
 who have passed the entrance examination to the same, gentlemen having a county or 
 state teacher's certificate, graduates in medicine, and previous marticulates of this college, 
 wiU be exempt fr^ in this examination. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) not less than 
 three years' study; 4) two complete courses of lectures; 5) two courses ofipractioal anat- 
 omy ; 6) two courses of clinical and hospital instruction; 7) examination in all the branches 
 taught in the college. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5; lectures, $75; demonstrator. $10; hospital, 85; graduation, $30; 
 spring course, $25. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 213 100 
 
 46.9 
 
 18S1-82 
 
 181 96 
 
 53-1- 
 
 1882-83 
 
 194 68 
 
 35-1- 
 
 1883-84 
 
 196 84 
 
 42.6 
 
 1884-85 
 
 173 74 
 
 42.7 
 
 1885-86 
 
 164 81 
 
 49.3 
 
 1886-87 
 
 248 87 
 
 35-f- 
 
 1887-88 
 
 252 100 
 
 39.6 
 
 1888-89 
 
 312 131 
 
 41.9 
 
 1889-90 
 
 323* 145 
 
 44.8 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 42.8. 
 
 
 *Not including six graduates who matriculated. 
 
58 
 
 ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 LouisviLEE, Ky. 
 Chaetebed in 1848.— Extinct. 
 
 KENTUCKY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE. 
 
 LoTJisviLLB, Ky. Wm. H. Wathen, M. D., Dean, "The Fonda," Fourth avenue. 
 
 Obganized in 1850, as the lineal descendant ol and the successor to the Medical Depart- 
 ment of Transylvania University, at Lexington, Kentucky. The first class was graduated 
 in 1851. Classes have been graduated each subseq.uent year. 
 
 The laoulty consists of eight professors, two lecturers, one demonstrator, one assistant 
 demonstrator and seven assistants to chairs. 
 
 CouBSB ofInsteuotion: The thirty-flfth annual session begins February 1,1891, and 
 will continue twenty weeks. A three years' graded course is recommended, but not re- 
 quired. Clinics at hospital and dispensary. "Each profes.sor quizzes the class on his own 
 lectures as they proceed." ^ 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory aind practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, microscopy, ophthalmology, otology, laryngology, dermatology, 
 venereal diseases, diseases of children, diseases of the rectum, olinioal medicine and 
 surgery, and bacteriology. 
 
 Eequikements : For admission : "No reading or studying of medicine is reauired before 
 entering college. S indents who fail to bring with them proper evidence of their prelimir 
 nary education are required to pass a satisfactory examination before a committee of the 
 faculty, in mathematics, English composition, elementary physios, etc.. but any student 
 holding a diploma from a good literar7 or scientific school, or a first-grade teacher's certi- 
 ficate will be excused from this examination. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2)goodmoral character; 3) three years' 
 study of medicine and two full courses of lectures, the interval between the beginning of 
 the first and the close of the second course must be at least fifteen months ; 4) "dissection 
 of the several regions of the body;" 5) hospital clinics each year of attendance; 6) one 
 course in practical chemistry; 7) examination on all branches taught in the college. "If, 
 after examination for the degree, he be found to have received three negative votes, he 
 shall be entitled to another examination. Should he decline this he may withdraw, and 
 will not be considered as rejected. The degree will not be conferred upon any candidate 
 who is often absent from the regular lectures of the college, or who absents himself from 
 the pubUc commencement without special permission of the faculty." 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, (each year), $5 ; hospital, $5 ; lectures, $75 ; graduation, 830 ; labora- 
 tory, 85; dissection (including material), S12. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880 
 
 107 
 
 43 
 
 40.1 
 
 1882 
 
 132 
 
 66 
 
 41.6 
 
 1883 
 
 158 
 
 51 
 
 .S2.2 
 
 1884 
 
 169 
 
 55 
 
 34.6 
 
 1885 
 
 120 
 
 56 
 
 46.6 
 
 1886 
 
 176 
 
 60 
 
 34.2 
 
 1887 
 
 170 
 
 64 
 
 37.6 
 
 1888 
 
 198 
 
 59 
 
 29.8 
 
 1889 
 
 257 
 
 104 
 
 40.4 
 
 1890 
 
 302* 
 
 101 
 
 33.4 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for ten years reported, 36.4. 
 
 Note. "After the session of 1892 the reputable medical colleges, of the United States 
 ■will probably require all students who apply for the degree of Doctor of Medicine to have 
 attended three full courses of lectures. Students, however, who matriculate" in the Ken- 
 tucky School of Medicine for the session of 1891, may apply for the degree in 1892." 
 
 LOUISVILLE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Louisville, Ky. C. W. Kelly, M. D., Registrar, Second and Green streets. 
 
 Oeoanized in lS(i9. First class was graduated in 1870. Classes have been graduated 
 each subsequent year. 
 
 ■"Not including one graduate who matriculatec^. 
 
59 
 
 The faculty consists of nine professors, four adjunct professors, one lecturer and one 
 demonstrator. 
 
 CotJESE OP Inbtbdotion: The collegiate year of 1890-91, which began September 1, 
 1890, embraces a preliminary course of three weeks and a regular winter session extending 
 , from September 21. 1890, to the last week in February, 1891. Daily quizzes are held by the 
 faculty. "The plan of instruction includes lectures, clinics, Quizzes and practical demon- 
 strations." 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene 
 and medical jurisprudence, clinical medicine and surgery, ophthalmology and otology, 
 histology. Special demonstrations nightly upon the cadaver, in dissecting room. 
 
 - Eequieements : For admission : "A preliminary examination will be reauired here- 
 after, as a condition of admission to the regular winter course. Gentlemen who are gradu- 
 ates of a literary or scientiflo college, academy, or high school, or who have passed the 
 entrance examination to a literary school in good standing; who have a county or state 
 teacher's certificate; graduates in medicine; previous matriculates of this college; and 
 students who desire to pursue a special course of study— other than for the purpose of 
 securing the degree— will be exempt from this examination. The examination will mclude 
 the writmg of a brief paper on a subject to be given; and an examination in the elementary 
 principles of physics and mathematics as taught in the public schools of the country. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character: 3) three 
 years' study; 4) two full courses of lectures not completed within fifteen months; 5) two 
 courses of hospital clinics ; 6) dissection of each region of the body ; 7) one course in prac- 
 tical chemistry ; 8) satisfactory written or oral examination on each branch taught. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, 85 ; demonstrator, SIO ; lectures. 
 
 ; examination, $30; hospital, $5. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 116 
 
 54 
 
 46.5 
 
 1881-82 
 
 12S 
 
 54 
 
 43.1 
 
 1882-83 
 
 157 
 
 51 
 
 32.4 
 
 1883-84 
 
 267 
 
 76 
 
 28.5 
 
 1884-85 
 
 203 
 
 63 
 
 31 
 
 1885-86 
 
 230 
 
 85 
 
 36.9 
 
 1886-87 
 
 180 
 
 62 
 
 34.4 
 
 1887-88 
 
 272 
 
 94 
 
 34.5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 279 
 
 103 
 
 36.9 
 
 1889-90 
 
 273 
 
 105 
 
 38.4 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 35.5. 
 
 HOSPITAL COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. 
 (Medical Department, Central University of Kentucky.) 
 Louisville. Ky. Jab. Lbwis Howe, M. D., Dean, 324 E. Chestnut street. 
 
 Obganized in 1873 First class was grad :ated in 1S75. Classes haVe been graduated 
 each subsequent year. 
 
 Faculty consists of nine professors, one adjunct professor, three lecturers, two assist- 
 ants, one clinical lecturer and two demonstrators. 
 
 CouESE OF Insteuction: The fall and winter session of 1890-91 began September 23, 
 1890, and continued until the opening of the regular session. The nineteenth annual gradu- 
 ating course begins January 27, 1891, and ends June 17, 1891. The clinics continue through- 
 out the year. Didactic instruction and personal quizzes by the faculty. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology^ hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology, otology and laryngology, toxicology, olimoal medi- 
 cine and surgery, diseases of children, surgical pathology, normal and pathological his- 
 tology, including a study of bacterial pathology, orthopedics, demonstrations in anatomy, 
 microscopy and diseases of the nervous system. 
 
 Eequieements: For admission— 1) "credible certificate of good moral character: 2) 
 diploma of graduation from/a good literary and scientific college or high school, or a first 
 grade teacher's certificate; or, la^ng this, an examination in the branches of^a good Eng- 
 lish education, including mathematics, English composition, and elementary physics or 
 natural philosophy." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character : 3) satisfactory 
 evidence of having studied medicine for at least three years, under a regular graduate or 
 licentiate and practitioner of medicine in good standing, using the word "regular" in the 
 sepse commonly understood in the medical profession. No candidate shall be eligible for 
 
60 
 
 final examination unless his term of three years shall have bean completed, or, shall expire 
 at a date not later than three months after the close of the final examinations ; 4) two com- 
 plete courses of lectures (not within one and the same year); 5) practical anatomy, two ses- 
 sions; 6) two courses of oUnioal and hospital instruction ; 7) regular attendance upon the 
 daily lectures, auizzes, dissections and clinics; 8) examination on all branches taught m 
 the college. 
 
 All students entering this college after the session of .1891, will be re- 
 quired to attend "three courses of lectures in separate years," and study 
 medicine four years prior to graduation. 
 
 Fees: Martriculation, $5: lectures. $75; demonstrator, $10: dissecting material at cost: 
 hospital, $5; graduation, »25; unofficial course for students, who have attended one course 
 of lectures in winter schools, not entitling to graduation, *25;" post-graduate and laboratory 
 fall course, S25. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1881 
 
 77 
 
 31 
 
 40.2 
 
 1882 
 
 75 
 
 36 
 
 48. 
 
 1883 
 
 87 
 
 31 
 
 35.6 
 
 1884 
 
 57 
 
 31 
 
 54.4 
 
 1885 
 
 5U 
 
 26 
 
 52. 
 
 1886 
 
 39 
 
 18 
 
 48.7 
 
 1887 
 
 61 
 
 27 
 
 44.2 
 
 1888 
 
 71 
 
 20 
 
 28.1 
 
 1889 
 
 123 
 
 62 
 
 50.4 
 
 1890 
 
 124* 
 
 49 
 
 39.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 43.3. 
 
 Eemabks : "To encourage diligence in study and reward the meritorious, the faculty 
 have established the EoU of Honor, open to any candidate for graduation who will undergo 
 written examinations and attain a standard of ninety in one hundred. The diplomas will be 
 marked Distinguished, and the names will be so published in the list of the alumni of the 
 college," 
 
 JEPFEK80N SCHOOL OP MEDICINE. 
 Louisville, Ky, 
 Obganized in 1882. This school graduated one class (in 1882) and then suspended. 
 
 THE LOUISVILLE NATIONAL MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Louisville, Ky. Henby Pitzbutlee, M. D., Dean, 503 Centre street. 
 
 Chabteeed April 22, 1888. 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven members and one demonstrator. Regular term will 
 open October 14, 1890, and continue six months. A mixed medical school composed of 
 colored and white students and teachers. Out of six students who graduated at the term 
 of 1889 of this school, after only a five months course of lectures,;four are now professors in 
 the school. 
 
 CouESE ofInstbuotion: A three years' course of study is required. All branches 
 of medical science are taught and ample clinical advantages are afforded. Lectures em- 
 brace materia medica, physiology, chemistry, anatomy, practice of medioine, surgery, 
 toxicology, obstetrics, ophthalmology, diseases of children, catarrh, bacteriology, der- 
 matopathia, medical j urisprudence and etiology, gynecology, histology, pathology. 
 
 Eequieements : For admission: A practical knowledge of the English language, and a 
 good moral character ; 2) physical maturity. 
 
 For graduation: None. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, S4; lectures, 825; chemistry, $9; demonstrator, TO; graduation, 
 S15; scholarships, «20. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1888-89, 15 6 40 
 
 1889-90 18 2 11.1 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past two years, 24.2. 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 •Not including two graduates who mati-iculated. 
 
61 
 
 liOUISIANA. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, TULANE UNIVERSITY OP LOUISIANA. 
 
 [Formerly (1847-84) the University of Louisiana.] 
 
 New Obleans, La. Stanpobd E. Chaillb, M. D., Dean ol the Faculty, P. O. drawer 261. 
 
 Obganizbd in 1834, as the Medical College of Louisiana. Transferred to the Medical 
 Department of the University of Louisiana in 1847. The civil war caused a suspension dur- 
 ing the years 1863, 1864 and 1865. The institution was reopened and its annual course of in- 
 struction resumed in October, 1865, In 1884 it assumed its present title. y 
 
 The faculty consists of seven professors, four lecturers, two demonstrators, one assistant 
 demonstrator, one instructor in pharmacy, eleven chiefs of clinics, four clinical instructors 
 and three assistants. 
 
 CouBSE OP INSTEUCTION : The annual course of instruction in this college, now In 
 its fifty-seventh year, commenced October 20, 1890, and closes March 28, 1891. A three years' 
 graded course is recommended hut not required. Daily rounds of the Charity Hospital 
 wards are made by all the professors and chiefs of clinics, accompanied by the students, 
 A three years' graded course is recommended. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene 
 (compulsory), physical diagnosis, ophthalmology, otology, pharmacy, clinical medicine, 
 surgery and obstetrics, diseases of children, dermatology, microscopy and bac- 
 teriology. 
 
 Requirements: For admission: None. 
 
 For graduation, 1) good, moral character; 2) twenty-one years of age; 3) three years' 
 study of medi;ine; 4) two complete courses of dissection and of lectures; 5) thesis; 6) pass 
 satisfactory examination. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, $5 ; lectures, $140 ; demonstrator, 110 ; graduation. $30. 
 
 StuIjents: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 204* 
 
 41 
 
 20 
 
 1881-82 
 
 220* 
 
 56+ 
 
 25.4 
 
 1882-83 
 
 212* 
 
 73 
 
 84.4 
 
 1883-84 
 
 212* 
 
 70t 
 
 33 
 
 1884-85 
 
 192 
 
 64 
 
 33 
 
 1885-86 
 
 208 
 
 67 
 
 32.2 
 
 1886-87 
 
 216 
 
 57 
 
 26.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 277 
 
 73 
 
 26.3 
 
 1888-89 
 
 268 
 
 78 
 
 29.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 307 
 
 93 
 
 30.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past six years, 29.4. 
 
 NEW ORLEANS SCHOOL OF MEDICINE. 
 New Obleans, La. 
 . Obganizbd in 1856.— Extinct since April, 1870. 
 
 CHARITY HOSPITAL MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 New Obleans. La. 
 Obganized in 1873.— Extinct since 1877. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF STRAIGHT UNIVERSITY. 
 New Obleans, La. 
 No instruction was ever given. 
 
 'Includes pharmacy students. 
 tinoludes pharmacy graduates. 
 
62 
 
 NEW ORLEANS UNIYEESITY, MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 
 IFor Colored Students.) 
 
 New Oelbans, La. Eet. L. G. Adkinson, A. M., D. D., President of the University. 
 
 Oeganized in 1889. The faculty consists of three professors two lecturers and one 
 demonstrator. Additions will be made as the number of students increase. 
 
 CouESE OP INSTEUOTION : The second session opened October 1st, 1890. and will con- 
 tinue twenty weeks. A graded course of study of three years has b'en estabUshod, and 
 "will be thorough and practical." Women admitted on the same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace, for the first year— anatomy, chemistry and physiology; tor the sec- 
 ond year— anatomy, materia medica, theory of medicine, medical chemistry, pharmacy, 
 toxiooloay, histology and microscopy; for the third year— Surgery, gynecology, medical 
 jurisprudence, hygiene, ophthalmology, aryugology, dermatology and electro -thera- 
 peutics. 
 
 Ebquieements : For admission ; At least eighteen years of age ; good moral character ; 
 satisfactory examination in branches of a common school education, ineludihg elements of 
 physics, or diploma from a literary or scientific college or normal school. 
 
 Porgradua ion: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) three full courses of lectures; 
 
 3) satisfactory written examination, including the outUne of Bible history and doctrine ; 
 
 4) thesis. 
 
 Fees : Lectures, per session, 825 ; graduation, 810, • 
 
 MAINE. 
 
 MEDICAL SCHOOL OP MAINE, AT BOWDOIN COLLEGE. 
 
 Bbunswiok, Me. Alpeed Mitchell, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 Oeganized in 1820. First class was graduated in 1820. Classes have been graduated 
 each subseauent year. 
 
 Faculty consists of nine professors and two demonstrators. 
 
 CoUESE opInstbcction: One annual course of lectures 'of twenty weeks' duration, 
 commencing February 5, 1891, and ending June 24, 1891, Clinics are given once a week. 
 Daily examinations are made by the faculty. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, and gynecology, medical 
 jurisprudence, hygiene, histology, diseases of children, mioroscopy.il 
 
 EEQ0IEEMENTS : For admlssion ; "Candidates for matriculation will be required to 
 give evidence that they possess a good English educat ion. Those wlio are graduates of 
 colleges, normal schools, high schools, or who have passed the entrance examination to 
 any recognized college, on presentation of their diplomas or matriculation tickets, wUI be 
 exempt from examination." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three yeais' 
 study under a regular practitioner, and two full courses of lectures ; dissection of not less 
 than two parts: 4) satisfactory written and oral examination on subjects of the lectures; 5) 
 thesis. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5 ; lectures, $78; graduation, 1(25; laboratorv, SIO. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates' at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates otmatriculates— 
 
 Se^sion. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Peroer 
 
 1881 
 
 115 
 
 30 
 
 26+ 
 
 1882 
 
 104 
 
 28 
 
 26.9 
 
 1883 
 
 94 
 
 28 
 
 29.7 
 
 1884 
 
 99 
 
 33 
 
 33.3 
 
 1885 
 
 66 
 
 14 
 
 21.2 
 
 1886 
 
 85 
 
 20 
 
 23.5 
 
 1887 
 
 84 
 
 20 
 
 23.8 
 
 1888 
 
 86 
 
 21 
 
 24.4 
 
 1889 
 
 71 
 
 24 
 
 33.8 
 
 1890 
 
 81 
 
 16 
 
 19.7 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past ten years, 26.4. 
 
 After the session of 1892 attendance upon three full covirses of lectures 
 Trill be required. 
 
63 
 
 POBTLAND SCHOOL FOE MEDICAL INSTEUCTION. 
 
 PoETLAND, Me; C. 0. Hunt, M. D., Kegistrar. 
 
 r„oi?SS'^?^5*°J'' ^^^-^ ^P diplomas are conferred. "-The aim of tlie school is to afford to 
 fh!5^? students greater facilities for obtaining a higher grade of professional education 
 ■than can usually be given under the direction of a single instructor. 
 
 The faculty consists of nine instructors and three adjunct instructors. 
 
 Jul^°"dcf t'V^^^'^^°^^°''' ^w° *^^i'™s of thirteen weeks each, annually, beginning in 
 
 Systematic reoitationfe will be held in anatomy, materia medioa and therapeutics, theory 
 and practice of medicine, surgery, chemistry and obstetrics. 
 
 Lectures embrace, in addition to the foregoing subjects, physical diagnosis, minorl and 
 operative surgery, gynecology and physiology; every facility given for dissecting. 
 
 ti, R5QUIEBMENTS: For admission— ■' Students will be required to satisfy the instructors 
 that they aire possessed not only of a good common school education, but also of such 
 familiarity with the Latin language as may be acquired by the study of Harkness' Intro- 
 ductory Latin Book and of a knowledge of phj sics equal to that which may be gotten from 
 Norton s Element^ 0|f Natural Philosophy. The fact of graduation from a college or from a 
 high school or academy, whose curriculum requires the study of these books or the equiv- 
 alent, will be taken as evidence of these acquirements; but in the absence of such evi- 
 dence a written examination will bp held in which the orthography and syntax will be taken 
 into account. A praefioal acquaintance with the metric system must be possessed on en- 
 trance or made up within the first month of study in the school." 
 
 Fees; For summer term, $35; for winter term, f40; for the year, $60; demonstrator, $8. 
 Twenty-two students attended in the class of 1889. 
 
 I 
 ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE OF MAINE, 
 Lewiston, Me. 
 OEGANijisED in 1881. Charter revoked by the Legislature of Maine in 1887. 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 THE DKUIDIC UNIVEESITY OF MAINE. 
 Lewiston, Me. 
 Inoorpobated in 1880. Charter revoked by the Legislature of Maine in 1887. 
 Diplomaslnot recognized. 
 
 MARYLAND. 
 
 UNITEESITY OF MAEYLAND, SCHOOL OF MEDICINE. 
 
 BAiTiMOKB, Md. I. E. Atkinson, M. D., Dean, 605 Cathedral street. 
 
 Okganized in 1807, as the Medical College in the City of Baltimore. In 1812, faculties of 
 law, theology and arts were added, and the whole chartered under the name of the Uni- 
 versity of Maryland. The degree of M. D. was conferred in 1810, and degrees have been 
 conferred each year since. 
 
 The faculty consists of nine professors, five lecturers, two demonstrators, one ohnical 
 professor, and eleven dispensary physicians and chiefs of eUnics. 
 
 CouBSB OF Instbuotion: The eighty-fourth annual sessionbegan October 1, 1890, and 
 closes about April 15, 1891. CUnioal lectures introductory to the regular session were held 
 throughout September. Classes for post graduate instruction, continuing about six weeks, 
 are formed throughout the year, as often as desirable. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomjr, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgerv, obstetrics, gynecology, hygiene, med- 
 ical jurisprudence, toxicology, ophthalmology, otology, diseases of the throat and chest, 
 diseases of children, diseases of the nervous system, dermatology, cUnieal medicine and 
 surgery. 
 
64 
 
 Eequiekments : For admission: Beginning Tivith the session of 1891-92, 
 students matriculating for the first time will be required to undergo a pre- 
 liminary examination, or furnish satisfactory evidence of sufficient liter- 
 ary training, and to attend a three years' graded course. 
 
 For graduation : 1) Twenty- one years of age ; 2) two full courses of lectures ; 3) satisfao-, 
 tory course in practical anatomy; 4) good moral character; 5) faithful and regular attend- 
 ance on lectures and all clinics; 6) satisfactory examination in all branones taugnt. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, 45; lectures, $120; demonstrator, 810; graduation, 830; post-gradu- 
 ate course, 87 to 820 eaoh branch. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 198 
 
 73 
 
 37.9 
 
 1881-82 
 
 197 
 
 73 
 
 37.8 
 
 1882-83 
 
 203 
 
 97 
 
 47.7 
 
 1883-84 
 
 188 
 
 74 
 
 39.3 
 
 1884-86 
 
 200 
 
 75 
 
 37.5 
 
 1885-86 
 
 198 
 
 78 
 
 39.3 
 
 1886-87 
 
 232 
 
 90 
 
 38.7 
 
 1887-88 
 
 26B 
 
 82 
 
 30.7 
 
 1888-89 
 
 277 
 
 111 
 
 40.4- 
 
 1889-90 
 
 • 262 
 
 81 
 
 30.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 37.6. 
 
 WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE. 
 Baltimobe, Md. 
 
 Oeganized in 1827, as the Medical D partment of Washington College, Pennsylvania. 
 Classes were graduated under the auspices of Washington College until 1840, when the 
 Maryland Legislature empowered the institution to assume the above title. Extinct in 
 1851, Keorganized in 1867, and lectures were deUvered until 1877, when the institution was 
 merged into the College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore {vide infra). 
 
 COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS. 
 
 Baltimobe, Md. Thomas Opie, M. D., Dean, N. W. corner Calvert and Saratoga streets. 
 
 r Oeganized in 1872. The first class was graduated in 1873. Classes have been graduated 
 each subsequent year. In 1877 the Washington University School of Medicine was united 
 with this college. 
 
 The faculty consists of nine professors, five lecturers, four demonstrators, three assist- 
 ant demonstrators and one prosector. 
 
 CouBSE OF iNSTBUOTioN : Two courses of lectures are given during the year, a winter 
 and spring course. The winter session will be preceded by preliminary lectures, chiefly 
 clinical in character, which begin September 15 and end OctoDer 1, 1890, The regular winter 
 session will begin October 1, 1890, and end April 1, 1891, and will consist of five or six lectures 
 daily, didactic and clinical. The spring session will begin April 1st and end June 15, 
 1891. Attendance upon the spring course is not obligatory, and will not be counted as a ses- 
 sion in the requirement for graduation. A three years' graded course is recommended and 
 provided for, out is not obueatory. Clinics in hospitals and dispensary. A new college 
 building was erected, special attention being directed to the construction of laboratories 
 for practical work In physiology, chemistry, normal and pathological histology and bacteri- 
 ology. These laboratories will be fully eaulpped with apparatus and microscopes neces- 
 sary for carrying on the work of the various departments. A system of bedside teaching 
 has been inaugurated, and the class will be divided into sections and taken through the 
 words of the various hospitals (eight in all) which are at the disposal of the faculty. The 
 teaching staff has been enlarged into sections for practical work, so that the student may 
 have the advantage of personal instruction. A new city hospital has also just been com- 
 pleted, capable of accommodating 300 patients, and is under the control of the college. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, ophthamology, otology, pharmacy, diseases of the chest and throat, 
 diseases of ehildreij, diseases of the nervous system, diseases of the mind, clinical medicine 
 and surgery, dermatology and medical electricity, 
 
 REtjuiBEMENTS: For admlssion: None. 
 
 For graduation ;1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character ; S) good English 
 ■education; 4) three years' study; 5) two courses of lectures; 6) satisfactory examination. 
 
65 
 
 Fees: Matrioulation. gS; lectures, SI20; graduation, 830; laboratory materials, U; spring 
 term, 815. "A number ol scholarships are bestowed upon students when recommended by 
 their preceptors, or other physicians in good professional standing, as unable td pay the 
 full fees. The holders of such scholarships pay S60 for professors tickets." 
 
 Students ; Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 328 
 
 143 
 
 4S.6 
 
 1881-82 
 
 346 
 
 158 
 
 45.7 
 
 1882-^3 
 
 332 
 
 109 
 
 33.9 
 
 1883-84 
 
 400 
 
 127 
 
 31.7 
 
 1884-85 
 
 426 
 
 155 
 
 36.3 
 
 1885-86, , 
 
 341 
 
 149 
 
 43.6 
 
 1886-87 
 
 320 
 
 90 
 
 2S.1 
 
 1887-88 
 
 235 
 
 79 
 
 83.6 
 
 1888-89 
 
 290 
 
 67 
 
 23.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 328 
 
 72 
 
 21.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 34.4. 
 
 Note.— At the recent meeting of the Association of American Medical CoEegea, of 
 which body the College of Physicians and Surgeons is a member, the following resolution 
 was adopted ; 
 
 "All candidates for admission to a medical college shall be required to stand a prelimi- 
 nary examination, except those who are graduates of ooUeges or nigh schools. 
 
 The course of instruction shall extend over three years, six months' session, graded 
 course, with laboratory instruction. This change to go into effect in the session of 1892. 
 
 No medical college is to be recognized by the Association that does not adhere to this 
 rule. 
 
 This rule will affect only those who matriculate for the session of 1892 and thereafter." 
 
 BALTIMOEE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Baltimoee, Md. Datid Stbeet, M. D., Dean, 403 N. Exeter street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1881. First class was graduated in 1882, and classes have been graduated 
 each subseauent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, three lecturers, one demonstrator and one pro- 
 sector. 
 
 CoTJBSB OF Insteuction : A preliminary fall course will be held during the month of 
 September. The regu.ar winter session for 1890-91 commenced October 1, 1890, and will end 
 about the middle of April, 1891. Three years' graded course recommended, but ilot re- 
 quired. Attendance upon clinics is obligatory. 
 
 Lectures embrace surgery, anatomy, pathology, chemistry, materia medica and thera- 
 peutics, theory and practice of medicine, physiology, obstetrics, orthopedic surgery 
 gynecology, diseases of children, hygiene and sanitary science, medical jurisprudence, 
 toxicology, ophthalmology and otology, diseases of the nose, throat and chest, diseases of 
 the nervous system and insanity, practical pharmacy, diseases of the genito-urinary 
 organs, microscopy, and the usual clinics held in every school. 
 
 EBQtriBBMENTS: For admission: None. 
 
 For graduation : 1) twenty-one years of age ; 2) good moral character ; & two full courses 
 of lectures; 4) satisfactory examination. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, ?5 ; lectures, 8100; graduation, 830. 
 
 " Special privileges are sometimes granted to poor but deserving young men in con- 
 formity with the usages of the times, and these are only reauired to pay one-half the regu- 
 lar fees." 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 46 " 
 
 17 
 
 38.2 
 
 1882-83 
 
 62 
 
 20 
 
 38.4 
 
 1883-84 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 50. 
 
 1884-85 
 
 25 ■ 
 
 8 
 
 32. 
 
 1885-86 
 
 40 
 
 8 
 
 20. 
 
 1886^ 
 
 50 
 
 10 
 
 20. 
 
 1887-88 
 
 50 
 
 17 
 
 34. 
 
 1888-89 
 
 70 
 
 21 
 
 30. 
 
 1889-90 
 
 101 
 
 35 
 
 34.6 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past nine years, 32.4. 
 
 —5 
 
66 
 
 WOMAN'S MEDICAL COLLEGE OP BALTIMOEB. 
 BiiTiMOEE, Md. Ea'ndolph Winslow, M. D., Dean, No. 1 Mt. Boyal Terrace. 
 Obganized in 1882. The first class was graduated iirt883. 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, three lecturers, four demonstrators, one as - 
 slstant demonstrator, one instructor in pharmacy, nine olinioal assistants, and one lecturer 
 adjunct. 
 
 CoTJBSE OF Instruction: One annual graduating session; that of 1890-91 began Octo- 
 ber 1, 189t). and continues until the 1st of May, 1891. The course of study is graded 
 and a three-years' course, of seven months each course, is required. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics' 
 principles and practice of medicine, pathology, surger7, obstetrics, gynecology, hygiene' 
 medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology and otology, diseases of throat and chest, diseases 
 of children, histology, pharmacy, chnleal medicine, surgery and midwifery. 
 
 Eequibements : For admission—" Every student entering this institution will be re- 
 Quired to present. Da credible certificate or a good moyal character; 21 a diploma, from a 
 respectable institution of learning or a first-grade teacher's oertifleate. Lacking this, she 
 must pass a satisfactory examination before a committee of the faculty on the usual ele- 
 mentary English branches taught in pubUc schools, and write a composition of at least 
 twenty lines upon some subject dictated by the committee." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) three full courses of lectqres; 
 
 3) dissection of entire body; 4) evidence of having attended the clinics; 5) examination 
 on all the branches; 6) good moral character. 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, S5; lectures, 375; graduation, S30. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduate? to matriculates— 
 
 esslon. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1882-83 
 
 19 
 
 1 
 
 5.2 
 
 1883-84 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 22.7 
 
 1884-85 
 
 9 
 
 4 
 
 44.4 
 
 1885-86 
 
 14 
 
 3 
 
 21.4 
 
 1886-87 
 
 10 
 
 2. 
 
 20. 
 
 1887-88 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 
 18.7 
 
 1888-89 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 10.5 
 
 1889-90 
 
 19 
 
 7 
 
 36.8 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past eight years, 21. 
 
 BALTIMOEE UNIVBESITY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE. 
 , I 
 
 Baltimoke. Md. Z, E. Wiley, M. D., Dean, 724 N. Carey street. 
 
 Okganizbd in 1884. First class graduated in 1885. 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, two demonstrators, two lecturers, one pro- 
 sector. 
 
 CoUBSE OE Instbuction: One annual graduating session; that of 1890-91 opened 
 October 1, 1S90, and will terminate about the 15th of March, 1891. A one month's course of 
 preUminary lectures preceded the regular term. Spring course commences April 1st and 
 continues until June 30th. Three years' graded course is recommended, but not reauired. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, pathology, chemistry, materia modica and 
 therapeutics, theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, microscopy, 
 diseases of throat and lungs, nervous diseases, ophthalmology and otology, diseases of 
 women, diseases of children, dermatology, medical jurisprudence, hygiene, toxicology and 
 medical classics. 
 
 Eequibements : Por admission: "Students must be possessed of good moral charac- 
 ter, and, unless matriculates of some literary institution or medical college, will be reauired 
 to furnish suiBclent evidence of possessing a good English education." 
 
 Por graduation: Candidates musthave attended at least two courses of lectures. "The 
 fitness of a candidate for graduation will be based upon good moral character and regular 
 attendance upon instruction afforded by the college, and upon the result of a final examina- 
 tion, to be determined by a majoi ity of all the votes of the faculty. Thesis, or clinical re- 
 port of cases drawn up from personal observation, required." 
 
 Fees: Matriculation. 86; demonstrator, $10; lectures, 850; graduation, ?30; single 
 tickets, $5 each chair. Spring course, 815. 
 
67 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1884-85 
 
 15 
 
 6 
 
 40. 
 
 1885-86 
 
 33 
 
 17 
 
 51.5 
 
 1886-87 
 
 37 
 
 18 
 
 48.6 
 
 1887-88 
 
 30 
 
 15 
 
 50. 
 
 1888-89 
 
 31 
 
 16 
 
 61.6 
 
 1889-90 
 
 49 
 
 27 
 
 55.1 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past six years, 50.7, 
 Diplomas recognized conditionally. 
 
 Johns hopkins uniteesity, medical depaetment. 
 
 Baltimoee, Md. D. C. Gulman, LL. D., President of the University. 
 Obganized 1888-89. 
 
 The offloers of instruction are nine professors and seven assistants. 
 
 During the year 1890-91, instruction will be given at the Johns Hopkins Hospital in path- 
 ology and bacteriology, medicine, surgery, gynecology, hygiene, psychiatry and diseases 
 of the nervous system, by lectures, demonstrations, laboratory courses, bed-side teaching 
 and general clinics in the laboratories, wards, dispensary, amphitheatre and private operat- 
 ing rooms. The completed hospital was formally opened with appropriate ceremonies. 
 May 7, 1889. 
 
 Special instruction is given also in diseases of children, diseases of the nervous system, 
 microscopy, urinology, electro-therapeutics, ophthalmology, otology, dermatology. A 
 course of^instruotion in practical hygiene, under the charge of Dr. John S. Billings, Surgeon 
 XT. 8. Army, and lecturer in hygiene in the Johns Hopkins University, will be given in this 
 institution during the monthi of March, April and May, 1891, by lectures, and practical 
 work in the laboratory. 
 
 These courses of instruction in medicine, surgery and gynecology are open only to 
 graduates in medicine, who must give satisfactory evidence to the offloers of the hospital 
 that they are fitted to profit by the courses. 
 
 The courses in pathology, bacteriology and hygiene are open to graduates in medicine 
 and advanced students in biology. 
 
 Fees : The charge for full course in pathology, medicine, surgery, gynecology and hy- 
 giene is $50 each; for single branch in either course, $25. 
 
 These fees will include all lectures and climes in the special departments for which pay- 
 ment has been made. 
 
 Graduates of medical colleges may be admitted to all of the above-mentioned courses 
 for the sum of $100. 
 
 Graduates in medicine who desire to attend the didactic lectures only, may do so by 
 paying a proportionate fee. Such attendants upon lectures are not entitled to special 
 courses of instruction without further payment. 
 
 The course "is entirely post-graduate, and will be for several years, until we have the 
 halt million necessary" to begin the medical school. (Letter from Professor Osier.) ■ 
 
 MASSACHUSETTS. 
 
 HAEVAED UNITEESITY MEDICAL SCHOOL. 
 
 Boston, Mass. H. P. Bowditch, M. D., Boylston and Exeter streets. 
 
 Organized in 1782. The first class was graduated in 1783, and classes have been gradu- 
 ated in each subsequent year. , 
 
 'The officers of instruction are : Sixteen professors, five assistant professors, two Islin- 
 ical professors, one curator, three demonstrators, one assistant demonstrator, fourteen 
 instructors, eighteen assistant instructors, two lecturers and thirteen special clinical in- 
 structors. The faculty consists of the professors, assistant professors and other oiBoers of 
 instruction appointed for a longer term than one year. 
 
 CouBSE OF IHSTBUOTION : Instruction in this school is given by lectures, recitations, 
 clinical teaching and practical exercises, uniformly , distributed throughout the academic 
 
 \ 
 
68 
 
 year. The year begins on the Thursday following the last Wednesday in September, and 
 ends on the last Wednesday In June. The course of study recommended by the faculty 
 covers four years, but the degree of Doctor of Medicine continues to be given ui)on the 
 completion of three years' study. The degree of Doctor of Medicine cum laude is given to 
 oandidates who have pursued a complete four yea s' course, and obtained an average of 
 75 per cent, in all the examinations of this course; and a certifloate of attendance on the 
 studies of the fourth year will be given to such students, desiring it, as shall have attended 
 the course, and have passed a satisfactory examination in the studies of the same. 
 
 The division of studies in the three years' course is as follows : First year— anatomy, 
 physiology, general chemistry, materia medioa and hygiene. Second year— practical and 
 topograpnical anatomy, medical chemistry, pathological anatomy, elinioal medicine, dis- 
 eases of children, surgery and clinical surgery, therapeutics. Third year— obstetrics, 
 theory and practiop of medicine, clinical medicine, surgery, oUnioal surgery, bacteriology, 
 ophthalmology, dermatology, syphilis, otology, laryngology, mental diseases, diseases of 
 the nervous system, diseases of women, diseases of enildren and forensic medicine. 
 
 In the four years' course, the first and second years' studies are the same as in the 
 three years' course ; and in the third year of the four years' course attention is confined to 
 therapeutics, obstetrics, theory and practice of medicine, clinical medicine, surgery and 
 clinical surgery. During the fourth year the subjects are ophthalmology, otology, derma- 
 tology, sypnilis, laryngology, mental diseases, diseases of the nervous system, diseases of 
 women, diseases of chudren, obstetrics, clinical and operative obstetrics, clinical medicine, 
 clinical and operative surgery, forensic medicine, hygiene and bacteriology. 
 
 Opportunities for original research are offered to advanced students and graduates in 
 the laboratories of anatomy, physiolo'gy, chemistry, hisjbology and pathology. Faoihties 
 for oUnical study are afforded in the Massachusetts General Hospital, the Boston City Hos- 
 pital, the Massachusetts Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary, the Marine Hospital at Chel- 
 sea, the Boston Dispensary and the free Hospital for Women. There are twenty-flve ap- 
 pointments annually for internes in the various hospitals, and as many more for assistants 
 In the out-patient departments. 
 
 Kequikements: "All candidates for admission, except those who have passed an ex- 
 amination for admission to Harvard College, must present a degree in letters, science or 
 medicine from a recognized college or scientific school, or pass an examination in the fol- 
 lowing subjects: 1) every candidate will be reauired to write, legibly and correctly, an 
 English composition of not less than two hundred words, and also write English prose 
 from dictation; 2) the translation of easy Latin prose ; 3) a competent knowledge of phys- 
 ics ; 4) each candidate must pass an approved examination in any one of the following sub- 
 jects: French, German, the elements of algebra or plane geometry, botany. Students 
 'who began their professional studies elsewhere may be admitted to advanced standing, 
 but all persons who apply for admission to the advanced classes must pass an examination 
 in the branches already pursued by the class to which they seek admission, and furnish a 
 satisfactory certificate of time spent in medical studies. No student shall advance with his 
 class or be admitted to advanced standing, until he has passed the reauired examination in 
 the studies of the previous year or a majority of them; nor shall he become a member of 
 the third class until he has passed all the examinations of the first, in addition to a ma- 
 jority of tiose in the second year." 
 
 For graduation: "Every candidate must be twenty-one years of age, and of good 
 moral character ; must give evidence of having studied medicine three or four full years ; 
 must have spent at least one continuous year at this school, and have passed the reauired 
 examination." Written and oral examinations on all the main subjects of instruction are 
 distributed, for regular sliudents, through their entire course of study. "In addition 
 to these written examinations, each student is reauired to present a written report of 
 the analysis of a solution containing inorganic substances, and a specimen of urine, to 
 examine and report upon a clinical case in surgery and medicine, and to take charge of 
 and report upon six cases in obstetrics; each student must also have satisfactorily dis- 
 sected the three parts of the body." 
 
 Pees : Matriculation (payable onoe only), S6 ; lectures, full year, $200 ; one-haU year, $120 ; 
 fourth year, $100 ; to graduates and students of other schools, mX) ; special courses for grad- 
 uates, $10 to $30 each; graduation, $30. 
 
 Six scholarships of the value $200 or $300 are annually awarded to needy and deserving 
 students. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 251 
 
 60 
 
 23.9 
 
 1881-82 
 1882-83 
 
 233 
 229 
 
 77 
 
 74 
 
 33+ 
 33.3 
 
 1883-84 
 
 2« 
 
 59 
 
 24.2 
 
 1881-85 
 
 249 
 
 60 
 
 24-1- 
 
 1885-86 
 
 264 
 
 66 
 
 25. 
 
 1880-87 
 
 271 
 
 83 
 
 30.6 
 
 1887-88 
 
 275 
 
 74 
 
 26.9 
 
 1888-89 
 
 273 
 
 66 
 
 20.6 
 
 1889-90 
 
 270 
 
 65 
 
 24+ 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 26.3. 
 
(5U 
 
 BEEKSHIEE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 [Medical Department of WiViams Oollege.) 
 
 PiTTSFIELD, Mass. 
 
 Obganized in 1843. Extinct in 1867. 1138 students were graduated. 
 
 NEW ENGLAND BOTANICO-MJJDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 WOBCESTEB, Mass. 
 
 Obganized in 1848. Eeorganized in 1852 as the Worcester Medical College, Eclectic. 
 
 WORCESTER MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 {Eclectic.) 
 
 WOEOESTEB, Mass. 
 
 Obganized in 1852.— See above. Removed to Boston in 1857, where one course of lec- 
 tures was given (1857-58). Moved back to Worcester and became extinct in 18.59. 
 
 NEW ENGLAND FEMALE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 {Homeopathic .) 
 
 Boston, Mass. 
 
 Obganized in 1848. Lectures were delivered and classes graduated until 1874, when it 
 was merged' Into the Boston University School of Medioinel, {vide infra), 
 
 BOSTON UNIVERSITY SCH06L OF MEDICINE. 
 
 {Someofathic .) 
 
 Boston, Mass. I. Tisdalb Talbot, M, D., Dean, 66 Marlborough street. 
 
 Obganized in 1873, The first class was graduated in 1874. Clashes have been graduated 
 each subseauent year. In 1874 the New England Female Medical College was united with 
 this school. 
 
 The faculty consists of fourteen professors, four assistant professors, seventeen lect- 
 urers, two assistants, two demonstrators and one hbrarian. ' 
 
 CoxrESB OP Insteuotion: The school year is divided into three terms as follows: 
 The first term began October 9, 1890, and continued to December 23, 1890 ; the second term 
 began January 6, 1891, and continues to March 14, 1891 ; the third term begins March 23, 1891 , 
 and continues to June 3, 1891. A three-years' graded course is required and a 
 four years' graded course is recommended. The degrees of Bachelor of Medicine 
 and Bachelor of Surgery are granted to students of the four years' course at the end of 
 the third year. To each term and each year (ierlain studies are assigned, in which the 
 student is required to become proficient, as shown by examination before entering upon 
 more advanced studies. 
 
 The arrangement of studies for the three-years' course is as follows : First y dar — 
 anatomy, physiology, general chemistry, minor surgery, microscopy, histology ,l method- 
 ology and dissections. Second year— medical chemistry, surgery and surgical pathology, 
 general pathology and pathological anatomy, special pathology and therapeutics, materia 
 medica and pharmaceutics, obstetrics, gynecology, pedology, diseases of the chest, dis- 
 eases of the throat and sanitary science. Third year— operative surgery, general pathology 
 and pathological anatomy,,speoial pathology and therapeutics, materia medica, practical 
 and operative obstetrics, ophthalmology and otology, dermatology, insanity and nervous 
 diseases, medical jurisprudence, "ethics and aesthetics," clinics and clinical reports in vari- 
 ous departments,- and a thesis. 
 
 In the four-years' course the studies of the first year are'the same as in the three-years 
 course; surgical anatomy, histology and microscopy are substituted for gynecology and 
 pedology in the second year ; operative surgery, practical and operative obstetrics, materia 
 medica, special pathology and therapeutics, general pathology and pathological anatom v, 
 pedology, gynecology and clinics occupy the third year; and the fourth year continues 
 materia medica, clinics and chnical reports, and takes up ophthalmology, otology, dermat- 
 ology, insanity, nervous diseases, medical jurisprudence, " ethics and sesthetics," and dis- 
 pensary practice. 
 
70 
 
 Eequibements: For admission— " Candidates who have taken their first degree in 
 arts, philosophy or science are admitted without examination. All others, before matricu- 
 lation, are examined in the following branches: 1) in orthography, Enghsh pomposition 
 and penmanship, by means of a page written at the time and place of examination; Z) arith- 
 metic, geography and English grammar, it there be any doubt whether the candidate has 
 sufficient attainment therein; 3) in elementary physios, by an examination in Stewarts 
 Primer of Physios; 4) In Latin, by requiring a translation from Harkness Latin Header at 
 sight. Candidates must be at least nineteen years old, or if they intend to pursue a four- 
 years' ooruse, within six months of nineteen. 
 
 For gi»,duation; " Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine or Bachelor of 
 Surgery must have studied medicine three full years, thfi last of which was In this school, 
 and must have passed examination^ in all the branches of the first three years of the four- 
 years' course in this school with a minimum average of eighty per cent. Candidates for 
 the degree of Doctor of Medicine must be twenty-one years I of age and of good moral 
 character'; must have studied medicine at least three years under competent instruction; 
 must have attended at least three full and reputable courses of lectures, the, last in this 
 school ;" and must sustain a satisfactory examination. The candidate must .also furnish a 
 thesis m which shall be cited the authorities for all statements of fact and opinion advanced, 
 other than original, and these latter he must be prepared to publicly defend. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, 85 ; laboratory, $5; lectures, $100; graduation, f30; single tickets. 
 S20 each branch; dissecting material at cost. 
 
 Students ; Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— . 
 
 Session. ' 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent 
 
 1880-81 
 
 110 
 
 26 - 
 
 23.6 
 
 1881-82 
 
 110 
 
 29 
 
 26.3 
 
 1882-83 
 
 109 
 
 30 
 
 27.5 
 
 188,V84 
 
 97 
 
 34 
 
 36. 
 
 1884-85 
 
 91 
 
 26 
 
 28.5 
 
 1885-86 
 
 97 
 
 18 
 
 18.5 
 
 1886-87 
 
 100 
 
 28 
 
 28. 
 
 1887-88 
 
 107 
 
 35 
 
 3i.7 
 
 1888-89 
 
 94 
 
 29 
 
 30.8 
 
 1889-90 
 
 94 
 
 27 
 
 28.7 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 27. 05. 
 
 A four-years' course Trill be required after the session of 1890-91. 
 
 COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS. 
 Boston, Mass. C. P. Thayee M. D. Registrar, 34 Boyslston street. 
 Obganized in 1880. The first class was graduated in 1881. 
 
 The faculty consists of ten professors, two lecturers, one instructor, one demonstrator 
 and one prosector. 
 
 CouESE OE iNSTEtJOTiON : The college term for the year of 1890-91 began Wednesday, 
 October 1, 1890, and will end on Wednesday, April 1,1891. Course of study is graded and ex- 
 tends over three years, but three courses of lectures are not absolutely demanded. Instruc- 
 tion consists of didactic lectures with demonstrations.clinioal t eaching,r6citations and prac- 
 tical teaching on subjects involving manipulation. Women are admitted upon the same 
 terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 diseases of tie nervous system, ophthalmology and otology, histology, dermatology, laryng- 
 ology, diseases of children, orthopedic surgery, oUnical meaicine, cUnieal surgery and gen- 
 ito-urinary diseases. 
 
 Eequieements ; For admission— None. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) thesis; 3) three years' study; 4) two full 
 courses of lectures; B) dissected one fuUoourse ; C fulfill all recLuirements of laboratory work; 
 1) satisfactory examination; 8)good moral chm'acter ; 9) thesis; 10) possession ota suflieient 
 knowledge of Latin. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation $5 ; lectures, 985 ; demonstrator, 16 ; anatomical material for each 
 part, KJ; laboratory, S5; graduation, 880; separate tickets, S30, each branch. 
 
71 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 24 
 
 
 
 1881-82 
 
 49 
 
 11 
 
 22.4 
 
 1882-83 
 
 34 
 
 10 
 
 16.6 
 
 1883-«4 
 
 44 
 
 6 
 
 13.6 
 
 1881-85 
 
 45 
 
 5 
 
 14.1 
 
 1885-86 
 
 30 
 
 4 
 
 13.3 
 
 1886-87 
 
 30 
 
 8 
 
 26.6 
 
 1887-88 
 
 45 
 
 4 
 
 8.8 
 
 1888-89 
 
 59 
 
 9 
 
 15.2 
 
 1889-90 
 
 61* 
 
 16 
 
 24.5 
 
 1882. 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 17.1 
 
 NEW ENGLAND UNIVEBSITY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. 
 
 Boston, Mass. 
 
 Fraudulent.— Extinct. Exposed by the Illinois State Boaed of Health. 
 
 BELLEYUE MEDICAL COLLEGE OP MASSACHUSETIS.t 
 Boston, Mass. 
 Obganized in 1880. Fraudulent, exposed by the Illinois State Boasd of Health in 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY OF BOSTON. t 
 
 FIRST MEDICAL COLLEGE OF THE AMERICAN HEALTH SOCIETY. t 
 
 EXCELSIOR MEDICAL COLLEGE. t 
 Boston, Mass. 
 Chaeteked May 1, 1882. 
 
 CLARK UNIVERSITY, MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 WoBOBSTBE, Mass. G. Stanley Hall, Ph. D., LL. D., Presiient. 
 
 Chabteeed 1SS7. 
 
 The oiflcers of instruction are four professors, three assistant professors, one adjunct 
 professor, one instructor, ten dooents, two honorary fellows, seventeen fellows and four 
 assistants. 
 
 None but graduate students are admitted to the course of the University. At present 
 no entrance examinations are required, but a candidate for admission must show by testi- 
 monials, diplomas, personal interviews, Of specially written specimens of work that he has 
 scholarship enough to work to advantage, and zeal ajad abiUty enough to devote himself to 
 original research m his chosen field. 
 
 It is highly desirable, and will probably before long be required, that candidates for ad- 
 mission have also a reading knowledge of French and German. 
 
 *Not including one graduate who matriculated. 
 
 tThesB four institutions were organized under the "Publio statutes, chapter 115, relating 
 to associations for charitable, educational and other purposes." The act of June 30, 1883, 
 forbade such corporations conferring medical degrees without special authorization by the 
 legislature. This exposure of the character of these so-called medical schools by the Illi- 
 nois State Boaed op Health resulted in the above legislation and their virtual extinction. 
 
72 
 
 The Medical Department of the University is not an institution for conferring the degree 
 of M. D.. but one in which graduates in medicine and college graduates intending to study 
 medicine may study the purely scientific parts of medicine, such as chemistry, biology, 
 anatomy, physiology, neurology, experimental psychology and anthropology. 
 
 Facilities for clinical instruction and hospital work, which commonly constitute the 
 jatter part of a medical course, are not yet offered in this CJniversity. 
 
 "The most important part of our work is research, and we wish soon to be ready to be 
 chiefly judged by the value of our contributions to the sum of human knowledee. By the 
 unanimous voteof the board of trustees, app oved by a unanimous vote of the faculty, the 
 leading consideration in all engagements, re-appointments, and promotions, must be 
 the quality and quantity of successful investigation. This sigmflcant step gives us a 
 unique character, and makes most of our problems new ones. * * * * We duphoato 
 almost nothing in other universities in this country." 
 
 . Fees : The charge for instruction, giving aU the privileges of the University, but not 
 covering laboratory fees, is $200 per annum. Scholarships and fellowships are open only to 
 students in one or more of the five departments, and are designed to encourage promising 
 young men to attain great proficiency in the lines of study they prefer. 
 
 MICHIGAN. 
 
 DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE AND SUEGEEY OF THE UNIVEESITY OF 
 
 MICHIGAN. 
 
 Ann Akboe, Mich. W. A. Campbell, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 Organized in 1850. The first class was graduated in 1851. Classes have been graduated 
 each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of ten professors, five assistant professors, five lecturers, four in- 
 structors and one assistant in chemistry. 
 
 CouBSE OF INSEUOTION : The forty-first annual session began October 1, 1889, and will 
 end the last of June, 1890, continuing nine months, and being divided into two semesters. 
 At the end of each semester written examinations are held. The course of study is 
 graded and extends over four years. Women admitted Upon the same terms as 
 men. 
 
 Lectures embrace : First year— Osteology, materia mediea, chemistry— analytical, gen- 
 eral and qualitative ; physios, descriptive anatomy, pharmacy and pharmacognosy. Second 
 year— Hygiene, histology, anatomy— descriptive and practical, therapeutics, toxicology, 
 materia mediea, chemistry— general, qualitative, organic and physiological; physiology 
 and electro-therapeutics. Third year— Theory and praci ice, surgery, diseases of children, 
 diseases of women and obstetrics, physiology, medical jurisprudence, meteorology and 
 climatology, embryology, dermatology, analysis of urine, practical pathology, practical 
 hygiene and practical anatomy. Fourth year— Theory and practice, surgery, diseases of 
 women and obstetrics, diseases of children, ophthalmology, pathology, diseases of the 
 nervous system and insanity, laryngology and otology, pathology, surgical anatomy, phys- 
 ical diagnosis, clinics and hospital practice. 
 
 Eequibements: For admission— 1) Eighteen years of age; 2) good moral character ; 
 3) "matriculants in a regular course in the Literary Department of the University, gradu- 
 
 ates of literary colleges of good standing, graduates of schools approved as diploma schools 
 in the Literary Department, and of other high schools of equal standing, will be admitted 
 without e > amination on presentation of proper evidence." For all others the requirements 
 
 1— "A competent knowledge of arithmetic, spelling, grammar, the art of composition, 
 and a respectaole acquaintance with English literature, such, for instance, as may be ac- 
 quired by the study of Shaw's Manual of English Literature, or other similar work. 
 
 2— "A competent knowledge of political and physical geography, such as is contained in 
 advanced school geographies, and in Guyot's Physical Geography. 
 
 S— "An outline of the history of modern civiUzed nations, and especially of American 
 history, such as may be found in the manuals of history used as text-books in high 
 schools." 
 
 4— "A competent knowledge of elementary zoology, including an acquaintance with the 
 characteristics of the principal divisions of the animal kingdom. Packard's Zoology may 
 be cited as an illustration of a work to be studied." 
 
 "The above requirements are all that are insisted upon for the next two years. After 
 the year '92 such a knowledge of the Latin language will be required as will enable the appli- 
 cant to read and write correctly current or ordinary prescriptions, and appreciate the tech- 
 nical language of the natural sciences and of medicine, and such a Icnowledge of elementary 
 physios as is given in a high school course. It is also considered highly desira ile. but not 
 required, that they have a general grammatical acquaintance with the German and French 
 languages. A similar acquaintance with Greek will also be serviceable to the student and 
 is hlghry recommended." 
 
73 
 
 "Students who have studied medicine elsewhere at least one year, may be admitted to 
 advanced standing after having passed a satisfactory examination on all the studies which 
 have already been pursued by the class to which they seek admission." 
 
 For graduation, "To be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Medicine, a student must be 
 twenty-one years of age and possess agood moral character; he must have completed the 
 required course in laboratory work, and unless the full course of study has been taken in 
 this college, he must have been engaged in the study of medicine for the period of four 
 yearSf including the time spent in attendance upon lectures. He must also have passed 
 satisfactory examinations on all the studies included in the full course of instruction; or if 
 admitted to advanced standing he must have attended at least three full courses, of medical 
 lectures, two of which must be in this college, and must have passed the required examina- 
 tions." In oonseciuence of the prominence given to written examinations through the 
 course no graduating thesis is required. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, for residents of Michigan, 810; for non-residents, S25, to be paid 
 but once; lectures, for residents of Michigan, $25; for non-residents, $35 ; graduation, for 
 all alike. $10; demonstrator, 820 ; laboratory, $20. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 380 
 
 99 
 
 26. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 380 
 
 90 
 
 23.7 
 
 1882-83 
 
 366 
 
 117 
 
 32. 
 
 1883-84 
 
 328 
 
 85 
 
 26.9 
 
 1884-85 
 
 334 
 
 80 
 
 23.9 
 
 1885-86 
 
 325 
 
 83 
 
 25.5 
 
 1886-87 
 
 321 
 
 81 
 
 25.2 
 
 1887-88 
 
 309 
 
 65 
 
 21-1- 
 
 1888-89 
 
 365 
 
 80 
 
 21.9 
 
 1889-90 
 
 369 
 
 88 
 
 23.8 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years 24.9. 
 
 DETEOIT MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Detroit, Mich. 
 Obganized in 1868.— Extinct in 1885. See Detroit College of Medicine. 
 
 DETEOIT HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Detroit, Mich. 
 Organized in 1871.— Extinct since 1876. 
 
 MICHIGAN HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Lansing. Mich. 
 Organized in 1872.— Extinct, 1873. 
 
 HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN. 
 
 Ann Arbor, Mich. James C. Wood, M. D., Secretary of the Faculty. 
 
 Organized in 1875. The first class was graduated in 1877. Classes have been gradu- 
 ated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of five professors and four assistants to chairs ; seven professors of 
 the department of medicine and surgery (regular school) give instructions to homeopathic 
 students : three in department of science, two in department of law. 
 
 Course or Instruction : One annual session; that of 1890-91 began October 1, 1890, 
 and will end the last of June, 1891. The course is graded, extending over three years, al- 
 though two courses may suffice under certain conditions (see requirements for graduation.) 
 Daily quizzes by the assistants of the several chairs. Women admitted upon the same 
 terms as men. 
 
 Lectures as follows: The first year of the course wiU include anatomy, histology,, 
 general chemistry, osteology, embryology, microscopy, sanitary science, minor sur- 
 gery, materia medioa, principles of medicine, preparation of medicines and their 
 action, descriptive and anatomical botany, clinics, physical diagnosis, with the 
 
74 
 
 necessary practical work in the ohemieal and physiological laboratories. . This 
 year's work in materia medica will be devoted to teaching the source, nature, origin and 
 method of preparing remedies, with their physiological action, and a. general survey of 
 their pathogeneses. In the second year the above studies, including histology and mmor 
 surgery, will be reviewed, and the student will take up general and special therapeutics, 
 in connection with materia medica, diseases of women and children, with eumcal work, 
 materia medica, ciuaUtative chemistry and analysis of urine, pathological anatomy, prm- 
 ciples and practice of medicine (including hygiene or preventive medicme), principles of 
 surgery, and ophthalmology and otology. The materia medica work ol this year will 
 consist of special analyses and syntheses of drug-provings. In addition, the student will 
 attend such didactic and clinical lectures on the praetioalbranohes as his progress shall 
 render advisable. Demonstrations in operations in surgery are required, and lectures on 
 the institutes of homeopathy, including the Organon of Samuel Hahnemann, must be at- 
 tended. In the third year the student will enter upon the study of operative surgery, elec- 
 tro-therapeutics, spinal diseases and curvatures and review obstetrics, materia medica, 
 •diseases of women and children, the principles and practice of medicine, andjophthamolpgy 
 and otology, and receive practical instruction in diagnosis and treatment, both theoretical 
 and oUnical, and in pathology. 
 
 Bequieements : For admission ; 1) eighteen years of age and good moral character, 
 and must have sufficient primary education to make good use of the advantages offered; 2) 
 students who are graduates of some accredited college, academy or high school, or who 
 possess a teacher's certificate, qualifying them to teach in the common schools of the State 
 m which they reside, will be admitted upon presentation of such certificate ; 3) laokii^ this, 
 must submit to an examination in writing in the branches of a common school English edu- 
 cation. Students who have studied elsewhere at least one college year, and who possess 
 superior qualifications, may be admitted, on examination, to advanced standing. Matricu- 
 lating examination was held September 30, 1890. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) must have suc- 
 cessfully pursued the study of medine in some accredited college for the period of three 
 years, the last of which must have been in this college ; 4) must have attended at least sev- 
 enty-five per cent, of the regular lectures ; 5) must have spent the required time in practical 
 anatomy, chemical analysis, etc., in the various laboratories and hospitals ; 6) must nave at 
 tended the usual quizzes and drills by the assistants of the several chairs: 7) must also 
 have passed satisfactory examinations in all the stu lies included in the curriculum. Stu- 
 dents who have completed full college courses for the first and second years in an accred- 
 ited medical college will be permitted, upon examination, to enter the third year and com- 
 plete the studies of that year in this department, and to present themselves for examina- 
 tion for the degree at the end of the year. Time certificates from the Secretary of the Fac- 
 ulty of medicine showing lectures attended are required. 
 
 See educational and graduation requirements of the American Institute 
 of Homeopathy in 1892. Introductory remarks, this REPORT. 
 
 Fees: Matribulation, f or residents of Michigan, SIO; for non-residents, ?25, (paid but] 
 once). Lectures, for residents of Michigan, S25 ; for non-residents, $35. Graduation, for al 
 aUke, $10. Courses in chemicallaboratory, $20 ; inhistological laboratory, $5 ; in electro- thera- 
 peutics, $1; in anatomy, $10. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880^1 
 
 88 
 
 23 
 
 26. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 71 
 
 15 
 
 21+ 
 
 1882-83 
 
 67 
 
 17 
 
 29. 
 
 1883-84 
 
 55 
 
 20 
 
 36.3 
 
 1884-85 
 
 34 
 
 6 
 
 17.6 
 
 1885-86 
 
 49 
 
 17 
 
 34.7 
 
 1886-87 
 
 60 
 
 14 
 
 23.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 73 
 
 13 
 
 17.8 
 
 1888-89 
 
 72 
 
 21 
 
 29.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 71 
 
 21 
 
 29.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates '.or past ten years, 2(;.5 
 
 MICHIGAN COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. 
 Detboit, Mieh. 
 Obganized in 1880,— Extinct in 1885. See Detroit College of Medicine. 
 
 DETEOIT COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. 
 
 Detboit, Mich. E. C. Skinneb, M. D., Secretary, the College Building. 
 
 Organized in 1885 by the consolidation ol the Detroit Medical College and the Michigan 
 College of Medicine, and incorporated by act of Legislature, June, 1885. , 
 
75 
 
 The faculty consists of twenty-two professors, eight assistants, two lecturers and one 
 aemoustrator. 
 
 Course op Instruction: The regular session began September 21, 1890, and will con- 
 tinue six mouths. The spring session will begin Aprifl, and close June 10, 1891; attend- 
 ance on this course is optional. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, and gynecology, otology, 
 ophthalmology, dermatology, laryngology, clinical medicine and surgery, genito-urinary 
 diseases, dental surgeiry, diseases of children and orthopedic surgery, mental and nervous 
 diseases, microscopy, histology find bacteriology. 
 
 Eequikembnts: For admission— " All matriculates of the Detroit College of Medicine 
 will be reauired to show, on examination, a satisfactory knowledge of the English branches. 
 In place ol this examination the college will accept the degree of A. B., B. S., Ph. D., cer- 
 tificates of having passed the entrance examination of any incorporated literary college, or 
 any recognized medical college in which an examination is required for admission; also 
 certincates of having graduated at any high school or academy." 
 
 For graduation: 1) evidence of good moral character; 2) twenty-one years of age; 3) 
 three years' study of medicine completed ; i) three full courses of lectures : 5) dissected 
 every part of the cadaver; 6) a satisfactory course of practical work in the chemical and 
 physiological laboratories ; 7) practical clinical work for one term in hospital and out-door 
 clinics ; 8) a final examination. 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, S5; lectures, S50; hospital. $10; graduation, S30; single tickets, S15, 
 each branch; spring term, $10; perpetual ticket, $100; fee for practical work in the ohemioal 
 or physiological laboratory, $5 per month, each; histological and bacteriological labora- 
 tory, $10. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates andi of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1885-86 116 46 39.6 
 
 1886-87 110 33 30. 
 
 1887-S8 129 . 30 23.2 
 
 1888-89 131 43 32.8 
 
 1889-90 138* 36 26-|- 
 
 Peroefllage of graduates to matriculates for past five years, 30.1. 
 
 "Candidates for graduation, session 1890-91, must present satisfac-. 
 tory evidence of having attended three full courses of lectures." 
 
 MICHIGAN COLLEGE OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 
 
 Detroit, Mich. J. W. Hamlen, M. D., Secretary, 79 High street, east. 
 
 Organized in 1888. 
 
 The faculty consists of twelve professors, three assistants, one demonstrator and three 
 lecturers. 
 
 Course OP Instruction: The second course ot lectures began on Tuesday, Septem- 
 ber 16, 1890. and will continue six months. This will be followed by a spring course,com- 
 mencing the third Tuesday in March, and closing the third Friday in May, 1891. Three 
 years' graded course recommended, but not reciuired. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 surgery, pathology, theory and practice of medicine, obstetrics, diseases of children, 
 ophthalmology, laryngology, histology, venereal diseases, hygiene, gynecology, otology, 
 microscopy, clinical and military surgery and medical jurisprudence. 
 
 Requirements : For admission— 1) diploma from a literary or scientific college or high 
 school, or a first-grade teachers certifioate ; 2) lacking these an examination in the branches 
 of a good English education. 
 
 For graduation— 1) twenty-one years of age and of good moral character; 2) three years' 
 study of medicine ; 3) two full courses of lectures ; 4) satisfactory examination 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5 ; lectures, $50; graduation, $25; spring course, $10; perpetual 
 ticket, $100. 
 
 * Not including four graduates who matriculated. 
 
76 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates, as reported. 
 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1888-89 48 11 22.9 
 
 1889-90 74 18 24.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates tor the two years reported, 23.7. 
 
 Beginning with session 1891-92 four years' study and at least three 
 courses of lectures of six months each will be required for graduation. 
 
 MINNESOTA. 
 
 STATE MEDICAL EXAMINING BOABD Of MINNESOTA. 
 
 Aethub Sweeney, M. D., Secretary. St. Paul, Minnesota. 
 
 The first report of this Board issued November 26, 1888,. showed that there were in Min- 
 nesota 1,291 practitioners of medicine, 834 being physicians, 151 homeopaths, 44 eclectics 
 and 263 unclassifled (persons not graduates, t)ut having pro forma certifleates on account of 
 
 practice in the state prior to the passage of medical laws.) Under the act of 1883, which 
 . ,,. . .. ^^j . . ... _ ..,_, _ ^_. ___,,____ __,.. _______ 
 
 granted licenses on presentation of diplomas and which exacted examinations only from 
 non-graduates, 151 licen^s were issued during the year from July 1, 1885-to July 1, 1886, and 
 278 were issued from July 1, 1886, to July 1, 1887, making a total for the two years of 429. 
 Under the law of 1887. which is now in force, 223 candidates have applied tor examination, of 
 whom 138 have been licensed and 85 rejected— the percentage of rejections being 38.08. The 
 small number of applications for examination is due in a large measure to that provision of 
 the law which reguires that applicants who graduated later\than July 1, 1887, " must pre- 
 sent evidence of having attended three courses of lectures of at least ; 
 six months each." This has in a great degree kept from Minnesota graduates of short- 
 term medical colleges. , 
 
 The official Jlegister of Physicians shows that there are in Minnesota' 1,191 practitioners 
 of medicine, of whom 848 are physicians, 156 homeopaths, 38 eclectics and 149 unclassifled. 
 The number of "unclassified practitioners has diminished from 351 in 1883 to 263 in 1888, 
 . and to 149 in 1890. This is due to the fact that the advent of a better educated class of prac- 
 titioners has driven from the state those irregulars whom the former law permitted to 
 practice without regard to their aualiflcations. 
 
 During the past three years the Board has revoked three licenses, one for drunkenness 
 while in attendance on a person dangerously ill, and two for having presented forged 
 diplomas, and fraudulently obtaining licenses to practiop. 
 
 The Board holds meetings for examination of applicants at the state capitol in St. Paul 
 on the first Tuesdays of January, April, July, and Oqtober. No diplomas are recognized fay 
 the Board, and all candidates must pass a written examination, lasting two ana one-halt 
 days, in the following subjects: Practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, diseases of 
 women and children, materia medica and therapeutics, anatomy, physiology, chemistry 
 and toxicology, diseases of the nervous.system. ophthalmology, otology, preventive medi- 
 cine, medical jurisprudence, pathology and histology. 
 
 The rules and regulations governing examinations are as follows r 
 
 I.— Any applicant for examination and license to practice medicine in this state, who is 
 a graduate of over five, years standing before making application for such examination and 
 license, shall be considered an "old practitioner", and any such applicant who is a graduate 
 of less than five years shall be considered a "recent graduate." 
 
 II.— Applicants who are "old practitioners" shall be required to obtain a minimum 
 marking of not less than sixty-five per cent, in each of the following. subjects: 1 Practice 
 of Medicine, 2 Practice of Surgery, 3 Materia Medica, 4 Obstetrics and Diseases of Women 
 and Children, and a minimum marking of ^ot less than thirty-five per cent, in each of 
 the following subjects: 1 Anatomy, 2 Chemistry, 3 Physiology, 4 Pathology, Histology, 
 and Preventive Medicine, 5 Diseases of the Eye and Ear, 6 Medical Jurisprudence . 
 
 III.— Applicants who are "recent graduates" shall be required to receive a minimum 
 irking of svxty-flve per cent, in: 1 Practice of Medicine, a Practice of Surgerv, s Mat- 
 eria Medica, 4 Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children; and a minimum marking 
 
 marking of sixty -five per cent, in: ll'ractice of Medicine, a Practice of Surgerv, 8 Mat- 
 eria Medica, 4 Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children; and a minimum marking 
 of not less than fifty per cent, in each of the following: 1 Anatomy, 2 Chemistry, S 
 Physiology, 4 Pathology, Histology, and Preventive Mediome, 5 Diseases of the 'Eke and 
 Ear, 6 Medical Jurisprudence. ' 
 
 IT.— No appUcant shall be issued a license whose"^ general average in all the subjects 
 in which he is examined by this Board is less than sixty -ikie per cent., one hundred 
 being the highest average possible for any applicant to obtain. 
 
 v.— Each applicant shall register his or her name opposite a number in a book kept 
 by the Secretary for that purpose, and shall mark his or her papers with said number, 
 and shall be known to the members of this Board only by said number until his or her 
 papers have been examined and marked. 
 
 VI.— The marks placed upon papers examined may range from one hundred, the maxi- 
 mum, to zero, the minimum. 
 
( I 
 
 . Til.— Any applicant failing to pass an examination satisfactory to this Board, and 
 peine refused a license, may present himself or herself at any subseauent regular meet- 
 ing of said Board and receive another examination. 
 
 VIII.— All examinations shall be in writing, but may, at the discretion of the Board, 
 be supplemented by an oral examination before the Board in those subjects In which 
 applicants have failed to pass an examination satisfactory to the Board. 
 
 Institutions Ebpbesented by the Applicants 
 
 BEFORE THE 
 
 STATE BOARD OP MEDICAL EXAMINEES OP MINNESOTA, 
 Prom July 1, 1887, to January 1, 1891, 
 
 
 Miss 
 
 05 
 
 o'cp 
 PS. 
 
 : a 
 
 Non-graduates 
 
 Department of Medicine and Surgery, University of Michigan, 
 
 Ann Arbor, Michigan 
 
 Harvard University Medical School, Boston, Mass 
 
 Bush Medical College, Chicago, 111 
 
 Medical Department, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn? 
 Homeopathic Medical Department, University of Minnesota, Min 
 
 ■ neapolls , i 
 
 Chicago Medical College, Chicago, 111 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons of Chicago, Chicago, 
 
 Chicago Homeopathic MedicarCoUege, Chicago 
 
 Hahnemann Medical College, Chicago 
 
 University qt Pennsylvania. Department of Medicine, Philadelphia 
 
 Jefferson Medical College. Philadelphia ., . . ; 
 
 HahnemannTMedioal College. Philadelphia 
 
 MoGill University, Paculty of Medicine, Montreal, Quebec 
 
 Medical SoTiool of Maine at Bowdoin College, Brunswick, Maine. 
 
 Dartmouth-Medical College, Hanover, New Hampshire 
 
 Bennett College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, Chicago, 111. . . 
 
 University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba 
 
 Medical Department, State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. . 
 
 Kentucky School of Medicine, Louisville, Kentucky 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons in the City of New York 
 
 Eoyal Prederiks University, Christiania, Norway 
 
 Umversity of Berlin, Germany 
 
 University of Utrecht, Holland 
 
 Woman's Medical College of the New York Infirmary, New York 
 
 City... 
 
 Detroit Medical College. Detroit, Miohigan 
 
 Homeopathic Hospital College, Cleveland, Ohio 
 
 St. Paul Medical College, St. Paul Minnesota 
 
 Albany Medical College, Albany, New York 
 
 Eoyal College of Physicians and Surgeons, Dublin, Ireland. . . . 
 
 Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, Mass 
 
 Medical College of Indiana, Indianapolis, Indiana 
 
 Eclectic Medical Institute, Cincinnati, Ohio 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Keokuk, Iowa 
 
 Medical Department of Queen's University, Kingston. Canada 
 Missouri Medical College, St. Louis, Missouri 
 
 
 Medical Department. University of Vermont, Burlington Vermont 
 
 University of Copenhagen. Denmark 
 
 University of the City of New York, Medical Department 
 
 Long Island College Hospital, Brooklyn, New York 
 
 ' University of Trinity College, Toronto, Canada 
 
 Bellevue Hospital Medical College, New York City 
 
 New York Homeopathic Medical College, New York City 
 
 Eoyal KarolinskaMediko-KirurgiskaInstItutet,StockhoIm,Sweden 
 
 ■ University of Upsala, Sweden 
 
 College of Medicine of Syracuse University, Syracuse, New York, 
 Medical Department, University of Wooster, Cleveland Ohio 
 
 Medical Department, University of Victoria, Canada 
 
 Minneapolis College of Physicians and Surgeons, Minneapolis. 
 
 Minnesota 
 
 Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 
 
 University of Bucharest, Eoumania 
 
 Minnesota Hospital College, Minnesota 
 
 Western Eeserve University, Medical Department, Cleveland, 0, 
 
 Medical College of Ohio, Cincinnati, Ohio 
 
 Medical Department of the University of Buffalo, Buffalo, N . Y. . , 
 Incomplete examinations 
 
 28 
 6 
 
 14 
 «81,. 
 'A 
 6 
 9 
 4 
 2 
 3 
 
 12 
 5 
 5 
 7 
 5 
 I 
 6 
 1 
 3 
 4 
 
 Totals . 
 
 138 85 
 
78, 
 
 WINONA MEDICAL SCHOOL. 
 
 Winona, Minn. s 
 
 Oeqanized in 1872.— Extinct No diplomas were issued. It was a soliool of instruotlou 
 only. 
 
 MINNESOTA HOSPITAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Minneapolis, Minn. 
 
 Obganizbd in 1881, as the successor of the St. Paul Medical College, founded in 1878. 
 Reorganized in 1885 under its present title. Merged into the Medical Department of the 
 University of Minnesota in 1888. 
 
 MINNEAPOLIS COLLEGE OE PHYSICIANS AND SUEGEONS. 
 
 Minneapolis. Minn. J. Tl Moobe, M. D., Dean, 24 Washington avenue. South. 
 
 Obganized in 1883. 
 
 The faculty consists of sixteen professors, two adjuncts, two instructors and a demon- 
 strator of anatomy. 
 
 CouESE OP Insteuotion: The session of 1890-91 began September 23, 1890, and will end 
 April 5, 1891. Three years' graded course obligatory, whereby two courses of lect- 
 ures on each branch is reauired. Women admitted upon same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace: First year— Anatomy, descriptive and surgical; physiology; ehem ~ 
 istry, theoretical and practical; materia medioa, including botany; diseases of children 
 obstetrics. Second year— Anatomy, descriptive and surgical; pathology and histology, 
 physiology ; chemistry, theoretical and practical; matetia medioa; medicine, theoretical 
 and clinical ; surgery, theoretical, operative - and clinical ; gynecology, IJieoretioal aud_ 
 ohnical. Third year— Medicine, theoretical and cUnical; surgery, theoretical and cUnioaU ' 
 gynecology, theoretical and clinical; obstetrics, theoretical and eUnical; pathology and 
 histology; diseases of children; ophthalmology and otology; laryngology; preventive 
 medicine; medical jurisprudence; genito-urinary diseases; brtnopedic surgery. 
 
 Eegubations AND Bequieements: "Prehminary examination. This will be required 
 of all students before matriculation. * * * ^jie examination shall consist of (a) 
 EngUsh language, including grammar and composition (this shall include spelling, writing, 
 grammatical construction of sentences, and derivation of words in common use) : (6) tTnited 
 States history, or history of applicant's native country; (c) modern geography; (a) elements 
 in mathematics; (e) Latin, medical (optional, to be passed at any time Before the final ex- 
 amination)." "Satisfactory evidence of having passed a similar examination before any 
 authorized body, wiU be accepted in lieu of the above." ■ 
 
 For graduation: 1) attendance on three courses of lectures, of six month each, 
 
 the last one, at least, in this college; 2) eertifloates of attendance must be shown that 
 students have attended eighty-five per cent, of all lectures on every branch taught- 3) 
 attendance two winters upon practical anatomy; and, of at least having gone over one 
 lateral half of the human body; 4) attendance two winters upon clinioaT instructions: 5) 
 attendance upon two obstetrical cases ; 6) pass examination, written and oral for degree 
 of Doctor of Medicine and Mastery of Surgery. 
 
 This college has estabUshed an obstetrical course, comprising two sessions of six 
 months each, in the following branches, viz. : anatomy of the pelvis, and pelvic viscera 
 physiology, materia medioa and obstetrics; examinations for a certificate of this special 
 school are held at termination of second session of attendance. These lectures are given 
 for the benefit oF midwives desiring to take the special examination adopted by the 
 Board of Medical Examiners of the State of Minnesota. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation. $5; demonstrator's ticket, K; lecturer's fees (full course), ?40 long 
 term, 880; final examination, ¥10. Students having paid fees in full for two years are ad- 
 mitted to third year upon payment of matriculation fee only. Fees for special obstetrical 
 course, $25, each session. 
 
79 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percer 
 
 1883-84 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 11 1 
 
 1884-85 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 25 
 
 1885-86 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 25. 
 
 1886-87 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 7.6 
 
 1887-88 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 ■ 25. 
 
 1888-89 
 
 10 
 
 1 
 
 10. 
 
 1889-90 
 
 17 
 
 5 
 
 29.+ 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past seven years, 19.4. 
 I 
 
 ST. PAUL MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 St. Paul, Minn. 
 
 Oeganized In 1885. A reorganization of the school of the same name founded in 1878, 
 but associated with the Minnesota Hospital College in 1880 to 1885. Merged into the 
 Medical Department of the University of Minnesota m 1888. 
 
 MINNESOTA HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Minneapolis, Minn. 
 
 Obganized in 1886. Held two courses of lectures, and, in 1888, was merged into the 
 Homeopathic Medical Department of the University of Minnesota. 
 
 THE COLLEGE OP MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 
 
 IMedicalDepartTnent of the University of Minnesota.) 
 
 Minneapolis, Minn. Pebbt H. Millaed, M. D.. Dean of the Department of Medicine. 
 
 Organized in 1883. The faculty was limite^d to the examination of appUcants for 
 the degrees of M. B. and M. D. Reorganized in 1888— unler a new medical law passed 
 by the legislature of 1886, absorbing the Minnesota Hospital College and the St. Paul 
 Medical College. 
 
 The faculty consists of twenty-three professors, three adjunct professors and a demon- 
 strator and two clinical professors. 
 
 CoueseopInsteuction: One annual lecture term of eight months. That of 1890-91 
 began October 6, 1890, and will continue eight months. This is the essential part ofthe 
 college year and consists of didactic lectures, ijractical demonstrations, laboratory work 
 and cJinioal teaohing in the lecture rooms and in the dispensaries and hospitals. Fre- 
 quent class examinations, or "auizzes," will be conducted by each professor and are 
 considered an important feature of the course. Attendance upon at least four-flfths of 
 the lectures under each chair is requisite in order to entitle the student to enter for 
 final examination or to a certificate of attendance. Graded course extending" over 
 three years required. "Where practicable students are requested to take four courses of 
 eetures. Women admitted upon same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace: First year, anatomy, chemistry, histology, physiology, materia 
 medloa, laboratory work: second year, continuation of first years' studies, and pathology, 
 medical jurisijrudenee, theory and practice, clinical medicine, obstetrics, diseases of 
 children, physical diagnosis, hygiene, surgery, clinical surgery, gynecology, clinical in- 
 struction: third year, continuation of second year studies (without those of the first year), 
 therapeutics, neurology, ophthalmology, dermatology, laryngology, electro-therapy, oto- 
 logy, genito-urinary diseases, orthopaeQia, clinical instruction in all branches, and bacteri- 
 ology, dissecting is regarded as advanced work, and is only done in the second year. 
 
 Bbquieements : For admission: applicants for admission to the College of Medicine 
 and Surgery will be required to prove their fitness to enter the college : 1) by writing leg- 
 ibly and correctly an English composition of not less t^an two hundred words; 21 by trans- 
 lation of easy Latin prose, or, in Ueu thereof, by passing an examination upon one of the 
 following subjects: French, German or one of the Scandinavian languages; 3) by passing 
 an examination upon either the elements of algebra, plane geometry, or botany: 4) by 
 showing such a knowledge of physics as may be obtained from the study)of Gage's, Avery's 
 or Balfour Stewart's Elements of Physios. It is provided, however, that no examination 
 for admission shall be required of matriculates or graduates of any reputable college of 
 science, literature and arts : of graduates of high schools of the first-grade. Students from 
 other colleges may be admitted, however, to me second year of lectures in the college 
 which corresponds to their previous course of study, by furnishing evidence, 1) of their 
 possession of the specified preliminary education or its alternatives ; 2) of the prosecution 
 of their medical studies for one year ; and 3) of attendance upon one full course of lectures 
 
 ( 
 
80 
 
 \ 
 
 in some reooeulzed college of medicine. Admission may, similarly, be gained to the senio- 
 year by furmshing evidence, 1) of the necessary preliminary qualincation; 2) of the oontinur 
 ance of their professional studies tor two years ; and 3) of attendance upon two fall courses / 
 of instruction in some recognized medical college, and finally, by sustaining satisfactory 
 «xaminations, or giving evidence of having already successfully passed examinations in 
 the studies of the first and second years. 
 
 For graduation: Candidates for graduation and for the degrees conferred by the uni- 
 versity upon graduates of the college, must possess the following qualifications : 1) they 
 must be upwards of twenty-one years of age ; 2) they must be of good moral character ; 3) 
 they must have spent three full years in the study of medicine; 4) they must have attende d 
 three full courses of lectures, the last of which, at least, must have been in this um- 
 versity, and the two former in this or some other recognized university or college of medi- 
 cine ; and, 5) they must have sustained satisfactory examinations in the various branches of 
 study, in accordance with the rules of the general faculty. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, (annually) f pr residents of Minnesota, «10 ; f or others S25 : lectures, 
 <annuaUy)forresid6ntsof Minnesota, 825; for others S35; graduation. 810: material for dis- 
 section, ?10 per part. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1888-89 75 16 '21.3 
 
 1889-90 87 15 18.3 
 
 Tercentage of graduates to matriculates for past two years, 19.1. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91 four years of study -will be required. 
 
 COLLEGE OF HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE AND SUEGEEY. 
 {Homeopathic Medical Department of the University of Minnesota.) 
 MiNNBAPOiiis, Minn. Pebby H. Millabd, M. D., Dean of the Department of Medicine. 
 
 Obganized in 1888, absorbing the Minnesota Homeopathic Medical College. 
 
 The faculty consists of nineteen professors, one adjunct professor and one demonstra- 
 tor. 
 
 CouKSE OE iNSTEUCTioN: Same as the College of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 Lectures embrace : First year— Anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa, his- 
 tology. Second year- anatomy, physiology, chemistry and toxicology, materia medica, 
 theory and practice, clinical medical, obstetriosi surgery and clinical surgery, gynecology, 
 physical diagnosis, pathology, hygiene, psedology, ophthalmology, mental and nervous 
 diseases, medical jurisprudence and genito- urinary diseases. Third year— As the second 
 year, without the three first studies, and in addition, otology and rhinologv, dermatology 
 and venereal diseases, orthopaedia, laryngology and electro-therapy. 
 
 Eequibbments : For admission and graduation, same as the College of Medicine and 
 Surgery. 
 
 Fees: Same as the College of Medicine and Surgery. 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1888-89 13 4 ' 30.7 
 
 1889-90 8 1 12.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates tor past two years, 23.8. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91 four years of study will be required. 
 
 MISSOURI. 
 
 STATE BOARD OF HEALTH OF MISSOURI. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. Geo. Homan, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 Eeoboanized July; 2, 1885, having been then in existence two years. The provisions 
 of the law creating the Board and defining its duties and powers are, in all material points, 
 the same as those in Illinois. The standard of recognition of medical ooUegea as being in 
 good standing is the same as that established by the Illinois Board. 
 
 Since the reorganization no licenses have been given to exempt non-graduatesr only 
 graduates fulfilling the reciulrements have received certificates, with the exception oi: a few 
 applicants who succeeded In passing the examinations. For reasons existing no great de- 
 gree of encouragement has been extended to those seeking license in this way, the course 
 advised being that they should prepare themselves in, and be duly vouched for as to fit- 
 ness, by aocrfidited medical schools before coming to the Board for offlolal reoognitioii and 
 Uoensa 
 
81 
 
 The possession by the Board of delegated power and the obligation of its iudieious ex- 
 ercise in the regulation of medical praotioe, the licensing of practitioners, the refusal to is- 
 sue certificates to those guilty of unprofessional or dishonorable conduct, and the revoca- 
 tion of certificates for like cause, was fully sustained and confirmed by the Supreme Court 
 of the State in a decision rendered in December, 1884. In the exercise of its discretion in 
 the determination of what shall be held to constitute unprofessional or dishonorable con- 
 duct in physicians, the Board is declared to be beyond the reach of mandatory authority; 
 and the same view is affirmed with regard to its power to deal with medical colleges, pro- 
 vided no element of discrimination in favor of or against particular systems or schools, 
 legalized by the State, enters into its decision. 
 
 Since the creation of the Board 4,445 certificates have been issued to graduated physi- 
 cians; 979 to exempt non-graduates; 26 upon examinations; and B80 to midwives, most of 
 whom were graduates. 
 
 From and- after the spring session of 1890 to secure recognition of their diplomas, mid- 
 wifery schools must reauire attendance at two terms of three months each with enlarged 
 course of study. 
 
 The Board has under consideration and contemplates the early adop- 
 tion of the requirement of three annual graded courses of lectures and 
 four years of study by medical colleges." 
 
 During 1890 some 400 physicians and 20 midwives were licensed; a considerable number 
 of applications were declined for the reasons authorizing such action, and the certificates 
 of two practitioners were revoked for unprofessional or dishonorable conduct. 
 
 MISSOURI MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 St. Louis, Mo. P. Gekvais Eobinson, M. D., LL. D., Dean, 3411 Washington ave. 
 
 Obganized in 1840 as the Medical Department of Kemper College. In 1845 it became the 
 Medical Department of the University of the State of Missouri, In 1855 it became ths Mis- 
 souri Medical College. 
 
 The first class was graduated in 1841. It was suspended during the war, and no students 
 were graduated in 1862, '63, '64 or '65. It is sometimes called, after its founder. The Mc- 
 Dowell Medical College. 
 
 This college has recently absorbed the St. Louis Post-Graduate School of Medicine, 
 adding several of the members of that school to its faculty, increasing very materially the 
 facilities for lectures and clinical instruction. Its building, which is claimed to be the finest 
 structure of its kind in this country, will be used for the senior classes of the under-gradu- 
 ate department, and also for post-graduate classes. 
 
 The faculty consists of fifteen professors, three clinical professors, three chiefs of 
 clinics, two instructors, one adjunct professor, one demonstrator, one assistant demon- 
 strator and fifteen clinical assistants. 
 
 CoUESE OP In.stbuotion: The fiftieth regular graduating course began September 30, 
 1890, and -Will continue six taionths; the spring course will begin April 6, 1891, and continue 
 until June 1. This course will consist of clinics and didactic lectures. A three years' 
 graded course is required. Clinics are given at hospitals and dispensary. 
 
 Lectures embraae anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology, otology, histology, biology, ohnioal medicine, clin- 
 ical surgery, disea-es of the nervous system, diseases of children, pharmacy and micro- 
 scopy, laryngology, dermatology and toxicology. i 
 
 Kequibements : For admission: "A prelimlnrry examination is reauired as a condi- 
 tion of admission to the regulaV winter course of lectures. This examination will be held at 
 the beginning of the winter or spring term, as the student enters. It' will embrace the 
 branches of a good English education, such as are taught in the pubUo schools, namely : 
 mathematics, elementary principles of physics and English composition. 
 
 Gentlemen who are graduates of a litferary or scientific college, academy, or high 
 school, or who have p issed tbe entrance examination of a Uterary college in good standing; 
 those who have a county or state teacher's certificate; graduates in medicine; and students 
 taking lectures for a special purpose other than securing the degree, will be exempt from 
 this examination." Students attending their first course of lectures during this 
 
 session, will be required to attend three regular terms of six months each. 
 
 For graduation : 1) twenty-one years of age ; 2) good moral character; 3) three full 
 courses of lectures and attendance upon clinics and dissections so long as a student of 
 this college ; 4) satisfactory examination. 
 
 Pees : Matriculation, S5 ; lectures, S60 ; course in chemistry or biology, laboratory fee, 
 $10; single tickets, $10 each branch; graduation, $30; demonstrator, $10; spring course, $20. 
 
 —6 
 
82 
 
 Students : Number of matrioulates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matrioulates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matrioulates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 265 
 
 123 
 
 46.4 
 
 1881-82 
 
 235 
 
 125 
 
 53 
 
 1882-83 
 
 2J0 
 
 86 
 
 41 
 
 1883-84 
 
 252 
 
 103 
 
 40.8 
 
 1884-85 
 
 208 
 
 88 
 
 42.3 
 
 1885-86 
 
 221 
 
 86 
 
 38.9 
 
 1886-87 
 
 205 
 
 91 
 
 44.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 222 
 
 79 
 
 35.5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 248 
 
 81 
 
 32.6 
 
 1889-90 
 
 244 
 
 100 
 
 40.9 
 
 Peroentage of graduates to matrioulates for past ten years 41.6. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91 four years of study yriU be required as 
 a condition of graduation. 
 
 ST. LOUIS MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 St. Louis. Mo. Henky H. Mudd, M. D., Dean, 2604 Locust street. 
 
 Obgani^ed in 1841, as tlie Medical Department of the St. Louis University. In 1855 it 
 was chartered as an independent institution under its present name. The first class was- 
 graduated in 1843. Classes have been graduated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of eighteen professors, one adjunct professor, two clinical profes- 
 sors, one assistant professor, three lecturers and six instructors. 
 
 CouESE OF Insteuction : The forty-ninth annual session began on Tuesday, September 
 23, 1890, and will close on Friday, May 22, 1891. The course of study extends over a 
 period of three years, and is graded. Each ses|^on is eight months in 
 length. 
 
 |! The fourth year, (optional advanced course), is open to all students who, having com- 
 pleted the work of the senior year, have passed examination in all the required subjects of 
 the junior and middle years. There is also a course provided for post-graduates. 
 
 Lectures embrace chemistry, anatomy, histology, physiology, materia medlca, thera- 
 peutics, pathology, principles and practice of medicine, principles and practice of surgery, 
 clinical medicine, ohnical surgery, obstetrics, hygiene, medical jurisprudence, disease=i of 
 women and children, ophthalmology, otology, dermatology, nervous and mental diseases, 
 diseases of the genito-urinary organs and syphilis, laryngology, orthopaedic surgery and 
 bacteriology. 
 
 Kequiebmbnts : For admission: Candidates for admission will be received upon the 
 presentation of a degree in lettters or science from a college or scientific school, a certificate 
 of graduaton from a high school or of aflr&t grade teacher's certificate; lacking these, 
 must pass an examination unon the usual bi anones of a good English education. Students- 
 who have attended one or two courses of lectures in an accredited regular school of medi- 
 cine may enter middle or senior class upon passing an examination in the studies of the 
 first and second years. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4) must have attended not less than three regular annual courses of 
 lectures; 6) satisfactory examination. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, (paid once only), % ; term fee, $90 ; laboratory fee, 810 yearly. 
 
 Students: Number of matrioulates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percei 
 
 1880-81 
 
 153 
 
 43 
 
 28. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 167 
 
 29 
 
 17.3 
 
 1882-83 
 
 134 
 
 40 
 
 SO. 
 
 1883-84 
 
 112 
 
 33 
 
 29.4 
 
 1884-85 
 
 91 
 
 20 . 
 
 22, 
 
 1885-86 
 
 96 
 
 18 
 
 18.7 
 
 1886-87 
 
 94 
 
 27 
 
 28.7 
 
 1887-88 
 
 58 
 
 16 
 
 27.5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 66 
 
 16 
 
 24.2 
 
 1889-90 
 
 76 
 
 22 
 
 28.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past ten years, 25.2. 
 
 The degi'ee of Doctor of Medicine cum laude is awarded to fourth year alftvaneed stu- 
 dents who, having passed in all the reciuired subjects of the four years, shall have attained 
 to an average of seventy-five per cent; to those who shall have attained to an average of 
 ninety per cent., the degree ot Doctor of Medicine, summa cum laude is awarded. 
 
 MOTE— This school will, after the session of 1S90-91, require four years 
 of study. 
 
83 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT, UNIVFBSITY OF MISSOURI. 
 
 CoiiTJMBiA, Mo., Woodson Moss, Seerelary. 
 
 Founded in 1845. The first class was graduated in 1846. From 1845 to 1855 the medical 
 department was situated at St. Louis. See Missouri Medical College. Suspended during 
 the civil war. Reorganized inl872. In 1886itheoameby co-operative contract with the 
 Missouri Medical College, Section No. 1, of the Medical Department of the University of 
 the State of Missouri. It recently severed its connection with the Missouri Medical College. 
 
 The faculty consists of seven professors, eight lecturers, three assistants and one dem- 
 onstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OF Instbuotion: Graded and extends through three years. Instruc- 
 tion given 'by lectures, recitations, oUnioal teaching and practical exercises. The eighteenth 
 annual session commenced September 9, 1890, and will end June 1, 1891. 
 
 Lectures embrace : First year, anatomy, osteology and dissecting; physiology, chemis- 
 try, normal histology, mioroseoj)y, general therapeuiios. Second year, anatomy, praotioa 
 physiology, analysis of urine^ microscopy, therapeutics, theory and practice of medicine, 
 surgery and obstetrics. Third year, theory and practice of medicine, clinical medicine, 
 physical diagnosis, surgery, clinical surgery, anatomy, obstetrics, therapeutics, gynecology, 
 diseases of children, bacteria culture, diseases of eye, ear, nose and tnroat, and sanitary 
 science. 
 
 Requibbments : For admission: 1) eighteen years of age ; 2) good moral charcter; 3) 
 "candidates will be examined as to their elementary education and their fitness to pursue 
 properly and profitably the technical study of medicine. The candidate will be aslced to 
 , give an account of his previous educational ad,vantages, and will be examined on the fol- 
 lowing: 1) English— an essay of about tw> hundred and fifty words on some familiar sub- 
 ject, to be announced at the time of the examination; 2) arithmetic; 3) elementary physics; 
 4) elementary botany; 5) elementary zoology; 6) elementary chemistry." 
 
 A student who has passed examinations in the above subjects at any scientific, literary 
 or professional college in good standing, or presents testimonials from the proper offloer 
 that he has satisfactorily pursued the course at some high school, academy or preparatory 
 school approved by the faculty, will be excused from the examination. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character ; 3) three courses 
 of medical study, two of ivhich must have been in a recognized medical col- 
 lege and the last of which must have been in this college. 4) pass the reccuired 
 examinations in all the studies of the three years' course. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, (including all tickets for one year), S50 ; expenses of laboratories, 
 *10 to 815 per year. 
 
 HUMBOLDT MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 
 Incoepobated February 28. 1855, as the St. Louis College of Medicine and Natural 
 Sciences. In 1859 it became the "Humboldt Institute, a fi-erman college for the promotion of 
 Natural Sciences and Medicine." In 1866 the name "Humboldt Medical College" was as- 
 sumed. There were eleven matriculates for the session of 1866-67; four g aduates in 1867 
 and twenty-eight matriculates, and four graduates in 1868. Before the opening of the ses- 
 sion of 1869-70 a split accurred in the faculty, a portion of the body organizing the College of 
 Physicians and Surgeons. No lectures were delivered after the session of 1869-70. See pre- 
 vious numbers of tms Rbpoet. 
 
 HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE OF MISSOURL 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. S. B. Paesons, M. D., Dean, 2246 Washington avenue 
 
 Oeganized originally in 1859 ; re-organized in 1882. Between the years 1869 and 1^1 
 the following homeopathic colleges were organized in St. Louis, viz: The St Louis College 
 of Homeopathic Physicians and Surgeons, organizei I in 1869; held two sessions and sus- 
 pended after session of 1870-71. The Homeopathic Medical College of St. Louis oi-ganized 
 1873. The Hering Medical Co lege, organized in 1880. In 1880 a poition of the faculty of the 
 Homeopathic Medical College of Mi.«souri seceded and revived the St. Louis College of 
 Homeopathic Physicians and. Surgeons, which again held two sessions, but after the ses- 
 sion of 1881-82 this college and the Hering were con- olidated with the Homeopathic Medical 
 College of Missouri. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors, one lecturer and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouESE OP Insteuction: The thirty-second annual course of lectures commenced 
 September IS, 1890, and will continue six months. Womnn admitted upon the same terms 
 as men. CUnios at hospital and at dispeasary. Three graded courses of lectures. 
 
84 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 , theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, medical 
 jui'isprudence, ophthalmology and otology, diseases of the nervous system, pedology, 
 clinical medicine, clinical surgery, histology, neurology, the philosophy ol homeopa hy. 
 
 Requibements : For admission : " The applicant must present a certificate of moral 
 oharacler ; pass an examination in all the urancnes of an English education, or furnish evi- 
 dence of scientific and literary qualifications." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) four years' 
 Ertudy; i) three full courses of lectures; 5) two courses of dissection; 6) satisactory 
 examination in all the branches taught. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, 85; lectures, $65; graduation, S25 ; demonstrator, flO. Forgraded 
 course, three years, in advance, $150 ; single tickets. 810, each branch. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 .1882-83 
 
 41 
 
 11 
 
 27. 
 
 1883-84 
 
 39 
 
 18 
 
 48.7 
 
 1884-85 
 
 32 
 
 9 
 
 28.1 
 
 1885-86 
 
 38 
 
 17 
 
 44.7 
 
 1886-87 
 
 39 
 
 14 
 
 35.9 
 
 1887-88 
 
 4« 
 
 16 
 
 40. 
 
 188»-89 
 
 38 
 
 11 
 
 28.9 
 
 1889-90 
 
 47 
 
 24 
 
 51. 
 
 Peryentage of graduates to matriculates for the past eight years, 38.1. 
 
 KANSAS CITY MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Kansas City, Mo. E. W. SoHAUFELEa, M. D., President ofthe Faculty. 
 
 Oeganized in 1869 as the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Kansas City. The first 
 class was graduated in 1870; classes have been graduated m each subsequent year. The 
 school assumed its present name in 1880. 
 
 The faculty oonststs of thirteen professors, two lecturers, two demonstrators and one 
 instructor, one clinical professor and one clinical instructor. 
 
 CouBSE OF Insteuction: One graduating session annually of six full months; that for 
 1890-91 began September 16, 1890, and will close March 17, 1891. A three years' graded course 
 Is recdmmended, but not required. Hospital and dispensary cUnics are given. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, ophthal- 
 mology and. otology, histology, urinary chemistry, clinical medicine, clinical surgery, dis- 
 eases of children, laryngology, dermatology and hygiene. 
 
 Eequikembnts ; For admission: 1) good moral character; 2) diploma from a credi- 
 ble literary or medical college, diploma from a high school or a teacher's certificate ; or, 
 3) a preliminary examination m EugUsh composition, mathematics and elementary physics 
 win D6 required. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study; 4) two full courses of instruction; 5) dissection of the whole body; 6) personal and 
 writ. en examination on the seven principal branches of medicine. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid but once), 85; lectures, ?60; demonstrator, 810 ; graduation 
 820; single tickets, 810 each branch; post-graduate course, six weeks', 825. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Peroei 
 
 1880-81 
 
 42 
 
 12 
 
 28.5 
 
 1881-82 
 
 32 
 
 16 
 
 60 
 
 1882-83 
 
 36 
 
 12 
 
 33.3 
 
 1883-84 
 
 38 
 
 15 
 
 39.4 
 
 1884-85 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 31 
 
 1885-86 
 
 29 
 
 10 
 
 84.4 
 
 1886-87 
 
 36 
 
 12 
 
 33.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 48 
 
 20 • 
 
 41.6 
 
 1888-89 
 
 54 
 
 19 
 
 35.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 55 
 
 16 
 
 29 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 35.3. 
 
85 
 
 ST. LOUIS COLLEGE OF HOMEOPATHIC PHYSICIANS AND SUKGEONS. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 
 Obganized in 1869. Suspended aftei: the session of 1870-71. See Homeopathic Medical 
 Gollege of Missouri. 
 
 ST. LOUIS COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SUBGEONS. 
 St. Louis, Mo. Algbbnon S. Babnes, M. D., Dean, 3013 Easton ave. 
 
 Oeganized in 1869, and In active operation until 1873. when it became extinct. Organ- 
 ized under its present management in 1879. 
 
 The faculty consists of fourteen professors, one demonstrator and one assistant demon- 
 strator. 
 
 OouBSE OF INSTBUOTION : The regular annual session began September 10, 1890, and 
 will close March 10, 1891. A three years' graded course is recommended, but not reauired. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, military surgery, obstetrics and gyne- 
 cology, hygiene, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology and otologj', dermatology and 
 syphilis, laryngology, clinical medicine, olimoal surgery, toxicology, diseases of the nerv- 
 ous system, ^enito-urinary surgery, diseases of children and histology. 
 
 Rbquibbments ; For admission— 1) diploma of graduation from a good literary and 
 scientific college or high school, or a first-grade teacher's certificate; or lacking this, a 
 thorough examination in the branches of a good English eduoation, including mathematics, 
 EngKsh composition and elementary physics or natural philosophy ; 2) not less than eigh- 
 teen years of age ; 3) credible evidence of good moral character. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) at least three 
 years' study of medicine; 4) attendance on two courses of lectures. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid onee only), S5; lecture tickets (including demonstrator's 
 fees), $50; examination fee (not returnable), $25. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 41 9 21.9 
 
 1881-82 49 12 21.5 
 
 1882-83 69 31 45 
 
 1883-84 57 27 4-7.3 
 
 1884-85 33 12 36.3 
 
 1885-86 35 17 48.5 
 
 1886-87 56 21 37.5 
 
 1887-88 90 34 37.7 
 
 1888-89 143 54 37.7 
 
 1889-90 154 56 36.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past ten years. 37.5. 
 
 Four years of study and three annual courses of lectures before grad- 
 uation, will be required after the session of 1890-91. 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF KANSAS CITY. 
 Kansas Citt, Mo. 
 Obganized in 1869. Three sessions were held.— Extinct in 1873. 
 
 HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE OF ST. LOUIS. 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 Obganized in 1873.— Extinct. Fraudulent. 
 
 ST. LOUIS HAHNEMANN MEDICAL COLLEGE: 
 St. Louis. Mo. 
 Obganized in 1873. Matriculates, 10; graduates, 4. Extinct in 1871. 
 
86 
 
 \ 
 
 AMEBICAN MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 (Eclectic.) 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. E. Younkin, M. D., Dean, 1015 Garrison avenue. 
 
 Obganized in 1S73. The ilrst class graduated in 1874. Classes were graduated twice 
 annually from that date up to 1883, but only one annual graduating session is now held. 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, two lecturers and one demonstrator. 
 
 Course of Insteuction ; The regular graduating session of 1800-91 commenced Sep- 
 tember 1. 1890, and will continue until June 4, 1891 ; any twenty weeks of said period are con- 
 sidered as attendance upon one full session. Clinics are given at hospital and college. 
 "Women admitted upon the same terms as men. A graded course of three years is pro- 
 vided. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrifcs, gynecology, hygiene, medical juris- 
 prudence, pharmacy, laryngology, ophthalmology, otology, diseases of chddren, chnioal 
 medicine, clinical surgery, diseases of the gemto-urinary organs, toxicology, venereal 
 diseases, and diseases of the skin and of the nervous system. 
 
 Eequieements : For admission— "Students who desire to enter this college must have 
 at least a fair IJngUsh education. Those who hold diplomas, or certificates of examination 
 from good literary, scientific, or medical or pharmaceutical colleges or high schools, or 
 first-grade teachers' certificates, will be accepted upon presenting their papers; lacking 
 these, they wili be required to pass the preliminary examination, This examination wiU 
 be practical rather than technical, its object being to determine (he candidates general 
 knowledge and natural capacity, and whether his previous aeauirements have been suffi- 
 cient to enable him to pursue his study of medicine to advantage to himself and honor to 
 the proiession." 
 
 For graduation: 1) good moral character; 2) four years's study; 3) three full 
 courses of lectures; 4) twenty-one years of age; 5) satisfao ory final examination. 
 
 Ebbs : Tickets for the session of twenty weeks, including matriculation, $75 ; demon- 
 strator, $3; for one college year of ten mouths, S9o; graduation, 425, 
 
 ' Students: Number of maltriculates and of gi-aduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percei 
 
 1880-81 
 
 6C 
 
 22 
 
 33.3 
 
 1881-82 
 
 118 
 
 40 
 
 33.9 
 
 1882-83 
 
 114 
 
 38 
 
 33,3 
 
 1883-84 
 
 65 
 
 15 
 
 23-1- 
 
 1884-85 
 
 24 
 
 14 
 
 58.3 
 
 1885-8S 
 
 26 
 
 6 
 
 23-1- 
 
 1886-87 
 
 33 
 
 16 
 
 48.4 
 
 1887-88 
 
 44 
 
 13 
 
 29.5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 69 
 
 31 
 
 A. 9 
 
 1889-90 
 
 63 
 
 25 
 
 39.6 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 35.3. 
 
 ST. LOUIS ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 Oboakized in 1874. Extinct in 1883. Closed by legal process. Diplomas not 
 
 ST. JOSEPH HOSPITAL MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 St. Joseph, Mo. 
 
 Oeganized in 1876. Five classes, containing forty-five students, were graduated. In 
 1882 this college was merged into the St. Joseph Medical College. Bee Ensworth Medical 
 College. 
 
 COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS OF ST. JOSEPH. 
 
 St. Joseph, Mo. 
 
 Oeoanized in 1876. Three class s, containing fifty students, were graduated. In 1882 
 this college was merged into the St. Joseph Medical College. See JSnsworth Medical Col- 
 lege. 
 
87 
 
 JOPLIN COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SUBGEONS. 
 JOPLIN, Mo. 
 
 Obganized in 1880. The flrst class was graduated in 1881. Tlie school became extinct 
 in 1884. None of its diplomas recognized. 
 
 HEKING MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 (SomeopatMc .) 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 Organized in 1880. See Homeopathic College of Missouri. 
 
 NOKTHWESTEEN MEDICAL COLLEGE. ST. JOSEPH, MO. 
 
 St. Joseph, Mo. T. E. Pottee, M. D., Secretary, Sixth and Edmond streets. 
 
 Obganized in 1880. The flrst class was graduated in 1881 . 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, one adjunct professor, one lecturer and two 
 demonstrators. 
 
 CouBSE OP Instbuotion: The regular graduating term began October 1, 1890, and 
 continues twenty weeks. Preliminary course began September 10, 1890. Attendance on 
 three courses of lectures is recommended, but not required. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, toxicology, materia medica and 
 therapeutics, theory and practice ot medicine, surgery, pathology, obstetrics and gyne- 
 ■cology, hygiene, medical jurisprudence, diseases of children, ophthalmology, otology, dis- 
 eases of the nervous system, clinical medicine, clinical surgery, diseases of the chest and 
 dermatology. 
 
 Bequibements : For admission: "Proper evidence of a good common EngUsh educa- 
 tion must be furnished by matriculants. This evidence must consist ot diploma from high 
 school, academy, literary college, or teacher's certificate from county or state superintend- 
 ■ent of pubhc schools. Lacking in some one of these evidences, a preUminary examination 
 by the president of the faculty will be required." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) two full courses 
 of lectures ; 4) satisfactory examination. 
 
 Pees : Matriculation, % ; each full course of lectures, S45 ; graduation, $25. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and ot graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 40 
 
 23 
 
 57.5 
 
 1881-82 
 
 40 
 
 26 
 
 65 
 
 1882-83 
 
 31 
 
 18 
 
 58 
 
 1883-84 
 
 39 
 
 10 
 
 25.8 
 
 1884-85 
 
 28 
 
 14 
 
 50 
 
 1885-86 
 
 28 
 
 11 
 
 39.2 
 
 1886-87 
 
 31 
 
 IS 
 
 41.9 
 
 1887-88 
 
 3" 
 
 11 
 
 36.6 
 
 1888-89 
 
 43 
 
 15 
 
 34.8 
 
 1889-90 
 
 43 
 
 17 
 
 39.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 44.7. 
 
 Three annual courses of lectures will be required after the session of 
 1890-91. 
 
 JOPLIN MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Joplin, Mo. 
 Obganized in 1881.— Extinct in 1882. 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
88 
 
 AMEBICAN ANTHROPOLOGICAL UNiVeESITY OF ST. LOUIS. 
 
 A diploma from this university was presented for record in Indiana in 1885. This is the 
 first instance that has eome to the knowledge of thi^ Boakd of any of its diplomas bemg 
 presented as a analiflcation to practice medicine in this country. Diplomas of this institu- 
 tion were sold in Scotland several years ago. and the attention of this Boabd was called to 
 the same by Hon. John Eaton, then U. S. Commissioner of Education. Parties holding 
 these diplomas were prosecuted for attempting to practice medicine in Germany m 1885. 
 Recently it was found that more of them had been sold in the country, and the subject was 
 a matter of correspondence between the German authorities and the State Department at 
 Washington. This so-called institution never had a legitimate existence : only one of the 
 original incorporators and officers is now living, and he has assured the Secretary that he 
 never signed a diploma. 
 
 UNIVERSITY MEDICAL COLLEGE OE KANSAS CITY. 
 
 (Formerly, University of Kansas City, Medical Department.) 
 
 Kansas City, Mo. Ltman A. Beegee, A. M. M. D., Secretary, 1235 Grand avenue. 
 
 Oeganizee in 1881. The first class was graduated in 1882. 
 
 The faculty consists of fourteen professors, one adjunct professor, two demonstrators 
 and three lecturers. 
 
 CouESE opInsteuction: The tenth annual session commenced September 15, 1890, 
 and continues twenty-six weeks. Instruction is given by lectures, cUnics, practical courses 
 in the dissecting room, laboratories, and by repeated examinations. A three years' graded 
 course is recommended, and will soon be made obligatory. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, histology, medical 
 jurisprudence, ophthalmology and otology, dermatology, nervous and mental diseases, 
 orthopedic surgery, diseases of the throat and chest, diseases of children, pharmacy. 
 
 genito-urinary diseases, clinical medicine, clinical surgery, microscopy, hygiene, physical, 
 iagnosis, railway surgery and bacteriology. 
 
 Bequiebments : For admission— "Every applicant must be of good moral character, 
 and possess the evidence of a good English education. He should also possess a sufficient 
 knowledge of Latin to read and write current prescriotions. Every candidate for matricu- 
 lation, unless a graduate of some college, high school or academy, or holding a certificate 
 of some literary institution, will be exdmined to ascertain his fitness for entering upon and 
 appreciating the study of medicine." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one yeai;s of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4) two full courses of lectures ; S) clinical instruction during one term : 6) dissection 
 of each region of the body ; 7) full and satisfactory examination in each branch ; 8) punctual 
 attendance on lectures and clinics. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, $5 ; lectures, S50 ; demonstrator, $10 ; practical chemistry (optional, 
 chemicals at cost), $10; bacteriology (optional), 810; graduation, $20. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 25 
 
 11 
 
 44 
 
 1882-83 
 
 28 
 
 8 
 
 38.6 
 
 1883-8i 
 
 45 
 
 14 
 
 31.1 
 
 ISSl-a'i 
 
 35 
 
 16 
 
 45.7 
 
 1885-86 
 
 30 
 
 17 
 
 56.6 
 
 1886-87 
 
 21 
 
 6 
 
 25 
 
 1887-88 
 
 29 
 
 8 
 
 27„5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 42 
 
 15 
 
 3^7 
 
 1889-90 
 
 70 
 
 15 
 
 21.4 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past nine years, 33.5. 
 
 A three years' graded course of lectures, and four years of study Trill 
 be obligatory after the session of 1890-9I. 
 
 ENSWOBTH MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 St. Joseph, Mo. Jacob Gei(}ee,M.D., Secretary, 613 Francis street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1882, as the St. Joseph Medical College, by the union of the St. Joseph 
 Hospital Medical College and the College of Physicians and Surgeons of St. Joseph. Re- 
 organized in 1888 under above title. First class was graduated in 1883. 
 
 The faculty consists of twelve professors, one lecturer and two demonstrators. 
 
89 
 
 . CouESE OF Instedction : The fourteenth annual session began October 1, 1890, and 
 ■will close the first week in March, 1891. 'Women admitted on the same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures' embrace gynecology, obstetrics, surgery, diseases of children, prinoljples- 
 and practice of medicine, materia medica and therapeutics, physiology, hygiene, chem- 
 istry, toxicology, anatomy, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology and otology, pathology 
 and microscopy, diseases of the nervous system, military and railroad surgery and der- 
 matology. 
 
 Bequieembnts : For admission— 1) good moral character ; 2) a diploma of gradiiation 
 from a good literary or scientific college or school or a flrsfr-grade teacher's certlfloate; 
 S) lacking this they must pass an examination in the branches of a common school educa- 
 tion before a committee of the faculty. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-One years of age and of good moral character: 2) have 
 studied medicine for three years ; 3) two full winter courses of lectures ; 3) must have dls^ 
 seoted each region of the body; 5) must have attended lectures regularly; 6) satisfactory 
 examination in all branches. 
 
 Pees: Matriculation (paid but once), S5 ; lectures, J35; demonstrator and material, SIO: 
 graduation, $25. 
 
 Studbnts : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1883-83 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 33.3 
 
 1883-84 
 
 35 
 
 6 
 
 17.1 
 
 1884-85 
 
 28 
 
 9 
 
 32,1 
 
 1885-86 
 
 26 
 
 11 
 
 42.3 
 
 188&-87 
 
 22 
 
 6 
 
 27.2 
 
 1887-88 
 
 31 
 
 10 
 
 32.2 
 
 1888-89 
 
 30 
 
 9 
 
 30. 
 
 1889-90 
 
 43 
 
 14 
 
 32.5 
 
 intage of graduates 
 
 to matriculates for past eight years, 30.5. 
 
 
 Four years o£ study and three regular graded courses of lectures will 
 be required after the session of 1890-91. 
 
 KANSAS CITY HOSPITAL COLLEGE OP MEDICINE. 
 Kansas Citt, Mo. 
 ^ANIZED in 18S2. The first class was graduated in 1883. Extinct in 1888. 
 
 WOMAN'S MEDICAL COLLEGE OP ST. LOUIS. 
 [HoTneopathic .) 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 Obganized in 1883. Extinct, 1884. 
 
 OCCIDENTAL COLLEGE OP PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS. 
 ■ JOPLIN, Mo. 
 INOOEPOEATED, 1886. Extinct, 1887. 
 
 BEAUMONT HOSPITAL MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. W. B. Outten. M. D., Dean, 6th and Locust Streets. 
 
 Oeganized in 1886. The faculty consists of fourteen professors, five assistant profes- 
 sors and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OF Jnsteuotion: The regular winter session commenced September 15, 1890, 
 and will continue until March 28, 1891. Three courses of lectures recommended, and provi- 
 sion is made for the same, but not rectuired at present. Special attention will be given to 
 clinical and laboratory work. 
 
90 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, nhysiology, chemistry, histology, materia medioa and thera- 
 peutios,theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, medi- 
 cal jurisprudence, mental and nervous diseases, ophthalmology, pathology, dermatology, 
 otology, diseases of children, orthopedic surgery, diseases oi the throat and chest and 
 climatology, genito-urinary surgery, clinical medicine and clinical surgery, toxicology, 
 demonstrations in surgery and electro-therapeutics. 
 
 Eequieements ; For admission: Before matriculating every student must present 
 ■evidence of a fair common school education. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) two full courses 
 of lectures ; 4) three years' study ; 5) satisfactory examinations. 
 
 Fees : For first course students, in full, SO ; for second course students, in full, f90. 
 
 No charges for matriculation, demonstrator's or hospital tickets. Diplomas gratis to 
 those passing satisfactory examination. 
 
 Students ; Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session, Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1886-87 51 18 35.3 
 
 1887-88 81 36 44.4 
 
 1888-89 63 22 34.9 
 
 1889-90 76 22 28.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past tour years, 36.1. 
 
 After the session of 1S90-91 attendance upon three annual courses of 
 lectures and four years study ■will be required before graduation. 
 
 KANSAS CITY HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Eaksas City, Mo. Petee Diedeich, M. D., Dean,, 518 Minnesota avenue. 
 Oeganized in 1888. 
 The faculty consists of eighteen professors and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouKSE OP Insteuotion: The t' ird annual session began September 16, 1890, and will 
 •continue six months. A three years' gi-aded course is recommended, imt not required. 
 All first course students mustenter upon the first year of the three years' graded course. 
 Wompn admitted upon the same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, practical anatomy, physiology, chemistry and toxiaplogy, 
 pharmacy, diseases of children, materia medica and therapeutics, practice of meaioine, 
 pathology, opthamology, otology, physical diagnosis, surgery, obstetrics gynecology, dis- 
 eases of the nervous system, medical jurisprudence, hygiene, clinical medicine, histology, 
 •derma' oloey, microscopy, oral surgery and dentistry. 
 
 Eebuieements : For admission : 1) good moral character ; 2) diploma from some liter- 
 ary or scientific college, high school or academy, or a county or state teacher's certificate, 
 or the certificate of the examining board of any accredited medical society ; 4) lacking these, 
 a satisfactory examination in elementary mathematics, history of United States, English 
 composition, and elementary physics and natural philosophy. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral and professional standing; 
 3) three years' study of medicine; 4) two courses of practical anatomy; 5)three courses of 
 lectures; 6) satisfactory examination. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (once only)S5; demonstrator, *10 ; lectures, 850 ; graduation. 825: 
 perpetual ticket, SIOO. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Graduates. Percent. 
 
 4 28.5 
 
 6 35.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matricula,tes for past two years, 32.2 
 
 ST. LOUIS HYGIENIC COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. Susanna W. Dodds, M. D., Dean, 2826 Washington avenue. 
 •Okoanizbd in 1887. 
 The faculty consists of ten professors, two lecturers, and one demonstrator of anatomy. 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 1888-89 
 1889-90 
 
 14 
 17 
 
91 
 
 tin ^° VBSB of Insteuotion : The fourth annual course began October 1, 1890, and will con- 
 xmue SIX months. A graded course extending over a period of three years 
 M required. , Women admitted upon same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace, first year— anatomy, physiology, histology, chemistry, toxicology, 
 tv, 1® principles of hy geio-therapy, sanitation, dietetics, physical culture ; second y ear— 
 patnoJogy, therapeutics, materia mediea, diseasesof the nervous system, surgery, morbid 
 anatomy, obstetrios, diseases of women and children, rectal and renal diseases, sanitary 
 engineering; third year— otology, ophthalmology, motorpathy, dermatology, medical juris- 
 prudence, electro-therapeutics, dental science, microscopy and histology. 
 
 Eequieembnts : For admission— 1) good moral character; 2) satisfactory proof of a 
 good English education; 3) or an examination by the faculty in ordinary English branches : 
 certificate of graduation from a high school, academy or college, or teacher's certificate will 
 «xempt candidates from preliminary examination. 
 
 J'or graduation: ]) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years" 
 study of medicine; 4) three courses of lectures; 5) satisfactory examination. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5 ; fees for one course of lectures, 860; practical anatomy, SIO; 
 graduation fee, 825; single ticketp, ?10 each branch. 
 
 I 
 
 Students; Number o£ matriculate,? and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1887-88 6 
 
 1888-89 18 
 
 1889-90 15 3 20 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past three years, 7.6. 
 
 THE MABION-SIMS COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. Young H. Bond, M. D., Dean, Grand and Page avenue. 
 
 Oeganized in 1890. Special attention will be given to clinical and demonstrative teach- 
 ing and practical work in the different laboratories will be insisted upon. A three-years' 
 graded course is provided for. " The faculty recommends this course to aU students and 
 contemplates its adoption for all its matriculates after 1892." 
 
 The faculty consists of twelve professors, six lecturers, one demonstrator and thirteen 
 clinical assistants. 
 
 CouBSE or Insteuotion: The first session began October 1, 1890, and will close about 
 the middle of March, 1891. A general spring course and practitioners' course begins in 
 March and will end May 15, 1891, and will be mainly a clinical one. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea, therapeutics, [toxi- 
 cology, practice of medicine, surgery, histology, pathology, obstetrios, gynecology, mental 
 and nervous diseases, electro-therapy, ophthalmology, otology, laryngology, diseases of 
 children, hygiene, diseases of the rectum, forensic medicine, dental and oral surgery. 
 
 Eequieements : For adipission— satisfactory evidence of a good English education by 
 certificates of graduation from a literary or scientific college, academy or high school, or 
 presentation ot a teacher's certificate, or by examination before a committee of the faculty 
 and must have a good moral character. 
 
 For graduation: 1) three-years' course of study ; 2) two regular college courses; certi- 
 ficates of examination in other schools will not be accepted in lieu of final examination by 
 the faculty of this college. 
 
 Fee: Matriculation, S5; entire lecture fee, including matriculation, $50; demonstrator, 
 $10; single ticket, 810 each ; final examination fee, SiS ; sons and brothers of physicians and 
 sons of the clergy, $25 ; hospital ticket fre e ; cUnic tickets free. 
 
 MONTANA. 
 
 Act to Eeoulate the Peaotice oe Medicine in Montana. Act approved Feb. 28, 
 1889. See this Eepoet, 1899. 
 
 "The medical law in Montana is similar in most respects to the law of Illinois. 
 
 Under the law, as interpreted by the Hon. N. W. MoConneh, ex-Chief Justice of Mon- 
 tana, the act creating the Board of Medical Examiners and regulating the practice of medi- 
 cine in this state contemplates four classes of phySeians and surgeons : 
 
 First. Those who are graduates in medicine and have diplomas, issued by a medical 
 school, legally organized, and in good standing, whose teachers are graduates of a legally 
 organized school. 
 
92 
 
 "Seoond. Those who are not graduates, but who are now and were at the time this act 
 oame into operation, practicing medicine or surgery within this state, but who have not 
 been continuously for ten years. 
 
 "Third, Those who have been continuously practicing medicine or surgery within this 
 state for a period of not less than ten years at the time said act went into effect. 
 
 "Fourth. All persons hereafter commencing the practice of medicine or surgery within 
 this state. 
 
 "As to the first class, no examination as to the attainments of the applicant in medical 
 knowledge was required. All other classes and those acting subsequent to the passage of 
 this act must submit to examination as prescribed in section Pour or this act, to -wit : TJj^on 
 the subjects of Anatomy, Physiology, Chemistry, Histology, Materia Medioa, Therapeutics. 
 Preventive Medicine, Practice of Medicine, Surgery, Obstetrics, Diseases of Women and 
 Children. Diseases of the N ervous system, Diseases of the Eye and Ear, Medical J urispru-' 
 denoe, and such other branches as the Board shall deem advisable. 
 
 "All persons coming into this state after the passage of this act. in addition to this ex- 
 amination must present evidence of having pursued at least 'three courses of lectures of 
 four months each, before they shall be entitled to a certificate. The fee of such examina- 
 tion, or for verifying diplomas is invariably S15, which is paid by applicant to the treasurer 
 of this Board, and apphed by said Board towards defraying the expenses thereof. 
 
 "Any person who may feel himself aggrieved at the action of the Board in denying him 
 a certificate has a right to appeal to the District Court of thd county where such appUeant 
 may have applied for certificate, or where his certificate may have been revoked, where he 
 can have a trial by the court and determine the justice and legality of the Board's action in 
 the premises." 
 
 BOARD OF MEDICAL EXAMINEES OF MONTANA. 
 
 Gbeat Falls, Mont. Ebnest Cbutchee, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 The Board consists of seven members appointed by the Governor, for seven years each. 
 It was organized April 2, 1889, since which time— to Nov. 29, 1890^there have been 238 appli- 
 cants for certificates— practitioners and midwives. Certificates were issued to 180 ;prao- 
 titioners and to 2 midwives, temporary certificates to 16 practitioners, and 6 to licentiates. 
 In 30 cases certificates were refused, and 4 applications were withdrawn. The board jaas 
 revoked 3 certificates. 
 
 Section 4 of the Montana Medical Act, requiring not less than three 
 courses of lectures of four months each, prevents the Board's issuing cer- 
 tificates on diplomas presented by persons that have taken but two 
 courses of lectures. By a recent resolution of the Board the Secretary; was instructed 
 to notify the medical colleges of this provision of the law. , 
 
 "Montana," says the Secretary, "has been the p^radis'e of guacks and charlatans, who 
 have grown rich'and powerful because of the large fees ordinarily prevailing in this stale." 
 
 NEBRASKA. 
 
 OMAHA MEDICAL COLLEGE. i 
 
 Omaha, Neb, W. 0. Bbidges, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 Obganized in 1881. The outgrowth of a preparatory school, established in 1880 under 
 the name of the Nebraska School of Medicine. 
 
 The faculty consists of seventeen professors, two lecturers and two demonstrators. 
 
 CouESE OE INSTBUCTION ; The regular graduating session of 1890-91 began September 30, 
 1890, and will close March 23, 1891. The members of the faculty devote a portion of each day 
 to examinations on the subjects of the previous lectures. Clinics are given at the college 
 and in the hospital. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa aad therapeutics, 
 histology, theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, 
 hygiene, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology and otology, laryngology, toxicology, dis- 
 eases of children, cliuical medicine and cUnical surgery, bacteriology and diseases of the 
 mind. 
 
 Beqdieements: For adirtission: "All candidates must present to the faculty satisfac- 
 tory evidence of. a good moral character, and must be at least eighteen years of age ; and 
 unless holding a certificate or diploma from some literary institution or a teacher's certifi- 
 cate, must pass an examination showing a fair EngUsh education." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3} "such pri- 
 mary education as is clearly requisite for a proper standing with the public and the pro- 
 fession;" 4) three years' study; 5) two full courses of lectures ; clinical instruction for two 
 sessions; 7) practical anatomy two courses, and dissection of all regions of the body, 
 chemistry, normal histology and pathological anatomy, one course; 8) fvill and satisfactory 
 written and oral examination on each branch taught; 9; close attendance on all lectures. 
 
93 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, 15; demonstrator, 85; lectures, 45; graduation, $25; hospital, S5; 
 cnemistry, histology and pathology, each, $5. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of gra..uates to matriculates- 
 Sessions. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 1881-82 33 '8 23. 
 1882-83 ,30 9 30. 
 1883-84 20 4 20. 
 1884-85 21 8 38. 
 1885-86 28 5 17.8 
 1886-87 24 7 29.1 
 1887-88 24 10 41.6 
 1888-89 23 7 30.4 
 1889-90 26 4 15.3 
 
 Percentage of. graduates to matriculates for past nine years, 27+. 
 
 After the session of 1S90-91, this school will require four years' study 
 and three graded courses of lectures for graduation. 
 
 UNIVEESITY OF NEBRASKA, COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. 
 Lincoln, Neb. 
 Okganized in 1870.— Extinct in 1887. 
 
 (Homeopathio Department.) 
 ' Lincoln, Neb. 
 
 Oeganized in 1883.— Extinct in 1887. 
 
 {Eclectic Department.) 
 • Lincoln, Neb. 
 
 Oeganized in 1883.— Extinct in 1885. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT COTNER UNIVERSITY. 
 
 Lincoln, Nebraska. W. S. Latta, M. D. Dean, Eleventh street, near street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1890, as the Medical Department of the Nebraska Christian University, 
 Bethany Heights, Lincoln. 
 
 The faculty consists of fourteen professors and one demonstrator. 
 
 OouKSE OF Instbuction: Covers a period of three years. The first annual course 
 began September 15, 1890, and will continue six months. Women are admitted upon the 
 same terms as men. Instruction is given by lectures, recitations, clinical teachings and 
 practical work. Oral examinations will be field by the professors, and the student will he 
 reauiredtokeep himself informed in regard to the subjects previously lectured upon by 
 frequent reference to text-books. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, toxicology, materia medloa thera- 
 
 Eeutlcs and dietetics, theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, 
 ygiene, diseases of children, physical diagnosis, pathology, histology, microscopy, ophth- 
 almology, otology, laryngology, eleotro-therapeutios, dermatology, venereal diseases, 
 medical jurisprudence and diseases of the mind and nervous system. 
 
 Ebquibements : For admission-^" Each candidate for admission, must present a satis- 
 factory certificate from a college or high school that he possesses sufficient general educa- 
 tion to intelligently pursue the study of medicine: or in lieu of such proper testimon7, 
 must pass a satisfactory preliminary examination by the faculty on the subjects taught m 
 our common school system." 
 
 For graduation: The candidate must be 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) of good moral 
 character ; 3) must have attended three f idl courses of lectures of six months 
 each; 4) a satisfactory examination in every branch taught by the faculty in this depart- 
 ment. 
 
 Fees ; Tickets for one full course of lectures, $50 ; matriculation fee (charged but once,) 
 85; demonstrator's ticket and material, 810 ; analytical chemistry and material, 810; examin- 
 ation fee for graduation, 825. 
 
 Scholarship entitling the purchaser to attend as many courses as he may desire may 
 be had for 8100. • 
 
94 
 
 NEW HAMPSHIRE. 
 
 DARTMOUTH MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 [New Hampshire Medical Institute.) 
 
 Hanoteb, N. H. Caelton P. Fbost, M. D., Dean of the faculty. 
 
 Okganized in 1797. The first class was graduated in 1798. Classes have been graduated 
 each subsecLuent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors and one lecturer. 
 
 CouBSE or INSTKUCTION : The collegiate year is divided into a lecture course and a 
 recitation term. The regular lecture course for 1890 began July 16, and continued twenty 
 weeks ; the recitation term began January 2, 1891, and continues until June 20. Chmeal in- 
 struction will be given to as large an extent as circumstances will permit." 
 
 Lectures embace anatomy, physiology, chemistry (lectures and laboratory work), 
 materia medica and therapeutics, theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetric^ 
 gynecology, hygiene, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology, laryngology, nervous and 
 mental diseases. 
 
 Ebquibements: For admission— "Applicants must be eighteen years of age, and, 
 unless already matriculates of some regular medical college, or graduates of some reput- 
 able college, academy, or high school, will be examined as to their fitness for entering upon 
 and appreciating the technical study of medicine." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three full 
 courses of lectures; 4) four full years of study; 5) dissected all parts of the 
 cadaver; 6) shall pass satisfactory written examination on all branches taught in the school 
 —anatomy physiology, chemistry, surgery, obstetrics, therapeutics, gynecology and prac- 
 tice. Two examinaiions annually. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, 85; lectures, $77 ; graduation, $25 ; chemicals, $2; recitation term, 
 $40 ; chemistry, extra, $15 ; anatomical material at cost. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 ssion. 
 
 Matticulates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1881 
 
 91 
 
 43 
 
 47.2 
 
 1882 
 
 76 
 
 28 . 
 
 36.8 
 
 1883 
 
 80 
 
 40 
 
 50. 
 
 1884 
 
 4fl 
 
 18 
 
 45. 
 
 1885 
 
 52 
 
 13 
 
 25. 
 
 1886 
 
 55 
 
 15 
 
 27.2 
 
 1887 
 
 56 
 
 19 
 
 33.9 
 
 1888 
 
 64 
 
 26 
 
 40.6 
 
 1889 
 
 67 
 
 go 
 
 29.8 
 
 1890 
 
 m 
 
 25 
 
 25.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 36.3. 
 
 NEW ENGLAND UNIVERSITY OF THE ARTS AND SCIENCES. 
 
 Manchesteb, N. H. 
 
 Fbaudulent.— Extinct. Incorporated 1876.— Act repealed 1877. Exposed by the Illi- 
 nois State Boaed op Health. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE, DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE. 
 
 Nashua, N. H. Henbt Pbeeland Bbadbuet, M. D., Secretary. 30 Pearl street. 
 
 Incobpoeatkd October, 1888. 
 
 Feaudulent. An investigation of th's institution was made by Dr. D. S. Adams, 
 of Manchester, President of the New Hampshire State Board of Censors, and by the 
 Boston Herald, which led to the exposure of its true character. Dr. Bradbury, the secre- 
 tary, was indicted by the U. S. Grand Jury, at Concord, and on October 9th, was con- 
 victed of using the mail for fraudulent purposes. He was sentenced to pay a, fine of 
 $250, and not having any money was sent to jail. He was also interested in the Trinity 
 University, of Bennington, Vermont, and seems to have been the agent for the sale of 
 diplomas of fraudulent colleges located in other states. Prices of diplomas varied from 
 $60 to $300. and were sent by express after nominal compliance with rules for graduation. 
 In New Hampshire and Vermont, and until very recently in Massachusetts, the ex- 
 istence of this kind of a school was made possible owing to the laxity of the laws in 
 regard to incorporating for general purposes or for purposes of the dissemination of 
 knowledge. 
 
95 
 
 NEW JERSEY. 
 
 AN ACT TO Regulate THE Peactice op Medicine and Stjkgebt, to License Physicians 
 
 AND SUBGEONS AND TO PUNISH PEBSONS VIOLATING THE PeOTISIONS ThEEEOP. 
 
 1. Be it enacted by the Senate and General Assembly of the State of New Jersey, 
 That the Governor shall appoint a Board of Examiners, to be known as the State Board of 
 Medical Examiners ; said board shall consist of nine members ; the appointees shall be per- 
 sons of recognized professional ability and honor; the terms of office of said board shall be 
 three years, or until their successors are appointed ; provided, however, that the members 
 of the Board first appointed shall be divided into three classes each class to consist of three 
 persons : the first class shall hold office under said appointment for one year, the second for 
 two years and the third for three years from the date of their appointment, and there- 
 after each member of said board shall be appointed for a term of three years ; and provided 
 further, that said board shall consist of five old school, three homeopaths and one eclectic ; it 
 is further provided, that no member of said board shall serve more than two terms in suc- 
 cession; no member of any coUese or university having a medical department shall be ap- 
 pointed to serve as a member of said board. 
 
 2. And be it enacted. That said Boatd of Medical Examiners shall elect a president a 
 secretary and a treasurer: it shall have a common seal, and the president shall be empow- 
 ered to administer oaths in taking testimony upon any matter pertaining to the duties of 
 said board; said board shall hold meetings for examinatioms at the eapitol building of this 
 State, the second Thursday of January. April, July and October of each year, and at such 
 other times and places as the board shall deem expedient, said board shall keep an official 
 record of all its meetings, also an official register of all applicants for examination for a li- 
 cense to practice medicine and surgery in this State; said register for license shall show, 
 the name, age and last place of residence of each candidate, the time he or she has spent in 
 medical study, in or out of medical school, and the names and locations of all medical 
 schools which have granted said applicant any degree or certificate of attendance upon 
 lectures in medicine ; said register shaU also show whether such applicant was rejected or 
 licensed under this act; said register shall be prima /acie evidence of all matters therein 
 contained. 
 
 3. And be it enacted. That all persons hereafter commencing the practice of medicine 
 or surgery, in any of its branches in this State, shall apply to said Board of Medical Exami- 
 ners for a license so to do ; appUoants if or examination shall be divided into three classes, 
 to- wit: first, persons graduated from a legally chartered medical school not less than five 
 years before the date of application for a license ; second, all other persons graduated from 
 a legally chartered medical school; and third, medical students taking a regular course of 
 medical instruction; applicants of the first o ass shall submit to examination upon the fol- 
 lowing named branches, to- wit: materia mediea and therapeutics, obstetrics and gynefcol- 
 oey, practice of medicine, surgery and surgical anatomy; those of the second and third 
 classes shall submit to examination upon anatomy, physiology, chemistry, pathology, ma- 
 teria mediea and therapeutics, histology, hygiene, practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics 
 and gynecology, diseases of the eye and ear, medical jurisprudence and such other branches 
 as the board may deem advisable ; the miestions for examination of applicants of the first 
 and second classes shall be the same in branches common to both; said board shall not li- 
 cense applicants of the second and third classes after January first, one thousand eight 
 hundred and ninety-two, until satisfactory proof Is furnished that the applicant has studied 
 medicine and surgery three years. Is of good moral character and over twenty-one years of 
 age; applicants of the third class, after they shall have studied medicine and surgery at 
 least two years, can be examined upon the following named branches, to- wit: anatomy; 
 physiology, chemistry, histology and pathology, materia mediea and therapeutics ; if said 
 examination is satisfactory to all the members of said board, it may Issue a certificate that 
 the applicant has passed a final examination in these branches, and such eertlfloate, if i)re- 
 sented by the applicant when he or she shall make the application for license to practice, 
 shall be eiccepted by said board In lieu of an examination m those branches ; all examina- 
 tions shall be both scientific and practical, but of sufficient severity to test the candidates' 
 fitness to practice medicine and surgery. 
 
 4. And 6e it enacted, That all examinations shall be in writing; In all examinations the 
 Questions and answers must be, except in materia mediea and therapeutics such as can be 
 answered in common by all schools of practice; and if the appUcant intends to practice 
 homoepathy or eclecticism the member or members of said board of those schools shall ex- 
 amine said applicant in materia mediea and therapeutics ; If said examination Is satisfac- 
 tory, the board shall issue a license entitUng the applicant to practice medicine in this State ; 
 the votes of all examiners shall be by yes or no and written, with their signatures, upon the 
 backs of the examination papers of each candidate for the respective branches : a Ucense 
 shall not issue in any case unless the applicant passes an examination satisfactory to all the 
 members of said board; said examination papers shall be kept on file by the secretary of 
 said board, and shaWhs prima facia evidence of all matters therein contained; any applicant 
 refused a license by said board for failure on examination may appeal from the decis on of 
 said board to the appointing power thereof, who may thereupon appoint a medical committee 
 of review consisting of three members, one from each school of medicine, who shall examine 
 the examination papers of ,the said applicant,- and from them determine whether a lijense 
 should Issue, and their decision shallbe final; it said commission by an unanimous vote 
 reverse the determination of the board the board shall thereupon issue a license to the ap- 
 pUcant, the expense of said appeal fehall be borne by the applicant : all licenses shall be 
 signed by the president and secretat y of said board, and shallDe attested by the seal thereof ; 
 the fee for examination shall be fifteen dollars for each applicant of the first and second 
 classes, and twenty dollars for each applicant of the third class ; It shall be paid to the treas- 
 urer of the board and appUed towards defraying the expenses thereof. 
 
 5. And be it enacted. That the board may by a unanimous vote, refuse to grant, or may 
 revoke a license for the following causes, to wit: chronic and persistent inebriety, the 
 practice of criminal abortion, conviction of crime involving moral turpitude or for publicly 
 
96 
 
 advertising special abili,t7 to treat or cure diseases wliich, in the opinion of said board, it is 
 impossible to cure; in oomplaints for violating the provisions of this section, the aooused 
 person shall be furnished with a copy of the complaint, and given a hearing before said 
 board in person or by attorney. 
 
 6. And he. it enacted. That the person so receiving said license shall file the same or a 
 certified copy thereof, vrith the clerk of the county in which he or she resides, and said 
 clerk shall file said certificate or copy thereof, and enter a memorandum thereof, giving 
 the date of said license and the name of the person to whom the same is Issued, and the 
 date of said filing, in a book to be provided and kept for that purpose ; and for which regis- 
 try the said county clerk shall be entitled to demand and receive from each person regis- 
 tering the sum of fifty cents ; in case a person so licensed shall so move Into another county 
 ■of this State he or she shall procure from the said clerk a certified copy of said license and 
 then file the same with the clerk in the county to which he or she shall remove, said clerk 
 shall file and enter the same with like effect as if the same was the original license, and for 
 which registry the said county clerk shall be entitled to demand and receive the sum of 
 fifty cents. 
 
 7. And be it enacted. That this act shall not apply to the commissioned surgeons of the 
 "United States Army, Navy or Marine Hospital Service or to regularlyiicensed physicians or 
 •surgeons in actual consultation from other states or territories, or to regularly licensed 
 physicians or surgeons actually called from other states or territories to attend cases in 
 this State, or to any pei-son now entitled to practice medicine in this State. 
 
 8. And 6e it enacted. That any person shall be regarded as practicing medicine or sur- 
 gery, -within the meaning of this act, who shall append the letters M. D. or M. B._ to his or her 
 
 9. And lie it enacted. That any person hereafter commencing the practice of medicine 
 or surgery in this State without first having obtained the license herein provided for, or 
 contrary to the provisions of this act shall Be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon 
 conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not less that fifty dollars or more than one 
 "hundred dollars, or by imprisonment in the county jail for a period of not less than ten or 
 more than ninety days. Or both fine and imprisonment; it shall be the duty of the respec- 
 tive county attorneys to prosecute violations of the provisions of this act. 
 
 10. And he it enacted. That the expenses of said board and of the examinations shall 
 be paid from the license fees above provided for, and if any surplus remain, the same may 
 be distributed among the members of said board as a compensation for their services as 
 members, who otherwise shallreceive no compensation whatever. 
 
 11. And he it enacted. That all acts or parts of acts, general or special, now existing, 
 not in accordance with the provisions of this act, or inconsistent therewith, are hereby re- 
 pealed. 
 
 Approved May 12, 1890. 
 
 STATE BOARD OP MEDICAL EXAMINEES OF NEW JEESEY. 
 
 Jbbsby City, N. J. Wm. Peeey Watson, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 The Board was organized September 2, 1890, in accordance with the Medical Practice 
 Act. At the first examination there were 11 candidates for license to practice ; of these 10 
 ■were granted Ucenses. 
 
 At the meeting of the Board on September 18, 1890, the following were adopted: 
 
 EEQUIATIONS FOB OONDtJCTING EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 1. Each candidate shall present certificates of age, moral character, preliminary educa- 
 tion, and time and place of medical studies. Each of these certificates shall be accompanied 
 by an affidavit if the Board so directs. 
 
 2. AU examinations shall be in writing (with ink) upon paper furnished by the Secre- 
 tary. 
 
 As many candidates may be examined at each session as circumstances will permit, 
 making each section as large as convenient. 
 
 3. The examinations shall continue two days; the sessions of the first day being from 
 9-11, 11-1, 2-4, 4-6 and 8-10 respectively ; the sessions of the second day being from 9-11 11-1 
 ■2-4 and 4-6 respectively. The final meeting for the adjudication of the results of the exam- 
 inations shall be held at 8 o'clock in the evening of the second day. 
 
 4. The Examiner in each branch shall not be engaged in any other business except 
 supervising the examination while it is going on, and there shall be one or more associate 
 examiners present with him during the entire session. 
 
 5. A total average of 7B per cent, shall be necessary to license a candidate, providing 
 that in no one branch shall the average percentage be less than S3M per cent in which 
 case, however, should the total average percentage In all the other branches be above 75 
 per cent., the qandidate may be granted a second examination immediately upon that 
 branch. 
 
97 ' 
 
 6. Each candidate shall sign a pledge ttiat he has neither given nor received any infor- 
 mation concerning the examination or used in any way unfair means during thOiSame. 
 
 This pledge with the real name and nilmber in a sealed envelope with the number upon 
 It. together with the examination paper, which shall be signed only with the number, shall 
 be given to the Secretary immediately aft.er the conclusion oE the examinatioij. , 
 
 . The same number shall be used by a candidate during the whole series of his examina- 
 tions. 
 
 7. Any candidate found guilty of violating his pledge, in giving or receiving informa- 
 tion, shall be adjudged guilty of grossly immoral conduct, and shall be rejected. 
 
 . 8. No fee wlU be returned to a candidate after he has commenced his examination. A 
 rejected candidate can be re-examined within one year without an additional fee. 
 
 9. These regulations may be amended by a two-thirds vo'.e of the Board: saM amend- 
 ment having been read at a previous meeting and being spread m full upon the call for the 
 meeting at which action thereon is to be taken. 
 
 The following table shbws the number examined, licensed and refusecl, and the colleges 
 represented : 
 
 ' Institutions Eepeesented by the Applicants 
 
 BEPOKE the 
 
 STATE BOAED OF MEDICAL EXAMINEES OF NEW JEEBEY, 
 
 September 2, 1890. 
 
 University of Padua, Italy 
 
 Hahnemann Medical College, Philadelphia, Pa 
 
 University of the City of New York, New York City 
 
 Medical Department University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.. 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore, Md 
 
 New York Medical College andHospital for Women, New York City 
 Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphi a. Pa. 
 
 Total... 
 
 10 
 
 LIVINGSTON UNITEESITY. 
 
 Haddoneield, N. J. 
 A Buchanan institution; fraudulent and extinct. 
 
 HYGEIO-THEKAPEUTIC COLLEGE. 
 Berg-en Heights, N. J. 
 
 Extinct. 
 
 MEDICAL AND SUEGICAL COLLEGE OE THE STATE OP NEW JEESEY? 
 
 Jbksby City, N. J. 47 Montgomery street. 
 
 L. D. Bboughton, M. D., President, New York City. 
 
 Chabtered March 7, 1870, by special Act of the Legislature. Nothing was heard of this 
 school until 1888. 
 
 The institution waa temporarily closed by injunction of the Hudson Connty Medical 
 Society. The State Board of Medical Examiners on November 11, 1890, took action toward 
 securing the repeal'of its charter at the coming session of the State Legislature. 
 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 The following was adopted by the District Medical Society for the County of Hudson. 
 N. J., on Decemoer 16, 1890: 
 
 Whereas : A certain medical institute, called the " Medical and Sm-gical College of the 
 State of New Jersey," chartered by special Act of this State, approved March 17, 1870,,'Was 
 organized during the year 1888, and opened in three small rooms on the top floor of the 
 general ofBce building. No. 47 Montgomery street, Jersey City, and 
 
 Whbeeas : Said alleged college has graduated several students whose diplomas have 
 been presented to the Hudson County Board of Health, and who have been refused regis- 
 tration, and 
 
 -7 
 
98 
 
 Wheeeas: It has appeared to this Society, by good and sufBoient evidence, that sev- 
 eral members of the faculty, nearly all of whom are non-residents of this State, are either 
 incompetent to deliver lectures on the topics assigned them, or are graduates or disreput- 
 able or fraudulent medical colleges; that the facilities for instructionln said alleged college 
 are totally inadequate, and that no clinics, dlsse 'tious or hospital practice have been or can 
 be given; that the provisions of the charter of said college have not been observed by the 
 authorities thereof: that the requirements of said charter, even if the same were strictly 
 followed, are far below the standard of minimum requirements of medical colleges adopted 
 and demanded by all medical authorities atithe present time, and that, therefore, the pos- 
 session of a diploma from said alleged oollefee is no proof whatever that the holder thereof 
 has received a good and sufficient medical education, and 
 
 Wheaeeas : The State Board of Medical Examiners of this State will introduce a bill at 
 the next meeting of the legislature for the purpose of repeahng said charter: Be it 
 
 Resolved, That the District Medical Society for the County of Hudson does hereby 
 earnestly protest against the existence of said alleged college as an unnecessary, inade- 
 quate and disreputable institution, tending to degrade and lower the standard of the medi- 
 cal profession; that the influence of this Society and of the Individual members thereof be 
 given to the support and passage of the bill to repeal said charter, and that a copy of this 
 resolution be forwarded to the several medical societies of this State, with requests for 
 their support and influence for the passage of said blU. 
 
 [Attest :] Henet B. Eue, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 Ne'w York. 
 
 LICENSE TO PEACTICE MEDICINE. 
 
 Laws of 1887. ch. 64" ; § 2 as amended by laws of 1890, ch. 500. 
 
 To Eeoulate the Licensing and Eegisteation of Physicians and Suegeons, and 
 TO CoDiPT THE Medical Laws of the State of New Yobk. 
 
 Section 1. No person shall practice physio or surgery in this S'ate who shall not have 
 attained the age of twenty-one years; and no person snail practice as aforesaid unless he 
 or she shall be. at the time this act shall take effect, a person lawfully engaged in such prac- 
 tice in this State under llcense;or authority conferred Dy Its laws then in force, and lawfully 
 registered pursuant to chapter five hundred and thirteen of the laws of eighteen hundred 
 and eighty, and the acts amendatory thereof, or unless he or she shall be Ucensed or 
 authorized so to practice by the provisions of this act, and registered as herein pre- 
 scribed. 
 
 § 2. From and after the date of the taking effect of this act, no person not theretofore 
 licensed or authorized to practice physic or surgery in this State shall be deemed so 
 licensed or authorized except one of the three following classes: 
 
 First. All who shall have been graduated from an incorporated medical school or 
 college in this State with the degree of doctor of medicine, after substantial compliance 
 with all the requirements of the genera] laws and of the charter oE said corporation regulat- 
 ing the term and amount of study, attendance and attainment rpquisite to obtain said de- 
 gree ; provided that no person shall receive the degree of doctor of medicine, or be licensed 
 to practice physic or surgery in this State, unless, after the age of 18, he shall have pursued 
 the study oi medical science for at least three years in a chartered medical school, or with 
 some physician and surgeon duly authorized by law to practice physic or surgery, and 
 shall have attended two complete courses of lectures in some legally incorporated medical 
 school or college In good standing at the time of such attendance, prior to the granting to 
 him or her a diploma or Ucense. Provided, further, that two courses of lecturer, both of 
 which shall be either begun or completed within the same calendar year, shall not satisfy 
 the above requirement. 
 
 Second. All who have received said degree from the regents of the University of the 
 State of New York after substantial compliance with the legal requisites preliminary to its 
 attainment, and after examination by a legally constituted board of medical examiners of 
 this State. 
 
 Third. All who, having been graduated from incorporated medical schools or colleges 
 without the State as doctors of medicine, or licensed to practice physio or surgery under 
 the laws of those European countries In which said degree does not confer the right so 
 to practice, shall procure their diplomas from said corporations, or their licenses from 
 such countries, to be endorsed by the regents of the University on the recoin-- 
 mendation of a legally constituted board of medical examiners of this State. Every 
 such Indorsement shall be in the form of schedule A or of schedule B, provided by the 
 tenth section of this act. Tha regents shall keep a record of such indorsements, and 
 may require applicants to verif v their statements under oath ; any indorsement made with 
 fraudulent intent, or gross carelessness or ignorance, shall be deemed a misdemeanor, and 
 shall subject the indorser or indorsers. upon conviction thereof, to a fine of 8250; pro> ided, 
 however, that no such indorsement as is above speoilled. shall be made until the applicant 
 thereof shall file with the person, officer or body above named as authorized to make such 
 indorsement, a certificate, signed by the secretary of the University of the State of New 
 York, showing that such applicant has received the degree of bachelor or master of arts, 
 of bachelor or master of science, or of bachelor or doctor of philosophy, from a college or 
 university duly authorized to confer the same ; or that he has passed an examination con- 
 ducted under the authority and in accordance with the rules of i he regents of the Univer- 
 sity of the State of New if ork, in arithmetic, grammar, geography, spelling, American 
 
99 
 
 history, English composition and elementary physics: or that he possesses qtuallfations 
 which the regents have considered and accepted as fully eauivalent to the above named 
 aualifloations ; a& such degrees and certificate are more particularly defined in an act of the 
 legislature of the State of New York, by chapter 468 of the laws of 1889, entitled "An act to 
 provide for the preliminary education of medical students," and as the same may be here- i 
 after amended. 
 
 § 3. Every person who. at the time this act shall take effect, shall be practicing lawfully 
 physic or surgery in this State, under the authority and license conferred by the laws then 
 m force, but who shall i;ot be then duly registered in the county where he or she practices ; 
 and every person who shall thereafter become lawfully authorized or licensed to practice 
 physic or surgery in this State, shall register in a book to be kept in the clerk's office of the 
 county in which such practice is carried on, his or her name, residence, place and date of 
 birth, and authority for practicing as aforesaid. Every person who shall apply to register 
 as a physician or surgeon shall be required, before registration, to subscribe and verify by 
 oath or affirmation, before a person CLualifled to administer oaths in this State, an affidavit 
 which shall be filed and preserved in a bound volume. Every person registering as afore- 
 said shall exhibit to the county clerk his or her diploma or license, or in case of loss, a copy 
 of either, legally certified as are copies of documents admitted in evidence, or a duly attest- 
 ed transcript of the record of its conferment from the body conferring it, upon which the 
 said clerk shall indorse, or stamp his name, and the words, "Presented and registered as 
 
 authority to practice physic and surgery by , on the 
 
 day of , in the clerk's office uf county." The said clerk shall also give 
 
 to every registered physician or surgeon a certificate in the form of schedule D, provided 
 by the tenth section of this act. For all of his said services the county clerk shall receive 
 as a total fee for registration, affidavit and certiScate the sum of one dollar. It is provid- 
 ed, however, hat nothing in this act shall requir e any physician or surgeon who shall have 
 duly registered lawful authority to practice as such, conformably to the provisions of chap- 
 ter five hundred and thirteen of the laws of eighteen hundred and eighty, and the acts 
 amendatory thereof, to register again under the provisions of this act, in any county where 
 he or she shall have registered already. 
 
 § 4. A practicing physician or surgeon having registered lawful authority to practice 
 
 f)hysic or surgery in one county, who shall remove his practice or part thereof to or regu- 
 arly engage in pi aoti-e or open an office in another county, shall exhibit in person to the 
 clerk of such other county, or shall send to him through the mail by registered letter, his 
 certificate of registration, and if such certificate shows lawful authority to hav6 been regis- 
 tered said clerk thereupon shall register said applicant in said latter county, on a receipt of 
 a fee of twenty-five cents. The clerk shall stamp or indorse upon such certificate the words 
 "Registered also in county," and return the same and every certificate and in- 
 
 dorsement made pursuant to the provisions of this act shall be jyrima facie evidence in any 
 legal proceeding that the person named has registered in the office issuing the same, the 
 authority stated in the transcript. 
 
 § 6. Every person now licensed to practice physio or surgery in this state under the 
 laws thereof in force at the time of the conferment of such license, unless he or she already 
 shall have registered his or her name, residence, place of birth and authority so to praotioe 
 pursuant to the provisions of section two of chapter five hundred and thirteen of the laws 
 of eighteen hundred and eighty, and the acts amen atory thereof, shall comply with the 
 requirements of said chapter on or before the first day of October, eighteen hundred and 
 eijnty seven; and thereafter no person shall be entitled to register any authority to prac- 
 tice physic or surgery, except the license conferred under this act, and the laws enacted ■ 
 hereafter, and no registration shall be considered valid as such unless the authority regis- 
 tered constitu ed at the time of registration a license under the laws of this state then in 
 force; provided that nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit or suspend any 
 prosecution for non-registration under said section instituted prior to said first day of Oc- 
 tober, eighteen hundred and eighty-seven, and further provided, that no diploma or license 
 conferred upon a person not actually in attendance at the lectures, instruction and exami- 
 nation of the corporation conferring the same, or not possessed at the time of its conferment 
 of the requirements then demanded of medical students in this state as a condition of their 
 becoming licensed so to practice, shall be deemed lawful authority to practice physic and 
 surgery in this state. 
 
 § 6. No person shall be licensed or permitted to practice physic or surgery in this state 
 who has been convicted of a felony by any court of competent jurisdiction; and if any per- 
 son who is or hereafter shall be duly hcen- ed to praotioe physio or surgery in this state, 
 shall be oonvic'ed of a felony, as aforesaid, his or her license to so practice; if any, shall be 
 revoked by the fact of such conviction having been had. Any person who shall wilfully 
 swear falsely to any statement contained in any affidavit made pursuant to the provisions 
 of this act shall be deemed guilty of a felony, and subject to conviction and punisnment for 
 
 Seriury ; any person who falsely and without authority shall counterfeit, make or alter any 
 iploma, certificate or instrument constituting a Ucense to practice physic or surgery with- 
 in this state, or any certificate or indorsement given in pursuance of this ac' shall be deemed 
 fuilty of a felony, and be subject to conviction and punishment for forgery in the second 
 egree ; any person who shall practice physic or sue ?ery under a false or assumed name, 
 or who shall falsely personate another practioner of a like or different name, shall be deemed 
 guilty of a felony, and shall be subjc t to conviction and punishment for false personation; 
 and any person guilty 0' violating any f the other provisions of this act, not otherwise 
 i-pecifleally punished herein, or who f hall buy, sell or fraudulently obtain any merlical 
 diploma, license, record or registration, or who shall aid or abet such buying, selling or 
 fraudulently obtaining thereof, or who shall practice physic or surgery in this state under 
 cover of a diploma or license that shall have been illegally obtained, or that shall have been 
 signed or issued unlawfully or under fraudulent representations, or mistake of fact in ma- 
 terial regard, or who, after conviction of a felony, as aforesaid, shalLattempt to practice 
 physic or surgery in this state, and any person who shall assume the title of doc- 
 tor of medicine, or append the letters "M. D." to his or her name, without having received 
 the degree of doctor of medicine from some school, college or board empowered by law to 
 
100 
 
 confer said degree or title, shall be deemed guilty ot a misdemeanor, and, upon conviction 
 thereof shall be punished by a flne of not less than two hundred and fifty dollars, or impris- 
 onment for six months for the first offense, and upon conviction of a subseauent offense, by 
 a, flne of not less than five hundred dollars, or imprisonment for not less than one year, or 
 by both flne and imprisonment. Any person who, not being then lawfully authorized to 
 practice physio or surgery in this state and so registered according to law, shall practice on 
 or after theflrstday of October, eighteen hundred and eighty- seven, physic or surgery 
 within this state without the license and registration provided for in this act, shall be 
 deemed guilty ot a misdemeanor, and on conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of 
 not legs than fifty dollars for the first offense, and for each sub^equbnt offense by a fine of 
 not less than one hundred dollars, or bv imprisonment for not less than one hundred days, 
 or by both flne and imprisonment. When any prosecution under this act is made on the 
 complaint of a lawfully incorporated medical society ot this state, or a county society entit- 
 led to representation in a state society or association, the fines when collected shall be paid 
 to the societv making the complaint, and any excess of the amount ot fines so paid over the 
 expense incurred by the said society in enforcing the medical law of this state, shall be 
 paid at the end of the year to the county treasurer, lor the use of the poor ot said county. 
 
 § 7. The duly incorporated medical societies of any county in which any person shall 
 practice physic or surgerv without lawful authority or registration may, uponproof of such 
 practice, recover from such practitioner, in an action before any justice of the peace, a 
 penalty of twenty-five dollars and the cost of the action for the first judgment, and upon 
 every subseauent judgmentfor the same ofl^ense a penalty of fifty dollars and theco5C ot 
 the action: provided that said societies shall pay to the county treasurer for the use of the 
 poor of said county any surplus that may accrue in their hands from the excess of fines 
 and penalties collected over the disbursements ot said society for counsel fees and the ex- 
 penses incident to the enforcement ot this act by them. 
 
 § 8. Nothing in this act shall be construed to punish commissioned medical ofBcers 
 serving in the army or navy of the United States, or in the United States marine hospital 
 service, while so commissioned, or any one while actually serving as almember ot the resi- 
 dent mediealstaff of any legally incorporated hospital, or any legally quaiifled an 1 regis- 
 tered dentist exclusively engaged in practicing the art of dentistry, or interfere with manu- 
 facturers ot artificial eyes, limtn or orthopedlcal instruments or trusses of any kind from 
 fitting such instruments on persons in need thereof; or any lawfully aualiiied physicians 
 and surgeons residing in other states or countries meeting registered physicians and sur- 
 geons of this state in consultation, or any physician or surgeon residing on the border of a 
 neighboring state, and duly authorized under the laws thereof to practice physio or sur- 
 gery therein, whose practice extends into the limits of this state; providing that such prac- 
 fioner shall not open an oflflce or appoint a place to meet patients or receive calls within the 
 limits of the'state of New York; oriphysioians duly registered in one county of this state, 
 called to attend isolated cases in another county, but not residing or habitually practicing 
 therein. 
 
 ' § 9 is a summary of acts repealed. 
 
 § 10 prescribes the forms of afBdavits. 
 
 BOARDS OP MEDICAL EXAMINEES OF THE STATE OF NEW YOKE. 
 
 To ESTABLISH BOABDS OP MEDICAL EXAMINEES OF THE STATE OP NEW YOKK POK THE 
 EXAMINATION AND LICENSING OP PBACTITIONEBS OF MEDICINE AND SUEGEKT; TO 
 PnETHEK EEGULATE THE PEAOTIOE OF MEDICINE AND SUEGEEY. 
 
 Laws Of 1890, ch. 507. 
 
 § 1. From and after the first day of September, 1891, there shall be and continue to be 
 three separate boards of medical examiners for the state of New York, one representing 
 the Medical Society of the State of New York, one representing the Homeopathic Medical 
 Society ot the State of New York, and one representing the Eclectic Medical Society of the 
 State of New York. Each board shall consist of seven members, and each of said members 
 shall serve for a term of three years, from the first day of September next after his appoint- 
 ment, with the exception of those first appointed, who shall serve as follows: -Two of each 
 boal'd for one year, two of each board for two years, and three of each board for three years, 
 from the first day of September, 1891. The power of appointment \ shall vest in the 
 Board of Eegents of the University of the State of New York, which shall appoint the mem- 
 bers of said boards of examiners respectively, from lists of nominees to be submitted by 
 each of the said three medical societies, the number of nominees by each of said societies 
 to equal or exceed twice the number of appointments so to be made from each ot said 
 societies. Each of said nominees shall be nominated by a majority vote at the annual 
 meetings of the society with which said nominee may be in afflliaton, and the names of per- 
 sons so nominated shall be transmitted before the first day of July, 1891, to the said Board 
 of Eegents, under the seal of and signed by the president and secretary of the society so 
 nominating. From these lists of nominees respectively, said Board of Eegents, shall prior 
 to or during the month ot July, 1891, appoint three separate boards of examiners, each 
 board to be composed exclusively of members of the same medical society. In case ot 
 failure of any or all of said medical societies to submit nominees as aforesaid, said Board 
 of Eegents shall prior to or during the month of July, 1891, appoint members in good stand- 
 ing of the corresponding society or societies entitled to nominate, without other restriction. 
 Each one of said appointees, prior to appointment, shall furnish evidence of having re- 
 ceived the degree ot doctor of medicine in course from some legally incorporated medical 
 college authorized to confer the same, and shall certify to said Board of Eegents to having 
 practiced medicine or surgery under the laws ot this state foj- a period of not less than five 
 years immediately prior to such appointment. The said Board of Regents shall fill vacan- 
 
' ' 10 L 
 
 oies caused by death or otherwise, for unexpired terms of said examiners from the re- 
 spective lists of nominees submitted by the said medical societies; and may remove any 
 member of either of said boards' for continued neglect of the duties reauired by this act, or 
 on recommendation of the medical society of which said members ma7 be in affiliation, for 
 unprofessional or dishonorable conduct, The Board of Regents shall, m their first appoint- 
 ments designate the number of years for which each appointee shall serve. The appoint- 
 ments of successors to those members whose terms of office will expire on the first day of 
 September of each year, shall be made to the regents during or before the month of July 
 of such year, upon ihe same conditions and requirements as hereinbefore specified with 
 reference to the appointment of three separate examining boards, each to be composed ex- 
 clusively of members of the same medical school and society, as are hereinbefore pro- 
 vided. J 
 
 § 2. Said boards shall be known by the name and style of Boards of Medical Examiners 
 of the State of New York. Every person who shall be appointed to serve on either of said 
 boards shall receive a certificate of appointment from the Begents of the University, and 
 within 30 days after receiving such certificate shall take, subscribe and file in the office pt 
 the Secretary of .State the oath prescribed by the i welfth article of the constitution of this 
 state. Each of said boards shall be authorized to take testimony concerning all matters 
 within its jurisdiction, and the presiding officer, for the time being of either of said boards, 
 or of any of the committees thereof, may issue subpoenas and administer oaths to wit- 
 nesses. Each of said boards pf examiners shall make and adopt all necessary rules, regu- 
 lations 'and by-laws not inconsistent -with the constitution and laws of this state or of the 
 United States, whereby to perform the duties and transact the business reauired under the 
 provisions of this act, said rules, regulations and by-laws to be subject to the approval of 
 said regents. 
 
 § 3. From the income provided by this act the regents may pay, not to exceed, said in- 
 come, all proper expenses incurred by Its provisions ; and if any surplus above said ex- 
 penses shall remain at the end of any year, it shall be apportioned by said regents among 
 said examiners pro ra1;a, according to the number of candidates examined by each. 
 
 § 4. The first meeting of each of the examining boards respectively shall be.held pur- 
 suant to a call Idsued by the secretary of the Board of Regents, within two months from the 
 first day of September, 1891, suitable notice in the usual form being given to each of the 
 members thereof, specifying the time and place of meeting. At the first meeting of each 
 of the boards respectively, an organization shall be effected by the election, from their own 
 membership, of a president and secretary. For the purpose of examining applicants for 
 hcense, each of said boards of medical examiners shall hold one or more stated or special 
 meetings in each year pursuant to a call of the Board of Regents, due notice of which shall 
 be made public, at such times and places as may be determined by the Board of Regents ; 
 but each examination shall be under the supervision of an examiner appointed by the 
 Board of Regents, and who shall not be a member of any board of medical examiners. At 
 said stated or special meetings a majority of the members of a board shall constitute a 
 quorum thereof, but the examination may be conducted by a committee of one or more 
 members of the board of examiners, duly authorized by such board. 
 
 § 5. The several boards of medical examiners shiall submit to the Board of Regents Usts 
 of examination auestions tor thorough examinations in anatomy, physiology and hygiene, 
 chemistry, surgery, obstetrics, pathology and diagnosis, and therapeutics, including prac- 
 tice and materia medica; from the lists or questions so submitted the Board of Regents shall 
 select the questions for each examination, and present the same to the candidates at each 
 examination by an examiner appointed therefor by the Board of Regents, and such ques- 
 tions for each examination snail be so selected as to require the same standard of excel- 
 lence, from all candidates except that in the department of therapeutics, practice and 
 materia medica the questions shall be in harmony with the tenets of the school selected by 
 the candidate. 
 
 § 6. Said examinations shall be conducted in writing, in accprdanee with the rules and 
 regulations prescribed by the Board of Regents, and shaU embrace the subjects named in 
 section five of this act. At the close of said examination the examiner appointed by the 
 Board of Begents having supervision thereof, shall forthwith deUver to the board of medical 
 6:5aminers having charge of such examination, or to their duly authorized committee, the 
 questions submitted to and the answers of each applicant, and such board of medical ex- 
 aminers, without unnecessary delay, shall transmit to the Regents of the University an 
 official report, signed by the ptesideht, secretary and each acting member of said board of 
 examiners, stating the examination average of each candidate in each branch, the general 
 average, and the result of the examination, whether successful or unsuccessful. Said re- 
 port shall embrace all the examination papers, questions and answers thereto. All the 
 examination papers .so returned shall be kept for reference and inspection among the 
 public records of the University. 
 
 § 7. On receiving from either of said boards of medical examiners such official report 
 of the examination of any appUcant for license, the said regents Shall issue to ever7 appli- 
 cant who shall have been returned as having successfully passed said examination, and 
 who shall in their judgment be duly qualified therefor, a license to practice medicine and 
 sm-gery in the state or New York. The board of regents shall require the same standard of 
 qualiflcations from all candidates, exceptin the department of tnerapeutics, practice and 
 materia medica, in which the standard shall be determined by each of the boards of medi- 
 cal examiners respectively. Every license to practice medicine or surgery, issued pursu- 
 ant to the provisions of this act, shall be subscribed by the Chancellor and Secretary of the 
 University of the State of New York, by each medical examiner who reported the licentiate 
 as having successfully passed said examinations, and also by those of the regents who ex- 
 amined and approved the credentials of said licentiate upon the application for examina- 
 tion. It shall also have affixed to It, by the person authorized i o affix the same, the seal 
 otsaid University. Every such license shall be substantially in the following form : 
 
 "The Begents of the University of the State of New York. To all whom it may concern, 
 greeting: 
 
102 
 
 Be it known that AB, on the day of A. D having offered to , 
 
 us satisfactory proof that was more than 21 years of age, and had received a 
 
 proper preliminary education; that had attended three full courses of me ical in- 
 struction, the last course at In in the year of and had re- 
 ceived from the of me degree of doctor of medicine ; we thereupon gave 
 
 a written order for the examination of said A B, before one of the hoard'i of medi'^al ex- 
 aminers of the state of New York; that the said A B, was fully examined before said board 
 and found proficient and qualifled to practice medicine and surgery by the examiners 
 whose signatures are hereto attached. "We, therefore, hav« granted to said A B, this our 
 license to practice medicine and surgery in the state of New York as a physician and sur- 
 geon, and have caused the names of the Chancellor and Secretary of our Board of Eegents 
 and said examiners to be subscribed, and the seal of the University to be aiBxed hereto, 
 
 and have also caused this license to be recorded in book of mfedioal license, on page 
 
 " Before said license shall be issued, it shall be recorded in a book to be kept in 
 
 the office of said regents, and the number of the book and the page therein containing said 
 recorded copy shall be noted in the body of the license. Said records shall be open to pub- 
 lic inspection, under proper restrictions as to their safe-keeping, and in all legal proceed- 
 ings shall have the same weight as evidence that is given to the record of the conveyances 
 of land. ' 
 
 § 8. From and after the first day of September, 1891, any person not theretofore lawfully 
 authorized to practice medicine and surgery in this state, and desiring to enter upon such 
 practice, may deliver to the Eegents of the University, upon the payment of $25 into the 
 tr easury of the University of th-* State of New York, a written application for license, to- 
 gether with satisfactory proof that the applicant is more than twenty-one years of age, is of 
 good moral character, has obtained a competent common school education, an i has either 
 received a diploma conferring the degree of doe or of medicine from some leijally incor- 
 porated medical college in the United States, or a diploma or hcense conferring the full 
 right to practice all the branches of mpdicine and surgery in some foreign country, and has 
 also studied medicine three years including three courses of lectures in different years in 
 some legally incorporated medical college or colleges prior to the granting of said diploma 
 or foreign license, provided that two courses of medical lectures, both of which fhall be 
 either begun or completed within the same calendar year, shall not satisfy the above re- 
 duirement. Such proof shall be made, if required, upon affidavit. Upon the making of 
 said payment and proof; the Board of Begeuts, if satisfied with the same, shall direct the 
 secretary thereof to issue to said applicant an order for examination by any one of said 
 boards of medical examiners which said applicant may elect. In case of failure at any such 
 examination, the candidate, after the expiration of six months and within one year, shall 
 have the privilege of a second examination by the same board to which application was 
 first made, without the payment of an additional fee. And it is further provided that appli- 
 cants examined and licensed by state examining boards of other states, on payment of 
 $10 to the University of this state and on filing in the ofBee of said regents a copy of said 
 license, certified by the afildavit of the president and secretary of such board, showing also 
 that the standard of acquirements adopted by said state examining board is substan- 
 tially the fame as is provided by sections five and six of this act, shall, without funher ex- 
 amination, receive from said regents a license conferring on the holder thereof all the 
 rights and privileges provided by sections eight and nine of f;liis act. 
 
 § 9. On and after the first day of September, 1891, no person not theretofore a legally 
 authorized praotittoner of medicine and surgery, under the laws of this State then in force, 
 shall practice medicine or surgery in this State, unless that person shall have received 
 from the Eegents of the University, after examination and approval, as herein provided, a 
 license to practice as a physician and surgeon, and unless said license shall have been reg- 
 istered as required under the provisions of chapter 647 of the laws of 18S7, or unless such 
 person shallhold a license from a state examining and licensing boird of another state, and 
 shall have been licensed by the Board of Eegents, as provided by this act. 
 
 § IQ. Nothing in this act shall be construed to interfere with or punish commissioned 
 medical officers serving in the Army or Navy of the United States or in the United States 
 marine hospital service while so commissioned, or any one while actually serving as a 
 member of the resident medical staff of any legally incorporated hospital, or any legally 
 qualifled and registered dentist exclusively engaged in practicing the art of d ntistry, or 
 interfere with manufacturers of artificial eyes, limbs or orthopedical instruments or 
 trusses of any kind from fitting such instruments on persons in need thereof; or any law- 
 fully quaUfled physicians and surgeons residing.in other states or countries, meeting regis- 
 tered physicians and surgeons of this state in consultation, or any physician or surgeon 
 residing on the border of a neighboring state, and duly authorized under the laws thereof 
 to practice medicine or surgery therein, whose practice extends into the limits of this 
 state; providing that such practitioner shall not open an office or appoint a place to meet 
 patients or receive calls within the limits of the state of New York; or physicians duly reg- 
 istered in one county of this state, called to attend isolated cases in another county, but 
 not residing or habitually practicing therein. 
 
 § 11. This act shall take effect immediately. 
 
103 
 
 THE BOARD OF EEGENTS OE THB'DNIVEESITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YOBK. 
 
 Albany, New York. Meltil Dewet, Secretary. 
 
 Pebliminaby Education of Medical Students. 
 
 Laws of 1889, oh. i68, as amended iy laws of 1890, ch. 499. 
 
 To Peotide foe the Pebliminaey Education op Medical Students: 
 
 § 1. Before the Eegenta of the University ot the State of New York or the trustees of 
 any medical school or college within this state shall confer the degree of doctor of medicine 
 on any person, they shall require him to file with the secretary or recording officer ot their 
 university or college a certificate signed by the secretary of the University of the State of 
 New York showing either that he possesses the degree of bachelor or master of arts, of 
 bachelor or master of science, or ot bachelor or doctor of philosophy received by him from 
 a coliege or university duly authorized to confer the same, or that during or nrior to the 
 first year ot his medical study within this state, he passed an examinafion conducted under 
 the authority of the Eegents of the University of the State of New York or by the faculty of 
 a medical scpoOl or college entitled to confer the degree of doctor of medicine, in accord- 
 ance with the standard and rules of the said regents in arithmetic, grammar, geography, 
 orthography. American history, English composition, and the elements ot natural philos- 
 ophy; or in their substantial eauivalents approved by the said regents, or that he pos- 
 sessed Qualifloations which the regents considered and accepted as fully eauivalent to the 
 above named aualiflcations. 
 
 § 2. This act shall not apply to persons who have already entered upon the prescribed 
 three years' study of medicine, nor shall it alter the time ot study or the courses of medical 
 instruction required to be pursued in the medical colleges of this state by existing statutes. 
 
 Examinations, dates and subjects are arranged as follows: 
 
 March 2-6, 1891 ; *New York, and about 160 academies and high schools : Ail subjects in 
 
 groups below except conic sections, analytical geometry, surveying, mineralogy, biology, 
 istory of art, art critcism, logic, history of philosophy, pedagogy, general history, Ger- 
 man literature, French literature. 
 
 June 8-12, 1891 ; New York, and 320 academies and high schools : All subjects in groups 
 below. 
 
 G-EOUP \.— Mathematics: Arithmetic, elementary; arithmetic, advanced; algebra, 
 elementary; algebra.mdvanced; plane geometry; conic sections ; solid geometry; plane 
 trigonometry; analytical geometry; surveying. 
 
 Gboup 2.— Science : Geography ; astronomy ; physics, elementary ; physics, advance^ ; 
 chemistry; mineralogy; geology; physical geography ; biology; botany; zoology; physi- 
 ology. 
 
 Geoup S.— Language: Spelling; English, elementary; rhetoric; English, advanced; 
 English literature ; German, elementary ; German, advanced ; German literature ; French, 
 elementary; French, advanced; French literature ; Latin, elementary ; Latin composition; 
 Csesar's Commentaries; Sallust's Cataline; Ovid's Metamorph. ; Tirgil's .aSneid; Virgil's 
 Eclogues; Cicero's Orations; Greek, elementary; Greek composition; XenophoTa's 
 Anabasis ; Homer's Illiad. 
 
 Gboup 4.— Book-keeping; drawing: history of art; art criticism ; psychology; logic: 
 ■ethics; history of philosophy: civil government; political economy; pedagogy; general 
 history; Grecian history; Eoman history; English history; U. S. history. 
 
 Equivalents Allowed.—]. A certificate of having successfully completed a full year's 
 eourse of study in any college or university under the supervision ot the Eegents ot the 
 University, or registered by the regents as maintaining a satisfactory standard, 
 
 2. A certificate ot having satisfactorily completed a three year's course in any institu- 
 tion subject to the visitation of the regents, or registered by the regents as maintaining a 
 satisfactory academic standard. 
 
 3. A regent's diploma. 
 
 4. Eegents' pass-cards for eight studies, two of which have been taken from each ot the 
 four preceding groups. 
 
 6. A regents' certificate for any ten studies. (Ordinance of the regents adopted June 
 13, 1890.) 
 
 Cebtlficates Without Examinations.— Candidates tor a medical student's certifi- 
 cate having the degree of bachelor or master of art ■, ot bachelor or master ot sciences, or 
 of bachelor or doctor ot philosophy, received from a college or university duly authorized 
 to confer the same ; or having credentials which, under the foregoing rules, can be ac- 
 cepted in place of an examination, shall send their credentials to the Examinations Depart- 
 ment. They will be examined and returned at once, and it accepted, a medical student 
 
 *Examinations will be held in the College of Physicians a d Surgeons, Fifty-ninth 
 street. New York ; at the Albany medical college. Eagle street. Albany; and at the Medical 
 Department of Syracuse University. Each candidate will be notified of any other places 
 where there are candidates enough to grant an examination. 
 
104 
 
 certifleate will be sent with them. If the oertifloate be delayed for verification of the 
 oredentialB, when issued it will be dated from receipt of credentials, so that the candidate 
 will lose no time. 
 
 Candidates should send notice at least ten days in advance, stating at what time and in 
 what studies they wish to be examined, that they may at onoe be assigned the most con- 
 venient time and place and required desk room be provided. 
 
 Candidates who fail to send this advance notice will be admitted only so far as there are 
 unoccupied seats. 
 
 AH communications must be addressed to Examinations Department, University of the 
 State of New York, Albany, N. Y. 
 
 EEGENTS' EEPOBT CONCERNING THE ENDORSEMENT OP MEDICAL DIPLOMAS 
 
 AND LICENSES, AND THE EXAMINATION OP MEDICAL STUDENTS 
 
 FOB THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 1, 1890. 
 
 1. Endoesbment of Medical Diplomas and Licenses. 
 
 JFrom July 1, 1890, to December 1, 1890, there have been presented for endorsement: 
 90 diplomas conferring degree of M. D. 
 4 licenses to practice medicine. 
 Total, 94 credentials ; of which 
 
 53 have been endorsed, < 
 
 2 have been refused endorsement, 
 
 7 have been returned without endorsement on request of appUoants, 
 32 are held for appUcants to comply with legal requirements. 
 
 The statistics give no adequate idea of the work which has bean done by the examina- 
 tions department in the endorsement of these diplomas and licenses. It has been neces- 
 sary in the case of each applicant for endorsement, to examine carefully his credentials of 
 preliminary education, and the character and standing of the schools from which they were 
 obtained. We have required each applicant to furnish testimonials of moral character from 
 jihysieians in good standing. All such testimonials presented have been investigated, and 
 we have dihgeutly endeavored to guard against the licensing of improper persons. Pinally,. 
 the medical education of each applicant has been subjected to close scrutiny, involving 
 much time and large correspondence. ' 
 
 The law requiring that a record of all endorsements must be kept, we have perfected a 
 system of records whereby the history of each endorsement and alt correspondence and 
 documents bearing upon the case, may be obtained at the shortest possible notice. At the 
 same time a glance at the record book will show the exact situation of each applicant for 
 endorsement and the reasons, if any, why his credential has not been endorsed. The care 
 that has been exercised in this work has in some eases resulted in refusal to endorse. 
 There h^ve been various reasons for such refusals. Some applicants were unable to meet 
 the requirements of preliminary education. One instance of apparent attempt at fraud was 
 discovered, the apphcant claiming a medical education that he probably had not received . 
 The diplomas of some medical schools we have declined to consider. The seven ei eden- 
 tials retm'ned by request were so disposed of because applicants found diffloulty in meet- 
 ing one or more of the requirements of the present law; thirty- two applications are now 
 being held under consideration for the same cause. There seems to be good ground tor the 
 statement that no such careful sci utiny of foreign diplomas and lie uses has heretofore ex- 
 isted in this state ; and it may be assumed that an applicant whose credentials would have 
 been endorsed without question under the old system would find it more difficult to obtain 
 such endorsement to-day. Recognizing the grave responsibility placed upon it by this 
 law. the examinations department has endeavored so ■ o co-operate with the State Boards of 
 Medical Examiners thiit the endorsement of the Regents of the University placed upon a 
 credential should be a guarantee that its possessor is in all respects a proper person to 
 practice medicine in the state of New York. 
 
 2. Examination of Medical Students. 
 
 These examinations are condu'?ted under the authority of chapter 468, laws of 1889 as 
 amended by chapter 499, laws of 1890. This law provides that before the trustees of any 
 medical school or college within this state shall confer the degree of doctor of medicine or» 
 any person, they shall require such person to file with the secretary or recording officer of 
 the college, a regents' medical student certificate. To obtain this certificate the student 
 must, 1. Holdthedegreeeof A.B.; A.M.;B. S.:M. S.;Ph.B.,or Ph.D.; or, 2. Passthe 
 required regents' examination; or. 3. Possess equivalent qualifications. This law took 
 effect June 13, 1889. The following are the statistics for the, years 1889-90: 
 
 Number of examinations.. 14 
 
 candidates examined 265 
 
 papers accepted ; . 875 
 
 ' ' papers rejected 386 
 
 Total number of papers written 1,260 
 
 Per cent of papers rejected 3» 
 
 Number of pass-cards written ; 87S 
 
 ' ' certificates wrif'fn 491 
 
 Total number of medical student certificates to date SOS 
 
 Of which there have been issued on studies passed in special examinations 78,=13 per cent. 
 On studies passed in schools (7, 8 and 10) 115,=22 per cent. 
 On "equivalent qualifications" 315,=fi2 per cent. 
 
105 
 
 The certificates issued to applicants who presented "equivalent aualifieatlons" makes 
 the total number of oertifloates issued greatly in excess of the number o£ candidates admit- 
 ted to the examinations. 
 
 The following table shows the increase in the medical student examination: 
 
 
 Candidates. 
 
 Papers 
 revised, 
 
 pass-cards. 
 
 Certificates 
 written. 
 
 1888-89 
 
 47 
 265 
 
 1,2C0 
 
 878 
 
 17 
 
 1889-90 
 
 491 
 
 
 
 The investigation of the "equivalent qualifl cations" claimed by candidates for medical 
 student oertifloates, requiring the exercise of care and discretion, has ' materially added to 
 the labor. 
 
 COLLEGE OP PHYSICIANS AND SUEGEONS IN THE CITY OF NEW YOEK. 
 
 (Medical Department of Ublumhia College.) 
 
 New Yobk City. Gijobge M. Tuttle, M. D., Secretary, 437 West 59th street. 
 
 Obganized in 1807, by the regents' of the University of the State of New York, as their 
 medical department, under the name of the College of Physicians and Surgeons in the City 
 of New York. The institution was connected with the Columbia College for a short period 
 in 1814, and became permanently connectedwith it in 1860, when the Medical Department of 
 Columbia College was added to the original title. The original Medical Department of Co- 
 lumbia College was organized in 1767; it was suspended during the war of the Bevolution, 
 and became extinct in 1813. The first class was graduated by this college in 1811. Classes 
 have been graduated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of twelve professors, one adjunct professor, five clinical professors, 
 four oUnical lecturers, one demonstrator, four assistant demonstrators, five assistants to 
 chairs, two instructors in histology, one dii ector of laboratory, nine chiefs' of clinics and 
 forty-eight chnioal assistants. 
 
 CouBSE OP Instbuotion: The session of 1890-91 began October 1, 1890, and will end 
 June 15, 1891. Instruction consists of didactic lectures witn demonstra1;ions, oUnical teach- 
 ing, recitations, laboratory work and practical teaching in subjects involving manipulation. 
 Chnios at hospitals and dispensaries free to matriculates, and optional. Many special 
 courses, fees varying from S12 to S25. A three years' gi'aded course ia required. 
 
 Instruction embraces : First year— Didactic lectures in: 1) anatomy; 2) physiology ; 3* 
 physics and chemistry. Practical work in: 1) dissection; 2) normal histology; 3) physio- 
 logical and medical chemistry. Second year— Didactic lectures in: 1) anatomy; 2) phyaiol- 
 'osy; 3) physics and chemistry; 4) mate' ia medlea and therapeutics, including hygiene; -S) 
 pathology and practical medicine ; 6) principles and practice of surgery ; 7) obstetrics and 
 
 f;yneoology. Dissection- Clinical lectures at the Vanderbilt clinic in: 1) general medicine; 
 ) general surgery. Practical clinical work in: 1) general medicine; 2) general surgery. 
 Thirdyear— Didactic lectures in: 1) materia medioa and therapeutics, including hygnene: 
 2) pathology and practical medicine ; 3) principles and practice or surgery ; 4) obstetrics and 
 gynecology ; 5) ophthalmology. Clinical lectures at the Yanderbilt cUme in: 1) diseases of 
 the mind and nervous system; 2) gynecology: 3) diseases of children; 4) genito-urinary dis- 
 eases, including syphilis; 5) diseases of the skin; 6) diseases of the throat; 7) diseases of the 
 eye ; 8) diseases of the ear. Practical clinical work in the eight subjects enumerated im- 
 mediately above under the head of "clinical lectures," and in obstetrics. Practical work in 
 pathology and pathological histology. 1 
 
 Eequikementb : For admission— Each candidate who did not begin the study of medi- 
 cine before June 13, 1889, must show a certificate of satifactory examination in preliminary 
 education before the Board of Eegents of the University of the State of New York. 
 
 See "PreUminary Education of Medical Students" in New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduation: I— A. Candidates who are not already graduates in medicine of 
 recognized institutions must have pursued the regular three years' curriculum at this col- 
 lege ; or the regular curriculum of the second and third years at this college, and such a 
 course at some other medical school as shall have been reoognizod by the faculty as an 
 equivalent for the first year's curriculum at this college. No course at another medical 
 school will be so recognized, which shall have been begun during the same calendar year 
 as that in which the student who shall have attended it shall have entered this college. B. 
 Graduates in medicine of recognized institutions must have pursued at this college at least 
 the regular curriculum of the third year. II.— All candidates, whether already graduates in 
 medicine or not, must pass at this college examinations satisfactory to the faculty in I) an- 
 atomy; 2) physiology; 3) physics and chemistry: 4) materia medica and therapeutics, in- 
 cluding hygiene; 5) pathology and practical medicine; 6) principles and practice of surgery t 
 7) obstetrics and gynecology; 8) clinical studies. III.— Candidates must present satisfactory 
 evidence of good moral chai-acter, and of having attained the age of twenty-one years. 
 IV.— Candidates must have studied medicine thirty-six mouths under the direction of a 
 regular practitioner or practitioners of medicine. The three years of medical , study with a. 
 
106 
 
 preceptor include the time spent in attendance upon medical schools, and must be exclu- 
 sive of any time spent as an under-graduate at a non-medical institution: but the two 
 years' course styled "Preparatory to the Study of Medicine/" at the Cornell Universi y. the 
 Sheffield Scientiflc School of Yale University, or the Johns Hopkins University, the College 
 of New Jersey, or the University of Wisconsin, is accepted in place of six months' study 
 with a preceptor, in the case of a student who afterwards attends three sessions at this 
 college. The phrase "regular practitioner or practitioners" is used in the sense commonly 
 understood in the medical profession. Certlflcates of preoeptorship from eclectic, homeo- 
 pathic, or other so-called "irregular" practitioners will not be received, even if such practi- 
 tioners be graduates of regular medical schools. The examinations for the degree of Doe- 
 tor of Medicine are in writing, and are held twice a year, viz. : 1) immediately after the 
 close of the lectures of the college year in June ; 2) during the early part of October. 
 
 Fees: First year— Matriculation, 85; fee for all the required exercises of the year, S200' 
 anatomical material, 81 each part. Second \ ear— Matriculation, 85 ; fee for all the reguired 
 exercises of the year, $200 ; anatomical material, 81 each part. Third year— Matriculation, 
 S5; fee for all the reauired exercises of the year, $200; graduation fee, 830; fees for special 
 students, 810 to 825 perbranch. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 555 
 
 120 
 
 21.6 
 
 1881-82 
 
 547 
 
 115 
 
 21 
 
 1882-83 
 
 543 
 
 125 
 
 23 
 
 1883-84 
 
 505 
 
 105 
 
 20.7 
 
 1884-SS 
 
 439 
 
 134 
 
 30.5 
 
 1885-86 
 
 458 
 
 97 
 
 21.1 
 
 1886-87 
 
 543 
 
 106 
 
 19.5 
 
 1887-88 
 
 755 
 
 115 
 
 15.2 
 
 1888-89 
 
 676 
 
 166 
 
 24.5 
 
 1889-90 
 
 589* 
 
 179 
 
 30.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 22.4. 
 
 COLLEGE OP PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS OF THE WESTERN DISTRICT OF 
 
 NEW YORE. 
 
 Faikfield, N. Y. 
 
 Okganizkd in 1812.— Extinct since 1840. Had 3,123 students, and graduated 589. 
 
 NEW MEDICAL INSTITUTION. 
 
 {Medical Department of Queen's College, New Jersey.) 
 
 New Yobk City. 
 
 Organized in 1814; suspended in 1816. In 1826 it was revived, but became extinct againin 
 1830. It is probable that the diplomas issued after its revival were illegal. 
 
 NEW YORK SCHOOL OF MEDICINE. 
 New York City. 
 Organized under the auspices of the New York County Medical Society In 1831. 
 
 NEW YORK REFORMED MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 (Ecleclic.) 
 New Y^ork City. 
 Organized in 1836.— Extinct, 1838. 
 
 •Not including thirty graduates who matriculated. 
 
107 
 
 AUBUBN MEDICAL SCHOOL. 
 
 AUBUEN. N. Y. 
 
 Extinct.— Date of organization and extinction unknown. 
 
 ALBANY MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 (Medical Department of Union University.) 
 
 Albany, N. Y. WrLLis Q. Tuokee, M. D., Eegistrar, 4 Lancaster street. 
 
 Oeoanized in 1838. Incorporated and graduated its first class in 1839. It became con- 
 nected Yfith the Union University in 1873, when the present title was assumed. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors, one demonstrator, one assistant demon- 
 strator, two lecturers, twelve instructors, and eight assistants to chairs , 
 
 CoueseopInsteuotion: The regular graduating session of 1890-91 began September 
 23. 1890, and will close April 1, 1891. Written examinations are held monthly; clinics at hos- 
 pitals and dispensary. 
 
 Three graded courses of lectures are no-w and -vrill hereafter be an 
 essential pre-requisite for graduation. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene 
 histology, toxicology, orthopsedics, medical jurisprudence, dermatology, psychological 
 medicine, ophthalmology and otology, diseases of children, diseases of the nose, throat 
 and chest, and diseases of the nervous system, insanity, physics. Eeeitations are now 
 made a part of the regular curriculum. 
 
 Rbquieements: For admission— 1) oertifloale from the Secretary of the Board of Re- 
 gents of the University of the State of New York of possessing a degree in arts, science or 
 philosophy from a college or university duly accredited ; 2) certificate of preliminary exam- 
 ination m branches of an English education, conducted under the authority of the Regents 
 of the University of the State of New York; 3) qnaliflcations which the Regents have 
 considered as fuUv eauivalent to the above named qualifications. See "Preliminary Edu- 
 cation of Medical Students" in New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduation; 1) twenty-one years of age ; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study after the age of eighteen years ; 4) "three years' graded course in this college or 
 the equivalent of the first two courses elsewhere and the last in this college," except as here- 
 after provided ; 5) thesis ; 6) "satisfactory examination in the several branches of medicine 
 and surgery ; final examination being conducted chiefly in writing;" 7) regular and punctual 
 attendance is required; 8) compliance with the law concerning preUminary examinations. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, g5 ; lectures, 8100 ; demonstrator, IflO; graduation, S25; perpetual 
 ticket, $150; laboratory fee, chemistry, histology, pathology, each ?I0. 
 
 Students; Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 172 
 
 58 
 
 33.7 
 
 1881-82 
 
 170 
 
 54 
 
 31.7 
 
 1882-83 
 
 157 
 
 51 
 
 32.5 
 
 1883-84 
 
 149 
 
 43 
 
 28.8 
 
 1884-85 
 
 142 
 
 33 
 
 23.2 
 
 1885-86 
 
 142 
 
 40 
 
 '28.1 
 
 1886-87 
 
 144 
 
 37 
 
 25.6 
 
 18Sr-88 
 
 132 
 
 37 
 
 28 
 
 1888-89 
 
 136 
 
 41 
 
 30.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 148 
 
 37 
 
 25 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 28.9. 
 
 GENEVA MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Geneva, N. Y. 
 Oeganized in 1839. —Extinct. See College of Medicine of, Syracuse University. 
 
108 
 
 UNIYERSITY OF THE CITY OP NEW YORK. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 
 University Medical College. 
 
 New Yoke City. Chables Inslee Pabdee, M. D., Dean, 410 E. Twenty-sixth street. 
 
 Obganized inl841. First class was graduated in 1842. Classes have been graduated 
 each subsequent year. I 
 
 The faculty colisists of eleven professors, eight clinical professors, four adjunct profes- 
 sors, sixteen instructors, one demonstrator, one assistant demonstrator, thirteen cUmcal as- , 
 sistants and Ave lecturers. , 
 
 CouESE OP Insteuotion: The collegiate year is divided into three sessions; a pre- 
 liminary term, which began September 24, 1890, and continued until September 311,1890; the 
 regular winter course then began, and will continue to the 2Bth of March, 1891, to be followed 
 by a spring session of ten weeks immediately thereafter. Instruction consists of 
 didactic and chnioal lectures, recitations, practical demonstrations of subjects Involving 
 manipulation and practice at the bedside and in the laboratories. Regular recitations are 
 held in the evening every week by the faculty. There are a number of private courses 
 given in special branches. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry and physios, materia medica and 
 therapeutics, theory and praeti'-e of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, and gyne- 
 cology, diseases of children, hygiene, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology otology, 
 orthopedic s\irgery, dermatology, mental diseases, bacteriology and psychology, laryng- 
 ology and eleotro-lherapeutics. 
 
 REQtiiEEMENTs:- For admlssiou : None from those vho began the study of medi- 
 cine before June 13, 1889. From those who began after that date, a certifleate from the 
 ScOTetary of the Board of Regents of the University of the State of New York, in regard to 
 qualifications of preliminary education will be necessary. See " PreUminary Eeducation of 
 Medical Students " in New York, page 103. ' 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) "two winter 
 /Sessions of lectures;" 4) three years' study; 5) one course of practical anatomy; 6) satis- 
 factory written examinations on surgery, chemistry, practice of medicine, materia 
 medica, anatomy, physiology and obstetrics. Rejected candidates will not be permitted 
 to apply for a re-examination for one year. Honorary degrees are not granted. Two 
 commencements take place annually, at either of which the candidates who have com- 
 pKed with the above rectuirements may graduate; the first is at the close of the winter, 
 the second, at the close of the spring session. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, S5! lectures, S14(l; demonstrator, ?10; graduation, S30 ; private in- 
 struction in practical branches, averaging $12 per course ; single tickets, 820 eaon branch, 
 entrance fee, laboratory courses, $5. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 623 200 32.1 
 
 1881-82 675 213 37. 
 
 1882-83 528 163 30.8 
 
 1883-84 526 164 31.1 
 
 1884-85 533 175 32.8 
 
 1885-86 547 173 31,6 
 
 1886-87 605 151 24.9 
 
 1887-88 634 163 25.7 
 
 1888-89 606 179 29.5 
 
 1889-90 613* 159 25.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 30. 
 
 Beginning with the session of 1891-92 candidates for graduation, ex-' 
 cepting those who matriculated prior to June 13, 1889, will be required 
 to have attended three full 'winter courses of lectures. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY OF BUFFALO. 
 
 BuPFALC, N. Y. Chables Caet, M. D., Secretary, 340 Delaware avenue. 
 
 Obganized in 1846. First class was graduated in 1847. Classes have been graduated 
 each subseauent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of twelve professors, six clinical professors, one demonstrator, one 
 assistant demonstrator, one lecturer and one pathologist. The spring faculty consists of 
 six lecturers. 
 
 ,* Not including twenty graduates who c: 
 
> 
 
 109 
 
 OouesbofInsteuotion: The regular term of 1890-91 began September 22, 1890, and 
 will continue six months. The spring course begins the first Monday after oommehoe^ 
 ment, March 30, 1891, and continues eight weeks. The course of instruction includes 
 scholastic and clinical teaching,, with systematic recitations and special instructions. 
 A three years' graded course is recommended, but not reauired. Women admitted 
 upon same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgory, cUnical medicine, obstetrics and 
 gynecology, hygiene, medical jurisprudence,- toxicology, opthalmology and otology, psych- 
 ological medicine, dermatology and microscopy, genito-urinary and veneral diseases, 
 nervpus diseases, diseases of children, orthopedic surgery, laryngology and ohnical sur- 
 gery. 
 
 Ebquieements: For admission— " A certificate from the secretary of the Bdard of Be- 
 gents of the University of the State of New York, in regard to qualifications of preliminary 
 education." See " Preliminary Education of Medical Students in New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age: 2) good moral character ; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4) " dissection of the entire subject, either here or elsewhere ;" 5) two full courses of 
 lectures; 6) satisfactory examination in the several departments; 7) thesis; 8) one laborap 
 tory course in pathology and chemistry. 
 
 After fhe sessdon of 1890-91,attendanceonthreefull courses of lectures 
 Trill be necessary for graduation, and a satisfactory examination in the 
 pharmaceutical laboratory will be added to the requirements for gradua- 
 tion. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5; lectures, 8100; demonstrator, $10; graduation, 825; chemical, 
 pharmaceutical and pathological laboratory, obligatory, ?2d; perpetual ticket, S150. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates—. 
 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 154 
 
 1881-82 172 
 
 1882-83 178 
 
 1883-84 155 
 
 1S84-85 134 
 
 1885-86 132 
 
 1886-87 160 
 
 1887-88 168 
 
 1888-89 189 
 
 1889-90 218* 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates tor past ten years, 31+. 
 
 EOCHESTBR ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 EOCHESTEB, N. Y. 
 
 ORGANIZED in 1848. Lectures delivered during three or four sessions.— Extinct, 1852. 
 
 CENTRAL MEDICAL COLLEGE OF NEW YOEK. 
 (JSclectic.) 
 Stbaouse, N. 1'. 
 Okganized in 1848.— Extinct, 1855. 
 
 48 
 
 31.1 
 
 65 
 
 3T.8 
 
 57 
 
 32. 
 
 62 
 
 40. 
 
 48 
 
 35.8 
 
 43 
 
 32.5 
 
 50 
 
 31.2 
 
 44 
 
 26.1 
 
 46 
 
 24.3 
 
 52 
 
 23.8 
 
 SYRACUSE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 lEcJectic.) 
 Syracuse, N. Y. 
 Obganized in 1849.— Extinct, 1856. 
 
 *Not including one graduatewho matriculated. 
 
110 
 
 NEW YORK MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 New Yoek City. 
 Obganizep in 18B2. The last session was held in 1863-64. 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF NEW YOEK CITY. 
 New Yokk City. 
 , Extinct. 
 
 EXCELSIOR MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 New Yobk City. 
 
 Extinct. 
 
 METBOPOLITAN MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 {Eclectic.) 
 New Yobk City, 
 Obgahized in 1852; incorporated March, 1857, charter repealed April 12, 1862.— Extinct. 
 
 HYGEIO-THEEAPEUTIC COLLEGE OF NEW YORK. 
 New Yobk City. 
 Chabteeed, 1856.— Extinct, 1866. 
 
 LONG ISLAND COLLEGE HOSPITAL. 
 
 Bbooklyn, N. Y. J. H. Raymond, M. D., Secretary of the Faculty, Henry street, 
 between Pacific and Amity streets. 
 
 Incobpoeated in 1858. First class was graduated in 1860 ; classes have been graduated 
 each subsequent year. 
 
 Faculty consists of eleven professors. There are seven professors of special subjects, one 
 adjunct professor, one demonstrator of anatomy, and nineteen assistants to the various 
 chairs ; twelve lecturers attend during the reading and recitation term. 
 
 OouESE OE INSTEUCTION ; The collegiate year is divided into a regular term and a 
 reading term: the former for the session of 1890-91, began September 24, 1890, and continues 
 ' until March 12, 1891. The reading term will begin m^ioh 13, 1891, and end June 5, 1891. A 
 graded course extending Over two collegiate years of eight and a half months each, is re- 
 commended, but not required. It is also recommended that where possible the student 
 spend three years at college work. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry*, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, hvgiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, laryngology, toxicology, ophthalmology, and otology, diseases of 
 children, dermatology, diseases or the mind ami nervous system, and genito-urinary dis- 
 eases, histology, climcal medicine and cUnioal surgery, bacteriology, practical obstetrics. 
 
 Eequiebments : For admission. A certificate of sufficient preliminary qualifications 
 from the S cretary of the Board of Regents of the University of the State of New York. See 
 "Preliminary Education of Medical Stud 'nts" in New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduations 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three full years' 
 study ; 4) two full courses of lectures, not oomple ted in the same twelve months ; 5) practical 
 anatomy, to the extent of having dissected eaoh i egion of the body ; 6) one course of practi- 
 cal chemistry and urine analysis; 7) one practical labonttory course in normal and patho- 
 logical histology ; 8) pass satisfactory examinations in chemistry and urine analysis, his- 
 tology, anatomy, and pathological anatomy, physiology, materia medica, therapeutios.Byne- 
 oology, obstetrics, surgery, operative and cUnioal sui-gery and praotioe of medicine. 
 
Ill 
 
 Fees: Matrioulation, ?5; demonstrator. 85 ; chemical laboratory, $10 ; Hoagland patho- 
 logical laboratory, jlO ; leoturea, SlOO; reading term, S40; giaduation, $25; single tickets, $10 
 to $17, each branch. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage ol graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 141 
 
 51 
 
 36.1 
 
 1881-82 
 
 159 
 
 61 
 
 38.3 
 
 1882-83 
 
 154 
 
 51 
 
 33.4 
 
 1883-84 
 
 122 
 
 37 
 
 30.3 
 
 1884-85 
 
 119 
 
 47 
 
 39.4 
 
 1885-86 
 
 109 
 
 49 
 
 44.9 
 
 1886-87 
 
 99 
 
 30 
 
 30.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 134 
 
 36 
 
 26.8 
 
 1888-89 
 
 143 
 
 46 
 
 32.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 197* 
 
 55 
 
 27.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 33.6. 
 
 NEW YOEK HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 New Yoke City. L. L. Danfoeth, M. D., Secretary, 149 W. Forty-fourth street. 
 
 Obganizbd in 1860. First class was graduated in 1861. Classes have been graduated 
 each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of twenty-one professors, one assistant professor, one clinical pro- 
 fessor, three lecturers, seven clinical assistants, iwo demonstrators and one instructor. 
 
 Course of Insteuction : The session of 1890-91 opened October 1, 1890, and terminates 
 April 9, 1891. The course of instruction is «fraded and provision is made for three 
 classes of students— a junior, a middle and a senior class. Preliminary course began Sep- 
 tember 15, and endeSJ October 1, 1890. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry and toxicology, materia mediea 
 and therapeutics, theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gyne- 
 cology, medical jurisprudence, hygiene and sanitary science, diseases of the heart and 
 lungs, diseases of ohifdren, laryngology and rhinology, mental and nervous diseases, oph- 
 thaljnology and otology, orthopedic surgery, dermatology and geuito-urinary diseases, 
 histology, microscopy, diseases of the kidney, pharmaceutics, and laboratory driU. 
 
 Bequibements : For admission— "From those who began the study of medicine after 
 .Tune 13. 1889, a certificate from the Secretary of the Board of Regents of the University of 
 the State of New York, in regard to ciualiflcations of preliminary education, will be neces- 
 sary." 
 
 See "Preliminary Education of Medical Students" in New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduation ; 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4) three full courses of lectures; 5) one course of practical anatomy ; 6) satisfact- 
 ory written examination in each department; 7) compliance with the state law in regard to 
 qualifications of preliminary education. ^ 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5; lectures, SlOO; graduation, $30. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates, 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 165 
 
 54 
 
 32.7 
 
 1881-82 
 
 146 
 
 36 
 
 24.6 
 
 1882-83 
 
 145 
 
 47 
 
 32.4 
 
 1883-84 
 
 153 
 
 . 53 
 
 34.6 
 
 1884-85 
 
 130 
 
 40 
 
 30.7 
 
 1885-86 
 
 138 
 
 41 
 
 29.7 
 
 1886-87 
 
 141 
 
 46 
 
 32.6 
 
 1887-88 
 
 133 
 
 48 
 
 36+ 
 
 1888-89 
 
 127 
 
 37 
 
 29.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 118+ 
 
 38 
 
 32.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates or past ten years, 31.5. 
 
 For requirements of the American Institute of Homeopathy as to ad- 
 mission and graduation in 1892, see Introductory Remarks. 
 
 *Not including four graduates who matriculated. 
 +Not including four graduates who matriculated. 
 
112 
 
 BELLEVUE HOSPITAL MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 New Yokk City. Austin Flint, M. D., LL. D., Secretary of the Faculty. 
 
 Oeganized in 1861. First class was graduated in 1862. Classes have been graduated 
 each subseauent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of nine professors, seven professors of special departments, two 
 lecturers, two demonstrators, twenty-four assistants td chairs, and prosectors. Mem- 
 bers of the faculty and others, to the number of twenty-three, give instruction during the 
 spring term. 
 
 CoUKSB OP Insteuotion: The collegiate year is divided into two sessions. The" 
 winter session of 1890-91 began September 24, 1890. and continuing twenty-six weeks will 
 close about the middle of March, 1891. The spring session will begin the latter part of 
 Mai-ch, 1891, and continue until the middle of June. Attendance upon three courses of lec- 
 tures IS recommended, but not required, and provision is made for the examination of 
 those pursuing this plan. Hospital clinics are numerous. Eegular weekly auizzes are 
 held by members of the faculty upon the subjects of the lectures; these examinations are 
 confined to candidates tor graduation. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, orthopedic surgery, ophthalmology and otology, cutaneous and 
 genito-urlnary diseases, diseases of children, toxicology, diseases of the throat, diseases 
 of the mind and nervous system. Private courses on practical subjects are given by the 
 faculty and instructors ; average fee. $20. Private rooms in laboratory S5 to 810 per month. 
 
 Eequibements: For admission— None for those who began the study of medicine be- 
 fore June 13, 1889 ; from those who began after that date, a certificate from the secretary of 
 the Board of Regents of the University of the State of New York, in regard to aualinoa- 
 tions of preliminary education, will be necessary. 
 
 See "Preliminary Examination of Medical Students" in New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) proper testimonials of character; 3) 
 three years' study; 4) two full courses of lectures; 5) satisfactory examination in each of 
 the seven departments of instruction, viz. : practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, ma- 
 teria medica and therapeutics, physiology, anatomy and chemistry— the examinations 
 upos practice of medicine and surgery melude diseases of the nervous system, patho- 
 logical anatomy, ophthalmology and otology, genito-urinary surgery, syphilology and 
 dermatology ; 6) one course of practical anatomy ; 7) one course of normal and patholo- 
 gical histology and miorosoopleal examination of urine. 
 
 Beginning 'with the session of 1891-92, three courses of lectures will 
 be required for graduation of all excepting those candidates 'who matricu- 
 lated prior to June 13, 1889. 
 
 Fees : Mafaeulation, $.5 ; lectures, 8140; demonstrator, 810 ; pathological laboratpry, 810 : 
 graduation, 830 ; single tickets, 820 each branch. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates aiid of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 379 118 
 
 31.1 
 
 1881-82 
 
 480, 163 
 
 83.9 
 
 1882-83 
 
 467 167 
 
 35.7 
 
 1883-84 
 
 434 149 
 
 34.3 
 
 1884-85 
 
 365 134 
 
 36.7 
 
 1885-86 
 
 386 139 
 
 36-1- 
 
 , 1886-87 
 ' 1887-88 
 
 401 134 
 
 mZi 
 
 365 144 
 
 39.4 
 
 1888-89 
 
 409 138 
 
 33.7 
 
 1889-90 
 
 486* 144 
 
 29.6 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten year^, 34.2. 
 
 
 Names of matriculates not given in announcement. 
 
 
 NEW YOEK MEDICAL COLLEGE AND HOSPITAL FOR WOMEN. 
 
 (.ITomeopathic.) 
 
 New Yoek City. M. Belle Bbown, M. D., Secretary, 135 West 34th street. 
 
 Obganized in 1863. First class was graduated in 1864. Classes have been graduated 
 each subseauent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of fifteen professors, three adjunct prefessors, three lecturers and 
 a demonstrator. 
 
 Course or Inbtkuction: The regular session of 1890-91 began October 1,1890, and 
 continues twenty-six weeki. The curriculum of studies extends over a three- 
 years graded course, and is arranged as follows : First year— theoretical and inorgn nic 
 
 *Not includiug thirty-threo graduates -svlio mntriculated. 
 
113 
 
 chemistry.physioloey.ffeneral and descriptive anatomy, histology, hygiene, dissections and 
 laboratory work will he obligatory on all students ol this year. Second year— organic chem- 
 istry with toxicology, histology, pathological anatomy, physiology, anatomy, hygiene, ma- 
 teria medica, surgery, gynecology, diseases of clilldren, obstetrics, pathology and practice 
 of medicine. Students of this year are expectedtoflnishtheir dissections to the satisfaction 
 of the professor of anatomy ; they will also be required to attend the lectures on ophthal- 
 mology and otology, diseases of the chest, medical jurisprudence and mental and nervous 
 diseases, but will not be subject to quizzes in these branches. Third year— continuation 
 of pathology and practice of medicine, materia medica, obstetrics, gynecology, diseases 
 of children, surgery, ophthalmology and otology, diseases ol the chest, medical juris- 
 prudenee, pathological anatomy, mental and nervous diseases. During the year students 
 are reauired to attend the various oUniOs of the college. Each student will also be re- 
 quired to take charge of obstetrical oases." Actual attendance on lectures is required. 
 
 Eequibements : For admission— "Applicants for matriculation are required to give 
 satisfactory testimony of moral character, together with proof of having arrived at the 
 age of eighteen years; they must present a certificate from the Secretary of the Board 
 of Regents of the University of the State of New York of proper preliminary quaUfioations." 
 See " Preliminary Examinations of Medical Students " m New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) three full years' study; 3) three com- 
 plete courses of lectures; 4) thesis ; 5) satisfactory course of dissections ; 6) satisfactory 
 examinations both before the faculty and the board of censors. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, paid but once, S5; laboratory fee. 85 ; lectures, per session. 875; 
 demonstrator, $10 ; demonstration in histology, $5; graduation, $30; single tickets, $15, each 
 branch. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage ol graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1884-85 
 
 30 
 
 13 
 
 43.3 
 
 1885-86 
 
 39 
 
 13 
 
 33.3 
 
 1886-87 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 37-1- 
 
 1887-88 
 
 42 
 
 9 
 
 24.4 
 
 1888-89 
 
 32 
 
 5 
 
 15.6 
 
 1889-90 
 
 36 
 
 15 
 
 41.6 
 
 Percentage ol graduates to matriculates lor past 
 
 six years, 31.5. 
 
 
 Name of matriculates not given in announcement. 
 
 For requirements of the American Institute of Homeopathy in regard 
 to admission and graduation in 1892, see Introductory Remarks. 
 
 ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK. 
 
 New Yokk Citt. Gboegi; W. Boskowitz, M. D. ,Dean 239 East Fourteenth street. 
 
 Okganized in 1865. The first class was graduated in 1886; classes have been graduated 
 ■each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consi.sts ol eight professors, eleven lecturers, pne instructor and one assist- 
 ant to chair of chemistry, one demonstrator. 
 
 CouESE ofInsteuction: Thethlrtie'h annual session began September 16, 1890. and 
 will continue six months; clinics in hospital and dispensary. "Women admitted upon the 
 same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics diseases of women and 
 children, medical jurisprudence, toxicology, diseases of the eye, ear, throat and skin, 
 nervous diseases and insanity, hygiene, electro-therapeutics, histology, pharmacy, medical 
 and surgical cUnics. 
 
 BBQuiBEMEisrTS : For admission— "Candidates for matriculation must be at least 
 eighteen years old, and must present satisfactory testimonials of moral character from 
 former instructors or physicians in good standing. Students who began the study of 
 medicine after June 13, 1889, must present certifloates of proper preliminary education 
 signed by the Secretary of the Board of Regents of the University of the State ol New 
 Yoark." See " Preliminary Examination of Medical Students" in New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) four years' dtudy under the super- 
 vision of a reputable physician; 3) three full terms of instruction; 4) a thesis on 
 some medical subject. 
 
 —8 
 
114 
 
 Fees: Matrioulation, $5; lectures, $100; demonstrator, 810; analytical chemistry, $5; 
 pathologicallaboratory, te ; graduation, $30. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates"- 
 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 215 64 29.7 
 
 1881-82 146 50 34.2 
 
 ]88a-8S 131 37 28.2 
 
 1883-84 ' 96 19 19.7 
 
 1884-85 45 11 24.4 
 
 1885-86 74 15 20.2 
 
 1886-87 92 15 16.3 
 
 1887-88 58 11 18.9 
 
 1888-89 75 12 16. 
 
 1889-90 77» 12 15.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past ten year!?, 24.3. 
 
 NOTE:— With the session of 1890-91 a graded course -was inaugurated, 
 and three years* attendance on lectures and four years' study of medicine 
 required. 
 
 BROOKLYN ACADEMY OF MEDICINE. 
 
 Bbookltn, N. Y. 
 
 {Auxiliary to the Eclectic Medical Society of N. Y.) Incorporated April 24, 1866. Charter 
 revoked about 188u. 
 
 WOMAN'S MEDICAL COLLEGE OF THE NEW YOEK INPIBMAEY. 
 
 New Yobk City. Emily Blackwei,!,, M, D., Dean, 128 Second avenue. 
 
 Oeganized in 1868. First class was graduated in 1870. Classes have been graduated 
 each subseauent year. 
 
 The faculty consists eight professors, six clinical prcrfessors, two lecturers, two demon- 
 strators, one assistant demonstrator and Uve Instructors., 
 
 CouESE OF InsTEtrcTioN: "The college year is divided into two terms of four months 
 each, and halt of the studies appropriate to the year are allotted to each of these terms. 
 The first term lasts from October 1 to January 25. The second from January 27 to May 
 15. The course of study required to render a student eligible for graduation 
 covers three college years. Those students who wish to do so, may, however, divide 
 the second of their three years into two, thus completing their course in four years. 
 
 Division of studies : " First yeai^ Anatomy, chemistry, physiology, materia medica and 
 histology ; students will also dissect and work in the pharmaceutical, chemical and histo- 
 logicallaboratories. Second year— Anatomy, physiology, pathological anatomy, practice, 
 surgery, obstetrics, therapeutics and hygiene. Third year— Practice, pathological an- 
 atomy, surgery, gynecology, obstetrics and therapeutics; clinical instruction in diseases 
 of children, eye and ear, the nervous system, and orthopsedics. During this year each 
 student enjoys the privilege of attending upon ten cases of obstetrics in the infirmary 
 wards ; of witnessing operations at the infirmary, as also at other hospitals in the city, and 
 may listen to the clinical lectures at Bellevue." Each orofeesor Quizzes on his own lectures, 
 and an instructor is attached to each chair to assist in Quizzing. Class examinations held 
 at the end of each college year. 
 
 Ebquibbments : For admission— Certificate signed by Secretary of the Board of Be- 
 gents of the University of the State of New York, of compliance with State examination re- 
 auired by the Act of Legislature of 1889. " All students are required besides to show a 
 competent knowledge of German or French, or an elementary knowledge of Latin; also 
 the elements of botany and chemistry as found In science primers." See " Preliminary 
 Education of Medical Students" in New York, page 103. 
 
 Eor graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character ; 3) must give evi- 
 dence of having studied medicine during three years, have spent at least one continuous 
 year at this school (if only one this must be the last year) ; 4) a thesis on some medical sub- 
 ject! 5) satisfactory examinations before the faculty will also be required. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, J5; professors tickets, S80 first year, 8140 second year, MO third; 
 demonstrator's, 810 first and second year, each ; laboratory fees, $24 first year, $5 second; 
 material, 810 first year; practical obstetrtos $5, operative surgery, $5; clinical fee, $10; read- 
 ing room, 50 cents per year ; graduation $30. Students sent by mi'isionary boards for edu- 
 cation for missionary work are charged half price except for matriculation, graduation and 
 laboratory fees. 
 
 * Not including five matriculates who did not attend, and thi-ee graduatesiwho matricu- 
 lated. 
 
115 
 
 # 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at eaoh session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 60 8 13.3 
 
 1881-82 49 10 20.4 
 
 1882-83 40 5 12.5 
 
 1883-84 40 '9 22.5 
 
 1884-85 33 11 33.3 
 
 1885-86 34 8 23.5 
 
 1886-87 42 8 19+ 
 
 1887-88 52 4 7.6 
 
 1888-89 68 10 14.7 
 
 1889-90 80 20 25. 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 18.7. 
 
 NEW YOEK FREE MEDICAL COLLEGE FOE WOMEN. 
 New Toee City. 
 Obganized in 1871.— Extinct, 1877. 
 
 COLLEGE OP MEDICINE OF SYEACUSE UNIVEESITY. 
 
 Stkacuke, N. Y. W. H. Dunlap, M. D., Registrar, 408 East Genesee street. 
 
 Obganized in 1872. as the College of Phyicians and Surgeons of Syracuse University. 
 In 1875 assumed its present title. The Geneva Medical College, organized in 1836, was 
 merged into this institution. The first class was graduated in 1873. Classes have been 
 graduated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of fifteen professors, five lecturers and two instructors, one dem- 
 onstrator and one assistant demonstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OE Insteuction: The college year begins the first Tuesday in October, 
 ends on the second Tuesday in June, and is divided into two terms. Attendance at col- 
 lege during a three years' graded course required. Students are divided into 
 three classes, according to their proficiency and time of study. Studies— "First year ; anato- 
 my, physiology, chemistry, histology and materia medica. Second year; anatomy, physi- 
 ology, medical chemistry, materia medica, surgery, practice and clinics. Third year: 
 
 upon 
 same terms as men. 
 
 Ebquibements ; For admission— All students who join the school for the regular 
 course who did not begin the study of medicine before June 13, 1889, are reauired to ex- 
 hibit evidence of, 1) satisfactory exaihination in preliminary education by the Board of Re- 
 gents of the University of the State of New rork. For full information concerning 
 this examination apply to the Secretary of the Board of Regents, Albany, N. Y. ; 2) 
 in addition to the State examination students will be examined in the following subjects : 
 a) Algebra through simple equations as treated in Wentworth's complete algebra, or its 
 equivalent; b) Geometry, first book of Wentworth's "Elements of Geometry," or its equival- 
 ent; o) Latin: the translatioh of a passage iseleeted from one of the first four books of 
 " Csesar's Commentaries," and questions relating to the grammar of the passage ; an equiv- 
 alent from another Latin author may be substituted if desired. [Arrangements have been 
 made by which candidates not prepared in Latin will receive instruction in this language, 
 without extra expense and without interfering with medical studies.] These, examinations 
 are in writing. 
 
 Regent's certificates are accepted for the studies which they cover. Candidates who 
 pass all the requii ements for entrance are admitted unconditionally. Those who fail in 
 two subjects are admitted conditionally. Candidates who are conditioned are allowed to 
 enter the classes with the other students, but are ranked unclassified until they have 
 passed in the studies in which they were conditioned. Candidates rejected or conditioned 
 can be re-examined at any of the June annual examinations by giving due notice to the 
 Registrar of the intention to do so, or. without notice, at the yearly entrance examinations, 
 the first Tuesday of October. See "Preliminary Examination of Medical Students " in 
 New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character ; 3) three years' 
 course, the last of which, at least, must have been spent in this school; 4) satisfactory ex- 
 apiinations. ' 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, S5 ; lectures for the year, 880; anatomical laboratory, SIO; gradu- 
 ation, S25 ; single tickets, $18 each branch, per term. 
 
116 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of gracl"uates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 60 
 
 20 
 
 33.3 
 
 1881-82 
 
 45 
 
 
 24.4 
 
 1882-83 
 
 44 
 
 
 27.2 
 
 1883-84 
 
 46 
 
 
 23.9 
 
 1884-85 
 
 38 
 
 
 29. 
 
 
 41 
 
 
 26.8 
 
 37 
 
 9 
 
 24.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 45. 
 
 1888-89 
 
 39 
 
 4 
 
 10.2 
 
 1889-90 
 
 48 
 
 9 
 
 18.7 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years 26.5. 
 
 UNITED STATES MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 (Eclectic.) 
 New Yobk City. 
 Obganized in 1878, Illegal.— Extinct since 1882. Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 COLLEGE OP PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS OF BUFFALO. 
 
 BuFFAiiO, N. y. Extinct. . 
 
 Organized in 1879. Illegal, The first class -Was graduated in 1880. No class graduated 
 In 1882. Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPABTMENT OF NIAGARA UNIVEESITY. 
 
 BuFFAiiO, N. Y. A. A. Hubbell; M. D., Secretary. 212 Franklin street. 
 
 Obganized in 1883. The faculty consists of twelve professors, five lecturers, one 
 demonstrator, one adjunct professor and three assistants. 
 
 Coubse oeInbtbuotxon: The eighth regular course of lectures began September 22, 
 1890, and will continue until April 14, 1891. The time of study required is three 
 years, including three full terms of medical lectures of seven to eight 
 months each, and an extension to four years is earnestly recommended. 
 
 Eeoitations will occupy a prominent place in the teaching methods of this school; clinical 
 1 ectures andlaboratory work, also. 
 
 Division of studies : First year— general chemistry, materia medica, pharmacy, his- 
 tology, anatomy, physiology, dissections, laboratory work. Examinations at the end of the 
 year in general chemistry, materia medica and pharmacy and in part in anatomy. Second 
 year— medical chemistry, anatomy, physiology, pathology, pharmacology, hygiene, obstet- 
 rics, principles and practice of medicine, principles and practice of surgery, dissections, 
 laboratory work, climes. Examinations at the end of the year in medical chemistry, 
 anatomy (completed), physiology (completed), pathology, pharmacology, obstetrics-in part, 
 general medicine and general surgery. Third year— therapeutics, surgical anatomy, prin- 
 ciples and practice of medicine, principles ana practice of surgery, obstetrics, diseases of 
 children, diseases of women, diseases of the eye, ear and throat, diseases of the skin, dis- 
 eases of the nervous system and insanity, medical jurisprudence ; clinical instruction in 
 each department. Examinations at the end of the year for the degree. Students who have 
 attended one full course of lectures elsewhere will be admitted to the second year of this 
 school, after passing examinations of the first year's studies, 
 
 Eequibbmbnts: For admission— "Students desiring to be admitted to this school 
 must comply with the law of the state of New York in regard to the preliminary educational 
 qualifications. In addition to the above students will be required to give evidence of good 
 moral character and to pass an examination by the faculty in Latin, including its elements 
 as comprehended in Arnold's "First Latin Book," or its equivalent. Those not possessing 
 the required amount of Latin may enter conditionally upon their qualifying themselves 
 before the beginning of the second year." 
 
 See "Preliminary Education of Medical Students," in New York, page 103. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age and mu^thave studied medicine at least 
 three years; 2) a good moral character; 3) at least three full coursfes of medical 
 
 lectures; i) completion of the curriculum of this school; 5) attendance on two or more 
 obstetric eases ; 6) satisfactory final examinations before the faculty and board of examiners. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, ?5 ; demonstrator, 816 ; perpetual ticket, S165 ; lectures, S75 ; gradu- 
 ation, m. 
 
117 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 essiou. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1883-84 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 
 1884-85 
 
 23 
 
 
 
 
 1885-86 
 
 35 
 
 6 
 
 17.1 
 
 1886-87 
 
 37 
 
 4 
 
 10.8 
 
 l^S?-88 
 
 49 
 
 12 
 
 24.4 
 
 1888-89 
 
 43 
 
 8 
 
 18.6 
 
 1889-90 
 
 49 
 
 16 
 
 32.6 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past Ave years, 21.5. 
 
 THE AMEKIGAN COLLEGE OP ABTS AND SCIENCES, OF THE STATE OP NEW 
 
 YOEK. 
 
 120 Pearl street, Buffalo, N. Y. 
 
 "The instruction at this College and its co-operative regional Colleges, Universities, 
 academies and institutions of learning, on the American Continent, comprehends every de- 
 partment of learning for which the candidate desires a diploma. Students of all profess- 
 ions or callings of distinction, can matriculate, and have instruction in any department at 
 their home under a special instructor by appointment, or at any of our institution^ of 
 learning in the Western Hemisphere, and upon presentation of certificates of proficiency 
 will be entitled to degrees in their specialty. 
 
 "Graduates of other colleges, who desire a degree for any specialty, may obtain the same 
 upon presentation of certificates of proficiency. Educated men and women (self-made), 
 professors and practitioners in any department of the arts and sciences will receive their 
 degreesuponpassing the required examination, under the laws, rules and regulations of 
 the institution. 
 
 "Begionalprof essors are appointed in every city, town and village on the American Con- 
 tinent to examine candidates. 
 
 "Pees? Matriculation ticket, $5; full course ticket, in any department, including exam- 
 ination, $50; special examinations at reasonable charges; no fees are charged for diploma; 
 the imposition of such fees is repugnant to Druidic law and usage." 
 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 THE DKUIDIC BANCHOEEION. 
 120 Pearl street, Buffalo, N. ¥. 
 
 "An Incorporated college for training candidates in literature, philosophy, sciences, 
 arts, law, reformed medicine and all other professions of distinction. Degrees granted to 
 those furnishing evidence of proficiency for any specialty. The medical staff Is composed 
 of skillful physicians, surgeons and specialists. 
 
 "No fees are charged for diploma; the imposition of such fees is repugnant to Druidic 
 law and usage." 
 
 Two diplomas of this institution were ofi'ered to the Board of Medical Examiners of 
 Montana, for the purpose of obtaining license to practice medicine, but were not accepted. 
 
 Several diplomas of this concern are registered in New Jersey. 
 
 The rector of both these institutions is a graduate of the Druidic University, of Lewis- 
 town, Maine, in 1886, an institution whose charter was annulled by the legislature of that 
 State for irregularities in granting diplomas. He is also the proprietor and physician of 
 the Medical and Surgical Institute and Sanitarium, located at 120 Pearl street, Buffalo. 
 
 Note :— In the exposure made by the Boston Serald of the work of Dr. Bradbury, of 
 Nashua, N. H., who was fined and imprisoned for using the mails fraudulently, in connec- 
 tion with obtaining diplomas, allusion is made "to an institution in the State of New York 
 from wMch he could obtain the desired article." 
 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 NORTH CAROIilNA. 
 
 BOAKD OP MEDICAL EXAMINEES OF NOETH CAEOLINA. 
 
 Littleton, N. C. L. J. PicoT, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 INCOBPOBATED 1859. The Board of Medical Examiners of the State of North Carolina is 
 a body separate and distinct from the State Board of Health— its duty being to examine all 
 applicants for hcense to practice medicine or surgery, or any of the branches thereof, in the 
 State. It is composed of seven members, who are elected by the State Medical Society, and 
 who serve for a period of six years. Its powers are derived from acts of the Legislature, 
 which have been amended at different times since the year 1859, when the first act creating 
 
113 
 
 a Board of Medipal Kxaminers was passed. No penalty'originally attached to the failure to, 
 comply with the provisions of this act, except inability to collect a medical bill by law. In. 
 the year 1885, an amendment was passed fixing the penalty at a minimum of twenty-nve or 
 a maximum of one hundred dollars, or imprisonment for each and every offense. 
 
 In the year 1888 another amendment was passed, reauiring all physicians to be regis- 
 tered by the clerk of the Superior Court, and xafter the first day of January, 1890, all per- 
 sons who begin the practice of medicine in North Carolina, must within 30 days after obtmn- 
 ing a license from the Board of Medical Examiners, be registered by the clerk of the Su- 
 perior Court. 
 
 Each applicant for license must give written evidence that he is of good moral character 
 and twenty-one years of age ; must submit to a written examination in 1) surgery and surg- 
 ical pathology and diseases of the eye and ear; 2) chemistry and pharmacy; 3) anatomy; 4) 
 physiology and medical hygiene; 5) materia medica and therapeutics; fi) obstetrics and dis- 
 eases of women and children ; 7) practice of medicine and medical pathology. Apphoants 
 must answer seventy per cent, of all the questions satisfactorily. 
 
 Temporary licenses maybe issued in the interim between the regular annual meetings, 
 by any two members of the Board, to hold good only until the next annual meeting there- 
 after. The fee for temporary license is $5 ; for permanent license, 810. 
 
 The annual meetings are held at the same time and place as those of the State Medical 
 Society. The last meeting was held in May, 1890, in Oxford, North Carolina. There were 72 
 apphoants for 'hoenses; 46 were licensed, and 26 were refused Uoense. The next 
 annual meeting wiU be held in Asheville, North Carolina, May, 1891, at which time the new 
 Board elected in 1890 will hold its first annual meeting. 
 
 Below will be found some interesting statements which have been tabulated for easy 
 reference, showing some of the work of the Board from 1885 to 1890— both years included: 
 
 Institutions Eepbesented wi the applicants 
 
 BEFORE THE 
 
 BOARD OF MEDICAL EXAMINERS OF NORTH CAROLINA, 
 From 1885 to 1890 inclusive. 
 
 ui p. 
 to ^ 
 
 O JO 
 
 I- 
 
 pp- 
 
 ■ e. 
 
 &P- 
 : o 
 ■ !» 
 
 University of the City of New York, Medical Department . . . 
 
 University of Pennsylvania 
 
 University of Maryland 
 
 University of Virginia , 
 
 Vanderbilt University, MedicalDepartment 
 
 University of South Carolina 
 
 University of Louisiana 
 
 Unjversity of Louisville 
 
 University of Michigan 
 
 Medical College of Georgia : 
 
 Bellevue Hospital Medical College 
 
 Atlanta Medical College 
 
 Medical College of Virginia 
 
 Medical College of the state of South Carolina 
 
 Louisville Medical College '. 
 
 Baltimore Medical College 
 
 -College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York 
 
 Kentucky School of Medicine i 
 
 Leonard School of Medicine 
 
 Jefferson Medical College 
 
 Southern Medical College, Atlanta 
 
 Long Island College Hospital 
 
 Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania 
 
 Nashville Medical College 
 
 Baltimore University School of Medicine 
 
 Medico-Chirurgical College, Philadelphia 
 
 No College at all , 
 
 Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio 
 
 Tulane University, Louisiana 
 
 Georgia College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, Atlanta.. 
 
 Howard University, Washington 
 
 New York Homeopathic Medical College 
 
 Totals. 
 
 2 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 5, 
 14 
 
 3 
 64 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 11 
 35 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 206 
 
 77 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 « 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 Note:— The non-graduate's, as a rule are men that have attended but one course. 
 
119 
 
 MEDICAL DEPABTMENT OF THE UNIVEESITY OF NOBTH CAROLINA. 
 
 Chapel Hilij, N. C. 
 
 Oegakized In 1796. Formerly granted diplomas. DoeR not now give medical in- 
 struction. 
 
 EDINBOEOUGH MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Inoobpobatbd, 1868. The college was located in the backwoods of Kobeson county, 
 near LumbertOD, a small town of tlve hundred inhabitants. When the only professor (Dr. 
 McLean) died a few years ago, the school became extinct. A number of its diplomas are 
 found in North Carolina and other states. 
 
 LEONARD MEDICAL SCHOOL. 
 
 (Medical Department of Shaw Universitv .) 
 
 Ealbigh, N. C. James McKee, M. D., Dean of the Faculty. 
 
 Oeoanized in 1882, for the education of colored students of both sexes. The faonUy 
 consists of seven professors. 
 
 CouBSE OP iNSTBUCTioN: The session of 1890-91, beginning November 1, 1890, con- 
 tinues Hve months. Graded course o£ study extending over four years $ clinical 
 instruction is made a prominent feature. 
 
 Order of studies: First year— anatomy, physiology, general chemistry and materia 
 medloa; second year— practical anatomy, medical chemistry, physiology, pathological 
 anatomy, practice of medicine and Surgery ; third year— therapeutics, obstetrics, theory 
 and practice of medicine and surgery; fourth year— ophthalmology, otology, dermatology, 
 syphiUs, laryngology, diseases of the nervous system, diseases of women, diseases of 
 ■children, operative surgery, forensic medicine. 
 
 ildren, operative surgery, forensic medicine. 
 
 BEQtJiBEMENTS : For admission— "Applicants must be at least eighteen years of age 
 and will be required to pass a preliminary examination sufficient to show their fitness 
 to enter upon the study of mediciae, unless they can furnish a certificate of their pre- 
 vious standing in school from some prinlopal or president of a reputable institution of 
 learning." A literary course of two years' duration, preliminary to the medical course, 
 has been established by the university. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) four years' 
 graded course; 4) dissection of the entire cadaver; 5) thesis; 6) satisfactory examination 
 — an average of eighty per cent, being required to pass. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, ?5; lectures, 860; graduation, SIO; incidentals, $3. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Peroeni 
 
 1883-84 
 
 12 
 
 — 
 
 
 1884-85 
 
 17 
 
 — 
 
 
 1885-86 
 
 26 
 
 6 
 
 23-h 
 
 1886-87 
 
 28 
 
 — 
 
 
 1887-88 
 
 31 
 
 5 
 
 16.1 
 
 1888-89 
 
 42 
 
 7 
 
 16.6 
 
 1889-90 
 
 53 
 
 6 
 
 11.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the paet seven yeras, 11.4. 
 
 ITORTH DAKOTA. 
 
 AN ACT TO REGULATE THE PBACTICE OF MEDICINE IN THE STATE OF 
 
 NOBTH DAKOTA. 
 
 Approved January 10, 1890. 
 
 Be it Unacted iy the Legislative Assembly of the State of North Dakota: 
 
 Section 1. The governor of the State shall appoint a Board of Examiners to be known 
 as the State Board of Medical Examiners, consisting of nine members of whom eight shall 
 be practicing physicians in good standing, who shall hold their office for three years after 
 
120 
 
 suohappointment and until their sucoessors are appointed; provided that the members 
 thereof first appointed under this act shall be divided into three classes, each class to con- 
 sist of three. The first class shall hold offloe under such appointment for the period of one 
 year; the second class for two years, and the third class for three years from the date of 
 their respective appointment. It is further provided that no member thereof shall be ap- 
 pointed to serve for more than three terms in succession, and no member of any college or 
 university having a medical department shall be appointed to serve as members of said 
 board. Two members of said board shall be homceopathio physicians and one a lawyer. 
 
 Sec. 2. Said Board of medical examiners shall elect a president, secretary and treas- 
 urer and shall have a common seal. The president and secretary shall have the power to 
 administer oaths. Said board of medical examiners shall hold meetings for examination at 
 such places as the board may designate, on the first Tuesday of January, April, July and 
 October of each year, and such other meetings as said board may from time to time ap- 
 point. Said board shall keep a record of all the proceedings thereof, and also a record or 
 register of applicants for a hcense, together with his or her age, time spent in the study of 
 medicine, and the name and location of all institutions granting to such . applicant degrees 
 or certificate of lectures in medicine or surgery. Such register shall also show whether 
 such applicant was rejected or licensed imder this act. Said books and register shall be 
 primafacie evidence of ali matters therein recorded. 
 
 Sec. 3. All persons hereafter commencing the practice of medicine, surgery and ob- 
 stetrics in any of its branches in this State shall apply to said Board for a license 80 to do, 
 and such applicant at the time and place designated by said Board, or at the regular meet- 
 ing of said Board, shall submit to an examination in the following branches, to- wit: An- 
 atomy, physiology, chemistry, histology,' materia medica, therapeutics, preventive medi- 
 cines, practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, diseases of women and children, diseases 
 of the nervous system, diseases of the eve and ear, medical jurisptudenoe and such other 
 branches as the Board shall deem advisable, and present evidence of having attended three 
 courses of lectures of at least six months each; said Board shall cause such examination to 
 be both practical and scientific, but of sufficient severity to test the candidate's fitness to 
 practice medicine, surgery and obstetrics. When desired, said examination may be con- 
 ducted In the presence of the dean of any medical school or the president of 
 any medical society of the State. After examination, said Board shall grant a 
 license to such applicant to practice medicine, surgery and obstetrics in the State 
 of North Dakota, which said license can only be granted by the consent of not 
 less than seven members of said Board, and which said license shall be signed by the 
 president and secretary of said board and attested by the seal thereof. The fee of such ex- 
 amination shall be the sum of twenty dollars, and shall be paid by the appheant to the 
 treasurer of said board, to be applied by the said board towards paying the expenses 
 thereof. And such board may revoke or refuse a license tor unprofessional, dishonorable 
 or immoral conduct, for chronic or persistent inebriety, the practice of criminal abortion, or 
 for publicly advertising: special ability to treat or cure diseases which, in the opinion of 
 said board, it is impossible to cure. In complaints for violating the provisions of this sec- 
 tion, the accused person shall be furnished with a copy of the complaint and given a hear- 
 ine before said board in person or by attorney. In all cases of refusal or revocation the 
 applicant may appeal to the appointing power of said board. 
 
 Sec. 4. The person so receiving said license shall file the same or a certified copy- 
 thereof with the register of deeds where he or she resides, and said register of deeds shall 
 file said certificate or copy thereof, and enter a memorandum thereof, giving date of said 
 1 cense and name of person to whom same was issued, and the date of such filing, in a book 
 to be provided and kept for that pm-pose, and a list of all certificates on file in his offloe, 
 and upon notice to him of the change of location or death of a person so licensed, or of the 
 revocation of the license granted such person, said register of deeds shall enter at the ap- 
 propriate places in the records so kept bv him a memorandum of said fact; so that the 
 record so kept by the said register of deeds shall correspond iwith the records of the said 
 board as kept by the secretary thereof. In case a person so licensed shall move into 
 another county of this state, he or she shall procure from the register of deeds a certified 
 copy of said license, and file the same with the register of deeds m the county in which he 
 or she shall remove. Said register of deeds shall file and enter the same with like effect as 
 If the same was the original license. 
 
 Sec. 5. This act shall not apply to commissioned surgeons of the United States Army 
 or Navy, to the physicians or surgeons in actual consultation from other states or terri- 
 tories, or to actual medical students practicing medicine under the direct supervision o[ a 
 preceptor. 
 
 Sec. 6. .^ny person practicing medicine, surgery or obstetrics in this state without 
 first having obtained the license herein provided for, or contrary to the provisions of this 
 act, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof in any court of 
 competent jurisdiction, shall be fined not less than fifty nor more than two hundred dollars, 
 or by imprisonment in the county jail not less than ten days nor more than sixty days, or 
 both fine and imprisonment. Any person shall be regarded as practicing within the meas- 
 ures of this act who shall append the letters "M. D." or "M. B." to his or her name, or for a 
 fee prescribe, direct or recommend for the use •-f any person, any drug or medicine, or 
 other agency for the treatment, care or relief of any wound, fracture or bodily injury, in- 
 firmity or disease; provided, however, this act shall not apply to dentists. It shall be the 
 duty of the respective state's attorneys to prosecute violations of this aot. 
 
 Sec. 7. All acts and parts of acts heretofore passed Inconsistent with the provisions of 
 this act are hereby repealed. 
 
121 
 
 STATE BOAED OF MEDICAL EXAMINEES OP NOETH DAKOTA. 
 
 Geand Fobks, N. Dak. J. B. Logan, M., D., Secretary. 
 
 The Board was organized July 31, 1890, at whioh time the rules and regulations of the 
 State Board of Medical Examiners of Minnesota were adopted. 
 
 The first meeting for the examination of candidates was held on October 7, 8 and 9. 
 One candidate was examined and passed. Two weeks later a supplementary examination 
 was held to accommodate two other candidates, who also passed. 
 
 There are in North and South Dakota 726 practitioners exemptfrom examination by rea- 
 son of registration under the old Territorial laws. The Secretary has in each county in 
 North Dakota a correspondent who reports the location of any new man. In this way three 
 
 flaring cases of quackery have been brought to light, and the offenders forced to leave the 
 tate. 
 
 OHIO. 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OP OHIO. 
 
 (Medical Department of the University of Cincinnati.) 
 
 Cincinnati, 0. James G. Hyndman, M. D., Secretary, 98 W. Ninth street. 
 
 Obganized in 1819. The first class was graduated in 1821. Classes have been gradu- 
 ated each subsequent year. In 1858 the Miami Medical College was merged into this in- 
 stitution, and continued in this relation until 1865, when the Miami was re-established.. 
 (See Miami Medical College, infra.) In 1887 it became the Medical Department of the 
 University of Cincinnati. 
 
 The faculty consists of ten prefessors, ten assistants, three adjunct professors, two lec- 
 turers and four demonstrators. 
 
 CouBsn OP Instbxjotxon: The collegiate year embraces a winter and a short spring- 
 course. The former, for the session of 1890-91, began September 24, 1890, and will close 
 March 1, 1891. The spring course will begin about the middle of March and continue for 
 six weeks. Clinics at hospital and dispensary, and private courses for advanced students 
 and practitioners on special topics in medicine and surgery. 
 
 Lectures embrace ophthalmology, otology, anatomy, clinical surgery, materia mediea. 
 therapeutics, clinical medicine, theory and practice of medicine, principles and practice of 
 surgery, obstetrics, diseases of children, gynecology, physiology, medical chemistry, bac- 
 teriology, cUnical larynology, pathology, dermatology, mstology, hygiene, and medical juris- 
 prudence. Daily examinations or quizzes are conducted by the assistants to the respec- 
 tive chairs. No fee is charged for this ctiiiz, and all students are required to attend 
 regularly. 
 
 Ebquibbments : Por admission— "Applicants for admission to the college must bring 
 certificates of good moraj character, and must give evidence of at least a good English edu- 
 cation. Including mathematics and elementary principles of physios. An examination on 
 these subjects, as taught in the common schools, will be conducted by a committee of the 
 faculty. Graduates of a literary or seientifle college, high school or academy, gentlemen 
 having a countj; or State teacher's certificate, or graduates in medicine .will be exempt 
 from this examination. 
 
 "The general demand for a good preliminary education of those about to enter our 
 profession is shown by the recent utterance of the American Medical Association and the 
 enactments of several State boards of health. We deisire to eaU special attention to the 
 fact that in several States the diplomas of such schools as do not require an examination 
 preliminary to entrance are not accepted as qualifying for practice." 
 
 For graduation: 1) satisfactory .evidence of good moral character, and having at- 
 tained the age of twenty-one years; 2) satisfactory certificate of having studied medicine 
 for at least ffiree years under a regular graduate, or licentiate and practitioner of medi- 
 cine, in good standing, using the word "regular" in the sense commonly understood in 
 the medical profession. "No candidate shall be eligible for final examination for gradu- 
 ation unless his term of three years' study shall have been completed, or shall expire at 
 a date no later than three months after the close of the final examinations :" Si at least, 
 two full courses of instruction; 4) dissections of at least two regions of the body; 5) 
 clinical instruction (hospital) during each year's attendance; 6) must have attended at 
 least one case of labor, undeu direction of Adjunct Professor of Obstetrics; 7) a satisfac- 
 tory examination in each branch taught in the college. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91 four years' professional study and three- 
 regular courses of lectures -will be required as conditions of graduation. 
 
 Fees : Professors' tickets, $75 ; matriculation ticket, 85 ; dissecting ticket (including ma- 
 terial) 810 ; bacteriology, $10 ; practical chemistry (including material), $10 ; practical histol- 
 ogy (including material), SIO; practical pathology (including material), $10; nospital ticket. 
 $5; spring term, $10; graduation fee, ®5. 
 
122 
 
 SitTDBNTS: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1879-80 
 
 S36 
 
 103 
 
 31.6 
 
 1881-82 
 
 341 
 
 104 
 
 30. B 
 
 1882^83 
 
 302 
 
 102 
 
 33.7 
 
 1883-84 
 
 257 
 
 100 
 
 38.8 
 
 1884-86 
 
 209 
 
 B8 
 
 27.7 
 
 1885-86 
 
 210 
 
 78 
 
 37.1 
 
 1886-87 
 
 213 
 
 71 
 
 33.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 226 
 
 70 
 
 30.9 
 
 188S-89 
 
 243 
 
 86 
 
 35.3 
 
 1889-90 
 
 271* 
 
 91 
 
 33.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to njatrioulates for ten years reported, 33.2. 
 
 WOBTHINGTON MEDICAL COLLEGE.-(.Ec/,eeMc.) . 
 [Medical Department of Ohio University ■) 
 
 WOBTHINGTON, . 
 
 Oeganized -in 1832. Bemoved to Cincinnati in 1843. Classes were graduated in 1834, 
 18.35,1836, 1837 and 1838. Name changed to the Eclectic Medical Institute In 1845. (Vide 
 infra.) 
 
 I 
 CINCINNATI MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Cincinnati, 0. 
 Obganized in 1834. Merged into the Medical College of Ohio in 1846. 
 
 WILLOUGHBY UNITEBSITY, MEDICAL DEPABTMENT. 
 
 WiLLOUGHEY, Lake County, O. 
 
 Oeganized in 1835. Bemoved to Columbus in 1846, where one course of lectures wa 
 given. Merged into Starling Medical College («. v.) in 1847. 
 
 PHYBIO-MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 [Cincinnati Literary and Scientific Institute.) 
 Cincinnati, 0. 
 Obganized in 1836. Graduated classes until 1880.— Extinct. 
 
 BOTANICO-MEDICAL COLLEGE OF OHIO. 
 Cincinnati, 0. 
 Chabtbeed in 1838.— Extinct in 1850. 
 
 AMEEICAN MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 [Eclectic.) 
 Cincinnati, 0. 
 Obganized in 1839. Merged into the Eclectic Medical Institute in 1857. 
 
 ♦Not including two graduates who matriculated. 
 
123 
 
 WESTERN BESEBTE UNIVERSITY, MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 
 iGleveland Medical College, Medical Department of Adelbert Gollege of the Western 
 
 Beserve University.) 
 
 V 
 
 Clbteland, O. HtJNTEB H. PowELL, M. D., Registrar, 467 Prospect street. 
 
 Oeganizbd In 1843, as the Cleveland Medical College, Medical Department of Western 
 -Reserve College, by Profs. Aokley, .Cassels and Delameter of the Willoughby University 
 Medical Department: Prof. Kirtland of Cincinnati and Prof. St. John, chemist of Western 
 Heserve College at Hudson. Re-organized in 1881 by a union of the faculty of the Cleveland 
 Medical College and a majority of the faculty of the Medical Department of Wooster Uni- 
 versity, as the Medical Department of Western Reserve University. In March, 1882, the 
 ^oard of Trustees of Western Beserve University conferred the ad eundem degree of 
 Doctor of Medicine upon all graduates of the Cleveland Medical College, and upon such 
 graduates of the Wooster Medical Department prior to 1881, as desired it. 
 
 The faculty consists of eighteen professors, one demonstrator, one assistant in path- 
 ology. 
 
 CouBSB OP iNSTBircTioN: The college year embraces a special spring and a regular 
 winter course. The spring term of 1891 opens the first Wednesday in April and continues 
 twelve weeks: the regular winter term opened September 17, 1890, and will close March, 4, 
 1891. The plan of instruction includes lectures, clinics, recitations, quizzes and practical 
 demonstrations. Three years' graded course required. Great prominence is 
 given to clinical teaching. 
 
 Lectures embrace: First year— The course wUl include descriptive anatomy with dis- 
 sections ; physiology, with exercises in the physiological laboratory : histology with ex- 
 amination of the minute structure o all the organs and tissues of the body ; practical micro- 
 scopy with instruction in the preparation, mounting and examination of objects; in 
 organic chemistry with laboratory exercises and materia medioa. Students will be exam- 
 ined at the close of the year in chemistry, osteology, histology, microscopy, elementary 
 physiology and dissections. 
 
 Second year— During the seaond year instruction will be given in descriptive anatomy, 
 sursical anatomy, physiology, materia medica and therapeutics, medical chemistry and 
 toxicology, generalpathology and morbid anatomy, principles and practice of medicine, 
 principles and practice of surgery, hygiene, obstetrics and diseases of children. Examina- 
 tions will be held at the eud of the year in toxicology, anatomy, physiology, materia 
 medica and therapeutics, obstetiics and diseases of children. 
 
 Third year— During this year the instruction is directed to the practical departments of 
 general medicine and surgery and their specialties. The course includes the principles 
 a.nd practice of medicine and clinical medicine, obstetrics and diseases of children, princi- 
 ples and practice of surgery and clinical surgery, operative surgery and surgical pathology, 
 gynecology, ophthalmology, otology, hygiene and medical jurisprudence. 
 
 Students are renuired to attend the general medical and surgical clinics at leas' during 
 the second and third years and ihe clinics in special departments only during the last year. 
 
 Requibements : For admission— 1) credible certificates of good moral standing; 2) 
 diploma of graduation from a literary and scientific college or high school or a teacher's 
 ■certificate, or, lacking this, a thorough examination in the branches of a good English edu- 
 <!ation ; 3) at least eighteen years of age. 
 
 For graduation: 1) good Enghsh education; 2) twenty-one years of age; 3) three 
 year's study ; 4) three full courses of lectures ; 5) dissection of the entire body ; 
 «) examination satisfactory to the faculty and board of censors. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation and general ticket, S7."> ; summer session, SIO ; graduation, S30. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1879-80 
 
 86 
 
 27 
 
 31.4 
 
 1881-82 
 
 188 
 
 83 
 
 44.1 
 
 1882-83 
 
 161 
 
 50 
 
 31. 
 
 1883-84 
 
 167 
 
 54 
 
 32.3 
 
 1884-85 
 
 126 
 
 56 
 
 44,4 
 
 1885-86 
 
 119 
 
 47 
 
 39.4 
 
 1886-87 
 
 142 
 
 38 
 
 26.7 
 
 1887-88 
 
 134 
 
 45 
 
 33.5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 124 
 
 51) 
 
 40.3 
 
 1889-90 
 
 124 
 
 45 
 
 36.2 
 
 Percentage of gi-aduates to matriculates for ten years reported, 36.1. 
 
124 
 
 ECLECTIC MEDICAL INSTITUTE. 
 Cincinnati, O. John M. Bouddeb, M. D, , 228 Court street. 
 
 Organized in 1845 as the successor of the ■Worthington Medical College (organized in 
 1832.) The American Medical College was merged into this school in 1857, and the Eclectic 
 College of Medicine and Surgery in 1859. The first class was graduated in 1845 and classes 
 have been graduated each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, one adjunct professor, one lecturer and a 
 demonstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OP INSTBUOTION: Two sessions annually. The regular session of 1890-91 com- 
 menced September 1, 1890, and continues twenty weeks; the spring session will commence 
 January 12, and close June 2, 1891. A three years' graded course is required. Clin- 
 ics at hospital and college. Women admitted upon the same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgerj;, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene 
 and medical jurisprudence, pharmacy, clinical medicine and surgery, ophthalmology and 
 otology, histology, microscopy, diseases of children and physical diagnosis. 
 
 Eequieements : For admission— 1) credible certificate of good moral character ; 2) diploma 
 of graduation from a good literary and scientific college, or high school, or a first-grade 
 teacher's certificate ; lacking this, a thorough examination m the branches of a good Enghsb 
 education, including mathematics, EngUsh composition and elementary physios or natural 
 physiology. 
 
 For graduation: "Students applying for graduation must have read med- 
 icine for four years, and attended three sessions of lectures, of which only two can 
 be consecutive ; or, preferably, three sessions of six months each in different college 
 years ; or. he must have attended four sessions of six months each without previous read- 
 ing; must take the special laboratory courses, attend the hospital two sessions, and make 
 three dissections." Examinations for the degree of doctor of medicine will be held at the 
 close of both winter and spring sessions, but there will be but one pubUo commencement 
 yearly— at the close of the spring session, and all diplomas will bear date of the first Tues- 
 day in June, 
 
 Pees : Laboratory courses $5 each ; lectures, including matriculation, tuition, and dem- 
 onstrator's ticket, 375; scholarships, $200. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 iession. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percen 
 
 1880-81 
 
 316 
 
 114 
 
 364- 
 
 1881-82 
 
 272 
 
 100 
 
 36.7 
 
 1882-83 
 
 225 
 
 G4 
 
 28.4 
 
 1883-84 
 
 190 
 
 83 
 
 43.6 
 
 1884-85 
 
 169 
 
 69 
 
 40.8 
 
 1885-86 
 
 161 
 
 58 
 
 36-h 
 
 1886-87 
 
 170 
 
 63 
 
 37-1- 
 
 1887-88 
 
 187 
 
 61 
 
 32.6 
 
 1888-89 
 
 202 
 
 69 
 
 34.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 184 
 
 69 
 
 37.5 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 36.1 
 
 STAELING MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Columbus, 0. T. C. Hoovee, M. D., Registrar, 249 East State street. 
 
 Oeoanized in 1847. The Medical Department of Wllloughby University was merged in- 
 to it the same year. The first class was graduated in 1848. Classes have been graduated 
 each subsequent year. 
 
 The faculty consists of nine professors, four lecturers and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouBSE OP Insteuotion; The regular session of 1890-91 began September 10, 1890, and 
 closes March 6, 1891. 
 
 A three years' course of lectures and four years' study will be obligat- 
 ory after the session of 1890-91. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, medical 
 iurlsprudenoe. diseases of children, venereal diseases, ophthalmology and otology, toxi- 
 cology, histology and hygiene. 
 
 Eequieements : For admission : "Applicants for admission into the college must give 
 satisfactory evidence of having, at least, a fair EngUsh education." 
 
 For graduation; 1) twenty-one years of age, and oertiflcate of good moral character; 
 2) three years' study ; 3) two full courses of medical lectures ; 4) successful examlnatioti; 5) 
 thesis; 6) one course of dissection: 7) satisfp"*-'^'"' ^~~~''— -'■''■--- 
 
125 
 
 Pees : Matriculation, S5 ; demonstrator, $50 ; lectures, 850 ; laboratory, chemical and his- 
 tological, each $5; graduation, S25. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matrjoulates— 
 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 '99 ^5 35. S 
 
 1881-^2 116 52 U.8 
 
 1883-83 69 24 40.6 
 
 1883-84 71 25 35.4 
 
 1884-85 85 30 35.2 
 
 1885-86 78 28 35.9 
 
 1886-87 89 20 22.4 
 
 1887-88 89 .37 41.5 
 
 1888-89 103 - 28 27.1 
 
 1889-90 124 39 31.4 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 34.8. 
 
 HOMEOPATHIC HOSPITAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Cleveland, 0. W. A. Phillips, M. D., Eegistrar, 29 Euclid avenue. 
 
 Organized in 1849, as the Western College of Homeopathic Medicine. In 1857 the 
 name was changed to the Western Homeopathic College, and in 1870 the corporation 
 assumed the j)resent title. In 1870 the Homeopathic College for Women was merged 
 Into this institution. The first class was graduated in 1853. Classes have been graduated 
 in each subseq.uent year.. 
 
 Faculty consists of eleven professors, seven lecturers and one demonstrator. 
 
 OO0RSE OF iNSTEUCTioN: The regular annual term of 1890-91 began September 24, 
 1890, and closes March 25, 1891. A three years' graded course is required. Previous 
 to each lecture the class will be auestioned upon the subjects of the preceding lecture. 
 Women admitted upon same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, urinary analysis, toxicology, materia 
 medlca, theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, 
 medical jurisprudence, hygiene and sanitary science, ophthalmology and otology, micro- 
 scopy and histology, nervous and mental diseases, diseases of nose and throat, diseases of 
 the genito-urinary organs, dermatology, paedology and physical diagnosis. 
 
 Ebquibements : For admission, "All appUcants must present a degree in letters or 
 science, a diploma from a high school or academy, or a teacher's certificate, or pass a 
 creditable examination in orthography, penmanship, composition, arithmetic, EngUsh 
 grammar and United States history." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) three full courses of lecture:^ 
 
 3) three years' study; 41 good EngUsh education; 5) well sustained written examina- 
 tions; 6) good moral character. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, (paid once only), $5; lectures, 865; demonstrator, 85; hospital, 85; 
 graduation, $30 ; chemistry and histology, each 85. 
 
 Students : ■ Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 1880-81 131 26 19.8 
 1881-82 129 26 20.1 
 1882-83 131 55 50.9 
 1883-84 91 40 43.9 
 1884-85 84 30 35.7 
 1885-86 82 26 31.7 
 1886-87 83 20 24-i- 
 1887-88 92 34 36.9 
 1888-89 101 24 23.7 
 1889-90 102* 35 34.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 30.7. 
 
 For requirements of the American Institute of Homeopathy as to ad- 
 mission and graduation in 1S92, see Introductory Remarks. 
 
 *Not including one graduate who matriculated. 
 
126 
 
 CINCINNATI COLLEGE OE MEDICINE AND SUEGEEY.* 
 CiNCtNNATi, O. WrLLiAM E. Amiok, M. D., Secretary, 164 George street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1849. Eirst class was graduated in 1852, and one or more classes have- 
 been graduated each subsequent year; 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, seven special and adjunct professors and 
 demonstrators. 
 
 OoiiESK OF Instkuotion: The regular graduating session of 1890-91, began October 
 1, 1890, and closes the first of March, 1890. Students may, if they desire, have their 
 course of instruction graded. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, toxicology, materia medica and 
 therapeutics, theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gyne- 
 cology, hygiene, ophthalmology and otology, laryngwogy. oral surgery, diseases of 
 'children, orthopsedic surgery, genito-urinary diseases, histology and microscopy, phar- 
 macy, diseases of the nervous system and dermatology. 
 
 Eequirements ; Eor admission— "Students applying for admission must present 
 satisfactory evidences, by examination, diploma or teacher's certificate, of an adeauate 
 English education. Students having attended one or more courses of lectures in some 
 other regular medical college, will be admitted on presentation of tielcets to this effect." 
 
 Eor graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; S) two full 
 courses of lectures; 4) three years' study: S) satisfactory examination; 6) practical anatomy 
 at least one course ; 7) hospital climes for one session. 
 
 After the session of 1890-91, four years of study including three 
 courses of lectures -will be necessary for graduation. 
 
 Eees: Matriculation, S5; demonstrator, (including material), $10; hospital, 35; chemi- 
 cal laboratory, 85 ; lectures, 840; graduation, $25. 
 
 ST0DENTS : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1880-81 " 93 30 32.2 
 
 1881-82 35 15 42.8 
 
 1882-83 46 15 34.7 
 
 1883-84 — 14 
 
 1884-85 68 25 47.1 
 
 1885-86 36 17 47.2 
 
 1886-87 42 15 35.7 
 
 1887-88 49 15 30.6 
 
 1888-89 72 32 44.4 
 
 1889-90 48 27 56.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for nine years reported in full, 40.2. 
 
 MIAMI MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 (Medical Department of the University of Cincinnati.) 
 
 Cincinnati, O. Wm. H. Tatlob, M. D., Dean, 329 West Seventh street. 
 
 Obganizbd in 1852, Classes were graduated from 1853 to 1857, inclusive. In 1858 this 
 college was merged into the Medical College of Ohio— which see, [ante). In 1865 the Miami 
 Medical College was re-established and a class was graduated in 1866, since which time 
 classes have been graduated annually. 
 
 The faculty consists of eleven professors, six demonstrators and one assistant dem- 
 onstrator. 
 
 CouBBE OP Instbuction: The- winter session of 1890-91 began October 1, 1890, and 
 continues for six months. A three-years' graded course recommended but not reguired 
 —see "Remarks "appended. Special hours are devoted by each professor to review ex- 
 aminations of his preceding lectures. Clinics at dispensary and hospital. The College 
 building has been recently remodeled. 
 
 Lectures embrace ohnical medicine, principles and practice of surgery, ophthalmology, 
 aural surgery and obstetrics and clinical midwifery, principles and practice of medicine, 
 materia medica and therapeutics, diseases of women and children and clinical gynecology, 
 chemistry and toxicology, clinical surgery, physiology, clinical laryngology, 
 hvsiene, descriptive and surgical anatomy, pathology, medioal jurisprudence, histo- 
 logy, pEBdiatrlcs, biology and botany. 
 
 * The Woman's Medical College of Cincinnati is organized as a department of this col- 
 lege, although possessing a distinct faculty and equipments. 
 
127 
 
 Eequieements : For admission— " The student must give' evidence of educational 
 auallfloation in the form of a diploma from a college or high school, or a teacher's certifi- 
 cate. In the absence of any of these he must submit to an examination by a committee of 
 the faculty." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4) two full courses of lectures ; 5) one course of practical anatomy ; 6) of practical 
 chemistry: 7) clinics at the hospital; 8) full and satisfactory examination on each branch 
 taught in the college. 
 
 Remarks: After the session of 1890-91, the student Trill be required to 
 furnish evidence that he has studied medicine four years and attended 
 thre courses of Ifectures before he will be permitted to come up for 
 graduation. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, W; demonstrator, including material $10; practical chemistry, 
 practical physiylogy, histology and pathology, 810 each course; lectures, first and thtrd 
 years each, »37.50, second year, W5; graduation, 325; hospital, 85; single lickets. 810 each 
 branch; operative surgery, 825, 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 ' Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 126 
 
 34 
 
 26.1 
 
 1881-82 
 
 124 
 
 41 
 
 33-1- 
 
 1882-83 
 
 114 
 
 41. 
 
 35.4 
 
 1883-84 
 
 104 
 
 28 
 
 26.9 
 
 1884-85 
 
 104 
 
 27 
 
 25.9 
 
 1885-86 
 
 100 
 
 37 
 
 37. 
 
 1886-87 
 
 99 
 
 29 
 
 29.2 
 
 1887-88 
 
 83 
 
 21 
 
 25.3 
 
 1888-89 
 
 91 
 
 20 
 
 21.9 
 
 1889-90 
 
 96 
 
 31 
 
 32.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 29. 6. 
 
 ECLECTIC COLLEGE OF MEDICINE AND SURGEEY. 
 
 Cincinnati, 0. 
 
 Oeganized in 1856. Classes were graduated in 1857, 1858 and 1859.— Merged into the 
 Eclectic Medical Institute in 1859. 
 
 PHYSIO-HEDICAL INSTITUTE. 
 OlNOlNNATI, 0. 
 Obganized in 1869,— Extinct, 1885. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE UNIVERSITY OF WOOSTER. 
 Cleveland, 0. F. E. Bunts, M. D., Secretary, 380 Peart street. 
 
 Obganized in 1863, as the Charity Hospital Medical College. It was transferred to its 
 
 £ resent connection in 1870. The first class was graduated in 1865. One or more classes 
 ave been graduated in each subsequent year, excepting 1881. 
 Faculty consists of sixteen professors, six assistants to chalrs-and one lecturer. 
 
 CouBSE OF Instkuotion: The faculty have changed their calendar to the "one session 
 a year" plan. The summer, or graduating session will commence March 5. 1891, and con- 
 tinue twenty-one weeks. Women admitted on the same terms as men. A three years' 
 graded course is obligatory on all matriculates. Beginning with the ses- 
 sion of 1891, four years of study will be required. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology and histology, chemistry, materia medlca and 
 therapeutics, theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, 
 hvciene meclical jurisprudence, dermatology, diseases of children, ophthalmology and 
 otology, 'laryngology, pathology and microscopy, ethics, diseases of the nervous system. 
 
 Rbouieements : For admission— Applicants for admission to this school are required 
 to give evidence of possessing a good English education, and a certificate of good moral 
 character. 
 
3d course, $60; 
 
 graduation, 830. 
 
 ■aduates at each session report 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 37 
 
 34.9 
 
 14 
 
 ' 42.4 
 
 17 
 
 21+ 
 
 16 
 
 34.7 
 
 23 
 
 62.1 
 
 17 
 
 39.5 
 
 19 
 
 50 
 
 22 
 
 44 
 
 21 
 
 38.8 
 
 22 
 
 34.3 
 
 128 
 
 "An examining committee has been appointed in order to comply with the reQuire- 
 ments of the laws of the various states, and state boards of health, demanding a prelimi- 
 nary examination before admission to medical lectures. Students possessing academical 
 degrees, or who have graduated at high schools, or who/have received a teacher s oertm- 
 cate, will do well to bring evidence of that fact with them. ' 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years ol age; 2) three years' study; 3) complete dissec- 
 tion of the human body; 4) three full courses of lectures; 5) satisfactory written ex- 
 amination on all branches taught: 6) a good education; 7) a good moral character. No 
 honorary degrees in medicine are granted. Irregularity of conduct, neghgence and fre- 
 quent absence from lectures will always be regarded as obstacles to the attainment oi a 
 degree. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, $5 ; general ticket, for graded course. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and i 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. 
 
 1881 ' 106 
 
 1882 33 
 
 1883 57 
 
 1884 46 
 
 1885 37 
 
 1886 43 
 
 1887 38 
 
 1888 50 
 
 1889 64 
 
 1890 64 
 
 jPeroentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 39.3. 
 
 PULTE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 iSomeopathic.) 
 
 Cincinnati, 0. Chas. E. Walton, M. D., Eegistrar, Seventh and John streets. 
 
 Oeganized in 1872. The first class was graduated in 1873. Classes have been gradu- 
 .ated each subsequent year. 
 
 Faculty consists of fifteen professors, three lecturers and one demonstrator, i 
 
 CouESE o¥ INSTBUCTION: The sessiou ot 1890-91 began September 17, 1890, and closes 
 March 10, 1891. Clinics at hospital and dispensary : quizzes by professors and students' so- 
 ciety. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics , 
 histology, microscopy, theory and practice otmedioine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and 
 gynecology, ophthalmology and otology, diseases of the nervous system, pedology, medi- 
 cal jurisprudence, pharmacology, toxicology, hygiene and sauitai/y science, genito-urinary 
 and rectal diseases, the "Organon." 
 
 Bequieements : For admission— "An entrance examination will be held preliminary to 
 matriculation, covering the common English branches. Any student presenting a college 
 or high school diploma, or a certificate of admission to any literary college, or a teacher's 
 oertincate will be exempt from this examination." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three full 
 courses of lectures of at least six monliis each; 4) three years' study; 5) thorough 
 examination on all subjects taught in the school; 6) dissection of at least two parts; 7) at- 
 tendance on daily clinical lectures at hospital. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, (paid but once) ?5 ; lectures, $50 ; hospital, 85 ; demonstrator, each 
 term, $6; graduation, $30; single tickets, each chair, $10. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Bssion. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 88 
 
 41 
 
 46.6 
 
 1881-82 
 
 79 
 
 34 
 
 43+ 
 
 1882-83 
 
 66 
 
 31 
 
 47 
 
 1883-84 
 
 66 
 
 16 
 
 24.6 
 
 1884-85 
 
 62 
 
 30 
 
 57.7 
 
 1885-86 
 
 55 
 
 16 
 
 29+ 
 
 1886-87 
 
 71 
 
 19 
 
 26.7 
 
 1887-88 
 
 61 
 
 30 
 
 49.1 
 
 1888-89 
 
 67 
 
 24 
 
 35.8 
 
 1889-90 
 
 61 
 
 16 
 
 26.2 
 
 jPercentiige of graduates to matriculates fo;: past ten years 38.6. 
 
129 
 
 AMISEICAk HEALTH COLLEGE. 
 
 Cincinnati, 0. 
 
 Oboanized in 1874-'6. The faculty Is one person who teaches "the great Titapathio sys- 
 tem, which he originated and copyrighted." The possessor of one of these diplomas was 
 arrested in Illinois for practicing without the certificate prescribed by law— the State 
 BoABD OP Health having refused to issue such certificate on the diploma. On trial the 
 man was found guilty and left the State. Ten so-called doctors are practicing in New 
 Jersey with no other credentials than the diplomas of this concern. This is also the case 
 in other states where diplomas of legally chartered institutions are the only (jualifioation 
 necessary to practice medicine. In short, laws of this character stimulate the sale of di- 
 plomas and are incentives to the organization of bogus medical colleges. 
 
 The following Is taken from the Cincinnati Post, Nov. 24, 1890: 
 
 "A meetinethat leaves spiritualistic seances far In the gloom, took place recently, at 
 the AmerieanHealth College, North Fairmount. It was the religious ceremony following 
 the close of the fall term of the Health College. The auditorium was filled with enthusiastic 
 men and women. After music and song. Dr. Campbell explained the all-pervading great 
 spirit, as taught In the vitapathio system, and especially the silent breathing prayer. All 
 present there, stood up and breathed the prayer, taking in great Quantities of the ever 
 present Vita. The professor next explained the milk sacrament, which was used instead of 
 wine. This was for the new graduates only. The ceremony grew more select all the 
 while, and the last degree was the Holy Ghost baptism, a ministerial ordination for the se- 
 lect few. Some 20 oldTgraduates formed a mystic ring around the new candidate, and the 
 Erofessor placed his hands upon his head and pronounced the magic words that made the 
 rother a minister of life in vitapathy 'by authority of law and religion, according to char- 
 tered rights of the vitapathlc system." It is solemnly asserted that 'during the whole 
 meeting a wonderful power was felt by all, and throngs of angels were seen by clair- 
 voyant eyes.' Then, amid intense good feeUng, some presents were given Dr. Campbell, 
 and they all felt that the millenium was just due. -But the great outside world is still in the 
 darkness of the nineteenth century. 
 
 "The class that graduated from the college this fall was composed of the following 
 persons : 
 
 "T. J. Dunbar, Ironton, 0.; J. W. DeHoog. Covington, Ky.; Miss Emma Hicks, Monti- 
 eeUo. Ky.; Miss Lucy Hawkins, St. Louis, Mo.; Mrs. Ellen H. Hatch, Elkhart, Ind. ; Mrs. J, 
 Cummings, of Georgia; G. O. Perry and C. B. Burnish, of Pennsylvania; Jos. Lee, of Ne- 
 braska; J. H. Thurman, Texas. 
 
 "AH are now practicing physicians in the vitapathife system. 
 
 "There are several of former classes practicing in this city— Geo. B. Kolb, on Ninth st. ; 
 James Layman and wife, on Pearl street, A. Grandjian and wife at 203 Western av.; Mrs. 
 Mary Kinehart, 45 Wesley av.; Henry C. Wendell, 131 Brown St., and Minnie E. Jennings, 
 527 W. Sixth St." 
 
 COLUMBUS MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Columbus, O. J. M. Dunham, A. M., M. D., Secretary, 222 East Town street, 
 
 Obganizbd In 1875. The first class was graduated In 1S76. Classes have been graduated 
 each subseoLuent year. 
 
 Faculty consists of twelve professors, one adjunct professor, one demonstrator, two 
 lecturers and two assistants. 
 
 OouBSB OF Insteuotion: The sixteenth annual course of lectures commenced Sep- 
 tejaber 3, 1890, and will close March 5, 1891. This will be followed by a recitation course of 
 twelve weeks. Instruction consists of didactic and rclinloal lectures, with daily gulzzes. 
 Three years' graded course recommended but notreguired. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemisti y, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology, otology, histology, diseases of children, tox- 
 icology, dental surgery, dermatology and microscopy, physical diagnosis, laryngology 
 and electro-therapeutics. 
 
 Eequibembnts : For admission— "A fair English education, as shown by certificates 
 for teaching, graduation fi'om high schools, or other evidence satisfactory to the faculty." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) not less than 
 two courses of lectures ; 4) three years' study ; 5) complete dissection of the human body; 
 6) satisfactorj; examination ; 7) one course of chnioal lectures at hospital ; 8) thesis ; 9) labora- 
 tory courses intchemistry and pathology. 
 
 Beginning -with the term of 1892-93 this College Trill require that all 
 candidates for graduation shall have attended three full courses of lec- 
 tures; and have studied medicine four years. 
 
 Fees- Matriculation (each term), 85; lectures, first course, $40; second course, $40; third 
 course $20; spring course, ?10; demonstrator, 85; demonstrator of ehemistiy, S5; gradua- 
 tion, 825. 
 
 —9 
 
130 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at eaoh session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent 
 
 1880 81 
 
 142 
 
 61 
 
 42-1- 
 
 1881-82 
 
 131 
 
 59 
 
 46-1- 
 
 1882-83 
 
 123 
 
 46 
 
 37-1- 
 
 1883-84 
 
 77 
 
 30 
 
 38.9 
 
 1884-85 
 
 61 
 
 18 
 
 35.2 
 
 1885-86 
 
 61 
 
 19 
 
 37.2 
 
 1886-87 
 
 57 
 
 18 
 
 31.5 
 
 1887-88 
 
 , 54 
 
 16 
 
 27.7 
 
 1888-89 
 
 73 
 
 22 
 
 30.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 71 
 
 30 
 
 42.2 
 
 Percentase of graduates to matriculates for past ten years. 38.3. 
 
 PHYSIO -ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Cincinnati. 0. 
 
 Okganizkd in 1876.— Extinct. A fraudulent institution, engaged in the sale of diplomas. 
 In 1879 the name was changed to the American Eclectic Medical College, and a new charter 
 was obtained, but the same practices were continued under the new title. 
 
 ZANESVILLE ACADEMY OF MEDICINE. 
 
 Zanesvillb, O. 
 
 Oeoanized in 1877. Under the laws of Ohio the Academy had authority to examine 
 candidates who wished to practice medicine, and if found cLualifled issue certificates to 
 that effect. This right was exercised in six or seven instances after a written and oral ex- 
 amination. Owing to internal dissension the Academy was closed by order of court in 1881. 
 
 TOLEDO SCHOOL OP MEDICINE. 
 
 Toledo, O. 
 
 Oboanized in 1878, as a school of instruction only, and did not confer degrees. It held 
 three sessions and was then suspended. See Northwestern Ohio Medical College. 
 
 AMEBICAN ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Cincinnati, O. A. C. Wbioht, M. D., Registrar, P. O. Box 413. 
 Oeganized in 1883. 
 Faculty consists of eleven professors and two lecturers. 
 
 CouBSB OP Instbuction: The fifteenth annual course of lectures began September 2, 
 1890, and will continue until January 2,i, 1891. One term of twenty weeks. Students enter- 
 ing will be permitted to adopt the graded or the full lecture course, as time or choice may 
 determine m individual cases. There is a spring session of twenty weeks, commencing 
 January 21, 1891, and closing June 10. Women admitted upon same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, pathology, histology and microscopy, materia 
 medioa, principles and practice of mediome, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, chemistl-y, 
 toxicology, therapeutics, clinical medicine, electi-o-therapeutics, dermato ogv, ophthal- 
 mology and otology, samtary science and medical jurisprudence, diseases of children and 
 mental science. 
 
 Bequibembno's: For admission— "Applicant must bring acceptable testimonials as to 
 moral character and of the time spent in medical studies. They must give evidence of at- 
 tainments eaual to a good common school education." 
 
 For graduation : 1) the applicant must have attained the age of twenty-one years by 
 the time of graduation; 2) a final and satisfactory examination must be -passed on all the 
 branches of the lecture course at this college; 3) four years* study of medicine; 
 4) two fuU courses of dissection under a demonstrator must have been attended also 
 clinical hospital instruction during each year of college study and three full coiu-ses 
 of lectures, not consecutive ; 5) the certificates of good moral character, and of the 
 
 i J 
 
131 
 
 time spent in previous medical studies, reauired and received at registration, will be satis- 
 factory for graduation, in the absence of any impairment oj standing; It being always 
 understood that the graduating session has been in this college, with at least five months 
 of vacation preceding it, or with a leotu; e course intervening. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5 ; lectures, each session, WO; Cincinnati Hospital fee, $5; per- 
 petual scholarship, 8150 ; graduation, g25. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matficulates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1883-84 
 
 13 
 
 6 
 
 46-1- 
 
 1881-85 
 
 21 
 
 9 
 
 37.5 
 
 1885 86 
 
 28 
 
 11 
 
 .39.2 
 
 1886-87 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 33.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 40 
 
 15 
 
 37.5 
 
 1888-81 
 
 43 
 
 10 
 
 23.2 
 
 1889-90 
 
 71 
 
 22 
 
 30.9 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past seven years, 33.3? 
 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 Note:— Of the 11 professors of this college 8 are graduates of the college since Janu- 
 ary, 1887. One IS a graduate of the class of 1887, three of 1888 (one, the Dean, wit h honorary 
 and one with ad eundem degree), two of 1889. and two of 1890. The Dean is in the Medical 
 Directory as living in Cincinnati and in NewBeld N. J. It is stated in the announcement 
 that graduates ol the college are practicing in "Great Britain and the Colonies. Students 
 out or the States will do well to write to the following gentlemen (foreign, correspondents) 
 who are authorized to give all informalinn as to reauirements, fees or scholarships neces- 
 sary to a course of study ami graduation at this school : R. P. Kiohardson, M. D., 15 Drury 
 Hill, Nottingham, England; John Simmons, M. D.,34 Manchester Road, Hyde, England; 
 Chas. J. Fowler, M. D . 173 High street. West Norwood, London." R. F. Richardson ia in 
 the list of graduates of 1887, but was not matriculated in 1885-86. His matriculation address 
 19 given as Engla 'd". * Among other graduates of this college are the following who 
 were prominently connected with the recently exposed Union M-idioal Institute, Newbury, 
 Vermont: Watson S. Cowan, 1889, Augustus C. Fowler {ad eundem) 1889, George B. Hatch, 
 1889, J. B. Kepler Evans or Bvlns, 1889, ahd Basil Henderson, 1890. See Vnion Medical 
 Institute, under Vermont. 
 
 TOLEDO MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Toledo, O. Jonathan Pkiest, M. D., Secretary, 902 Adams street. 
 Oeganized in 1883. The first class was graduated in 1883. 
 
 Faculty consists of twelve professors, two lecturers, one instructor and one demonstra- 
 tor. 
 
 CouKSE opInstkuction: The regular session of 1890-91 began September 17, 1890, 
 and closer March 18, 1891. A three-years' graded course reauired. Women ad- 
 admitted on same terms as men. 
 
 Leo ures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica aud therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, surgery, physical diaenosis, obstetrics and gynecology, 
 hygiene.medieal iurisprudeuce,ophthalmology and otology, toxicology, diseases of children, 
 histology and pathology, diseases of the nervous system, microscopy and orthopedic 
 surgery. 
 
 Requikembnts : For admission— " Students before being admitted to the class, must 
 present a diploma from some literary and scientific college or high school, or a teacher's 
 oortiflL'ate, or in Ueu thereof pass an examination before the examining committee of the 
 faculty, on the brunches of a good English education, including mathematics, English com- 
 position and natural philosophy." ' 
 
 For graduation: Dtwentz-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) four years' 
 study; 4) thrae full courses of lectures; 5) two courses of dissections'; 6) satisfact- 
 ory e.^camnat on in all the branches taught; 7) one course of practical chemistry and urin- 
 alysis, one course in the physiological laboratory, two courses of hospital practice and col- 
 lege clinics. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, 5; lectures, $40; demonstrator, including material, each course 
 $10; chemical or physiological laboratory, each 85; hospital ticket, 85; graduation, $25. 
 
 * What is the legitimate function of the foreign correspondents of a medical college?' 
 Of the 22 gi aduates of this college in the session of 1889-90, but 6 were matriculates in 1888-89. 
 
uates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 7 
 
 36.8 
 
 14 
 
 42.4 
 
 13 
 
 34.2 
 
 10 
 
 30.S 
 
 11 
 
 27.5 
 
 6 
 
 20.6 
 
 8 
 
 28.5 
 
 S 
 
 8.3 
 
 132 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. ' 
 1883 19 
 1883-84 33 
 1884-«5 38 
 1885-86 33 
 1886-87 40 
 1887-88 29 
 1888-89 28 
 1889-90 36 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past eight years, 28.1. 
 
 NOETHWESTEBN OHIO MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 Toledo, O. C, A. Kikkley, M. D., Secretary, Jefferson and Eleventh streets. 
 
 Oeganized in 1883. This college is an outgrowth of the Toledo School of Medicine, 
 which see, ante. 
 
 Faculty consists of fifteen professors, three lecturers and three demonstrators. 
 
 CouESE OF Instruction: The session of 1890-91 began September 17, 1890, and will 
 continue six months. Didactic lectures, clinical instruction in hospital and dispensary. A 
 three years' graded bourse recommended, but not reauired. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, toxicol- 
 ogy, histology, hygiene and state medicine, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology and 
 otology, diseases of children, diseases of the mind and nervous system, orthopedic sur- 
 gery, diseases of the throat and nose, physical diagnosis, dermatology, electro-therapeu- 
 tics and dentistry. 
 
 Bequieements : For admission: "Students desiring to attend the lectures of this col- 
 lege must furnish : 1) satisfactory certificates of good moral character ; 2) diploma of gradu- 
 ation from a literary or sclentiile college or high school, or, in absence of this, 9) must pass 
 a satisfactory examination in the branches necessary to a good English education, inolud- 
 Ing mathematics, English composition and elementary physics or natural philosophy." 
 
 For graduation: 1) good moral character; 2) three years' study; 3) twenty-one years of 
 age ; 4) t wo full courses of dissection;; 5) two f uU courses of lectures ; 6) attendance during at 
 least two terms of chemical and hospital instruction; 7) must pass a satisfactory examina- 
 tion on all branches ; 8) regular attendance during the entire lecture courses, allowance be- 
 ing made only for absence occasioned by the student's sickness, such absences not to exceed 
 twenty per cent, of the course ; 9) attendance upon regular examination, or quizzes made 
 by each professor, daily or at least each week ; 10) thesis. 
 
 Beginning with the session of 1891-92 four years' study under the di- 
 rection of a regular practitioner, and attendance upon three full courses 
 of lectures will be required. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, S5 ; demonstrator, $5 ; laboratory course in physiology, chemistry 
 and histology, each 85 ; lectures, $40 ; final examination fee, $15 ; graduation, $10 returnable. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates Percent. 
 
 1 9-1- 
 
 4 28.5 
 
 2 8.7 
 
 5 21.7 
 9 47.3 
 2 21.2 
 S 29.4 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past seven years, 22.4. 
 
 WOMEN'S MEDICAL COLLEGE OF CINCINNATI. 
 
 Cincinnati, O. D. D. Beamble, M. D., Dean, 165 Broadway. 
 
 OEGANiiZED in 1887 as » department of the Cincinnati College of Medicine and Surgery, 
 and, although possessing a distinct Faculty and equipments, is conducted under the au- 
 thority of the Board ol Trustees of that institution. First class graduated in 1888. 
 
 The faculty consists of ten professors, one demonstrator and three lecturers. 
 
 A three years' graded course is required. 
 
 CouESB OF INSTBUOTION : The fifth annual session began September 2, 1890, and will 
 terminate about the middle of March, 1891. 
 
 1883-84 
 
 11 
 
 1884-85 
 
 14 
 
 1885-86 
 
 23 
 
 1886-87 
 
 23 
 
 1887-88 
 
 19 
 
 1888-89 
 
 18 
 
 1889-90 
 
 17 
 
133 
 
 Lectures embrace : First year— lectures and recitations on anatomy, physiology, chem- 
 istry and materia medioa. Second year.— All the lectures and recitations of year beiore, 
 and in addition, attendance upon the lectures on pathology, therapeutics, practice of med- 
 icine, surgery, obstetrics, diseases of women, diseases of children, laryngology, college 
 and hospital clinics. At the end of the second year the student may take final examinations 
 in anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia mediea and therapeutics. A student who fails 
 to pass a primary branch at the end of the second year will bcrequired to attend another 
 full course upon this branch and pass satisfactory final examinations. Third year.— Lec- 
 tures and recitations on all the branches of second year, and practical exercises con- 
 nected with these, except where final examination has been passed ; also ophthalmology 
 and otology, college and hospital. Final examinations on all subjects not passed at end of 
 second year. Clinics at college and hospitals. 
 
 "Eecognizing the fact that the study of diseases of women and children and obstetrics 
 is the special aim of female students, particular attention will be paid to a thorough in- 
 struction, both oUnical and didactic, in these branches. Arrangemei^ts are being made by 
 which advanced students, and, those taking a special course in midwifery, will have the 
 privilege of attending one or more eases of labor during the term." 
 
 Bequieements : For admission— "Students applying for admission must present sat- 
 isfactory evidence, either by examination, or diploma, or teacher's certificate, of an ade- 
 auate EngUsh education. " Certlflcates of character must be presented at time of matricu- 
 lation. ' 
 
 For graduation: ' 1) good moral character ; 2) twenty-one years of age ; 3) have studied 
 
 medicine for four years; 4) attended three regular courses of lectures, the 
 
 last of which must have been in this college: 5) must have been adequately engaged in the 
 study of practical anatomy ; 6) satisfactory final examinations (a system of grade quizzes 
 will be established during the term in all departments as an adjunct to the formal final ex- 
 aminations.) 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5; leoturesi S40; demonstrator, including material, $10; labora- 
 tory, $5 ; hospital, S5 ; graduation, S25. , i 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates andi of graduates at' each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1887 14 — 
 
 1888 18 1 5.5 
 
 1889 • 28 6 21.4 
 
 1890 22 6 27.2 
 
 Percenlage of graduates to matriculates for past three years, 19.1. 
 
 NATIONAL NORMAL UNIVERSITY, COLLEGrE OF MEDICINE. 
 
 Lebanon, Ohio. B. F. Maxwell, M. D., Dean. 
 
 The faculty consists of nine professors and two adjunct professors. "The mode of 
 teaching is by lectures, recitations and quizzes. Females admitted upon the same terms 
 as males." 
 
 Coubse OF INSTBUOTION : The school year is thirty weeks— a graded course is pro- 
 vided for students wishing to complete the scientific course in the University. 
 
 ,' Lectures embrace principles and practice of surgery, diseases of the nervous system, 
 obstetrics and diseases of women and children, ophthalmology, otology, laryngology, 
 chemistry and physics, materia mediea, therapeutics, toxicology, general,, descriptive and 
 surgical anatomy, medical chemistry, hygiene, principles and practice of medicine, physi- 
 ology and medical jurisprudence. CUnics at hospital and college. 
 
 Eequibements : For admission: "The matriculant must be a graduate of the literary 
 department of the National Normal University, or of some other reputable institution of 
 learning; or the holder of a teacher's certificate. In the absence of such testimony he must 
 furnish satisfactory evidence of having received a good EngUsh education." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty- one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study; 4) three full courses of medical instruction; 5) "furnish evidence of having previously 
 read medicine under a competent instructor for at least one year, or received medical in- 
 struction fully equivalent to such reading in this or some other approved institution." 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, each year, $5 ; general ticket (20 weeks) $20,(30 weeks) $30; dis- 
 secting ticket, $5; hospital ticket, $5; medical chemistry, $5 ; laboratory ticket, ?5; gradua- 
 tion fee, $10. 
 
 Students: Numberof matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1888 19 
 
 1889 22 5 22.7 
 
 1890 22 6 27.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past two years, 25. 
 
134 
 
 INTEK-NATIONAL ELECTEOPATHIC INSTITUTION. 
 Mentob, Ohio. J. W. Lowe, M. D., M. E., Principal, P. 0. Box 132. 
 
 Chakteeed under the laws of Pennsylvania, 1861. Established in Brantford, Ontario, 
 1876, in Mentor. Ohio. 1889. 
 
 Persons holding oertifloates from this institution have claimed recognition, and tor this 
 reason attention is called to it. 
 
 Certificates not recognized. 
 
 MEDICAL UNIVEKSITY OF OHIO? 
 Cincinnati, O. M. J. Van Vleck, M. D., Dean, 417 West Liberty street. 
 Obqanized in 1883. See this Bepobt, 1890. Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 OHIO COLLEGE OF OBSTETEIOS, MEDICINE AND MIDWIFERY? 
 
 [Forinerly of Indianapolis, Indiana.) 
 
 Now located in Cincinnati, Ohio. 
 
 Chaeteeed under'the laws of the State of Ohio, 1889. See this Eepobt, 1890. Diplo- 
 mas not recognized. 
 
 CLEVELAND MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 (Homeopfithic.) 
 
 Cleveland, Ohio. Chaeles C. Teue, M. D.,Eegistrar, 106 Euclid avenue. 
 
 Oeganized in 1890. 
 
 Faculty consists of eleven professors, nine lecturers, one demonstrator, one assistant 
 demonstrator and one assistant to chair of gynecology. 
 
 Couese oe Insteuction: The first regular annual session commenced September 24, 
 1890, and will end March 25, 1891. A three-years' graded course willl be strictly 
 adhered to by this institution. Previous to each lectvire the class will be questioned 
 upon the subject of the preceding lecture. Clinics at hospital and dispensary. 
 
 Lectures embrace: First year— anatomy, osteology, physiology, chemistry, histology, 
 microscopy, general pathology, hygiene and sanitary science, jurisprudence and principles 
 of Homeopathy, including a study of the "Organon." Second year— anastomy, surgical anat- 
 omy, diseases of the nervous system, physiology, chemistry, jurisprudence, theory and 
 practice of medicine, princip es of surgery and surgical pathology, obstetrics, ophthalmol- 
 ogy, otology and gynecology. Third year— theory and praotdee of medicine, including spe- 
 cial pathology, physical and different diagnosis, materia mediea, surgery, obstetrics, 
 ophthalmology, otology and gynecology. 
 
 Eequibements : For admission—" AH applicants for matriculation will be required to 
 present evidence of at least a fair English education, by exhibiting a diploma from some 
 college, academy or high school, or a teacher's certificate. Those who have no such dip- 
 loma or certificate will be reauired to pass an examination in the common English 
 branches, viz : English grammar, arithmetic, spelling, English composition and *the more 
 familiar portions of United States History." 
 
 For graduation; 1) good moral character; 2) twenty-one years of age;.'?) three-years' 
 study ; 4) three annual courses of lectures; 5) a satisfactory written examination in 
 all branches taught in the college. 
 
 Fees; Matriculation (once only), a5; lectures, S40; chemical, histological and hospital 
 fees (once only), each $5; anatomical ticket, IS; graduation, 830. 
 
135 
 
 OREGON. 
 
 OBEGON STATE BOAED OP MEDICAL EXAMINEES. 
 
 PoBTiiAND, Oregon. James Bbowne, M. D., Secretary, 308 First street. 
 
 Oeganized May 28tli, 1889. Consists of three members appointed by the governor of 
 the state for terms of three years each. 
 
 The duties of the Board and the power and authority vested in it by the legislature, as 
 declared in the "Act to regulate the practice of medicine and surgery in the State of Ore- 
 gon," are the following: 
 
 1st. To examine and verify the diplomas of appUcants for license to practice medicine 
 and sul-gery in the state of Oregon, and to issue such license. 
 
 2nd. To determine the standing of medical institutions. 
 
 3rd. To examine non-graduates in the various branches of a medical education, and to 
 issue hcense to such as pass a satisfactory examination. 
 
 4th. To revoke licenses when licentiates are guilty of unprofessional conduct. 
 
 From the 28th of May, 1889 (date of organization), to November 11, 1890, the Board ex- 
 amined and verified the diplomas of 213 persons— graduates of legally chartered medical 
 schools, in good standing— and issued licenses thereon; also the diplomas of 11 persons- 
 graduates of medical schools which graduate more than forty per cent, of their students ; 
 and these persons, having supplemented their diplomas by a satisfactory examination be- 
 fore the Board, were granted licinses. The Board examined 21 non-graduates, granting 
 license to fi whose examination was satisfactory, and rejected 15 who failed to answer sev- 
 enty-five per cent, of the questions asked; refused hcense to an applicant who presented 
 two diplomas, one purporting to have been issued by "The College of Physicians of Ten- 
 nessee," and the other by the "Academy of Medicine," of old Mexico, both being fraudulent. 
 The Board has a number of applications pending before it. 
 
 Non-graduates, applying for license, are examined in the following branches : Anato- 
 my, physiology, pathology, materia mediea, chemistry, surgery, midwifery, gynecology, 
 hygiene, practice of medicine, medical jurisprudence. 
 
 Applicants must answer 75 per cent, of the Questions asked. 
 
 This Board, at their meeting on the 15th of July, 1889, adopted the following rules, de- 
 fining what, in the judgment of the Board, constitutes unprofessional conduct: 
 
 1st. Claiming to cure for advance compensation, diseases that are ordinarily consid- 
 ered to be incurable. i 
 
 2d. Claiming to possess unusual skill, experience or facilities in the treatment of dis- 
 ease, setting forth this claim by means of advertising in the public press, or by circulating 
 hand bills, ftiamphlets or cards inviting the attention of persons affected with certain mala- 
 dies, and promising them radical cures. 
 
 3d. Publishing cases, operations, cures or remedies in the public prints, or adducing 
 certificates of skill, success, or performing any other similar acts. 
 
 4th. Immoral tonduct, such as felony, perjury, or drunkenness whilst attending a pa- 
 tient seriously ill. 
 
 6th. Committing or attempting to commit a criminal abortion, or aiding and abetting 
 the same. 
 
 6th. Practicing under an assumed name, personating another of like name or of dif- 
 ferent name, buying or selling or fraudulently obtainiag a degree, diploma, certificate or 
 license. 
 
 7th. Unwarrantable violation of professional secrets which are ordinarily held to be 
 inviolable. 
 
 At their meeting, on'the 12th of August, 1889, the Board adopted the following reso- 
 lution: 
 
 Resolved, That this board will not recognize as in good standing, any medical college 
 which has graduated or is now graduating an average ot forty (40) per cent. Of its students 
 during any consecutive five years. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPAETMENT WILLAMETTE UNITEESITY. 
 
 PoBTLAND, Ore. E.,P. Fbaseb, M. D., Dean of the Faculty. 
 
 Obganized in 1861, and located at Salem. It was removed to Portland in 1878. The 
 first class was graduated in 1SC7. Classes have been graduated m each subsequent year. 
 Faculty consists ot ten professors, four lecturers and one demonstrator. 
 
 rioTiEsB OF Insteuction: Preliminary course of lectures September 16 to October 7. 
 The session of 1890-91 began October 7. 1890, and will continue six months. A three 
 years' graded course is required. Instruction imparted by didactic and ohnical 
 iBPtures practical work in dissecting room, chemical and physiological laboratories, and 
 bydaily quizzes upon the subjects of the preceding lectures. Women admitted on same 
 terms as men. 
 
136 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia modica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, diseases 
 of children, medical jurisprudence, diseases or the mind and nervous system, nygien^ 
 ophthalmology and otology, microscopy, toxicology, laryngology, dental pathology and 
 syphilology. 
 
 Eequieements: For admission— 1) credible certificate of good moral character; 2) di- 
 ploma of graduation from a good literary or scientific college or high school, or a first 
 grade teacher's certificate; or. lacking this, a thorough examination in the branches of a 
 good English education, including mathematics, English composition, and elementary 
 physics and natural philosophy. , 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) must have 
 been engagfed in the study of medicine at least three years, and attended three full 
 courses of lectures of six months each ; 4) must have attended at least two courses 
 of clinical instruction and of practical anatomy ; 5) thesis; 6) satisfactory written exam- 
 ination, "" 
 
 Fees: Matriculation. S5; demonstrator, $10; lectiares, S120; graduation, 830; single 
 tickets, 820 each branch. 
 
 Students : Number of matricu ates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 32 
 
 13 
 
 40.6 
 
 1881-82 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 33.3 
 
 1882-83 
 
 28 
 
 10 
 
 35.7 
 
 1883-84 
 
 24 
 
 10 
 
 41.6 
 
 1884-85 
 
 23 
 
 8 
 
 34.8 
 
 1885-86 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 35 
 
 1886-87 
 
 17 
 
 6 
 
 35.3 
 
 1887-88 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 21.7 
 
 1888-89 
 
 41 
 
 12 
 
 29.2 
 
 1889-90 
 
 30 
 
 16 
 
 53.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates tor past ten years 35.9. 
 
 The faculty earnestly recommends a four years' course of study. 
 
 UNIVEESITY OF THE STATE OF OREGON, MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 
 Portland, Ore. S. E. Josephi, M. D., Dean, 135 First street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1887. 
 
 The faculty embraces fifteen professors, one demonstrator and five special lecturers. 
 
 Coup.SE OP Insieuction: Preliminary session began September 10, 1890. The fourth 
 regular session began October 1, 1890, and will continue a period of six months. A three 
 years' graded course required. Women admitted upon the same terms as men. 
 
 In addition to didactic and clinical lectures, instruction will be given by practical work in 
 the dissecting rooms and laboratories, and by repeated oral examinations. 
 
 Lectures embrace surgery, chemistry, totioology, theory and practice of medicine, 
 anatomy, materia medica and therapeutics, microscopy, obstetrics, gynecology, physiology, 
 psychological medicine, ophthalmology, otology, diseases of throat' and nose, genito- 
 urinary diseases, clinical surgery, diseases of children, dermatology, hygiene, medical 
 jurisprudence, histology, pathology, military surgery and zymotic diseases. 
 
 Eequieements ; For admission, candidates having a degree in the arts or sciences or 
 presenting a certificate from a high school or other institution in good standing, and ma- 
 triculants of regular medical colleges reauiring preliminary examination, will be admitted, 
 without examination ; lacking any of these, must give satisfactory evidence of knowledge 
 of the common English branches, including reading, writing, spelling, grammar, geography 
 and arithmetic. 
 
 For graduation : 1) good moral character and twenty-one years of age; 2) three years' 
 of study ; 3) three full courses of lectures' 4) one course of dissections ; 5) two 
 courses in practical anatomy and clinical instruction; 6) satisfactory examinations. 
 
 Fees; Matriculation, (once only), S6; lectuies, 
 graduation, 830; single tickets, *20 each. 
 
 demonstrator, each course, alO; 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Session. 
 
 1887-88 
 1888-89 
 1889-90 
 
 19 
 20 
 19 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 7 
 5 
 
 Percent. 
 
 36.8 
 
 25 
 
 42.1 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past three years, 34.4. 
 
137 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 UNIVEESITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. Jambs Tyson, M. D., Dean. Thirty-sixth street and Woodland ave, 
 
 Obganizbd in 1765 as the Department of Medicine of the College of Philadelphia, the 
 sixth in the order of succession of American colleges, being chartered chiefly through the 
 influence of Dr. Benjamin Feanklin and Eev. William Smith, D. D.. and Dr. John Moe- 
 GAN. The first medical diploma issued in America was frranted to Dr. John Aecheb, in 
 1768, by this department, then known as the College of Medicine in Philadelphia. On the 
 orgamzation ot the University of Philadelphia, in 1782, the college assumed its present title 
 andrelations, the successor of the College of -Philadelphia. Classes have been graduated 
 each year since 1768, except in 1772 to 1779, inclusive, during the War of Independence. 
 
 Faculty consists of fourteen professors, two assistant professors, one auxiliary pro- 
 fessor, six clinical professors, forty demonstrators, lecturers and instructors. 
 
 CouESB.orlNSTEtroTlON: Sessions of 1890-91— "The spring session began May 5, and 
 ended June 5, 18890; the preUminary session began September 22, 1890; the winter session 
 began October 1, 1890, and ends in May, 1891.' Attendance upon three winter sessions is 
 obligatory. The course is graded and extends over three years. A four- 
 jrears' graded course is earnestly recommended and provided for, but 
 not required. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology and morbid anatomy, surgery, embryology, 
 obstetrics and gynecology, pharmacy, hygiene, medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology 
 and otology, dermatology, toxicology, histology and diseases of children. This enumera- 
 tion is to be understood as including the collateral studies and special branches of the 
 general subjects. 
 
 Eequikbmbnts : For admission— A ooUegiate degree, or a oertifloate of having passed 
 the matriculation examination of a reoogmzed college; or a certiflcate, covering the re- 
 quired subjects, from a recognized normal or high school, or from a duly organized county 
 medical s'ooiety that has instituted a preliminary examination; or a preliimnary examina- 
 tion embracing first, a brief essay, not exceeding a page of foolscap, which shall serve as a 
 test of q.ualifleations in orthography and grammar ; second, an examination in the ele- 
 mentary principles of physics, on- the subjects considered, in Part I of Fownes' Chemistry. 
 
 For graduation— 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) a good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4) three full courses of lectures ; ^) satisfactory examinations and attendance 
 on practical instruction in all departments. 
 
 Students who have attended one course in a regular medical school are admitted as 
 students of the second course in the University of Pennsylvania, after having passed a sat- 
 factory examination in general chemistry, materia medioa and pharmacy, histology and the 
 elements of general pathology. Students who have attended two courses in a regular 
 medical school are admitted as students of the third course in this institution, after having 
 satisfactorily passed an examination in general and medical chemistry, materia medica and 
 pharmacy, histology, anatomy and physiology, and the elements of general pathology. 
 Graduates of other regular medical schools In good standing are admitted as students of 
 the third class without examination. Graduates of colleges ot pharmacy and dental col- 
 leges in good standing are admitted to the second course on passing the admission exami- 
 nation only. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, 85; lectures, including laboratory and disseption for each year, 
 $150; springsession, $30; special courses, $15 to 825 each; fee for endorsement of diplomas 
 granted by other schools, &0, after personal examination of graduates. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Peroei 
 
 1880-81 
 
 874 
 
 115 
 
 30.7 
 
 1881-82 
 
 363 
 
 122 
 
 33.6 
 
 1882-83 
 
 367 
 
 104 
 
 28.3 
 
 1883-84 
 
 367 
 
 103 
 
 28-1- 
 
 1884-85 
 
 870 
 
 108 
 
 29.1 
 
 1886-86 
 
 381 
 
 118 
 
 30.9 
 
 1886-87 
 
 400 
 
 99 
 
 24.7 
 
 1887-88 
 
 429 
 
 118 
 
 27.5 
 
 1888-89 
 
 444 
 
 128 
 
 28.8 
 
 1889-90 
 
 485 
 
 117 
 
 24.1 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 28.4. 
 
 Remaeks- During the flrst and second years, much of the student's time is occupied 
 with practical work in the various laboratories of chemistry, phajmaoy, osteology, his- 
 tology and pathological histology, and in dissecting; but throughout the second and third 
 sessions he is reauired to attend the general medica land surgical clinics of ihe University 
 and Philadelphia nospitals, while special clinical facilities are p ovidedfor the third year. 
 In this year each student receives besides instruction m ehmcal medjcine and sui-gery, in 
 physical diagnosis', laryngology, surgery and gynecology. Opportumties are afforded for 
 
138 
 
 the practical study of diseases of the eye, ear, throat and skin, and for aoauiring proficiency 
 in the use of the various instruments employe 1 in their treatment. For this purpose the 
 third year class is divided into sections of convenient size, each of which receives direct 
 personal instruction in the various practical subjects above mentioned. Advanced students 
 may make original researches in the laboratories of pharmacy, chemistry, physiology, 
 pathology and experimental therapeutics. The Auxiliary Department of Medicine supple- 
 ments the customary winter coui-se of medicalinstructionby'Fectures on collateral branches 
 , of science, essential to the thorough education of the physician. The course is essentially 
 post-graduate. 
 
 Arrangements are being made for four annual courses of lectures- 
 
 JEFFIJBSON MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 PhuiAdelpia, Pa. J. "W. Holland, M. D., Dean. 1914 South Eittenhouse Square. 
 
 Chaetebbd in 1826 as the Medical Department of the Jefferson College at Cannonsburg, 
 Pa. The first class was graduated in 1826. Classes have been graduated each subsequent 
 year. 
 
 Faculty consists of eight "professors, two honorary professors, one lecturer, eight eUnioal 
 lecturers, twelve demonstrators and slxte n assistant demonstrators. 
 
 ConBSE OF Instkuction: Session of 1890-91— A preliminary fall sessiOQ began Sep- 
 tember 23, and continued until the opening of the winter session; the regular winter 
 session commenced September 30, 1890, and ends the middle of April; the spring ses- 
 sion begins in April and ends the last day of May, 1891. Daily ohnics at hospital and 
 -dispensaries. A three years' graded coiu-se is required. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene 
 medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology, otology, diseases of children, dermatology, toxi- 
 cology, histology, genito -urinary diseases, pharmacy, orthopaedics, laryngology, rhino- 
 loey and neurology. 
 
 Bequikembnts : For admission— An official certificate of suitable preliminary educa- 
 tion, a college diploma, or an examination in the branches of a good English education, and 
 in elementary physics. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good jnoral character; 3) three ful 
 courses of lectures; i) satisfactory written examination. Students of dental colleges 
 where a five months' winter session Is held, and where full courses are given on anatomy, 
 materia medica, physiology and chemistry, may become candidates, after attendance on 
 two courses at such colleges, and two full courses at the Jefferson Medical College. Stu- 
 dents of colleges of pharmacy where full courses are given on materia medica and chemis- 
 try, may become candidates, after attendance on two courses at such colleges, and two 
 courses at the Jefferson Medical College. 
 
 Pees: Matriculation (paid once only), 95 : lectures, first two sessions, each SUO; third 
 session, 8100; no diploma fee; spring course, $35; all other practical courses free. 
 
 BinDENTs: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. ( 
 
 1880-81 609 
 
 1881-82 630 
 
 1882-83 S69 
 
 1883-84 645 
 
 1884-85 493 
 
 1885-86 531 
 
 1886-87 504 
 
 1887-88 484 
 
 1888-89 518 
 
 1889-90 584 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 37.7.* 
 
 Names of matriculates not printed in the announcement. 
 
 PENNSYLVANIA MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 Oeganizbd in 1839 as the Medical Department of the Pennsylvania College at Gettys- 
 burg, by Dr. George MoClellan. In 1859 it merged with the Philadelphia Colleee of Medi- 
 cine and Surgery, the faculty of the latter becomins the faculty of the termer under the 
 name of the former. It closed in 1861 on account of the confused state of the country,' and 
 the desire of many of the professors to enter the medical staff of the army. 
 
 *A number of students of this school have attended one or more courses of lectures 
 elsewhere. 
 
 nates. 
 
 ■ Percent. 
 
 205 
 
 33.6 
 
 247 
 
 39.2 
 
 227 
 
 39.8 
 
 215 
 
 33.3 
 
 176 
 
 35.7 
 
 233 
 
 42. 
 
 187 
 
 37.1 
 
 188 
 
 38.8 
 
 212 
 
 40.9 
 
 220 
 
 37.6 
 
139 
 
 PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OP MEDICINE AND SUEGEBY. 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 Organized in 1846 by Dr. James E. McCIintook.and in 1859 it was merged Into the Penn- 
 sylvania Medical CoUege. 
 
 FEANKLIN MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 Chaeteked In 1847.— Extinct in 1852. 
 
 HOMEOPATHIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 Geganized in 1848. United with the Hahneman Medical College of Philadelphia, April 
 2, 1869, which see. 
 
 HAHNEMANN MEDICAL COLLEGE AND HOSPITAL. 
 
 (Homeopathic.) 
 Philadelphia, Pa. A. E. Thomas, M. D., Dean, 113 South 16th street. 
 
 Obganized in 1848. First class was graduated in 1849. Classes have been graduated 
 each subseQuent year. 
 
 Faculty consists of nine professors, one associate professor, nine lecturers and four 
 demonstrators. 
 
 CouKSE OP Insteuction: The session of 1890-91 embraces a preliminary course of 
 one week's duration which precedes the regulai* winter course. The latter began Septem- 
 ber, 29, 1890. and continues until the last of March, 1891. A spring course begins on the 
 Monday following commencement and continues until June. A three years' graded 
 course is obligatory and a four years' graded course is offered. Clinics at 
 hospital and dispensary. " Quizzes, demonstrations, experiments and other practical ex- 
 ercises will be called into recLuisition as aids in the work of imparting instruction." 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, institutes ol honjeopathy, microscopy and histology, botany and 
 pharmacy, toxicology, ophthalmology and otology, pfedology, laryngology, diseases of 
 children, history of medicine, insanity, dermatology and physical diagnosis. 
 
 Eequieembnts : For admission— " Each student will be req.uired to present a precep- 
 tor's certificate that he possesses a good moral character, and that he is otherwise qualified 
 for the study of medicine. He must give evidence of a good education, and pass a satis- 
 factory examination in elementary mathematics, composition and elementary physios or 
 natural philosophy. Candidates exhibiting the diploma of a literary or scientific college or 
 high school, or a countv or State teacher's certificate, or the certificate of an examining 
 board of any accredited medical society, will be admitted without examination." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral and professional character; 
 3) three years' study; 4) three full graded courses of lectures; 5) at least one course 
 of practical anatomy, histology, chemistry, obstetrics and surgery ; 6) satisfactory exam- 
 ination. 
 
 Fee: Matriculation, %; lectures, including practical courses, ?100 per year; gradu- 
 ation, $30. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 lession. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 208 
 
 83 
 
 39.9 
 
 1881-82 
 
 148 
 
 57 
 
 38.5 
 
 1882-83 
 
 147 
 
 52 
 
 35.4 
 
 1883-Sl 
 
 138 
 
 41 
 
 39.7 
 
 1884-85 
 
 144 
 
 48 
 
 33.3 
 
 1885-86 
 
 148 
 
 58 
 
 39.1 
 
 1886-87 
 
 166 
 
 48 
 
 28.9 
 
 1887-88 
 
 173 
 
 48 
 
 27.7 
 
 1888-89 
 
 186 
 
 65 
 
 34.9 
 
 1889-90 , 
 
 188* 
 
 64 
 
 34-t- 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 34.1. 
 
 For requirements of the American Institute of Homoeopathy in regard 
 to admission and graduation in 1892, see Introductory Remarks- 
 
 *Not including fifteen graduates who matriculated. 
 
140 
 
 WOMAN'S MEDICAL COLLEGE OF PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. Claea Makbhail, M. D., Dean, 131 South Eigliteentli street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1850. The first class was graduated in 1851. Classes have been graduated 
 in each subseauent year. 
 
 Faculty consists of ten professors, nine lecturers, one instructor, five demonstrators, 
 three assistant demonstrators, a curator of museum, prosector and one associate lecturer. 
 
 CocESE OE Instruction: The regular winter term of the session of 1890-91 began Oc- 
 tober 1, 1890, and closes May 6, 1891. A three years' graded course is required for 
 graduation, and a four years' course is earnestly recommended. Weekly 
 examinations on each subject, as presented In the lectures. Attendance obligatory. The 
 degree of Doctor of Medicine, cwm laude, will be conferred on students taking a four years' 
 course who, in addition to the examinations for the desree, shall have obtained an average 
 of 75 per cent, in examinations upon four specialties in medicine and surgery. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry and toxicology, materia mediea 
 and therapeutics, principles and practice of medicine, pathology, principles and practice 
 of surgery, obstetrics, gynecology and diseases of women and children, hygiene, med- 
 ical jurisprudence, histology and microscopy, laryngoscogy and rhinoscopy, dermatology, 
 otology and ophthalmology, pharmacy, denial physiology, diseases of the nervous sys- 
 tem and orthopedic surgery. 
 
 Eequibements : For admission— "All appUcants for admission to the college, before 
 matriculating, must pass an entrance examination in the following branches: 1) penman- 
 ship, orthography and English composition by means of a page written at the time and 
 place of examination; 2) elementary physios as presented in Avery's Physics; 3) arithmetic, 
 including fractions and percentage ; 4) Latin, including the regular declensions of Latin 
 nouns and adjectives, and the conjugation of the regular Latin verbs. Applicants bringing 
 adiplomaor a certificate, from a recognized college or school, or from a duly orgamzed 
 County Medical Society which has instituted a prehminary examination (such as that 
 adopted by the Medical Society of the State of Pennsylvania), or a teacher's certificate 
 from a County Superintendent of Schools, wiU not be reaulred to pass the entrance ex- 
 amination, provided such diploma or certificate shall include the subjects of the ex- 
 amination as stated above. No examination will be reaulred of students, desiring to pur- 
 sue special branches in the college, who do not intend to apply lor the degree in 
 medicine." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) three years' study; 3) three ^winter 
 coursest including, at the least, two full courses of lectures on each of the following 
 subjects— chemistry and toxicology, anatomy, physiology and hygiene, materia mediea 
 and general therapeutics and pathology, principles andT practice of medicine, principles 
 and practice of surgery, obstetrics, gynecology and diseases of children, and one course 
 of lectures on histology, two courses in practical anatomy; having made creditable dis- 
 ^ section of each part of the cadaver; one course in the chemical, the physiological, the 
 histological, the pharmaceutical, and the pathological laboratories; one course in opera- 
 tive and minor surgery, in practical obstetrics and gynecology, and satisfactory evidence 
 of having attended two courses of clinical instruction each, in medicine, surgery, ob- 
 stetrics and gynecology; 4) eood moral character and mental fitness for the profession; 
 5) thesis ; 6) satisfactory examinations. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid once only), ?5: lectures, first year, $100; second year, $105; 
 third year, $85; laboratory tickets, first year, $20; second year, $10; demonstrator, $10; grad- 
 uation, $30. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 170 
 
 20 
 
 11.7 
 
 1881-82 
 
 HI 
 
 19 
 
 17.1 
 
 1882-83 
 
 125 
 
 35 
 
 28 
 
 1883-84 
 
 133 
 
 26 
 
 19.5 
 
 1884-85 
 
 126 
 
 23 
 
 18.2 
 
 1885-86 
 
 142 
 
 33 
 
 23.2 
 
 1886-87 
 
 154 
 
 30 
 
 19.4 
 
 1887-88 
 
 161 
 
 27 
 
 16.7 
 
 1888-89 
 
 173 
 
 86 
 
 20.8 
 
 1889-90 
 
 180* 
 
 40 
 
 22.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years, 19.5. 
 
 *Not including one graduate who matriculated. 
 
141 
 
 PENN MEDICAL UNIVEESITY. 
 
 Philabei/PHIA, Pa. 
 
 Chabtbebd February 2, 1853. Lectures were delivered until 1867. Ee-organized in 
 lSr4.-Extiuot in 1881. 
 
 AMERICAN COLLEGE OF MEDICINE IN PENNSYLVANIA. AND THE ECLECTIC 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 Incobpobatbd February 26, 1853. 
 
 A few yars after incorporation the first name was dropped, leaving the title Eclectic 
 Medical College of Philadelphia. This was changed by the Legislature on March 21, 1865, 
 to the Philadelphia University of Medicine and Surgery. 
 
 ECLECTIC MEDICAL COLLEGE OF PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 Philadelphia., Pa. 
 
 INOOBPOEATED, 1856.— Extinct in 1880. After being in operation a few years, this in- 
 stitution passed into the hands of Buchanan, and became fraudulent. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA UNIVERSITY OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY. 
 {Eoleotic.) 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 INOOBPOEATED in 1865. Fraudulent.— Extiuot in 1880. 
 
 AMERICAN UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. 
 (Eclectic.) 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 INOOBPOEATED iu 1867. Fraudulent.— Extinot in 1880. 
 
 LINCOLN UNIVEESITY, MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 Oxi'OED, Pa. 
 Oeganized in 1870.— Extinct in 1872. 
 
 MEDICO-CHIRURGICAL COLLEGE OF PHILADELPHIA 
 Philadelphls., Pa. E. E. Montqombet, M. D., Secretary, 1818 Arch street. 
 INOOBPOEATED by the legislature, 1850. 
 Oeganized in 1881. The first class was graduated in 1882. 
 
 ele/e2'fe^t=.'S&e'd\^^-Si?^^^^^ 
 demonstrator and five instructors. 
 
 yelis'fourses is recommended. Daily quizzes by the professors. 
 
142 
 
 Post-graduate course— Graduates of regular medical colleges in good standing are 
 nermitted to enter any of the courses of study. A eertifloate of actual attendance will be 
 eiven upon request. The degree of M. D. summa cum Laude. is given to those students 
 who attend tour years' sessions, and pass examination averaging above ninety. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, hygiene„ 
 syphilis, bacteriology, medical jurisprudenoe, histology, ophthalmology.and otology, ortho- 
 PEBdio and oral surgery, laryngology, vaccinia, mental and nervous diseases, pharmacy, 
 eleotro-therapeutios, diseases of children, dermatology. Clinics at hospital and full facul- 
 ties for laboratory work afforded. 
 
 Kequibbmbnts: For admission— Good moral character. "Candidates for admission 
 shall be required: 1) to write an essay (one page foolscap) as a, test of orthography and 
 grammar; 2) pass an examination in English history, elementary physics, mathematics and 
 Latin grammar. A candidate who has received a degree in arts, philosophy or science; a 
 certificate of examination and graduation from an academy, high or normal school which 
 does not confer degrees, or a certificate of having passed a satisfactory examination of a 
 duly organized county medical society, or one of the board of censors of this school, may 
 enter without examination." 
 
 Students having attended one course in a regular medical college are admtted to the 
 second year of the college course upon passing a satisfactory examination in the studies of 
 the first year. Students who have attended two courses are admitted to the third year 
 upon a satisfactory examination in the studies of the first and second yea,rs. Graduates of 
 regular medical schools having a three years' graded course are admitted to the fourth 
 year without an examination. Graduates of colleges of pharmacy and dental colleges in 
 good standing are admitted to the second year after passing the entrance examination 
 only. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age and good moral character; 2) satisfactory 
 examinarion in all the branches of the curriculum, and that his last course of instruciion 
 shall have been spent in this school : 3) presence a' the commencement, unless excused by 
 the faculty; 4) at least three full courses of lectures. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid but once), 85; general ticket first and second years, ?75 
 each: third and fourth years each, $100; no graduation fee ; $5 eachfor the departments of 
 histology, pharmacy, chemistry, operative surgery and bacterio ogy; spring session, 825; 
 fee for examination for endorsement of diplomas of graduates of other schools, 825. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at ■ each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. PeroMit. 
 1881-82 SI S 9T« 
 1882-83 27 10 37 
 1883-84 23 4 17.3 
 1884-85 S3 5 15.1 
 1885-86 26 5 19.2 
 1886-S7 80 15 18.7 
 1887-88 108 20 18.5 
 1888-89 136 30 22 
 1889-90 119* 25 2H- 
 
 Peroentage of graduates to matriculates for past nine years, 24.2. 
 
 WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 PiTTSBUEGH, Pa. T. M. T. MoKennan, M. D., Secretary. 810 Penn avenue. 
 
 Obganized in 1886. 
 
 Faculty consists of twenty professors, three demonstrators, ten assistants to chairs, 
 three leeiurers and one prosector to chair of anatomy. 
 
 CouKSE 01" Instruction; The session of 1890-91 began September 23, and will con- 
 tinue six months. This will be followed by a spring course of ten weeks. Instruction im- 
 parted by didactic and clinical lectures, recitations, demonstra ion, laboratory work and 
 practice m diagnosis. Lectures to be illustrated by clinical cases, charts, manikins, models, 
 prepared specimens, dissections, microscopical and chemical experiments and other prac- 
 tical demonstrations. A three years' graded course is recommended but not required. 
 
 Lectures embrace materia medica and therapeutics, chemistry, histology, anatomy, 
 physiology, hygiene, principles and practice of medicine, principles and practice of 
 surgery, obstetrics, cUnical medicine and surgery, orthopedic surgery, sui'gery of genito- 
 urinary organs, ophthalmology, otology, laryngology, dermatology, diseases of children, 
 mental anil nervous diseases, medical jurisprudence and microscopy, dietetics and 
 rhinology. 
 
 Eequibbments : For admission— "Students will be required to show the possession 
 of an education, suffloiently comprehensive to enable them to pursue the study of medi- 
 cine with advantage. A preliminary examination will not be required of those holding 
 degrees from recognized colleges, or diplomas from normal or high s hools in good 
 standing, or certificates from examiners of any county medical society conforming to 
 the requirements of the Pennsylvania State Medical Society, or having passed -the ma- 
 triculation examination of any other regular medical collage in good standing." 
 
 *Not including six graduates who took special courses. 
 
143 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age and good moral character; 2) must have 
 studied medicine three years and have taken at least two fuU courses of leottires ; 3) satis- 
 factory examination in all brancbes taught in the college. 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, annually, S5; lectures and clinics, 8100; demonstrator, SIO; gradua- 
 tion 825; single tickets, $20 each branch; spring session, S25. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session, 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent 
 
 1886-87 
 1887-88 
 1888-89 
 1889-90 
 
 57 
 
 85 
 
 105 
 
 112 
 
 21 
 35 
 
 37 
 29 
 
 36.8 
 41.1 
 35.2 
 25.8 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past four years, 33.9. 
 
 After the session o£ 1890-91 attendance upon three regular courses of 
 lectures and four years of study 'will be required as conditions of gradu- 
 ation. 
 
 RHODE ISIJI.ND. ' 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OP BEOWN UNIVERSITY. 
 
 Pkovidence, R. I. 
 
 Obganized in 1811. "Lectures were delivered and classes graduated annually from 
 1814 to 1827 inclusive, except the year 1820-21, when it is believed that no classes were 
 graduated." 
 
 SOUTH CAKOI.INA. 
 
 THE BOARD OP MEDICAL EXAMINERS OP THE STATE OP SOUTH CAROLINA. 
 
 Daklington, S. C. Jas. C. Willoox, Secretary. 
 
 The South Carolina Medical Practice Act provides that the Board shall meet regularly 
 on the first Tuesday in April and the third Tuesday in August. Special meetings may be 
 called it applicants pay the expenses of such meetings. The examination fee is fc. 
 
 Under the law as first passed, 20 graduates of the Medical College of the State of South 
 Carolina were licensed, without examination, on i heir diplomas. 
 
 The following table shows the work of the Board: 
 
 Institutions Repkesented by the Applicants. 
 BEFOBE the 
 BOARD OP MEDICAL EXAMINERS OP SOUTH CAROLINA, 
 January 1. 1889, to December 11, 1890, 
 
 °iS" 
 gg. 
 
 p. CD 
 
 6 5- 
 
 University of the City of New York, Medical Department 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore, Md 
 
 Vanderbilt University, Medical Depai tment, Nashville 
 
 Medical College of the State of South Carolina : 
 
 Howard University. Medical Dapartment, D. C 
 
 University of Maryland, School of Medicine, Baltimore 
 
 Ui.iversity of Pennsylvania, Department of Medicine, Philadelphia — 
 
 Universir V of Georgia, Medical Department, Augusta 
 
 Atlanta Medical College, Atlanta, Georgia 
 
 Baltimore Medical College 
 
 Leopard Medical Sohooi, N. C, (colored) 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons. New York Citv 
 
 Tulane University of Louisiana, Medical Department 
 
 University of Tennessee, Medical Department, Nashville 
 
 Louisvil le Medical College, Kentucky 
 
 Central Univei sity, Hospital College of Medicine, Louisville 
 
 New York Homeopathic Medical College, New York ; • ■ ■ j 
 
 Meharry Medical Department of Central Tennessee College, (colored) 
 
 - Nashville — ........ ^ • 
 
 Kentucky School of Medicine, Louisville, Ky. 
 
 Baltim'ire University, School of Medicine, Baltimore, Md 
 
 Southern Medical College, Atlanta, Ga 
 
 Totals 
 
 12 
 
 1 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 170 
 
 121 
 
144 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF SOUTH CAROLINA. 
 
 Chaeleston, S. C. 
 
 Oeganized in 1824 ; charter obtained in 1823. Permanently closed in 1839. During its ex- 
 istence its graduates numbered SIS, 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF THE STATE OF SOUTH CAEOLINA. 
 
 Chaeleston, S, C. K. A. Kinloch, M. D., Dean, 285 Meeting street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1832. In 1839 the Medical College of South Carolina was merged into it, 
 the Medical College ot the State of South Carolina receiving all the apparatus, bmldings 
 and otner property ot the former. [Pbioleau— see Medical College of South Carolina.] 
 Classes were graduated annually until 1863, when operations were suspended during the 
 war, and until 1865, when they were resumed. Classes have been graduated annually since 
 1865. 
 
 Faculty consists of nine professors, one demonstrator, one assistant demonstrator and 
 three teachers. 
 
 CouESE OP Insteuotion: The sixty-second session began October 15, 1890, and will 
 close early in March 1891, embracing a period of twenty weeks. Clinics at hospital. 
 
 Graded course of three years required. 
 
 Lectures embrace principles and practice of ■, - ■ 
 
 surgery, histology, pathology, practice of medicine, clinical medicine, physiology, chemis- 
 try, nygiene, anatomy, ophthalmology and otology, obstetrics, gynecology, materia med- 
 
 Leotures embrace principles and practice of surgery, medical jurisprudence, clinical 
 ithology, practice of medicine, clinic ' 
 
 ..-lyglene, anatomy, ophthalmology and otology, obste „ _, . 
 
 ica and therapeutics, microscopy, laboratory instruction (compulsory on first course stu- 
 dents.) 
 
 Eeqitieements : For admission— A preliminary education satisfactory to the faculty. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; S) three years 
 study ; 4) three full courses of lectures and two of dissections ; 5) examinations In all the 
 branches. ' 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5: lectures, including demonstrator's and one hospital ticket, 8100: 
 graduation, $30; laboratory fee, %. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 iession. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 77 
 
 21 
 
 27. 
 
 1881-82 
 
 56 
 
 19 
 
 33.9 
 
 1882-83 
 
 61 
 
 18 
 
 29.6 
 
 1883-84 
 
 80 
 
 20 
 
 25. 
 
 1884-85 
 
 59 
 
 17 
 
 28.8 
 
 1885-86 
 
 62 
 
 18 
 
 29+ 
 
 1886-87 
 
 51 
 
 18 
 
 35.2 
 
 1887-88 
 
 61 
 
 17 
 
 27.8 
 
 1888-89 
 
 74 
 
 25 
 
 3S.7 
 
 1889-90 
 
 57 
 
 23 
 
 40.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past five years, 33.1. 
 
 Remaeks: Pharmacy students are included in the number of matriculates here given 
 prior to the session of 1885-86, thus affecting the proportion of graduates to matriculates. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAEOLINA. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 Columbia, S. C. 
 Oeganized in 1866.— Extinct in 1876. 
 
 TENNESSEE. 
 
 BOARD OF MEDICAJ. EXAMINERS, STATE OF TENNESSEE. 
 Teenton, Tenn. T. J. Happel. M. D., Secretary. 
 
 This Board held its first meeting for examination at Nashville, February 18-19, 1889. 
 There were eleven candidates, ot whom three failed to pass. . ^ o^'i. um y lo la, ioo». 
 
 a. Aooording to the report of the Secretary made in April. 1890, there are in the whole 
 State 3,261 practitioners holding certificates, ot whom 1,658 are graduates. Of the gradu- 
 ates, 1,578 are physicians, 19 homeopaths and 61 eclectics. The Secretary says ttot^ere 
 are many unregistered practitioners in the State, some having purposely tailed toreelster 
 and suggests that violaflon of the law be made a misdemeanor in afflon to aUothOT 
 penalties. The Medical Practice Act (see this Ehpoet 1890) Is considered imperfect in sev- 
 eral respects, and a number of amendments are suggested as follows • '"""'"''"'' '■' ^'^^ 
 
145 
 
 "In the regular ranks much opposition has been engendered to the bill by the use of 
 the terms 'allopath' and 'allopathic.' Hence, I would suggest the propriety of amending 
 the act by striking out the words 'allopath' and 'allopatnio,' wherever they may occur, 
 and inserting the word 'regular.' Sec. I of the act might be tui-ther amended with advant- 
 age bv adding another clause at the end of SHid section as follows: 'Provided that after 
 Jan. 1st, 1892, no certlfloate shall be issued to any one without an examination by the Board 
 as to his fitness to practice medicine and its kindred branches, surgery and obstetrics, in 
 the State'." 
 
 Amend See. Ill by striking out after the expression "in good standing" the clause 
 commencing with "and" and ending with "Association." The object of this amendment is 
 to leave the matter of colleges whose diplomas are to be recognized to be determined by 
 the Board, surrounded by limitations as to the different "isms" as provided by;the rest of 
 the act, so as to conform to Section I. 
 
 At the end of Sec. Ill add as follows : "Provided, that from and after J'ln. 1st. 1892, all 
 part es shall be reauireu to undergo a satisfactory examination in the presence of the 
 whole Board as to their fitness to practice medicine." 
 
 See. IV should be amended so as to change the expression ' 'three months" into "six 
 months," so as o make Sec. IV conform to Sec. V as to the length of time a rejected ap- 
 plicant must wait before he can apply for re-examination. 
 
 Sec XII should be amedded so as to fix the price of a certificate issued by the Board at 
 five dollars instead of one dollar— to attain that end strike out the expression "one dollar" 
 where it firatappears in said section and insert "five dollars." 
 
 Add also at the end of Sec. XII as follows: "In addition to all other fees, a fee of 25 
 cents shall be paid by the applicant for registration, to the secretary of the Board, for issij- 
 ing and recording any eel tinoate. Also amend by allowing per diem to members of the 
 Board for the whole time of necessary absence from home in attendance on the meetings- 
 counting the time of the shortest route going and coming. 
 
 Sections XIII and XIV should both be amended so as to make any violation of either 
 or both a misdemeanor punishable by fine lor the first offense and by fine or imprisonment 
 or both for subsequent offenses ;'the imprisonment to be at the discretion of the court, and 
 to be in the oountyljail not less than one nor more than ten months. The fine in every 
 ease, if collected in money, should be paid over to the Board of Medical Examiners to be 
 used by them, as are all orher funds coming into their hands. 
 
 This would (if the amendments are adopted) eliminate the matter of "action of debt" 
 from the act and enable the Board to force a compliance with its provisions. The remain- 
 ing portion of the section should not be changed. 
 
 Sec. XVI should be amended by inserting after the words "by them" the following 
 clause "or by the county court clerk of any county in the State of Tennessee," to carry out 
 kn idea already advanced. Then there should be added alter section 17 a new section ITU 
 as follows : 
 
 See. 1734. Be it further enacted, that inquisitorial powers are hereby given to grand 
 juries, and it is made their duty to inquire into all violations of this act and to make pre- 
 sentments for the same. 
 
 Of the 3,261 practitioners registered in Tennessee up to April, 1890. there were 1,658 
 graduates of medeal schools. These were distributed by schools of practice as follows: 
 Physicians 1.578, Homeopathic 19, Eclectic 61. The schools of graduation were as follows : 
 
 Medical College of Alabama, Mobile, Alabama 5 
 
 National Medical College, Washington, D. Q. 2 
 
 Howard University, Medical Department, Washington 2 
 
 ? "Washington Medical College, Washington"? 2 
 
 Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia 5 
 
 Savannah Medicnl College, Savannah 1 
 
 Atlanta Medical College, Atlanta 18 
 
 Beform Medical College of Georgia, Macon 6 
 
 Georgia College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, Atlanta 2 
 
 Eush Medical College, Chicago, Illinois 12 
 
 Chicago Medical College, Chicago 4 
 
 Bennett College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, Chicago — , 1 
 
 Chicago Homeopathic Medical College, Chicago 2 
 
 Medical College of Indiana,Jndianapolis, Indiana '. . 7 
 
 Medical Department of Butler University, Indianapolis 1 
 
 Medical Cofiege of Evansville, Evansville, Indiana 3 
 
 Indiana Eclectic Medical College, IndianapoUs l 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Keokuk, Iowa.. ....... , J 
 
 University of Louisville, Medio d Department, Louisville. Kentucky 1^0 
 
 Kentucky School of Medicine, Louisville 10 
 
 Louisville Medical College, Loui.sville. 76 
 
 Hospital CoUege of Medicine, Louisville. 9 
 
 Medical Dep irtment of Transylvania University, Lexingt. , n ■■■■■:■■. ^1 
 
 Medical Department, Tulane University of Louisiana, New Orleans, Louisiana 
 
 University of Louisiana, N ew Orleans 13 
 
 Mew Orleans School of Medicine, New Orleans.... o 
 
 University of Maryland, School of Medicine, Baltim ore, Maryland 9 
 
 Washington University, School of Medicine, Baltimore 6 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore U 
 
 Baltimore Medical College, lialtimore. o 
 
 Baltimore University, School of Medicine, Baltimore l 
 
 10 ^ 
 
146 
 
 Johns Hopkins University, Medical Departmeni," Baltimore • 1 
 
 1 Harvard University Medical Sohool, Boston, Massachusetts 1 
 
 Department ol Medicine and Burg:ery of the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mioh.. 9 
 
 Missouri Medical College, St. Louis, Missouri 9 
 
 St. Louis Medical College, St. Louis 11 
 
 American Medical CoJlKge, St. Louis .' 4 
 
 St. Louis Eclectic Medical College, St. Louis 1 
 
 St. Joseph Medical College, St. Joseph 1 
 
 Dartmouth Medical Dollege, Dartmouth, New Hampshiie 1 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, New Jork City 3 
 
 Albany Medical College, Albany a 
 
 University of the City of Hew York, Medical i lepartment 26 
 
 Bellevue Hospital Medical College. New Qork City 44 
 
 Long Island College Hospital, Brooklyn 3 
 
 Medical Department of the University of Buffalo, Buffalo 1 
 
 New York Medical College, New York 3 
 
 United States Medical College, New York 1 
 
 New York Free Medical College for Women, Ne vv York 1 
 
 New York Homeopathic Medical College for Women 1 
 
 Medical College of Ohio, Cincinnati, Ohio 21 
 
 Western Beserve-University, Medical Department, Cleveland 3 
 
 Starling Medical College, Columbus... 1 
 
 Puite Medical College, Cincinnati B 
 
 Toledo Medical College, Toledo 1 
 
 Homeopathic Hospital Medical College, Cleveland 5 
 
 Cincinnati College of Medicine and Surgery, Cincinnati 11 
 
 Columbus Medical College, Columbus 1 
 
 Physio-MediealCollege, Cincinnatt 5 
 
 Botanico-Medical College, Cincinnati 2 
 
 Eclectic Medical Institute of Cincinnati 31 
 
 National Normal University, Lebanon, Ohio 1 
 
 Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 84 
 
 University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 62 
 
 Pennsylvania Meuieal College, Philadelphia 5 
 
 Philadelphia Medical College. Philadelpnia 7 
 
 Penn Medical University, Philadelphia 1 
 
 Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 1 
 
 Hahnemann Medical College, Philadelphia : 5 
 
 Homeopathic Medical College. Philadelphia 1 - 
 
 Medical College of the State of South Carolina, Charleston, Soutb Carolina 7 
 
 Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee StSS 
 
 University of Nashville, Nashville 252 
 
 Nashville Medical College, Nashville 136 
 
 Medical Department, University of Tennessee 117 
 
 Shelby Medical College, Nashville , 7 
 
 Meharry Medical Department of Central Tennessee College, Nashville. . . ; 20 
 
 Memphis Hospital Medical Collei^e, Memphis 82 
 
 Botanic Medical College, Memphis , 4 
 
 Yermont Academy of Medicine, Castleton, Vermont 3 
 
 . University of Yirginia Medical Department, Charlottesuille, Virginia 7 
 
 Medical college of Virginia, Bichmond i 11 
 
 McGill University, Faculty of Medicine, Montreal, Quebec 1 
 
 University of Boim, Bonn, Germany 1 
 
 University ot Strassburg, Strassburg, Germany 1 
 
 Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons, London, England 1 
 
 ? " Meiico Medical College, Mexico" 1 
 
 ? " Queen's Medical College, Weymouth" 1 
 
 Eoyal College of Physicians and Surgeons, Kingston, Ontario 1 + 
 
 The colleges preceded by a ? mark have not and have never had any existence. 
 
 Of the 3,261 registered practitioners in Tennessee, 1,603 are non-graduates. There 
 are, however, many practitioners in the State that have not registered, and it is probable 
 that the majority of these are non-graduates. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPAETMENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF NASHVILLE AND VANDER- 
 BILT UNIVERSITY. 
 
 Nashville, Tenn. W. L. Nichol, M. D., Registrar, Cor. of Cedar and High streets. 
 
 Oe&anized in 1850, as the Medical Department of the University of Nashville, and as- 
 sumed the jjresent relation in 1874. The first class was graduated by the University of 
 Nashville in 1852, and the first diploma was issued by the Vanderbilt University in 1875-. 
 Classes have been graduated annually by the respective universities since these dates. 
 
 Faculty consists of twelve professors, two lectui'ers, two demonstrators and one assis- 
 tant demonstrator. 
 
 * Has graduated no students ot medicine. 
 I This list adds up 1,735 graduates. 
 
147 
 
 CouESE OP Instruction; The course of 1890-91 opened with a preliminary session 
 oommenomg September ], 1890, continuing until the opening of the winter session October 
 b, wnioh will end March 6, 1891. A three years' graded course is strongly recommended, 
 out not reQuired. Daily examinations held by p ofessors. Clinics at hospital. 
 , Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, ophthalmology aiid I otology, psychology, histology, phar- 
 macy and toxicology, diseases of chJdren and microscopy. 
 
 Eeqdikements : For admission— None. 
 
 - Jor graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study ; 4) two full courses of lectures : 5) dissection during one session ; 6) satisfactory exam- 
 inations. 
 
 Pees : Matriculation, % ; demonstrator, SIO ; lectures, $75 ; graduation, ?25. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent, 
 
 1879-80 
 
 311 
 
 141 
 
 45.3 
 
 1881-82 
 
 327 
 
 191 , 
 
 58 
 
 1882-83 
 
 246 
 
 116 
 
 47.1 
 
 1883-84 
 
 180 
 
 93 
 
 51.7 
 
 1884-85 
 
 181 
 
 73 
 
 40.3 
 
 1885-86 
 
 231 
 
 105 
 
 45.4 
 
 1886-87 
 
 207 
 
 82 
 
 39.6 
 
 1887-88 
 
 197 
 
 81 
 
 41.1 
 
 1888-89 
 
 237 
 
 82 
 
 34.5 
 
 1889-90 
 
 293* 
 
 126 
 
 43 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for ten years reported, 45.2. 
 
 JEFFEBSON MEDICAL ASSOCIATION. 
 
 Dandbidge, Tenn. 
 
 In 1854, this association obtained a charter from the Legislature of Tennessee giving it 
 power to confer the degi ee of M. D. upon applicants who would present themselves before 
 the members of said association for thrrougn examination, and it the examination was sat- 
 isfactor' to these gentlemen they could grant them a diploma. The degree of M. D. was. 
 conferred upon five persons a number of years ago. No degree has been conferred of late 
 years, the association simply exercising the functions of a Medical Society. A diploma 
 granted by this association in 1859 was recently filed lor record in Indiana. 
 
 MEMPHIS MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 [Medical Department, Cumberland University.) 
 
 Memphis, Tenn. 
 
 Okganized in 1854. Suspended from 1861 to 1868. Eeorganized In June, 1868, and in op- 
 eration until the close of the session of 1872-73, when it became extinct. 
 
 / 
 
 BOTANIC MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 Memphis, Tenn. 
 
 Obganized in 1857.— In 1859 reorganized as the Eclectic Medical Institute, and became 
 extinct in 1861. 
 
 SHELBY MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 NASHVUiiiE, Tenn. 
 Obganized in 1858.- Extinct in 1862. 
 
 *Not including one graduate who matriculated. 
 
148 
 
 MEDICAL DEPAKTMENT, UNIVEBSITY OF TENNESSEE. 
 
 iNashville Medical Oollege.) 
 
 Nashvule. Term. Duncan Eve, M. D., Dean of the Faculty, 700 Ohufoh street. 
 
 Obganizbd in 1876. Became oonueoted with the University of Temiessee in 1880. The 
 first class was graduated in 1878. Classes have been graduated each subseauent year. 
 The faculty consists of fifteen professors, three demonstrators and eleven assistants. 
 
 CouESE or Instbuotion: The session of 1890-91 began September 1, 1890, with a pre- 
 liminary course, which continued until the beginning of the regular winter course, October 
 1, 1890, the latter continuing five months. Provision is made for a three-years graded 
 course, which, however, is not obligatory. "The instruction at fhis oollege consists ot di- 
 dactic lectures with demonstrations, clinical teaching, examinations or^^auizzes, and prac- 
 tical teaching in subjects involving manipulation, by the regular faculty. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, medical jurisprudence, 
 state medicine, genito-urinary and venereal diseases, toxicology, diseases of children, oral 
 surgery,' ophthalmologs and otology, pathology, laryngology and orihopedios. 
 
 Eeqoteements : For adihission— "Certain States having enacted laws reauiring litera- 
 ry dualiflcations of their students, all students hailing from such States who have not re- 
 ceived a literary collegiate degree, or have not a certificate covering the required subject 
 from a normal or high school, will be reaulred to undergo an admission examination, such 
 as is contemplated by the laws of said States." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age : 2) good moral character ; 3) two full courses 
 of lectures; 4) dissections during attendance in this school; 5) satisfactory examination by 
 the faculty. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid but once), $5 ; demonstrator, $10; lectures, 875; graduation,- 
 ?25. No fees but the above are allowed to be charged. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at e^oh session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriciilates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 134 
 
 55 
 
 41+ 
 
 1881-82 
 
 144 
 
 69 
 
 1 47.9' 
 
 1882-83 
 
 133 
 
 58 
 
 43.6 
 
 1883-84 
 
 167 
 
 62 
 
 31.7 
 
 1884-86 
 
 171 
 
 57 
 
 33.3 
 
 1885-86 
 
 174 
 
 56 
 
 32.1 
 
 1886-87 
 
 202 
 
 61 
 
 30.2 
 
 1887-88 
 
 212 
 
 75 
 
 35.3 
 
 1888-89 
 
 209 
 
 61 , 
 
 29.1 
 
 1889-90 
 
 246 
 
 98 -I 
 
 39.8 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past ten years 36.3. 
 
 MEHAEBY MEDICAL DEPAETMENT OP OENTEAL TENNESSEE COLLEGE. 
 
 Nashvulb, Tenn. G. W. Hubbabd, M. D., Dean of the Faculty. 
 
 Oeganized in 1876. The first class was graduated in 1877. Devoted to the education ot 
 colored students, male and female. 
 
 The faculty consists of seven professors, one assistant professor, three instructors, one 
 lecturer and one demonstrator. 
 
 CouESB OP Instbuotion: The session ot 1890^91 began September 29, 1890, and ends 
 February 19, 1891. A three years graded course is required. Becitations in anat- 
 omy, chemistry and physiology, with laboratory work during first year's attendance. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, matqria medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of inedicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, medical jurispru- 
 dence, microscopy, histology, botany, pharmacy, ophthalmology, otology, laryngology, 
 toxicology, electro-therapeutics, hygiene and medical ethics. 
 
 Eequibembnts: For admission: "Applicants must be at least eighteen yearsofage. 
 of good moral charactei-, and pass examinations in arithmetic, geographv, grammar, read- 
 ing, writing and spelling, and elements of physios. Graduates of other recognized colleges 
 and normal schools will; on presenting their diplomas, be admitted without examination. 
 Students earnestly advised to obtain some Icnowledge of Latin." 
 
 For graduation: 1) Twenty-one years of age: 2) three courses of lectures of not 
 
 lesstwenty weeks each; 3) must pass a satisfactory written examination in aU the 
 branches land down 111 this ooure, "including the outlines of Bible history and doctrine;" 
 4) present an acceptable original thesis on some medical subject. 
 
149 
 
 Fees: Tuition, *25; hospital, $5; graduation, $10 ; materials for practical anatomy and 
 chemistry at cost. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percei 
 
 1880-81 
 
 35 
 
 3 
 
 8.5 
 
 1881-82 
 
 29 
 
 8 
 
 27.6 
 
 1882-83 
 
 30 
 
 5 
 
 16.6 
 
 1883-84 
 
 31 
 
 8 
 
 26.8 
 
 1884-85 
 
 38 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 1885-86 
 
 49 
 
 10 
 
 20.4 
 
 1886-8r 
 
 54 
 
 10 
 
 18.5 
 
 188r-88 
 
 62 
 
 18 
 
 29+ 
 
 1888-89 
 
 55 
 
 14 
 
 26.4 
 
 1889-90 
 
 59 
 
 14 
 
 23.7 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past ten years, 22.1. 
 
 MEMPHIS HOSPITAL MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 {MedicalSepartment Southwestern Baptist University .) 
 Memphis. Tenn. F. L. Sim, M. D. Dean, 126 Hernando street 
 Obganized in 1880. The first class was graduated in 1881. 
 The faculty consists of ten professors, one demonstrator and an assistant. 
 
 CouBSE or Instbuction: The annual session pf 1890-90 began October 27, 1890, and 
 will close the last of March, 1891. Daily Quizzes by the professors. Clinical lectures at 
 hospital and college. ^ . 
 
 Lectures embaee anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, ' 
 theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, nygiene, ophthal- 
 mology, otology and laryngology, toxicology, diseases of the nervous system, diseases of 
 children and pharmacy. 
 
 For admission— None. 
 1) twenty-one years of 
 
 Bequibements : 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) two full 
 courses of lectures ; 4) dissection during two sessions ; 5) satisfactory examination In all 
 branches taught. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, $5; lectures, S60 ; demonstrator, $10; graduation, S30. 
 
 Students : Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and per- 
 centage of graduates to matriculates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matiioulates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 ■ Percei 
 
 1880-81 
 
 62 
 
 18 
 
 34.6 
 
 1881-82 
 
 70 
 
 30 
 
 42.8 
 
 1882-83 
 
 73 
 
 31 
 
 42.4 
 
 1883^84 
 
 58 
 
 22 
 
 38 
 
 1884-86 
 
 71 
 
 31 
 
 43.6 
 
 1885-86 
 
 90 
 
 37 
 
 41.1 
 
 1886-87 
 
 129 
 
 41 
 
 31.7 
 
 1887-88 
 
 145. 
 
 .54 
 
 37.2 
 
 1888-89 
 
 1T7 
 
 63 
 
 36.5 
 
 1889-90 
 
 196 
 
 63 
 
 33.2 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates lor past ten years, 36.7. 
 
 TENNESSEE MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 KNOXTiLiiB, Tenn. C. E. Bistine, M. D., Begistrar, 117 Prince street. 
 
 Obganized in 1889. Faculty consists of eleven professors, and one demonstrator of 
 anatomy; there are five members in the dental department. ^ 
 
 CouESE OP Instbuction : A preliminary course of lectures was given during the 
 month of September. The regular -s^inter course began October 1, 1890, and ends the 
 middle of March, 1891. 
 
 "Practitioners who hold a license to practice, obtained from the State Board of Medica 
 Examiners by examination, may become candidates for graduation alter one year s at- 
 tendance upon lectures and talking a course in Practical Anatomy. 
 
 Attendance upon three full winter courses of lectures earnestly recommended, but not 
 reauired. 
 
150 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, materia medioa and therapeutics, medical 
 chemistry, theory and practice of medicine, surgery, orthopedics, obstetrics, gynecology, 
 otology, ophthalmology, laryngology, rhinology, disease-' of the mind and nervous system, 
 histology, medical jurisprudence, pathology and microscopy, laboratory work and instruc- 
 tion obligatory. 
 
 Eequieements : For admission— None. 
 
 For graduation: 1) at least twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) two 
 full winter courses of lectures ; 4) study of medicine for not less than three years; 6) one 
 course of dissections ; 6) satisfactory examinations, oral and written. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, J5; lectures, SoO; demonstrator, $10 ; 'graduation, $10. 
 
 Sa;uDENTs; Number of matriculates and of graduates reported, and percentage of 
 graduates to matriculates— > 
 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1889-90 36 8 22.2 
 
 CHATTANOOGA MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 (Medical Dipartment of U. 8. Grant University, originally Hast Tennessee Weslyarl 
 
 University.) 
 
 Chattanooga, Tenn. E. A. Coeleigh, M. D., Dean, 729 Chestnut street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1889. First class was graduated in 1890. 
 
 The faculty consists of twelve professors, two adjunct professors, five lecturers and one 
 demonstrator. 
 
 CouKSE OF INSTBUCTION: A preUminary Course began September 15, 1890. The regu- 
 lar winter term began October 1, 1890, and will end March 15, 1891. A three years' course is 
 recommended bat not required. Women admitted on the same terms as men. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, matSria medica, therapeutics, chemistry, 
 theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obsteti-ics, gynecology, diseases of children, 
 toxicology, otology, ophthalmology, rhinology, laryngology, pathology, histology, micro- 
 scopy, diseases of the mmd and nervous system, medical jurisprudence, electro-thera- 
 peutics, hygiene, dermatology and pharmacy; clinics in medicine, surgery and gynecol- 
 ogy. Laboratories are provided for work in anatomy, histology, chemistry, physiology 
 and pathology. 
 
 Eequieements: For admission— 1) satisfactory evidence of fair English education; 2) 
 good moral character. "Practitioners of medicine of any number of years' experience, 
 who have not previously attended a course of lectures, will, under no circumstances, be 
 matriculated for graduation on a single session's attendance here." 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one, years of age; 2) three years' study 6f medicine; 3) two 
 regular courses of lectures ; i) must have dissected the different parts of the body ; 5) good 
 moral character ; 6) satisfactory examinations. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid but once) , $5 ; lectures, «70; laboratory and incidentals, 85; 
 dissection, $10; graduation (returned if candidate is rejected), S25. No charge for third 
 year when the three years' course is taken. 
 
 Stijdbnts : Number of matriculates and of graduates for the year reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 1889-90 34* 5 14,7 
 
 HANNIBAL MEDICAL COLLEGE, OF MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE. 
 
 Memphis, Tenn. T. C. Cotteeli,, M. D., Secretary and Dean, 73 Madison street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1889 for the education of colored students of both sexes. 
 
 The faculty consists of ilve professors, two white and three colored, of whom three 
 
 only claim to have degrees of M. D. "Lectures will also be delivered by several prominent 
 
 physicians and surgeons of the city. icm-iviumcii., 
 
 OouBSB of Insteuotion: 'Phe second regular session commenced October 6, 1890, and 
 will continue twenty weeks. A three years' gradeU course is recommended but not re- 
 
 Q,Uir6CL. 
 
 ''Not Including two gi-aduates who matriculated. 
 
151 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medloa and therapeutloB, 
 theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, diseases of children and 
 medical jurisprudence. Dissections during first two years, and laboratory work in chemis- 
 try and pharmacy. 
 
 Eequikements : For admission— 1) good moral character ; 2) give evidence of at least 
 a good English education by presenting a diploma from a literary or scientific college, high , 
 scnool or academy, a county or s'a e teacher's certificate, or by passing an examination ; 3) 
 eighteenyears of age; 4) must believe in a Supreme Being. 
 
 For graduation: ]) twenty-one years of age; 2) good moral character; 3) three years' 
 study of medicine: 4) two courses of lectures; 5) satisfactory examination in the re- 
 quired branches ; 6) dissected during two courses ; 7) thesis. 
 
 Pees : Matriculation, once only, S6 ; tuition, per year, $25. 
 
 Students ; Number of matriculates and of graduates at the session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates,— 
 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1889-90 4 1 25. 
 
 TEXAS. 
 
 TEXAS MEDICAL COLLEGE AND HOSPITAL. 
 
 Galveston, Tex. Henet P. Cooke, M. D., Dean, 169 Market street. 
 
 Oeganized in 1864.— Ee-organized in 1873. Became extinct in 1881 and again re- 
 organized in 1888. Formerly known as the Galveston Medical College. 
 
 Faculty consists of eight professors, one clinical professor, one lecturer and a, 
 demonstrator. 
 
 CouKSB OF Instbuotion: The session of 1890-91 began October 1,1890, and will con- 
 tinue six months. The method ot teaching consists of didactic lectures, recitations, clinical 
 instruction and laboratory work. Three years' graded course required. * 
 
 Lectures embrace : First year— anatomy, physiology, histology, chemistry, pathology, 
 materia mediea. Second year— anatomy , physiology, chemistry, materia medica and thera- 
 peutics, pathology, gynecology, theory and practice of medicine, surgery, obstetrics, medi- 
 cal and sui gical clinics. Third year— pathology.anatomy, bacteriology, therapeutics, theory 
 and practice ot medicine, surgery, obstetrics, diseases of women and children, general 
 clinics, diseases of the eye, ear una throat, and gynecology, diseases of the nerves, obstet- 
 rics, materia medica and venereal diseases. 
 
 Eeuibements: For admission— None. 
 
 For graduation: 1) twenty-one years of age and good moral character; 2) three years' 
 study; 3) three full courses lectures; 4) two courses of dissection and hospital clinics; 
 6) satisfactory examination in anatomv, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and thera- 
 peutics, theory and practice of medicine, obstetrics and diseases of women and children, 
 and surgery and pathology. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation, 85; lectures, first year, ¥70; second year. $80; third year, 8140; 
 demonstrator, each year, for two years, $10 ; graduation, $20. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates reported, and percentage of 
 graduates to matriculates- 
 Sessions! Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 1889-90 13 ■ 2 15.3 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE UNIVEBSITY OF BAN ANTONIO. 
 
 San Antonio, Texas. 
 
 Oeganized in 1888. 
 
 No instruction ever given. We have information (December 17, 1890,) that this school 
 has no habitation nor existence except on paper. 
 
 * With a qualification. 
 
152 
 
 XTTAH. 
 
 MEDICAL INSTITUTION OP MORGAN CITY. 
 
 Morgan Uitt, Utah. 
 Extinct. 
 
 VERMONT. 
 
 YEBMONT ACADEMY OP MEDICINE. 
 
 Castleton, Tt. 
 
 Oeganized in 1818. Suspended instruction from 1837 to 1841.— Extinct since 1861. Dur- 
 ing its existence it graduated 360 students. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPABTMENT OP THE UNIVEESITY OP VERMONT. 
 BuELiNGTON, Yt. J. H. WooDW'AiiD, M. D., Secretary of the Paculty. 
 
 Oeganized in 1823. The first class was graduated in' 1823. Sessions were held and 
 classes graduated annually, except in 1835, until 1837, when the sessions were suspended. 
 In 1854 the department was re-organized. A class Was graduated in 1854, and in each sub- 
 sequent year. / 
 
 Paculty consists of seven professors.'nine professors of special subjects, a demonstrator 
 and an instructor in chemistry. 
 
 CotJESB OF Instruction : The regular session begins on the last Thursday in Peb- 
 ruary, and continues twenty weeks. A preliminary course, opening the first Thursday in 
 November, precedes the regular course each year, and continues to the following March. 
 A three years' course is required of those who did not matriculate prior to July 1, 
 1890. Clinics at hospital and dispensary. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene, 
 medical jurisprudence, diseases of the taind and' nervous system, opthalmology ana 
 otology, orthopedic surgery, dermatology, diseases of children, venereal diseases,', 
 laryngology, microscopy, diseases of the rectum and toxicology. 
 
 Bequibbments : Por admission— None to those who matriculated prior to July, 1890. 
 All other applicants will be required pass an entrance examination in arithmetic, grammar, 
 
 feography, orthography, American History, English composition and elementary physios 
 efore they may be regularly enrolled as students in good standing in this Department. 
 But applicants who may have failed in one or more branches at these examinations, may 
 be enrolled as conditioned students; they must make up the deflcienoy, however, during' 
 the first year, before they can be enrolled as students m regular si^anding. 
 
 Exceptions -.—Snob entrance examination will not be required of applicants of the fol- 
 lowing classes: 1) Those who declare themselves not to be candidates for the degree In 
 medicine from this College. 2) Those whoh ave received the degree of A. B., A. MT, B, S., 
 M. S., Ph. B'., or Ph. D., from a College or an university duly authorized to confer the same. 
 3) Those who have successfully, completed a full years' course of study in any college or 
 university duly authorized to confer the degrees specified in section S. 4) Those wholiave 
 passed satisfactorily the entrance examination to the Literary or Scientific Department of 
 the University of Vermont, or to any college or university duly authorized to confer the 
 degree of A. B., A. M., B. S., M. S., Ph. B., or Ph. D. 5) Those who have passed the entrance 
 examiination to a medical school having requirements for entrance equivalent to those 
 adopted by this Paculty. 6) Tho=e who have received a "Medical Student's Certificate"" 
 from the Regents of the State of New York, or from anjf similarly constituted authority 
 in other States. 7) Those who have received a diploma or a certificate for any te d studies 
 from the Regents of the State of New York, or from any similarly constituted authority 
 in other States. 8) Those who have satisfactorily completed a three years' course in a 
 High School, Normal School or Academy. 
 
 The entrance examinations will be conducted at Burlington, Vermont, by a Board of 
 Examiners appointed by the Medical Paculty. They will be held in November, February 
 and April of each year. 
 
 For graduation: Students who matriculated prior to July, 1800, will be subject to the 
 regulations and requirements for graduation as printed in the "Report on Medical Edu- 
 cation," 1890. All other candidates for the degree must conform to the following require- " 
 ments: 1) twenty-one years of age; 2) three years' study; 3) three full courses of lec- 
 tures of twenty weeks each, in different years, and evidence of having pursued the study 
 of practical anatomy: 4) good moral character; 5) satisfactory examination before the 
 faculty and Board of Medical Examiners of the State Medical Society. 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, fS; sinsln tickets, $15; lectures, first and second years, each, $75; 
 third year, KO; demonstrator SIO: final examination, St25; preliminary oom-se, SS5: per- 
 petual ticket, »160. 
 
153 
 
 »,fl,.f»^r!t?^?;^fL?^"™?®'^<.°* matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and. 
 percentage or graduates to matriculates— 
 
 ession. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent 
 
 1881 
 
 171 
 
 SO 
 
 29+ 
 44.7 
 
 1882 
 
 190 
 
 85 
 
 1883 
 
 204 • 
 
 68 
 
 33 3 
 
 1884 
 
 • 230 
 
 100 
 
 49.3 
 
 1885 
 
 191 
 
 78 
 
 40 8 
 
 1886 
 
 163 
 
 52 
 
 31 9 
 
 1887 
 
 185 
 
 53 
 
 28.6 
 
 1888 
 
 182 
 
 58 
 
 31 8 
 
 1889 
 
 187 
 
 59 
 
 31 5 
 
 1890 
 
 206 
 
 48 
 
 23.3 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past ten years. 34.1. 
 
 VERMONT MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 ■Woodstock, Tt. 
 Organized in 1872. Extinct in 1856. See previous numbers of this Ebpokt. 
 
 TEINITY UNIVEESITT, COLLEGE OF MEDICINE AND SUEGEEY OF THE STATE 
 
 OF TEEMONT. 
 
 Bennington, Tt. P. Eiplet Bbadbuby, Dean, 71 Cornhill, Boston, Mass. 
 
 iNoorpoEATED 1889. Fraudulent. An application was made by a Buffalo practitioner 
 for membership ma local association of physicians in that city by presenting a diploma 
 bearing the. seal of this university. Suspicion was aroused, and It was soon learned that 
 the institution was nothing more than a "mill," which ground out degrees to order:* and 
 that there were also, departments of dental surgery, law and the liberal arts provided for 
 by this so-eaUed university. 
 
 A hardware dealer in Buffalo, whb had never spent an hour in the study of medicine, 
 obtained a diploma dated May 27, 1889, from this "College of Medicipe and Surgery," reoeiv- 
 methe same by express, paying sixty dollars on delivery. The diploma was signed by P 
 B. Bradbury as dean, and G. Wilmont Averell, LL. D., aa president, and sent by Dr. Brad- 
 bury from Nashua, N. H. The names of some of the incorporators of this university appear 
 as incorporators of the University of New Hampshire at Nashua, which see. 
 
 YEEMONT MEDICAL COLLEGE, OB THE SECOND MEDICAL COLLEGE OF THE 
 AMEEICAN HEALTH SOCIETY. FOE SCIENTIFIC AND 
 BENEYOLENT PUEPOSES. 
 
 EuTLAND, Yt. Geoege Dutton, M. D., Dean, 23 Berkeley street, Boston, Mass.t 
 
 Inookpoeated 1883. 
 
 Faculty consist of two instructors. Its articles declare that' the association is for the 
 dissemination of sanitary and medical knowledge and preparation of both sexes for teach- 
 ing and practicing the art of healing and preservation nf health. Dr. Dutton attaches 
 great importance to the study of hygiene, and claims that if people would live up to his 
 teachings no one would be sick. Iustru«tion of all pupils is given at Boston. In the spring 
 of 1889, the class, mostly women who live in and around Boston, went to Eutland, where 
 graduating exercises were held and diplomas granted, and, after remainiDg there a day, 
 turned to Boston.! 
 
 It is undei stood that forty-two diplomas have been granted to thpse now prdfctioing in 
 various sections of the country. Some of the diplomas have been presented to the Board 
 of Censors of the State Medical Society of Yermont, in order to obtain certificates to prac- 
 tice medicine in that State, as required by law. Application for eertifloates was denied and 
 suit brought to compel recognition of the school. Judge Powers, of Yermont, decided that 
 this college had no authority to grant diplomas, entitling the holders i hereof to practice 
 medicine. An appeal was taken to the Supreme Court, in the ease of the sister of the Dean, 
 and decision of lower court affirmed. 
 
 *Boston Herald, September 29, 1889. 
 
 tlnoorporator also of the First Medical College of the Amerian Health Society, Boston, 
 Mass. 
 
 tWhy were not the graduating exercises of this class held in Boston, and diplomas of 
 the First Medical College of the America n Health Society, Bopton, conferred in that city? 
 It is certainly an anomaly to conduct a school in one city and State and to have the gradu- 
 ting exercises and confer the degrees in another State. 
 
154 
 
 UNION MEDICAL INSTITUTE. 
 
 Newbuet, Vt. W. S. Cowan, Secretary. 
 
 Organized in 1887. An announcement and oatalogue was issued for 1889-90. The in- 
 formation onncernlng this alleged school published fn this report fol- 1890. started an inves- 
 tigation, which resulted in the exposure of th« Institute by the Boston Herald, Thursday, 
 November 6, 1890. The Manchester (N. H.) Union, November 8, 1890, also published the 
 exposure. 
 
 The Secretary of this concern, who figures in the "Board of Trustees" as W. s. Cowan, 
 and in the list of professors as 'WatBon S. Cowan, M. D., Prof, of Surgery." graduated in 
 1889 from the American Eclectic Medical College, Cincinnati. Ohio, whose diplomas are not 
 recognized by the Illinois State Bo AKD 01" Health because the school has been found 
 issuing diplomas in an irregular manner. Cowan is in the list of matriculates of this col- 
 lege for 1888-89, as "'VV. S. Cowan. Ohio;" in the list of graduates, 1888-89, as "Watson S. 
 Cowan, Vermont," and his name is in Polk's "Directory" as Watson 8. Cowan, a regular 
 physician of Haverhi 1, N. H. According to the Boston Herald he was born at Lowell. Ver- 
 mont. Hiram A. Cutting, "Ph. D., M. D., Prof; of Microscopical Anatomy," is given in Polk's 
 Directory as living at Lunenburgh, Tt, and as a graduate of Dartmouth Medical College in 
 1870. According to the Boston Herald he was at one time State Geologist of Vermont. 
 The name of Charles N. Fox, "Prof, of Theory and Practice of Medicine and Clinical Medi- 
 cine," is not in Polk's Directory, though the Boston Herald locates him at East Corinth, Yt. 
 Bassil D. Henderson, "M. D., L.L. B.. Prof, of Materia Medica and Toxicology," figures in 
 the announcement ot the American Eclectic Medical College, Cincinnati, for 1890-91, as a 
 matriculate in 1890-91, and also as a graduate in 1889-90! He is said to be practicing law in 
 Cummington, Ky. His name is not in Polk's Directory. Edward E. Clark, Professor of 
 Ana omy is in Polk's Directory as a graduate of Dartmouth Medical College in 1885, and as 
 
 Sracticing as a "regular" physician at East Arlington. Vt. Augustus C. Fowler. "Ph. D., 
 [. D., Prof, of Physiology," is in Polk's Directory as practicing at Gretna, La., and from 
 whom no reply could be obtained in answer to inquiry regarding graduati^'n. In the list 
 of matriculates of the American Eclectic Medical College for 1888-89. his residence is given 
 as "Louisa.,"andinthelistot graduates of 1889, he figures as having received an ad ewndum 
 degree. G. B. Hatch, Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology.hasadiploma from the Ameri- 
 can EclPotic Medical College. His name is in the list of graduates of 1888-89, as "George B. 
 Hatch, Vermont," though he does not figure as a matriculate in any previous year. He is 
 in Polk's Directory as "Hatch, George B., (R.), Med: Coll. of Ohio, 1884. Mem. Vt. State Med. 
 Soc." * His name is not in the lists of graduates or matriculates of the Ohio Medical Col- 
 lege since 1880. He is the acknowledged founder of the Union Medical Institute, tormu- 
 lated the plans, drew up the articles, prepared the catalogue and was to be the dean. A few 
 years ago he was in the lumber business in Groton, vt. J. B. E. Evins, Profe.asorof 
 Chemistry and "Lecture on the Eye and Ear," is in Polk's Directory as J. B. Kepler Evans, 
 WiUiamstovyn, Ohio, a graduate of the American Eclectic Medical College in 1889. In the 
 1889-90 announcement of this college hejs in the lists of matriculates and gr.aduates of 
 1888-89 as J. B. K. Evans and J. B. Kepler Evans. "C. E. George, L.L. B., Professor of 
 Medical Jurisprudence," says the Boston Herald, "has gained some notoriety as a reporter 
 on New England and Canadian papers, but among those who know him his name will not 
 add to the pubho confidence in the Union Medical Institute." As to S. A. Blodgett, M. D., 
 Demonstrator ot Anatomy "and Register," the Herald says : 
 
 "The most convincing evidence of fraud is in the name of Seth A, Blodgett, M. D., who Is 
 a telegraph operator at Woodsville. ' That he is in no manner entitled to this degree 'ind a 
 
 fraduate of no medical college every one in this vicinity admits, Why and for what reason 
 is name should appear under such a title, and as 'demonstrator' ot so important a branch 
 in medicine as anatomy, no one can tell. In the position he occupi s— that of a telegraph 
 operator— he is reliable, honest and of good reputation. Why should his name appear in 
 the catalogue? He studied medicine under Dr. G. B. Hatch less than a yenr. His funds 
 having given out he was obliged to return to telegraphing." 
 
 Of the foregoing A. C. Fowler, W. S. Cow^n and G.B. Hatch figure in the "Board of 
 Trustees." Horace W, Bailey, president of the board, is a grocer, the town clerk and a 
 newspaper correspondent of Newbury.t The other trustees were Timothy Welch, a farmer 
 at Groton: B. P. Cole, who has not yet been located ; J. F. Hatch, Eso., a brother of George 
 B. Hatch; P. A. Merrillt, Es<i„ a grocer of Newburyport, Mass.; W.B. Johnson,+ another 
 
 fTocer of Newbury port. H. D.PolIansbee.tthe chief clerk of P. A. Merrill, and M. E. Hatch, 
 he wife of G. B. flatch. 
 
 The plan of the institution was unfolded to H. W. Bailey in 1883 by G. B. Hatch, who 
 said that the Montebello Sulphur Springs jiroperty could be bought at a reasonable price, 
 that it wojild make "a most excellent place in which to start a medical college," and Qiat a 
 gentleman in the south was intjerested in the matter and would buy the property it a cor- 
 poration was chartered under the laws of the State." Bailey placed his name upon the 
 petition for a charter, which contained the signatures of Timothy Welch, S. L. Eastman, H. 
 W. Bailey, E. P. Cole. J. F. Hatch. W. S. Cowan, P. A. Merrill, W. E. Johnson, G. B. Hatch, 
 M. E. Hatch, H.D. Follanabee. The instrument is dated at the top "Newbury, Vt., June 25, 
 1883," and below is the record: "State of Vermont, Town Clerk's Office, Newbury. Ee-~ 
 ocived for record December 31, A. D. 1887, at 3 o'clock P. M., and recorded. [Attest] Horace 
 W. Bailey, Town Clerk." The act for the charter passed the House ot Representatives, but 
 failed in the Senate. 
 
 * Information furnished by himself. 
 
 tDisclaims all knowledge of the institution and ot the use of his name as trustee. 
 
 JDiscIaims all knowledge of the character ot the institution. 
 
155 
 
 "The i-atalogue bears the imprint, 'Warren Summit Job Print, Warren Summit. N. H.' 
 Although there were three well eciuipped newspaper offloes within a radius of eight miles, 
 the place evidently considered most appropriate for issuing a catalogue of this nature was 
 iound nearly 211 miles distant, at Warren Summit, N. H.. a station on the Concord & Mon- 
 treal railroad, ot no importance except in the winter, when lumbering is carried on, and 
 containing but halt a dozen stragling houses. Hereto honest boy amateur printer 
 «on of the station agent, who is also postmaster and merchant, had a pre^s, and was 
 following in the steps of the great Franklin in this secluded spot at the base of Mt. Moosi- 
 lauke. Circulars and catalogues of this nature could be issued here without the probabiUty 
 of their authorship being discovered." (Boston Herald.) 
 
 Th'^ catalogue was sent out secretly, and very few of the residents of Newbury had 
 ever hear of the institution until it was exposed, nor had the neighboring practitioners 
 heard of it. 
 
 The surreptitious manner in which the circulars and catalogues were distributed is 
 strong evidenoe-of fraud. A trustee admits that it was not the intention to circulate them 
 about Newbury, but west and at a distance, with the intention of tprlnging a large class to- 
 gether and then open a college building. Home patronage Is usually catered to in most all 
 new enterprises, but here is one where few of the town residents even knew of the affair, 
 and to many this exposure will be a remind r of the adroitness, scheming and shrewd cal- 
 culation which has oharactei ized the whole affair. 
 
 A postmaster of a neighboring town when interrogated as to whether mail matter was 
 seiit by Dr. G. B. Hatch, remarked: "There was some; might have been 25 letters in all; 
 might have been more than that or loss than that." 
 
 "As soon as the catalogues (300 in number) were issued, about a dozen wer<i sent to Dr. 
 Hiram A. Cutting, professor of microscopical chemistry, who is known to have oirculate,d a 
 portion of them. It would be no difficult matter to prove that several catalogues have 
 been sent through the mails. 
 
 "It is the general opinion that diplomas are being sold in the West, and one prominent 
 business man made the statement: "It is susceptible of proof that two diplomas have been 
 sold for $50 apiece.' This rumor came from a direct source and can be verified in every 
 par icular."— (Boston Herald.)* 
 
 The correspondent of the Jtf awe ftesier ZJniorawas informed "by a reputable citizen of 
 Haverhill, N. H., that he had seen one of the printed diploma blanks, notwithstanding 
 the report that there were none in existence." 
 
 C. E. Caswell, the boy printer at Warren Summit, said that the catalogue was printed 
 in the spiing of 1889. and was delivered June 1. He thought it was all right, but he was not 
 acquainted with the parties. "Hatch had been corresponding with me for six months. He 
 first asked the price for printing 1000 catalogues, and, after much talk, agreed on 300, for' 
 which he was to pay S7.' Caswell's word is substantiated by his parents. Caswell said, 
 when asked what Hatch said : "He told me I had better not say anything, but keep it 
 quiet." 
 
 The catalogue says: "Newbury Private Hospital will bo open to the students of this 
 college." There is not and never was such a hospital of any description. It also states 
 that all the examinations for the graduation are held in the college building, are conducted 
 in writing and take place at commencement. The people of Newbury know of no such 
 place as the ooWge building. 
 
 Attention was first called to this bogus concern by the Illinois State Bo^bd op 
 Health. 
 
 VIRGINIA. 
 
 MEDICAL EXAMINING BOABD OF VIBGINIA. 
 Haemville, Va. Paulus A. Ieving, M. D., Secretary. 
 Okganized November 15, 1884. The law first became operative January 1. 1885. 
 
 Composition of the Boaed : The Board consists of three physicians from each Con- 
 
 fressional district in the State, and two from the State at large, making thirty-two memr 
 ers, and in addition, also five homeopathic physicians. Members of the Board, except 
 homeopaths, are nominated by the State Medical Society and appointed by the Governot 
 every f&ur years. 
 
 Pbbsons Eequieed to be Examined: Every appUcant for the practice of medicine 
 in Virginia, who has not been assessed with a Ucense tax as a physician or surgeon m this • 
 State at some time prior to January 1, 1885, is required to pass a satisfactory exammation 
 before he can commence practice. Graduates and non-graduates are subject to the same 
 examination. 
 
 Application fob Examination: Any person wishing to be examined with the view 
 of practicing medicine in Virginia, is required to fill out and file with the Secretary of the 
 Board, a form ot application stating: 1) age; 2) residence; 3) college where graduated (if 
 
 fraduated), and date ot graduation. The appUoation must be accompanied by repommen- 
 ations from two. citizens of the eotmty m which the applicant resides, and a tee ot five 
 dollars. 
 
 * The BoAED has no evidence that any of these diplomas have been offered for regis- 
 tration. 
 
156 
 
 Mode oi' Oonduotino Examination: Examinations are held by the Board in session 
 regularly twice each year. During the reeeSs of ti e Board, it any person has been pre- 
 vented by sickness or other good cause, the President may order three members of the 
 Board to examine him. The cause is discretionary with the President. The Plan op Ex- 
 amination is as follows : 
 
 1. Examination questions and answers are to be in writing or printing. 
 
 2. The applicant is required to answer at least three-fourths (75%) of th& questions sat- 
 isfactorily, and show a lair general knowledge of all the branches upon which he is ex- 
 amined. The time allotted m which to make answers in each section is three hours. 
 
 3. Applicants can neither give nor receive information relating to the subjects under 
 consideration during the examination. 
 
 4. No examiner is permitted to tell the applicant the result of his examination until 
 after the examinations are all over and have been passed upon by the Board. 
 
 The examinations are in: 1) chemistry ; 2) anatomy; 3) physiology; 4) hygiene; B) medi- 
 cal iurisprudi^noe; 6) materia medioa and therapeutics; 7) obstetrics; 8) gynecology; 9) prac- 
 tice of medicine ; 10) surgery. 
 
 The examiners report the result to the President of the Board, who issues the license 
 or notifies the candidate of his rejection, as the ease may be. 
 
 The Virginia laws require that no person shall be rejected on account of his adherence 
 to any particular school of medicine or system of practice. 
 
 Number of applicants examined from January 1, 1885,— when the law went into effect— 
 to September 5, 1889, 383. OJ this number 93 were rejected and 12 withdrew without cpm- 
 pleting the examination; 290 hold certificates from the Board, all but 10 being graduates of 
 colleges in good standing. Of the 93 rejected, all but 14 were graduates. Twenty-eight 
 non-graduates were applicants, of whom ten passed. 
 
 The following table sj^ows the number of applicants from various medical colleges 
 who have appeared before the Board, the number passing, the number rejected, etc.: 
 
 * With the Virginia Board. 
 
157 
 
 Institutions Rbpebsented by the Applicants 
 beeoeb the 
 
 MEDICAL EXAMINING BOARD OE YIBGINIA, 
 
 FEOM THE OEQANIZATION OP THE BOABD, 
 
 January 1, 1885, to September 5, 1890. 
 
 S'S-o 
 ego 
 
 .' p) CD 
 
 : a" 
 
 :§a 
 i|l 
 
 li 
 
 ll 
 
 |g 
 
 if 
 
 * a 
 
 : la 
 
 i ^s 
 ill 
 
 11 
 gg 
 
 II 
 • ® 
 
 : p- 
 : o 
 : P 
 
 ; tn 
 
 . CP 
 
 • a 
 
 W 
 B. 
 
 8 
 S 
 Pi 
 
 § 
 
 a 
 
 § 
 
 a 
 B 
 
 
 
 ; o o 
 
 . ^ p. 
 
 1 
 a 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 if 
 
 |i 
 P 
 
 II 
 
 So 
 
 Medical College of Virginia 
 
 73 
 50 
 
 47 
 
 63 
 1 
 3 
 3 
 
 23 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 8 
 
 14 
 6 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 15 
 5 
 4 
 2 
 2- 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 2 
 
 2 
 1 
 3 
 t 
 
 2 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 6 
 28 
 
 59 
 49 
 
 31 
 
 34 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 
 14 
 19 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 <( 
 
 University of Tirginia— Medical Department 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore, 
 Maryland 
 
 
 
 
 6 
 4 
 
 4 
 2 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 University of Maryland— Medical Department. 
 Baltimore 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 Baltimore Medical College, Maryland 
 
 'is' 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 10 
 
 • 6 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 1 
 
 . 3 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 "i" 
 
 1 
 
 ■'i' 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 Baltimore University — School of Medicine ........ 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 "i 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, Penn . . . 
 
 
 
 
 University of Pennsylvania, Medical Department, 
 Philadefohia 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 Medioo-Chlrurgical College, Philadelphia ......... 
 
 Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania, Phil- 
 adelphia , 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 Hahneman Medical College and Hospital, Phila- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Bellevue Hospital Medical College, New York ... 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 University of the City of New York— Medical De- 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York. . 
 Geneva Medical College, New York .... .... 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 National Medical College, Washington, D. 
 
 University of Georgetown, D. C., Medical De- 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Howard University— MedioalDepartment, Wash- 
 ington D C .. . 
 
 4 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 TjOin«?vill6 Medical Colleee Kentuckv 
 
 
 
 
 Hospital College of Medicine, Louisville, Ky 
 
 Kentuokv School of Medicine Louisville *. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 University of Louisville— Medical Department.. 
 
 University of Tennessee— Medical Department, 
 
 Nashviffe 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Vanderb It University — Medical Department, 
 Na«?hvi le Tenn . . .. '. 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 University of Michigan— Medical Department, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 HomoepathicHospital Medical CoUego. Cleveland, 
 Ohio 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Leonard MedicalCol ege. Kaleigh, N. 0. (colored) 
 Medical College of the State of South Carolina 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Southern Medical College, Atlanta. Georgia 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 Chicago Homeopathic Med cal College,Chicago.. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ? King's George Hospital, London. England*.... 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Colleges unknown. (Record not sent by Exam- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 383 
 
 2W 
 
 111 
 
 30 
 
 17 
 
 13 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 * No such institution in existence. 
 
158 
 
 UNIYEBSITY OP VIEGINIA. MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 
 
 CHAELOTTESTHiLE, Albermarle County. Professor William M. Thobnton, Chairman of 
 the Faculty of the University. 
 
 Obganized in 1825. The first class graduated in July, 1828. There was no graduating 
 class in 1862. 
 
 Thefaoulty consists of three professors, one adjunct professor, a demonstrator of an- 
 atomy, an assistant demonstrator and two instructors. 
 
 CouKSE OP Instbuction: One annual graduating session of nine months' duration. 
 The ses ion of 1890-91 began October 1, 1890, and will close .Tu'y 2, 1891. Daily exammations 
 on the subjects of preceding lectures. Course is graded, extending over two years. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medioa, theory, and prac- 
 tice of medicine, obstetrics, medical jurisprudence, surgery and pharmacy, microscopy, 
 biology, physics, comparative anatomy and clinics. 
 
 "The arrfingement of the lectures is such that the student acquires a competent 
 knowledge of anatomy, physiology and chemistry before he enters upon the study of the 
 principles and practice of medicine and surgery. 
 
 Requirements : For admission the faculty is required by law to be satisfied by actuat 
 examination or by certificate, that applicants are sufnciently proficient to avail themselves 
 of the advantages afforded by the University. 
 
 For graduation : "Graduation in medicine, as in the other departments and schools 
 the University of Virginia, does not depend upon tiie time which has been spent in the 
 study of medicine, bm upon the preparation of the student, a% indicated by rigid examin- 
 ations, which he is called upon to stan 1. Hence it is possible for a diligent student to 
 graduate in one session. But the severe and protracted labor necessary for this purpose 
 IS attended with evils of which the medical facult is fullv conscious, and it is considered 
 farbetter for a student to attend le't;UrrtS tor two sessions, givin his attention during the 
 first session to the subjects of chemistry, anatomy and physiology especially, and endeav- 
 oring to obtain only such a general knowledge of the otuer branches, as will better enable 
 him to complete the course and to profit by the instruction of the second year. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation and use of library, $25; tuition, $110 ; graduation, $15; infirmary 
 fee, 87; preparatory courses, $40 and $90. 
 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matri ulates— 
 
 Session. 
 
 Matriculates. 
 
 Graduates. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 1880-81 
 
 57 
 
 13 
 
 22.8 
 
 1881-82 
 
 34 
 
 12 
 
 32.3 
 
 1882-83 
 
 56 
 
 16 
 
 28.6 
 
 1883-84 
 
 41 
 
 17 
 
 41.4 
 
 1884-85 
 
 42 
 
 IB 
 
 .S5.7 
 
 1885-86 
 
 62 
 
 17 
 
 27.4 
 
 1886-87 
 
 54 
 
 16 
 
 29.6 
 
 1887-88 
 
 82 
 
 23 
 
 28.-I- 
 
 1888-89 
 
 98 
 
 25 
 
 25.5 
 
 1889-90 
 
 113 
 
 19 
 
 16.8 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for the past ten years, 27. 
 WINCHESTEli MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
 
 ■WiNCHESTEK, Ta. 
 
 Chaetebed by the Leeislature of Viiginia in 1826. The school was organized by Dr. 
 Cook, a celebrated physician of Virginia at the time. It continued in operation but a few 
 years, when it became extinct. In 18.50 it was revived by Dr. Hugh McGuire, and was 
 operated with moderate success until the buildings were burned during the war. During 
 its latter career it had an attendance of from 25 to 30 sLudents annually, and up to 1857 had 
 graduated 47. 
 
 MEDICAL DEPARTMENT OF RANDOLPH MACON COLLEGE. / 
 
 I'rince Edward Court House, Va. ' 
 
 Obganized as a private me ioal school by Dr. John P. Mettauer, presumably about 
 1840-45. In 1849 it became the Medical Department of Randolph Macon College, located 
 then at Clarksvllle, afterward at Ashland, Va. Extinet, 1855. 
 
 MEDICAL COLLEGE OF VIRGINIA. 
 Richmond, Va. J, S. Doesey Cullen, M. D., Dean. 
 
 Obganized in 1838 as the Medical Department of Hampden Sidney College, under 
 which name It continued until 1851, when a new charter was obtained and the present 
 name assumed. The first class was graduateil in 18-10. Classes have been graduated each 
 subsequent year. The faculty consists of eight professors, nine adjunct professors, one 
 lecturer and two demonstrators. 
 
 CouESE OF Instbuction: One annual course of six months' duration. The fifty-third 
 annual session began Ootobeil, 1890, and will continue six montbs. Daily oxaminations by 
 each professor or assistant. Clinics at hospi al. "The instruction consists of didactic 
 lectures with demonstrations, clinical teaching, recitations, examinations and practical 
 teaching in subjects involving manipulation." 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, materia medica and therapeutics, 
 theory and practice of medicine, pathology, surgery, obstetrics and gynecology, hygiene. 
 
159 
 
 REQUiBBMBNig : Por admission— " No Student applying for matrioulation will be ad- 
 mitted, if, in the opinion of the faculty, his preliminary education is insufloient to justify 
 his entermg on the study of medicine." 
 
 For graduation— 1) three-years' study of medicine, or its eciuivalent; 2) two full courses 
 of lectures; 3) dissections of all parts of a subject; 4) satisfactory examination upon all 
 subjects taught in the college ; 5) good moral character. 
 
 Pees: Matriculation, lectures and demonstrator, $90; examination for degree, 830. 
 Students: Number of matriculates and of graduates at each session reported, and 
 percentage of graduates to matriculates- 
 Session. Matriculates. Graduates. Percent. 
 
 1881-82 — 13 
 
 1882-83 61* 9 14.7 
 
 1883-84 91* 33t 36.2 
 
 1884-85 66 19 28.8 
 
 1885-86 72 17 23.6 
 
 1886-87 72 15 20.8 
 
 1887-88 46 15 32.6 
 
 1888-89 42 13 30.9 
 
 1889-90 60 10 16.6 
 
 Percentage of graduates to matriculates for past six years, 24.8. 
 
 WASHINGTON. 
 
 AN ACT To Begulate the Pbactice op Medicine and Suegeey in the State op 
 Washington, and to License Physicians and Sitegeons ; to Punish All Persons 
 Violating the Pbovisions op this Act, and to Kepbal All Laws in Conpliot 
 Theeewith, and Declaeing an Emeegency. 
 
 Be it enacted by the Legislature of the State of Washington: 
 
 Section 1. The govei nor of this State shall appoint a board of examiners to be known 
 as the State Medical Examining Board, consisting of nine members, who shall be learned 
 and s - illed in the. practice and theory of medicine and surgery, and who shall hold their of- 
 fice for three (3) years and until their successors are appointed and qualified: Provided, 
 That the members thereof first appointed under this act, shall be divided into three (3> 
 classes, each class to consist of three (3). The first class shall hold office under said ap- 
 pointment for the period of one (1) year ; the second class for two(2)yeais, and the third 
 class for three (3) years from the date of their appointment: It is further provided. That 
 no member thereof shall be appointed to serve for more than two terms in succession. 
 
 Sec. 2. The members of said Medical Examining Board shall, before entering upon 
 'their duties as such members, talie and subscribe an oath to support the constitution and 
 laws of the State of "Washington, an i of the United States, and to well and faithfully and 
 without partiality p rf orm the duties of such ofBce according to the best of their knowledge 
 and ability ; which oaths shall be filed and preserved of record in the office of the secretary 
 of said board. Said Medical Examining Board shall elect a president, secretary and treas- 
 urer, and shall have a common seal. The president and secretary shall have the power to 
 administer i aths; said Medijal Examining Board shall hold meetings for examination on 
 the first Tuesday of January and July of each year; said meetings shall be held alternately 
 in Western and Eastern Washington at such pla es as the Board may designate: Provided, 
 That the first meeting be held at Ulympia within thirty (30) days after the appointment and 
 ctualiflcation of said Board: And provided, That the B oard may call special meetings when 
 in the opinion of a majority of said Board such special meetings are necessary; said Board 
 sh-iU keep a record of all the proceedings thereof, and also a record or register of all appli- 
 cants for a license, togeth r with his or her age, the time such applicants shall have spent 
 in the study rind practice of medicine and surgery, if they shall have so practiced at all, and 
 the name and location of all institutions granti g to such applicants degrees, or certificates 
 of lectures in medicine or surgery. Such record or register shall also show whether such 
 applicant as 1 ejected or licensed under this act. Said books and register shall bs prima 
 facie evidence of all matters therein recorded. 
 
 Sec. 3. Hereafter every person desiring to commence the practice of medicine and 
 surgery, or either of them, in any of their or its branches in this State, shall make a written 
 application to said Board for a license so to do, which application shall be supported and 
 accompanied by an affidavit of such applicant, setting forth the actual time spent by the ap- 
 plicant in the study of medicine and surgery, and when: whether such study was in an in- 
 Stitut on of learning, and if so, the name and location thereof, and if not in an institution, 
 where and under whose tutorship such study was prosecuted; the time said applicant shall 
 have been engaged in the actual practice, if at all, of medicine and surgery, or either of 
 them, and where the applicant was loca- ed during the time of such practice, and the age of 
 the ai plicant at the time of making such application; such application and affidavit to be 
 filed and p eserved of I'ecord in the office of the seoi etary of said Board. Such appUcant, 
 at he time and place desgnated by .said Board, or at the regular meeting of said Board, 
 shall submit to an examination in the following branches, to wit: anatomy, physiology, 
 chemistry, histology, materia medioa, therapeutics, pieventive medicine, practice of medi- 
 cine, suigery, obstetrics, diseases of women and children, diseases of the nervous svsten^ 
 diseases of the eye and ear, medical jurisprudence, and such other branches as the Board 
 shall ;eem advisable. f%aid Board snail cause such examination to be both scientific and 
 practical, and of sufficient srtverity to test the candidate's fitness to practice medicine and 
 surgery ; which examinat on shaU be by written or printed, or partly written and partiy 
 printed, questions and answers, and the same shall be flled and preserved of record m the 
 office of the secretary of said Board. After examination, if the same be satisfactory, eaid 
 
 * Includes pharmacy students. 
 
 t Includes one pharmacy graduate. 
 
160 
 
 Board shall grant a license to suoti apt)lioant to praotloe medicine and surgery in the Stats 
 ot Washington; which said license can only be granted by the consent ol not less than Ave 
 members of said Board, except as hereinafter provided, and which said license shall be 
 signed by the president and secretary ot said Board and attested by the seal thereof. The 
 fee for such examination shall be ten (SIO) dollars, and shall be paid by the applicant to the 
 treasurer of said board toward defraying the expenses thereof, and such Board may refuse 
 or revoke a license for unprofessional or dishonorable conduct, subject, however, to the 
 right of such applicant to appeal from the decision of said Board refusing or revoking such 
 license, as hereinafter provided. v 
 
 ISec. 4. The words "unprofessional or dishonorable conduct," as used in section three 
 <S) ot this act, are hereby declared to mean— i \ 
 
 First. The procuring or aiding or abetting in procuring a criminal abortion. 
 
 Second. The employing of what are popularly known as "cappers" or "steerers." 
 \ Third. The obtaining of any fee on the assurance that a manifestly incurable disease 
 ■can be permanently cured. 
 
 Fourth. The wilfully betraying of a professional secret. 
 
 Fifth. All advertising of medical business in which untruthful and improbable state- 
 ments are made. 
 
 Sixth. All advertising of any medicines or ot any means whereby the monthly periods 
 •of women can be regulated, or the menses re-established if suppressed. 
 
 Seventh. Conviction of any offense Involving moral turpitude. 
 
 Eight. Habitual intemperance. 
 
 Sec. 5. In any case of the refusal or revocaiion ot a license bt said Board under the 
 provisions of this act, said Boai;d shall file a brief and concise statement of the grounds and 
 reasons tor such refusal or revocation, in the ofBce ot the secretary of said Board, which 
 said statement, together with the decision of said Board in writing, shall remain ot record 
 in said oillce. Before a license can be revoked by said Board for unprofessional or dishon- 
 orable conduct under the provisions of this act, a complaint of some person under oath must 
 be filed in the ofBce of the secretary of said Board, charging the acts of unprofessional or 
 dishonorable conduct and facts complained of against the licentiate accused, in ordinary 
 and concise language, and thereupon sMd Board snail cause to be served upon such accused 
 licentiate a written notice and copy of such complaint, which said notice shall contain a 
 statement of the time and place of hearing of the matter and things set 'forth and charged In • 
 such complaint, and said notice shall be so served at least ten days prior to the time of such 
 hearing. Such accused licentiate may appear at such hearing and defend agamst the accu- 
 sation ot such complaint personally, and by counsel, and may rave the sworn testimony ot 
 witnesses taken and present other evidence in his behalf at such hearing, and said Board 
 may receive the arguments of counsel at such hearing. 
 
 Sec. 6. In any case ot the refusal or revocation of a license by said Board under the 
 provisions of this act the applicant whose application shall be so refused, and the licentiate 
 whose license shall be so revoked b/ said Board, shall haVe the right to appeal from the 
 •decision so refusing or revoking such hcense within thirty days after the filing of such de- 
 cision in the ofia6e of the secretary of said Board as hereinbefore in this act provided. 
 Such appeal shall be to the superior court, in and for the county in which was held the last 
 general meeting of said Board prior to the refusal of such license, in the case of such re- 
 fusal; and to the superior court in and for the county in which the hearing was had upon 
 which such license was revoked in case ot such revocation. In any case a person desiring 
 to lake such appeal, shall serve, or cause to be served, upon the secretary of said Board, a 
 written notice of such appeal, which shall contain a statement of the grounds of such ap- 
 peal, and shall file in the ofBce ot such secretary an appeal bond with good andsuiBcient 
 surety, to be approved by said secretary, to the State ot Washington, conditioned for the 
 speedy prosecution of such appeal, and the payment of such costs as may be adjudged 
 •against him upon such appeal. Said secretary shall, within ten (10) days after the service of 
 said notice of appeal, and the flling and approval of said appeal bond, transmit to the clerk 
 ot the superior court to which such appeal is taken, a certified cOpy under the seal ot said 
 Board, of the decision of said Board, and the grounds thereof in the case of the refusal of a 
 license; and in addition thereto, a certified copy, under such seal, of the complaint in the 
 case ot the revocation ot a license, together with the bond and notice of appeal. The clerk 
 of such court shall thereupon docket such appeal causes and they shall stand for trial in aH 
 respects as ordinary civil actions, and like proceedings be had thereon, Upon such appeal 
 said cause shall be tried de novo. Either party may appeal from the judgment of said 
 superior court to the supreme court of the state in like manner as in civil actions, within 
 sixty (60) days after the rendition and entry ot such judgment in said superior court. If 
 fiueh judgment shall be in favor of the party appealing from the decision of said Board, and 
 in case said examining Board does not appeal from said judgment within sixty (60) days, 
 then and in that case, said Board shall, at the end of said sixty (60) days and immediately 
 upon the expiration thereof, issue to such successful party the usual license to practice 
 medicine and surgery in this state, and In addition thereto shall reinstate upon the records 
 of said Board the name of such successful applicant in case ot the revocation of his license 
 by suohBoard. Incase of such appeal to the supreme court by said Bqard, no suohlicense 
 shall be issued or reinstatement be reauired until the final determination of said cause, 
 and as hereinafter provided. In case the ilnal decision of the supreme court be against 
 said Medical Examining Board.then and in that case said court shall make such order m the 
 premises as may be necessary, and said Board shall act accordingly: Provided, That in no 
 case shall an appeal bond be required of said Board, nor shall any costs be adjudged or 
 taxed against the same. 
 
 Sec. 7. The person reeeiving said license shall file the same, or a copy thereof, with 
 the county clerk in and for the county where he or she resides, and said county clerk shall 
 file said certificate or copy thereof, and enter a memorandum thereof, giving the date of 
 said license and name of the person to whom the same is issued, and the date of such filing, 
 jnabook to be provided and Kept tor that purpose; and said county clerk shall each year 
 furnish to the secretary of said Board a list ot all certificates on file in his ofHoe, and upon 
 
IGl 
 
 notice to him of tlie change of location or death of a person so licensed, or of the revocation 
 of the license granted to such person, said county clerk shall enter at the appropriate place 
 in the record so kept by him, a memorandum of said fact, so that the records kept by said 
 county clerk shall correspond with the records of the Board as kept by the secretary 
 thereof. In case a person so licensed shall move into another county of this state, he or 
 she shall procure from the county clerk a certified copy of said license and file the same 
 with the county clerk in the county to which he or she shall remove. Said county clerk 
 shall file and enter the same with like effect as if the same was the original license. 
 
 Sec. 8. Any person practicing medicine or surgery within this State without first hav- 
 ing obtained the license herein provided for, or contrary to the provisions of this act, shall 
 be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not less 
 than fifty ($50) dollars nor more than one hundred ($100) dollars, or by imprisonment in the 
 county jail not less than ten or more than ninety days, or by both such fine and imprison- 
 ment. All such fines shall be paid into the State Treasury, for the use and benefit of the, 
 common schools. Any person shall be regarded as practicing within the meaning of this 
 act who shall append the letters "M. D." or M. B." to his or her name, or for a tee prescribe, 
 direct or recommend for the use of any person, any drug or medicine, or agency for the 
 treatment, care or relief of any wound, fracture or bodily injury, infirmity or disease: Pro- 
 vided, however. The act shall not apply to dentists.. Justices of the peace and the respect- 
 ive municipal courts shall have jurisdiction of violations of the provisions of this act. It 
 shall be the duty of the respective county or district attorneys to prosecute all violations of 
 this act. In cases of appeals to the superior court as hereinbefore provided, it shall be the 
 duty of the district attorney of the county wherein such appeal shall be tried, to represent 
 said Board upon said appeal. And in all cases ol appeal to the Supreme Court under the 
 provisions or this act the Attorney General shall represent said Board upon such appeal. 
 
 Sec. 9. Said Board shall have authority to prescribe and establish all needful rules and 
 regulations to carry into effect the provisions of this act. 
 
 Sbo. 10. Section 2,289 of the General Laws of Washington Territory of 1881, and section 
 1, to amend section 2, 289 of the Code of Washington Territory, are hereby repealed. It is, 
 • however, provided that all persons licensed under said act, or having complied with the 
 provisions thereof, shall be taken and considered as licensed under this act, and the secre- 
 tary of the board herein provided for shall enter the names of such persons upon vhe regis- 
 ter so kept by him as hcensed physicians and surgeons, upon thewritteu application of 
 of such persons. , 
 
 Sec. 11. Whereas, great embarrassment and inconvenience in relation 'o the .practice 
 of medicine and surgery in this State will arise from delay of time when this act shall take 
 efteict, it is therelore declared that an emergency exists, and this act shall take effect and 
 be in force in thirty days from and after the date of approval by the Governor. 
 
 Eeceived by the Governor March 28, 1890. 
 
 INote by the Secretary of Stoie.— The foregoing act having been presented to the Gov- 
 ernor of the State lor his approval, and not having been filed m the office of the Secretary ' 
 of State within the time prescribed by the constitution of the S'ate, with his objections 
 thereto, has become a law under the provisions of the constitution.] 
 
 STATE MEDICAL EXAMINING BOAED OF WASHINGTON. 
 Walla Walla, Wash. Howaed E. Keyloe, M. D., Secretary. 
 Oefanized in 1890, in accordance with'the foregoing act. 
 
 WASHINGTON BIOCHEMIC COLLEGE. 
 
 NoETH Yakima, Washington. 
 
 Inoobpoeatbd, May 22, 1889. The faculty embraces five professors, none in surgery or 
 obstetrics, who prepare students as special!' ts only iu biochemistry, (chemistry of lite, 
 Schusslers therapeutics.) Four of the five professors received their diplomas from this 
 college. No lectures have ever been given. One of the professors, Dr. Geo. W. Carey, has 
 opened a branch college at Spokane Falls. He advertises in a circular as "Teacher of Bio- 
 chemistry and Pathology in charge of the Branch of the Washington Biochemic College. 
 OfBce, rooms 125-126 TuU Block, Spokane Falls." We are informed that the college conists 
 of Dr. Carey's office, and that while, Carey teaches at the "Branch" he does not grant diplo- 
 mas. These are to be had only at the main office at North Yakima, where they have bee*, 
 granted (?) to some eight or twelve persons. 
 
 Diplomas not recognized. 
 
 -11 
 
162 
 
 UNIVEESITY OP SPOKANE FALLS, COLLEGE OF MEDICINE. 
 
 SpoKiNE Falls, Wash. Geo. W. Libey. M. D., Dean. 
 
 Obganizbp in 1890. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen professors. 
 
 CouBSE OF Instbuction: a preliminary course of lectures, quizzes and recitations 
 wlU begin March 11, 1891, and end June 11, 1891. The first regular course will begin October 
 1, 1891, and will continue six months. Three years graded course required. 
 
 Lectures embrace anatomy, physiology, chemistry, toxicology, materia medica and 
 therapeutics, theory; and practice of medicine, principles and practice of surgery and clini- 
 cal surgery, obstetrics, gynecology, diseases of the throat and chest, diseases of ohildrenj 
 dermatology, orthopedic surgery, genito-urinary diseases, diseases of the eye and ear, and 
 mental and nervous diseases. Medical and surgical clinics at tue Sister's Hospital (100 beds), 
 and clinical wo k at the college dispensary, 
 
 Kbquibements : For admission— 1) "No reading or studying of medicine required be- 
 fore entering college" ; 2) each candidate for admission "must present (a) a credible certifi- 
 cate of good moral character, (b) diploma of graduation from a good scientific and literary 
 ooUege or high school, or a satisfactory county orstate teacher's ce, tifloate. Lacking this, 
 he will be required to pass an examination in the branches of a good English education be- 
 fore a member of the faculty appointed for the purpose. 
 
 For graduation: 1) good moral character; 2) twenty-one years of age ; 3) attendance 
 upon three full courses of medical lectures, no two of which shall be in the same 
 year, and the last of which shall be in this college; 4) two full courses of hospi'al, college 
 and dispensary clinical instruction; 6) satisfactory examinations; 6) satisfactory conduct 
 during tne college term ; 7) close attendance upon the lectures. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (payable but once), JB; general ticket, $120; dissection, SIO ; gradu- 
 tion fee, $80. 
 
 WEST VIRGINIA. 
 
 STATE BOAED OF HEALTH. 
 
 Maetinseubg, W. Ta. N. D. Bakee, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 The State Board of Health of West Virginia, was brganized June 21, 1881, in accordance • 
 with an Act of the Legislature, passed iVTarch 8, 1880. As the Board, in adiiition to looking 
 after the public health, was also intrusted with the regulation of the practice of medicine, 
 one of its first duties was to see that certificates were issued to all persons entitled to re- 
 ceive them. The law recognized three classes of practitioners of medicine, first the gradu- 
 ates of leputable medical colleges, who were granted certiflcdtes upon the presentation 
 of their diplomas; second, all persons who had been engaged in the continuous practice of 
 medifeine, in the State, ten years prior to March, 1881, were given certificates, upon the pro- 
 per evidence ; third, those who should pass a successful examination before the State 
 Board of Health in session, or the two members of any congressional district. 
 
 " As fully one-fourth of the physicians of the State were not graduates, the (number of 
 examinations in the first year or two was very large, requiring of the members of the 
 Boai'd a liberal allowance of time and labor. In these examinations, we have tried to 
 gradually raise the standard. We now require the same proficiency and a higher percent- 
 age than is required by the best colleges. In carrying the law into effect, the Board met 
 wuh considerable resistance in some instances, in others attempts were made to obtain 
 certifioateR by fraud. In one notable case, where a certificate was gotten by fraud, the 
 Board cancelled the certificate and notified the proper authorities not to allow the oartyto 
 p I actice medicine in the county of his residence; this, of course, t ok us into the courts, 
 the case passing through our circuit court, our State court of appeals and fln Uy through 
 the Supreme Court of the United States, each court m urn sustaining the position of the 
 State Board of Health, and the constitutionality of our State law regulating the practice of 
 medicine. (The decision of the Supreme L,ourt will appear in full in the next volume of 
 Transactions of the Board.) 
 
 " The legislature of 1888, at the instance of the Board of Health, repealed the law re- 
 quiring the Board to give certificates to persons who had been practicing ten years prior 
 to 1881, thereby saving the Board a great deal of annoyance, and cutting off all those who 
 had not up to the time, taken advantage of the Act. 
 
 "The number of certificates issued to graduat s is 1,069; to persons who had practiced 
 ten years prior to 1881, known as ten-year-olds, 461; and to those examined by the Board, 
 169. Of the latter all except 32 were examined and passi'd prior to 1884. Each year since 
 1884 the number passed by the Board has grown less. The Socretarv records only those 
 who were successful ih their examinations. Most of these examinations are made by the 
 members of the Board in the different congressional districts, and the Secretary acquires 
 a knowledge of them by being called upon to re^/ord the certificates." ^ 
 
 After July, 1891, this Board will require four years' study and tlu'ee 
 
163 
 
 "The attention of the Board has been directed to the formation of efficient local hoards 
 of health throughout the State. This has proved to be a much more difficult task than 
 ■reoulil at first appear, but through the persistent efforts of the Board, there is an active and 
 efficient local Board of Health in each county, working in hearty accord with the State 
 Board of Health. The Board endeavors to work through our local Boards of Health, giving 
 them every assistance and encouragement in our power. When the necessity for local 
 auarantine arises, we insist upon the local boards' acting promptly, giving them the moral 
 support of all the powe vested in the State Board by the law. In this way we may not 
 figure Quite so prominently, but we find this method for the best interests of the people. 
 We have our videttes always on the ground, no matter in what auarter the enemy may 
 strike, we are ready to meet the attack.- 
 
 "We keep constantly on hand circulars on the prevention of typhoid fever, measles, 
 scarlet fever, diptheria, etc., which are supplied to local health officers, and by them dis- 
 tribu ed to the people, during the prevalance of any of the ab jve diseases ; in this way we 
 are sure of a hearing, as persons with their fears aroused will read our circulars who at 
 any other time would east them aside. 
 
 "It has been our unpleasant duty on 'several occasions to have to discipline colleges for 
 violation of their published schedule of requu-empnts for graduation, in the oases of West 
 Til:ginia students. The first case was that of an Ohio medical col^ge, in which we were 
 sustained not only by the profession of our own state, but by other state boards of health, 
 medical colleges, and the profession generally. In subseqiuent cases we have had but very 
 little trouble, as colleges that h ve placed themselves under the ban are only too glad to 
 _,have the matter rectified, and are willing to do almost anything when caught. As the guar- 
 dians of the public health, we are frequently called upon to investigate the cause of epi- 
 demics in different parts of the state. 
 
 "We are at this time making a special effort to prevent the pollution of our running 
 • streams by sewage, etc., and at the same time to call to the attention of the public the g^-eat 
 danger necessarily connected with such pollution. The people once aroused, the applica- 
 tion of the remedy will be easy. A case m point is that of our Asylum for the Insane, from 
 which 300,000 gallons of spwage are daily thrown into the West Pork Biver, which stream, 
 twenty miles below, becomes he source of water supply for the flom-ishing town of Clarks- 
 bui g. Our investigation and report to the legislature satisfied them that there was danger 
 to tne public health in the present arrangement for the disposal of the sewage of the 
 asylum ; they therefore promptly made the necessary appropriation for the correction of 
 the evil. 
 
 "The legislature of l^se passed an act making it the duty of the State Board of Health to 
 collect vital statistics. In tnis we have been but partially suooessfal; each new innovation 
 requit es time for its perfecting, and this new labor imposed upon the Board has been no 
 exception to the rule. In our state the clerks of county courts receive the reports of births 
 and deaths from the physicians and send, at the end of the year, a tabulated statement to 
 the secretary of the State Board of Health. We have considerable trouble getting the 
 clerks to perform the work correctly." 
 
 WEST VIBGINIA UNIVEBSITY. 
 
 Medicai Depaktment (School of Biology). 
 MoBGANTOWN, W. Ya. James W. Haktioan, A. M., M. D., Pkopessoe of Biology. 
 ' Instruction is given in zoology, botany, human anatomy, physiology, hygiene. 
 
 WISCONSIN. 
 
 MILWAUKEE COLLEGE OE PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS. 
 
 Milwaukee, Wis, 
 
 Inooepokated in 1881, Fraudulent. Known also as the "Coney Medical Institute." Ex- 
 posed by the Illinois State Boaed or Health in June, 1883. Charter annulled in October, 
 1883. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OE WISCONSIN. 
 
 Special Science Couese, Antecedent to Medicine. 
 
 Madison, Wis. Chaeles Reid Baknbs, Esq., Secretary. 
 
 The faculty of the Special Science course consists of fifteen professors and seven in- 
 structor's, 
 
 * "In response to a request from the Wiconsin State Medical Society, the University of- 
 fers the following special course in science, arranged for those contemplatmg the study of 
 medicine and surgery. It is intended to give a broad and solid foundation for the profes- 
 sional medical course, together with collegiate culture. 
 
164 
 
 "The Chioaeo College of Phyeioiansand Surgeons. Bush Medioal College and the Chica- 
 go Medical College have approved the course and will accept it as the eguivalent of one 
 year's study, thus enabUng fhose who have taken the four years' course here to complete 
 their medical course in these excellent colleges in two years. 
 
 "All the studies given cannot he taken in the time allotted. Three full studies are re- 
 quired during each term, which may be chosen from those given. If the degree of Bache- 
 lor of Science is sought the required studies of the general science course must be taken. 
 
 Eequibbments ; For admission— English grammar, including sentential analysis and 
 orthography, political and physical geography, arithmetic, algebra through auadratjos. - 
 plane and soUd (including spherical) geometry, history of the Umted States, natural philoso- 
 phy, physiology, botany, German grammar, and twenty lessons in any standard reader. 
 The recLUirements will be higher for 1892. 
 
 "From the branches offered, special students may select a two years' course embracing 
 the larger portion of those subjects which bear directly upon the studies of medicine and 
 surgery. A more liberal course, however, is reoommeaed, which sfiall embrace not only all 
 of these sciences, but cognate branches, and a due measure of language and of mental sci- 
 ence, substantially as outlined in the following course;" 
 
 Freshman Year: Fall term— Morphology of plants, pharmaceutical botany, German or 
 French and algebra. Winter term— Pharmaceutical botany, general zoology, theory of 
 ecLuations and Tjerman or French. Spring term— Botany (morphology of flowering plants, 
 lectures, laboratory work and collection, general zoology, trigonometry and German or 
 French. ^ 
 
 Sophomore Tear: Fall term— Vertebrate anatomy, descriptive inorganic chemistry, 
 general morphology of plants, mechanics and German or French. Winter term— verte- 
 brate anatomy, aualitative chemical analysis, general vegetable morphology and vegetable 
 histology, physics and German or French. Spring term— Animal embryology, qualitative 
 chemical analysis, general vegetable morphology and vegetable histology, physios and 
 German or French. 
 
 Junior Year: Fall term— Vegetable embryology and physiology, human physiology, 
 animal histology, descriptive organic chemistry, quantitative chemical analysis (volumetric 
 and gravimetric, pharmaceutical chemistry and experimental physics. Winter term— Veg- 
 etable physiology, human physiology, bacteriology, quantitative chemical analysis, pharma- 
 ceutical ohemis&y and experimental physics. Spring term^Vegetable physiology, ad- 
 vanced histology or bacteriology, organic chemistry and toxicology and urine analysis. 
 
 Senior . Year: Fall term— Organic and inoreaiiio chemistry (advanced work), materia 
 medica, zoology (advanced and original work), botany (advanced and original work), min- 
 eralogy, blowpipe analysis, geology and psychology. Winter term— Orpanie or inorganic 
 chemistry (advanced work), materia medica, zoology (advanced and original work), botany 
 (advanced and original work), and geology. Spring term— Organic ana inorganic chemis- 
 try (advagoed work), zoology (advanced and original work), and botany .(advanced and 
 oirlginal work). 
 
 Rhetorical work and military drill required as of other students. 
 
 Students completing the reauired studies of the General Science Course and sufficient 
 of the foregoing to make a total of thirty-nine terms' work during the course will be en- 
 titled to the degree of Bachelor of Science. 
 
 The TInlversity has six chemical laboratories. Of the three special chemical laboratories 
 one is lor urine analysis and one tor toxicology. The University has also well equipped 
 physical, zoological, bacteriological, botanical and mineralogical laboratories, in which the 
 students of the special science course are required to do practical work. 
 
 Instruction in personal hygiene and sanitary science is given twice a week during the 
 fall and winter terms. The course each term covers the subjects of food and drink, care of 
 the person, clothing, exposure, healthy and unhealthy residence sites, modes of construc- 
 tion of houses, house drainage and sanitary plumbing, water supply, ventilation and heat- 
 ing, causes and prevention or contagious and other diseases, treatment of emergencies, 
 preservation of the eyesight and hearing, etc. 
 
 Attendance upon these lectures during one term Is required of all special students in 
 the first year. 
 
 Courses are offered also in general, experimental, comparative, morbid and anthropo- 
 logical psychology. 
 
165 
 
 Auxiliary, Polyclinic and Post-Graduate Institutions and Courses. 
 
 AUXILIARY DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OP PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. Joseph T. Rotheock, M. D., Dean. 
 
 Obganized in 1865. 
 
 The faculty consists of flye professors. 
 
 CouBSB op Instruotion : The session of 1890-01 began October 1,1890, and will con- 
 tinue until the early part of May. .There can be no matriculation until the student has 
 entered upon his second year of medical study." Althougti strioltly collateral to medicine 
 and essential to the thorough education of the physician, the course is largely scientific in 
 its character, and the degree of Bachelor of Science (B. S.) is conferred upon those gradu- 
 ates in medicine of the University, or of other recognized schools, who attend two full 
 courses of lectures in the Auxiliary Department, pass a satisfactory examination before the 
 faculty, and present an original thesis on some one of the subjects taught. 
 
 Lectures comprise medical jurisprudence and toxicology ; mineralogy and geology ; 
 (including a practical course on mineralogical and geological chemistry) ; botany ; hygiene : 
 comparative anatomy and zoology. The session begins the first Tuesday in October and 
 ends in May. The professor of comparative anatomy conducts, during the summer months, 
 at a place on the Atlantic coast, a practical laboratory for special work in the subjects of 
 his onair. 
 
 Pees: The lectures are free to students and graduates of the Department' of Medicine 
 of the University of Pennsylvania; to other matriculates, 815 for each professor's ticket, 
 or 835 for the course ; matriculation, 85 ; graduation, 810. i 
 
 Number of students in attendance at each of the following sessions— 
 
 1885-86 23 
 
 1886-87 10 
 
 1887-88 10 
 
 18S8-89 13 
 
 1889-90 21 
 
 NEW YORK POLYCLINIC. 
 New Yobk City, John A. Wyeth, M. D., Secretary, 214 East Thirty-fourth street. 
 
 Obganized in 1880-81 and opened in 1882. 
 
 The faculty oons"ists of twenty-two professors, thirty-two lecturers, twenty-three in- 
 structors and thirty-eight clinical assistants. 
 
 Coubse oe Instbuction; The winter session of 1890-91 began September 15, 1890, and 
 will continue to June 15, 1891. The summer session will open at the expiration of the regu- 
 lar session in June 1891, and will continue into September. 
 
 Clinics are held throughout the year in diseases of the chest— of children— of general 
 medicine— of the skin— of women— general and orthoDedio surgery, physical diagnosis, 
 gynecology, microscopy, ophthalmology, diseases of the mind and nervous system, laryng- 
 ology and I hinology, otology, obstetrics, genito-urinary diseases and physiological chem- 
 istry will also recpive much attention; pathological histology and state medicine. 
 
 Fees : General ticket for the year, tickets to five branches not included, 8350 ; general 
 ticket for six months, 8250; three months, 8150; six weeks, 8100. Special courses for six 
 weeks, 815, excepting diseases of theohest and general medicine, operative gynecology, 
 demonstrations in surgery,^; general surgery and diseases of women, 835; throat, nose 
 and ear, 820. I 
 
 1880 
 
 ... 125 
 
 1881 
 
 .... 96 
 
 1882 
 
 57 
 
 1883 .. 
 
 .. . 43 
 
 1884 
 
 35 
 
166 
 
 Eemakks: This is strictly a school of ollnieal medicine and surgery. There are no 
 didactic lectures, and none but practitioners admitted; •matriculation at any time and (or 
 any length of time. • 
 
 A Patho-Biological Laboratory has been fitted up in which special ' attention is paid to 
 teaching bacteria culture. '' 
 
 Number of students in attendance at each session since the opening of the school : 
 
 1882-83 161 1886-87 301 
 
 1883-8t 182 1887-SS 337 
 
 1884-85 229 1888-89 38:H 
 
 1886-86 240 1889-90 422 
 
 NEW YOEK POST-CtBADUA,TE MEDICAL SCHOOL AND HOSPITAL. 
 
 New Yok:5 City. Clabence C. Bice, M. D., Secretary, 226 East Twentieth street. 
 
 Okganized in 1882. The faculty consists of thirty-eight professors, fifty-nine instruct- 
 ors, one demonstrator andeixty-seven assistants. 
 
 CouBSE OF Instkuction: The regular term began September 15, 1890, and continues 
 until June 15, 1891; the summer term begins .lune 16. 1891, and continues until September 
 15. Instruction is given by means of clinics, subjects and specimens. No undergraduates 
 admitted. 
 
 Lectures are clinical and include the following courses : Clinical and orthopedic surg- 
 ery and mechanical therapeutics, operative surgery, diseases of the mind and nervous 
 system and electro-therapeutics, anatomy and pathology of the nervous system, oi)hthal- 
 mology and otology, diseases of the nose and throat, pathology, physical diagnosis and 
 clinical medicine, urinary analysis, histology, pathological histology, diseases of children, 
 obstetrics and gynecology, genito-urinary, and skin diseases, applied anatomy, practical 
 pharmacy and medical chemistry, military, naval and state hygiene, diseases of women, 
 therapeutics, microscopy and bacteriology; each department is open the entire year. 
 
 Fees: Annual ticket, $350; semi-annual ticket, S250: ticket for three months, fl50; 
 special coiirsea, of six weeks each, $15 to S35; certificates of attendance, S5; general ticket, 
 summer term, $50; monthly ticket, $25. 
 
 Number of students in attendance at each session since the opening of the school. 
 
 1882-83 100 1886-87 209 
 
 1883-84 118 1887-88...... 337 
 
 1884-85 129 1888-89 415 
 
 1885-56 160 1889-90 410 
 
 PHILADELPHIA POLYCLINIC AND COLLEGE FOE GEADUATES IN MEDICINE. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. Solomon Solis Cohen, M. D., Secretary, Broad and Lombard streets. 
 
 Obganizbd in 1882. The faculty consists of eighteen professors, five adjunct professors, 
 five instructors and thirty-one assistants. 
 
 CouESE or Instubction:' Clinical and practical instruction in medical and surgical 
 specialties is afforded, to physicians only, during the whole year. Summer course will 
 begin June 30, and continue until September 13, 1891. In addition to the clinical facilities of 
 the college, the professors utilize, for purposes of instruction, their services in the Phila- 
 delphia, Pennsylvania. Wills, Howard, Episcopal, Presbyterian, German, St. Mary's and St. 
 Christopher's hospitals. 
 
 Instruction is given in surgery, genito-urinary and venereal diseases, orthopedic 
 surgery, diseases of the mind and nervous system, clinical chemistry, hygiene, diseases ol 
 the skin, diseases of the eye, practical gynecology, diseases of the chest, throat, ear and 
 nose, clinical medicine, applied therapeutics, obstetrics and diseases of cliildren. 
 
 Fees ; General ticket for thirteen courses, for sis weeks, $100 ; single tickets for six 
 weeks' duration, each $15. For summer course, $60; one month, $30. 
 
 Eemabes : Students after finishing a complete course, may, by examination, become 
 Fellows of the College. Two hundred and ninety-four physicians have attended courses 
 at this polyclinic. 
 
 Number of students in attendance at each session since the opening of the school— 
 
 1882-83 26 1886-87 56 
 
 1883-84 41 1887-88 6B 
 
 1884-85 69 1888-89 78 
 
 1885-86 73 1889-90 102 
 
167 
 
 ST. LOUIS POST-GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MEDICINE. 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. Justin Steek, M. D., Secretary, Lucas and Jefferson avenues. 
 
 Oegahizbd In 1882. The faculty consists of flfteen professors, three clinical professors, 
 one adjunct professor, one demonstrator, three chiefs of clinics, and seventeen clinical as- 
 sistants. 
 
 CouBSE OF Instruction: The course of instruction will begin iirst Monday in April, 
 1891, and continues eight weeks. 
 
 Lectures embrace practical medicine and principles of diagnosis, surgery and senito- 
 urmary . iseases, diseases of the skin, diseases of the chest and throat, ophthalmology and 
 otology, electro-therapeutics and pathology, orthopedic surgery and joint diseases, dis- 
 eases of women, nervous diseases and diseases of children, anatomy, chemistry, hygiene, 
 gynecology, pathology, materia mediea and pharmacy. 
 
 Fees: One full course of eight weeks, S75. 
 
 Note: This school united with the Missouri Medical College in 1889. 
 
 COLLEGE FOE MEDICAL PEACTITIONERS. 
 St. Louis, Mo. 
 Oeganized in 1882.— Extinct in 1884. 
 
 THE CLEVELAND POLYCLINIC AND POST-GEADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL. 
 
 ClEYELAND, 0. 
 
 Oboanized in 1884.— Extinct in 1885. 
 
 BALTIMOEE POLYCLINIC AND POST-GEADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL. 
 Baltimobe, Md. 
 Oboanized in 1884.— Extinct. 
 
 SCHOOL OF BIOLOGY OF THE UNIVEESITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. 
 
 PHtLADELPHiA, Pa. HoEAOB Jatne, M. D., Dean. 
 
 Obganized in 1885. The faculty consists of eight professors, five instructors and 
 three demonstrators. 
 
 CouBSE or Insteuotion : . Extends through two years of two terms each, ^nd con- 
 sists of practical laboratory exercises accompanied by explanatory lectures. No degrees 
 are conferred. The course is open to women. 
 
 Studies embrace : First year— General biology, mammalian anatomy, botany, chem- 
 istry, drawing and Latin or German. Seoodd year — Botany, zoology, animal histology, 
 ■embryology, physiology, chemistry and Latin or German. 
 
 Number of students in attendance at each of the following sessions : 
 
 1884-85 2 1888-89 41 
 
 1885-86 28 1889-90 114 
 
 1886-87 21 1890-91 153 
 
 188?-88 35 
 
 CINCINNATI POLYCLINIC. 
 Cincinnati, O. 
 Oeganized in 1886.— Suspended after being in operation one year. 
 
168 I 
 
 CHICAGO POLICLINIC. 
 
 CaiOiGO, 111. 'Wiiii/iAM T. Belpield, M. D., Secretary, 612 Opera House Building. 
 
 Organized in 1886. The faculty consists of twenty-seven professors and twelve in- 
 structors and twelve assistants. 
 
 CouBSE or Instruction : The fifth year begun September 1, 1809. Systematic courses 
 of daily clinical instruction, embsaoing all departments of practical medicine and surgery 
 at the hospital and dispensary of the Policlinic. These courses will be of about four weeks' 
 duration, and will be continued throughout the year, and are exclusively for graduates and 
 
 Sractitioners who have a legal right to practice. The teaching will be entirely clinical; 
 idaotio and formal lectures on practical branches being strictly excluded. Tickets may be 
 taken out at any time, each good for one continuous course of four weeks from date of 
 issue. 
 
 Fees: Matriculation (paid but oncei, $5. . Special courses of four weeks' duration, $5 to 
 825. A reduction of ten per cent, is made on the first month when tickets for three simul- 
 taneous courses are taken by one person. Tickets for a second course will be issued at 
 two- thirds, and for a third course at one-half the above rates. 
 
 Number of students in attendance since the opening of the school (Oct. 1, 1886,) to Deo. 1 , 
 1890-388. 
 
 GHIOAGO OPHTHALMIC dOLLEGE. 
 
 Chicago, 111. 
 INCOKPOBATED March 19, 1886. 
 
 POST-GBADUATE MEDICAL SCHOOL AND CHARITY HOSPITAL OP CHICAGO. 
 
 Chicago, III. W. Franklin Coleman, M. D., Seetetary, 163 State street. 
 
 Organized in 1888 "to give cUnioal instruction to medical practitioners in the various 
 departments of medicine and surgery." 
 
 The faculty consists of thirty-two professors, eight clinical lecturers, ten instructors, 
 four assistants, ten visiting physicians and one pharmacist. 
 
 Course of Instruction : "The clinical courses continue the year through, and tickets 
 are issued at any time. Instruction Is given in the order in which oases present them- 
 selves in the various departments of medicine and surgery"; diseases of the eye, of 
 women, of children, of the nose and throat, of the ear, of the nervous system; surgery, 
 operative surgery, oliuioal medipine, skin and venereal diseases, operative obstetrics, pa- 
 thology and pathological histology. Beginning the first Tuesday in January, March, June 
 and October, and continuing four weeks, special courses will be given in operative and ex- 
 perimental surgery, in medical diagnosis, in diagnostic pathology, and in eye, ear, nose 
 and throat. / 
 
 Matriculation, S5; general ticket to all the depairtm nts except pathology and operations 
 ontheeadaver.four weeks, S75; six weeks, $100; six weeks (not including intubation), $90; 
 three months, SISO; ten per cent, discount on three or more tickets taken simultaneously. 
 
 The Charity Hospital contains large and comfortable wards for male and female pa- 
 tients, small rooms tor critical cases, a well lighted operating room, lavatories, kitchen, 
 , dining-room and parlor. 
 
 Number of students in attendance since the opening of the school, September 1, 1889, to 
 January 1, 1891,-84. 
 
 THE NEW ORLEANS POLYCLINIC. 
 
 New Orleans, La. j J. H. Bemiss, M. D., President, 158 Canal street. 
 
 Organized in 1888. 
 
 The faculty consists of thirteen instructors. 
 
 The term will open Wednesday, April 8, 1891, and continue for eight weeks. 
 
 Course of Instruction: Mostly ward work and qlinical teaching to graduates and 
 advanced students of medicine; only lectures are given m the amphitheatre of the Charity 
 Hospital. Certificates of attendance will be Issued upon satisfactory evidence of good 
 work on the part of the students. 
 
 Lectures embrace clinical, orthopedic and operative surgery and applied anatomy : 
 histology i urinalysis ; physical diagnosis and clinical medicine ; gynecology ; diseases of 
 the nervous system ; venereal diseases, and those of the skin, eye, ear. nose and throat; 
 chemistry; dental and oral surgery; genlto-urinary and rectal surgery; diseases of 
 children. 
 
169 
 
 Fees: Each single ticket, $15; wliole course, thirteen tickets, SlOO, 
 
 There were twenty-three matriculates in the year 1888, thirty-eight in 1889. and forty- 
 nine in 1890. 
 
 POST-GRADUATE POLYCLINIC OP ECLECTIC MEDICINE AND SUBGEEY. 
 
 Chicago. E. J. Faenum, M. D.. 126 State street. Secretary. 
 
 Oeganized 1890. The faculty consists oJ twenty-three physicians and surgeons. 
 
 CouBSB of Instkuction : Term begins after close of the winter session of the Bennett 
 College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, and will continue throughout the summer. It is 
 designed to he a course for practitioners, who can enter at any time, and receive oertiflcate- 
 of attendance upon branches of instruction pursued after having attended the required, 
 time of six weeks. The exercises and clinics are held at the Bennett Medical College 
 building. Clinics are held in surgery, medicine, gynecology, diseases of the eye and ear, 
 dermatology, diseases of children, diseases of the chest and venereal diseases. Eacilties 
 are afforded for practical study of microscopy, chemistry and dissection. 
 
 Eebs : G eneral ticket, whole course of six weeks, W5 ; single tickets, SIO each, excepting 
 t)raotical microscopy, which is five dollars. 
 
 The following named institutions also have post-graduate courses, or other facilities for 
 instruction for practitioners : , 
 
 , Univebsity ov Mabyland^ School oe Medicine, Baltimore, Md.— Courses of praetioat"- 
 instruction of six weeks duration in urinary analysis, operative surgery, normal and path-, 
 olgical histology, obstetrics, diseases of women, of the eye, ear, nose, throat and chest. 
 
 Pees, for six six weeks course, 87 to 120 each branch; classes are formed throughout the 
 year, as often as desirable. 
 
 Haevabd Univbesitt, Medical School, Boston, Mass.— Instruction will be given 
 throughout the academic year, October to June, 1891. Courses mostly of eight weeks dur- 
 ation, in histology, physiology, medical chemistry, pathological anatomy, surgery, laryng- 
 ology, oifllthalmology, otology, dermatology, syphilis, diseases of the nervous system, 
 gynecology, obstetrics, clinical medicine, ovarian tumors, rhinology, neurology, mental 
 iseases, legal medicine, hygiene and bacteriology. Graduates of other medical schools 
 may obtain the degree of MTD., at this University after a years' study in the graduates' 
 course, and by passing the examinations of a three years' course. 
 
 Fees : Matriculation, So ; for two months attendance, SlOO ; four months, $150 ; throughout 
 academic year, 8200. Long, continuous courses in any one branch at reduced rates. 
 
 Bellevue Hospital Medical College, New York City.— Private Instruction in medi- 
 cine and in physical diagnosis (820 each), surgical operations and surgical dressings (815- 
 each), physiological laboratory (850), practical ohemistf-y (SIO), diseases of the eye and ear 
 ($30), pathological laboratory (815), diseases of the heart, lungs and throat (812), laryngoscopy 
 (810). "Intended mainly for the benefit of practitioners. " 
 
170 
 
 LIST OF COLLEGES IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, NOW IN 
 OPEBATION, BY STATES. 
 
 1. Medical College of Alabama, Mobile. 
 
 2. Medical Department, Arkansas Industrial University, Little Boek. 
 
 3. *Cooper Medical College, San Francisco. 
 
 4. *Medical Department, University of California, San Francisco. 
 
 5. California Medical College, San Francisco. 
 
 6. Hahneman Hospital College of San Fran?isoo. 
 
 7. 'College of Medicine of the University of Southern California, Los Angeles. 
 
 8. University of Toronto Medical Faculty, Toronto. 
 
 9. Trinity Medical College, Toronto. 
 
 10. Eoyal College of Physicians and Surgeons, Kingston. 
 
 11. Medical Department of the Western University, London. 
 
 12. Woman's Medical College, Toronto. 
 
 13. Women's Medical College, Kingston. 
 
 14. MoGill University, Faculty of Medicine, Montreal. 
 IB. Boole de Medecine et de Chirurgie, Montreal. 
 
 16. Laval University. Medical Departments, Quebec and Montreal. 
 
 17. University of Bishop's College, Faculty of Medicine, Montreal. 
 
 18. Halifax Medical College, Halifax. 
 
 19. Dalhousie University, Faculty of Medicine, Halifax. 
 
 20. Manitoba Medical College, Winnipeg. 
 
 21. University of Denver, Medical Department, Denver. 
 
 22. *Medioal Department, University of Colorado, Boulder. 
 
 23. 'Gross Medical College, Denver. 
 
 24. Yale University, Department of Medicine, New Haven. 
 
 25. 'National Medical College, Washington. 
 
 26. University of Georgetown, Medical Department, Washington. 
 
 27. tHoward University, Medical Department, Washington. 
 
 28. *Medieal Department, National University, Washington. 
 
 29. Medical College of Georgia, Augusta. 
 
 30. Atlanta Medical College, Atlanta. 
 
 31. Georgia College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, Atlanta. 
 32.' Southern Medical College, Atlanta. 
 
 33. Woman's Medical College of Georgia, and Training School for Nurses, Atlanta. 
 ,34. Bush Medical College, Chicago. 
 
 35. Chicago Medical College, Chicago. 
 
 36. *Hahneman Medical College and Hospital, Chicago. 
 
 37. Bennett College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery, Chicago. 
 
 38. Woman's Medical College of Chicago. 
 
 S9. Chicago Homeopathic Medical College, Chicago. 
 
 40. College of Physicians and Surgeons of Chicago. 
 
 41. "^Phyaio-Medical Institute, Chicago. 
 
 42. *Physio-Medlcal College of Indiana, Indianapolis. 
 
 43. Medical College of Indiana, Indianapolis. 
 
 44. 'Central College of Physicians and Surgeons, Indianapolis. 
 
 45. 'Fort Wayne Oo'lege of Medicine, Fort Wayne. 
 
171 
 
 46. *Indiana Eoleotio Medical College, Indianapolis. 
 
 41. Ecleetie College of Physicians and Surgeons, Indianapolis. 
 
 48. *College of Physicians and Surgeons, Keokuk. 
 
 49. *Medical Department, State University of Iowa, Iowa City. 
 
 50. *Honieopathio Medical Department, State University of Iowa, Iowa City. 
 
 51. *Iowa College of Physicians and Surgeons, Des Moines. 
 
 52. *Iowa Eclectic Medical College, Des Moines. 
 
 53. Keokuk Medical_College, Keokuk. 
 
 54. SUniversity of Kansas, Prepa at ory Medical Course, Lawrence. 
 
 55. Wichita Medical College, Wichita, (Suspended). 
 
 56. The Kansas Medical College, Topeka. 
 
 57. University of Louisville, Medical Department, Louisville. 
 
 58. Kentucky School of Medicine, Louisville. 
 .59. Louisville Medical College, Louisville. 
 60. Hospital College of Medicine, Louisville. 
 
 €1. JLouisvlUe National Medical College, Louisville. 
 
 62. Medical Department, Tulane University of Louisiana, New Orleans. 
 
 63. *tNew Orleans University, Medical Department, New Orleans. 
 
 64. Medical School of Maine, at Bowdoin College, Brunswick. 
 
 65. §Portland School for Medical Instruction, Portland. 
 
 €6. University of Maryland, School of Medicine, Baltimore'. 
 
 67. College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltioiore. 
 
 68. Baltimore Medical College, Baltimore. 
 
 69. Woman's Medical College of Baltimore. 
 
 70. Baltimore University School of Medicine, Baltimore. 
 
 71. SJohns Hopkins Univei-sity, Medical Department, Baltimore. 
 
 72. Harvard University Medical School, Boston. 
 
 73. *Boston University School of Medicine, Boston. 
 
 74. *Colleg6 of Physicians and Surgeons, Boston. 
 
 75. iClark University, Worcester. 
 
 76. 'Department of Medicine and Surgery of the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 
 
 77. 'Homeopathic Medical C: lUege of the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 
 
 78. Detroit College of Medicine, Detroit. 
 
 79. Michigan College of Medicine and Surgery, Detroit. 
 
 80. 'Minneapolis College of Physicians and Surgeons, Minneapolis. 
 
 81. 'College of Medicine and Surgery, Minneapolis. 
 
 82. 'College of Homeopathic Medicine and Surgery, Minneapolis. 
 
 83. Missouri Medical College, St. Louis. ^ 
 
 84. St. Louis Medical College, St. Louis. 
 
 85. Medical Department, University of Missouri, Columbia. 
 
 86. 'Homeopathic Medical College of Missouri, St. Louis. 
 
 87. Kansas City Medical College, Kansas City. 
 
 88. St. Louis College of Physicians and Surgeons. 
 
 89. 'American Medical College. St. Louis. 
 
 90. Northwestern Medical College, St. Joseph. 
 
 91. University Medical College of Kansas City. 
 
 92. Ensworth Medical College, St. Joseph. 
 
 93. Beaumont Hospital Medical College, St. Louis. 
 
 94. 'Kansas City Homeophathic Medical College, Kansas City. 
 
 95. 'St. Louis Hygienic College of Physicians and Surgeons, St. Louis. 
 
 96. The Marion-Sims College of Medicine, St. Louis. 
 
 97. Omaha Medical College, Omaha. 
 
 98. Medical Department, Cotner University, Lincoln. 
 
 99. Dartmouth Medical College, Hanover. 
 
 100. Medical and Surgical College of the State of New Jersey, Jersey City. 
 
 § Do not grant medical degrees. 
 
172 
 
 101. College of Physicians and Surgeons in the City of New York. 
 
 102. Albany Medical College, Albany. 
 
 lOS. University of the City of New York, Medical Department. 
 
 104. *Medioal Department of the University of Buffalo. 
 
 105. Long Island College Hospital, Brooklyn. 
 
 106. New York Homeopathio Medical College, New York City. 
 
 107. Bellevue Hospital Medical College.New York City. 
 
 108. New York Medical College and Hospital for Women, New York City. 
 
 109. *EBleotic Medical College of the City of New York. 
 
 110. Woman's Medical College of the New York Infirmary, New York City. 
 
 111. "College of Medioiae of Syracuse University, Syracuse. 
 
 112. Medical Department of Niagara University, Buffalo. 
 
 113. *tLeonard Medical School, Ealeigh. 
 
 114. Medical CoUege of Ohio, Cincinnati. 
 
 115. Western Eeserve University, Medical Department, Cleveland. 
 
 116. 'Eclectic Medical Institute, Cincinnati. 
 
 117. Starling Medical College, Columbus. 
 
 118. 'Homeopathic Hospital Medical College, Cleveland. 
 
 119. Cincinnati College o^ Medicine and Surgery, Cincinnati. 
 
 120. Miami Medical College Cincinnati. 
 
 121. 'Medical Department of the University of Wooster, Cleveland. 
 
 122. 'Pulte Medical College, Cincinnati. 
 
 123. 'Columbus Medical College, Columbus. 
 
 124. 'American Eclectic Medical College, Cincinnati. 
 
 125. 'Toledo Medical CoUege, Toledo. 
 
 126. Northwestern Ohio Medical College, Toledo. 
 
 127. Women's Medical College of Cincinnati. 
 
 128. 'National Normal University, Medical Department, Lebanon, i 
 
 129. *Medieal Department Willamette University, Portland. 
 
 130. 'University of the State of Oregon, Medical Department, Portland. 
 
 131. University of Pennsylvania, Department of Me.lioine, Philadelphia. 
 
 132. Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia. 
 
 133. Hahnemann Medical CoUege and Hospital, PhUadelphia. 
 
 134. Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania, Philp,delphia. 
 
 135. Medico-Chirurgical CoUege of Philadelphia. 
 
 136. Western Pennsylvania Medical College, Pittsburg. 
 
 137. Medical CoUege of the State of South Carolina, Charleston. 
 
 138. Medical Departments University of Nashville and Vanderbilt University, Nashville. 
 
 139. Medical Department Dniversity of Tennessee, NashviUe. 
 
 140. Memphis Hospital Medical CoUege, Memphis. 
 
 141. 'JMeharry Medical Department of Central Tennessee College, NashvUle. ' 
 
 142. Chattanooga Medical College, Chattanooga. 
 
 143. Tennessee Medical College, KnoxviUe. 
 
 144. Hannibal Medical College, Memphis, 
 
 145. Texas Medical College and Hospital, Galveston. 
 
 146. Medical Department, University of Vermont, Burlington. 
 
 147. University of Virginia, Medical Department, CharlottesviUe. 
 
 148. Medical CoUege of Virginia, Eiohmond. 
 
 'Open to both sexes. 
 
 tOpen to all without distinction of sex or color. 
 
 IFor colored students. 
 
 §Do not grant degrees. 
 
173 
 
 LIST OF EXAMINING AND LICENSING BODIES. 
 
 1. Medical Examining Board of Alabama. 
 
 2. Board of Examiners of the Medical Society of the State of CaUfomia. 
 
 3. Board of Examiners of the California State Homeopathic Medical Society. 
 
 4. Board of Examiners of the Eclectic Medical Society of the State of California. 
 
 5. College of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario. 
 
 6. College of Physicians and Surgeons of Quebec. 
 
 7. State Board of Medical Examiners of Colorado. 
 
 8. Boards of Medical Examiners of Florida. 
 
 9. State Board of Homeopathic Medical Examiners of Florida. 
 
 10. Illinois State Board of Health. 
 
 11. State Board of Medical Examiners of Iowa. 
 
 12. State Medical Examining Board of Minnesota. 
 
 13. Mississippi State Medical Association, Board of Censors. 
 
 14. State Boai-d of Health of Missouri. 
 
 15. State Board of Medical Examiners of Montana. 
 
 16. State Board of Medical Examiners of New Jersey. 
 
 17. Board of Begents of the University of the State of New York— 3 Boards. 
 
 18. Board of Medical Examiners of North Carolina. 
 
 19. State Board of Medical Examiners of North Dakota. 
 
 20. State Board of Medical Examiners of Oregon. 
 
 21. State Board of Medical Examiners of South Carolina. 
 
 22. Board of Medical Examiners, State of Tennessee. 
 
 23. Censors of the State Medical Society of Vermont. 
 
 24. Uedical Examining Board of Virginia. 
 
 25. State Board of Health of West Virginia. 
 
 26. State Board of Medical Examiners ot Washington. 
 
174 
 
 MEDICAL EDUCATION IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES, 
 
 And Regulation op the Practice op Medicine. 
 
 GREAT BRITIAN AND IRELAND. 
 
 ]Froin the London Lancet, September 6, 1890.] 
 
 GENEKAL COUNCIL OF MEDICAL EDUCATION AND EEGISTEATION OF THE 
 
 UNITED KINGDOM. 
 
 EEGISTEATION oi' MEDICAL STUDENTS.— The following are the General Medical 
 Council's Eegulations in reference to the registration of students in medicine; 
 
 Every medical student shall be registered in the manner prescribed by the General 
 Medical Council. No medical student shall be registered uniil he has passed a preliminary 
 examination as required bv the General Medical Council, and has produced evidence that 
 he has commenced medical study. Tlie commencement of the course of professional study 
 recognized by any of the qualifying bodies shall not be reckoned as dating earlier than 
 fifteen dHy ~ before the date of registration. The registration of medical students shall be 
 placed under the charge of the branch registrai;s. Each of the bianch registrars shall 
 keep a regis! er of medical students according to a prescribed form, and shall enter therein 
 the name, the preliminary exam nation and date thereof, the date of registration, and the 
 pliioe and date of commencement of medical study, as certified by a master or teacher, or 
 an ofBcial in a medical school or hospital. Every person desir us of bPing registered as a 
 med oal student shall apply to the bianch registrar of the division of the United Kingdom 
 in which he is residing; and shall produce or forward to tho branch registrar a oertincate 
 of his having passed a prelirnin iry examination as required by the General Medioil Coun- 
 cil, and p«iderace that he has commenced medical study. ' he branch registrar shall en- 
 tei the applicant's name and o' hei' particulars in the Student's Eegister, and shall give him 
 a certifica' e of such registration. Each of the branch registrars shall supp'y to the several 
 qualityin^ oodles, medical schools, and hospitals, in that part of the United Kingdom of 
 which he is regi-trar, a sufficient number of blank forms of ai>plication for the registration 
 of medical students. The several Branch Councils— and in Engl md the executive com- 
 mittee, if its meeting be more convenient anil the case be urgent— have power to admit 
 specialexcuptions to the foregoing regulations as to registration, f .r reasons which shall 
 appear to thc^m satisfactory. A copy of the Register of Medical Students, prepared by each 
 of the branrh registrars, shall be transmitted on or before December 31st, in ejich year, to- 
 the registrar of the General Uoun il, who shall, as soon as possible thereafter, prepare and 
 prin', under the direction of the executive committee, an alphabetical list of all students 
 registered in the preceding year, and supply copies of such authorized list to each of the 
 bodies enumerated in Schedule A to the Medical A t (1858), and through the branch regis- 
 trars to the several medical schools and hospitals. The several qualifying bodies are re- 
 commended not to a ]mit to th ■ final examination for a qualification under the Medical Acts 
 any candidate (not exempted from regis. ration) whose mime has not been entered in the 
 ,Me4ical Students' Register at least forty-five months previously. In the case of candidates 
 from other than schools of the United Kingdom, the Branch Councils— and in England the 
 executive committee, if its meeting be more convenient Hnd the case be urgent— have 
 power to admit exceptions to this recommendation. The regulations for preliminary gen- 
 eral education are as follows ; 
 
 No person shall be allowed to be registered as a medical student unless he shall have' 
 previously passed (at one or more examinations) a preliminary examination in the subjects 
 of general education as specified in the following list:— 1. English language, including 
 grammar and compositi n. 2. Latin, inoludi g grammar, tianslation .from specified 
 authors, and tianslation of easy passages not taken irom such authors. 3. Elements of 
 mathematics, comprising (a) aiilhmetic, including vulgar and decimal fractions: (b) algebra, 
 including simple equations; (c) geometry, including the first book of Euclid, with easy 
 questions on the subject matter of the same. i. Elementary mechanics of s lids and 
 fluids, comprising the elements of statics, dynamics a. d hydrostatics. 6. One of the fol- 
 lowing optional subjects:- (a) Grei'k, (6) French, (c) Ge.mah, (d) Itahan, (e) any other 
 modern language, (/) logic, (a) botany, (/t) zoology, ()) elementary chemistry.* 
 
 *In the case of studen' s in Universities with a prolonged curriculum, where the exami- 
 nation in mechanics requiied for their degree is taken at a more advanced T)6riod of study 
 than bet ore commencing medical education, registr.ition can be effected only on having- 
 passed the examination in mechanics, but their registration may be then antedated to the 
 
 Tifiriod fl.t ■whip.h the TirellTninfi.rv wn.s nasfled 
 
175 
 
 The following resolutions in regard to prpfessional education and examination were 
 passed by the General Medical Council on June 5 and 6, 1890, and will become obligatory on 
 every medical student who commences his medical studies after January 1, 1892. As they 
 necessitate a year's further study than is now compulsory, the various examining bodies 
 in the kingdom will during the next year be obliged to alter their curricula of study and 
 their examinations so as to conform thereto. 
 
 PEOFBasioNAii Education.— 1. "The course of professional study after registration 
 should occupy at least five ygars, conditionally." 
 
 2. "The first four of the five years should be passed at a school or schools of medicine 
 recognized by any of the licensing bodies mentioned in Schedule A of the Medical Act 
 (1858), provided that the first year may be passed at a university or teaching institute. 
 recognized by any of the licensing bodies, where the subjects of physics, chemistry and 
 biology are taught." 
 
 3. "Graduates in arts or science of any university recognized by the Medical Council 
 who shall have spent a year in the study of physics, chemistry and biology, and have 
 
 Eassed an examination in these subjects for the degrees in Question, should be held to 
 ave completed the first of the Ave years of medical study." 
 
 4. "The fifth year should be devoted to oUnical work at one or more of such public hos- 
 pitals or dispensaries, British or foreign, as may be recognized by any of the medical 
 authorities mentioned in Schedule A of the Medical Act (1858). provided that of this year six 
 months may be passed as a pupil to a registered practitioner holding a pubic appoint- 
 ment, or possessing such opportunities of imparting practical knowledge as shall be satis- 
 factory to the medical authorities." 
 
 5. "The regulations of the examining bodies, and of the schools, should be so framed 
 that attendance on systematic courses may be concluded at the end of the fourth year of 
 study, so as to permit of the student devoting the fifth year to clinical work, as denned in 
 Eesolution 4." 
 
 6. "The regulations reauiring attendance on systematic courses of lectures ought not 
 to require attendance on more than three lectures weekly In any one course." 
 
 7. "Due time should be set aside for practical work in the various subjects. Attend- 
 ance on a practical course should be carefully ascertained and certified. By a practical 
 course is understood one in which work is done by the student himself, under the direction 
 of a duly aualifled teacher." 
 
 8. "In order to promote a practical system of chnioal teaching, the regulations should 
 specify 'hospital practice with clinical instruction.' Ample time should De set asida for 
 hospital work, and means should be tawen to ascertain regularity of attendance in the 
 wards and out patient departments. Every candidate for the final professional examina- 
 tion at the end of the fifth year should be required to give evidence that he has had sufiB- 
 cient opportunities of practical study." 
 
 This resolution relates to such olBoes as the following: Clinical medical clerkship and 
 surgical dressership— either for in- or out-patients ; obstetrical clerkship ; post-mortem 
 clerkship. 
 
 9. "No Qualification in medicine ought to be granted without evidence of clinical in- 
 struction in infectious diseases." 
 
 Pbofessionai Examination.— 10. "With the view of securing attention to practical 
 work in education the time devoted to the practical part of the examinations, in all the sub- 
 jects, should be extended." 
 
 11. "The examination in the elements of physios (including mechanics), chemistry and 
 biology should be passed before the beginning of the second winter session." 
 
 12. "Antecedent to the final examination, there should be three professional examina- 
 tions, arranged in such manner as to secure due continuity and seQuence of study." 
 
 13. "All the examinations, except the final examination in medicine, surgery and mid- 
 wifery, should be passed before the final year intended for cUnical work." 
 
 14. "The final examination in medicine; surgery and midwifery must not be passed be- 
 fore the close of the fifth year of medical study.' 
 
 15. "The system of compensation as between the three different subjects of the Quali- 
 fying examinations— viz., medicine, surgery and niidwifery— is contrary to the intention 
 of the Medical Act (1886), and the Council directs the attention of the several medical author- 
 ities to this fact." 
 
 16. "The marks for the written and oral examinations in medicine and surgery at the 
 final examination should not exceed those for the clinical and practical portions of the ex- 
 amination." 
 
 17. "Seeing that the practice of different authorities varies on the Question whether a 
 student who fails to satisfy the examiners in each of the several subjects of medicine, sur- 
 gery and midwifery should be referred on all of them, or only on those in which he fails, 
 the Council recommends that some general principle should be adopted with reference to 
 this Question; and suggests that a percentage of not less than 60 marks on each of any two 
 subjects— supposing that the pahsroQuiiement be 50 per cent— should exempt from re- 
 examination in those two subjects." 
 
 18. "The Council recommends to the examining bodies the use of a percentage system 
 of mark's; an , for the facilitating the work of the Inspectors appointed by the Council, 
 the adoption of a uniform pass mark of 50 per cent. " 
 
178 
 
 19. "With regard to the course ol study and examinations whioh persons desirous bl 
 qualifying for the medical profession shall go through in order that they may become pos- 
 sessed of the requisite knowledge and skill for the effleieiit practice of the profession, the 
 Council now resolves that, in its opinion, the following conditions ought to be enforced 
 without exception on all who eommenee their medical studies at any time after Jan. 1, 
 1892:— 
 
 (a) "With the exceptions provided for under Kesolution 3, the pftriod of professional 
 study, between the date of registrationasamedical student and the date of ilnal examination 
 for any diploma which entitles its bearer to be registered i;nder the Medical Acts, must be 
 a period of bon& fide study during not less than five years: 
 
 (6) "In every course of professional study and examinations the following subjects 
 must be contained: (i.) Physics, including the elementary mechanics of solids and fluids, 
 and the rudiments of heat, light and elec'rieity ; (li.) chemistry, including the principles of 
 the science and the details which bear on the study of medicine ;;(iii.) elementary biology; 
 (iv.) anatomy; (v.) physiology ; (vi.) materia medica and pharmacy: (vii.) pathology; (vlii.) 
 therapeutics; (ix.) medicine, including medical anatomy and clinical medicine; (x.) surgery, 
 including surgical anatomy and clinical surgery ; (xi.) midwifery, including diseases pecu- 
 liar to women and to new-born children; (xii.) theory and practice of vaooinnation; (xili.) 
 forensic medicine : (xiv.) hygiene ; (xv.) mental disease." (It is to be understood and re- 
 gards the above mentioned subjects, that the Council offers no^opinion as to the manner 
 in which the subjects should be combined or distributed for purposes of teaching or ex- 
 amination.) 
 
 (c) "At successive stated times during the first four years of the course of study, all 
 students must pass such intermediate examinations as will test their proficiency In the 
 successive earlier branches of medical education, and while tending to promote a due se- 
 duenee in the medical studies, will also tend to lighten the final examination of matters 
 which can properly be spared from it." 
 
 W. J. C. Miller, B. A., Registrar of the General Council and of the Branch Council for 
 England, 299, Oxford street, London, W.— James Eobertson, Registrar of the Branch Coun- 
 cil for Scotland, 1, George sauare, Edinburgh.— B. L. Heard, M. D., Registrar of the Branch 
 Council for Ireland, 35, Dawson street, Dublin. 
 
 I.-UNITERSITIES IN THE UNITED KINGDOM. 
 
 The following is a list of Examining Bodies whose examinations fulfil the conditions of 
 ths Medical Council as regards preliminary education, and have been recognized as entit- 
 ling to registration as a medical or dental student; provided that the elementary mechanics 
 of solids and fiuids, comprising the elements of statics, dynamics, and hydrostatics, is 
 shown to have been included in the examination: 
 
 Univebsitt of Oxfoed.- Junior local examinations ; certificate to include Latin and 
 Mathematics, and also one of these optional subjects— Greek, French, German. Senior 
 local examinations ; certificate to include Latin and Mathematics. Responsions. Moderar 
 tlons. Examinations for a degree In arts. 
 
 Uniteesitt op Cambbidgb.— Junior local examinations; certifloat-e to include Latin 
 and Mathematics, and also one of these optional subjects— Greek, French, German. Senior 
 local examinations ; certificate to include Latin and Mathematics. Higher local examina- 
 tions. Previous examination. Examlnatlonfor a degree in arts. 
 
 TJNrvEBSiTT OF D0BHAM.— Examination for certificate of proficiency. Examination 
 for students at the end of their first year. Examination tor a degree in arts. 
 
 Unitebsitt of LoNDdN.— Matriculation examination. Preliminary scientific (M. B.) 
 Examination. Examination for a degree In In arts or science. . 
 
 TiOTOBiA UnIveesitt.— Preliminary examination ;'liatin to be one of the subjects. En- 
 trance examination in arts, to include all the subjects required. 
 
 UurVEBSiTT OP Edinboeoh.— Local examinations (junior certificate); certificate to in- 
 clude English Literature, Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Latin, and also one of these 
 optional subjects— Greek, French, German. Local examinations (senior certificate); certi- 
 ficate to include English Literature, Arithmetic; Algebra, Geometry, Latin, and also one of 
 these optional subjects— Greek, French, German. Preliminary examination fpr gradua- 
 tion in science or medicine and surgery. Examination for a degree in arts. 
 
 Univebsitt of Abeedeen.— Local examinations (junior certificate); certificate to in- 
 clude all the subjects reduirod. Local examiiiiations (senior certificate); certificate to in- 
 clude English Literature, Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Latin, and also one of these 
 optionalsubjeots— Greek, French, German. Preliminary examination for graduation in 
 medicine or surgery. Examination for a degree in arts. 
 
 Univebsitt OP GLABGOW.—Local examinations (junior certificate); certificate to in- 
 clude all the subjects reauired. Local examinations (senior certificate); certificate to in- 
 clude English Literature, Arithmetic, Algebra, Geometry, Latin, and also one of those 
 optional subjSBts- Greek, French, German. Preliminary examination for graduation in 
 medicine or surgery;' Examination for a d»gree In arts. 
 
177 
 
 TTnivebsitt op St. Andeews.— Local exammations (senior oertifloate); certifloate to 
 include English Literature, arithmetic, algebra, geometry, Latin, and also one of these 
 optional subjects— Greek, French, German. Local examinations (junior certificate), to in- 
 clude all the subjects reauired. Preliminary examination for graduation in medicine or 
 surgery. Examination for a degree in arts. 
 
 Univbesitt op Dublin,— Public entrance examination. - General examination at end 
 of senior freshman year. Examination for a degree in arts. 
 
 Queen's Univeesitt in Iebland.— Local examinations for men and women; certifloate 
 to include all the subjects reauired by the General Medical Council. Entrance or matricu- 
 lation examination. Previous examination for B. A. Degree. Examination for a degree 
 in arts. 
 
 BoYAL Univeesitt op Ieeland.— Matriculation examination. 
 
 OxpoBD AND Cambeidge SCHOOLS EXAMINATION BoAED.— Certificate to include the 
 following subjects, an adeauate knowledge of English grammar and orthography, as shown 
 in the course of the examination, to the satisfaction of the examiners, being held as aon- 
 forming to the reg.uirements of the Medical Council in refeard to those subjects : (a) arith- 
 metic, including vulgar and decimal fractions; (b) algebra, including simple equations; (c) 
 geometry, including the first two books of Euclid ; id) Latin, including translation and 
 grammar; (e) also one of these optional subjects— Greek, French, German. 
 
 IL-OTHEE BODIES NAMED IN SCHEDULE A TO THE JilEDICAL ACT. 
 
 Apothecaeies' Society op London.— Examination in arts. 
 
 EoYAL Colleges op Physicians and Suegeons op Edinburgh.- PreUminary (com- 
 bined) examination 111 general education. 
 
 Faculty op Physicians and Suegeons op Glasgow.— Preliminary examination in 
 general education. 
 
 KoYAL College op Suegeons in Ireland.— Preliminary examination; certificate to 
 include mathematics. 
 
 III.-EXAMINING BODIES IN THE UNITED KINGDOM. NOT INCLUDED IN 
 SCHEDULE A TO THE MEDICAL ACT (1858). 
 
 College op Peeceptoes.— Examination for a first class certificate, or second class 
 oertifloate of first or second division, algebra, geometry, Latin, and either a modern lan- 
 guage, or Greek or chemistry, or botany or zoology, having been taken. 
 
 Queen's College, Belfast— Martriculation examination. 
 
 , Queen's College, CobK,— Matriculation examination. 
 
 Queen's College, Galw at.— Matriculation examination. 
 
 Inteemediate Education Boaed op Ieeland.— Junior grade examination, middle 
 ^ade examination. Senior grade examination, (certificate in each case to include all the 
 subjects recLuired. 
 
 St. David's College, Lampetee.— Besponsions examination, to include all the sub- 
 jects req.ulred. 
 
 Educational Institute op Scotland.— Preliminary medical examination. 
 
 Phaemaoeutioal Society op Geeat Beitain.— Preliminary and minor examiimtions 
 (pro tanto). 
 
 . Phaemaceutical Society op Ieeland.— Preliminary examination (pro tanto). 
 
 Scotch Education Dbpaetment.— Leaving certificates in each and in honors. 
 
 —12 
 
178 
 
 KEGULATIONS OF THE MEDICAL EXAMINING BOAEDS IN 
 THE UNITED KINGDOM. 
 
 (From the London Lancet, Sept. 6, 1890.) 
 
 UNIVERSITY OP OXFORD. 
 
 There are two degrees in medicine, B. M. and D. M., and two degrees in Surgery, B. Oh., 
 and M. Ch., and a diploma in Public Health. 
 
 The B. M. and B. Oh. degrees are granted to those members of the University who hav& 
 passed the Second Examination. Graduates in Arts (B. A. or M. A.) are alone ehgible for 
 these two degrees. Alter the degree of B. A. is obtained, the degrees of B. M. and B. Ch. 
 may be obtained by passing the following examinations: 1. Preliminary. 2. Professional, 
 (d) First Examination: Subjects— Organic chemistry, unless the candidate has obtained a 
 first or second class in chemistry in the Natural Science School; human physiology, unless 
 he has obtained a first or second class in animal physiology in the Natural Science School j 
 human anatomy. (6) Second Examination: Subjects— Medicine, surgery, midwifery, path- 
 ology, forensic medicine with hygiene, and materia medica with pharmacy. 
 
 The degree of D. M. is granted to Bachelors of Medicine of the University— (1) whO' 
 took the. degree of B. M. previously to the end of Trinity Term. 1886, provided they have 
 spent three years in the practice of medicine after taking that degree, and have composed 
 a dissertation on some medical subject approved by the Begins Professor of Medicine, be- 
 fore whom it must be read in public ; (2) who took the degree of B. M, subsequently to the 
 end of Trinity Term, 1886, provided they have entered their thirty-ninth term and have 
 composed on some medical subject a dissertation which is approved Dy the professors in 
 , the faculty of medicine and examiners for the degree of B. M. whose subject is dealt with. 
 A book pubhshed within two years of the candidate's application for the degree may be 
 substituted for a dissertation. The degree of M. Ch. is granted to Bachelors of Surgery of 
 the University who have entered their twenty-seventh term, who are members of the- 
 sflrgical staff of a recognized hospital, or have acted as dresser or house surgeon in such a 
 hospital for six months, and who nave passed an examination in surgery, surgical anatomy 
 and surgical operations. 
 
 The diploma in Public Health is granted only to Bachelors of Medicine of the University 
 who have passed an examination in hygiene, sanitary law, sanitary engineering and vital 
 statistics. 
 
 The First Examination for the degree of B. M. and B. Ch. and the examination in 
 materia medica and pharmacy may be passed as soon as the Preliminary Scientific Exami- 
 nation has been completed. Organic ohemiBtry may be taken up on a separate occasion, 
 but before human physiology and anatomy. The two last named subjects must be taken 
 together. 
 
 The second examination may be passed after the completion of the first. Materia 
 medica and pharmacy, if not already passed, may be offered separately, but before the re- 
 maining subjects, which must be taken together. 
 
 More detailed information may be obtained from the University calendar; the Exami- 
 nation Statutes, 1887, which contain the ofQcial schedules of the several subjects of exami- 
 nations in both arts and medicine ; from the Student's Handbook to the University ; from 
 the Begins Professor of Medicine; from the professors in the several departments of 
 science. 
 
 UNIVEKSITY OF CAMBEIDGE. 
 
 The student must enter at one of the colleges, or as a non-collegiate student, and keep 
 nine terms by residence in the University. BTe must pass the Previous Examination in 
 classics and mathematics, which may, and should if possible, be done immediately on com- 
 ing into residence in October, or, what is better, obtain exemption through the Oxford and 
 Cambridge Schools Examination Board or the Local Examinations, before commencing 
 residence. He may then devote himself to medical study in the University, attending the 
 hospital and the medical lectures, dissecting, etc. Or he may proceed to take a degree in 
 Arts, either continuing mathematical and classical study and passing the ordinary exami- 
 nations for B. A., or going out in one of the Honor Triposes. The natural sciences tripos is 
 the most appropriate, as some of the subjects are practically the same as those for the first 
 and second M. B. eicaminations. 
 
 Baoheloe or Mbdioinb (M. B.) Five years of medical study are required. This time 
 may be spent in Cambridge or elsewhere. The first three or four years are usually spent 
 in Cambridge, the student remaining in the University till he has passed (say) the examina- 
 tion for the natural sciences tripos and the first and second examinations for M. B. Cam- 
 bridge being now a complete school of medicine, all the requisite lectures and hospital 
 practice may be attended here, and m&ny students remain to attend lectures and hospital 
 practice until they have passed the first part of the thii-d examination for M. B. The sup- 
 ply of subjects for dissection, etc., is unusually abundant. 
 
 There are three examinations for M. B. The first in chemistry and other branches of 
 physios, and in elementary biology. These may be taken together or separatey. The sec- 
 ond in human anatomy and physiology, and in pharmaceutical chemistry. These may bo 
 
taken together or separately. The third may be also taken in two parts— viz., (1) principles 
 ana practice or siii'gery (with operative and clinical surgery) and midwifery and diseases of 
 women, ana_ (2) pathology, principles and practice of medicine, elements of hygiene, and 
 medical jurisprudence. The examinations are partly in writing, partly oral, and partly 
 practical, in the hospital, in the disaecting-room, and in the laboratories. 
 
 / ./Previously to the first examination, lectures must ha-we been attended on chemistry 
 with manipulations). Previously to the second examination, the student must have at- 
 tended lectures on human anatomy and. physiology, have dissected for pix months, and at- 
 tended hospital practice six months. Previously to the flrst part of the third examination, 
 he must have attended lectures on pathology, the principles and practice of surgery and 
 midwifery, twenty cases of midwifery, and produce a certiflcate of profloienovln vaccina- 
 tion, and must also have acted as house surgeon or dresser for sixmonths, and have gone 
 through a course of instruction in practical surgery. Previously to the Sf cond part of the 
 third exa,mination, he must have attended lectures on the principles and practice of physio, 
 the physiological action and therapeutic uses of drugs, and medical jurisprudence; also 
 the medical and surgical practice of a hospital, with clinical lectures, for three vears; and 
 have been chnical clerk for six months. Before proceeding to the degree of M. B. the can- 
 didate must compose an original thesis on some one of the subjects prescribed for the sev- 
 eral examinations, and defend the same in public before the Begius Professor of Physio. 
 
 As operative and clinical surgery now form parts of the third M. B. examination, candi- 
 dates who have passed that examination are admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Surgery 
 (B. C.) without separate examination, and without keeping an act. 
 
 DooTOE IN Medicine may be taken three years af er that of M. B. An act to be kept, 
 consisting of an original thesis sustained in the public schools, with viva-voce examination; 
 and an extempore essay has to be written on some subject relating to phybiology, pathol- 
 ogy, the practice of medicine, or State medicine. 
 
 Masteb in Subgbky (M. C).— The candidate must have passed all the examinations for 
 B. C. He is reauired to pass an examination in surgical anatomy and surgical operations, 
 pathology, and the principles and practice of surgery, and to write an extempore essay on 
 a surgical subject. Before he can be admitted to this examination, two years at least must 
 have elapsed from the time when he completed all reauired for the degree of B. C. 
 
 An abstract of the regulations and schedules of the range of the examihations in ohem- 
 istKy, physios, biology, and pharmacy may be obtained upon sending a stamped directed 
 envelope to the Assistant Registrar, Cambridge. Full information is contained in th6 Gam- 
 iridge University Calendar. 
 
 TJNIYEKSITY OP LONDON. 
 
 Matbioulation Examinations take place on the second Monday in January and the 
 second Monday in June. Candidates must be above sixteen years of age. The fee tor the 
 examination is £2. Provincial examinations are appointed by the Senate from time to time 
 at specified centers. The examination appointed for January 13, 1891, will be held at Birm- 
 ingham, Cardiff, Glasgow, Leeds and Portsmouth, as weU as at London. That appointed 
 for June, 1891, will be held also at Bangor, Birmingham. Cardiff, Edinburgh, Epsom, Leeds, 
 Ijuerpool, Manchester, Newcastle-on-Tyne, Nottingham and Sheffield. Several scholar- 
 ships, exhibitions and prizes are associated with these examinations. 
 
 Pbeliminaby SciENTmc (M. B.) Examination takes place twice in each year, once for 
 pass and honors, commencing on the third Monday in July, and once for pass candidates 
 only on the third Monday in January.* No candidate will be admitted to this examination 
 until he shall have passed the matriculation examination, nor unless he shall have given 
 notice of his intention to the registrar at least one calendar month before the commence- 
 ment of the examination. Fee for this examination, £5. 
 
 Candidates are examined for a pass or for honors on inorganic chemistry and experi- 
 mental physics; and for a pass, on general biology. Candidates for honors, who have en- 
 tered for the whole examination, may also be examined for honors in botany and zoology. 
 
 > Baohelob oe Medicine.— Every candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine will 
 be required- 1. To have passed the matriculation examination in this University. 2. To 
 have passed the preliminary solentiflc examination. 3. To have been engaged in his pro- 
 fessional studies during four years subseauently to passing the preliminary scientific 
 examinationt at one or more of the medical institutions or schools recognized by this 
 University, one year at least of the four to have been spent in one or more of the recogaized 
 institutions or schools in the United Kingdom. 4. To pass two examinations in medicine. , 
 
 * Candidates for the degree of M.B. are reauired by the Senate to pass the preliminary 
 scientiflo examina ion before commencing their regular medical studies, and are recom- 
 mended to devote a preliminary year to preparation for it. according to the foUewing 'pro- 
 gramme :— Winter session: Experimental physics, chemistry (including inorganic), 
 zoology. Summer session: Practical chemistry (inorganic), botany. 
 
 t Candidates who passed the matriculation examination in January. 1885, or pre- 
 viously, will be allowed to date the commencement of their professional studies, as 
 heretofore^ from that examination. 
 
,180 
 
 INTEEMEDIATE EXAMINATION.— The intermediate examination in medicine takes place 
 twice in each year, once for pass and honors, oommencins on the second Monday In July, 
 and once for pass candidates only, oommenoins on the third Monday in January. No can- 
 didate shall be admitted to this examination unless he have passed the ^reUminary soien- 
 tiflo examination at least two years previously, and have produced certifloates to the fol- 
 lowing effect:— 1. Of having completed his nineteenth year. 2. Of having, subsequently to 
 having passed the matriculation examination, been a student during two years at one., or 
 more of the medical institutions or schools recognized by this University, and of having 
 attended a course of lectures on each of three of the subjects in the folio .Ting list: De- 
 scriptive and surgical anatomy, histology and physiology, pathological anatomy, materia 
 medioa and pharmacy, general pathology, general therapeutics, forensic medicine., hygiene, 
 obstetric medicine and diseases peculiar to women and infants. Surgery, medicine. 3. Of 
 having, after passing the preliminary soientiflo examination, dissected during two sessions. 4 
 having, subsequently to having, passed the preliminary scientific examination, attended a 
 pourse of practical chemistry, comprehending practical exercises in conducting the more 
 important processes of general and pharmaoeutieal chemistry, in applying tests for dis- 
 covering the adulteration of articles of the materia medioa and the presence and nature of 
 poisons, and In the examination of mineral waters, animal secretions, urinary deposits, 
 calculi, etc. 5. Of-having attended to practical pharmacy, and of having aoQuired a practi- 
 cal knowledge of the preparation of medicines. These certifloates {as is the ease also with 
 all the certifloates hereinafter mentioned) must be transmitted to the registrar at least four 
 weeks before the commencement of the examination. Fee tor this examination, £5. 
 
 Candidates at the July examination are examined for a Pass or for Honors in each of 
 the following subjects: (1) anatomy, (2) physiology and histology, (3) Organic chemistry, (4) 
 materia mediea and pharmaceutical chemistry. The Pass and Honors Questions at the 
 July examination will oe given on one and the same paper, and will be divided into la) Pass 
 questions and (6) Honors questio^s. Candidates will be allowed to answer questions out 
 of either or both groups ; but no credit will be given for more than half of the total number 
 of questions, of which half, in the case of candidates for Honors, one-third must be taken 
 from group b. Immediately after the written examination, candidates desiring to proceed 
 in Honors in any subject or subjects must give notice to the Begistrar, in order that, when 
 necessary, special provision may be made for the practical examinations. A candidate who 
 enters for, but fails to obtain. Honors in any subject, may be recommended by the examin- 
 ers for a Pass in that subject, if they are satisfied .that he has shown such a competent 
 knowledge thereof as is required by the regulations for the Pass Examination. 
 
 M. B. Examination.*— The M. B. Examination takes place twice in each year— once for 
 Pass and Honors, eommenoing on the last Monday in October ; and once for Pass candidates 
 only, commencing on the flrstMonday in May. No candidate will be admitted to this exam- 
 ination within two academical years of the time of his passing the Intermediate Examina- 
 tion unless he be a registered medical practitioner of not less than three years' standing. 
 In which case he must produce a oertifleate of having gone througli the required course of 
 training at some time previously. Every candidate must produce certificates to the f oUow- 
 ing effect:— 1. Of having passed the Intermediate Examination. 2. Of having, subsequently ' 
 to naving passed the Intermediate Examination, attended a course of lectures on each of 
 two of the subjects enumerated in Section 2 of the regulations for that examination, andfor 
 which the candidate had notonthatoccaslon presented certificates. 3. Of having oonduoted 
 at least twenty labors. Certificates on this subject will be received from any legally quali- 
 fied practitioner in medicine. 4. Of having attended the surgical practice of a recognized 
 hospital or hospitals during two years, with oUnical instruction and lectures on elinioal 
 surgery. 5. Of having attended the medical practice of a recognized hospital or hospitals 
 during two years, with oUnical instructions and lectures on clinical medicine. 6. Of having, 
 after naving attended surgical and medical hospital practice for at least twelve months sub- 
 sequently to passing the Intermediate Examination, attended to practical medicine, sur- 
 gery, or obstetric medicine, with special charge of patients, in a hospital, infirmary, dispen- 
 sary, or parcaMal union, during six months, such attendance not to be counted as part; of 
 either the surgical or the medical hospital practice prescribed in Clauses 4 and B. 7. Of 
 having acquired profloienoy in vaccination. Certifloates on this subject will be received 
 only from the authorized vaccinators appointed by the Privy Council. The candidate must 
 also produce a certificate of moral character from a teacher m the last school or institution 
 at whioh he has studied, as far as the teacher's opportunity of knowledge has extended. 
 The fee for this examination is, £5. 
 
 Candidates *ill be examined In the following subjects: General pathology, general 
 therapeutics and hygiene, surgery, medicine, obstetric medicine, and forensic medicine. 
 The examinations will include questions in surgical and medical anatomy, pathological 
 anatomy, and pathological chemistry. 
 
 Any candidate who has passed the M. B. Examination, beginning in October, may be 
 examined at the Honors Examination next following the M. B. Examination at which he 
 has passed for Honors in (1) medicine, (2) obstetric medicine, andJ3) forensic medicine. The 
 examinations commence in the week following that in which the Pass Examination termin- 
 ated. Except in the case of forensic medicine, they are conducted by means of printed 
 papers, but the examiners will not be precluded from putting viva voce questions upon the 
 written answers. 
 
 * Any candidate for the M. B. Examination -(Yho has passed the Intermediate Examina- 
 tion under the former regulations will be required to have also passed the examination in 
 physiology at some previous Intermediate Examination carried on under the present reg- 
 ulations, at which examination he shall not be allowed to compete for Honors. 
 
181 
 
 Baqhelob of Suegeet.— The examination for the degree of Bachelor of Surgery takes 
 place once in each year, and oommenoes on the Tuesday following the first Monoay in De- 
 oember. Candidates must produce certificates to the following effect: 1. Of havinepassed 
 the examination for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine in this University. 2. Of having 
 attended a course of instruction in operative surgery, and of having operated on the dead 
 subject. Fee for this examination, £5. 
 
 Any candidate who has passed the B. S. examinaion may be examined at the Honours 
 examination next following the B. 8. examination at which he has passed for Honours in 
 Surgery. The examination takes place on Tuesday in the week following the Pass exami- 
 nation, and is conducted by means of printed papers. 
 
 MiSTEE IN SuKQEKT.— The examination for the degree of Master in Surgery takes place 
 once In each year, and commences on the first Monday in December. 
 
 Candidates must produce certificates to the following effect: 1. Of having taken the 
 degree of Bachelor of Surgery in this University.* 2. Of having attended, subseauently to 
 having taken the degree of Bachelgr of Surgery in this University, (a) to clinical or practical 
 surgery during two years in a hospital or medical institution recognized by this universi- 
 ty; or (6) ■ o clinical r>r practical surgery during one year in a hospital or medical institution 
 recognized by this University, and of having been engaged during three years in the prac- 
 tice of his profession; or (c) of having been engaged during five years in the practice of his 
 profession, either before or after taking the degree of Bachelor of Surgery in this Universi- 
 ty. One year of attendance on clinical or practical surgery, or two years of practice, will 
 be dispensed with in the case of those candidates who at the B. S. examination have been 
 placed in the first division. 3. Of moral character, signed by two persons of respeotabiUty. 
 
 Pee for this degree, £5. The examination is conducted by means of printed papers and 
 viva voce interrogation. 
 
 Candidates will be examined in mental physiology, especially in its relations to mental 
 disorder and in surgery. 
 
 Any candidate for the degree of M. B. may transmit to the Kegistrar, not later than Octo- 
 ber 1, a printed dissertation, thesis or commentary, written in view of candidature, or pub- 
 lished within two academical years immediately preceding, treating soientifloally some 
 special department of surgical science, embodying the result of independent research, or 
 snowing evidence of his own work, whether based on the discovery of new facts observed 
 by himself, or of new relations- of facts observed by others, or generally tending to the 
 aavanoement of surgical science. If the dissertation, or thesis, or commentary be approved 
 by the examiners, the candidate will be exempted from the written and clinical examina- 
 tion in surgery, subject to such examination upon the thesis as the examiners at their dis- 
 cretion may think fit. 
 
 DocTOB OP Medicine.— The examination for this degree takes place once in each year, 
 and commences on the first Monday in December. 
 
 Candidates must produce certificates to the following effect- 1. Of having passed the 
 examination for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine in this University. 2. Of having at- 
 tended, subsequently to having taken the jiegree of Bachelor of Medicine in this Universi- 
 ty, (a) to clinical or practical medicine during two years in a hospital or medical Institution 
 recognized by this University, or, ff he enter for State Medicine, during two years to State 
 Medicine ; or (6) to eUnioal or practical ^medicine during one year in a nospital or medical 
 institution recognized by this University, or during one year to State Medicine as above, 
 and having been engaged during three years in the practice of his profession ; or (c) of hav- 
 ing been engaged during five years in the practice of his pro.ession, either before or after 
 taking the degree of Bachelor of Medicine m this University. One year of attendance on 
 clinical or practical medicine or two years oE practice will be dispensed with in the case of 
 those canmdates who at the M. B. examination have been placed in the first division. 3. Of 
 moral character, signed by two persons of respectability. 
 
 Fee for this degree, £5. The examination is conducted by means of printed papers and 
 viva voce interrogation. x 
 
 Candidates will be examined in mental physiology, especially in its relation to mental 
 disorder, and in medicine. 
 
 The regulations with regard to theses are similar to those obtaining in connection with 
 the examination for the M. 8. 
 
 UNITEE8ITY OF DURHAM. 
 
 Three Ucenses and four degrees in medicine are conferred— viz. : Licences in medicine, in 
 surgery, and in sanitary science; and the degrees of Bachelor in Medicine, Bachelor in 
 Surgery, Master in Surgery, and Doctor in Medicine. ■ 
 
 Bacheloe IN Medicine (M. B.)— There are three professional examinations for this de- 
 gree : Subjects for the first examination are— Elementary anatomy and elementary physi- 
 ology, chemistry and physios, and botany. Every candidate must produce the following 
 certificates:— (1) Of registration as a medical student. (2) Of attendance on the following 
 courses of lectures : Anatomy, physiology, chemistry with physics, and practical anatomy 
 ((fissections), each six months ; Dotany and chemistry, each three months. 
 
 * Candidates who have obtained the degree of Bachelor of Medicine previously to 1866 
 will be admitted to the examination for the degree of Master in Surgery without having 
 taken the degree of Bachelor in Surgery ; and in the case of such candidates the attendance 
 on surgical practice reauired by regulation 2 may commence from the date of the M. B. de- 
 gree. 
 
182 
 
 The subject'; tor the second examination are— Anatomy, physiploRv, and materia medioa 
 ■with pharmacy, and the physiological action of drugs. For it the followmg certificates are 
 necessary:— Lectures, &o.: Anatomy, physiology, and practical anatomy (disseotxpns), sec- 
 ond courses of six months each; materia medica, practical (physiology, and pra,ctical phar- 
 macy, courses of three months each. The candidate must also produce a certificate of his 
 having passed the first examination for the M. B.. or the first examination of tjie Conjoint 
 ■Board of the Eoyal College of Physicians of London and the Eoyal College of Surgeons of 
 England, together with the extra examinations in chemistry and botany of the University of 
 Dunham. 
 
 The subjects for the third examination are— Medicine, surgery, pathology, midwifery and 
 diseases of women and children, medi>'al jurisprudence, and public health. For it candi- 
 dates must produce the following certificates- viz, : 1. Of being not less than twenty-one 
 years of age. 2. Of good moral character. 3. Of having passed one of the followmg exam- 
 inations in arts; (a.) The examination for graduation in arts at one of the following univer- 
 sities— Oxford, Cambridge, Durham, Dublin, London, Queenls (Ireland), Edinburgh, Glas- 
 goN, St. Andrews, Aberdeen, Galoulta, MadrasJBombay, McGill College (Montreal), Queen's 
 College (Kingston), Victoria (Manchester), and Eoyal (Ireland). Or (&) the prehminary or 
 extra-professional examination for graduation in medicine at one of the following univer- 
 sities— Cambridge, London. Edinburgh, Glasgow, St. Andrews, Aberdeen, Queen s (Ireland), 
 Viotorla-'Manehester), and Eoyal (Ireland), provided that the candidate in obtaining the 
 certificate shall have satisSed the examiners in Greek. Candidates holding a certificate 
 which does not include Greek may offer themselves for examination in that subject alone 
 at the examination for the cer tifioate for proficiency in general education at Durham, or at 
 the prelimliiary examination in arts for the degrees in medicine above mentioned. This 
 regulation wiH apply to afi candidates entering for the degrees in medicine on or after Octo- 
 ber 1, 1888. Or (c) the preliminary examination in arts qualifying for the Membership of the 
 Eoyal College of Physicians of London or for the Fellowship of the Eoyal CoUege of Sur- 
 geons of England. Or (d) the preliminary examination in arts for the degrees in medicine 
 of the University of Durham (in 1890, commencing on September 30). 4. Of attendance on 
 the following course of lectures— viz. : Medicine and surgery, each two courses of six 
 months ; public health, one course; forensic medicine, midwifery and diseases of women 
 and children, and pathology, each one course of three months ; cUnioal medical and clinical 
 surgical lectures, each two winters and two summers; medical hospital practice and surgi- 
 cal hospital practice and post-mortem demonstrations, each three winters and two sum- 
 mers ; medical clinical clerking and surgical dressing, each six months ; clinical obstetrics, 
 three months ; attendance on not le^s than twenty cases of midwifery, and instruction in 
 vaccination. 
 
 N. B.— It is required that one of the four years of professional education shall be spent in 
 attendance at the University College of Medicine, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Candidates for 
 the first examination who have passed the first examination of the Conjoint Board in Eng- 
 land, and candidates who hold a Qualifleation from a recognized licensing body In the 
 United Kingdom, will be exempt from the first examination or the university, except in the 
 subjects of chemistry with physics and botany. Candidates who have passed the first and 
 second examinations of the University will be exempt from the first and second Examina- 
 tions of the Conjoint Board. 
 
 Baohelob in Subgeey (B. S.)— Every candidate for this degree mjist have passed the 
 examination for the degree of Bachelor in Medicine of the University of Durham, and must 
 have attended one course of lectures on operative surgery, and one course on regional an- 
 atomy. Candidates,will be required to perform operations on the dead body, and to give 
 proof of practical knowledge of the use of surgical instruments and apphances. 
 
 Mastek in StrBGBBT (M. S.)— Candidates must not be less thair twenty-tour years of 
 age, must have obtained the degree of Bachelor in Surgery of the University of Durham, 
 and must have been engaged for at least two years subsequently to the date of acquire- 
 ment of the degree of Bachelor in Surgery in attendance on the practice of a recognized 
 hospital, or in the naval or military services, or inmsdical or surgical practice. The sub- 
 jects of examination are : Principles and practice of surgery, surgical pathology, surgical 
 anatomy, surgical operations and clinical surgery. 
 
 DOCTOB OF Medicine (M. D.)— For this degree candidates must not be less than 
 twenty-four years of age, must have obtained the degree of M. B. at least two years pre- 
 viously, and in the interim have been engaged in medical and surgical practice. Each can- 
 didate will be required to write an essay on some medical subject selected by himself and 
 approved by the Professor of Medicine, and to pass an'examination thereon. 
 
 Candidates for any of the above degrees must give at least twenty-eight days' notice to 
 the Eegistrar of the College. 
 
 VICTOEIA UNIVEESITY. 
 
 Collegesof the University: Owens College, Manchester; University College, Liver- 
 pool, and Yorkshire College, Leeds. 
 
 Four degrees in medicine and surgery are conferred by the Tiotoria'University— viz 
 Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor oiSurgery (M. B. and Ch. B.), Doctor of Jttedioine (M- 
 D.), and Master of Surgery (Oh. M.). 
 
183 
 
 All candidates for degrees in- mediome and surgery are reaulred—d) to have matricu- 
 lated in the University; and (2), to pass {either before or after matriculation) an exammation 
 called the entrance examination in arts, or to have passed such other examlmatlon as may 
 be recognized by the University for this.purpose.* 
 
 Degeej: of Bachblob of Medicine.— Before admission to the degree of M. B. candi- 
 dates are required to present certifleates that they wiJl have attained the age of twenty- 
 one years on the day of graduation, and that they" have pursued the courses of study re- 
 quired by the University regulations during a period of not less than four years subse- 
 <iuently to the date of their registration by the General Medical Council, two of such years 
 having been passed in a college of the University, and one year at least having been passed 
 in a college of the University subsequently to the date of passing the first M. B. examina- 
 tion. All candidates for the degrees. of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery are, 
 required, after matriculating, to satisfy the examiners in the several subjects of the fol- 
 lowing examinations: the first examination, the second examination, and the final exam- 
 ination. - • ^ 
 
 Tfte J''w-st^a;aTOinaJton.— The subjects of examination are as follows:— (1) Chemistry; 
 •(2) elementary biology; (3) physios. Candidates for the preliminary examination in science 
 must have attended during at least one year courses both of lectures and of laboratory 
 work in each of the above named subjects. 
 
 The Second -EiamtnaHon.— The subjects of examination are as follows:— (1) Anatomy: 
 (2) physiology (including pnysiological chemistry and histology) ; (3) materia mediea and 
 pharmacy. Candidates for the intermediate examination are required to have passed the 
 first examination, and to have attended courses of instruction in anatomy tor one winter^ 
 session, in physiology for two winter sessions (but one session will be accepted provided 
 that a full course has been attended by the candidate), and in materia medioa and phar- 
 macy for one summer session. The certificates must show (1) that dissection has been 
 practiced during two winter sessions and one summer session at least; (2) that laboratory 
 mstruotion has been received in physiology; (3) that practical instruction has been received 
 in materia mediea and pharmacy. 
 
 The Final Examination.— The siibjeets of examination are: (1) Surgery— systematic » 
 clinical and practical ; (2) medicine, systematic and cUnical, including mental <iiseases and 
 diseases of children; (3) forensic medicine and toxicology, and public health ; (4) pharma- 
 cology and therapeutics; (5) obstetrics and diseasee of women;, (6) general pathology and 
 morbid anatomy. Candidates may present themselves for examination in all the" above 
 subjects on the same occasion, provided they have ooniiPleted the fourth year of medical 
 study, in accordance with the regulations of the University. Candidates may, how- 
 ever, present themselves for examination in two or three only of these subjects, provided 
 they liave completed the fourth winter of medical study in accordance with the regulations 
 of the University, but must satisfy the examiners in oZ!the subjects so selected before pre- 
 senting themselves in the remaining subjects of examination. Before presenting them- 
 selves lor the final examination, candidates are required to, have passed 'the intermediate 
 examination, and to furnish certificates of having attended courses of instruction approved 
 by the University, in a ooUege of the University, or in a medical school recognised for this 
 purpose by the University, in the subjects in which they offer themselves for examination. 
 The following certificates will be required:— 1. In medicine and surgery, of having attended 
 the medical and surgical practice of a hospital or hospitals, approved by the University, 
 during at least three years, of which years two at least must be subsquent to the date of ' 
 passing the second examination, except when exemption has been granted by the General 
 Board of Studies, after report from the Departmental Board of Medical Studies. 2. In 
 pathology and morbid anatomy, of having attended during a.% least twelve months demon- 
 strations in the post-mortem theatre of a hospital. 3. In obstetrics, of having attended, 
 under proper supervision, a.t least twenty cases of labor. 4. In diseases of women, of hav- 
 ing, during at least three months, repeived in either a general or a special hospital, approved 
 by the University, such clinical Instruction in the diseases peouUar to women as shall be 
 approved by the University. 5. Of having acquired proficiency in vaccination. 6. Of hav- 
 ing acted as a dresser for six months in the surgical wards^and as a clinical clerk for six' 
 monthsinthemedical wards,' of a hospital recognized by the University. 7. Of having at- 
 tended courses of instruction, approved by the University, in a college of the University, 
 or in a medical school or hospital recognized tor this purpose by the University, in the fol- 
 lowing subjects of examination;- (a) systematic surgery, one winter session: practical 
 surgery, one winter session; clinical surgery, two years of clinical lectures. (6) Systematic 
 medicine, two winter sessions ; clinical medicine, two years of clinical lectures, (o) Forensic 
 medicine, one summer sessionr public health, one summer session, id) Pharmacology and 
 therapeutics, one winter or one summer session, (e) Ob- tetrios and diseases of women, 
 two summer sessions or one winter session, (/) General pathology and morbid anatomy, 
 one winter and one summer session. 
 
 Degbbe op Doctob of Medicine.— Candidates are not eligible for the degree of doctor 
 of medicine unless they have previously received the degree of Bachelor of Medicine, and 
 at least one year has elapsed smee they passed the examination for that degree. Candi- 
 da' es for the degree of Doctor of Medicine are required to present a printed dissertation 
 embodying the results of personal observations or original research, either in some depart- 
 ment of medicine or of some science directly relative to medicine. No candidate will be 
 
 *The examinations at present recognized are :—l. The preliminary examination of the 
 Victoria University, provided Latin and mechanics have been taken up. 2. The matricu- 
 lation examination of the University of London. 3. The previous examination of the Uni- 
 versity of Cambridge. 4. Eesponsions and moderations of the University of Oxford; 5. 
 The leaving certificate examination of the Oxford and Cambridge Boards, pro-vided that it 
 includeLatin, English, mathematics and elementary mechanics. 6. The final examination 
 for graduation in arts of any University in Great Britain and Ireland. 
 
184 
 
 admitted to the degree unless his dissertation, atterreportfrom the Departmental Board of 
 Medical Studies, shall have been recommended by the General Board of Studies to the 
 Council for acceptance in that behalf, Condidates may be examined on any subject con- 
 nected with their dissertations. 
 
 Degree of Mastee of Suegeey.— Candidates are not eligible for the degree of Master 
 of SuJgery unless they have previously received the degree of Bachelor of Surgery, and at 
 least one year has elapsed since they passed the examination for that degree. The sub- 
 jects of examination are as follows: (1) surgical anatomy; (2) surgical pathology; (3) practi- 
 cal surgery, including the performance of operations on the dead Body ; (4) climcal surgery ; 
 (5) ophthalmology. 
 
 UNIVEESITY OF EDINBURGH. 
 
 Three medical degrees are conferred by the University of Edinburgh— namely, Bachelor 
 of Medicine (M. B.), MGister in Surgery (C. M.), and Doctor of Medicine (M. D.). The degree 
 of Master in Surgery is not conferred on any person who does not also at the same time 
 obtain the degree of Bachelor of Medicine. 
 
 Bacheloe of Medicine and Mastee in Suegeet.— No one is admitted to these degrees 
 who has not been engaged in medical and surgical study for four years— the medical ses- 
 sion of each year, or annus medicus, being constituted by at least two courses of not less 
 than one hundred lectures each, or by one such course anditwo courses of not less than fifty 
 lectures each; with the exception of the clinical courses, in which lectures are to be given 
 at least twice a week during the prescribed periods.* 
 
 Every candidate for the degrees of M. B. and C. M. must give suiHclent evidence by 
 certificates- a) That he has studied each of the following departments of medical science 
 —namely, anatomy, chemistry, materia medica, Institutes of medicine or physiology, 
 practice of medicine, surgery, midwifery and the diseases peculiar to women and children, 
 and general pathology, each during courses including not less than one hundred lectures: 
 practical anatomy, a course of the same duration as those of not less than one hundred 
 leotures.t Practical chemistry, three months; practical midwifery— (1) that he has attended 
 at least twelve cases of labor under the superintendence of a registered medical practition- 
 er, or (2) that he has attended six such oases, and also has attended, for at least three 
 months, the practice of a midwifery hospital in which practical instruction is regularly given ; 
 clinical medicine and clinical surgery.t courses of the same duration as those of not less 
 than one hundred lectures, or two courses of three months' lectures, being given at least 
 twice a week; medical jurisprudence, botany, and natural history (including zoology), 
 during courses including not less than fifty lectures. (6) That he has attended, for at least 
 two years, the medical and surgical practice of a general hospital which accommodates not 
 fewer than eighty patients, and possesses a distinct staff of physicians and surgeons, (c) ■ 
 That he has attended, during a course of not less than fifty hours' instruction, the class of 
 practical materia medica and pharmacy in the University of Edinburgh, or a similar class 
 conducted in a university or recognized school of medicine, or a similar class conducted at 
 the laboratory of a hospital or dispensary, or elsewhere, by a teacher recognized by the 
 University Court; or that he has been engaged by apprenticeship for not less than two 
 years with a registered medical practitioner, or a member of the Pharmaceutical Society 
 of Great Britain, or a member of the Pharmaceutical Society of Ireland, or a pharmaceuti- 
 cal chemist, or chemist and druggist, registered under the provisions of the Act for Regu- 
 lating the Qualifications of Pharmaceutical Chemists, 1852, the pharmacy act, 1868, or the 
 pharmacy act (Ireland), 1875, in the bona fide compounding and dispensing of drugs, and the 
 
 E reparation of their official and other preparations under his superintendence, id) That 
 e has attended, for at least six months, by apprenticeship or otherwise, the outdoor 
 practice of a hospital, or the practice of a dispensaryphysician, a surgeon, or a member of 
 the Londoner Dublin Society of Apothecaries, (e) That he has attended, during courses 
 of not less than fifty hours' instruction, classes of practical physiology and practwal path- 
 ology in the University of Edinburgh, or in a recognized university or school of medicine,, 
 or upon classes thereof, conducted by a teacher recognized by the University Court. 
 
 Students o^ medicine In the London schools, and ih the school of the College of Sur- 
 geons in Dublin, can obtain there two anni medici out of the four reguired for the Edin- 
 burgh degrees in Medicine. Courses of lectures in these schools, and the courses of the 
 medical teachers and of the science teachers in King's College and in University College, 
 London, in the subjects of graduation, are regarded as equivalent to lectures on the cor- 
 responding subjects in this University, except materia medica and midwifery, which when 
 only three months' courses are not received as equivalent. One annus meaious may be 
 constituted by attendance on practical anatomy and hospital practice during the winter 
 
 * No course of lectures will be allowed to qualify unless the lecturer certifies that it has 
 embraced at least one hundred lectures, or fllty lectures, in conformity with the require- 
 ments of this section. Three months' courses on materia medica, pathology, and midwifery 
 do not quaUf y. 
 
 + Certificates of attendance on practical anatomy must express not only the number of 
 months engaged in dissection, but the names of the parts dissected, and the degree of 
 care with which the dissections have been made. Students are recommended not to ap- 
 pear for an examination in anatomy with a view to a degree until they have dissected the 
 human body at least once. 
 
 J The Medical Faculty recommend that medical students should not attend clinical 
 sureerv durine their first six months' attendance on clinical medicine. 
 
185 
 
 session. Anbther annus medicus by attending eitlier (a) full winter courses on any two of 
 the following subjects— anatomy, physiology, chemistry, pathology, surgery, medicine, 
 olimoal surgery, olmlcal medicine ; or (6) on one such course and two three months' courses 
 on any of the following subjects— botany, practical chemistry, natural history, medical iup- 
 isprudeuoe. If the Student selects the arrangement prescribed in a, attendance on a third 
 course, although unnecessary to constitute an annus, will also be accepted. The other sub- 
 jects and the additional courses, not given in London or Dublin, necessary for the degrees 
 of the University, require to be attended at this University. In provincial schools, where 
 there are no lectures recognized by the Universii y Court, a candidate can only have one 
 annus medicM.?, and this is constituted by attendance at a aualifled hospital along with a 
 course of practical anatomy. But in a provincial school where there are two or more 
 lecturers recognized by this University, a second annus medicus may by made by attend- 
 ance on at least two six months' or one six months' and two three months' recognized 
 courses. 
 
 Ev.ery candidate must deliver, before the 31st day of March of the year in which he pro- 
 poses to graduate, to the Dean of the Faculty of Medicine, a declaration in his own hand- 
 writing, that he has completed his twenty-first year, or that he will have done so on or be- 
 fore the day of graduation, and that he will not be on the day of graduation under articles 
 of apprenticeship to any surgeon or other master. This declaration, along with a state- 
 ment of studies, accompanied with proper eertiflcates, is appended to the schedule of the 
 final examination, and must be signed before the schedule is given in. ~ 
 
 Each candidate is examined, both in writing and orally, on chemistry, botany and nat- 
 ural history ; on anatomy, institutes of medicine, materia medica (including practical phar- 
 macy and precribing), and pathology ; on surgery, practice of medicine, midwifery and 
 medical jurisprudence; clinically, on medicine and on surgery in a hospital. The examina- 
 tions on anatomy,' chemistry, institutes of medicine, botany, natural history, materia med- 
 ica and pathology are conducted, as fa'- as possible, by demonstrations of objects placed 
 before the candidates. Students who have passed their examination on the first division 
 of these subjects may be admitted to examination on the second division at the end of 
 their third year. The examination on the third and fourth divisions cannot take place 
 until the candidate has completed his fourth annus medicus. Candidates may, if they 
 choose, be admitted to examination on the first two of these divisions at the end of their 
 third year, or to the four examinations at the end of their fourth year. 
 
 DocTOB OF Medicine.- This degree may be conferred on any candidate who has ob- 
 tained the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Master in Surgery, and who is of the age of 
 twenty-four years, and produces a certificate of having been engaged, subseauently to his 
 having received the degrees of M. B. and 0. M., for at least two years in attendance on a 
 hospital, or in the military or naval medical service, or In medical and surgical practice. 
 Provided always that the degree of M. D. shall not be conferred on any person unless he be- 
 a graduate in arts of one of the Universities of England, Scotland or Ireland, or of such 
 other universities as are above specified, or unless ne shall, before or at the time of his 
 obtaining the degrees of M. B. and 0. M., or thereafter, have passed a satisfactory exami- 
 nation on three of the subjects mentioned in Section II. of the statutes relative to prelimi- 
 nary examination. Two of these must be Greek and logic or moral philosophy, and the 
 third is to be one of the following subjects, at the option of the candidate— namely, French, 
 German, higher mathematics and natural philosophy. And provided also that the candi- 
 date for the degree of M. D. shall submit to the Medical Faculty a thesis, certified by him 
 to have been composed by himself, and which shall be approved by the Faculty, on any 
 branch of knowledge comprised in the professional examinations for the degrees of M. B. 
 and C. M. which he may have made a subject of study after having received these degrees.. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF GLASGOW. 
 
 The fees for the degrees are £21 for M. B . and C. M., which are obtained together, and 
 £15 for M. D. 
 
 A syllabus containing further particulars may be obtained by application to the assist- 
 ant clerk. Matriculation Oiflce, the University. 
 
 The first, second and third professional examinations are held in April and October 
 each yeiir, and the fourth or final examination is held annually in June and July. 
 
 The candidate for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Master in Surgery must 
 have been registered in the books of the General Medical Council at least four years prior 
 to the date of nis graduation. 
 
 A degree in Arts (not being an honorary degree) of any of the Universities of England, 
 Scotland and Ireland, and also a degree in arts of any colonial or foreign university whica 
 may for this purpose have been specially recognized by the University Court, shall exempt 
 candidates from all prehmmary examination. 
 
 The examination in general education may be passed either in this University or at any 
 university or board of which the examinations are recognized by the General Medical Coun- 
 cil as entithng to registration. But while a certificate of having passed any recognized 
 preliminary examination entitles to registration in the books of the Genei al Medical Coun- 
 cil, the University only accepts these examinations pro tanto, and exacts examination in 
 every case on such subjects required by the regulations of the University as are not em- 
 braced in the certificates presented from other examining boards, or which, though in- 
 cluded therein, are not of similar extent to the same subjects as prescribed by the Xmiver- 
 sity. In such cases this examination required by the University must be passed bv the 
 candidates before enrolment for their first professional examination. 
 
186 
 
 This registration in the books of the Medical Council, wMoh is imperative on candidates 
 for any legal (lualifloation to practice whatsoever, is quite distinct from matriculation or 
 other registration of students in the books of the University. 
 
 Candidates for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Master in Surgery are further 
 required to undergo, previously to their first professional examination (and it is recom- 
 mended, as far as possible previously to the commencement of professional study), an ex- 
 amination in one of the fbllowing subjects : Greek, French, German, Higher Mathematics, 
 Natural Philosophy, Logic and Moral Philosophy. 
 
 Peofessional Education: 1. Duration and Oonstihition of the Curricidum.—'No one 
 shall be admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Medicine or Master in Surgery who has not 
 been engaged in medical and surgical study for four years— the medical session of each 
 year, or annus medicus, being constituted by at least two courses of not less than one 
 hundred lectures each, or by one such course and two courses of not less than fifty lectures 
 ■each; but in the case of the cUnioal courses it shall be sufficient that the lectures be given 
 at least twice a week during the prescribed periods. 
 
 One at least of the four years of medical and surgical study above required. must be in 
 the University of Glasgow. Another of such tour years must be either in the University of 
 ■Glasgow, or in some other university entitled to give the degree of Doctor of Medicine. 
 
 All candidates availing themselves of the permission to attend the lectures of private 
 teachers, and not being at the time matriculated students of the University, must, at the 
 commencement of the year of ^uch attendance, enrol their names in a book kept by the 
 university for that purpose, paying a fee of one-halt the amount of the matriculation fee 
 paid by studpnts of the University : but they shall not thereby be entitled to any of the 
 privileges of a matriculated student of the University. 
 
 The fee for attendance on the lectures of any private teacher, with a view to graduation, 
 shall not be of less amount than that exigible by medical /professors of the University for 
 the same course of instruction. 
 
 No attendance on lectures shall be reckoned, if the teacher gives instruotionin more than 
 , ■one of the prescribed branches of study, except in those oases where professors of the 
 ! University are at liberty to teach more than one branch. 
 
 The terms for conferring Medical and Surgical degrees are May 1st, July 31st, and 
 second last Thursday of November. 
 
 The Degeee op Doctob op Medicine.— This degree may be conferred on any candi- 
 date who has obtained the degree of Bachelor of Medicine, and is of the age of twenty -four 
 years, and has been engaged, subsequently to his having obtained the degree of bachelor 
 ■of medicine, for at least two years in attendance on a hospital, .or in the military or naval 
 medical Service, or in medical or surgical practice ; provided always that the degree of 
 Doctor of Medicine shall not be conferred on any person, unless he be a graduate in arts 
 within the fifth section of the Ordinance, or unless ne shall have passed a satisfactory ex- 
 ■amination in Greek, and in logic or moral philosophy, and in one at least of the following 
 subjects, namely: French, German, higher mathematics, natural philosophy, and natural 
 history; provided also that each candidate for the degree of Doctor of Medicine shall pre- 
 sent an inaugural dissertation composed by himself to be approved by the Senatus 
 Academicus. Such dissertations or these^ must be lodged with the assistant clerk 
 <matriculation,ofBoe), on or before March 20th, June 20th, or October 20th. No thesis will be 
 approved^nless it gives evidence of original observation, or, if it deals with the researches 
 of others, gives a full statement of the literature of the question, with accurate references 
 and critical investigation of the views or facts cited; mere compilations will in no case be 
 accepted. The fees for the degree of M. D. amount to £13 8s. (including the sum of £10 Ss 
 for government stamps, etc.) 
 
 ■ A special examination will be held once in every year in subjects relating to public 
 health, and will commence on the third Tuesday in October. Candidates must produce 
 evidence that they have attended a course of lectures in which special instruction was 
 given on public health, and that they have attended a course of analytical chemistry spec- 
 ially bearing on the subject of examination. Candidates who have not passed an annus 
 ■medicus in the University of Glasgow must, before presenting themselves for examination, 
 have attended as matriculated students in this university at least two courses of instruc- 
 tion, scientific or professional, bearing on the subjects of examination. The examinations 
 shall be written, oral and practical. Further information with regard to the lectures on 
 public health and the examinations for the diploma may be obtained from Dr. P, A. Simp- 
 son, Professor of Medical Jurisprudence, University of Glasgow. 
 
 UNIVEESITY OF ABEEDEBN. 
 
 The curricula for the several degrees conferred are nearly the same as in the University 
 •of Edinburgh. Professional examinations will be held twice in each year— namely, in April 
 ■and July, directly after the close of the winter and summer sessions. The fees for gradu- 
 ation are the same as in the University of Edinburgh. Matriculation teo.iincludlng all dues, 
 for the winter and summer session, £1 ; summer session alone, los. 
 
 Candidates who commenced their medical studies before November, 1861, are entitled 
 to appear for examination for the degree of M. D. after four years' study, one of which 
 must have been in the University of Aberdeen. 
 
 Besides the Royal InflrmMy, students have the opportunity of attending the following 
 institutions: General Fever Hospital ; Sick Children's Hospital ; General Dispensary, and 
 Lying-in and Vaccine Institutions, daily ; Eoyal Lunatic Asylum; Eye Institution, in which 
 is given clinical instruction on the diseases of the eye, and on the application of the oph- 
 thalmoscope lor their diagnosis . 
 
187 
 
 A Diploma in Public Health is granted by the University to its graduates in Medicine, 
 after a special examination. The diploma can be entered on the Register oJ the General 
 Medical Council. 
 
 Diploma in Public Health (D. P. H.)— Candidates for the diploma must have graduated 
 In medicine in the University for one year before they receive the diploma; and they must , 
 give evidence of having attended a course of instruction in analytical chemistry or in ptac- 
 tical hygiene. The diploma is conferred after an examination in public health, held twice 
 each year. Candidates desiring to appear for examination at either of these periods 
 must send their names, with the necessary fee, to the Secretary of the Medical Faculty be- 
 fore the first dav of the month in which the examination takes place. The fee for the ex- 
 amination is £3 3s. In the event of a candidate tailing to pass the examination, a fee of £1 
 Is. will be charged for each subseq.uent examination for which he may enter. The exami- 
 nation is conducted by the examiners tor the medical degrees. The examination is writ- 
 ten, oral and practical. The subjects and scope of the examination are as follows: 1. Phy- 
 sics and meteorology. The geu-ral principles of physios in so far as they relate to heat 
 and ventilation, water-supply and drainage; the elements of meteorology and climatology; 
 practical exercises in the use of meteorogical instruments. 2. Chemistry and microscopy: 
 The composition and analysis of air, water and sou-age; the composition and adulterations 
 of the more common foods and beverages; diseased and putrid food; practical exercises in 
 the chemical and microscopical examination oE air, water and foods. 3. General hygiene : 
 Duties of medical offleers of health; nature and construction of dietaries; oonstruction and 
 sanitary arrangements of houses, hospitals, workshops, factories, towns, etc., including 
 interpretation of plans ; ventilation, water-supply, sewerage, disposal of dead,; etiology, 
 prophylaxis (including vaccination) and control of infectious diseases ; unhealthy occupa- 
 tions ; practical exercises in examining and reporting on the -construction and sanitary ar- 
 rangements\pt houses, etc. 4. Sanitary law arid vital statistics : Laws relating to the pub- 
 lic health of Scotland, England or Ireland, at the option of the candidate; laws relating to 
 vaccination and registration of births, marriages and death-s; methods and data of vital 
 statistics, mainly in so tar as they relate to the birth, marriage an i death rate of communi- 
 ties. 
 
 Application for further information should be addressed to the Dean of the Medical 
 Faculty. 
 
 The degrees of B. Se. and D. Sc. are now granted, after examination, in one of several 
 specified departments of science, to be selected by the candidate. ,For regulations apply 
 to the Secretary of Science Department. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF ST. ANDREWS. 
 
 Two degrees in medicine are granted— namly, Bachelor of Medicine and Master In Sur- 
 gery (M. B., C. M.), and Doctor of Medicine (M. D.). The curricula for these degrees, and 
 the rearulations undgr which they are conferred differ from those of the University of 
 Edinburgh only in the particulars noticed below. 
 
 DocTOB OF Medicine.— This decree may be conferred by the University of St. An- 
 drews or any registered medical practitioner above the age of forty years whose profes- 
 sional position and experience are such as, in the estimation of the University, to entitle 
 him to that decree, and who shall, on examination, satisfy the medical examiners of the 
 sufficiency of his professional knowledge ; provided always that degrees ■will not be con- 
 ferred under this section on a greater number than ten in any one year. The examinations 
 are held yearly about the middle of Api il. Candidates must lodge with the Dean of the Medi- 
 cal Faculty the following certificates, along with application for admission to examination: 
 1. A certificate of age, be'ng a baptismal certificate or an affidavit. 2. Holograph certificates 
 from at least three medical men of acknowledged reputation in the medical profession or 
 in the medical schools, recommending the candidate to the Senatus for the degree, and tes- 
 tifying to his professional skill and position. 3. A portion of the graduation fee (viz., £10 
 10s.), which shall be forfeited should the candidate fail to appear or to graduate at the time 
 appointed. A satisfactory examination, written and viva voce, must be passed in the follow- 
 ing departments, viz. : Materia medioa and general therapeutics, medical jurisprudence, 
 practice of medicine and pathology, surgery, midwifery and diseases of women and chil- 
 dren. 
 
 Baohelok or Medicine and Mastee in Suegekt.— No one will be received as a can- 
 date for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Master In Surgery unless two years at least 
 of his four years of medical and surgical study shall have been in one or more of the follow- 
 ing universities or colleges, viz.: the Universities of St. Andrews. Glasgow, Aberdeen, 
 Edinburgh, Oxford and Cambridge; Trinity College. DubUn; Queen's College, Belfast; 
 Queen s College, Cork, and Queen's College. Galway . 
 
 Subject always to the condition here specified, the studies for candidates for the degree 
 of Bachelor of ttedicine and Master in Surgery will be under the folio wing regulations: The 
 remaimng years of medical and surgical study may be either in one or more of the univer- 
 sities and colleges above specified, or in the hospital schools of London, or in the school of 
 the College of Surgeons of DubUn. or under such private teachers of medicine as may from 
 time to time reoeive reeogmtion from the University Court. Attendance during at least six 
 winter months.on the medical or surgical practice of a general hospital which accommo- 
 dates at least eighty patients, and during the same period on a course of practical anatomy, 
 may be reckoned as one of such remaining years. 
 
188 
 
 Every candidate for examination for the degree of M. B. and C. M. is reauired to lodge 
 a declaration of age, a statement of his course of study, his inaugural dissertation, and all 
 his certificates ■with the Dean of the Medical Faculty, on or before the 25th of March in each 
 year. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF DUBLIN {TRINITY COLLEGE). 
 
 Mateioulation.— All students in the school of physic intending to practice physic must 
 be matriculated, for which a tee of 5s. is payable. No student can oe admitted for the win- 
 ter course after November 25. 
 
 \ • 
 
 Previous Medical Examination.— Candidates for degrees in medicine, surgery and 
 midwifery are required to pass an examination in physics, chemistry, botany, comparative 
 anatomy, descriptive anatomy, and Institutes of medicine (practical histology and physiol- 
 ogy), previously to their degree examination. 
 
 BacheijOB in Medicine.— a candidate for this degree must be a graduate in Arts, and 
 may obtain the degree of Bachelor in Medicine at the same commencements as that at 
 which he receives his degree of B. A., or afanysubseguent commencements. The medical 
 education of a Bachelor in Medicine is of four yfears'.duration, and comprises attendance on 
 a single course of each of the following lectures : Anatomy, practical anatomy, chemistry, 
 materia medioa and pharmacy, physiology, practice of medicine, botany, medical jurispru- 
 dence, heat, electricity, magnetism, comparative anatomy ; three courses of nine months' 
 attendance on the cUnioal lectures of Sir Patrick Dun's or other metropolitan hospital recog- 
 nized by the Board of Trinity College ; a certificate of persona) attendance on fever cases, 
 with names and dates of cases. Six months' dissections, three months' laboratory instruc- 
 tion in chemistry, three months' practical histology, and one months' instruction in vacci- 
 nation are reauired. Any of the above-named courses may be attended at any medical 
 school in Dublin recognized by the Provost and Senior Fellows. Fee for the Liceat ad Ex- 
 aminandum, £5; for the M. B. degree, £11. 
 
 DoCTOB IN Medicine.- A Doctor in Medicine must be M. B. of at least three years' 
 standing, or have been qualified to take the degree of M. B. for three years, and must read 
 a thesis or undergo an examination before the Eegius Professor of Physic, in accordanc e 
 with the rules ^nd statutes of the University. Totalamount of fees for this degree, £13. 
 
 Baoheloe in Suegeey.— a Bachelor in Surgery must be a Bachelor in Arts, and have 
 spent four years in the study of surgery and anatomy. He must also pass a public exami- 
 nation in the hall before the professors of the school 61 physic, having previously com- 
 pleted the prescribed carriculum of study, which includes the following additions to the 
 courses named above for the M. B. : Theory of surgery, operative surgery, two courses of 
 dissections, ophthalmic surgery. Candidates are required to perform surgical operations- 
 on the dead subject. 
 
 Mastee in Bubgeet.— a Master in Surgery must be a Bachelor in Surgery of the Uni- 
 versity of Dublin, of not less than three years' standing, . and must produce satisfactory 
 evidence of having been engaged for not less than two years from the date of his registra- 
 tion in the study, or study and practice, of his profession. He must then pass an examina- 
 tion m the following subjects :— 1, clinical surgery ; 2. operative surgery ; S, surgical pathol- 
 ogy ; 4, surgery ; 5, surgical anatomy (on the dead subject) ; and one of the following optional 
 subjects: 1, surgery, in one of its recognized branches—viz., ophthalmic and aural, gyiie- 
 oological, and dental; 2, mental disease: 3, medical jurisprudence and hygiene: 4, advanced 
 anatomy and physiology ; 5, copiparative anatomy. Fee for the degree of Master in Sur- 
 gery, £11. 
 
 Bacheloein Obsteteio Science.— The candidate for the B. A. 0. Examination must 
 be a Bachelor in Arts, having previously, completed the prescribed curriculum of study. 
 The curriculum comprises the following, in addition to the complete course for the M. B. :— 
 Theory and practice of midwifery, one course (winter); practical midwifery, including clini- 
 cal lectures, six months. The candidate is then required to pass an examination in practi- 
 cal midwifery, gynecology and obstetrical anatomy. Fee for the degree of Bachelor in 
 Obstetric Science, £1. There is no Liceat fee. 
 
 Mastbe in Obsteteio Science.- A Master in Obstetric Science must have passed the 
 M. B. and B. Ch. examinations, and produce a certificate of having attended a summer 
 course in obstetric medicine and surgery.'* He is then required to pass an examination in 
 the following subjects- 1 . Practice of midwifery. 2. Gynecology. 3. Anatomy of female 
 pelvis and elementary embryology. 4. Clinical gynecology. Fee for the degree of Master 
 in Obstetric Science, £5. 
 
 Univeesity Diplomas.— Candidates for the diplomas in medicine, surgery, or obstetric 
 science, must be matriculated in medicine, and must have completed two years in arts and 
 four years in medical studies. 
 
 Diploma in Medicine.- The medical course and examination necessary tor the diploma 
 in medicine are the same as fol-thB degree of M. B., except that the candidate is not re- 
 quired to attend the lectures on botany and comparative anatomy, nor to pass the previous 
 medical examination in those subjects. A diplomate in medicine, on completing his course 
 
189 
 
 in arts, and proceeding to tlie degree of B. A., may become a Bachelor in Medicine by at- 
 tending the lectures on botany and comparative anatomy, passing the previous medical 
 examination in thesfe subjects, and paying the degree fee. Fee for the Liceat ad Exarrnn- 
 andum, £5. Tee for the diploma in medicine, £5. 
 
 Diploma in Subgbet.— The surgical course and examination necessary tor the diploma ' 
 m surgery are the same as lor the degree of Bachelor in Surgery. Fee 'for the Liceat ad 
 Examinandum, £5. Fee for the diploma in surgery, £5. 
 
 Diploma in Obsteteic Medicine.— The course and examination for the diploma in 
 obstetric science are the same as that for the Bachelor in Obstetric Science. Fee for the 
 diploma in obstetric science, £1 . 
 
 N. B.— Each candidate having completed the prescribed courses of study, passed the 
 requisite Qualifying examinations in medicine, surgery, and midwifery, and had conferred 
 on nim the corresponding degrees, will obtain from the Senior Proctor a diploma entitUng 
 him to bo entered on theBegister of Medical Practitioners under the Medical Act, 1886. 
 
 KOYAL UNIVEESITY OF IKELAND. 
 
 All degrees, honors, exhibitions, prizes, and scholarships in this University are open to 
 students of either sex. Candidates for any degree in this University must have passed the 
 matriculation examination. Students from other universities and colleges are included in 
 this rule. 
 
 The following degrees, etc., are conferred by the University in this Faculty :— Bachelor 
 of Medicine, Doctor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery, Master of Surgery, Bachelor of Ob- 
 stetrics, Master of Obstetrics ; in sanitary science, a special diploma; in mental disease, a 
 special diploma. 
 
 The medical examinations, except that for the diploma in sanitary science, will be held 
 twice yearly— viz., in April and in October. The examination for the diploma in sanitary 
 science will be held in July. 
 
 The course of degrees in medicine, etc., is of at least tour years' duration. Students 
 who have commenceoTtheif medical studies since January 1, 1885, must furnish evidence ot 
 having been registered by the medical council as students in medicine for at least forty-flve 
 months before Doing admitted to the final examination for M. B. No one can be admitted 
 to a degree in medicine who is not fully twenty-one years of age. AU candidates for these 
 degrees are, in addition to attending the lectures and complying with the other conditions 
 to oe from time to time prescribed, required to pass the following examinations:— The ma- 
 triculation exapiiuation, the first university examination, the first examination in medicine, 
 the second examination in medicine, the third examination in medicine, and the examina- 
 tion tor the medical degrees. 
 
 The First Examination in Jfedtctne,- Students may not be admitted to this examina- 
 tion until the lapse of two academical years from the time of their matriculation. They 
 must also have previously passed the first university examination. The subjects of this 
 examination are : Natural philosophy, chemistry, zoology, and botany. The examination 
 in each subject will comprise two parts : (1) A written examination ; (2) practical work and 
 oral examination. For chemistry the practical examination takes place at the close ot the 
 second year. Particular weight will be given to the practical part of the examination. Can- 
 didates at the first examination in medicine who at the first university examination in arts 
 did not obtain 30 per cent, of the marks assigned to French or German will be required to 
 present themselves tor a qualifying examination in French or German. Failure to obtain' 
 30 per cent, of the marks assigned to either of those languages wiU involve the loss ot the 
 examination. 
 
 The Second Examinaiion in Medicine.— Stndenta will be admitted to this examination 
 after the lapse of one academical year from the time of passing the first examination in medi- 
 cine^ provided they have completed the first period of the course of medical studies. The 
 subjects tor this examination are anatomy, physiology, materia medioa (pharmacology), 
 and practical chemistry. 
 
 The Third Examination in Jlfedioirie.— Students will be admitted to this examination 
 after the lapse of one academical year from the time ot passing the second examination in 
 medicine, provided they have completed the the third year of medical studies. The sub- 
 jects for this examination will be anatomy and physiology. 
 
 The Examination for the Medical Degrees,— Students will be admitted to this exami- 
 nation after the lapse of one academical year from the time of passing the third examination 
 in medicine, provided they have completed the course of medical studies prescribed for the 
 fourth year. The examination consists of three parts or divisions : (a) medicine, including 
 
 ^_, ^, SYj\ ^ -_ 
 
 must be passed as a'whole. tfpon completing satisfactorily his examination in all three di- 
 visions, the candidate will, in addition to the parchment diplomas recording his admission 
 to the medical degrees of M. B., B. Ch., and B. A. 0., receive a certificate of having passed a 
 qualifying examination in the subjects of medicine, surgery, and midwifery. The fee for 
 this certificate is £10, which must be paid prior to the candidates admission to the medical 
 degrees. 
 
190 
 
 DocTOB IN Medicine.— Candidates may be admitted to this degree after the lapse of 
 tliree academical years from the time of obtaining the degree of M. B. . Provided, however, 
 that all persons vpno were students in medicine in the Queen's University at the date of its 
 dissolution shall he entitled, if they so desire, to bo admitted to the degree of M. D., instead 
 of the degree of M. B., upon passing the examination herein prescribed for the M. B. de- 
 gree. Every candidate will be examined at the bedside, and required to diagnose at least 
 three medical cases, and prescribe treatment, and to write detailed reports on at least two 
 cases to be selected by the examiners, and to discuss all the questions arising thereon. 
 
 Mastekin SuBGEEY.— This degree will be 'conferred only on graduates in medicine of 
 the University. The examination for this degree will comprise surgical diseases and sur- 
 gery, both theoretical and operative ; surgical anatomy, ophthalmology and otology ; and 
 will include— (a) a written examination; (i) a clinical examination; (c) an examination on 
 surgical instruments and appliances ; id) an examination in operative surgery. 
 
 The Master in Obsteteics.— This degree will be conferred only on graduates in medi- 
 cine of the University.. The examination will comprise the theory and practice of midwifery 
 and of diseases of women and children, and the use of instruments and appUanoes : and will 
 Include— (a) a written examination; (6) a clinical examination as far as practicable; (c) an 
 oral examihation, with practical illustrations; {dl an examination on instruments and ap- 
 pliances. 
 
 Diploma in Sanitabt Science.— This diploma will be conferred only on graduates in 
 medicine of the University. The examinationwiilincludethe following subjects :— physios, 
 climatology, chemistry, geology, sanitary engineering, hygiene, sanitary law, and vital ' 
 statistics. Proficiency in practical work and adequate acquaintance with the instruments 
 and methods of research which may be employedfor hygienic investigations are indispens- 
 able conditions of passing*the examination. 
 
 EOYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 
 
 The diploma of member of this College is not now granted apart from the Uoense of the 
 Royal College of Physicians, except to students who commenced their professional studies 
 prior to October 1,1884. It doe's not seem necessary.tnerefore, to- reproduce the regulations 
 of the College at the present date. ' Students of such standing as to oe subject to them may 
 obtain copies on applleation to the Secretary of the Examining Board in England, or they 
 may refer to 'I'he Lancet, second volume for 1888, where they will be found fully set out on 
 pages 474 and 475. Students of a later date will be subject to the regulations issued by tha 
 Joint Examining Board of the two Royal Colleges of Physicians and Surgeons. 
 
 ROYAL COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS OF LONDON. 
 
 The license of this College is no longer granted by itself, except to students who com- 
 menced professional study prior to the October 1, 1884, and consequently it is no longer 
 > necessary to publish the regulations. Any student who registered before the date in ques- 
 tion can obtain a copy of the reguJations on application to the Secretary of the Examining 
 Board in England, or may refer to them in The Lancet's students' number for 1889. 
 
 EXAMINING BOARD IN ENGLAND BY THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS 
 OF LONDON AND THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. 
 
 Begulations relating to the several Examinations applicable to Candidates who cdm- 
 menced their Professional Education on or after the 1st of October, iSSi. 
 
 Any candidate who desires to obtain both the license of the Royal College of Physicians 
 of London and the diploma of mepiber of the Royal College of Surgeons of England is re- 
 quired to comply with the foUowilag regulations, and to pass the examinations hereinafter 
 set forth. Every such oandidata who shall commence professional study on or after Octo- 
 ber 1, 1884, will be required, at the times prescribed for the respective examinations, to 
 produce satisfactory evidence- 1. Of having been registered as a medical student by tha 
 tieneral Medical Council. 2. Of having been engaged in professional studies at least forty- 
 five months, during which not less than throe vfinter sessions and two summer sessiona 
 shall have been passed at one or more of the medical schools and hospitals recognized by 
 the two Colleges. 3. Of having received instruction In the following subjects: (a) Ohem- 
 Istry. including chemical physios ; (6) practical chemistry; (c) materia medioa; (d) pharmacy. 
 4. Of having performed dissections at a recognized medical school during not less than 
 twelve months. 5. Of leaving attended at a recognised medical school— (a) a course of 
 lectures on anatomy during not less than six months, or one winter session; (6i a course of 
 lectures on general anatomy and physiology during not less than six months, or'one winter 
 session; (c) a separate practical course of general anatimy and physiology during not less 
 than three months. 6. Of having attended at a recognized medical school— (a) a course of 
 lectures on medicine during not less than six months, or one winter session; (6) a course of 
 lectures on surgery during not less thnn six months, or one winter session; (c) a course of 
 lectures on midwifery and dis ases peculiar to women during not less than three months; 
 (d) systematic practical instruction in medicine, surgery, and midwifery ; (e) a course of 
 lectures on pathological anatomy during not less than three months ; (r) demonstrations In 
 
191 
 
 the post-mortem room during the whole period of attendance on trlinioalleotures ; (ff ) a 
 course of lectures on forensic medicine during not less than three months. 7, Of having, 
 attended, at a recognised hospital or hospitals, the practice of medicine and surgery during 
 three winter and two summer sessions. 8. Of having attended at a recognised hospital or 
 hospitals, after he has passed the second examination, during nine months' clinical lectures 
 on medicine, and during nine months' ohnioal lectures on surgery, and of having been en- 
 gaged during a period of three months in the ehnical study of diseases peculiar to women. 
 9. Of having discharged, after he has passed the second examination, the dtities of a medi- 
 cal clinical clerk during six months, and of a surgical dresser during other six months, of 
 which, in each case not less than three months shall have been in the wards. 10. Of hav- 
 ing performed operatioiis on the dead subject to the , satisfaction of his teacher. 11. Of 
 having received instruction in the practice of vaccination. 
 
 Peofessional Examinations.— There are three professional examinations, called 
 herein the first examination, the second examination and the third or final examination, 
 each being partly written, partly oral, and partly practical. These examinations will be 
 held in the months of January, April, July and October, unless otherwise appointed. Ev- 
 ery candidate intending to present himself for examination is required to give notice in 
 writing to Mr. P. G. Hallett, Secretary of the Examming Board, Examination Hall, Victoria 
 Embankment, W. C, fourteen clear days before the day on which the examination com- 
 mences, transmitting at the same time the required eertifleates. 
 
 The subjects of the first, examination are— chemistry, chemical physios, materia medl- 
 ca, pharmacy, elementary anatomy and elementary physiology. A candidate may take 
 this examination in three parts at different times, or he may present himseU for the whole 
 at one time. A candidate will be admitted to the examination on chemistry and ohemloal 
 physics, ms,terla medica and pharmacy, on producing evidence of having been registered 
 as a medical student by the General Medical Council, and of having received instruction in 
 chemistry, materia medica and pharmacy ; or he may take materia medica and pharrhaoy 
 aspartof the second examination; but he will not be admitted to the examination on ele-i 
 mentary anatomy and elementary physiology earher than the end of his first winter ses- 
 sion at a medical school, or than the completion of his first six months' attendance at a rec- 
 ognized medical school during the ordinary sessions— 1. e., exclusive of the months of 
 April, August and September. A candidate rejected in one part or more of the first exam- 
 ination will not be admitted to re-examination until after the lapse of a period of not less 
 than three months from the date of rejection, and he will be re-examined in the subject or 
 subjects in which he has been rejected. Any candidate who shall produce satisfactory evi- 
 dence of having passed an examluart;ion for a degree in medicine on any of the subjects of 
 the first and second parts of this examination conducted at a University in the United 
 Kingdom, in India, or in a British Colony, will be exempt from examination in those sub- 
 jects in which he has passed. 
 
 The subjects of the second examination are anatomy and physiology. A candidate is 
 required to present himself for examination in anatomy and physiology together until he 
 has reached the required standard to pass in one or other of these subjects; but no candi- 
 date will be allowed to pass in one of the subjects without obtaining at the same time at 
 least half the number of marks reciuired to pass in the other subject. A candidate will be 
 admitted to the second examination after the lapse of not less than six months from the 
 date of his passing the first examination, on producing evidence of having completed, sub- 
 seauently to registration as a medical student, eighteen months of professional study at a 
 recognized medical school or schools, and of having complied with the regulations pre- 
 scribed in Section I., clauses 4 and 5. A candidate rejected in either part or in both parts of 
 the second examination will not be admitted to re-examination vmtfl after the lapse of a 
 perlodof not less than three months 'from the date of rejection, and will be re-examined in 
 the subject or subjects in which he has been rejected. 
 
 The subjects of the final examination are: Medicine, Including therapeutics, medical 
 anatomy and pathology ; surgesy, including surgical anatomy and pathology; midwifery 
 and diseases peculiar to women. A' candidate may present himself for examination in these 
 three subjects or parts separately or at one time. A candidate will be admitted to the third 
 or final examination on producing evidence— (1) of being 21 years of age ; (2) of having passed 
 the se3ond examination; and (3) of having studied medicine, surgery, and midwifery, in ao- 
 oordance with the regulations prescribed in section I. clauses 2 and 6 to 11. The colleges do 
 not admit to either part of the third or final examination any candidate (not exempted from 
 registration) whose name has not been entered in the Medical Students' Register at least 
 forty-five months, nor till the expiration of two years after his having passed the second 
 examination. A candidate rejected in the third or final examination, or in one or more of 
 the three parts into which he may have divided it, will not be admitted to re-examination 
 until after the lapse of a period of not less than six months from the date of rejection, and 
 he will be re-examinedln.the subject or subjects Inwhlchhe previously failed to pass. Any 
 candidate who shall have obtained a colonial, Indian or foreign QuaUflcation which entitles 
 him to practice medicine or surgery in the country where such aualiflcation has been oon- 
 lerred, after a course of study and examination equivalent to those required by the regula- 
 tions of the two colleges, shall, on production of satisfactory evidence as to age andTpro- 
 flolenoy in vaccination, be admissible to the second and third examinations. 
 
 The fees for admission to the third or final examination are as follows : For the whole 
 examination, £15 15s; for re-examinatjon after rejection in medicine. £5 5s; for re-examlna- 
 tlon after rejection In surgery, £5 5s; for re-examlnatlon after rejection in midwifery, £3 3s. 
 
 » Notice.^K candidate referred at the second examination in either or both subjects Is 
 required before being admitted to re-examination, to produce a certificate that he has 
 pusued, to the satisfaction of his teacher or teaehers. In a recognized place of study, his 
 anatomical and phyplologlcal studies, or his anatomical or physiological studies as the case 
 may be, during a period of not less than three months subsequently to the date of his ref- 
 erence. 
 
192 
 
 A candidate referfBd on the third or final examination, or on one or more of the three 
 parts into which he may have divided it, ■ will not be admitted to re-examination until after 
 the lapse of a period of not less than thi'ee months from the date of rejection, and will be 
 required, before being admitted to re-examination, to produce a certificate in regard to 
 medicine and surgery, of having attended the medical and surgical practice or the medical 
 or surgical practice as the case may be, at a recognized hospital during the period of his 
 reference: and in regard to midwifery and diseases of women, a certificate of having re- 
 ceived, subseauently to the date of his reference, not less than three months' instruction 
 in that subject by a recogni^d teacher. 
 
 Any candidate who withdraws from a part or parts of an examination for which he has 
 sent in his name will not be admissible to such part or parts until the expiration of six 
 months, without the special permission of the Committee of Management. 
 
 BOYAL COLLEGES OF PHYSICIANS AND SUBGEONS OF EDINBUBGH, AND 
 FACULTY PHYSICIANS AND SUBGEONS OF GLASGOW. 
 
 T?hes6 colleges have made arrangemenfs by which, after one series of examinations, 
 held in Edinburgh or in Glasgow, the student may obtain the diplomas of the three co-op- 
 erating bodies. 
 
 The three co-operating bodies grant their single ctualiflcations only to candidates who 
 •already ijossess another and opposite Quadifloation in medicine or surgery, as the case may 
 be. Copies of the regulations for the single qualification of any of the bodies may be had 
 on appheation to the respective secretaries. 
 
 Pbofessional Education. —1. Candidates must have been engaged in professional 
 study during forty-five months from the date of registration as medical students by the 
 ■General Medical Council, which period shall include not less than four winter sessions' at- 
 tendance at a recognized medical school. 2. The candidate must produce certificates or 
 other satisfactory evidence of having attended the following separate and distinct courses 
 of instruction: Anatomy, one course, during at least six months; practical anatomy, 
 twelve months ; chemistry, one course, six months ; practical or analytical chemistry, one 
 course, three months ; materia medica, one course, three months ; physiology, one course, 
 six months ; practice of medicine, one course, six months ; clinical medicine, nine months ; 
 principles and practice of surgery, one course, six months ; clinical surgery, nine months ; 
 midwiiery and the diseases of women and children, one course, three months ; medical juris- 
 prudence one course, three months; pathological anatomy, one course, three months. The 
 six months' courses delivered in Scotland must consist of not fewer than 100 lectures. The 
 three months' courses must consist of not fewer than 50 lectures. The number of lectures 
 certified as attended at any school not situated in Scotland should not be less than three- 
 lourths of the total number of lectures delivered in a course. 3. The candidate must also 
 produce the following certificates : (a) Of having attended not less than six cases of labor, 
 three of these to be conducted personally under the direct superintendence of the prac- 
 titioner who signs the certificate, who must be a registered medical practitioner. It is, 
 however, strongly recommended that, where opportunity is given, the candidate should 
 ■either attend for three months the in-door practice of a lying-in hospital, or attend per- 
 sonally not less than twenty cases of labor, and that at least the first six of these cases 
 should be attended under the direct supervision of the practitioner. (6) Of having at- 
 tended for three months, instruction in practical pharmacy: the certificate to be signed by 
 the teacher, who must be a member of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, or the 
 superintendent of the laboratory of a public hospital or dispensary, or a registered practi- 
 tioner who dispenses medicines to his patients, or a teacher of a class of practical pharmacy. 
 <c) Of having attended for twenty-four months the medical and-surgical practice of a puD- 
 lie general hospital^ containing on an average at least eighty patients, and possessing dis- 
 tinct stafls of physicians and surgeons, (d) Of having attended for six months (or three 
 months, with three months' hospital clerkship) the practice of a public dispensary specially 
 recognized by any of the co-operating authorities ; or the out-patient practice'of a recog- 
 nized general hospital, or of having acted for six months as a pupil to a registered prac- 
 titioner who either holds such a'puDllc appointment, or has such opportunities of impart- 
 ing practical knowledge as shall be satisfactory to the co-operating authorities ; this at- 
 tendance should be made after the student has passed the first and second examinations, 
 (e) Of having been Instructed by a registered medical practitioner in the theory and prac- 
 tice of vaccination, and of having performed operations under the teacher's inspection 
 ■during a period of not less than six weeks. 
 
 Candidates are also recommended, when opportunities are afforded, to attend courses 
 ot practical or tutorial clinical instruction in medicine, surgery and gynecology ; lectures on 
 ophthalmic, aural and mental diseases; also on natural history and comparative anatomy, 
 practical instruction in the use of the microscope and its applications to physiology and 
 medicine, and clinical instruction in a fever hospital. 
 
 Candidates will be subjected to three professional examinations, herein called the first 
 examination, the second examination and the final examination, to be conducted at sepa- 
 rate times, partly in writing and partly practically and orally. 
 
 First Examination.— The first examination will embrace chemistry,* elementary 
 
 ♦The examination in chemistry will embrace the following particulars: Chemical 
 ihysics (meaning thereby heat, light and electricity) ; the prinoiparnon-tnetallic and metal- 
 lic elements and their more common combinations ; also the leading alcohols, organic 
 acids, ethers, carbohydrates and alkaloids. The candidate will also be examined prac- 
 tically in testing. 
 
 III 
 
193 
 
 anatomy* and histology ,t and will take place not sooner than the end of the first year, in- 
 cluding the period of a winter and a summer session. The sum, of £5 5s. must be paid to 
 the inspector of certificates for this examination, not later than 4 P. M. of the Friday pre- 
 ceding it, after which no candidate will be entered. In the case of a candidate being un- 
 suocesful at this examination, he will be readmitted to examination after a presoiribed 
 interval on payment of £3 Ss. if he has failed in all subjects, and £2 2s. if he has gained an 
 ■absolute pass in one or more subjects at this board. This rule will also apply to any sub- 
 sequent rejection. Any candidate who shall produce satisfactory evidence of having 
 passed an equivalent examination in any of the subjects of the first examination before any 
 of the boards specified in the Regulations will be exempt from examination in such subject 
 or subjects. 
 
 Second Examination.— Vhe second examination will embrace anatomy, physiology, 
 materia medica and pharmacy, and will not take place before the termination of the sum- 
 mer session of the second year of study, including two winters and two summers. The 
 sum of £6 5s. must be paid to the inspector of certificates for this examina,tion, not later 
 than one week before the day of examination, after which no candidate will be entered. In 
 case of failure, the candidate will be readmitted to examination after the expiry of the pre- 
 scribed period, on payment ot £3 3s. if he has failed in all subjects, and £2 2s. if he has ob- 
 tained credit at this board for one or more subjects. Any candidate who shall produce 
 satisfactory evidence of having passed in any of the subjects of the second examination 
 before any of the boards specified in the Kegiilations will be exempt from examination in 
 such subject or subjects ; but no examination before such boards will be recognized as 
 giving exemption unless it Is coextensive in its scope with the equivalent examination of 
 this board, and is the only or the final examination on the subject or subjects required by 
 the board at which it was passed. When the candidate has not paid the fee of the first ex- 
 amination to this board, his fee payable in respect of the second examination shall be 
 £10 10s. 
 
 Final JSxamination.—The final examination will embrace the principles and practice of 
 medicine (including therapeutics, medical anatomy and pathology) ; oUnioal medicine ; the 
 principles and practice of surgery (including surgical anatomy and surgical pathology): 
 cUnicail surgery; midwifery and gynecology; medical jurisprudence, and hygiene; and 
 shall not take place before the termination of the full period of study. The fee payable for 
 this examination, which in the case of candidates who have passed the flist and second 
 examinations will be £15 16s., must be paid to the inspector at Edinburgh or Glasgow, as 
 the case may be, not later than one week prior to the examination day, after whi. h no can- 
 didate wiUbe entered. In ease of a candidate being unsuccessful at this examination. 
 £10 10s. shall be returned to him, the remaining £5 5s. being retained to meet the expense ot 
 conducting the examination. This rule will also apply to any subsequent rejection. Any 
 candidate admitted to the final examination, on the footing of having passed in the subjects 
 of the first and second examinations at a recognized board, shall, on entering, pay the full 
 fee of £26 5s. ; and in the event of his being unsuccessful, £15 15s. will be returned to him at 
 his first and £21 at every subsequent rejection. Candidates will not be exempted from ex- 
 amination in any of the subjects of the final examination, though some of them may have 
 formed part of examinations passed before other boards. 
 
 Any graduate in medicine of a British or Irish University, and any graduate or licen- 
 tiate in medicine of any recognized universities and colleges in India and the British col- 
 onies, who has passed at his university an examination or examinations as comprise the 
 subjects of the first and second examinations of this board, and who has completed not less 
 than four years' medical study, including all the subjects of the curriculum, is admissible to 
 the final examination. Any candidate so admitted shall pay a fee of twenty-five guineas at 
 the time of entering for che examination. The sum of £20 will be returned to unsuccessful' 
 candidates. 
 
 There are six periods of examination annually, four in Edinburgh and two in Glasgow, 
 and candidates may present themselves at either examining centre Irrespective of the 
 places of the previous examination. The registrar in Edinburgh Is Mr. J. Eobertson, 1 
 George square ; and the registrar in Glasgow, Mr. A. Duncan, 242 St. Vincent street, to 
 whom fees and certificates mustTae sent. 
 
 ■ "Elementary anatomy will embrace : Anatomy of the bones and joints of the whole 
 body and of the muscles, chief bloodvessels, and nerves ot the upper and lower extreme- 
 ties. 
 
 tHIstology will be held to include a knowledge and recognition ot the morphological 
 elements and structures of skin, bone, cartilage, fibrous tissue, hair, nails, teeth, blood, 
 muscle, nervous tissue, and the appearance and distribution of all the different forms of 
 epithelium, along with a general knowledge of the properties of cells. The examinations of 
 the subject will be oral and practical. 
 
 —13 
 
194 
 
 BOYAL COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS AND EOYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS IN 
 
 IRELAND. 
 
 Two sets of reifulations are at present In force, under wWoh examinations take place 
 for the conjoint diploma of these bodies. The older regulations, under which students who 
 commenced their studies before October 1, 1889, may be examined, have appeared in the 
 Students' Number of the Lancet in previous years: see pp. 477 and 478 of the second . 
 volume of 1888, The following regulations are obligatory on all sthdents commencing on or 
 after the date already mentioned : 
 
 Pbbliminabt Examination and Registration.— Every candidate for the conjoint 
 examinations of the colleges shall produce evidence— (a) of having, before entering on 
 medioaJ studies, passed a preliminary examination in general education recognized by the 
 General Medical Council; and (6) of having been registered by that council as a student in 
 medicine. Each candidate before receiving his diploma must produce a registrar's certi- 
 ficate or other satisfactory evidence that he has attained the age of twenty-one years. 
 
 Preliminary Examination.— HhB subjects of examination are identical with those pre- 
 scribed for the preliminary examination by the General Council of Medical Education and 
 Registration, except that it includes the additional subject physics, which may be passed at 
 the preliminary examination or at a subsea ii«nt supplemental examination, at an extra fee 
 of £1 Is. In no case can physios be deferred to the first professional examination. 
 
 PBorBSsioNAii Examinations.— Every candidatelis required to pass four professional 
 examinations, one at the end of each year of his professional studies. No candidate shall 
 be admitted to the final or q^ualifying examination within three months of his rejection at 
 the final or qualifying examination by any other licensing body. All examinations shall 
 be conducted as far as possible by demonstration of objects placed before the candidates. 
 
 First Professional Examination. 'Eiv&TY candidate is required, before admission to the 
 first professional examination, to produce evidence— (1) of having passed in the subjects of 
 the preliminary examination, including physics ; (2) of having been registered as a medical 
 student by the General Medical Council ; and (3) of having attended in winter a course of 
 (a) lectures on practical anatomy, (6) demonstrations and dissections, and (c) lectures on 
 theoretical chemistry, (d) practical chemistry, three months' summer coirse, (e) practical 
 pharmaojr— (1) evidence of attendance for three months in the compounding department of 
 a clinical hospital, which hospital shall have satisfied the committee of management that 
 its means of instruction are sufBcient, and shall return to the committ e the namp.s of its 
 students at tke commencement of the course, toge'her with a record of their attendance at 
 its close ; or (2) evidence of attendance on a course of practical pharmacy in a recognized 
 medical school, the course to consist of not less than twenty demonstrations; or (3) evi- 
 dence of having served a full apprenticeship of three years, or of having acted as paid as- 
 sistant for not less than one year in the estaDlishment of a licentiate apothecary or of a reg- 
 istered pharmaceutical chemist."' The fee for this examination is £15 15s. The subjects of 
 thefirst professional examination are the following: 1. Chemistry: Elementary chemistry 
 —inorganic and ortjanio, as found in Roscoe's Lessons on Elementary Chemistry,- witha 
 practical examination in the laboratory. 2. Anatomy: Bunes, with attachments of muscles 
 and ligaments— joints. S. Pharmacy: Practical pharmacy, dispensing ot drugs, methods 
 of administration of medicines, reading of prescriptions. 
 
 Second Professional Examination.— 'E^sty candidate is req.uired, before admission to 
 second professional examination, to produce evidence of having passed the first profes- 
 sional examination; also oertifloates of having, in his second or a later year of professional 
 study, attendied— (1) A medieo-chirurgieal hospital for nine months, together with evidence 
 of having taken notes to the satisfaction of the physicians or sttrgeons in charge of the oaRes, 
 and certified under their hands, of at least three medical cases and three surgical oases, in 
 the wards of a recognized medioo-ohirurgical hospital. (2) Courses ot lectures as follows : 
 —Winter courses: Practical anatomy ; demonstrations and dissections. Summer courses 
 (three monthls) : Histology ; materia medica. The fee for this examination is £10 10s. The 
 subjects of the second professional examination are the following:— 1. Anatomy: The anat- 
 omy ;ot the whole human body. 2. Histology. 3. Hospital practice: Methods of physical 
 diagnosis ; application of urinary tests ; general principles of the treatment of fractures, oj 
 dislocations, of wounds, and of haemorrhages; bandaging; general principles of case-tak- 
 ing. 4. Physiology; oiroutetion; respiration; digestion. 5. Materia medica. Candidates are 
 examined on three separate days. 
 
 Third Professional Examination.— 'Every candidate is required, before admission to 
 the third professional examination, to produce evidence of having' passed the second pro-l 
 fessional examination; also oertifloates of having in his third, or a later, year of professional 
 study attended— (1) A medioo-chirurgioal hospital for nice months, or acted for six months 
 as resident pupil, together with evidence of naving taken notes to the satisfaction of the 
 physicians and surgeons in charge of the oases, and certified under their hands, of at least 
 three medical oases and three Bmgical cases in the wards of a recognized medico-chirurgi- 
 cal hospital. (2) Courses of lectures as follows :— Winter courses: Demonstrations and dis- 
 sections; medicine; surgery; physiology. Summer course (three months): Me lioal juris- 
 prudence. The fee for this examination is £9 9s. The subjects for the third prof essional ex- 
 amination are the following:— 1. Anatomy; surgical anatomy. 2. Surgery : Surgery as in 
 the second professional examination; also Inflammation, with its varieties and conse- 
 quences; fractures; dislocations; injuries, mechanical, chemioal, physical— their immediate 
 and remote effects; hernia; surgical diseases of blood vessels; diseases of bones; diseases 
 of joints ; pysemia ; septicaeniia. 3. Medicine : Medicine as in the second professional exam- 
 
 * Licentiate apothecaries and licentiates of the Pharmaceutical Sooleties of Great Brit- 
 ain and Ireland are exempt from attendance on practical pharmacy. 
 
195 
 
 Jnation; also diseases of the heart and oiroiilatory system, of. the respiratory apparatus, of 
 the ahdominal cavity, of the sliin; the exanthemata; and the continued fevers. 4. Physi- 
 ology. 1 
 
 Fourth and Fina I Professional Examination.— Eyery candidate is recLuired, hefore ad- 
 mission to the ilnal examination, to produce evidence— (1) of having p&ssed the third pro- 
 fessional examination ; (2) of having in his fourth or a later year of professional study (a) 
 attended a medioo-ohirurgieal hospital for nine months as extern pupil, or acted for six 
 monthsasresident pupil, unless a certificate to that effect has been accepted in the third 
 year; (6) * a winter course of lectures on midwifery. Certificates will also be required— (1) 
 Of having attended a recognized midwifery hospital or maternity for six months in the 
 winter or summer of the fourth year, with evidence of having been present at thirty labors. 
 (2) Of havmgfor not less than three months, in either the third or fourth year, studied fever 
 in a recognized clinical hospital containing fever wards, and recorded from daily personal 
 observation at least five cases of fever to the satisfaction of the attending clinical physician, 
 as attested by his signature. For the purposes of this regulation the word "fever is held to 
 include the following diseases only— viz.: typhus, typhoid or enteric fever, scarlet fever, 
 small-pox, and measles. (3) Of having attended a course of operative surgery In the sum- 
 mer session of elthertbe third or the fourth year. (4) Of havmg attended, at a recognized 
 ophthalmic and aural hospital, or at a recognized ophthalmic and aural department of a 
 general hospital, clinical lectures on ophthalmic and aural surgery during a period of three 
 months. The fee for this examination is £6 6s. The subjects for the fourth or final exam- 
 ination are the following— 1. Medicine. 2. Surgery. 3. Therapeutics. 4. Pathology. S. Mid- 
 wifery and diseases peculiar to women. 6. Forensic medicine in reference to medicine, 
 surgery, and midwifery; hygiene. 7. Ophthalmic and aural surgery .+ Candidates may 
 present themselves for examination in all the subjects of the final examination at the same 
 term; or, at one term, in medicine, ipcluding therapeutics and pathology, and oUnical medi- 
 cine ; at a second term, in surgery, inolud ng therapeutics and pathology, ophthalmic and 
 aural surgery, clinical surgery, and operations; at a third term, midwifery, gynecology, 
 forensic medicine, and hygiene. Candidates must pay the full fee before being admitted to 
 any part of the examination. Candidates may take the groups in any order they please. 
 No candidate will receive any diplqma till the entire examination is completed. 
 
 Eejections and Ke-bxaminations.— Candidates at the first, second and third profes^- 
 sional examinations get credit for each subject in which they pass. In any subject in which 
 they fall to pass they are "referred." 
 
 Immediate r e- examination. —Gandida,tea who pass in all subjects but one at the first, 
 second or third professional examination may, with the consent of the examiners on that 
 subject, be re-examined in the same, if the Court of Examiners consider them deserving. 
 The Court of Examiners decide at their conference whether or not a re-examination is to be 
 granted, and if granted it will be held as soon as may be before the term examination is 
 concluded. 
 
 Subsequent re-examinaMoJi.- Candidates who have been referred must present them- 
 selves at a subseciuent examination in the subjects in which they have failed, but must sat- 
 isfy the examiners in the same before proceeding to the examination of the year. 
 
 In the case of candidates so referred, the examiners are authorized to consider for 
 whatperiod, andin what subjects, each candidate is to be referred back to his studies, and to 
 make a recommendation accordingly to the committee of management, who may authorize 
 the re-examination of ihe candidate at such examination as they may think fit. The eiam- 
 iners are also empowered to recommend to the committee of management, in the calse of 
 candidates so referred, whether or not they should be allowed to continue attendance on 
 lectures and ot(tain certificates as required for the next professional examination. 
 
 Exemption op Candidates undbb this Scheme.— The following exemptions, have 
 been agi eed to by the committee : Primary examination, Eoyal College of Surgeons, Eng- 
 land, exempts from first, second and third examinations of conjoint scheme, provided that 
 the candidate passes an examination in theoretical chemistry, pharmacy and materia 
 medica. in addition to the subjects ot the final professional examination. Seoond medical 
 examination, Boyal University of Ireland, exempts from first examinaion of conjoint 
 scheme, Aith the exception of an examination in pharmacy. M. B, Examination,.Boyal 
 University of Ireland, exempts from first, second and third examinations oj conjoint 
 scheme. 
 
 Exemptions op Candidates undbb Foemer Schemes.— I. (o) Candidates who have 
 passed the first protessional examination, as hitherto conducted by the College of Sur- 
 geons, may pi esent themselves lortne second professional examination under the i on- 
 joint scheme; (6) candidates who have passed the second professional examination of the 
 College of Surgeons may present themselves for the third examination under the conjoint 
 scheme; (c) candidat s who have passed the third professional examination of the College 
 of Surgeons may present themselves for the fourth or final examination under the conjoint 
 scheme. Provided that in each case the candidate shall have complied with the regulations 
 laid down under the conjoint scheme for the exam nation at which he is about to present 
 himself. But in the case of students registered as such prior to June 1, 1887, the committee 
 of inspection shall have power to vary the regulations wnen special oiroumstandes shall ap- 
 pear to warrant it. 
 
 * On and after July 1, 1891, a oertiflcateof having attended acourse of lectures on pathol- 
 ogy will be required in addition to the above named lectures. 
 
 + Students who commenced study before July, 1879, are exempt from both the certificate 
 for study and the special ophihalml examination, but are liable to be examined by the 
 surgical examiners m ophthalmic surgery. Those who commenced before Februay,1882. 
 are exempt from the special examination, on producing the certificate of three months' 
 clinical ophthalmology required before that date. Those who commenced after February. 
 1882, must pass the special examination. 
 
196 
 
 II. Candidates who have passed the first half of the professional examination at the 
 College of Physicians or at the College of Burgeons under the old scheme may present 
 themselves for the final examination under the conjoint scheme, provided they have 
 complied with the regulations under the conjoint scheme for that exammation. 
 
 III. The Committee of Inspection shall have power to exempt from certain examina- 
 tions under the conjoint scheme candidates who previously to July 1, 1887, would be exempt 
 from eauivalent examinations at the College of Physicians or College of Surgeons, under 
 the regulations of the college as efistine prior to the operation of the conjoint examination 
 scheme. Provided that in each ease the candidate shall have complied with the regulations 
 laid down under this conjoint scheme for the examination at which he is about to present 
 himself. * 
 
 SOCIETY OP APOTHECAKIES OP LONDON. 
 
 Every student purposing to study medicine must previously pass a preliminary exami- 
 nation in arts Qualifying for registration as medical student. Such examination is held 
 quarterly in the hall of the society on the first Friday aid following day in March, June, 
 September and December, and is conducted by means of printed papers. Candidates will 
 be examined in English, Latin, mathematics, elementary taeohanios, and one of the follow- 
 ing subjects at the option of the candidate : Greek, French, German, logic, bolany and 
 elementary chemistry. The subjects may be passed at one or more examinations, and no 
 subject in which a candidate has passed before any examining body recognized by the 
 Medical Council need be taken up again for the purpose of registration. Notice must be 
 sent to the Secretary, with the/ee of 1 guinea a fortnight prior to the day of examination. 
 Medical study before registration as medical student is not recognized, with the exception 
 of chemistry, materia medioa, pharmacy and dispensing. Candidates can present them- 
 selves for examination in special subjects; the fee tor each special subject is 1 guinea. A 
 pass-list is published and sent to every candidate. 
 
 The examinations to be passed for the diploma in ipedioine, surgery, and midwifery, 
 which is registrable under the provisions of the Medical Act, 1886, are primary and final, all 
 belng^ritten, oral, and practical. The primary examinations are held (Quarterly on the 
 first Wednesday and on the Monday and Thursday of the same week in the months of 
 January, April, July, and October. The final examinations are held monthly, and consist 
 of— (1) the examination in surgery on the second Wednesday and the following days ; (2) the 
 examination in medicine and midwifery on the third Wednesday and on the Monday and 
 Thursday of the same week. The course of medical study must extend over four years, 
 and not less than three winter and two summer sessions must be passed at a recognized 
 hospital and school of medicine. Candidates intending to present themselves for examina- 
 tion must give fourteen days' notice. A form for the purpose will be sent on application. 
 The fee must be forwarded at the same time, with allrequired certificates, to the Secretary. 
 The entire fee for the examinations is £10 10s., which in the event of failure is not returned. 
 A fee of £3 3s. is required for every re- examination. 
 
 The course of study required to qualify for the primary examinations is as follows r— 
 Lectures on chemistry and chemical physios, not less than six months ; practical chemis- 
 try, three monihs : materia medioa, three months ; pharmacy and dispensing, three months, 
 instruction in which must be given by a registered medical practitioner, by a member of 
 the Pharmaceutical Society, or in a public hospital, infirmary, or dispensary. Evidence of 
 having received instruction in these subjects before registration as medical student will be 
 received. The first of the primary examinations may be passed at any period after regis- 
 tration. The second includes anatomy, physiology and histology; to qualify for this 
 examination the candidate must have received instruction in anatomy, not less than six 
 months ; practical anatomy with demonstrations, twelve months ; physiology, six months : 
 ' histology with demonstrations, three months. Candidates will be excused any or all of 
 the subjects of the primary on producing evidence that they have passed equivalent exam- 
 inations before an examining body recognized by the Medical Council. Both examinai- 
 tions of the primary may be passed the same evening. 
 
 To qualify for the final examinations the following course of study must -be observed : 
 Hospital practice, surgical and medical, with post-mortem examinations, not less than 
 three winter and two summer sessions. No hospital is recognized for this purpose which 
 is not in connection with an established medical school. Lectures on the principles and 
 practice of surgery, six months ; practical surgery, three m«-nths ; clinical surgical lectures, 
 nine months ; surgical dresser, three months ; lectures on the principles and practice of 
 medicine, six months; pathology, three months; clinical medical lectures, nine months; 
 medical oHnloal clerk, three months; forensic medicine, hygiene and insanity, three 
 moliths ; lectures on obstetric medicine, including gynecology, three months ; climcal in- 
 struction In the same, three months; a course of practical midwifery; attendance on 
 twenty midwifery oases. The olBces of dresser and clinical clerk may be discharged at a 
 hospital, infirmary or dispensary where sufficient opportunities are afforded for the ac- 
 quirement of practical knowledge. 
 
 Theaboveform the subjects of the final examinations, which cannot be passed before 
 the expiration of forty-five months after the registration as mediteal student. There is no 
 exemption from any portion of the final examinations. The first of the final examinations 
 includes the principles and practice of surgery; an examination of surgical oases; surgical 
 pathology; surgical anatomy and operative manipulation, and surgical instruments and ap- 
 pliances. The second includes an examination of medical oases, and, besides the subjects 
 named, a microscopic examination of morbid structures, and obstetric instruments and 
 appliances. The following certificates must be produced prior to the final examinations: 
 1. Certificate of birth. The candidate must be twenty-one. 2. Certificate of moral charac- 
 ter. 3. Certificate of the course of medical study, which must be signed by the dean of the 
 medical school or other authority. A schedule for this purpose to be obtained at the Hall. 
 4. Certificate of proficiency in vaccination, signed by a teacher recognized by the Local 
 
197 
 
 The examination for a oertifloate to act as assistant in compounding and dispensing 
 medicines is held the fourth Wednesda7 of every month, and will be as follows: In trans- 
 lating and dispensing prescriptions ; m the British Pharmacopoeia; in materia medioa 
 and Dotany ; in pharmacy and pharmaceutic chemistry. A week's notice must be given, 
 with the fee of 2 guineas. 
 
 " BOTAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS, IRELAND, AND THE APOTHECARIES' HALL 
 
 OF IRELAND. 
 
 Every candidate for the conjoint diplomas is required to pass a preliminary examina- 
 tion and four professional examinations. 
 
 First Professional Examination.— Candidates will be reguired, before admission to 
 the first professional examination, to produce evidence— 1. Of having been registered by 
 the Medical Council as medical students at least nine months before examination. 2. Of 
 having attended (a) practical anatomy, (6) chemistry, (c) demonstrations and dissections, 
 Id) practical chemistry, (e) physics, ( /) practical pharmacy for three months in the com- 
 pounding department of a clinical hospital, or a school of pharmacy, or in the compound- 
 mg establishment of a licentiate apothecary. The fee for this examination is £12 12s. Can- 
 didates will be examined on physios, chemistry and anatomy (osteology). 
 
 Second Vrofessional Exarrdnation.— Candidates must produce evidence of having 
 passed the first professional examination; also certificates of having subsequently attended 
 —(a) a medioo-cnirurgioal hospital for nine months, and' of having taken notes of at least 
 three medical oases and three surgical oases, or a certiiieate of clinical clerkship ; (6) the fol- 
 lowing courses of lectures: (1) Demonstrations and dissections; (2) physiology ; '3) surgery, 
 winter courses, six months ; (4) materia medica ; (5) practical physiology, including histology, 
 summer courses, three months. The fee for this examination is £7 7s. Candidates will be 
 examined in anatomy, physiology, materia medioa and pharmacy. 
 
 Third Professional Examination.—Candidates must produce evidence of having pass- 
 ed the second professional examination; also eertiflcates of having subsequently attended 
 — (a) a medico-ohirurgical hospital for six months as resident pupil, or for nine months as 
 extern pupil, and, in the latter case, notes of at least three medical and three surgical cases, 
 or of having acted as clinical clerk at any period ; (6) the following courses of lectures: (1) 
 Demonstrations and dissections; (2) medicine; (3) midwifery and diseases peculiar to 
 women, in winter courses (may be deferred to the fourth year) ; (4) pathology* ; (S) medical 
 jurisprudence, forensic medicine, and hygiene, in summer course. The fee for this exami- 
 nation is £7 7s. Candidates will be examined in anatomy, surgery, medicine, and medical 
 and surgical pathology. 
 
 Fourth Professional Examination,— Tiie candidate must produce evidence— (1) Of hav- 
 ing been registered as a medical student by the Medical Council at least forty-five months 
 previously ; (2) of having passed the third professional examination ; (3) of having subse- 
 quently attended— (a) a medico-ohirurgical hospital tor nine months as extern pupil, or, six 
 months as resident pupil; (6) lectures on midwifery, a winter course (unless taken in the 
 third year); (c) a recognized midwifery hospital, or maternity, for six months in the winter 
 or Bummer of either the third or the fourth year, with evidence of having been present at 
 thirty labors ; id) of three months' study of fever in a chnical hospital containing fever 
 wards, and of having taken notes of at least five cases of fever (attendance at a fever hos- 
 pital will not be recognized it concurrent with that on practical midwifery); (c) operative 
 surgery in the summer session of either the third or fourth year ; (/) clinical lectures in 
 ophthalmic and aural surgery (three months) at a recognized ophthalmic hospital, or at an 
 ophthalmic department of a general hospital. The fee for this examination is £7 7s. Can- 
 didates will be examined in medicine, therapeutics, surgery, midwifery and diseases peou- 
 Uar to women, ophthalmic and aural surgery, and forensic medicine and hygiene. 
 
 THE ARMY, NAVY, AND INDIAN MEDICAL SERVICES. 
 
 Admission into the Army and Indian medical services is gained as^the result of compe- 
 titive examination. Under special conditions, the admission may take place by nomination 
 of the Secretary of State for War. Candidates for both services must, before being admit- 
 ted to examination, possess the double qualifications to practice medicine and surgery, and 
 be registered under the medical act, ani must also furnish satisfactory certificates of moral 
 character. Candidates, for the army must be between the ages of twenty-one and twenty- 
 eight, in good health, and both parents of unmixed European blood; for the Indian service, 
 between twenty-two and twenty-eight, of sound bodily health, and natural born subjects 
 of Her Majesty. Buth are examined as to physical fitness by a board of Medical ofBcers. 
 These conditions being satisfied, the candidate is admitted to the competitive examination, 
 which is usually held in London twice a year, in the months of February and August. The 
 subjects of examination are divided into compulsory and voluntary. The former oom- 
 
 § rises anatomy and physiology, surgery, medicine, including therapeutics and the 
 iseases of women and children, chemistry and pharmacy, and a practical knowledge of 
 
 *The certificates in pathology will not be required until further notice. 
 
198 
 
 drugs. The eligibility of the candidate for admission into the service Is determined by the 
 result of this part of the examination. The voluntary subjects are French, German, com- 
 parative anatomy, zoology, natural philosophy, physical geography, and botany, with 
 especial reference to materia medica, and for the Indian service Hindustani. Although the 
 results of the examination on voluntary subjects do not affect the auestion of the eligibility 
 of the candidate for a commission, they influence his position on the lists, which is de- 
 termined by the numbers obtained under the two heads conjointly. After having passed 
 this examination, the successful candidates for both services are sent to the Army Medical 
 School at Netley as "surgeons on probation" with the rank of lieutenant, receiving a daily 
 pay of 8."!, and certain allowances, to go through a (our months' coursR of instruction in the 
 special duties reqLuired of them in the servi6e. The staff of the school consists of four pro- 
 fessors, all of them men of acknowledged ability and high standing in their special depart- 
 ments. The professorship of military medicine is Deputy Surgeon ■ General Henry Cayley. 
 Surgeon-General Sir T. Longmore, Kt., 0. B., is professor of mi itary surgery; Surgeon- 
 Major J. L. Notter, M. D., of military hygiene; and Sir W. Aitken, F.R.S., of path"logy. To 
 each of these an army medical offloer is attached as assistant professor. The lectures on 
 miUtary surgery include gunshot and other wounds, transport of sick and wounded, duties 
 of army medical ofBcers in the field, on board troopships and transports, recruiting, and 
 other surgical duties incident to military service. Those on miUtary medicifie treat of 
 tropical and other diseases to which soldiers are exposed in the course of their service, the 
 mortality and invaliding by disease, in peace and war, at home and abroad, management of 
 lunatics under the conditions of military service, &c. The courso of hygiene oomp ises the 
 examination of wate'' and air, the general p'riuclplos of diet, with the quality and adultera- 
 tions of food and beverages, fhp sanitary requirements of barracks, hospitals, and camps, 
 the clothing, duties, and exercises of the soldiers, and the circumstance^ affecting hid 
 health with the best means of preventing disease, and instruction in the mode of prepa ing 
 the various statistical and other returns required of the medical ofHoer. The surgeons on 
 probation are detailed for duty in the wards of the hospital, under the professors and assist- 
 ant professors of medicine and surgery. Here they are taught practically the details of the 
 management of patients in a military hospital, the registration of their disease?, the duties 
 of invaliding, the modes of filling up the regulation statistical returns and other service 
 documents. The surgeons on probation are provided with quarters, and are members of 
 the excellent mess established at Netley. After having passed through the course of in- 
 struction they are examined on the subjects taught in the school, and their position 
 on tiie list recommended for commissions is determined by the combined results of 
 the competitive and llnal examinations. At the close of each session Ave prizes 
 are awarded: the Herbert prize of £20 to the surgeon on probation who has obtained 
 the highest number of marks at the London and Netley examinations conjointly ; the Parkes 
 memorial bronze medal to the one who gains the highest number of marks in the examina- 
 tion on hygiene at Netley, combined with those given for the answers to a special question 
 set on the same subject; the Martin memorial gold medal to the highest number of marks 
 in the final examination on military medicine, with the addition of those gained for a special 
 question connected with it; the Montefiore gold medal and £21, awarded in the same man- 
 ner for military sm-gery ; and the Montefiore second priz f, consisting of works on military 
 surgery, to the surgeon on probation who obtains the second highest number in this 
 branch. 
 
 The surgeons of the British medical service at the close of the Netley courses of instruc- 
 tion pass on to Aldershot, where they go through a systematic course of instruction in 
 ambulance drill and equitation. The surgeons of the Indian medical service, who do not 
 go to Aldershot, undergo, while at Netley, a special course of instruction in ambulahce drill 
 and duties. Surgeons are promoted to be surgeons-major on comp eting twelve years' full 
 pay service, of which three must have been abroad. Before being promoted they will be 
 required to pass an examination. This examination is intended to test the progress and 
 proficiency of a surgeon in all those branches of knowledgfe which are essential to his con- 
 tinued efficiency as a medical officer, and may be taken at any time after his seventh year 
 of service. The ex&mination in medicine and surgery will be held by two gentlemen ap- 
 pointed by the Secretary of State ; that in hygiene by the professor of hygiene. Army Medi- 
 cal School. Netley; and that in regulations, duties, military law, &c., by an administrative 
 medical omcer, nominated for the purpose by the Director-General. 
 
 The examination will embrace the following subjects: a. Surgery and surgical anat- 
 omy. ' B. Medicine and pathology, o. Hygiene, within the limits treated of in "Parkes' 
 Practical Hygiene;" also the regulations regarding the sanitation of garrisons, quarters, 
 hospitals, etc., as well as of camps and hospitals m the field, and of transports, troops and 
 hospital ships, d. Duties of medical officers at home and abroad, and at sea, as defined In 
 regulations; also hospital organization and administration in peace and war, including 
 the transport of sick and wounded by land and sea. e. The a' I ministration, interior 
 economy, command and discipline of the medical staff corps, together with a knowledge 
 of the prmoiples of military law and their practical application (unless a certificate of pro- 
 ficiency in military law has been obtained at a garyison class.) 
 
 A certificate will be required from a recognized teaoher of surgery in any medical 
 school, at home or abroad, in which operative surgery is taught, showing that the medical 
 officer has gone satisfactorily through a complete course of operative surgery during the 
 period within which the examination must be taken, and that he is a competent operator. 
 
 A report on any subject of a practical professional character, to be selected by the offloer 
 himself, and certified to be his own composition and in his own handwriting, will also be 
 required. Considerable importance will be attached to the literary and scientific merits of 
 this repo't. The examinations will be conducted by printed questions, which will enter so 
 far into the subject matter of each head selected for exaojlnatlon as to show that the 
 officer's knowledge has been fully tested. The que'stions and answers will be forwarded, 
 under a sealed confidential cover, to the director-general, lor transmission to the exam- 
 iners, who will report'to the Director- General as to the competence of the officer examined. 
 Any higher qualification, such as M. D., F. R. C. S., etc., or any diploma in hygiene and state 
 medicine, taken after the date of publications of these regulatibns, will not exempt sur- 
 
199 
 
 The selection of surgedn-maijor for advancement to the grade of brigade-surgeon is 
 made on the grounds of ability and merit, in determining which the following points will 
 be considpred : The officer to be so splected must have been favorably reported on by the 
 several military and departmental officers under whom Be may have served, as set forth in 
 their annual confidential report. He must be physicially fit for general service, and have 
 the necessary qualifying foreign and Indian service iinder existing rules. The examina- 
 tion tests for promotion to this grade have been discontinued. 
 
 Brigade surgeons, to be eligible for selection as deputy surgeonB-general, must have 
 served abroad at least ten years, of which three must have been in India. All officers 
 under the rank of deputy surgeon-general are placed on the retired list at the age of fifty- 
 five, and those of that rank and surgeons-general at the age of sixty, except that in any 
 particular case in which it may be considered necessary for the interest of the public serv- 
 ice to keep a sUrgeon-genera) on full pay, the age of retirement may be extended to sixty- 
 two. 
 
 The regulations above noted, respecting the promotion of surgeonss and surgeons- 
 major are eaually applicable to the Indian medical service, except that a surgeon may be 
 promoted to the rank of surgeon-major at less than twelve years' service, should the Secre- 
 tary of State for India, 'on the recommendation of the Viceroy, consider such promotion to 
 be for the good of the service. 
 
 The conditions of admission into the Naval Medical Service are the same as those for 
 the Army ; but the candidate is also reauired to declare his readiness to engage for general 
 service, and to procepd on duty abroad whenever reauired to do so. After having passed 
 the competitive examination in London the successful candidate will receive a commission 
 as surgeon in the Royat Navy, "and wiU undergo a course of practical instruction in naval 
 hygiene at Haslar Hospital." 
 
 Surgeons are promoted to staff surgeons after twelve years from the date of entry, 
 provided they pass the requisite examination; and staff surgeons to fleet surgeons after 
 twenty years' service, if recommended by the Pirector-General. Deputy inspectors-gen- 
 eral are promoted by selection from the fleet surgeons, and inspectors-general from the 
 deputy inspectors-general having three years' foreign, four years' mixed, of which not less 
 than two have been abroad, or five years home service in such appointments as preclude 
 foreign service provided they have not refused to go abroad when called upon to do so. 
 Inspectors and deputy inspectors-general are retired oompulsorily at sixty, and other 
 grades at fifty-five years of age, and all ranks at any time if they have not served for five 
 years. In calculating service for retired pay, time on half-pay will be taken as equivalent 
 to one-third service on full-pay. 
 
 INSTITUTIONS THAT DO NOT GEANT DEGREES. 
 
 I. SCHOOLS HAVING A COMPLETE CUEKICULUM. 
 
 1. St. Bartholomew's Hospital and College, London. 
 
 2. Charing Cross Hospital and College, London, 
 
 3. St. George's Hospital, London. 
 
 4. Guy's Hospital, London, 
 
 5. King's College and Hospital, London. 
 
 6. London Hospital and College, London. 
 
 7. St. Mary's Hospital, London. 
 
 8. Middlesex Hospital, London. 
 
 9. St. Thomas Hospital, London. 
 
 10. University College and Hospital, London. 
 
 11. Westminster Hospital, London. 
 
 12. London School of Medicine for Women, London, 
 
 13. Queen's College, Birmingham, England. 
 
 14. Bristol School of Medicine, Bristol, Eng. 
 
 15. Cambridge University, Medical School, Cambridge. 
 
 16. Leeds School of Medicine, Leeds, Eng. (Medical Department of Yorkshire College.) 
 
 17. University of Durham, College of Medicine, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Eng. 
 
 18. University College, Liverpool. (Affiliated to Victoria University .) 
 
 19. Owens College (Victoria University), School of Medicine, Manchester. 
 
 20. Sheffield School of Medicine, Sheffield. 
 
 21. Aberdeen University. School of Medicine, Aberdeen, Scotland. 
 
 22. Edinburgh University, School of Medicine, Edinburgh, Scotland. 
 
 23. School ,of Medicine, Edinburgh, Scotland. 
 
 24. Glasgow University, School of Medicine, Glasgow, Scotland. 
 
200 
 
 25. St. Muugo's Collese and School of Medicine, Glasgow, Scotland. 
 
 26. Anderson's College Medical School, Glasgow, Scotland. 
 
 27. Glasgow Western Medical School, Glasgow, Scotland. 
 
 28. Dublin University Medical School, Dublin. Ireland. 
 
 29. Dublin Boyal College of Surgeons, Dublin, Ireland. 
 
 30. Ledwich School of Medicine and Surgery, Dublin, Ireland. 
 
 31. Carmiohael College, Dublin, Ireland. (Formerly Richmond Hospital Medical. 
 School.) 
 
 32. CathoUo University, Dublin, Ireland. 
 
 33. Queen's College School of Medicine, Belfast, Ireland. 
 
 34. Queen's College School of Medicine. Cork, Ireland. 
 
 35. Que ;n's College, Galway, Ireland. 
 
 n. INSTITUTIONS HAVING AN INCOMPLETE ODEBICULUM, 
 
 {Including Ancillary Schools of Medicine), 
 These are, as a rule, open to advanced students and practitioners of medicine. 
 
 A. INSTITUTIONS IN LONDON. 
 
 1. Bethlem Hospital, London. 
 
 2. Hospital foe Consumption and Diseases of the Chest, Bbompton.— Lectures 
 and clinical demonstrations are given throughout the year by members of the medical 
 staff. 
 
 3. Centbal London Thbo at and E ae Hospital.— A course of lectures on the special 
 diseases treated is delivered during the winter months. 
 
 4. Boyal Hospital for Children and Women. ^ 
 
 5. HospiTAi. FOE Women.— A course of lectures on the anatomy and physiology of the 
 female pelvic organs is given during each Quarter. 
 
 6. Mb. Thomas Cooks' School of Anatomy, Phtsioloot, Sueoeet, Etc.— By de- 
 cision of the Boyal Colleges of Physicians and Surgeons, gentlemen rejected at the ana- 
 tomical and physiological examinations (primary E. C. S., or second conjoint) can get 
 "signed up" from this school tor the three or six months' work they are now required to 
 put in before re-examination. This school is intended to meet the reauirements of two 
 classes of students:-!. Qualified practitioners and advanced students — i. e,, gentlemen 
 wishing either to obtain some of the higher qualifications, or to compete for appointments 
 in Her Majesty's Army, Navy, and Indian Medical Services. 2. Students preparing for the 
 usualprimary and pass examinations of anv of the licensing bodies. The instruction is 
 given on the dissected and undisseoted body, with normal and pathological specimens, 
 microscopical preparations, chemical, physiological and surgical apparatus, splints, etc. 
 The school possesses a good collection of physiological apparatus, allowing of the demon- 
 stration to the class of the great bulk of the usual practical exercises In iJhysiology ; also 
 chemical apparatus, allowing every student not only to see, but to repeat for himself, the 
 analysis of the principal food stuffs, and fluids and solids of the body, and also all the usual 
 reaction tests, etc. Gentlemen preparing for the higher examinations receive special In- 
 struction in the more difficult subjects, and have the advantage of personally repeating the 
 practical exercises In physiology above alluded to. The operations of surgery are per- 
 formed by the students on the dead body. Private address : 40, Brunswick square. 
 
 7. Dental Hospital of London Medical School.— Lectures on mechanical dentis- 
 try, dental surgery and pathology, and on dental anatomy and physiology (human and com- 
 parative.) 
 
 8. Eoyal Hospital for Diseases of the Chegt. 
 
 9. Boyal Ear Hospital. 
 
 10. Great Northern Central Hospital. 
 
 11. London Temperance Hospital. 
 
 12. National Hospital for the Paralyzed and Epileptic. 
 
 13. Queen Ghaelotte's Lying-in-Hospital, and Midwifeey Teainino School.— 
 Medical pupils are received at all times of the year. Pupils have unusual opportunities of 
 seeing obstetric complications and operative midwifery, on account of the very large num- 
 ber of primlparous cases— upwards of three-fourths of the total admissions. Clinical In- 
 struction is given on the more important oases which present themselves. Certificates of 
 attendance at this hospital are recognized by all universities, colleges and licensing bodies. 
 MIdwIves and monthly nurses are trained. The midwives are specially prepared for the 
 examination of the Obstetrical Society. 
 
 14. Seamen's Hospital, Greenwich. 
 
 15. Hospital for Sick Children. 
 
201 
 
 16. EoxAL London Ophthalmic Hospital.— Classes, lectures and demonstrations 
 periodically. 
 
 17. BoTAii Westminsteb Ophthalmic Hospital.— Special demonstrations and lec- 
 tures during the session. 
 
 18. Eoyal Orthopsedie Hospital. 
 
 19. St. Peteb's Hospital fob Stone and TJkinaet Diseases.— A course of lectures 
 upon urinary diseases is delivered every year by members of the staff, whilst clinical in- 
 struction in the wards and out-patient department is given daily throughout the year, ex- 
 cept on Friday. The attendance of practitioners and senior students is invited. 
 
 20. The Colleqe op State Medicine, London.— The ohiects of the college, which was 
 founded in 1886 and incorporated in 1887, are (a) to found, establish, and maintain in or near 
 London an institution to aid the theoretical and practical investigation and study of sanitary 
 science and of all matters relating thereto :(6) to aid the theoretical and practical investigation 
 and study of other branches of State Medicine; (c) with a view to effecting these objects, to 
 appoint professors, to institute lectures and demonstrations, to issue publications of the 
 transactions of the Association, and to found chemical and pathological laboratories and a ' 
 library ; (d) to do all such other things as may from time to time be incidental or conducive 
 to the attainment of the objects above set forth or any of them. The importance and neces- 
 sity of such an institution nave been forcibly impressed upon the notice of the council— (1) 
 by the increasing demand for public health aualiflcations ; (2) by the fact that possession of 
 such a diploma is of great value to army medical ofttcers, as it gives exemption to this 
 subject in the qualifying examinations for promotion; (S) that the possession of such a dip- ; 
 loma Is, in accordance with the provisions of ihe County Government Act, compulsory in 
 the future upon those seeking appointments as medical officers of health. Further par- 
 ticulars as to the courses of lectures, etc., may be obtained from the Honorable Secretary 
 at the College, Great Eussell street, Bedford Square. 
 
 21. Toluntebb Medical Stato Coeps (London Division), 62. St. Martin's Lane.— 
 Hon. Commandant: Surgeon-General Sir Wilham Guyer Hunter, K, C. M. G., M. P.. Q. H, 
 S. Commandant: Surgeon-Major A. T. Norton. The Yoluuteer Medical Staff Corps 
 bears the same relation to th» volunteer Army as the Medical Staff Corps bears to the 
 Begular Army. The course of training has the great advantage of affording, in addition to 
 
 a knowledge of ordinary military duties, special ambulance instruction useful in all ranks ■ 
 of life. All who have gone through the ranks of this corps are capable of rendering valu- 
 able aid in any accident, and in ca^es of emergency may be the means of saving lives which 
 would otherwise be lost. In addition to the company and battalion drills of an ordinary in- 
 fantry corps, the special training includes stretcher, wagon, and litter drill; the use of im- 
 provised seats and stretchers : the use and application of bandages, splints, etc. ; lectures 
 by the officers on first aid to the injured, and on the elements of anatomy, physiology, 
 hygiene, and nursing. Lectures are deUvered during the winter session. 
 
 22. School op Phaemaoy op the PhabmIceutical Society op Gbeat IBeitaih. — 
 Lectures on subjects relating to pharmacy. 
 
 23. South London School op Phaemaoy, Limited.— Lectures on subjects relating 
 to pharmacy . In addition, lectures on practical toxicology and forensic medicine . 
 
 24. Middlesex College of Chemistry and Pharmacy. 
 
 25. NoBMAL School op Science and Royal School op Mines.— Biology, chemistry 
 and physics taught. * 
 
 B. PBOYINCIAL ;NSTITUTIONS. 
 
 26. Mason College, Birmingham.— This College is associated with Queen's College, 
 Birmingham, for the purpose of medical education, all students of the latter college attend- 
 ing in the physical, chemical, zoological, botanical, and physiological departments of Mason 
 College. ' 
 
 27. Beistol Eoyal Inpiemaey.— Dressers reside in the house in weekly rotation, and 
 have charge of all casualties under the supervision of the supervision of the house surgeon. 
 Special instruction (including dresserships) for first-year students in the out- patient depart- 
 ment. Class instruction in the wards by the physicians and surgeons on five days a week, 
 in addition to the regular clinical lectures. Special departments for di seases of women, tho 
 eye, ear, etc., with clerkships and dresserships attached. One or two pathological clerks 
 are appointed every four months, who perform all post-mortem examinations. 
 
 28. Beistol Geneeal Hospital.— Special clinical Instruction is given in diseases of 
 the skin, eye, ea; , and throat; also in diseases of women and in dental surgery. 
 
 29. Addeneeookb's Hospital, Cambridge.— Clinical lectures in medicine and surgery, 
 in connection with the Cambridge Medical School, are delivered at this hospital twice a 
 week during the academical year; and practical instruction in medicine apd surgery in the 
 
 * London Post-Geaduate Cotjese; established 1S90. Three eonrses of eight weeks" 
 duration each were held in 1890, at which 121 practitioners attended. The lectures were 
 given at various hospitals by forty-five lecturers. The president is Mr. Jonathan Hutch- 
 inson, and the Secretary Dr. Fletcher Little.— (Lamcei. January iJ, 1891. 
 
202 
 
 wards and out-patients' rooms is given by the physicians and surgeons daily, during the 
 vacations as well as term time. Instruction is also given in all the special modes or medical 
 and surgical inveBtlgation. Clinical clerks and dressers are selected from students accord- 
 ing to merit, and without payment. 
 
 30. EoTAL INFIBMABT, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.— Clinical lectures are delivered by the 
 physicians and surgeons in rotation. Pathological demonstrations are given as opportunity 
 offers by the pathologist. Practical midwifery can be studied tt the Newcastle Lying-in 
 Hospital. Inetruotlon is given in psychological medicine at the Coxlodge Lunatic Asylum. 
 A special course of instruction is given in the city hospital for infectious diseases by the 
 superintendent, the city [olHoer of health, Mr. H. B. Armstrong. 
 
 31. Leeds Geneeai Infirmaet.— The Leeds General Infirmary has accommodation for 
 320 in-patients, surgical and medical, and during the last year 4,428 in-patients and 30,985 
 out-patients were treated. Clinical teaching takes place daily in the wards, and clinical 
 lectures are given in the operating-room. There are medical, surgical, ophthalmic, aural, 
 and electrical departments, in each of which special instruction is impa; tfd to students; A 
 gynecological and extern obstetric department, together with laryngeal and skin clinics, 
 are in operation. The Public Dispensary, the Hospital for Women and Children, the Fever ' 
 Hospital, and the West Klding Lunatic Asylum are other medical institutions which are 
 made use of by the Leeds students. i 
 
 32. Manchester Eotal iNrrRMART.— To this are attached a fever hospital, an asylum 
 for the insane and a convalescent home. Mediual and surgical clinical classes are conducted 
 In the infirmary, and separate instruction is afi'orded in the elements of medical and surgi- 
 cal physical diagnosis, in obstetric medicine, ophthalmic surgery, and pathological anatomy 
 by the different members of the staff of the Medical School and Inflrmary . 
 
 33. BADCLrPFE Infirmary, Oxford.— This inflrmary is open to students for medical and 
 surgical work in the wards and out-patients' departments. Clinical le tures given by the 
 Litchfield Clinical Lecturers in Medicine and Surgery. Also tutorial instruction and dem- 
 onstrations are given in special regional anatomy (medical and surgical), methods of medi- 
 cal diagnosis, and surgical manipulation. Practical pharmacy is taughtin the infirmary dis- 
 pensary. The whole course of study at the museum and inflrmary combined is intended 
 for students until they have passed the second conjoint examination or the first Oxford 
 M. B. 
 
 31. Sheffield Infirmary.— Has a museum of pathology, library, and po'st-mortem 
 theater, with microscopes, and all the appliances for clinical researob. The Publii: Hospital 
 and Dispensary contains lOlbeds, and is recognized by the examining bpdies. 
 
 36. Jessop Hospital for Women, Sheffield.— The hospital is devoted to diseases pe- 
 ouhar to women. There is also an obstetric department tor the admission of a small num- 
 ber of cases. Students can attend the practice of the hospital, and be suppUed with cases 
 of midwifery. 
 
 36. Bath Eoyal United Hospital.— Eecognized by the Eoyal College of Physicians, 
 Surgeons, etc., and licensed for dissections. 
 
 37. Devon and Exeter Hospital, Exeter.- Attendance on the practice of this hos- 
 pital Qualifies for all the examining boards. Arrangements can be made by which students 
 ■can attend oases of midwifery. 
 
 38. West of England Eye Infirmary, Exeter.— Students of the Exeter Hospital can 
 attend the practice ot the Eye Inflrmary. 
 
 39. Liverpool Northern Hospital.— There is a special ward for the treatment of 
 children. Clinical lectures are delivered by the physicians and surgeons during the sum- 
 mer and winter sessions. CUnioal clerkships and dresserships are open to all students 
 without additional fee. 
 
 40. Liverpool Eoyal Southern Hospital.— Clinical lectures are given by the physi- 
 cians and surgeons during the winter and summer sessions. Clinical clerkships and dress- 
 erships are open to all students. Special wards for accidents and diseases of children, 
 Eesident students received. 
 
 41. New EopAL Infirmary, Liverpool.- Excellent facilities for clinical and pathologi- 
 cal study. 
 
 42. Norfolk and Norwich Hospital— Eesident and non-resident pupils received. 
 
 43. Northampton General Infirmary.— Out-pupils are received, and have every op- 
 portunity of acauiring a practical knowledge of their profession. Instruction is also given 
 in anatomy and materia medica and practical pharmacy. 
 
 44. North Staffordshire Infirmary and Eye Hospital, Habtshill.— Has children's 
 wards, special ovarian wards, and a special department for the treatment of diseases of the 
 eye. The attendance of pupils at this Inflrmary is duly recognized by all the examining 
 boards; and there are unusual facilities for acauiring a practical knowledge of the profes- 
 sion. 
 
 45. Wolverhampton and Staffordshire General Hospital.— A preparatory school 
 of medicine and surgery. The pupils have the advantage of seeing the whole of the prac- 
 tice of the physicians and surgeons, and are tiained in clinical work by the medical and 
 surgical staff. The attendance of pupils at this hospital is recognized by all the examining 
 boards. 
 
203 
 
 C. SCOTTISH INSTITUTIONS. 
 
 47. EDiNisuBGH ScHooli OP .MEDICINE AND Phaemact.— Chemistry, theoretical and 
 practical midwifery, surgery, and medicine are taueht. From the dispensary attached to 
 this institution, pharmacy, practical and theoretical. Practical midwilei'y. out-door prac- 
 tice, medical and surgical diagnosis. Attendance at this institution aualifles for the Uni- 
 versity of Edinbureh and all other licensing boards. Tutorial classes in all the branches ,of 
 the medical curriculum. 
 
 48. Royal Infibmabt, Glasgow.— Hospital practice, clinical instruction, pathology 
 and yaocination. 
 
 49. Western Infiemakt, GfLASGOw.— Hospital practice, clinical instruction, pathology 
 and vaccination. 
 
 50. Ophthalmic Institution, Glasgow.— Instruction in diseases of the eye. 
 
 51. Glasgow Western Medical School.— Lectures and demonstrations are given on 
 surgery, on praetiee of physics, on midwifery and gvneeology, on diseases of the ear, throat 
 and nose, on diseases of the eye, and on public health. Clinical Instruction at the Western 
 Infirn^ary. 
 
 52. University College, Dundee.— This College now forms part of St. Andrews' Uni- 
 versity. Its classes therefore qualify for this and for all the other Scottish universities ./ 
 Didactic and laboratory instruction in natural history , botany, operative surgery, chemistry, 
 anatomy, and physiology. 
 
 53. BoYAL Infirmary, Dundee —Clinical, practical, and post-mortem instruction. 
 
 54. EoYAL Asylum, Dundee.— Clinical instruction. 
 
 55. EoyalInfiemaet, Edinburgh.— Beds are set apart for clinical instruction by the 
 professors of the University of Edinburgh. Courses of clinical medicine and surgery are 
 also given by the ordinary physicians and surgeons. Special instruction is given in the 
 medical department on diseases of women, physical diagnosis, and on diseases of the skin; 
 and in the surgical depaj tment on diseases of the eye, the ear, the larynx, and the teeth. 
 Separate wards are devoted to venereal diseases, diseases of wOTnen, diseases of the eye, 
 also to eases of incidental delirium or insanity. Post-mortem examinations are conducted 
 in the anatomical theatre by the pathologists, who also give practical instruction in pathol- 
 ogical anatomy and histology. No fees are paid for any medical or surgical appointment. 
 The appointments are as follows:— 1. Eesident physicians and surgeons are appointed.and 
 live in 1 he house free of charge. The appointment Is for six montns, but may ae renewed 
 at the end of that period by special recommendation. 2. Special non-resident clerks are 
 appointed for six months. The appointment may be renewed for a like period by special 
 recommendation. S. Clerks and dpessers are appointee by the physicians and surgeons. 
 These appointments are open to all students and junior praotitioaers holding hospital 
 tickets. 4. Assistants in the pathological department are appointed by the pathologists. 
 
 56. Edinburgh Eye, Eab, and Theoat Ineiemary. Edinburgh.— Clinical lectures and 
 instruction are given. Those whose diseases reqiuire operations or more than ordinary 
 care are accommodated in the house, 
 
 57. Glasgow Hospital and Dispensaby fob Diseases op the Eab.— Operations 
 and special demonstrations. 
 
 58. Glasgow Westeen Inpiemaby.— Special wards are set apart for diseases of women 
 and for affections of the skin. In the out-patient department there are special clinics for 
 diseases of women and for diseases of the throat, ear and teeth. The clinical courses are 
 given by the physicians and surgeons, each of whom conducts a separate class, and stu- 
 dents may attend whichever they select at the beginning of the session. Special instruction 
 is given to junior students by tutors or assistants, and clinical clerks and dressers are 
 selected from the members of the class. In th pathological department the course is both 
 systematic and practical, and extends through the winter and following summer. Eight 
 resident assistants are appointed annually, without salary, from those who have completed 
 their course. 
 
 59. BoYAL Hospital fob Sick Childeen, Glasgow.— Clinical instruction. Students 
 taken. 
 
 60. Glasgow Ophthai,mio Institution.— Clinical and systematic course of lectures 
 for students during the winter and summer seasons. 
 
 61. Abeedeen Eoyal Lunatic Asylum.— Clinical instruction for three months in 
 summer. 
 
 Abeedeen Eotal Inpiemaby.- Clinicalinstruotioninmedioine, surgery and ophthal- 
 mology. Instruction in pathology. 
 
 D. IRISH INSTITUTIONS. 
 
 63. Adelaide Medical and Subgioal Hospitals, Dublin.— Instruction in chnical 
 medicine, surgery, obstetrics, medical and surgical pathology, gynecology, ophthalmology 
 and pathological histology. 
 
204 
 
 64. OOOMBE LtING-IN HOSPITAL AND GUINNBSS DiSPENSABT FOE THE TeBATMBNT OP 
 
 Diseases Peculiak to Women, Dublin.— The hospital contains 65 beds, and has also a 
 large extern maternity attached. Nearly 3000 confinements are attended annually by the 
 pupils of the hospital. A special dispensary for diseases peculiar to women is held daily, 
 and clinical instruction given. The certificates of the hospital are reeognized by all licens- 
 ing bodies, and its diploma Is accepted by the Local Government Board, etc. 
 
 65. Sib Pateick Dun's Hospital.— The hospital is open to extern students as well as tO' 
 the students of Trinity College, and the certificates are recognized by all the hoensing 
 bodies in the kingdom. 
 
 66. Matee MisEEicoEDiiB HOSPITAL, Dublin.— This hospital.the largest in Dubhn.at pres- 
 ent containing 300 beds, is open at all hours for the reception of accidents and urgent cases. 
 Fifty beds are specially reserved for the, reception of patifents suffering from fever and 
 other contagious diseases. Instruction at the bedside will be given by the physicians and 
 surgeons daily. A course of cUnioal instruction on fever will be given during the winter 
 and summer sessions. A certificate of attendance upon this course, to meet the require- 
 ments of the lieensins bodies, may be obtained. Opportunities are afforded for the study 
 of diseases of women in the ward under the care of the obstetric physician and at the dis- 
 pensary. Ophthalmic surgery will be taught in the special wards and dispensary. Sur- 
 gical operations are performed four days a week. Connected with the hospital are exten- 
 sive dispensaries, which afford valuable opportunities for /the stud.y of general medical 
 and surgical diseases, accidents, etc. Instruction is given on pathology and bacteriology. 
 Eight resident pupils are elected from the most attentive of the class to hold office for six 
 months. Dressers and cUnioal clerks will be appointed, and certificates will be given to 
 those who perform their duties to the satisfaction of the staff. 
 
 67. BioHMOND, Whitwoeth, AND Haedwioke HOSPITALS, Dublin.— Thesc hospital* 
 contain 812 beds— 110 for surgical eases, 82 for medical oases, and 120 for fever and other 
 epidemic diseases. Clinical instruction. 
 
 68. EoTUNDA Hospital, Dublin.- This institution consists of two distinct hospitals— 
 the Lying-in Hospital and the Auxiliary Hospital, the latter for the reception of patients 
 suffering from uterine and ovarian diseases. There/is also a large extern maternity and a 
 dispensary for diseases peculiar to womeu. Clinical instruction is given daily (Saturdays 
 excepted) in midwifery and the diseases pecuUar to women, special attention being direct- 
 ed to the application of aiftiseptics in micfwilery, and lectures on these subjects ai .e deliv- 
 ered regularly throughout the session. Accommodation is provided for a limited number 
 of intern pupils. 
 
 De. Steevens's Hospital, Dublin.— There is a ward entirely devoted to syphilitio 
 disease, a detached building for fever cases, and an extehsive out-patient department, 
 with separate cUnics for diseases of the skin, throat, eye, ear and teeth. Clinical lectures 
 are given by the physicians and surgeons during the session. There is accommodation in 
 the hospital for two medical and six surgical resident cUnical assistants. Affords excep- 
 tional advantages for clinical instruction. 
 
 PEELIMINARY EDUCATION IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES.* 
 
 As the subject of the preliminary education of medical students has recently been under 
 discussion in various quarters, it may not be unprofitable to glance at the systems and re- 
 quirements of foreign countries as regards this matter. 
 
 In order that some kind of a comparison may be made between foi eign and British ex- 
 aminations, we give the programme of the Medical Council now in force for the preliminary 
 examination. The subjects are: 1. English language, including grammar and composi- 
 tion. 2. Latin, including grammar, translation from specified authors, and translation of 
 easy passages not taken from such authors. S. Mathematics, (a) arithmetic, including 
 vulgar and decimal fractions, Ifii algebra, including simple equations, (c) geometry, includ- 
 ing the first book of Euclid, with easy questions on the subject matter of the same. 4. Ele- 
 mentaty mechanics of solids and fluids, comprising the elements of statics, dynamics, and 
 hydrostatics. (This subject may be posponed until the next examination.) 5. One of the 
 following optional subjects: (a) Greek. (6) French, (c) German, (d) ItaUan, (e) any other 
 modern language, (/) logic, (g) botany, (ft) zoology, (i) elementary chemistry. The above is 
 of course the minimum, and is represented more or less accurately by such examinations 
 as that held by the Apothecaries' Hall and by the second class College of Preceptors' exam- 
 ination. About half of the total number of students who register annually have passed an 
 examination of this class. 
 
 A large number of medical students, however, pass an arts examination of a somewhat 
 higher class, of which the matriculation examination of the University of London or the 
 senior local examinations of Oxford or Cambridge may be taken as types. The subjects 
 for the London matriculation are— 1. Latin; translation from selected authors and of easy 
 passages from other books, grammar, and easy sentences to be translated into Latin. 
 ■2. One other language : Greek. French, German, Sanskrit, or Arabic— grammar, and trans- 
 lation into English only. 3. English language, English history, and the geography relating 
 
 * From the London Lancet, September 6, 1890, and Borners' "Eoichs-Medicinal-Kalen- 
 dar," 1889. 
 
205 
 
 thereto. 4. Mathematics, arithmetic, algebra to Quadratic eauations, geometry, the sub- 
 jects of the first four bookis of Euclid, with deductions. 5. Mechanics, including hydrosta- 
 tics (elementary). 6. Science: one of the following— (a) chemistry of the non-metals, 
 <6) heat and light, (c) magnetism and electricity, Id) botany. ' Eatherless than 1,000 students 
 present eertifloates of an examination of this class at registration in each year. 
 
 < «»■ lExaminations of a still higher order are now passed by an increasing number of students. 
 In these we may class the B. A. degree of Oxford and Cambridge, and the intermediate 
 B. A. examination in London. The subjects for the latter, which, as wUl be seen later on, 
 corresponds somewhat with several of the continental minimum examiaations for medical 
 students are— 1. Latin: translations of selected and non-selected authors, grammar, and 
 short passages to be translated into Latin: Eoman history. 2. Greek: grammar, and 
 translation from a short selected author. 3. Enghsh language, composition, literature, and 
 history. 4. French or German: grammar and translation into English. 5. Mathematics; 
 arithmetic; algebra to the theory of Indices and Logarithms : geometry, plane and solid, 
 with the elements of coordinate geometry; trigonometry. Tn» number of students who 
 present proof of a preUminary education of this class annually is considerably under 100, 
 though, of course, an appreciable number subseauently pass higher examinations. 
 
 It Is very difficult to gauge the severity of an examination from a prospectus, however 
 detailed. With regard to the minimum, it may be mentioned as a guide that it is quite 
 ■commonly passed by boys between fourteen and fifteen of no special abiUty. and that all 
 the subjects except Latin could be passed by the brighter lads in the seventh standard in 
 many of the London Board Schools. In a few such schools the Latin Itself could also be 
 achieved, and it must be remembered that even in the others several subjects are taught, 
 such as geography, reUglous knowledge, and drawing, which are not reduired, so that it 
 may fairly be said that a moderately intelligent lad of, say, fourteen years of age, who has 
 passed creditably through a Board School, has as much edueation as is demanded from a 
 medical student. The (luestion as to the sufficiency of this is dioussed in another page. 
 There is no doubt that it 'is far less than is required by any other European country, most 
 ■of which insist upon a long school course, finishing up with an examination equivalent to 
 that for the B. A. degree in many universities, and including a greater multiplicity of com- 
 pqlsory subjects than is to be found in the programme of even the London matriculation. 
 
 In comparing Continental examinations with British it should be marked that where- 
 ■as with us the examiners are usually entire strangers to the candidates, abroad pupils are 
 much more commonly examined by their own teachers, with, perhaps, an official or gov- 
 ernment inspector as a kind of assessor. For this reason tne British system is the more 
 <llffloult and the more uncertain of the two. 
 
 In France there are two grades of medical practitioners— viz., Socteur en Medecine 
 and Ufficier de Sante. The latter is likely to be abolished shortly. The preliminary educa- 
 tion required for the lower grade is very moderate. The examination includes a knowledge 
 of Latin or one modern language ; a piece of easy prose composition has to be written and 
 an author translated, the standard expected to be attained being that of " the fourth form." 
 There are also French, arithmetic and algebra, and very elementary chemistry, physics and 
 natural history. This examination is probably about equivalent to the minimum ones in 
 Great Britian. Medical students who propose to take the diploma of Docteur are obliged 
 to have had a very superior education, having to possess the degrees of Bachelier es Let- 
 ires and Bachelier es Sciences (the latter modified in respect of the mathematical part of 
 the examination). The examinations for the Bachelier es Lettres comprise the subjects 
 taught in the three highest classes of Lycees, corresponding to the fourth, fifth and sixth, 
 or perhaps more nearly to the lower and upper fifth and the sixth forms of an English 
 school. A piece of Latin prose and an essay in German or EngUsh are required, a diction- 
 ■ary being allowed for the latter. Candidates are also examined in a number of authors- 
 Greek, Latin and either English or German. There is a good deai of history, geography, 
 and French literature, also arithmetic to square root, algebra to quadratics, geometry 
 <about equivalent to the whole of the Euclid. lead in England, and a little of Come Sec- 
 tions), elementary logic and mental and moral philosophy, and elementary chemistry, 
 ghvsics and natural history. Altogether these examinations are stated by those who have 
 ad good opportunities of judging to be quite as difficult as the intermediate B. A. of the 
 University of London or as the pass B. A. at Oxford or Cambridge. This, however, is not 
 all, for there is also the Bachelier es Sciences (modified), to pass which includes a con- 
 siderable amount of chemistry, astronomy (non-mathematical of course), zoology, botany 
 apd geology. This examination is said to be at least as difficult as the preUminary scientl- 
 flc examination for the London M. B. It does not, however, take its place, for the first of 
 the five subsequent examinations "for the doctorate comprises physios, chemistry and 
 natural history. 
 
 In Qermany the "leaving" or AbiturieMen examination is generally looked upon as 
 more formidable than the professional examinations which come after. It must be passed 
 at a classical school or (gymnasium, and is conducted by the masters themselves under the 
 control of a Government official or Schulrath. The subjects are those taught in the h^hest 
 olass. They are as fellows:— 1. Classics. A considerable amount of Latin is required; not 
 only a good many authors must be known, but an essay is given and a piece of prose. In 
 Greek a knowledge of several authors, such as Thuoidydes, Sophocles, and Homer, is ex- 
 pected. 2. One modern language; French is generally taken. Not only are authors given, 
 but composition is required, no dictionary being allowed. 3. German. A very extensive 
 'knowledge of the language . and literature is necessary. 4. Ancient and Modern History. 
 Here the examination covers very wide ground. S. Mathematics. This includes arithme- 
 tic, algebra to probabilities, and the binomial theorem ; geometry, equivalent to the whole 
 of5Euclidas read in England, and conic sections ; trigonometry. 5. Natural science, in- 
 clcding elementary meonanios, astronomy, chemistry, physics, and natural history. 6. Re- 
 ligious knowledge, according to the religion of the candidate's parents— Protestant or 
 Eoman Catholic. This examination can be much more fitly compared to that for higher 
 certificates conducted by the Oxford and Cambridge Schools' Examination Board than to 
 any of the more public examinations held in Great Britain, such as those of the London 
 
206 
 
 Dniverslty. It is, however, probably, on the whole, as diffloult as the intermediate B. A and 
 the matriculation examinations taken together, and it certainly reamres a mi'on beiter 
 knowledge of Latin than even the final B.A. examination in London. -A boy of moderately 
 good ability who has gone through school patlsfaotorily is not expected to be able to pass 
 the A'biturienten Examen until he is eighteen or nineteen years of age. ' 
 
 ■ In Austriathe Maturitdtsprufung or Matura examination, which admits to university 
 matriculation, is passed at a classical gymnasium, and is very similar to the A tntunenten 
 Sxamen in Germany, at least in the German parts of . Austria. The course at the gymna- 
 sium cannot be cornnenced before ten years of age, and requires eight years. 
 
 In Bussia the examination at the end of the eight years' public school course is some- 
 what similar to the German ^1 ftiiwriewien Examen; but more stress is laid on modern lan- 
 guages, a thorough knowledge of German and French being required. . Both Latin and 
 Greek are necessary, but perhaps not quite to the same extent as in Germany. 
 
 In Italy a person desiring to commence the study of medicine at any of the numerous 
 universities must show that ne has passed through an eight years' course of study at 
 sahool— that is to sav, five years in a Ginnasio and three years in a Liceo. Both Greek 
 and Latin must be studied, but in the final examination for the Lioenza Kceale, which cor- 
 responds somewhat to the French Bacoalaureat e.« Lettres; Greek is not compulsory. 
 French, too, is taught in the (ginnasio, but not in the Liceo, and so does not enter into the 
 final examination. A good knowledge of Latin "is required, including several authors and 
 both prose and verse composition. A considerable amount of hi-tory, geography and 
 Italian literature is required. In mathematics, algebra is required to logarithms and 
 quadratic equations, Euclid to the sixth tiook (including the fifth), plane trigonometry and 
 conic sections, also mechanics. In science, elementary physics, chemistry, and natural 
 history are necessary. 
 
 In Switzerland several Latin akithors are required, Livy, Cicero, Virgil, with some 
 parts of Horace, and Plautus. The Greek authors are Homer, Xenophon, and portions of 
 Plato, and Sophocles. Greek may, however, be omitted it English or a third Swiss lan- 
 guage is taken. A full examination in the literature of the native language must be passed, 
 and a good knowledge of, with ability to write and speak, a second Swis-i language is re- 
 quired. Acquaintance with ancient and modern history with geography is necessary. In 
 mathematics, algebra is required to the binomial with positive indices; also geometry, 
 plane trigonometry, conies, and the rudiments of spherical trigonometry. In addition to 
 these subjects, there is an elementary examination in natural science, embracing me- 
 chanical and natural philosophy, chemistry^nd natural history. This examination may be 
 compared to the matriculation and intermediate B. A. examinations of the University of 
 London taken together. , 
 
 In Belgium, where a satisfactory leaving certificate from school is not pro 'uced, a stu- 
 dent must pass an examination comprisinff— 1. The principles of rhetor e. 2. Translation 
 into French or Flemish of a Laiin author. 3. Translation of a Flemi- h, German, or English 
 author, at the candidate's choice. 4. An essay in French or Flemish. 5. Arithmetic. 6. 
 Algebra, including progressions and logarithms. 7. Plane geometry, and the e'ements of 
 geometry of three dimensions. 8. Geography. 9. The history of Belgium, 10. The princi- 
 pal facts of ancient, medlfBval and modern history. In addition to these subjects the gov- 
 ernment may prescribe translation from Greek into French or Flemish. 
 
 In Holland any one of the following three examinations is accepted— 1. The examina- 
 tlonforpromotionfrom the fourth to to the iifth form olagymnasium or classical school. 
 2. The "leaving" examination at the end of a real or modern school course. 3. A special 
 examination in modern subjects without Latin or Greek. It will be noticed that Holland is 
 the only country in Europe in which a complete license to practice can be obtained without 
 a knowledge of Latin. A candidate who commences medical study after a non-classical 
 examination can only proceed to the diploma of Arts or medical practitioner. For the de- 
 gree of Doctor of Medicine a claesical school must have been gone through. 
 
 In Sweden, Norway, and Finland, besides the leaving certificate from schnol, a course 
 of at least a year and an examinai ion in mental and moral science at the University is re- 
 quired before a student is allowed to enter on the study of the sciences preliminary to medi- 
 cine. ' 
 
 In I)enmarh\h& Sxamen Philosophicum, which used to be necessary, has now been 
 abolished. ^ 
 
 In Spain the degree of Bachelor of Letters and Arts is required, and in addition a fuller 
 examination in physics, chemistry, and natural history, together with elementai-y 'German. 
 For the JiachUlerato the subjects required are Spanish, Latin, geography, rhetoric and 
 poetry, arithmetic and algebra, geometry and trigonometry, Fr6nch,Tiistory (guneral and 
 Spanish), and the rudiments of physics, chemistry, human physiology, and agriculture. 
 
 In Portugal a six years' cout se is required, embracing instruction and examinations in 
 Latin, Greek, French, German, mathematics, geography, history, Portuguese literature, 
 drawing and elementary, physios, chemistry, natural history, and mental philosophy. 
 
 In Brazil the candidate for the study of medicine must pass an examination in the nat- 
 ural sciences and in languages. 
 
 In Ohili the candidate must have passed the six years' course in a lyceum for the degree 
 of Bachelor. 
 
 In Cuta the candidate must hold the Bachelor's degree before beginning the study ol 
 
207 
 
 In Uruguay each candidate for the study of medicine must have the title B. So. et L., 
 the examination for which corresponds to the German Abiturientenexamen. 
 
 FOREIGN GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS. 
 
 [Exclusive of those in Great Britain and Ireland.] 
 
 Including Names ov Mbdioal Institutions in Fobeign Counteies, and Kequikembnts 
 Foe the License to Peactice Medicine. 
 
 The following information in regard to foreign schools is taken mainly from Dr. Paul 
 Borner's "Beiohs- Medicinal- Kalendar," Part II, 1888, edited by Dr. S. Guttmann, of BerUn 
 and published hy Georg Thleme, Leipzig. 
 
 Geemant.— Has twenty medical faculties in (he following universities : 1. Friedrioh- 
 Wilhelms University in Berlin. 2. Rheiniacbe Friedrioh-Wilhelms University at Bonn, 3. 
 University of Breslau. 4. Friedrich- Alexanders University in Erlangen. 5. Albert Lud- 
 wig's University at Freiburg. 6. Ludwie's University at Glessen. 7. Georg- Augusts Uni- 
 versity at Gottingen. 8. University of Greifswald. 9. Tereinlgte Friedrichs University 
 Halle- Wit' enberg (University of Halle). 10. Euprecht- Earls University at Heidelberg. 11. 
 University of Jena. 12. Christian-Albrechts University at Kiel. 13. Albertus University at 
 Konlgsberg. 14. University of Leipsig. IS. University of Marburg. 16. Ludwig- Maximil- 
 ians University in Munich. 17. University of Eostoek. 18. Kaiser- Wilhelms University in ' 
 Strassburg. 19. Eberhard-Karls University at Tubingen. 20. Juhus-Maximilians Univer- 
 sity at Wurzburg*. 
 
 The following in regard to education and pxmainatious in Germany is taken from Dr. 
 Henry Hun's "Guide to American Medical Students in Europe"; New York: WlUiam Wood 
 &Co. 
 
 The student who wishes to educate himself for the medical profession, must devote 
 eight semesters to medical study, and must previously have passed through the gymnas- 
 ium. The first four semesters must be devoted exclusively to physics, chemistry zoology, , 
 botany, mineralogy, anatomy and physiology. At the end of these four semesters the stu- 
 dent may pass his first examination (tentamen physioum). With the fifth semester com- 
 mences his purely medical studies, which must be continued without interruption for two 
 years, and then the student may pass the state examination (Das medicinsohe Staatsexa- 
 men d. h die arztholie Approbationsprutung), The university examination (Doctor-exam- 
 ine) can be passed either after or before the state examination. 
 
 The following is a list of the studies recommended and the number of semesters during 
 which each one sh luld be stud ed, and also the proper semestei: in which each should be 
 studied. The first column shows the number of semesters during which the study must be 
 continued: tha last colum shows the semeters in which it should be studied: 
 
 Preparatory Seientiflc Studies. 
 
 Semester. 
 
 Experimental Physics 1st and 2d 
 
 Experimental Chemistry 1st or 2d 
 
 Mineralogy 1st or 2d 
 
 botany 1st or 2d 
 
 Zoology 1st or 2d 
 
 Organic Chemistry 2d or 3d 
 
 Chemical Exercises (qualitative analysis) 2d or 3d 
 
 Chemical Exercises (Quantitative analysis) ; 3d or 4th 
 
 I Medical Studies. 
 
 Anatomy. i 
 
 1. Osteology and Syndesmology Igt 
 
 2. General Anatomy of Mam 1st to 4th 
 
 2. Anatomical Dissection 1st to 4th 
 
 1. Tissues 1st to 3d 
 
 1. Histology 2d to 4th 
 
 1. Comparative Anatomy 2d to 4th 
 
 1. Embryology 2d to 4th 
 
 1. Topographical Anatomy Sd to 6th 
 
 Physiology. 
 
 1 . General Physiology .2d or Sd 
 
 lor2. Experimental Pbyslology (let part) 2d or 3d 
 
 ] or 2. Experimental Physiology {2na part) 3d or 4th 
 
 1 or 2. Physiologioal Demonstrations and Exercises 3d to 8th 
 
 1. Medical Chemistry Sd to 8th 
 
 1. Medical Physics 2d or 8d 
 
 1 or 2. Physiological Conference 3d to 8th 
 
 * These universities are called by the names of the cities in-whioh they are situated— 
 as the "University of BerUn," or "of Bonn," etc. 
 
208 
 
 Pathological Anatomy. 
 
 1, General Pathology and Pathological Anatomy ' 5th or 6th 
 
 1 or 2. Special Pathological Anatomy, 1st part, (including pathological histology).. 5tn or 6th 
 1 or 2. Special Pathological Anatomy. 2nd part, (including pathological histology) . . 6th or 7th 
 S. Autopsies 6th to 8th 
 
 1 or 2. Practical Work in Pathological Histology 7th to 8th 
 
 Internal Medicine. 
 
 2. Auscultation and Percussion 5th to 7th 
 
 1. Materia Medioa .5th or 6th 
 
 1. Therapeutics t Bth or 6th 
 
 3 or 4. Medical Clinic and Polyclinic , 5th to 8th 
 
 3 or 4. Special Pathology and Therapeutics 5th to 8th 
 
 2. Diseases of Children and Children's Clinic 7th and 8th 
 
 3. Laryngoscopic Coiurse 7th or 8th 
 
 1. Electro-therapeutic Course 7th to 8th 
 
 1. Insanity 7th to 8th 
 
 1. Clinic of Insanity.; 
 
 Surgery . 
 
 2. Surgery 5th and 6th 
 
 2 or 3. Instruction in Operations, Instruments and Bandaging 6th to 8th 
 
 3. Surgical Clinic and Polyclinic 5th to 8th 
 
 2. Surgical Operative Course 7th and 8th 
 
 1. Course in Bandaging; 6th or 7th 
 
 2. Diseases of the Eyes , 7th and 8th 
 
 Oljstetrics. 
 
 1. Obstetrics Bth or 6th 
 
 3. Obstetrical and Gynecological Clinic and Polyclinic 6th to 8th 
 
 Practice in Gynecological Examinations Bth or 6th 
 
 • 2. Obstetrical Operations.. 7th and 8th 
 
 Diseases of women 6th or 7th 
 
 Medical Jurisprudence 7th or 8th 
 
 State Medicine : 7th or 8th 
 
 Hygiene 7th or 8th 
 
 History of Medicine 7th or 8th 
 
 The schedule above given is merely recommended and is not at all compulsory. A very 
 similar plan of study is recommended by the University of Berlin. 
 
 The state examination can be passed either before the chief examining committee in 
 Berlin or before special examining commitetes which are annually appointed for the differ- 
 ent universities. The application for permission to pass the state examination is to be 
 made either to the Minister of Medical Affairs in Berlin or to the curator of the universitj; at 
 which the s'udent wishes to pass the examination. The application is to be accompanied 
 by certiiloates that the student has completed a full course of study in the gymnasium and 
 in auniversity , that he has successfully passed the Tentamen p h.y sicum and that he has acted 
 as practicant during at least two semesters both in a medical and in a surgical clinic, and 
 that he has attended at least four cases of midwifery in the obstetrical clinic. 
 
 The examinations are held at any date between November of one year and July of the 
 next, and the examination of each student extends over many days and is divided into five 
 parts: 1, anatomy, physiology and pathological anatomy; 2, surgery and opthalmology; 3, 
 medical; 4, obstetrical and gynecological; 5, final examination. 
 
 The examination in anatomy is divided into two parts. At the first the candidate draws 
 by lot a question in osteology and another about the viscera, and he must immediately dem- 
 onstrate the corresponding preparation which is handed to him. He is then given some 
 nervous preparation which he must take away and dissect and demonstrate before the ex- 
 aminers at their second meeting. 
 
 In the physiological examination the candidate must draw by lot two duestions, one on 
 histology, the other on physiology, and immediately discuss them (orally). He must pre- 
 pare and demonstrate the histological specimen in the presence of the examiners so as to 
 show his aoQuaintanoe with the mioroscbpe. 
 
 In the pathological examination the candidate must make an autopsy of the whole or at 
 least a part of the Dody and dictate the results. He must also demonstrate a pathological 
 specimen. 
 
 In the surgical examination eacE candidate must take charge of two patients for a week. 
 In the presence of the examiner he must examine the patient and discuss the etiology, 
 diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. He must write out a history of the case and keep a 
 record of it each day. The candidate must also attend the regular morning visits at least 
 three times during this week and have auestions about other cases put to him. At 
 another time he is given a question about some operation and must give an account of the 
 operation and instruments employed, and then perform the operation on the cadaver. He 
 must answer in the same way another question on luxations. 
 
 In the ophthalmic examination he Tmust examine a patient with disease of the eye as 
 above described In surgery.; _ . _ ' . V. 
 
209 
 
 The medical examination is oondudted in exactly the same way as was described in the 
 surgical examination. In addition, special attention is paid to the doses of medicine and 
 to the writing of prescriptions. 
 
 In the obstetrical examination he is shown a woman in labor and must make the diag- 
 nosip of the period of labor, the position of the child, and the prognosis, and must conduct 
 the jabor. He must then write out a history of the birth. In addition, during seven days 
 he must examine a number of obstetrical and gynecological cases and discuss them. Ho 
 must also perform operations on the phantom. 
 
 Finally he is subjected to a final oral examination to test his general medical knowledge. 
 The cost of the examination is 161. The time between the different examinations should 
 not exceed eight day<. 
 
 In order to pass the University examination it is not necessary to have passed the 
 Tentamen physloum. The application for permission to pass the University must be made 
 to the dean of the medical faculty, and must be accompanied by certificates that the candi- 
 -date has studied at least six, in some Universities eight semesters, a certificate of good 
 character from the police, and a thesis on some medical subject, and $106. In some Univer- 
 sities the dean gives the candidate a i)reUminary examination to see if he is suifloiently well 
 prepared, but in most Universities this is not the custom. If the thesis be satisfactory to 
 the professors then the candidate is allowed to come up for examination. The examination 
 is an oral one, and is held in anatomy, physiology, general pathology, and. pathological 
 anatomy, special pathology and therapeutics, surgery, midwifery and gynecology, ifter 
 the examination the candidate hands in his dissertation. The examination is held before 
 six regular professors, and each examiner examines for about a Quarter of an hour. The 
 dissertation is sometimes discussed in public, but more frequently not. 
 
 There are two medical diplomas given in Germany, one by the State and the other by 
 the University and each has its separate examinations and requirements ; the former being 
 the more difficult of the two. The state recognizes only those doctors who have passed its 
 examination. They alone have a license to practice and they alone can receive appoint- 
 ments to any medical offlce. Those doctors who have only passed the University exam- 
 ination can hold no appointment, and cannot insist on the payment of their fees from their 
 patients. Any person who chooses, with or without a degree, can practice medicine in 
 Germany, but he does so at his peril, and if he makes any mistakes, he is punished both by 
 fine and imprisonment. 
 
 AusTBiA.— Has medical schools In: ]. Karl-Pranzens University at Graz. 2. Leopold- 
 Pranzens University at Innsbruck. 3. Deutsehe-Karl-Ferdinands University in Prague. 
 4. University of Vienna. 5. University of Buda-Pesthe.* 6. Klausenburg.* 7. University 
 of Cracow* Methods and regulations the same as in Germany. Poreigners, in order to 
 obtain the license to practice must become Austrian subjects, and pass the state examina- 
 tion. 
 
 Switzerland. —Four medical faculties, in the Universities of Basle Berne, Geneva and 
 Zurich. Methods and regulations the same as in Germany. Each (Janton has a medical 
 examining board which can confer the license to practice. 
 
 Belgium.— Three years' study in one of the four universities— Ghent, Liege Brussels 
 and Louvain. Examinations for the degree of M. D. are divided into 3 sections, as follows: 
 1. General pathology, pathological anatomy, special pathology and therapeutics, general 
 therapeutics. 2. Surgical pathology (mcluding ophthalmology), theoretical midwifery, 
 hygiene, medical jurisprudence, 3. Medical, ophthalmological and surgical clinic, practical 
 midwifery, surgical operations. All the examinations under 3 are practioaL According to 
 the new law the Government is authorized, on the advice of a jury, which has the 
 power of granting the diplomas of Doctor of Pharmacist, to give permission to appli- 
 cants who have obtained a diploma abroad entitling them to practice in their own coun- . 
 try, but no permission can be given to practice medicine unless the original diploma 
 authorizes tne holder to practice medicine, surgery and midwifery. The Government 
 is, however, authorized to grant to persons, even tuough they may have no diploma, on 
 the advice of the Medical Commission of the Province in which they reside, special per- 
 mission to practice "certain acts of the art of healing." 
 
 Denmaek.— One medical school, in the University of Cojienhagen. The examinations 
 for the degree are divided into three parts : 1. a. Oral examination in anatomy, physiol- 
 ogy and pharmacology ; 6. practical examination in dissections. 2. a. Written examina- 
 tion in medical jurisprudence, surgery and therapeutics. 6. Oral examination in general 
 pathology and pathological anatomy, special pathology and therapy, surgical pathology and 
 midwifery, c. Practical examination in clinical medicine, and clinical and operative sur- 
 gery. Foreigners must pass a severe State examination at the University. 
 
 Feanoe.— Has six diploma-granting faculties, at Paris, Mdntpellier, Nancy, Lille, Lyons 
 and Bordeaux. There are in France twenty-one other schools which cannot grant de- 
 grees, viz: Two complete schools at Nantes and Marseilles, fifteen preparatory schools at 
 Alger, Amiens, Angers, Besanoon, Caen, Clermont-Ferrand, Dijon, Grenoble, Limoges, 
 Poitiers, Eheims, Kennes, Kouen, Toulouse and Tours, three naval medical schools at 
 Brest. Rochefort and Toulon, and the Military Medical School of Tal-de -Grace in Paris. 
 None of these twenty-one schools can grant degrees: their pupils are examined by one of 
 the six faculties. The course of study extends over lour years. The examinations for the 
 degree are divided into five sections; 1. Physics, chemistry and the natural history of 
 medicine. 2. a. Anatomy, histology and dissection. 6. Physiology. 3. a. Operation course, 
 theoretical surgery, midwifery, is. Pathology of Internal diseases, general pathology. 4. 
 
 *iAustrla- Hungary. 
 
 —14 
 
210 
 
 a. Medical jurisprudenee, hygiene, materia medioa. 6. Clinic of internal diseases, path- 
 ological anatomy. 5. Dissertation— a. TAese, which must be defended before the faculty. 
 These theses are the result of original work, and are valuable contributions to medical 
 literature. Graduates of foreign schools must pass an examination before one of the six 
 faculties. 
 
 Gbeeob.— One university medical school, at Athens. Pour courses of study reciuired, 
 at the end of which the theoretical examination is held and one year after this the candidate 
 is examined practically. The practical examination corresponds to the German State Ex- 
 amination, and is necessary for the license to practice. Graduates of foreign schools must 
 pass a State Examination. 
 
 Italy.— Has twenty-one medical faculties and schools: Eoyal Medical Faculties at 
 Bologna, Cagliari, Catania, Messina, Modena, Naples, Padua, Palermo, Parma. Pisa, Borne, 
 Sassari, Siena and Turin; tree universities at Camerino, Ferrara, Perugia and Urbino and 
 the Instituto di Studi Superiori Practici e di Perfezionamento in Florence, All of these- 
 grant the degree. The medical course lasts six years, with an examinafion at the end of 
 each year, and a final examination at the close of the course. In Kome aualifled foreign 
 men who confine their practice to their on Bountrymen are not interferred with, though in 
 order to practice generally, the M. D. of an Italian university must be obtained. 
 
 HoiiLiND.— Has four universities, at Leydeu, Utrecht, Groningen and Amsterdam. The 
 right to practice is granted to none but those that pass a severe theoretical and practical 
 examination before a government examining board, and that, after passing this examina- 
 tion, have the care of medical and surgical cases for at least two years, and attend at least 
 ten normal cases of midwifery and two in which artificial delivery must be employed. For- 
 eign medical men must pass a severe state examination in order to practice. 
 
 NoBWAY.— Has one medical school in the Frederik's University of Christiania. The- 
 course of study is seven years. The successful passing of the final examinations gives the 
 title "Candidate in Medicine" and the license to practice. To obtain the degree the candi- 
 date must defend an original dissertation before faculty. As a rule foreign medical men 
 must pass a severe state examination in order to practice. 
 
 Portugal.— Has three medical schools, in the universities of Coimbra, Lisbon and 
 Oporto. The medical course is five years, at the end of which the candidate can get a li- 
 cense to practice by passing the examinations. The degree M. D. is granted by the Univer- 
 sity of Coimbra only. The other schools confer the title surgeon. Foreign medical men 
 who wish to practice in Portuguese territory must pass a state examination (held in the 
 Portuguese language) at one of the medical schools. 
 
 EouMANiA.— Has two medical schools, in the Universities of Bucharest and Jassy. The 
 medical course lasts five years ; at the end of the course, which is similar to that in Ger- 
 many, the candidate may obtain the degree and the license to practice medicine by passing 
 the final examination and defending a thesis before the faculty. Foreign medical men 
 wishing to practice must pass a -viva-voce state examination. 
 
 BUBSIA.- Has eight medical schools, in the Medical Military Academy at St. Petersburg 
 and in the Universities of Moscow, Kasan, Charkov, Kieft, Warsaw, I)orpat, and Helsing- 
 fors. The medical coarse lasts five years. The methods of study, of examining, of licens- 
 ing, and the examinations are practically the same as in Germany. Foreign medical men 
 must pass the State examination in order to practice, unless he holds a foreign M. D. of 
 high value, in which case the Minister of Education may be satisfied with the reading and 
 defending of a dissertation. 
 
 Sweden.— Has three medical faculties, in the Universities of Upsala and Lund, and the 
 Kongl. Karolinska Mediko-Kirurgiska Institutet at Stockholm. The student must complete 
 his general chemistry and physics education before beginning the study of medicine. After 
 passing the examinations m anatomy, physiology, physiological chemistry, pharmacology, 
 general pathology and history of medicine, the candidate must nave six months' service m 
 the academy hospital, eight months' service in the Seraphim Hospital at Stockholm, two or 
 three months in the Hospital for Venereal Diseases, four months in the Lying-in Charity, 
 the clinic for women and the Childreus' Hospital, and two mouths in the Hospital for the 
 Insane. In from three to five years after passing the examinations mentioned above he can 
 come up for the licentiate examination, the passing of which gives the right to practice. 
 For the M. D. degree the licentiate must defend a dissertation publicly. Foreign medical 
 men must pass a severe state examination in order to practice. 
 
 Spain.— Has nine medical faculties in the Universities of Barcelona, Granada, Madrid. 
 Seville, Salamanca, Santiago, Valencia. Valladolid and Saragossa. The medical course lasts 
 six years. The examinations are similar to those in Germany except that the faculty exam- 
 ination is practical and clinical. After this the candidate must pass the government exam- 
 ination tor the Licentiate's degree anAone year thereafter a second government examina- 
 tion for the M. D. degree. Foreign physicians wishing to practice must pass a state 
 examination. Some British diplomas are sometimes exempt. 
 
 TuEKET.— Has two medical schools, the Military and the Civil, at Constantinople. The 
 course is six years, two of which are spent in clinical work. Foreign medical men must 
 pass an examination, the fee for which is £4 10s, in order to practice. 
 
 Gautemala.— One medical school, in the University of Gautemala. The course is six 
 years, as follows: First wear- Anatomy, physics, botany. Second yeat — Chemistry, zoo- 
 logy, physiology, anatomy. Third and fourth years — Gene al, internal and surgical 
 pathology, surgical clinic, operative courses, hygiene, assistance in the surgical clinic 
 yifth )/eai-— Materia medica. medical jurisprudence, obstetrics, pathologioalanatomv mnrii- 
 
211 
 
 clinic. After the second year a part of the course consists in assisting in the medical and 
 surgical elinios. The examination for the license examination is theoretical and practical, 
 two hours on each subject, and the candidate must defend a printed thesis. The M. D. 
 degree can be had by passing examinations at the end of the fifth year and defending a 
 thesis before the State Commission. 
 
 Mexico.— Has nine medical schools, tour of which— in Mexico, Gaunajuato, Gaudalajara 
 and Oaxaca— are government schools, while five — in Pueblo, Yucatan, Zacateeas. Monte- 
 rey and Campeche— are State institutions. The course of study in each of the schools Is 
 SIX years. 
 
 Aegentine Ebpttblio.— Two medical schools, in Buenos Ayres and Cordova. The 
 course of study is graded and lasts six years. Candidates that fail in the examinations of 
 one course must take that course again. The final examinations are theoretical and prac- 
 tical. After passing these and defending a thesis the candidate receives the M. D. degree, 
 which entitles to practice. Foreign physicians wishing to practice must pass a severe 
 State examination for the license. 
 
 Bolivia.— One medical faculty in the University of Sucre. 
 
 Brazil.- Has two medical faculties, in Kio de Janeiro and Bahia. The course of study 
 IS graded and lasts twelve semesters or six years, as follows: 
 
 First I'eor- Physics, chemistry, mineralogy, botany and zoology. Second Year— 
 Chemistry, histology and descriptive anatomy. Third Yeai — Physiology, pathological 
 anatomy, general pathology, clinical surgery, dermatology and syphilology. Fourth Year 
 —medical and surgical pathology, pediatrics, materia medica and clinical surgery. Fifth 
 Fear— Obstetrics, topographical anatomy, operation courses, prescription writing, and 
 olimpal medicine and ophthalmology. Sixth Fear- Medical jurisprudence, toxicology, 
 hygiene, history of medicine and clinical medicine, obstetrics, gynecology and psychiatry. 
 
 There are examinations at the end of each semester. These examinations are oral, 
 written and practical. After passing all examinations the candidate must defend a disser- 
 tation and three theses before the faculty, after which the M. D. de^ee is conferred. For- 
 eign physicians are licensed only after passing a severe State examination. 
 
 Chili.— One medical faculty in the University of Santiago, The course of study is 
 
 fraded and lasts six years, differing but little from that in Brazil. Actual work in the 
 ospital begins in the second year. At the end of the fourth year the bachelor examina- 
 tions are held. The fifth year is devoted to hygiene, chnical work and ojieration courses ; 
 the sixth year to legal medicine and clinical work, after which the licentiate examinations 
 are held. The above examinations are written and oral. After passing the licentiate ex- 
 aminations the candidate can proceed immediately to the M. D. examination, which con- 
 sists of an oral part before five examiners and a practical part. This degree examination is 
 in all respects the same as the German Staats-examen. Foreign physicians are licensed 
 only after passing a severe State examination. 
 
 United States of Colombia.— Have one medical school in the University of Bogota, 
 
 Cuba.— Has one medical school in the University of Havana. The course of study is 
 six years, at the end of which a State examination is held for the M. D. degree and the 
 license to practice. 
 
 Peetj.— One medical school in the San Marcos University at Lima. The medical schools 
 of the second order at ArsQuipa, Puno, Cuzeo, Truxillo and Ayacueho have been clo-ed 
 since the war with Chili, in 1886, at which time the Chilians plundered the valuable muse- 
 ums, libraries and laboratories. The course of study lasts 7 years, of 9 months each. 
 The Bachelor examinations are held at he end of the 5th year, and the Licentiate exam- 
 inations at the end of the JuU course. For the M. D. degree 5 additioudl examinations must 
 be passed. Foreign physicians are licensed only after passing a severe State examination. 
 
 Ueuguat.— One medical school in Montevideo. The course of study lasts six months, 
 as follows; First year— M.eiMQiCi physics, medical chemistry, medical natural history and 
 anatomy (one course). Second j/ear— Anatomy {two coursps), physiology and general 
 pathology. T/iirrfj/ear— Medical pathology (one course), surgical pathology (one course), 
 materia medica. pathological anatomy, and assistance in the medical and surgical clinics. 
 Fourth {/ear— Medical pathology (two ci urses), surgical pathology (two courses), hygiene, 
 pathological anatomy, materia medica and assistance in the medical and surgical clinics. 
 Fifth j/ear- Topographical anatomy, operation courses, clinical medicine and surgery, 
 and obstetrics. Sixth j/ear— Obstetrical clinic, gynecology, clinical medicine and surgery, 
 pediatrics and ophthalmology. Examinations at the end of each year. At the end of the 
 full course the candidate, by passing the examinations, receives the degree and the right 
 to practice. Clinicalwork begins in the third year, when each student does duty in the 
 clinics. 
 
 Tenbzuel A.— Two medical schools, at Caracas and Maracaibo. Six years course ; exam- 
 ination at the end of each session. The passing of the final examinations entitles to the 
 degree and the right to practice. Each student must do actual cunical work from the 
 second year on. 
 
 Sykia.— One medical school at Beyrut. The teachers are Americans. Course of study 
 is four years. Degrees are conferred by the Imperial Medical School at Constantinople, 
 
 India.— One medical school at Madras. Begulations the same as in Great Britain. 
 
212 
 
 Japan.— Has one medical faculty in the University of Tokio and 20 medical schools. 
 The course in the University is Ave years, and is on the plan of the course in Germany. A 
 government examination— like the German Htaats-Examen— entitles to practice. Of the W 
 medical schools In the Empire there are 16 of the first class and four of the second class. 
 In the former the course is eight semesters— four years. Passing of the final examinations 
 in these entitles to practice. In the latter the course is three years, and candidates are ex- 
 amined for the degree at a school of the first class. 
 
 Egypt.- One medical school at Cairo; six years' course. Passing the final examination 
 entitles to a diploma and the right to practice. 
 
 AustbaijAsia.- Four medical schools, atDUnedin, New Zealand (Medical Department of 
 University of Otago), Sidney, New South Wales, Adelaide, South Australia, and Melbourne, 
 Victoria. Kegulations practically the same as in Great Britain. 
 
213 
 
 INDEX, 
 
 Page. 
 
 Act to Eegulate the Practice of Medicine in the State of Illinois 32 
 
 Act to Eegulate the Practice of Medicine and Surgery in Montana 91 
 
 Act to Regulate the Practice of Medicine and Surgery, etc., New Jersey 95 
 
 Act to Eegulate the Licensing and Eegistration of Physicians and Surgeons, etc.. New 
 
 York 98 
 
 Act to Eegulate the Practice of Medicine in the State of North Dakota 119 
 
 Act to Ee^late the Practice of Medicine and Surgery in the State of Washington 159 
 
 Acts, medical practice, resume of XX 
 
 Age at graduation, table of XYII 
 
 Alabama 1 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Albany Medical College 107 
 
 American Anthropological University of St. Louis 88 
 
 American College of Arts and Sciences ol the State of New York 117 
 
 American College of Medicine in Pennsylvania, and the Eclectic Medical College of Phil- 
 adelphia . 141 
 
 American Eclectic Medical College 130 
 
 American Health College 129 
 
 American Institute of Homeopathy XlII 
 
 American Medical College Association XIII 
 
 American Mrdieal College, Cincinnati 122 
 
 American Medical College (St. Louis) 85 
 
 American University of Boston, Medical Department of the 71- 
 
 American University of Pennsylvania 141 
 
 Apothecaries' Society of London, England 177 
 
 Argentine Eepublio, education and practice in 211 
 
 Arizona, synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Arkansas 3 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Arkansas Industrial University, Medical Department of 3 
 
 Army, Navy and Indian Medical Services, Great Britain 197 
 
 Atlanta Medical College 29 
 
 Auburn Medical School Iff? 
 
 Australasia, medical education in 212 
 
 Austria, medical education and practice 209 
 
 Auxiliary Department of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania 165 
 
 Auxiliary, Polyclim'c and Post-Graduate Institutions and Courses 165 
 
 Baltimore Medical College : 65 
 
 Baltimore Polyclinic and Post-Graduate Medical School 167 
 
 Baltimore University School of Medicine 66 
 
 Beach Medical College 49 
 
 Beach Medical Institute 49 
 
 Beaumont Hospital Medical College 89 
 
 Belgium, schools and regulations in 209 
 
 Bellevue Hospital Medical College 112,169 
 
 Bellevue Medical College of Massachusetts ; 71 
 
 Bennett College of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery 40 
 
 Berkshire Medical College 69 
 
 Board of Examiners of the California State Homeopathic Medical Society 4 
 
 Board of Examiners of the Eclectic Medical Society of the State of California 5 
 
 Board of Examiners of the Medical Society of the State of California 4 
 
 Board of Homeopathic Medical Examiners of Florida 27 
 
 Board of Medical Examiners of Montana 92 
 
 Board of Medical Examiners of North Carolina 117 
 
 Board of Medical Examiners of the State of New York 100 
 
 Board of Medical Examiners of the State of South Carolina 143 
 
 Board of Medical Examiners of the State of Tennessee 144 
 
 Board of Eegents of the University of the State of New 1 ork 103 
 
 Bolivia, medical school in 211 
 
 Boston University School of Medicine 69 
 
 Botanic Medical College, Memphis 117 
 
214 
 
 Page. 
 
 Botanioo-Medieal College of Ohio 122 
 
 Brazil, medical education and practice in 211 
 
 Brooklyn Academy of Medicine 114 
 
 Brown University, Medical Department of 143 
 
 California 4 
 
 synopsis of praelice act XX 
 
 California Medical College (Eclectic) 6 
 
 California Medical Society and College of Physicians 6 
 
 Canada 8 
 
 Central College of Physicians and Surgeon*, Indianapolis '. 47 
 
 Central Medical College of New York 109 
 
 Chaddook School of Medicine 43 
 
 Charity Hospital Medical College, Cleveland (See Medical Department of the University 
 
 otWooster) 127 
 
 Charity Hospital Medical College, New Orleans 61 
 
 Chattanooga Medical College 160 
 
 Chicago College of Science 44 
 
 Chicago Correspondence University 44 
 
 Chicago Homeopathic Medical College 41 
 
 Chicago Medical College (Medical Department of the Northwestern University) 38 
 
 Chicago Northwestern College 40 
 
 Chicago Ophthalmic College 168 
 
 Chicago Policlinic 168 
 
 Chili, medical education and practice in 211 
 
 ' Clnomnati CoUege of Medicine and Surgery 126 
 
 Cincinnati Literary and Scientific Institute (See Physio-Medical College) 122 
 
 Cincinnati Medical College 122 
 
 . Cincinnati Polyclinic 167 
 
 Clark University, Medical Department, Georgia 31 
 
 Clark University, Medical Department, Massachusetts 71 
 
 Cleveland Medical College (Homeopathic) 134 
 
 Cleveland Medical College (See Western Reserve University, Medical Department) 123 
 
 Cleveland Polyclinic anoTPost-Graduate Medical School 167 
 
 College for Medical Practitioners, St, Louis 167 
 
 College of American Medicine and Surgery SO 
 
 College of Medicine and Surgery (Minneapolis) 79 
 
 College of Medicine in Philadelphia (See Univ. of Penna., Dept. of Medicine) 137 
 
 . College of Homeopathic Medicine and Surgery, Minnesota 80 
 
 College of Medicine of Syracuse University 115 
 
 Cbllege of Medicine and Surgery, Minnesota 79 
 
 College of Medicine of the University of Southern California 8 
 
 • College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore 64 
 
 College et Physicians and Surgeons, Boston 70 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Buffalo 116 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons, Chicago 42 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons of Indiana (See Medical College of Indiana) 46 
 
 ' College of Physlcian« and Surgeons (Keokuk) 51' 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons of Kansas City (See Kansas City Medical College).. 81 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario 9 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons of St. Joseph (See Ensworth Medical College, 88) 86 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons of Syracuse University (See College of Medicine of 
 Syracuse University) 115 
 
 . College of Physicians and Surgeons in the City of New York 105 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons of the Upper Mississippi 38 
 
 College of Physicians and Surgeons of the Western District of New York 106 
 
 College of Preceptors (Great Britain) 177 
 
 , Colleges in United States and Canada, list of 170 
 
 , Colleges reauiring longer study XIV 
 
 Colorado ,. 21 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Colorado State Board of Medical Examiners 21 
 
 Columbus Medical College 129 
 
 " Coney Medical Institute," (See Milwaukee College of Physicians and Surgeons) 163 
 
 Connecticut 23 
 
 • synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Cooper Medical College 5 
 
 . Cotner University, Medical Department 93 
 
 Cuba, medical education and practice in 211 
 
 Curtis Physio-Medical Institute 49 
 
 Dalhousie University, Faculty of Medicine, (See Halifax Medical College, 18) 19 
 
 Dartmouth Medical College 94 
 
 Delaware, synopsis of practice act '. ..XX 
 
 Denmark, schools and regulations in 209 
 
 Department of Medicine and Surgery of the University of Mioiiigan 72 
 
 Department of Medicine of the College of Philadelphia, (See University of Pennsylva- 
 nia, Department of Medicine) 137 
 
 Degree, M. D., in United States XXII 
 
 Degrees, Institutions that do not grant, (Great Britain and Ireland) 199 
 
 Detroit College of Medicine 74 
 
 Detroit Homeopathic Medical College 73 
 
 Detroit Medical College 73 
 
215 
 
 Page. 
 District of Columbia 24 
 
 — synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Druidio Banohoreion, New Yorlc 117 
 
 Druidio University ot Maine 63 
 
 JJast Tennessee Weslyan University, (See Chattanooga Medical College) 150 
 
 Eclectic College of Medicine and Surgery, (Cincinnati) 127 
 
 Eclectic College ot Physicians and Surgeons, (Indianapolis) 49 
 
 Bolectic Medical College, (Kentucky) 58 
 
 Eclectic Medical College of Maine 63 
 
 Eclectic Medical College of the City of New York US 
 
 Hclectic Medical College of Pennsylvania 141 
 
 Eclectic Medical College of Philadelphia 141 
 
 Eclectic Medical Institute, (Cincinnati) 124 
 
 Ecole de Medecine et de Chirurgie 16 
 
 Hdinborough Medical College 119 
 
 Edinburg University of Chicago and St. Louis 40 
 
 Education and registration in Great Britain 174 
 
 ^Education, medical, and Registration, General Council of 174 
 
 (preliminary) XI 
 
 in Foreign Countries : 204 
 
 ■ — Austria 206 
 
 — Belgium 206 
 
 -jr Brazil 206 
 
 -J— —Chili 206 
 
 — Cuba 206 
 
 — Denmark 206 
 
 — France 205 
 
 — Germa,ny 205 
 
 —Holland 206 
 
 —Italy 206 
 
 — I'ortugal 206 
 
 —Spain 206 
 
 — Sweden, Norway and Finland 206 
 
 • — Swizerland 206 
 
 — Uruguay 207 
 
 ilducational Institute of Scotland 177 
 
 Egypt, medical education in 212 
 
 Ensworth'Medical College 88 
 
 Examinations, results of, before Boards ot Examiners T 
 
 Examining Board in England by the Eoyal College of Physicians of London and the 
 
 ' Boyal College ot Surgeons of England 190 
 
 Examining Bodies in the United Kingdom 173,177 
 
 JExcelsior Medical College, Massachusetts 71 
 
 Excelsior Medical College, New York City 110 
 
 First Medical College of the American Health Society 71 
 
 Elorida 27 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Eort Wayne College of Medicine 47 
 
 France, schools and regulations in 209 
 
 Eranklin Medical College 89 
 
 Galveston Medical College, (See Texas Medical College and Hospital) 151 
 
 •Gautemala, medical school in 210 
 
 ■General Council ot Medical Education and Registration of the United Kingdom 174 
 
 Georgia 28 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Oeneva Medical College, (See College of Medicine of Syracuse University, 115) 107 
 
 Creorgia College of Eclectic Medicine and Siirgery 30 
 
 Georgia Eclectic Medical College, (See Georgia College of Eclectic Medicine and Sur- 
 gery) 30 
 
 •Germany, course of study in 207 
 
 examinations in 208 
 
 schools and requirements 207 
 
 Graduates, summary for ten years XXV 
 
 ■Graduation, age of, table XVII 
 
 ■Graduation Eeauirements, Foreign (exclusive of Great Britain and Ireland) 207 
 
 Greece, schools and regulations in 210 
 
 -Graffenber^ Institute 3 
 
 •Great Britam and Ireland 174 
 
 •Gross Medical College 23 
 
 Hahneman Medical College and Hospital, Chicago 39 
 
 Hahneman Medical College and Hospital, Philadelphia 139 
 
 Bahnemann Hospital College of San Francisco 7 
 
 Halifax Medical College 18 
 
 Balitax School of Medicine, (See Halifax Medical College) 18 
 
 Hannibal Medical College of Memphis, Tennessee 150 
 
 Harvard University Medical School 67-169 
 
 Hering Medical College, (See Homeopathic Medical College of Missouri, 83) 87 
 
 Holland, schools and regulations in 210 
 
 Homeopathic College tor Women, Cleveland, (See Homeopathic Hospital College) 125 
 
216 
 
 Page. 
 
 Homeopathic Hospital ColIeKe, Cleveland 125- 
 
 Homeopathic Medical College oJ Missouri 8$ 
 
 Homeopathic Medical College of Philadelphia 13i>^ 
 
 Homeopathic Medical College of St. Louis. (See Homeopathic Medical College of Mis- 
 souri, S3) 85 
 
 Homeopathic Medical College of the University ot Michigan 73 
 
 Homeopathic Medical Department, State University of Iov7a 52' 
 
 Homeopathic Medical Department ot the University of Minnesuta, (See College of 
 
 Homeopathic Medi ine and Surgery) 80 
 
 Hospital College of Medicine. Louisville 59 
 
 Hospital Medical College of Evansville 49 
 
 Howard University, Medical Department 26 
 
 Humboldt Institute, (See Humboldt Medical College) 83: 
 
 Humboldt Medical College 8S 
 
 Hygeo-Therapeutio College, New Jersey 97 
 
 Hygeo-Therapeutio College ot New York 110 
 
 Hygiene, colleges that do not teach XXII 
 
 Idaho, synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Illinois 32- 
 
 Illinois College, Medical Department of 38 
 
 Illinois Medical- Practice Act 3Z 
 
 - — synopsis of XX 
 
 Illinois State Board of Health 3*-36- 
 
 India, medical education in 211 
 
 Indiana ' 44 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Indiana Central M edioal College 45- 
 
 Indiana Eclectic Medical College 4* 
 
 Indiana Medical College (See La Porte University, Medical Department) 44 
 
 Indian Territory, synopsis of practice acts XX 
 
 Institutions and students, summary of XXIY 
 
 Institutions that do not grant degrees (Great Britain and Ireland) 199- 
 
 Institutions having an incomplete curriculum (Great Britain and Ireland) 200- 
 
 Intermediate Education Board ot Ireland 177 
 
 International Eleetropathio Institution 134 
 
 Iowa 5(^ 
 
 - — synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Iowa College of Physicians and Surgeons, Des Moines 5S 
 
 Iowa Eclectic Medical College : 54 
 
 Iowa Medical College, Des Moines (Eclectic) 5S 
 
 Iowa Medical College, Keokuk 51 
 
 Italy, schools and regulations in 210^ 
 
 Japan, medical education in 212' 
 
 Jefferson Medical Association 147 
 
 Jefferson Medical College ]3» 
 
 Jefferson School ot Medicine 60 
 
 Johns Hopkins University, Medical Department 67 
 
 JopUn College of Physicians and Surgeons 87 
 
 Joplin Medical College 87 
 
 Kansas 55 
 
 ■ synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Kansas City Homeopathic Medical College 90- 
 
 Kansas City Hospital College of Medicine SB' 
 
 Kansas'City Medical College 84 
 
 Kansas Medical College, Independence 55 
 
 Kansas Medical College, Topeka 55 
 
 Kentucky 56. 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Kentucky School of Medicine . 58: 
 
 Keokuk Medical College 54 
 
 King Eclectic Medical College, (Iowa) 54 
 
 La Porte University, Medical Department 44 
 
 Laval University, Medical Departments 16. 
 
 Lecture terms, duration of XXV 
 
 Leonard Medical School 119 
 
 License to Practice Medicine in Foreign Countries, requirements for 207 
 
 License to Practice Medicine (New York) ' gg 
 
 Licensing Bodies, examining and, in Great Britain ITS; 
 
 Lincoln University, Medical Department 141 
 
 Livingston University ' ' 97 
 
 Long Island College Hospital ijo- 
 
 Louisianp 61 
 
 synopsis ot practice act XX 
 
 Louisville MedicalCollege 5fc 
 
 Louisville National Medical College gj, 
 
217 
 
 Page. 
 
 M. D. Degree in United States XXII 
 
 . Maine 62 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Manitoba 20 
 
 Manitoba Medical College 20 
 
 Marion-Sims College of Medicine 91 
 
 Maryland 65 
 
 synopsis of practice act ' XX 
 
 Massachusetts 67 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Matriculates and Graduates, each State, 1879-80 to 18S8-89, inclusive XXTIII 
 
 Matriculates and Graduates— Table of totals and percentages XXV 
 
 MeGiU University. Faculty of Medicine 15 
 
 Medical and Surgical College of the State of New Jersey 97 
 
 Medical Association of the State of Alabama 1 
 
 Medical College in the City of Baltimore. (See Univ. of Maryland, School of Med.) 65 
 
 Medical College of Alabama 3- 
 
 Medical College of Evansville 44 
 
 Medical College of Ft. Wayne 45 
 
 Medical College of Georgia 2» 
 
 Medical College of Indiana 46 
 
 Medical College of Kansas City 85 
 
 Medical College of Louis-ana. (See Medical Department Tulane University) 61 
 
 Medical College of New York City 110 
 
 Medical College of Ohio 121 
 
 Medical College of South Carolina 144 
 
 Medical College of the Pacific. (See Cooper Medical College) 5 
 
 Medical College of the State of South Carolina 144 
 
 Medical Colleges of the United States and Canada 170 
 
 Medical College of Ttrginia 15R 
 
 Medical Department, Arkansas Industrial University 3 
 
 Medical Department, Asbury University. (See Indiana Central Medical College) 45 
 
 Medical Department, Butler University. (See Medical College of Indiana 46 
 
 Medical Department, Central University. (See Hospital College of Medicine) 59 
 
 Medical Department, Cotner University 93 
 
 Medical Department, Cumberland University. (See Memphis Med ioal College) 14T 
 
 Medical Department, National University 26 
 
 Medical Department of Adelbert College of the Western Reserve University. (See 
 
 Western Beserve University, Medical Department) ". 123 
 
 Medical Department of Brown University 143 
 
 Medical Department of Columbia College. (See College of Physicians and Surgeons in 
 
 the City of New York) 105 
 
 Medical Department of Columbia College. (See National Medical College) 24 
 
 Medical Department of Drake University. (See Iowa Medical College)— (Iowa College 
 
 of Physicians and Surgeons) 53 
 
 Medical Department of Hampden Sidney College. (See Medical College of Virginia)... 158 
 
 Medical Department of Illinois College 3S 
 
 Medical Department of Jefferson College at Cannonsburg, Pa. (See Jefferson Medical 
 
 College 13& 
 
 Medical Department of Kemper College (See Missouri Medical College) 81 
 
 Medical Department of Lind University (See Chicago Medical College) 88 
 
 Medical Department of McGiU University, Faculty of Medicine) 15 
 
 Medical Department of Niagara University 116 
 
 Medical Department of Ohio University (See Worthineton Medical College) 122 
 
 Medical Department of (Jueen's College, New Jersey (Bee New Medical Institution) 106- 
 
 Medical Department of Randolph Macon College, Va 158 
 
 Medical Department of the Lake Forest University. (See Eush Medical CoUe ge) 36 
 
 Medical Department of Straight University 61 
 
 Medical Department of the American University of Boston 71 
 
 Medical Department of the Columbian University (See National Mol ical College) 24 
 
 Medical Department of Shaw University (See Leonard Medical School) 119 
 
 Medical Department of the Nebraska Christian University (See.Medical Department Cot- 
 ner University 93 
 
 Medical Department of the Northwestern University (See Chicago Medical College) 38 
 
 Medical Department of the Pennsylvania College at Gettysburg (See Pennsylvania Med- 
 ical College) 13S 
 
 Medical Department of the Eocky Mountain University (See Gross Medical College 23 
 
 Medical Department of the St. Louis University (See St. Louis Medical College) 82' 
 
 Medical Department of the Taylor University (See Fort Wayne College of Medicine) 47 
 
 Medical Department of the University of Buffalo 108- 
 
 Medical Department of the University of Cincinnati (See Medical Coilege of Ohio, 121) 
 
 (See Mii mi Medical College) v: • • ■ v.- vv •,:■•; '^5 
 
 Medical Department of the University Colleg3 of San Francisco (See Cooper Medical 
 
 College) 5- 
 
 Medical Department of the University of Minnesota (See College of Medicine and Surgery) 79 
 
 Medical Departments of the University of Nashville and Vanderbilt University 146 
 
 Medical Department of the University of North Carolina 119 
 
 Medical Department of the University of San Antonio. . . . , 151 
 
 Medical Department of the University of the Pacific (See Cooper Medical College) S 
 
 Medical Department of the Universi y of Vermont 152 
 
 Medical Department of the Western University 13 
 
 Medical Department of Tr.insylvania University 57 
 
 Medical Department of Union LTniversity (See Albany Medical College) 107 
 
218 
 
 Pagb. 
 
 Medical Department of U. S. Grant University (See Chattanooga Medical College) 160 
 
 Medical Department ol Victoria College i • • •. :;•• -c; ■;••■•,■ -i " 
 
 Medical Department of Washiugton College, Pa. (See Washington University, School ol 
 
 Medicine) •,• v •,-, — •, 5S! 
 
 Medical Department of Williams College iSee Berkshire Medical College). .. ...._. 69 
 
 Medical Department of Yale College (See Yale University Department of Medicine) 23 
 
 Medical Department, San Antonio University - — :;-:\vi:--: ^^^ 
 
 Medical Department Southwestern Baptist University (See Memphis Hospital Medical 
 
 College) 149 
 
 Medical Department State University of Iowa 51 
 
 Medical Department, Tulane University of liOUisiana 61 
 
 Medical Department, University of California 6 
 
 Medical Department, University of Colorado 22 
 
 Medical Depart ment. University of Georgia (See Medical College of Georgia) 28 
 
 Medical Department, University of Iowa, (See College of Physicians and Surgeons) 51 
 
 Medical Department, University of Missouri 83 
 
 Medical Department, University of St. Charles 38 
 
 Medical Department, University of Tennessee 148 
 
 Medical Department, University of the State of Missouri, Section No. 1. (See Medical 
 
 Department, University of Missouri) 83 
 
 Medical Department, University of the State of Oregon 136 
 
 Medical Department of the University of Wooster 127 
 
 Medical Department, Willamette University 135 
 
 Medical Education in the United States and Canada Ill 
 
 Medical Education in Foreign Countries 174 
 
 Medical Examining Board of Virginia 155-157 
 
 Medical Examining Board of New York 100 
 
 Medical Faculty of King's College. (SeeToronto University Medical Faculty) 10 
 
 Medical Faculty of Queen's University. (See Koyal College of Physicians and Surgeons). 12 
 
 Medical Faculty of the Univeisity of Toronto 10 
 
 Medical Faculty of Trinity College. (See Trinity Medical College) 11 
 
 Medical Institution of Morgan City, Utah 152 
 
 Medical Institution of Yale College. (See Yale University, Department of Medicine) .... 23 
 
 Medical Practice Act, Illinois 32 
 
 Medical Practice Act. Montana 91 
 
 Medical Practice Act, New Jersey 95 
 
 Medical Practice Act, New York 98 
 
 Medical Practice Act, North Dakota 119 
 
 Medical Practice Act. Washington 159 
 
 Medical School of Maine, at Bowdoin College 62 
 
 Medical University of Ohio 134 
 
 Medico-Chirurgical College of Philadelphia 141 
 
 Meharry Medical Department of Central Tennessee College 148 
 
 Memphis Hcspital Medical College 149 
 
 Memphis Medical College 147 
 
 Metropolitan Medical College 110 
 
 Mexico, Medical Education in 211 
 
 Miami Medical College 126 
 
 Michigan 72 
 
 . synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Michigan College of Medicine 74 
 
 Michigan College of Medicine and Surgery 75 
 
 Michigan Homeopathic Medical College 73 
 
 Midwives, Illinois reQuiremenls XXXIV 
 
 Milwaukee College of Physicians und Surgeons IK 
 
 Minneapolis College of Physicians and Surgeons 78 
 
 Minnesota 76 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Minnesota Homeopathic Medical College " ,.79 
 
 Minnesota State Board of Medical Examiners ' ' " .... 76 
 
 Minnesota Hospital College ' 78 
 
 Mississippi, synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Missouri 80 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Missouri Medical College 81 
 
 Montana 91 
 
 synopsis of practice act XX 
 
 Montreal Medical Institution. (See McGill University Fabuity of Medicine) .' .' .' .' .' .' .' .' .' .' .' .' ." .' 15 
 
 Nashville Medical College. (See Medical Department, University of Tennessee) 148 
 
 National Medical' College =uuoo=oo; xg 
 
 National Normal University, College of Medicine.. iss 
 
 National University, Medical Department SS 
 
 National University of Chicago JJ 
 
 Nebraska m 
 
 synopsis of practice act vy 
 
 Nebraska School of Medicine. (See Omaha Medical College) w 
 
 Nevada, synopsis of practice act v- v 
 
 New England Botanico- Medical College m 
 
 New England Female Medical College ™ 
 
 New England University of Arts and Sciences, Boston Si 
 
 New England University of the Arts and Sciences, Manchester ii 
 
 New Hampshire °* 
 
 synopsis of practice act ". V vf 
 
219 
 
 Page. 
 
 New Hampshire Medical Institute. (See Dartmouth Medioal College) 94 
 
 New Jersey 95 
 
 synopsis of practice act XXI 
 
 New Medical Institution 106 
 
 New Orleans Polyclinic 168 
 
 New Orleans School of Medicine.. 61 
 
 New Orleans University, Medical Department 62 
 
 New York 98 
 
 synopsis of practice act XXI 
 
 New York Free Medical College for Women 115 
 
 New York Homeopathic Medical College Ill 
 
 New York Medical College 110 
 
 New York Medioal College and Hospital for Women 112 
 
 New York Polyolinit? 165 
 
 New York Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital 166 
 
 New York Reformed Medical Col ege 106 
 
 New York School of Medicine 106 
 
 Niagara University, Medical Department of 116 
 
 North Carolina 117 
 
 synopsis of practice act : XXI 
 
 North Dakota 119 
 
 synopsis of practice act XXI 
 
 Northwestern Medical College, St. Joseph, Mo 87 
 
 Northwestern Ohio Medical College 132 
 
 Norway, schools and regulations in 210 
 
 Nova Scotia 18 
 
 Occidental College of Physicians and Surgeons 89 
 
 ■Oglethorpe Medical College 29 
 
 Ohio 121 
 
 synopsis of practice act XXI 
 
 Ohio College of Obstetrics, Medicine and Midwifery 134 
 
 Omaha Medical College 92 
 
 Ontario 9 
 
 Ontario Medical Act 9 
 
 Oregon 135 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act XXI 
 
 Oregon State Board of Medioal Examiners 135 
 
 Oxford and Cambridge School's Examination Board 177 
 
 Pennsylvania 137 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act XXI 
 
 Pennsylvania Medical College 138 
 
 Penn Medical University 141 
 
 Peru, Medical Education and Practice 211 
 
 Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain 177 
 
 Pharmaneutieal Society of Ireland 177 
 
 Philadelphia College of Medicine and Surgery 139 
 
 Philadelphia Polyclinic and College for Graduates in Medicine 166 
 
 Philadelphia University of Medicine and Surgery 141 
 
 Physio-Eclectic Medical College 130 
 
 Physio-Medical College, (Cincinnati) 122 
 
 Physio-Medical Institute, Chicago 43 
 
 Physio-Medical Institute, Cincinnati 127 
 
 Physio-Medical College of Indiana 45 
 
 Portland School for Medical Instruction 63 
 
 Post-Graduate Medical School and Hospital of Chicago 168 
 
 Post-Graduate Polyclinic of Eclectic Medicine and Surgery 169 
 
 Pulte Medical College 128 
 
 Duebec 15 
 
 Juebec School of Medicine (See Laval University, Medical Departments) 16 
 
 Jueen's College, Belfast 177 
 
 Jueen's College, Cork 177 
 
 Jueen's College, Galway. 177 
 
 Jueen's University in Ireland 177 
 
 Randolph Macon College, Medical Department of 158 
 
 Reform Medical College, Georgia 29 
 
 Regents of the University of the State of New York 103 
 
 Regulation of the Practice of Medicine in Foreign Countries 174 
 
 Regulations for Conducting Examinations, New Jersey 96 
 
 Regulations of Medical Examining Boards in the United Kingdom 178 
 
 Begistration of Medical Students m Great Britain and Ireland 174 
 
 Reciuirements for Graduation in Foreign Countries 207 
 
 Beauirements for License to Practice Medicine in Foreign Countries 207 
 
 Mininmum, of Illinois Board XXXIII, 36 
 
 New. XXXIV, 36 
 
 Rhode Island -143 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act. XXI 
 
 Rochester Eclectic Medical College 109 
 
 ■" Kolph's " School (See Medical Department of Victoria College) 12 
 
 Roumania, Schools and Regulations 210 
 
 Eoyal College of Physicians and Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland 194 
 
220 
 
 Page. 
 
 Eoyal College oJ Physicians and Surgeons, Kingston 12 
 
 Eoyal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Eainhurgh, Scotland 177 
 
 Boyal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Edinburgh, and Faculty Physicians and 
 
 Surgeons of Glasgow 192 
 
 Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons in London 19(V 
 
 Eoyal College of Surgeons in Ireland 177 
 
 Boyal College of Surgeons in Ireland and the Apothecaries Hall of Irelaml 197 
 
 Eoyal College of Surgeons of England 190 
 
 Eoyal University of Ireland 177, 189 
 
 Eush Medical College 36 
 
 Eussia, Schools and Eegulations 210 
 
 San Antonio University, Medical Department 151 
 
 Savannah Medical College 2* 
 
 Schedule of Minimum Beauirements, Illinois State Board of Health XXXIII, 36 
 
 Schedule of Minimum Beauirements— for schools of Midwifery 36 
 
 School of Biology of the University of Pennsylvania 167 
 
 Schools in Great Britian and Ireland having an Incomplete Curriculum 200 
 
 Schools in Great Britian and Ireland that do not grant Degrees 199 
 
 Schools of Midwifery— regulations lor 36 
 
 Scotch Education Department 177 
 
 Shelby Medical College 147 
 
 Society of Apothecaries, London 196 
 
 South Carolina 14S 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act XXI 
 
 South Dakota, Synopsis of Practice Act XXI 
 
 Southern Botanieo-Medical College (See Beform Medical College) 2S 
 
 Southern Medical College 30 
 
 Southern University Medical Department S 
 
 Spain, Schools and Begulations 210 
 
 Starling Medical College 121 
 
 State Board of Health of Missouri 80 
 
 State Board of Health, West Virginia 16» 
 
 State Board of Homeopathic Medical Examiners of Florida SfT 
 
 State Board of Medical Examiners of Colorado 21 
 
 State Board of Medical Examiners of Iowa 50 
 
 State Board of Medical Examiners of Montana 92 
 
 State Board of Medical Examiners of New Jersey 96 
 
 State Board of Medical Examiners of North Dakota 121 
 
 State Boards of Medical Examiners of Florida 27 
 
 State Medical Examining Board of Minnesota 76 
 
 State Medical Examining Board of Washington 161 
 
 State Medicine, Instruction in XXI 
 
 State University of Iowa, Medical Department 51 
 
 St. Joseph Hospital Medical College. (See Ensworth Medical College, 88} 86 
 
 St. Joseph Medical College. (See Ensworth Medical College) 8S 
 
 St. Lawrence School of Medicine 16 
 
 St. Louis College of Homeopathic Physicians and Surgeons 85 
 
 St. Louis College of Medicine and Natural Sciences. (See Humboldt Medical College) .. 83 
 
 St. Louis College of of Physicians and Surgeons 85 
 
 St. Louis Eclectic Medical College 86 
 
 St. Louis Hahnemann Medical College 85 
 
 St. Louis Hygienic College of Physicians and Surgeons 90 
 
 St. Louis Medical College 82 
 
 St. Louis Post-Graduate School of Medicine 167 
 
 St. Paul Medical College 79 
 
 Straight University, Medical Dej)artment of 61 
 
 Students, in United State- and Canada, Summary of XXIV 
 
 Table of Increase of, in ten years XXII 
 
 Sweden, Schools and Eegulations 210 
 
 Switzerland, Schools and Eegulations 200 
 
 Syracu.se Medical College 100 
 
 Syria, Medical Education in 211 
 
 Tennessee .• 144 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act XXI 
 
 Tennessee Medical College 149 
 
 Texas i 151 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act XXI 
 
 Texas Medical College and Hospital 151 
 
 Thompsonian College 2S 
 
 Toland Medical College. (See Medical Department, University of California) 6 
 
 Toledo Medical Colleg ■ 131 
 
 Toledo School of Medicine 130 
 
 Toronto School of Medicine 10 
 
 Transylvania University, Medical Department of 57 
 
 Trinity University, College of Medicine and Surgery of the State of Vermont 15S 
 
 Trinity Medical College 11 
 
 Turkey, Schools and Begulations 210 
 
 Union Medical Institute. Newbury, Vermont 154 
 
 United States Medical College 116 
 
 M.D.Degreeln XXII 
 
 of Colombia, Medical School in 211 
 
221 
 
 Page. 
 
 Universities In the United Kingdom f 176 
 
 University Medical College of Kansas City 88 
 
 University Medical College. (See University ol the City of New York. Medical Depart- 
 ment 108 
 
 University of Aberdeen -....., 176, 186 
 
 University of Buffalo, Medical Department of the 108 
 
 University of Bishops College, Faculty of Medicine 17 
 
 University of California, Medical Department 6 
 
 University of Cambridge, England 176,178 
 
 Uuiversity of Colorado. Medical Department 22 
 
 University of Denver, Medical Department 21 
 
 University of Dublin 177, 178 
 
 University of Durham 176, 181 
 
 University of Edinburs 176, 184 
 
 University of Florida, Medical Department 28 
 
 University of Georgetown, Medical Department 25 
 
 University of Glasgow 176,185 
 
 University of Halifax. (See Halifax Medical College) 18 
 
 University of Indiana 44 
 
 University of Kansas City, Medical Department 88 
 
 University of Kansas, Preparatory Medical Course 55 
 
 University of London 176,179 
 
 University of Louisiana. (See Medical Department, Tulane University of Louisiana).. . . 61 
 
 University of Louisville, Medical Department 57 
 
 University of Manitoba. (See Trinity Medical School) and (Manitoba Medical College)... 20 
 
 University of Maryland School of Medicine 63 
 
 University of Minnesota Homeopathic Medical Department. (See College of Homeo- 
 pathic Medicine and Surgery) 80 
 
 University of Minnesota, Medical Department. (See College of Medicine and Surgery).. 79 
 
 University of Missouri, Medical Department 83 
 
 University of Nashville and Tanderbilt University, Medical Departments 146 
 
 University of Nebraska, College of Medicine 93 
 
 University of Nebraska, College of Medicine, Eclectic Department 93 
 
 University of Nebraska, College of Medicine. Homeopathic Department 93 
 
 University of New Hampshire, Department of Medicine 94 
 
 University of North Carolina, Medical Department of 119 
 
 University of Oxford, England 176,178 
 
 University of Pennsylvania, Department of Medicine 137 
 
 Auxiliary Department , 165 
 
 University of San Antonio, Medical Department ot the 151 
 
 Universii y of South Carolina, Medical Department 144 
 
 University of Spokane Falls, College of Medicine 162 
 
 University of St. Andrews 177,187 
 
 University of St. Charles, Medical Department 38 
 
 University of Tennessee, Medical Department 148 
 
 University of the City of New York, Medical Department 108 
 
 University of the State of Oregon, Medical Department 136 
 
 University of Toronto, Medical Faculty. (See Trinity Medical College) 10 
 
 University of Trinity College. (See Trinity Medical College) and (Women's Medical 
 
 Colleee. Toronto) 11 
 
 University of Victoria College. (See Toronto Medical College) 10 
 
 University of Victoria. (See Ecole de Medeeine et de Chirurgie) 16 
 
 University of Virginia, Medical Department 1.58 
 
 University of Wisconsin , 163 
 
 University of Wooster, Medical Department of the 127 
 
 Upper CJanada School of Medicine. (See Trinity Medical College) 11 
 
 Uruguay, Medical Education in 211 
 
 Utah .152 
 
 Synopsis of Pracice Act XXI 
 
 Venezuela, Medical Education in 211 
 
 Vermont ■ ^2 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act XXI 
 
 Vermont Academy of Medicine 152 
 
 Vermont Medical College „.........._..... 153 
 
 Vermont Medical College, or the Second Medical College ot the American Health Society, 
 
 for Scientific and Benevolent Purposes 153 
 
 Victoria College, Medical Department of 12 
 
 Victoria Unlversiy, England 176-182 
 
 Victoria University. (See Trinity Medical College) 11 
 
 Virginia ^155 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act AAi 
 
 Washington i^lr? 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act aai 
 
 Washington Biochemia College 161 
 
 Washington University School of Medicine. ......•- 2C--ii---:r/<-i; v=ti °* 
 
 Western College of Homeopathic Medicine. (See Homeopathic Hospital College, Cleve- 
 land) 125 
 
 Western Homeopathic College (Cleveland). (See Homeopathic Hospital College) 125 
 
 Western Pennsylvania Medical College 142 
 
 Western Reserve University, Medical Department 123 
 
 Western University, Medical Department of the 13 
 
 West Virginia.... v¥? 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act aXI 
 
222 
 
 ^ Page. 
 
 West Yirginia University 16S 
 
 Wichita Medical College ' 55 
 
 Willamette University, Medical Department of the 135 
 
 Willoughby University, Medical Department 122 
 
 Winchester Medical College 158 
 
 Winona Medical School 78 
 
 Wisconsin 16S 
 
 Synopsis of Practice Act XXI 
 
 Woman's Medical College of Baltimore . ... 66 
 
 Woman's Medical College of Chicago 41 
 
 Woman's Medical College of Georgia and Tiaining School for Nurses 81 
 
 Womans Medical College of Pennsylvania 140 
 
 Woman's Medical College of St. Louis 89 
 
 Woman's Medical College of the New York Infirmary 114 
 
 Womans Medical College (Toronto) 14 
 
 Women's Medical College, Cincinnati 132 
 
 Women's Medical College, Kingston 14 
 
 Worcester Medical College (Eclectic) 69 
 
 Worthington Medical College 122 
 
 Wyoming, Synopsip of Practice Act XXI 
 
 Yale Medical School (Yale University, Department of Medicine) 23 
 
 Yale University, Department of Medicine 23 
 
 Zanesville Academy of Medicine 130 
 
PRELIMINARY REPORT TO THE 
 
 ILLINOIS STATE BOSRD OF HEJLTH. 
 
 WATER SUPPLIES OF ILLINOIS 
 
 POLLUTION OF ITS STREAMS. 
 
 By John H. Kauch, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 WITH TWO appendices: 
 
 /. — Chemical In vestigations of the Water Supplies of Illinois. 
 By Prof J. H. Long. 
 
 II. — The Illinois River Basin in Its Relations to Sanitary 
 Engineering. By L. E. Cooley, C. E. • 
 
 SPRINGFIELD. ILL.: 
 H. W. BoKKBB, Pbinteb and Bindek. 
 
 1889. 
 
PRELIMINARY REPORT TO THE 
 
 ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 
 
 WATER SUPPLIES OF ILLINOIS 
 
 POLLUTION OF ITS STREAMS. 
 
 By John H. Rauch, M. D., Secretary. 
 
 WITH TWO appendices: 
 
 /. — Chemical Investigations of the Water Supplies of Illinois. 
 By Prof J. H. Long. 
 
 II. — The Illinois River Basin in Its Relations to Sanitary 
 Engineering. By L. E. Cooley, C. E. 
 
 SPEINGPIELD, ILL. 
 1889. 
 
NOTE.— Explanatory and Supplemental. 
 
 In order to meet the inquiries ot members of the present Genei-al Assembly for in- 
 formation eoneerniug certain subjects of pending legislation, the State Board of Health 
 has authorized the preparation of the following preliminary report on the Water 
 Supplies of Illinois and the Pollution of its Streams- The matter has been necessarily 
 prepared hastily— only ten days having elapsed since the results of the last chemical 
 investigations were received in the Secretary's office. This hurried preparation will 
 also account for the incomplete appearance of the document, It is beheved, however, 
 that enough is furnished t > give a good general idea of the character and scope ot the 
 work, to foreshadow the results of the completed report, and to determine with sub- 
 stantial accuracy some of the most important questions involved in the bill for an act 
 to create sanitary districts in Illinois. 
 
 It will be seen from the following pages that the opinions of the Secretary, formu- 
 lated more than ten years ago, concerning the essential sanitary interests of the com- 
 munities in the Desplaines and Illinois valleys, have undergone no material modifica- 
 tion, but are substantially corroborated by these subsequent investigations and study. 
 For the remedy of the nuisance created by the drainage of Chicago into the Illinois 
 and Michigan Canal and the Illinois river, it is demonstrated that the minimum quantity 
 of water pumped at Bridgeport heretofore recommended is absolutely necessary. That 
 quantity was fixed by the Secretary in 1879 at 60,000 cubic feet per minute when the 
 population draining into the' river was less than 400,000. 
 
 Subsequently it has taken the form of a general statement— frequently repeated in 
 reports lo the Board— that the sanitary interests of the communities in the Desplaines 
 and lUinois valleys demand that the sewage of Chicago pumped into the canal shall be 
 diluted on the scale of 14,000 cubic feet per minute for every 100,000 inhabitants as a 
 minimum. In winter, when oxidation is retarded by ice formation shutting out light 
 and air, by low temperature and by impeded motion, a greater rather than a lesser 
 quantity should be pumped. The recent analyses fully sustain this dictum. 
 
 As a matter of fact the average quantity pumped during the period covered by these 
 investigations did not exceed 45, 000 cubic feet during the summer of 1888, and not more 
 than 38.000 cubic feet during the last winter. This quantity is less than one-half the 
 minimum dilution necessary to prevent nuisance at JoUet. 
 
 The city of Chicago should be required to increase the capacity of the pumping 
 plant at Bridgeport to 100,000 cubic feet at once. With a comparatively small outlay- 
 say JIO.OOO— the canal can be made to carry this quantity readily although it is probable 
 that one or two bridges would require to be raised somewhat. 
 
 For further relief pumps should be erected at some suitable point of discharge intO' 
 the Desplaines river, and these should be ot the capacity recommended in 1879, to-wit: 
 1.50,000 cubic feet per minute. It such discharge into the Desplaines bo secured promptly 
 then a lesser quantity may be pumped into the canal and the necessity ot raising the 
 bridges would be obviated. But with the sewage of over 800,000 inhabitants already 
 tributary to the canal the minimum dilution above specified requires at the present 
 time that at least 112,000 cubic feet per minute be pumped into these channels. This 
 quantity may readily be drawn through the south branch without creating too great 
 a current; but it may be necessasy to provide some other source of supply from Lake 
 
2 
 
 Michigan for the maximum quantity of 250,000 cubic feet which will be required for the 
 population before the close of the century on the most conservative estimate of growth. 
 
 Even if the project for a great waterway from Lake Michigan to the lUinoie. river were 
 under way to-day, such additional pumping will be needed before the work could be 
 completed and made available for this relief of the communities in the lower valleys— a 
 relief which is now imperatively demanded as a sanitary necessity. 
 
 While these sheets are in the printer's hands, a report on the sewage of the Mystic 
 and Charles river valleys is received. This was prepared in accordance with instruc- 
 tions from the General Court by the State Board of Health of Massachusetts and, with 
 its appended documents and majis, forms a volume of 138 octavo pages. Plans and 
 estimates were made for each of the three principal methods of sewage disposal, to-wit: 
 (I) Discharge of the crude sewage into the outgoing tidal currents; (2) pai-tial purifica- 
 tion by intermittent flltratiou; (3) chemical precipitation and discharge of effluent into 
 the tide during first ebb. The plans and estimates for each method were prepared by 
 engineers specially qualified in the respective methods. Upon review of the plans by 
 the chii.^f engiui-'cr of the Board and an associate consulting engineer, the first method 
 —that of discharge of the crude sewage upon the first of the ebb tide, a method essen- 
 tially the same as that ' of discharge into a non-tidal river of suiBclent volume— wai 
 selected and approved. 
 
 This result is in substantial accord with the considerations set forth in the following 
 pages as to the relative practicability of the three methods. The territory covered by 
 the report includes an area of 130 square miles surrounding Boston on the north, south 
 and west, and having a population of less than 150,000. The cost of the investigations 
 and report was J2-').noo. The Preliminary Report of the Drainage and Water Supply 
 Commission of the City of Chicago, published in January, 1887, also covered three 
 methods,, to-wit : (1) Discharge of the crude sewage into Lake Michigan; (2) disposal on 
 land by intermittent filtration; (3) discharge into the Desplaines river. Plans and esti- 
 mates for the first two methods were prepared in sufficient detail to demonstrate their 
 impracticability. 
 
 The discharge into Lake Michigan would involve an expenditure of at least S37, 000, 000 
 and an annual expense of over *2, 400, 000 for interest and maintenance. Aside from the 
 cost the Commission rejected this method because, while it might be practicable for 
 some years to allow the sewage in its crude form to enter the lake under the conditions 
 prescribed, the necessity would sooner or later arise for clarifying it previous to its 
 discharge. The experience of London and other large ciiies does not warrant the 
 adoption of a plan involving such a contingency. 
 
 As to the second method— that of disposal by land— it is apparent from the tenor of 
 the report that the Commission was strongly predisposed in its favor, and only aban- 
 doned it when it became obvious that suitable land in sufficient quantity was not avail- 
 able within th!) borders of the State at any practicable distance. Given a suitable body 
 of land the plans of the Commission for the disposal of the metropolitan sewage alone, 
 by intermittent filtration and sewage farming, would require an investment of about 
 458,000,000, with an annual expense of over J3,000,000 for interest, pumping and mainte- 
 nance after deducting the profit from sale of crops. The disposal of the sewage of the 
 Calumet region would add about $1,000,000 to the cost of this plan, or a total of S(i2,000,- 
 000. 
 
 Compelled to the rejection of both these plans the Commission next took up the 
 third solution of the di-ainage problem on the lines recognized by that distinguished 
 engineer, Mr. E. S. Chesbrough, as early as 1856, and fully outlined in the extracts- re- 
 printed in the following pages— from a report to. the IlUnois State Board of Health on 
 the "Sanitary Problems of Chicago'" made by the Secretary in 1879,* This solution con- 
 sists, in brief, of such modification of the conditions which have existed since 1871— 
 when the "deep cut" in the Illinois and Michigan Canal was completed- as shall secure 
 
 *See page IV et seq., of the Preliminary Eeport which follow.''. 
 
a flow of water from Lake Michigan into the Illinois river ample at all times to dilute 
 the sewage heyond the point of offensiveness to the senses or injury to health. As 
 shown on p. 65 of the appendix to this Preliminary Eeport.t there was in 1888 a popula- 
 tion of 842, 3U0 inhabitants, the sewage of which, so far as it is disposed of at all, is dis- 
 charged into the Illinois and Michigan canal by the pumps at Bridgeport. For present 
 practical purposes the aggi'egate water supply may be assumed as the measure of the 
 sewage product— any mate ial variation, either as to volume or density, being compen- 
 sated for by the storm-water discharge and its incident pollution, the character of 
 wastes from stock yards, slaughter houses, etc.,— so that it will not be far out of the 
 way to state thS daily sewage product now tributary to the canal at 150,000,000 gallons 
 per day. During the summer of 1888, as already stated, the Bridgeport pumps dis- 
 charged into the canal 45,000 cubic feet per minute, or 485,280,000 gallons per day. 
 Eoughly stated, this was composed of one part of sewage and two parts of lake water. 
 During the' winter the proportion of sewage was somewhat greater, in the ratio of 45,000 
 to 38,000— the number of cubic feet pumped in the summer and the winter respectively. 
 The Commission finally approved of the project for the construction of an artificial 
 waterway capable of carrying 600,000 cubic feet per minute, through the Chicago river 
 and the necessary conduits, from Lake Michigan to 'Lake Joliet. This quantity of water 
 per minute represents 6,480,000,000 gallons per day. If we admit that the ultimate popu- 
 lation in the area to be drained will reach 2,500,000, and that its average sewage product 
 (150 gallons per head) will amount to 375,000,000 gallons per day, this auantity— 6,480,000,- 
 000 gallons— would give a fraction over 17 dilutions, or more than sixteen parts of lake 
 water to one of sewage, instead of two parts lake water to one of sewage as now. It is 
 to be noted that this would be the minimum dilution, and not Ukely to be reached until 
 sometime between 1910 and 1915. 
 
 From four different sets of observations— made in the summer of 1886, in the winter 
 of 1886-7, in the summer of 1888, and in January, February and March, 1889*— there is no 
 hesitation in saying that even this minimum dilution, for the maximum population 
 which we are warranted in considering attainable, would suffice to prevent any nuisance 
 from Chicago sewage long before it reached Lockport, and that the sanitary condition 
 of the Desplaines and lUinois rivers would be greatly benefitted in every respect. The 
 large amount of dissolved oxygen in the lake water and its freedom from organic im- 
 purity would not only hasten the decomposition of the' sewage— resolving it into its 
 harmless iaorganic elements— but in the volume proposed it would assist in the oxida- 
 tion of the sewage f ; om the river towns, as well as of the large amount of organic 
 matter of vegetable origin contributed to the IlUnois by many of its tributaries. For 
 further details in this connection the reader is referred to the report proper and to the 
 two appendices. 
 
 Among other points clearly indicated by the chemical analyses and sanitary investi- 
 gations is the necessity of continuous observations of the water supplies of cities, towns 
 and villages and of the State institutions throughout a long period. It cannot be too 
 strongly urged that these observations should be of a general sanitary character, em- 
 bracing the source and history of the water, its observed effects upon health, etc. It 
 will not do to place reliance solely upon the answers to reagents and tests in the 
 chemist's laboratory. These, unless taken in connection with all the surroundings, may 
 be very misleading. "Water analysis has undergone a radical change within the past few 
 years. Even so late as 1881', examinations of water by three separate processes, each of 
 which had its pronounced- supporters, gave the most confounding results. Of 19 waters, 
 krvewn by long experience to be productive of no harmful effects and regarded as 
 wholesome, only 5 were pronounced "good" by all the processes ; 8 others of this class 
 were pronounced "good" by some, and "fair," "medium," or "allowable" by the others ; 3 
 were accounted "bad" by one process, 1 by two processes, and two by all of the processes. 
 Of twenty waters of more or less doubtful or suspected character, 9 were reported 
 "good" or "allowable" by all the methods, 5 "bad" by one, 3 by two. and 3 others by all. 
 
 +The lUinois Eiver Basin in its Belations to Sanitary Engineering. By L. E. Coolev, 
 C F 
 
 *See pages XXVII-XXX of the following report. 
 
Of 20 waters which were believed on strong grounds to have produced disease among 
 those drinking them, 10 were pronounced "good" or "allowable" by all the processes, 6 
 "bad" by one process, 1 by two and only 3 by all. As Prof. J. W. Mai ett, F. R. S., who 
 conducted this examination for the National Board of Health, says in his report: It 
 is not possible to decide absolutely upon the wholesomeness or unwholesomeness of a 
 drinking-water by the mere use of any of the processes examined for the estimation of 
 organic matter or its constituents. It will not do merely to throw all doubts on the side 
 of the rejection of a water as has been more or less advocated by writers on water 
 analysis; for there are often interests of too serious character involved in such rejection 
 to admit of its being decided on, save upon really convincing evidence of its necessity. 
 
 The analysis is essential, but may be accepted as conclusive only when supplemented 
 by the revelations of the microscope in biological investigation and illuminated by the 
 knowledge to be furnished by a sanitary survey and the practical tests of sickness and 
 death rate. Only by continuous observation and frequent analyses, corrected by the 
 work of the sanitary inspector, will communities take the steps necessary to secure a 
 wholesome water supply and to preserve its sources from pollution. It is purposed to 
 maintain this surveillance over the water supplies of the State institutions, and in these 
 the records of sickness and mortality, which may be obtained with greater certainty 
 and completeness than in communities, will afford a practical test of the va'ue of such 
 surveillance. 
 
 The immediately preceding observations borrow increased significance from the 
 text of the last few pages of the report proper. In illustrating the generalization that 
 "the aggregate of organic matter furnished by the tributaries of the lUinois river in 
 their natural condition may greatly exceed the aggregate furnished by the population 
 of their respective watersheds or than the aggregate which passes Johet in the canal 
 and Desplaines river," it is not made sufficiently clear that the standard of wholesomeness 
 or unwholesomeness of a water may not be fixed solely by the results of the chemical 
 determinations. The nature and source of the organic matter contained must be taken 
 into account, and the neglect to do this may be unintentionally, but, nevertheless, ciuito 
 seriously misleading. This is now seen to be the case with the illustration noted— pages 
 XXX, xxxiii. In the final report, when all the data shall have been considered and each 
 factor be given its due weight, the general tenor would suffice to prevent any mis- 
 interpretation of such a passage. 
 
 Sundry typogi-aphical errors, incident to the haste with which these pages have been 
 prepared and put through the press, will not escape the notice of even the least critical. 
 Fortunately these are of minor importance and do not affect the general accuracy nor 
 impair argument or conclusion.— April 3, 1889.— J. H. E. 
 
 Due acknowledgement will be made in the completed report to a number of volun- 
 teers who have greatly assisted in the work by observations and in other ways. 
 
PEELllllAET SEPOET TO THE ILIIHOIS STATE BOAED OF HEALTH, 
 
 WATER SUPPLIES OF ILLINOIS 
 
 AND THE 
 
 POLLUTION OF ITS STREAMS. 
 
 B¥ JOHN H. EAUCH, M. D.. Secretary. 
 
 With increasing density of population, and more particularly 
 with continuous occupancy of soil, certain questions intimately 
 connected with the problem of healthy living -press upon the 
 general attention and impose additional responsibility upon 
 those charged with the protection of the public health. By the 
 act of the General Assembl}^ creating a State Board of Health 
 for the State of Illinois, this Board is entrusted with the 
 "general supervision of the life and health of the citizens of the 
 State." It is charged with the responsibility and endowed with 
 "authority to make such sanitary investigations as it may, 
 from time to time, deem necessary for the preservation or 
 improvement of the public health." 
 
 Under this authority and in the discharge of this duty, the 
 sanitary investigation of the water supplies of the State,, and 
 the study of the sources, extent and means of remedy of the 
 pollution of its rivers and streams, have been pushed during 
 the past twelve months with more vigor and on a much broader 
 scale than have been heretofore practicable with the means at 
 its command. 
 
 This investigation and study were among the earliest efforts 
 of the Board, although they were at first necessarily confined 
 to pressing emergencies; and it will be useful to give a resumg 
 of the report of the Secretary on this subject made to the 
 Board during the first few months of its existence. This docu- 
 ment Avas prefaced by the following extract from his report on 
 Drainage made while Sanitary Superintendent of the city of 
 Chicago in 1869: 
 
 "From the results of drainage and other sanitary measures 
 carried on in this city, it may be inferred the^t the judicious 
 
IV 
 
 expenditure of mouejr for sanitary purposes is a sound maxim 
 of municipal economy, and from past experience I am satisfied 
 that the mean annual death-rate can be reduced to 17 per 1,000 
 by continuing in force the present sanitary and drainage regu- 
 lations, thereby making Chicago one of the healthiest cities in 
 the world." 
 
 This ^Yas written at a time when the average annual death- 
 rate of Chicago was over 24 per thousand. Within the subse- 
 quent decade the average annual death-rate had been reduced 
 to ]8.48 per thousand, and in 1878 it had fallen to 16.5, or 
 less than the predicted 17 per thousand. Since that period the 
 death-rate has fluctuated with a general upward tendency, so 
 that the average annual mortality for the last ten years is 
 over 20 per thousand. To what extent this is due to increas- 
 ing density of population and other causes, it is not now pro- 
 posed to inquire; the fact itself lends significance and import- 
 ance to the work of the State Board at present in hand, and 
 points to conditions which affect the welfare of the State at 
 large and of every city, town and village within its borders. 
 
 The first report of the Secretary embraced the general results 
 of over twelve years of previous study, and specifically of in- 
 vestigations begun under the auspices of the Board in October, 
 1877,* covering the amount and sources of the Chicago sewage, 
 its flow through the canal and extent of dilution, effects of 
 varying lake levels, force and direction of wind moyement, tem- 
 perature, precipitation and other meterological factors, and 
 chemical investigations of waters collected at various points 
 between Lake Michigan and Peoria. The following prefatory 
 paragraphs are given in full as show ing the comprehension of 
 the importance and magnitude of the undertaking at that tijiie. 
 The report was addressed to the Illinois State Board of Health: 
 
 Gentlemen :— In pursuance of your instructions, and in the sanitary interests, oi! the 
 State, 1 have devoted all the spare time that I could to the consideration of the pollu- 
 tion of streams, and especially to the effect of the Chicago sewage on the Illinois river. 
 
 The following report, which is sbmitted at this time because immediate action is 
 necessary, contains the substance of my investigations and the conclusions arrived at 
 thus far; but it is only preliminary to a more comprehensive one which I design to 
 submit to you at a future time. 
 
 The factors connected with the drainage of Chicago, through the Illinois and Michigan 
 canal, are many and of a diversified character. To accurately determine the relative, effect 
 of each, as meteorlogioal changes occur during the year, reguires the closest study and 
 involves much labor. The importance of the subject cannot be overestimated, for it in- 
 volves the sanitary well-being and comfort of at least one-third of the population of the 
 state. I have also conducted similar investigations iwith regard to the pollution of the 
 Sangamon river, from which thu water supply of the city of Springfield is obtained, and 
 of the Cahokia creek, at East St. Louis. 
 
 *The State Board of Health was organized July 12, 1877, and in addition to its func- 
 tions with reference to sanitary matters, it was also charged with the enforcement of 
 the Medical Practice Act, which took effect simultaneously with the act creating the 
 Board. 
 
A Sketch of Efpokts made to CijEanse the Chicago Riveb. 
 
 From the earliest days in the history of Chicago, the Chicago river has attracted 
 anxious observation from a sanitary standpoint, and the anxiety has iucr.'ased 
 •with the increased population of the city and the suburbs, especially sin.<o the 
 river has been the receplaele of a large part of the sewage. When a, more perfect sys- 
 tem of sewerage became imperatively necessary for the health of the city, the widening 
 and deepening of the Illinois and Michigan canal to the capacity of a ship canal was 
 suggested as a means of at once facilitating the commerce of the city and lakes and pu- 
 rifying the river. The one was m-ged as a proper national . enterprise, and the other as 
 a vital necessity for the increasing population of the locality. In July, 1860, the Sewerage 
 Commissioners of Chicago recommended that the canal be enlarged and deepened so as 
 to create a constant current from Lake Michigan into the Illinois river, but their sug- 
 gestion was not deemed necessary at that time. The poUutiou of the river increased, 
 however, beyond all expectation, not only by reason of the increase of population, but 
 from other causes. Among the latter was the increase in the slaughtering of hogs and 
 cattle and the packing of meats. In the year 1860, 306,(28 head of cattle and hogs were 
 kiUed and packed, and all of the offal was passed into the sluggish river. In 1863 this 
 business had increased enormously. In that year the number of cattle and hogs slaugh- 
 tered increased to 1,029,948, and the offal was still swept into the river. There has been 
 a vast increase, year by year, in this business ever since, keeping pace with, or even 
 exceeding, the increasing volume of sewage produced by the rapidly growing popula- 
 tion. This accumulation of sewage was partially relieved by pumping- works at the head 
 of the canal; but the relief so afforded could not keep pace with the increase of sewage 
 and offal, and in 186S a remarkable epidemic of erysipelas occurred, which prevailed ex- 
 clusively in close proximity to the South branch and to the main river. The great 
 amount of animal refuse thrown into the South branch was supposed to have been the 
 cause of this epidemic. The pollution of the river from these causes increased daily, in 
 1863 and 1864, and on January 9, 1865, a commission of engineers was appointed "to devise 
 the best plan to cleanse the Chicago river." 
 
 This commis.slon presented their report on March 6 of that year, and, after discuss- 
 ing several projects, recommended that, "in view of the facts in the case, the best plan 
 to cleanse Chicago river that we can devise is to out down tqe summit of the canal, so 
 as to draw a sufficient quantity of water through it from the lake to create the necessary 
 current in said river." It was urged, as an argument in favor of the proposition,, "that 
 the money expended in cutting down the summit of the canal will constitute a part of 
 the expense of enlarging the present canal so as to admit the passage of steamboats of 
 the largest class, an improvement that must soon be made." This plan was adopted, 
 and, in the fall of 1865, the work of deepening the canal was commenced. It was cerm- 
 pleted in 1871, and, in July of that year, water was admitted at the deep cut from the 
 river. The out so made at the head of the canal was six feet, and it was computed that 
 at an ordinary stage of water twenty-four thousand cubic feet per minute would flow 
 from the river into the canal. 
 
 , Effects Of Pumping The Eivek Into The Canal. 
 
 From the year 1860 to 1865 the pumps at Brideeport were only used to supply to the 
 canal such water as was needed for navigation, and their action in purifying the river, 
 though marked and valuable, was only incidental. But in the latter year the Board of 
 PubUc Works made an arrangement with the Canal Commissioners to utilize the pump- 
 ing works as much as possible for the cleansing of the river. It happened, however, in 
 that year, that unusual rains kept the river in fairly good condition without this extra 
 use of the pumps. But the arrangement was maintained, and in 1866 the pumping works 
 were in operation for sixty-two days; in 1867 they operated one hundred and -fffty days; 
 in 1868, seventy-three days; and in 1869, one hundred days. The amount of water raised 
 eight feet by them in 1869 is estimated at ten thousand cubic feet per minute. The effect 
 of their operation was marjted and favorable, but the result was affected by the operation 
 of other causes, which at times aided and at others hindered the purification of the river. 
 These causes were the variation in the lake level, the local rains, and especially the 
 
YI 
 
 constant increase o£ sewage and offal, resuling from the increasing population, and the 
 staughtering, and other business interests. * These influences were constantly operating, 
 and it was found necessary to increase the use of the pumps each year, as is shown in 
 the figures stated above, whenever possible, owing to the hmited capacity of the canal, 
 which also depended upon the rainfall. As the population increased, and. necessarily, 
 the amount of sewage also, the effect of the pumps in cleaning the river was less marked. 
 After the water was let into the "deep cut," in 1871, it purified the South branch and 
 the main river, but it was soon discovered that it effected no marked change in the 
 water of the North branch. The latter continued to be- so foul that in 1873 the PuUerton 
 avenue conduit was begun, with a view to its purification. About the time the deepening 
 of the canal was completed, the slaughtering business was transferred to the stock yards, 
 whence the drainage is into the south fork of the South branch, and it was soon apparent 
 that the drainage afforded by the "deep cut" and the canal had but little influence in 
 carrying off the drainage of these establishments, though, owing to local and transitory 
 causes, the water in the south fork was occasionally cleansed. 
 
 The discussion, which follows in the printed report, of the 
 causes which affect the flow of water from the lake into the 
 canal, the varying lake level, rain-fall, barometrical pressure and 
 consequent wind movement, etc., will- be referred to in another 
 connection. But the concluding passages of the report, having 
 reference to a. recommendation to the city of Chicago urging 
 the establishment of the pumping works at Bridgeport, may 
 properly be cited at this point. The report concludes as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 This will be the flrst time that the Board has made a recommendation to the city of 
 Chicago in relation to its sanitarj' affairs. There is another view of the case to which 
 the attention of the municipal authorities of Chicago shoul i be cafled, which is, that that 
 city has no right to unnecessarily injure the material and sanitary interests of any 
 other part of the State. The community of interests wh.oh exists between the citizens 
 of Chicago and the inhabitants of the country lying along the canal and river, forbids 
 the injury of either by the other. 
 
 It is but just to state that the plans heretofore adopted for the s-ewerage and drain- 
 age of the city of Chicago have been made with a view to such change as the future 
 might require. The deepening of the ctoal, which was begun in 1865, was not com- 
 pleted until 1871, so that the relief afforded by that measure was delayed six years from 
 the time when its necessity was recognized. . The pumping works can be rebuilt in 
 ninety days. My reasons for recommending this course are that the works will furnish 
 almost immediate relief without gi'eat ekpense, and without interfering with (he project 
 of a ship canal, or with any more permanent plan which may become necessary for dis- 
 position of the Chicago sewage. 
 
 That the oxidation of organic matter is promotedby the process of pumping will be seen 
 by comparing the analysis of specimens Nos. K; and 17. No. 16 was taken from the mouth 
 of tne inlet pipe at the Peoria water works, and contained S3 parts of organic matter in 
 a miUion parts of water, while No. 17, which was taken on the same day, several hours 
 later, after the water had passed through the works, contained only .W parts. Specimen 
 No. 19, taken from the Sangamon river, below the paper mill and distillery, and several 
 miles above the Springfle d water works, contained 120 parts; while specimen No. 20, 
 taken from the office of the Board at the State House, contained but 73 parts. Specimen 
 No. 28, taken from the inlet pipe of the Springfleld water works, on December 1 (1878), 
 coatained 86 parts, while No. W, taken from the offloe of the Board, coniained but 54 
 parts. 
 
 * It is gratifying to be able to her^ note, that, notwithstanding the enormous increase 
 of the slaughti'i-ing business in Chicago within the past few years, the nuisances incident 
 to rendering and utiUzation of offal have been diminished. 
 
VII 
 
 The agency o£ the pumps in promoting oxidation will he more needed in winter than 
 in summer, because, among other things, in summer the stirring of the water in the 
 canal by the passage of boats promotes oxidation, in some degree at least, but, more 
 importantly, because low temperatures retard oxidation. I remark that any other plan 
 that will afford rehef will involve a much larger expense than this will, and much longer 
 time to effect the result. The cost of the pumping works, which were erected by the 
 State in 1859 and 1860, to supply the canal with water for the purposes ot navigation, was 
 $42,158.24. From the statement of their operation, contained in the reports of the Canal 
 Commissioners, I have computed that they raised about ten- thousand cubic feet ot 
 water per mfnute eight feet high. The building yet remains, though it is leased to 
 private parties for a short time. I have no doubt that an arrangement could be made 
 with the Canal Commissioners for its use without any expense to the city of Chicago. 
 I am Informed that the old lock can be restored at a cost of not more than $10,000. If 
 the whole expense of re-erecting the works should be $60,000 or $70,000, and the expense 
 of operating them should amount to $100 per day, it would be trifling compared to the 
 benefits which would result. I am satisfied that an equitable arrangement can be made 
 with the Canal Commissioners for maintaining the works. The fall from the head of the 
 'qanal to Lookport, a distance ot twenty-nine mllos, is three feet, and the current between 
 those points has a velocity of half a mile per hour at this time. The velocity will 
 increase in proportion as the water at the head of the canal is raisod, and the increase 
 will promote the oxidation of sewage. After a careful investigation, I am satisfied that, 
 with fifty thousand cubic feet of water passing into the head of the canal per minute, 
 the main river and the South branch will be purified ; that no nuisance will result from 
 sewage at JoUet and below, and that the potability of the water in the IlUnois river at 
 Peoria will not be in the least affected from that source. An increase of water to sixty 
 thousand cubic feet per minute would, in my opinion, take in addition the sewage of 
 the Norlh branch after it has once been cleaned out. and would diminish the nuisance 
 In the South fork of the south branch at least three-fourths. 
 
 I am informed by practical men that the increase of current in the canal, which 
 would result from this increase of water, would not materially interfere with navigation, 
 because of its increased depth. The lake level is lower now than it has been for a 
 number of years, but, judging by the experience of the past, it will begin to rise within 
 a year, and will continue to rise during a number of years. But no improvement in the 
 condition of the water in the canal and river can be expected from this cause, for the 
 increased flow into the canal which the higher lake level will produce, will not keep 
 pace with the increased sewage. 
 
 The Pullerton avenue conduit is now completed, and an experimental test wiU soon 
 be made. I do not share in the great apprehension that exists in the minds of many 
 with .regard to the effect upon the pollution of the water supply of the city of Chicago, 
 if the water, is pumped from the North branch into the lake, at present; but I think it 
 probable that, under certain conditions, it may pollute it.* Pumping water from the 
 North branch into this conduit will necessarily cause a flow of water from the main 
 river into the North branch. How far this will affect the flow of water into the South 
 branch from the main river under existing circumstances, I am not prepared to say; but 
 I do not hesitate to say that when the current is toward the lake, it will be almost im- 
 possible to purify the North branch in this way, for the sewage of both the main river 
 and the South branch will then flow into it. The water in the North branch, north of 
 the conduit, is much less foul than that further south, and it is with special reference 
 to the purification of the latter that the conduit was constructed. But under certain con- 
 ditions it will happen that the effect of pumpmg will be to draw oiT the comparatively 
 clean water at the north end of the branch without materially affecting the fouler water 
 below, as when there is a considerable supply of water by rainfall draining into the 
 branch, which does not amount to a freshet, and changes in the lake level from any 
 
 *While the FuUerton avenue conduit pumped from the North branch into Lake 
 Michigan, complaint was several times made that the w^ter supply of Lake View was 
 polluted by it. 
 
VIII 
 
 cause may also produce this effect. Of course, when there is a freshet out of the North 
 branch the operation of the pumps is not needed for its purification. At times when 
 the water is pumped from the lake into the North branch its effect will be to create a 
 current into the main river and thence through the South branch into the canal, dimin- 
 ishing or at times cutting off the supply of water which otherwise flows from the lake 
 into these channels. This will add the sewage of the North branch to that of the South 
 branch. 
 
 I have already shown that the current into the head of the canal, under the most 
 favorable circumstances, barely keeps the main river and the South branch in a tolera- 
 ble condition. The addition of the sewage of the North branch to the South branch 
 would render the lower portions of the latter nearly as i oul as the North branch now is. 
 In other words, it would only amount to a transfer of the nuisance and an increase of 
 the nuisance at JoUet and the pollution of the IlUnois river. At other times, the effect 
 of pumpi g water from the lake into the North branch, will be to carry the sewage from 
 the latter into the lake through the main river, and when the current is sluggish to 
 cause the latter and, to some extent, the South branch, to become foul and offensive. 
 Either way, the sewag^ wiU at times find its way o the lake. If it is desirable or neces- 
 sary to Pi event this, it can be done by increasing its flow of water from the lake into 
 the canal, and it can be done in no other way. 
 
 It is better for the city of Chicago that all the sewage should pass into the canal, but 
 it should be so diluted as to prevent injury to the sanitary condition of the country 
 below. If 60,000 cubic feet of water per minute at the head of the canal will not create 
 the necessary current to effect this purpose, I have only to remark that the amount may 
 be increased up to 100,000 cubic feet, which, acco ding to Mr. Thomas, is the present 
 capacity of the canal. Ever since 1872, the south fork of the South branch has been a 
 standing mena e to the health of the city of Chicago. Frequently, when foul odors are 
 blown across the city, oharacterizeu by a peculiar sickening, deadening stench, and at- 
 tributed to the slaughtering, rendering, and fertilizing establishments, it really comes 
 from this source. For the purification of this, which, is one of the foulest bodies of 
 water within my knowledge, various plans have been proposed; among others, the con- 
 struction of a large sewer and pumping works, for conveying the water either into the 
 lake or the canal. The condition of this water will be appreciated better than any words 
 can possibly describe it by reference to the analyses of specimen No. 1, from the herd 
 of the south fork, which contained 539 parts of organic matter in a milUon, and specimen 
 No. 2, from near the mouths of two sewers, which contained 1,233 parts, while specimen 
 No. 4, from the South branch, before its junction with the West branch and South fork, 
 contained only 74 parts per million. Prom the location of the old pumping works, on the 
 same side and near the mouth of the South fork, I am satisfied that the pumping works 
 will, to a great degree, purify this water. Specimen No. 3 was taken from this fork at 
 the Archer avenue bridge, some distance from its mouth, and contained only 125 parts, 
 showing the purifying effect of the lake water passing through the South branch to the 
 canal. 
 
 All of which is respectluUy submitted. ' 
 
 John H. Eauoh, M. D. 
 
 To the copy of this communication, as printed in the Second 
 Annual Eeport of the State Board of Health, is appended the 
 following note by the Secretary: 
 
 Note.— By direction of the Board a copy of the above report was submitted to the 
 Mayor and Common Council of the city of Chicago, on January 12, 1880, and in order to 
 carry out the recommendations therein contained, an appropriation of $100,000 was made 
 by the Common Council for the purpose of constructing pumping works at the head of 
 the canal. While the matter was pending before the Council, the subject was widely 
 discussed by the press, the Chicago Citizens' Association and the Engineers' Club; con- 
 ferences were held between the State and city authorities, and an important convention 
 was held at Ottawa looking to pushing the construction of the ship canal from Lake 
 Michigan to the Illinois river. While this last would undoubtedly afford an adeauate 
 
IX 
 
 and permanent method of disposinR of the sewage of Chicago, (provided, that such 
 canal be made wide and deep enough to properly dilute the sewage,) and while possi- 
 bly some of the numerous other plans which have been since suggested would achieve 
 the result sought for, I see no reason for modifying my conclusion above given, namely, 
 "that this resort to pumping is the only plan which can be adopted with sufficient 
 promptitude to accomplish the desired end at an early day." It is immaterial whether 
 this pumping be done from the south fork through a canal connection via the stock 
 yards, or by works located at the Ogden ditch and emptying into the Des Plaines river; 
 or, as is specifically suggested, by re-establishing the pumps at Bridgeport. If this last 
 be done so as to secure a capacity of 60,000 cubic feet per minute when desired, the 
 facts and ilgures cited in the report demonstrate that substantial relief will be secured 
 for some time to come. With the growth of the city and consequent increased produc- 
 tion of domestic and manufacturing wastes and refuse, the time will arrive when 60,000 
 cubic feet per minute will not dilute the sewage to the point of inoffensiveness, but 
 when that time arrives additional works may be constructed at Ogden ditch with a. 
 capacity of say 150,000 cubic feet, and with these two systems the sewage of a population 
 of a million and a half may be satisfactorily disposed of. The vital point now is speedy 
 rehef from a grave sanitary danger; one which not only affects Chicago, bat which either 
 threatens to, or actually does, pollute the water supply of neighboring communities; 
 which seriously menaces the health of the river towns, and poisons the atmosphere many 
 miles south of the source of the evil. Does not Chicago owe it to herself and to her 
 neighbors to act promptly and efficiently in the matter? Can she afford to invite not 
 only epidemic diseases but an increased death rate? Can she afford to still further incur 
 the risk of pollution of her own water supply, and that of her neighbors on the lake? 
 From the data presented in the fpregoing pages it seems obvious that only one availabl& 
 remedy exists for these imminent evils, namely, the removal of her sewage, properly 
 diluted, by the Water-courses flowing towards the Mississippi river.— J. H. R. 
 
 The work thus begun in 1877 ^\'as continued individually by 
 the Secretary long after that date; but owing to want of 
 means the services of professional analysts, observers, and other 
 indispensable assistants could not be commanded until the 
 imminence of aiU invasion of Asiatic cholera led to the appro- 
 priation of a contingent fund by the XXXIVth General Assem- 
 bly* — subsequently reappropriated by the XXX Vth — "to be 
 used only with the consent and- concurrence of the Governor, 
 upon the recommendation of the Board, in case of the outbreak 
 or the threatened outbreak of any epidemic or malignant 
 disease * * * and in suppressing outbreaks which may 
 occur and in investigating their causes and methods of pre- 
 vention; also in special investigations when required by the 
 sanitary necessities of the State." 
 
 With the approval of the Governor, the expense of the recent 
 chemical analyses, the collection of samples of water, and the 
 study of the hydrography of the river basins of the State, has 
 been defrayed from this fund, and the results of the work thus 
 
 *0wing to the continuance of Asiatic cholera in portions of Europe and m South 
 America having direct commercial relations with the United States, and the consequent 
 daneer of its introduction and epidemic spread in this country— a danger which cul- 
 minated in the arrival of cholera-infected vessels in New York harbor m the tall of 
 .i!!B7_the Board did not feel warranted in recommending the use of any portion of this 
 fund for these investigations. It was deemed prudent to hold the entire amount of 
 thp flTinropriation ready for instant use in protecting the State from an invasion of the 
 disease should it gain a footh61d upon our shores. Fortunately this calamity was. 
 averted, and meantime the original appropriation lapsed and was covered back mtept 
 into the State treasury, whence it was reappropriated by the XXXNth General Assembly 
 as already stated. 
 
accomplished, year by year, have been published in the annual 
 reports of the Board, and in the records of the proceedings at 
 various meetings. The most important of these, prior to this 
 preliminary report on the work of the past twelve months, are 
 to be found in the Ninth Annual Eeport (for 1886), pages xiii, 
 xiv, xxix, XXX, xxxix — lix, Ixiv — Ixvi ;' and in the proceedings of 
 the meetings, January 13-14, and April 21-22, 1887. At the 
 January, 1888, meeting, the quarterly report of the Secretary — 
 after recounting his action in connection with the cholera im- 
 portations by the steamers Alesia and Britannia, and discussing 
 the question of immigration as affecting the public health — con- 
 tinues as follows : 
 
 Turning from this consideration of the subject to our own duty as a State Board of 
 Health, the oiicurrenoes above dwelt upon fully justify all the efforts made during the past 
 lour years to perfect the sanitary condition of the State, and emphasize the necessity for 
 their further continuance. The results of the unparalleled drought of the past year dem- 
 onstrate the importance of a vigorous prosecution of the investigation into the sources of 
 and remedy for the pollution of streams and tlie character of the water supply, not only of 
 cities, towns and villages, but of the country generally throughout the State. Coupled with 
 the chemical and biological examination of water supplies, it is designed to utilize the 
 data obtainable by collecting the various borings made in many parts of the State for 
 coal, artesian wells,-gas, &c. These should indicate the character, extent and availability 
 of our sub-surface water supply, and the results of this study and research, while being 
 directly in the line of sanitary interests, will be profitable from an economic standpoint. 
 Only less important than the prevention of disease and premature death thereby, would 
 be the knowledge which should enable the farmers, stock- raisers and others to remedy, 
 as far possible, the results of prolonged dry weather, and to supplement the ordinary 
 sources of supply from the underground reservoirs. 
 
 Illinois, though suffering, has, fortunately, been spared the widespread disasters which 
 have been caused by drought during the past year in neighboring States, but the mode 
 of cholera propagation and the extent and severity of a cholera epidemic depending so 
 largely upon thef character of the water supply, we cannot rest satifled until every com- 
 munity in the State is assured of the best attainable condition of this great sanitary 
 necessity. Wherever typhoid fever spreads beyond sporadic cases, and wherever diarrhea 
 .and dysentery are unusually prevalent, it is safe to assume that Asiatic cholera may 
 become epidemic if the specific contagion be introduced, and it will be wise to remedy 
 the conditions which cause such spread and prevalence before the graver disease shall 
 get a foothold. 
 
 Touching this portion of the Secretary's report, the following 
 resolution was adopted by the Board at this meeting, to-wit : 
 
 Resolved, That the necessary preparations be made to carry out the recommenda- 
 tions of the Secretary in his Quarterly Eeport in regard to the investigati' n of water 
 supplies and the pollution of streams, and also with reference to the sanitary surveys, 
 with a view to placing the State in the best possible sanitary condition during the com- 
 ing summer. 
 
 At the April, 1888, meeting the Secretary reported that — 
 
 Work on the investigation of the water supplies of the State has been impeded to 
 some extent by the high stage of water in many of ihe streams, and lately by the ex- 
 cessive rainfall over large areas. Considerable progress, however, has been made. 
 Time tables for the collection of water supplies at various points— 23 in number— between 
 Chicago and Alton have been constructed, so as to make it practicable to follow the 
 
XI 
 
 ■changes, by pollution and purifloation, in a, given body of water from the time it leaves 
 Lake Michigan until it flows past the city of Alton. Eeports of the chemical and biolo- 
 gical examinations are re ;eived in the Secretary's office. 
 
 Except with the interruptions noted, samples of water are now collected and exam- 
 ined once a week at Chicago (lake water), Bridgeport, Lockport, Joliet (above and below 
 •city), Morris, La Salle, Henry, Peoria, Pekin, Copperas Creek Dam, Havana, Beardstown, 
 Pearl and Grafton, on the main stream; and from the Kankakee, DuPage, Fox, Big 
 YermiUon and Little VermiUon, Sangamon and Spoon tributaries. Samples will also 
 be taken from Alton and East St. Louis (Mississippi river water), and from other points 
 as found necessary in the course of the work, which will continue six montns or more. 
 
 In each sample the following de erminations are made: Total soUds, suspended 
 matter, nitrates and nitrites, chlorine, hardness, free ammonia, albuminoid ammonia, 
 oxygen consumption and color and odor. By continuing the work through so long a 
 period, and by making the analyses as fully as outlined, it is hoped that the effect of 
 accidental variations will be practically eliminated. The amount of flow from some of 
 the tributaries is pretty well known, and before the end of the summer it will be known 
 for all, so that we will then be in possession of data complete enough to enable us to 
 give a fair answer to the qtuestion. What is the rate of oxidation in the Illinois river in 
 a flow of hOO miles, with sources and amount of contamination, and amount of dilution 
 from tributaries, practically known? 
 
 The results obtained thus far in this investigation show the importance of a study 
 of the tributaries. The waters or some of these appear to contain a great deal of decay- 
 ing vegetable matter. The character of these waters will be thoroughly studied, as an 
 understanding of them is of the highest importance to the sanitary welfare of ihe eom- 
 munitie.« suppKed from such sources. The public water suppUes of some of the cities 
 and towns are also being investigated. 
 
 The investigation of the underground water supplies is making satisfactory progress 
 —records from so^ae 60 different localities, in all parts of the State, having been already 
 secured. 
 
 Reverting to the report of 1879 and its recommendations, it 
 is well known that the pumps at Bridgeport were replaced, 
 after delay from A^arious causes; but the capacity re- 
 commended a» a minimum ten jears ago is not secured 
 even at the present time, and the pollution of the Des- 
 plaines and Illinois rivers^ and the protection of its own water 
 supply still press upon the attention of Chicago. In 1886, a 
 Drainage and Water-Supply Commission was created, for further 
 study of the subject, and after a year's investigation and the 
 expenditure of some |70,000 in the collection of data, surveys 
 and examinations, tne Commission arrived at substantially the 
 conclusion set forth in the first report to the State Board of 
 Health on the subject, to-wit: "The disposal of the sewage of 
 Chicago, properly diluted, by the water-courses flowing towards 
 the Mississippi river." 
 
 In their preliminary report (January, 1887,), the Commission- 
 ers outline the main features of the only three feasible methods 
 of disposing of the metropolitan sewage, and give the results 
 of the investigation to date, together with a general conclusion 
 as to the preferable method and an approximate estimate of 
 cost. But they add that they "are not able as yet to give 
 either conclusions or detailed statements of the probable expense 
 regarding all parts of the proposed work, and must defer them 
 until the final report." 
 
XII 
 
 This preliminary report was published more than two years 
 aga, cind since that time no effort has been made toward the 
 further utilization of the data accumulated, nor has any addi- 
 tional work been done, except that indicated in the following- 
 remarks of the Commission — that is to say, the ^^•ol■k now being 
 prosecuted by the State Board of Health: 
 
 "The proper degree of sewage dilution in the new channel de- 
 manded a careful investigation. When sewage is mingled with 
 a sufficiently large quantity of water it not only becomes inof- 
 fensive, but readily finds the oxygen, which gradually purifies 
 it. When the surface is covered with ice a greater dilution is 
 necessary for this purpose than at other times when there is a 
 constant replenishment of oxygen from the air. The proposed 
 waterway should, of course, provide immunity from offense at 
 all times. 
 
 "The information upon which definitely to decide this ques- 
 tion will be given ^n the final report, as the data have not yet 
 been all collected, owing to the necessity of making actual tests 
 of the oxidization of the canal water under the ice, which is be- 
 ing done for the use of the Commission by Dr. J. H. Rauch, 
 Secretary of the State Board of Health. The summer conditions 
 are presented in his late report on the Water-Supply and Sew- 
 age Disposal of Chicago. The result of these analyses will be 
 compared with those of other streams that are also poUutad 
 with sewage, in order to show the rate of oxidization with vary- 
 ing degrees of dilution and aeration." 
 
 The connection of the State Boa.rd of Health with an investi- 
 gation which, at first sight, might seem to be purely local will 
 be apparent when it is considered that the sanitary questions 
 involved affect not only the metropolitan area of Chicago but 
 the entire basin of the Illinois-river valley, embracing about 
 one-half of the entire State and nearly two-thirds the total pop- 
 ulation. But the work of the Board in this direction is by no 
 means confined to the valley of the Illinois; it alreadj^ covers 
 over 3,500 miles of water-courses — in fact, all the strea.ms in 
 Illinois except the Rock river in the northern and the tributaries 
 of the Wabash and Ohio of the Mississippi below E. St. Louis and 
 as well as the water supplies of all the State institutions and of the 
 majority of the important cities and towns. An enormous mass 
 of data has been secured, embracing Over 1000 chemical 
 analyses of various waters under different conditions — showing 
 the total solids, suspended matter, nitrogen in nitrates, chlor- 
 ine, hardness, free and albuminoid ammonias, and oxygen-con- 
 sumed determinations; the meteorological conditions for a 
 series of years as to temperature, precipitation, etc.; the physi- 
 cal conditions as relating to questions of sanitary engineering — 
 geological formations, areas of watersheds, inha,bitation and 
 other sources of pollution, manufacturing, industrial, etc.; and 
 other factors of the exceedingly complicated problem. 
 
 With the working force at the command of the Board it \vill 
 be the labor of many months to sift, digest and put in avail- 
 
XIII 
 
 able shape for use this ma6s of material. It is not known that 
 any work of such magnitude has ever before been undertaken in 
 any country. There has been an immense amount of labor ex- 
 pended in investigating the questions of sewage disposal, water 
 supplies and rivers pollution in England, and royal and metro- 
 politan commissions have been formed for this purpose, with 
 large grants of money and the services of experts in all branches. 
 Similar undertakings have done mnch on the Continent and 
 especially with reference to these questions as affecting Paris, 
 Berlin, Vienna and other large centres. The results arrived at 
 in the old world have been carefully studied, as well as the ex- 
 perience and investigations in this country; and in this way, by 
 the process of exclusion, the work has been carried on upon the 
 most promising lines, avoiding labor and effort in directions 
 which have been demonstrated to be unprofitable. 
 
 Without dogmatizing upon the results which are believed to 
 be settled by the work thus far accomplished, or venturing 
 opinions on all matters of detail — many of which are still 
 jsub judice — this preliminary report is confined to an outline of 
 the field attempted to be covered and the general principles 
 guiding the investigation. These latter are fairly well set forth 
 in the succeeding discussion of tho nature and properties of 
 sewage, its relations to health and disease, and the methods of 
 sewage disposal, based upon the physical conditions of the 
 area under consideration. These conditions are embraced un- 
 der the general head of hydrographical investigations, which lie 
 at the foundation of all discussion pertaining to the rivers 
 and streams and the water supphes of the interior of the 
 State. 
 
 The data for a discussion which shall be sufficient to reach 
 the essential truths in hydrography can be had, but their col- 
 lation and digestion are very laborious and require consider- 
 able time and some expenditure. 
 
 Mr. Cooley has undertaken this work for the Board so far as 
 it pertains to the basin of the Illinois river and to that of 
 Lake Michigan — an area of about half the State and that of 
 most immediate importance. It is the intention to complete 
 a report from the material now most accessible, which will 
 clear the ground and define more fully the direction which must 
 be taken in order to collect and utilize all the information 
 which may be had. When this work is completed it will be of 
 more sanitary and economic value and importance than any 
 other physical investigation which can now be undertaken. 
 
 The material for a preliminary report has been largely worked 
 over, but at this time, the following matter only has been pre- 
 pared : 
 
 A discussion of the general physical characteristics of the Illinois 
 and Lake Michigan basins with the general effect of inhabita- 
 tion ; 
 
 A more detailed discussion of a part of the principal tribu- 
 tary basins; 
 
XIV 
 
 And a partial report of the distribution and chanj^es in popu- 
 lation upon the two basins. 
 
 It is intended, as soon as practicable, to comple'te the dis- 
 cussion of the several tributaries, to complete the population 
 discussion, and to add a discussion of the Illinois Valley proper 
 and also of the physical effects which may be produced by a 
 large and uniform supply of water from Lake Michigan. 
 
 It was the intention, and every effort has been put forth, to 
 have this matter in readiness at this time; but the exceeding 
 ' importance of the conclusions to be reached and the great care 
 and labor, as well as time required to digest the material have 
 made this impracticable. Still, sufficient progress has been 
 ma,de to indicate clearly the general result. 
 
 The upper Illinois watershed is underlaid largely by imper- 
 meable, non-waterbearing rocks which furnish a scant supply 
 of water to maintain the minimum flow of the streams. The 
 rock is covered largely by unmodified drift deposits, which are 
 impermeable. The consequence is that the ' streams are fed 
 almost wholly by surface drainage; thus the flow in them is 
 profoundly dependent upon immediate meteorological conditions 
 in regard to rainfall and evaporation. There existed, however, 
 in nature on a large proportion of the area lakes, marshes, 
 bogs, and wet prairies, while timber covered the ridges and higher 
 knobs; and the banks of streams, or those portions of the 
 watershed which were dryest, naturally drained on account of 
 the more permeable surface. All this exercised a reservoir action 
 upon the waters and distributed them_ more equably to the 
 streams. 
 
 Upon watersheds in which the deposits o^'erlying the rock are 
 permeable, and the rock permeable itself, inhabitation produces 
 no material change. Such characteristics do not obtain in the 
 upper Illinois basin except to the most limited extent. 
 
 The surface drainage continually going on in the general tiling 
 of the heavier soils, the ditching-out of the sloughs, bogs and 
 prairies and the wholesale reclamation of the great marsh areas 
 by drainage districts, destroy all the natural reservoirs for the 
 equalization of flow i^o the streams, except those formed by the 
 lakes especially developed upon the watershed of the Fox. In 
 lieu of such reservoirs the surface is generally left more permea- 
 ble, and to this extent is regulative ; but after periods of drought, 
 or even'the long dry weather of the later summer so charac- 
 teristic in this region, this effect is lost, as compared to natural 
 conditions, upon all areas not continuously saturated with water. 
 Upon such areas the effect is radical so far as the impounding 
 of floodwaters and the maintenance of the minimum flow are 
 concerned. 
 
 It is current opinion among those living adjacent to the water- 
 courses, that perceptible effects have already occurred. A de- 
 tailed consideration of all the changes that may be affected by 
 inhabitation within the next fifty years, shows clearly that the 
 
XV 
 
 most radical alteration in the flow of the streams will result, 
 and it seems possible to predict clearly what the nature and 
 extent of these changes will be. 
 
 From the data set forth in the appendix,* it is concluded that 
 the flood contributions from the Desplaines ^vill not be largely- 
 increased, while the dry-weather flow may be reduced one-halff 
 to two-thirds its present amount, and that with certain changes 
 which may be effected in the regimen of the river near Summit, 
 and which do not involve the drainage of Chicago, the maximum 
 may be increased over- 70 per cent. 
 
 The drainage of the great marsh areas in the Kankakee basin 
 will, however, produce the most profound effects. It is expected 
 that the flood volume will be increased over four times at Mo- 
 mence, and the low-water volume reduced to less than one- 
 eighth its present amount. At the mouth of the river the flopd 
 volume will be about doubled, and the low-water volume reduced 
 to about one-sixth. In addition to this, as the immediate un- 
 derlying deposits of these marshes are almost wholly sa,nd and 
 gravel and the grades steep, it is anticipated that until these 
 drainage ditches have enlarged and reached ^ condition of sta- 
 bility in more i-esisting deposits, great quanties of detritus will 
 be carried to the Illinois. 
 
 The effect of inhabitation upon the Fox will be less pro- 
 nounced than on any other tributary. Still the floods will be 
 sensibly increased and the minimum flow diminished. Mazon 
 river and Bureau creek now run practically dry in some seasons. 
 This period will be simply prolonged and floods increased. The 
 two Vermilions have not yet been considered, but springs from 
 the rock give them some low-water flow which is permanent. 
 
 The general effect upon the Illinois will be to increase the 
 floods by 30 to 40 per cent, down as far as the Sangamon, and 
 perhaps to a lesser degree below. The low-water volume Avill be 
 reduced to say one-fourth or one-fifth its present amount above 
 the Fox; to less than one-half below the Fox; to about one-half 
 between Peru and the lower tributaries; and, perhaps, by a 
 lesser amount in the lower third of the river. 
 
 A considerable proportion of these effects will occur within a 
 few years as a result of wholesale reclamation projects. They 
 will be accompanied by an enormous increase in the supply of 
 detritus. This supply will not keep up indefinitely in the future, 
 but at all times it will be multiplied over past conditions, 
 owing to the increase in tillage and the more complete ditch- 
 ing of the lands. 
 
 The effect upon the upper Illinois above Utica will be to in- 
 crease the height, range and frequency of overflow, and . per- 
 haps to cover the lands with infertile deposits of sand. This 
 portion of the river has, however, ample declivity and the bed 
 will not be materially choked by such deposits. The effect upon 
 
 * The lUinois Biver Basin in Its Eelations to Sanitary Engineering. By L. E. Cooley, C. E. 
 
XVI 
 
 the alluvial section of the Illinois from Utica to Grafton, 230 
 miles, will be most profound. 
 
 The grade of the river in low water does not exceed 26 feet, 
 or is only about 1% inches per mile. When the Illinois is high 
 and the Mississippi low it has been as great as 35 feet, and on 
 the contrary with a low Illinois and high Mississippi backwater 
 sometimes extends to Peoria. In fact, there have been high 
 waters in the Mississippi which would give five feet at Peru if 
 no Avater went down the Illinois. 
 
 The area of the bottoms is about 600 square miles, entirely 
 overflowed in high water to the second bottoms or terraces. 
 In fact, the banks are only about 12 to 14 feet high down to 
 Henry, and from 8 to 12 feet thence to the mouth, while flood 
 heights are double these amounts. Only a small proportion 
 of the entire bottom area is cultivable, a large pro]3ortion 
 being in lake, bayou, slough and marsh, and still another por- 
 tion so low as to be only available for grazing. That these 
 conditions are generally unhealthful it is unnecessary to say. 
 
 The natural river has never been able to maintain an effective 
 channel against the washings brought in by the tributaries 
 even when the watershed was unbroken by tillage. The obstruc- 
 tion of the stream by dams has increased the tendency to 
 deterioration which in any event would accompany the inhabi- 
 tation of the watersheds. The evidence is undoubted that 
 deterioration of the main channel and choking of the beds of 
 streams across the bottoms with local overflows are going on 
 at a rate which is directly noticeable. 
 
 All streams of an alluvial character that are adjusted to their 
 work of carrying the detrital supply and of similar volume to 
 the Illinois, have grades several times as great, with their 
 banks built up usually to extreme high water limits, and the 
 velocity required to clear and maintain the channel free from 
 deposits is upward of two miles an hour. None of these condi- 
 tions here obtain, the Illinois having a grade only compa,rable 
 to the Mississippi at New Orleans or to the outlets of the great 
 lakes, running deep and with enormously greater volumes so as 
 to give a channel-maintaining velocity. 
 
 The ultimate natural effect of the changed conditions in the 
 lower valley of the Illinois, A\'ill be to convert it into a contin- 
 uous marsh,, without well defined drainage lines other than a 
 chain of sloughs, except, perhaps, at the lower end, gradually 
 filling up its bottoms until in ages of time it may probably 
 become adjusted to its new laboi-s. It is doubtful if man can 
 counteract these tendencies or more than postpone their con- 
 summation without a radical change in conditions. 
 
 It is evident that the only stream which will be in harmony 
 with all the requirements is one of such large and constant vol- 
 ume and gi'eat depth as will gjve sufficient velocity to maintain 
 a channel upon the present grade. If we could suppose such 
 large and constant volume to be permanently drawn from Lake 
 Michigan, its results would be wholly beneficial after the imme- 
 
XVII 
 
 diate temporary effects accompanying its introduction are over. 
 The quicker this is done the sooner will the present deteriora- 
 tion be arrested and the stream prepared for its growing duties 
 as a drain to its -watershed. 
 
 The first effect in raising the water surface, except immediatelj- 
 at Peru, will be less than that now occasioned by the existing 
 dams and those in process of construction. If the dams are 
 taken out and such improvements made in the bed of the 
 stream, in conjuction with the introduction of a comparatively 
 small volume of water, as will make it useful for navigation, 
 the present conditions will not be reached at any point, and 
 through natural and artificial forces the gradual improvement 
 of the channel will go on, with a certain improvement in flood 
 height and in the condition of the bottom lands. In fnct, only by 
 such a plan is there any hope for a permanent reclamation of 
 the lower Illinois valley, or rehef from the changed conditions 
 wrought by inhabitation. 
 
 Except as to a limited extent of the bottom lands, it is pos- 
 sible to make such alterations in the bed of the river above 
 Utica, as will largely avoid any ill effects from the introduction 
 of a steady and uniform volume, and no doubt this will be the 
 least expensive and most in harmony with public policy. Should 
 a radical improvement be made for a channel of large depth 
 the conditions will be profoundly and favorably changed. 
 
 Whether a channel supplying a lajge and uniform volume of 
 water from Lake Michigan, is now ju.stifled or not for the needs 
 of the city of Chicago, it is a serious question whether outside 
 State interests in the near future may not be sei\'ed thereby' as 
 an economic and sanitary provision. There are many large and 
 growing cities situated upon the streams of tlie Illinois water- 
 shed, several of them in the immediate valley. In very few 
 instances are these cities so situated as to make land disposal 
 of their sewage at all practicable and in others only at very laige 
 expense. Chemical precipitation thus far has only succeeded in 
 removing about one-half the putrescrible matter, the effluent 
 going to the river. So far as science may now determine, the 
 cities of the Illinois valley must, perforce, use the river for sewage 
 disposal. 
 
 In the case of the eitj of Joliet, the natural flow of the stieam 
 is inadequate at times to dilute the sewage of a population of 
 1,500 people, and of less than 5,000 for several months of each 
 year. At Morris, it will in the future be inadequate at times for 
 40,000 people, and from Peril to the Sangamon for 125,000 
 population. In some recent dry-weather years, over half the 
 low-water volume down as far as Peoria has come from Lake 
 Michigan, and with it the sewage of Chicago. While the fish 
 have not been disturbed at such times below the Kankakee, 
 except in winter, yet below Peoria the organic wastes from the 
 distilleries and cattle pens so pollute the water as to kill them. 
 It is a question whether the present sanitary condition of the 
 lowei- Illinois would be not worse if the flow of water from Lake 
 Michigan were excluded. 
 —2 
 
XVIII 
 
 In a stream largely of surface drainage like the Illinois, it m 
 apparent that the aggregate . organic matters contributed 
 annually from the vegetation which grows luxuriantly over its 
 entire watershed, and which has been contributed for ages, is 
 far greater than that produced by all the inhabitants who may 
 live upon it or drain into it, and that so far as its effect on 
 health is concerned this may be just as potent in breeding- 
 disease. The analyses of the waters in their natural condition 
 when compared with the total volume throughout the season 
 niakes this apparent. It is also apparent that they do not 
 afford a commendably potable water for domestic use. 
 
 If a channel for supplying a large volume of water fi-om Lake 
 ilichigan is constructed, it is a matter of economy from an en- 
 gineering standpoint to give it depth rather than great width 
 as far as Lockport and perhaps to Lake Joliet. As has also 
 been shown, the physical conditions of the lower river demand 
 that it be deep rather than wide for effective woi-k ; such will 
 be the natural tendency and this may be greatly assisted by 
 I'elatively slight artificial means. With these two factors fixed, 
 it is pi'obable that tlie intermediate river will be improved on 
 the same scale. 
 
 From the important national features of such a channel and 
 the relations that the lakes may bear to the Mississippi it is 
 not likely that the first efforts will be the end — that the volume 
 furnished may not be greath^ increased in time. The consumma- 
 tion of KU(tli works if judiciously developed will be wholly bene- 
 ficial. 
 
 Further study of the data already accumulated, and very 
 possibly aidditional data, will be required to determine with 
 accuracy the limit necessairy for the effective dilution of sewage; 
 but enough is now known to make it safe to say beyond doubt: 
 that the limit is within the practical means of a.ccojnplishment. 
 It is hardly supjiosabla that any body of men i-esponsible for 
 large exjjenditnres would make a mistake in this particular, sub- 
 ject, as thoy are at all times, to the fundamental law wliich 
 would render all their ex])enditn]'e useless in tlii^ event of an 
 unsanitary condition resulting. Still it is a matt(M- in which the 
 State Board should be authorized to exercise discretion in the 
 intei'est of communities whose sa,nitary welfare may be directly 
 involved. 
 
 Tlie distribution of population, to which nmch study has been 
 (U'\-()ted, is most iiiKtructive and interesting. As sanitary luat- 
 tt^rs r(^late largely to communities, the increase in town aiid city 
 growth is significant of the constant need of fuller sanitary i)ro-. 
 visions. It is also noticea,ble that the ui-ban population of tlie 
 city of fldcjigo is about equal to that of the balance of the 
 vSiate, double that on the Illinois watershed and many times 
 that ill th<^ Illinois valley. These facts are matters of'tleejiest 
 interest in considering the necessities of the metropolis and war- 
 raut the most liberal spirit consistent with no material impair- 
 ment of the rights of the lesser communities. If the solution of 
 
XIX , 
 
 the fsaiiitary necessities of one of tlie most important cities of 
 the country can be made of like benefit to many other com- 
 munities and of vast importance to the commercial, economic 
 and sanitary intei-ests of a large portion of Illinois, there 
 should be no question as to a wise State policy on the subject. 
 Nor, on the other hand, should there be any risks incurred 
 through action based on imperfect or inaccurate information. 
 The fullest study should be made of all the factors in a problem 
 of such magnitude and complexity. 
 
 To what extent this study may be carried can be only faintly 
 outlined in this preliminary report. The nature and properties 
 of sewage, its relations to health and disease and the various 
 methods of disposal all demand careful consideration. Broadly 
 st ited, sewage comprises all the Avastes of a town which can be 
 ca,rried off by flow in pipe or conduit. What to do with it has 
 always taxed the resources of civilization. To allow it to satur- 
 ate the underlying soil and the ground water, or to pollute the 
 water supply, is disease breeding. Its unguarded decompositirjn 
 is neith.:"!' healthful nor tolerable. The problem has usually 
 been solved in the simplest and cheapest way possible, consist- 
 ent with the rights of others. 
 
 Conti-ai-y to popular belief, experience has shown that sewage 
 is not of great value as a fertilizer. Its chief constituents are 
 the animal wastes, in both solid and hquid form, and even the 
 polluting elements of the sohds are soon dissolved, leaving com- 
 paratively inert matteT- behind — the ashes, as it were, of the 
 combustion process which we call decompositioij. These con- 
 stituents, the urea principally, undergo t^a.sy and rapid decom- 
 position, dissipating the fertilizing elements in the form of am- 
 moniacal gases. By the time sewage can be applied for fertiliz- 
 ing purposes, it has usually lost much of its value. To realize its 
 utility, it should be collected before it becomes diluted with 
 water and then mixed with nofa-fertiliziiig elements, and fixedin 
 form to be used at convenience. This has bi'cn tried in the pail 
 system for closets, and abandoned — exce])t in small places — for 
 the present system of plumbing in connection with water-car- 
 riage and a public water-sui)])ly. 
 
 For untold ages, since the waters were gathered tojicther, the 
 earth has been clothed with verdure and filled with animal 
 forms — organic life that dies and undergoes dissolution, sending 
 to the air, the soil ami the waters the products of decay; how 
 much of life we cannot tell, but the limestone, the marls, the 
 carbonaceous deposits, the residual oils in the rocks and the 
 pent-up gases bear witness to some small fraction. And still 
 the woi-ld is habitable. 
 
 Sewage, like all other organic matter, undergoes decomposi- 
 tion, and in much the same way. A low-water volume of 90,000 
 cubic feet per minute in the Ohio river receives the sewage of 
 Pittsburg and Allegheny, and is visibly polluted; after receiv- 
 ing similarly polluting accessions from other towns, the water 
 
XX 
 
 is pumped for the public .supply of Cincinnati; and when Cin- 
 cinnati has contributed its filth the water is pumped for Louis- 
 ville. Minneapolis and St. Paul send the sewage of over 400,- 
 000 peojjle into the Mississippi, with a volume of 400,000 feet 
 at low water, and cities and ' towns below use the water. Chi- 
 cago sends its sewage to the Illinois, and ice has been cut from 
 Peoria lake for local use and export; if it were much polluted, 
 the melting and subsequent heating would disclose the effluvia 
 to the senses. Pollution disappears with distance and time, 
 and water, earth and air are thus purified. If the supply of 
 "water or of earth or of air is sufficient, the results are not 
 ■greatly different from those obtaining everywhere a.nd constantly, 
 dissolution completing the cycle of all of nature's operations in 
 organic life. It is, in a sense, a question of degree; if we con- 
 centrate too much, the results ai-e undoubtedly actively preju- 
 dicial to health. But there are gross exaggerations in the state- 
 ments on this point. We could not live, if all were true that 
 has been written upon the subject. 
 
 Decomposition is largely a vital process, bacteria feeding on 
 organic wastes, digesting or reducing to a lower plane, break- 
 ing up the complex substances with the evolution of various 
 gases — not unlike the higher types of life, and the products are 
 similarly dangerous if to.) much concentrated. The gases gene- 
 rated in the vital processes of human life are poisonous, as in 
 a crowded room; and we therefore provide ample ventilation. 
 Finally, in all these vital processes, the complex oi-ganic sub- 
 stance is reduced to its inorganic elements. 
 
 These lower types, these micro-organisms, are a world in them- 
 selves, of different fainilies, grou])s and varieties, and their growth 
 and multiplication play an important part in the va.rious pro- 
 cesses and varieties of fermentation and decay. Their germs are 
 everywhere present to plant organized matter. Heat kills them, 
 and hence we cook meats, vegetables and fruits, and seal in 
 air-tight cases The desiccating winds of the "far west" sap 
 their vitality, and there meats di-y up in the open air without 
 decaying. Freezing renders them dormant for a time. Anti- 
 septics destroy them. The great triumph of modern snigery is 
 the Listerian method of perfoi'ming operations in a stei-ilized 
 atmosphere, and using antiseptic washes a.nd bandages, thus 
 excluding oi' destroying germs from wounds, and avoiding sup- 
 puration, ])ainfu] healings and blood-poisoning. 
 
 Butter becomes rancid, meat tainted, milk soured, — these are 
 varieties of the vital changes. We use salt or smoke (pyrohg- 
 ueous acid) or cook the substance so that it will keep. " Heat, 
 moisture and the presence of oxygen make all organic mattei- 
 suspectible to bacterial life. When the food is exhausted, the 
 bacteria become capsuled or encysted, as it were; they a,re then 
 nioi'e difficult of destruction, and drift as seed to renew their 
 vital processes wherever the conditions favor. These operations 
 are arrested sometimes from very excess of bacterial products 
 before their food is exhausted. One variety of these changes is 
 
XXI 
 
 that of alcoholic fertnentation. In this sugar is changed to 
 alcohol, and the change is arrested when the alcohol reaches a 
 certain per cent; but the alcohol itself may be reduced by acetic 
 fermentation, to vinegar, a still lower plane, and again to its 
 final inorganic elements. Another type of organism would pro- 
 duce a fermentation and product entirely dili'erent. 
 
 The ordinary bacteria of decomposition are not of themselves 
 disease-breeders; in other words they do not effect a lodgement 
 or multiply in living tissue through germ ladened air that may 
 be inhaled, or waters that may be drank, though they will pro- 
 duce blood-poison in wounds and even dea,th in capital cases 
 where the vital forces are low. The exhalations from an area 
 of active decomposition are offensive, producing in many per- 
 sons headache or nausea, lowering the general tone of the sys- 
 tem, and making it more susceptible or predisposing it to the 
 lodgement of specific disease germs. Decomposition less active 
 and far more offensive and dangerous will go on with an in- 
 sufficient supply of oxygen. The remedy for all this is greater 
 dilution, greater dissipation, a freer supply of oxygen. The 
 gases from our chimneys are deadly in concentrated form, and 
 for much the same reason, but they are harmless if sufficiently 
 diffused and diluted. 
 
 The modern theory of disease is that specific germs effect a 
 lodgment in those organs or tissues that are susceptible from 
 any cause, and destroj'^ or impair their functions or produce 
 lesions, and death ensues from impairment or destruction of 
 organs, or from the poisons generated. If the vital forces be 
 great the disease may "run its course"— that is, the particular 
 substance upon which the bacteria feed will be exhausted or 
 the products which are by them generated will arrest the mul- 
 tiplication of the specific bacteria. 
 
 Various causes may lower the vitality and impair tlie function 
 of a part or pre-disi)ose to disease, or sucli pre-disyjosition may 
 be hereditary, but the disease itself is not heieditary. The point 
 is that the particular parts affected are not up to the proper 
 vital standard, — partiaily vitalized tissue being attacked bj^ 
 s]iecific bacteria and only devitalized matter by the ordinary 
 bacteria of decomposition. 
 
 This theory is based on the fact that a disease incubates and 
 grows, while, if the agency Avas a simple poison, its maximum 
 effect would be produced without a,ny period of incubation and 
 growth. Several of these specific bacteria — those of typhoid or 
 enteric fever, of (consumption, of the malarial fevers, of Asiatic 
 cholera, of malignant pustule, of splenic fever, diphthejia, 
 ei-ysipelas, pyaemia, septiccemia, etc.,— have been isolated and 
 their habits studied, while by analogy the history of others is 
 inferred. Some are indigenous to ma.n; some are shared by the 
 lower animals; some come from vegetable decomposition under 
 special conditions; some spread by contagion and some are 
 specifically infectious; some do not propagate themselves and some 
 proceed from the general infection of the originating cause and 
 
XXII 
 
 not from tlie individuals affected. In some cases, the germs 
 liave ramarkable fecundity under special conditions, but outside 
 their proper or specific environment their vitality is limited. 
 
 It may be seen from this summary of the general principles 
 of the pi-esent germ theory, that disease may be largely prevent- 
 able when all these things are fully understood. This is the 
 field of all sanitary work and study at the present time. Con- 
 sumption is indigenous on heavy soils, with a high gi-ound- 
 watei' plane; marshes and vegetable decomposition in stagnant 
 watei-, cause malaria; typhoid or enteric fever is generally com- 
 municated through drinking water, as are also the diarrheal 
 and dysenteric disorders ; while diphtheria is often due to defec- 
 tive house plumbing; and so, in various ways, are the causes 
 of all zymotics assigned with more or less certainty. 
 
 The genei-al theory of disease thus given is by no means fullj^ 
 accepted nor can it be until investigation in a very difficult 
 field has progressed much farther. It is the extreme view, how- 
 ever, so far as disease may be preventable by purely sanitary 
 agencies. For the purposes of this investigation it is not neces- 
 sary to develop it beyond its applica,tion to sewage and sewer 
 gas as media for spreading the germs of specific disease, and to 
 this extent the tlieoi-y possesses a working \'alue which fully 
 justifies the outline of its salient points presenteil in this 
 connection. 
 
 In the investigation of specific bacteria they are isola-ted and 
 cultivated in solutions of beef tea or other nutrient, carried in 
 gelatin. Plates are prepared covered with a film of the nutri- 
 ent, and the fluid containing the specific bacteria is drilled 
 thereon in rows. Their multiplictition is shown by the lique- 
 faction of the gelatin and can be studied under the microscope. If 
 a single bacteriam termo — the ordinary agent of decomposition — 
 by accident gets on the plate, the culture is destroyed: it will 
 multiply so fast and is so hardy that the specific germ stands 
 no show whatevei-. The plain and ^-ery important inference is 
 that the bacterium termo is the wolf among these low forms of 
 life and that in his habitat, or in any area of active sewage 
 decomposition, no specific germ ca^n survive, much less propa- 
 gate. If this is so, then in any place of actf've decomposition, 
 or after decomposition has begun and is partially cojnpleted, or 
 after it is entirely com])lete(l, there is no danger of specific 
 disease, except so far as has already been alluded to in discuss- 
 ing decomposition. The history of such pla-ces seems to bear 
 out this inference. If it were not so life could not be sustained 
 in their vicinity. 
 
 The danger of sewage a,s an agant of zynjosis is conqn-ehended 
 before that point — active decomposition — is readied. The spe- 
 cific bacteria may infect tlie house connections and mav jeacli 
 the sewer, possibly the main; but as soon as an area, of active 
 decomposition is readieil tiiey are disiii'ined and destro\'ed. In 
 Chicago the sewage undergoes dei-oniposition in tlie mains, and 
 sewer-gaw passing back through the liouse-connections may carry 
 
XXIII 
 
 the specific germs into the dwelling; but ordinarily they prob- 
 ably do not get far in this direction. The danger is in the 
 vicinity of the habitation. In rain or floods, sweeping everything 
 out rapidly, there is danger of their being carried a long distance 
 away and infecting the water supply. The dejecta of one typhoid- 
 fever patient thrown upon the snow of a watershed, when melted 
 in the following spring, has been known to ■ infect the water- 
 supply of a town and produce over 1200 cases. But the re- 
 searches of Prof. Lester Curtis, M. D., who has made the bio- 
 logical investigations in connection with this work, fail to rcA-eal 
 the presence of any specific disease germs in the waters of the 
 Illinois and ificliiga.n canal or in those of the Desplaines or 
 Illinois rivers and tributaries. 
 
 The nuisance occasioned by the pollution of watercourses has 
 in recent years demanded other methods of sewage disposal, as 
 by "broad irrigation" or sewage farms and by chemical treat- 
 ment. The merits of- both these methods have been greatly 
 exaggeratf^d, and they are never applied except under compulsion 
 or when nothing else is available. They have never made any 
 leturn on the large investments required and have rarely paid 
 operating expenses. 
 
 The soil underlying cities becomes polluted ; ee.'-s-pools saturate 
 the ground in the vicinity; fllth accumulates in and upon the 
 soil. Sanitary literature is filled with instances of the pollution 
 of drinking water from such causes, often at considerable dis- 
 tances and in the most unexpected manner. This, in a sense, is 
 crude land disposal and it is always dangerous. It is argued, 
 however, that when it is done systematically on a sewage farm 
 that the method is perfect. 
 
 The fact is the soil must be suitable, and be handled in the 
 most judicious manner. Pure sand will not dispose of sewage 
 any more than a brass strainer. It simply clarifies, and the 
 effluent is otherwise unchanged. In time organic matter will 
 accumulate so as to furnish a nidus for bacteria, and wheni the 
 sand is fully charged — in other words, becomes a soil — it will 
 accomplish its work. Impermeable soils simply accomplish sur- 
 face decomposition b,y air exposure, a method which is, certainly, 
 as bad as can be devised. AA'hen broad iriigation is used in 
 application to crops as needed, great areas are i-equired and 
 enormous distributing systems, much greater than it is practi- 
 cable to provide for of to reach from large cities. And this 
 must be supi)lemented by filtration-beds for use wlien irrigation 
 is not required. 
 
 In the filtration plan the ground must be carefully pi-epared 
 at large expense, and the amount that can be applied is strictly 
 limited or a nuisance is created, and the land should rest in 
 alternate years to i-ot out. The crops that can be raised are 
 limited in variety, and much greater than the rnarket demand. 
 In a financial sense, both broad ii-rigation and intermittent 
 filtration have been disappointing to theii- promotors, although 
 they may be very useful resoui'ces for sewage disposal in needful 
 
XXIV 
 
 cases or under especially favorable conditions such as obtain in 
 Edinburg, where the Craigentinny meadows have been used for 
 broad irrigation in a crude way for over 200 years.* Both in 
 Paris and Berlin attempts are made to dispose of the sewage 
 in this manner — i. p., by broad irrigation and intermittent filtra- 
 tion — but the results are unsatisfactory in the French capital; 
 while, notwithstanding the exceptionally favorable conditions, 
 there are already grave doubts as to the wisdom or expediency 
 of longer relying upon this plan for the disposal of the Berlin 
 sewage. The Royal Commission on Metropolitan Sewage Dis- 
 charge, in its final report, summed up the question in the fol- 
 lowing terms as applied to London, and' they are substantially 
 applicable to all large cities : 
 
 "On the whole, therefore, with regard to broad irrigation, we 
 are of opinion — 
 
 "1. That, generally speaking, it offers a. satisfactory mode of 
 disposal of sewage, where circumstances admit of its application. 
 
 "2. That it oSers the most hkely means of reaUzing some 
 portion of the value of the sewage. 
 
 "3. That when properly arranged and carefully conducted, 
 the effluent will be effectually purified, but that under careless 
 management the purification may be incomplete. 
 
 "4. That it need cause no danger to health. 
 
 "5. That with' proper care, when applied on a moderate scale, 
 it need cause no serious nu sance to the surrounding neighbor- 
 hood ; but that if improperly managed nuisance may arise, and 
 may become considerable. 
 
 "6. That there may be a danger of the pollution of subsoil 
 waters. 
 
 ■' 7. That to apply broad irrigation to the metropolitan sew- 
 age near the outfalls would be a matter of great difficulty, on 
 
 * As this Edinburg illustration is often cited by the advocates of the land dispos.al of 
 sewage, it is worth wliile citing the best authorities on the subject. The EngUsIi Local 
 Government Board Report of 1876 spoke of the ease as follows: 
 
 "The Craieentinny meadows afford the strongest example of pecuniary success in 
 the rough and ready use of crude sewage to produce rank o-ops of grass. The case must, 
 however, be considered with all its surroundmgs. Thr crude sewage flows down from 
 the older part of Edinburgh without stint or charge towards land having little value in 
 its natural state, as it is for the most part blown sand from the adjoining estuary. The 
 sewage is received at a point sufficiently elevated tn allow of its gravitating on to the 
 land to be Irrigated, the effluent escaping down to the boundary line of the sewage farm, 
 which is the sea. The land is of low value as agricultural land, the sewage is abundant, 
 far more than Is required tor the area Irrigated; it costs nothing to the proprietor of the 
 land, and its use, its abuse, or Its waste, is under no local control; it is applied in the 
 cheapest way, and the crops are put up to auction in one acre plots every vear, the pur- 
 chaser cutting and removing the grass at his own cost. The mode of irrigation is un- 
 cleanly and rude, and there is undoubtedly at times an offensive smell from the carriers, 
 from the rudely trenched irrigated surface, and from the effluent water. During the 
 winter the sewage is allowed to flow direct Into the sea." 
 
 Dr. Letheby in his book of 187a. said: "On the Craigentinny meadows at Edinburgh, 
 where large results have been achieved, all sanitary considerations are abandoned, and 
 the sewage is allowed to flow upon the ground in such enormous ciuanlities as to con- 
 vert the locality into a stinking morass, which is a public nuisance ; besides which the 
 effluent water is so foul as not to be admissible into any decent water course, and there- 
 fore runs directly into the sea. These meadows have long been notorious as the most 
 filthy and offensive plots of cultivated ground in Great Britain. It is clear, therefore, 
 that the Edinburgh example cannot be considered as any guide for the cases most hkely 
 to occur in practice, where the principal object must be to provide a means of getting 
 rid of the pollutions and nuisances caused by sewage, to which the realization of profit 
 must be only subsidiary." 
 
account of the enormous qua^ntity of land required, its great 
 probable cost, and the powerful opposition that would be raised 
 against such a purpose. 
 
 " 8 That for these reasons we do not recomn:end any attempt 
 to suppljf this system as a remedy for the evils of the metro- 
 politan sewage discharge." 
 
 For small towns, where suitable land is available in sufficient 
 quantity within a reasonable distance; where the storm-water 
 is excluded from the sewage; where the effluent may be pro- 
 perly disposed of; where there is no danger of contaminating 
 the subsoil waters by percolation nor other water supplies by 
 surface drainage; where scrupulous care may be continuously 
 exercised and an adequate "plant" is provided — under such cir- 
 cumstances this system should give fairly satisfactory results. 
 But even at Pullman, where the most favorable conditions 
 obtain the permanent and unqualified success of the experiment 
 is open to question. 
 
 Chemical treatment is also much misunderstood. It accom- 
 plishes only partial purification. Various precipita,nt8 are used 
 — lime ordinarily — which simply coagulate and throM' down 
 the albuminoids along with any suspended matter. The 
 effluent has still from forty to sixty per cent, of putres- 
 cible matter and will undergo secondary decomposition. Oxida- 
 tion per se is not yet a cbmmercial process, being applied only 
 in the laboratory in analyses of sewage or on the broad scale 
 of nature's operations. 
 
 The sludge precipitated from sewage by chemical treatment 
 has not realized any special value as a fertilizer. By the use 
 of filter process and other treatment it has been endeavored to 
 make it more available, but without material success. It is 
 given away, piled up and gotten rid of in any way possible iu 
 foreign cities. If it haw no value there it certainly will have 
 none in this country in the immediate future. 
 
 Water disposal may become a nuisance the same as land dis- 
 posal and for very much the same reason — inadequate provision. 
 When the oxygen dissolved in water is in excess so as to accom- 
 plish normal decomposition, the gases are resolved into their 
 simplest forms; when the oxygen is deficient — in other words, 
 when the degree of dilution is adequa,te — offensive and more 
 dangerous gases are geneiated; it is analogous to imperfect com- 
 bustion by which smoke is produced. The most powerful agent 
 to disassociate such gases is sunlight, but in heavy weather or 
 in the dark they may continue to offend remotely. The oxj^gen in 
 the watei- is removed slowly l>y contact with the aii-, but not 
 with sufficient rapidity to supply any original deficiency. The 
 appearance of sewage-polluted watei' changes radically when 
 the oxygen is exhausted and the margin between a bad con- 
 dition and one comparatively good appeal's to be narrow. 
 
 The attempt to decompose sewage rapidly by aeration has not 
 been successf,ul. As decomposition is largely a vital i)rocess it 
 is apparent that it caimot be stimulated beyond a certain rate. 
 
XXVI 
 
 In other words, time is au essential factor. Were oxidation 
 the sole agent, then it Avould undoubtedly be accomplished 
 much more rapidly. 
 
 Running water in a river of large proportions rapidly diffuses 
 the sewage and brings it in contact with the oxygen and the 
 supply is more readily maintained by all the water, as it flows, 
 coming successively in contact with the air. In lakes the diffu- 
 sion is much slower, liquids not mixing with that inpidity nor 
 in the manner characteristic of gases. It is now becoming a 
 settled dictum of sanitarians, that "sewage is decomposed by 
 the influences acting in running water and leaves only its skele- 
 ton in the form of the inorganic chlorides." 
 
 The writer, whose words are here quoted, has fallen into au 
 error which it seems necessary to correct, mainlj^ because of the 
 authoritative character of the work in which it appears. In the 
 article "Water," in the Reference Hand-Book of the Medical 
 Sciences (Vol. Til, page 714.) occurs the following: 
 
 Dr. Eauoh, of Illinois, (Proceedings State Board of Health. 1886,) makes even a greater 
 claim upon our faith than Professor Leeds. He holds that experiments conducted In 
 his laboratory demonstrate that the sewage of Chicago is so nearly destroyed in a canal 
 flow of thirty-three miles to Joliet, that, it the same rate of puriflcat.ion held good below 
 that point, no trace of the sewage would be found ten or twelve miles farther down. 
 Subsidence, he considers to have had little to do with the purification, as the passage of 
 boats necessarily nuliifled its influence ; and there was no di ution of the contents of 
 the canal, as little or no rain fell during the period covered by the observations. The 
 ■quantity of water which carried away and thus effectually dispo.sed of this sewage of a 
 city of -500,000 inhabitants, is stated to have been about 45,000 cubic feet per minute. 
 "Over one-half the sewage-pollution disappears before reaching Lockport. twenty-nine 
 miles below Bridgeport; and nearly one-third of the remainder is lost in the next four 
 miles, the increased rate of purification in this distance being due to the mechanical 
 agitation of the water by falls, wheels, lockKge, etc., and the greater extent of surfa c- 
 exposed to aeration by the union of the canal and the Des laines river.'. These state- 
 ments would be of immense importance were they sustained by collateral evidence; but, 
 unfortunately, those analysts who have had much practical experience in following the 
 track of sewage in its passage down stream, will recognize in these results: 1, The 
 analysis of a fresh and turbid sewage at the starting point, the. solid particles ot organic 
 matter giving a high rate of impurity: 2, the analysis of a partly sedimented sewage as 
 those particles disappear from the water; and, 3, the dilution effected by the Desplaines 
 river. 
 
 For the benefit of the "analysts who have had much prac- 
 tical experience in following the track of sewage in its i)assage 
 d(jwii stream" it should be stated that— 1. The analysis itself, 
 showing 12.563 pa.rts of free a,mmonia per million, is that of 
 anything but "a fresh and turbid sewage at the starting point"; 
 on the contrary it is a sewage in an advanced .stage of decom- 
 position ; '2, "sedimentation" in a current with the velocity of 
 that in the Illinois and Michigan Canal is a physical impossi- 
 bility, and this entirely a.])oart from the influence of the passage 
 of boats: 3, it is ex])Tessly stated in the text quoted that there 
 was "no dilution of the caiiai," which contents were the .sole 
 subjeit of the various analyses at Jiridgeport, Lockport and 
 Joliet: as a- matter of fact the Desplaines river above the point 
 of junction with the canal had cea,sed to exi.st as a watercourse 
 
XXVII 
 
 during the period under observation, and the contents of the 
 canal were undihited from any source after leaving Bridgeport 
 until several miles below Joliet. Since this experiment has been 
 thrice repeated in the recent work^n the winter of 1876-7, in 
 the summer of 1888, and again within the past three months— 
 the original report is here appended for convenience of reference. 
 
 Bate op Purification, Beidgepobt to Joliet— Summer of 1886.* 
 
 Advantaige was taken of the remarkably dry season to determine the rate of purifi- 
 cation of the water in the Illinois and Michigan canal and in the Illinois river during 
 June, July and August. As shown by the preceding table, the rainfall was <o light up 
 to the middle of August that the contents of the canal from Bridgeport to Joliet, where 
 it unites with the Desplaines, were practically unafTeeted by dilution. The conditions 
 were as though the experiment was conducted in a laboratory. Whatever purification 
 occurred between the points mentioned was due to sedimentation and oxidation, and 
 mainly to the latter, since the passage of boats would interfere with the former.! 
 
 During a tour of inspection accompanying the Governor, on May 30 and June 1, the 
 attention of the Secretary was attracted by these conditions, and preparations were at 
 once begun tor taking advantage of the opportunity presented. Some delay occurred 
 in securing collections of the water at points below Joliet. and it was not until June 
 26 that the first samples were collected, and then only from Bridgeport, Lockport, 
 Joliet, Ottawa and Peoria. 
 
 [A table, embracing details of 62 chemical analyses, wnieh follows in the report, is 
 here omitted as containing much matter not bearing upon the point under discussion.] 
 
 The following table gives the averages of the different analyses of samples collected 
 at each place on the same day : 
 
 
 Places. 
 
 Free 
 Ammonia. 
 
 Alb'm'd 
 Ammonia. 
 
 Oxygen 
 uoed. 
 
 
 In 1,000,000 parts. 
 
 Bridgeport 
 
 26 ri(i.S 
 
 1 633 
 
 26 20 
 
 Lockport, 29 miles 
 
 below 
 
 12.733 
 
 9.J26 
 
 413 
 
 .763 
 .432 
 
 11 01 
 
 Joliet, 33 
 
 
 9 34 
 
 Ottawa, 81 ' ' 
 
 ' * 
 
 5 30 
 
 Peoria, 159 
 
 ' ' 
 
 .1)27 Tfi 
 
 4.81 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The respective percentages of loss shown in the following may be taken as the 
 measure it tlii*rate of oxidaiion in the canal during the summer months, unaided by 
 dilution: 
 
 Places. 
 
 Free 
 Ammonia 
 
 Per cent 
 of loss. 
 
 Alb'm'oid 
 Ammonia 
 
 Per cent 
 of loss. 
 
 Oxygen 
 used. 
 
 Per cent 
 of loss. 
 
 
 In 1,000,000 parts. 
 
 
 26.563 
 12.773 
 9.416 
 
 
 1.633 
 .753 
 .432 
 
 
 26.20 
 11.01 
 7.34 
 
 
 Lockport 
 
 52.1 
 26.1 
 
 53.9 
 42.7 
 
 58 
 
 
 33.4 
 
 
 
 Total per cent of loss 
 between Bridgeport 
 
 64.6 
 
 
 70.36 
 
 
 72,0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * Ninth Annual Report, Illinois State Board of Health. 
 
 + It should be noted that the current in the canal, nine-tenths of a mile per hour, is 
 of itself sufficient to prevent sedimentation: and numerous dredgings of the bed of the 
 canal show no traces qf sewage subsidence. , 
 
XXVIII 
 
 The different ratios of loss of free ammonia and albuminoid ammonia arc accounted 
 for by the partial conversion of the latter into the former. The measure of the purifica- 
 tion is indicated by the meacs of these losses,— that is, about 70 per cent in 33 miles. 
 In other words, over one-half of the sewage pollution disappears before reaching Lock- 
 port, 29 miles below Bridgeport, and nearly one-thu-d of the remainder is lost in the 
 next four miles, the inc eased rate of purification in thi-; distance being due to the me- 
 chanical agitation of the water by falls, wheels, lockage, etc., and the greater extent of 
 surface exposed to aeration by the union of the canal and the Desplaines river. 
 
 During the period ot 42 days covered by the examinations of which these are the 
 means, there were only 3.04 inches of rain, while the average amount tor the correspond- 
 ing period during the preceding 15 years i 5.14 inches, and during the corresponding 
 weeks in 1885 there were 3.15 inches, or more than four times as much. From February 
 1 to August 15 it was so dry that the light rains during the six weeks under considera- 
 tion were tiuiokly absorbed by the earth or evaporated before reaching the streams. As 
 before remarked, there was no dilution of the contents of the canal between Bridg eport 
 and Joliet, 33 miles,— and the loss of sewage pollution must be attributed to oxidation. 
 
 If the same average rate per mile obtained after leaving Joliet, the pollution of the 
 canal by the sewage of Chicago should disappear within the next 10 or 12 miles, or at 
 about Channahon. An examination made by the Secretary on June 1 corroborates this 
 estimate. There was no evidence of sewage pollution, discernible by the senses, in the 
 canal below the Kankakee feeder, which is three miles below Channahon and 48 miles 
 from Bridgeport. The purification of the Desplaines is even more rapid than this, owing 
 to its shallow, wider and more broken flow insuring more perfect aeration. 
 
 It is stated that an average of about 45,000 cubic feet per minute was being pumped 
 from the river into the canal during this beriod. Whatever the quantity it is obvious 
 that if the volume of dilution had been increased by 20 per cent, the contents of the 
 canal would have been entirely inoffensive to the senses on reaching Johet— not alone 
 through the increased quantity of oxygen this additional 20 per cent, of water would 
 contain, but also because of the improved condition of the river and its branches which 
 would result from the continuous removal of the sewage and foul wastes. 
 
 Bate of Purification, Bbidgepokt to Ottawa— Winter of 1886-87. 
 
 During the months of December 1886, and January, 1887, an investigation was made 
 to determine what effect low temperature and the freezing over of the Illinois and 
 Michigan canal and the Desplaines and Illinois rivers had upon their pollution by C;hi- 
 cago sewage. During the period under observation the canal was frozen over fltty-six ' 
 days and the rivers about fifty days. 
 
 Soon aOer the canal was frozen over there was an inciease of the pollution at Joliet 
 compared with the observations made last summer, and on the 9th of December it was 
 observed at Ottawa where none was found when the examinations were made in June. 
 July and August. The pollution continued to increase until the maximum was reached 
 on the 27th of Decembej- at Joliet, and about January 4 at Ottawa. This increase, how- 
 ever, was not alone owing to the ice and low temperature, but the fact that an accident 
 occurred at the pumping works at Bridgeport, while they were being tested before 
 acceptance from the contractors by the I'ity, so that practically, no water was pumped 
 from December 7 to 27, inclusive, as shown by an examination of the following table, 
 giving the difference in depth in the canal and Chicago river. 
 
 During this period, when the canal was not frozen o\er, only about 17.000 cubic feet 
 ot water per minute passed through by gravity, and when frozen over only about 15,000 
 cubic feet. 
 
 On the afternoon ot December 27, the pumps were set in motion, and until the end of 
 January about 50,000 cubic feet per minute was pumped from the south branch of the 
 Chicago river into the canal. There was a marked decrease of organic matter in the 
 water at Joliet on January 1. This decrease continued until the end of the month when 
 the quantity of organic matter was less than at any time for ihe seven months previous. 
 From January 4 to the end of the month there was also a marked decrease of organic 
 matter at Ottawa. 
 
XXIX 
 
 At Peoria a small amount of sewage was observed on January 8; this increased until 
 the 23d, but entirely disappeared on the 29th. 
 
 It has been estimated that it takes water from Lake Michigan to reach Peoria— when 
 at a low stage— about twenty-five days. With the ice covering during the period under 
 investigation the pollution by Chicago sewage was not manifest at Peoria until about 
 thirty days after the pumping ceased early in December, This was no doubt partially 
 owing to the fact that during December only 1.76 inches of rain fell, and of this .90 of an 
 inch was snow, practically having no effect in Increasing the ctuantity of water in the 
 Desplaines and Illinois rivers. The pollution disappeared from Peoria in about twenty- 
 one days fi om the time it was iirst noticed. This latter effect was no doubt largely owing 
 to the result of the increased velocity caused by the pumping of 50,000 cubic feet of water 
 per minute from the 27th ot December to the last of January. This is probably the first 
 time since the construction of the pumping- works that Chicago sewage has reached 
 Peoria. On January 11. 1.37 inches of rain fell, and Ihis, in addition to the melting snow, 
 caused freshets in some of the-tributaries of the Desplaines and Illinois rivers and no 
 doubt affected the chemical determinations of the samples of water collected at JoUet, 
 Ottawa and Peoria on that day. 
 
 The following table gives the averages of the analyses of the different samples col- 
 lected at each place on the same day: 
 
 Places. 
 
 Free 
 Ammonia. 
 
 Albuminoid 
 Ammonia. 
 
 Oxygen 
 used. 
 
 
 In 1,000,000 parts. 
 
 
 
 9.7 
 6.5 
 4.7 
 1.7 
 
 3,7 
 2.2 
 . .75 
 .43 
 
 
 22.4 
 
 .Tolip.t, 3.^ TTiileft bp.lnw 
 
 11.3 
 
 
 9.0 
 
 Peoria, 159 miles below 
 
 6,45 
 
 
 
 The result of these obMevvations shows that, with the canal 
 covered over by ice, oxidation was I'oturded in the proportion 
 indicated by the smaller losses of 32 per cent, of free a.ramonia, 
 40 per cent, of albuminoid ammonia, and 50 per cent, of 
 oxygen used — as compared with the losses shown under the 
 exceptional conditions which obtained in the previous summer. 
 A more nearly accurate conclusion may be reached by a study 
 of the following tables which give the means of 347 analyses 
 embracing eight determinations instead of only three as in the 
 foregoing investigations. These means are grouped for the 
 summer and winter work respectively with the samfe purpose of 
 exhibiting the effect of low temperature and ice cover excluding 
 free atmospheric effect and retarding flow. 
 
XXX 
 
 Means of Analyses— May to Ociobee inctusive, 1888. 
 
 Places. 
 
 
 
 cog 
 
 
 9^ 
 
 3- 
 
 oS. 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 cu 
 
 
 
 ■ m 
 
 4ti.S11 
 
 201.3 
 
 •16. 120 
 
 207.7 
 
 43.658 
 
 210.8 
 
 32.149 
 
 214.8 
 
 19.717 
 
 211.7 
 
 17.fi60 
 
 204.4 
 
 12.358 
 
 199.7 
 
 16.1.52 
 
 204.6 
 
 11.583 
 
 204.2 
 
 7.. 524 
 
 204.9 
 
 9 2115 
 
 2J2.1 
 
 4.083 
 
 169.4 
 
 ex 
 Bo? 
 
 Briflgepoit.. 
 
 Lockpoit 
 
 Joliot 
 
 Morris 
 
 LaSalle 
 
 Heni'y 
 
 Peoria 
 
 Pekin 
 
 Havana 
 
 Beardstown 
 
 Grafton 
 
 Alton 
 
 471,2 
 431.3 
 442.7 
 3,5,5.9 
 .345.7 
 306.0 
 
 129.20 
 69.811 
 
 107.901 
 30.851 
 .50.30! 
 27.. 50, 
 
 .000 
 .000 
 .000 
 .380 
 1.037 
 .083 
 
 19 
 
 329.75 
 
 54.27 
 
 .8915' 
 
 16 
 
 3.53.0 
 
 84.30 
 
 .795 
 
 25 
 
 301.78 
 
 45.4 
 
 .731 
 
 24 
 
 ,390.0 
 
 84.7 
 
 .62 
 
 12 
 
 301.6 
 
 50.3 
 
 .682 
 
 15 
 
 278.6 
 
 75.2 
 
 
 12.253 
 
 10.882 
 
 8.932 
 
 4.107 
 
 .636 
 
 .467' 
 
 .210 
 
 .645 
 
 .312 
 
 .202 
 
 .095 
 
 .160 
 
 2.558 
 1.990 
 1.681 
 .707 
 .526 
 .481 
 ..522 
 .660 
 .430 
 .:» 
 .483 
 .356 
 
 23.113 
 16.230 
 14.301 
 10.920 
 8.668 
 8,657 
 9.769 
 9.410 
 8.142 
 7.354 
 7.300 
 7.356 
 
 Means of Analyses mabe dueing 1889. 
 
 Bridgeport 
 
 Loekpqrt 
 
 Jollet (Dam 2) 
 
 Morris 
 
 LaSalle 
 
 Henry 
 
 Peoria (Upper Bridge) 
 
 Pekin 
 
 Havana 
 
 Beardstown 
 
 Giafton 
 
 Alton 
 
 8.925 
 
 2.800 
 
 8.149 
 
 2.489 
 
 . 8.488 
 
 2.666 
 
 4.716 
 
 1..587 
 
 1.456 
 
 .637 
 
 1.069 
 
 .404 
 
 1.637 
 
 .549 
 
 1.591 
 
 1.015 
 
 1.078 
 
 ..585 
 
 .762 
 
 .a57 
 
 .875 
 
 .722 
 
 .422 
 
 .396 
 
 2li..j02 
 
 22.820 
 
 21.717 
 
 10.696 
 
 8.. 582 
 
 8.626 
 
 9.611 
 
 13.358 
 
 9.234 
 
 5.605 
 
 9.818 
 
 7.562 
 
 The ii('cpssa.ry careful stiicJy of these data, with due consider- 
 ation of the numerous fac^tors, has not been practicable in the 
 period Avhich has elapsed since the last samples of water were 
 collected— March 11, 1889. What results may be obtained and 
 what new light thrown upon the problem can be ]iaitly infei-red 
 from the following discission, Avhich illustrates the generaliza- 
 tion made on a preceding page, to-wit, that the aggregate of 
 organic matter furnished by tlie tributaries of the Illiuois river 
 ill their natural condition may greatly exceed the aggregate 
 furnished by the population of their res])ective watersheds, or" 
 than the aggregate which passes Joliet in the canal and Dcs- 
 jilaines ri\er. 
 
 "Die volume of water passing LaSalle for about eight weeks 
 in jMay, June and July would average about ten times that 
 passing Joliet, or 480,000 cubic feet per minute. Of this, about 
 five parts come from the Kankakee, or would show analyses 
 similar thereto, and about four parts would be similarly ascribed 
 
 * This is the mean of 10 determinations— excluding those of January 14 and 21 for 
 the reasons assigned by the chemist in his report.— See Apnendix, d. 28. 
 
XXXI 
 
 to the Fox. The following table gives the mean results of the 
 analyses for Joliet, the Kankakee, the Fox, and the Illinois at 
 LaSalle : 
 
 
 O 
 
 : B 
 
 
 ?! 
 
 si 
 
 p. 
 
 3 
 a- 
 
 Q 
 
 CDg- 
 
 - <' 
 ■ CD 
 
 : <l 
 
 
 Joliet 
 
 45.52 
 1.36 
 4.24 
 8.57 
 
 9,30 
 0.08 
 0.12 
 0.15 
 
 1.89 
 0.59 
 0.47 
 0.46 
 
 13.77 9 
 14.43 7 
 6 84 8 
 9,61 8 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 
 10 
 
 Desplaines river 
 
 Kpnkakee river 
 
 Wilmington. 
 
 Ottawa 
 
 
 LaSalle 
 
 
 
 
 
 69.39 
 86.15 
 
 10.20 
 1.47 
 
 6.26 
 4.62 
 
 113,18 1..,. 
 96.10 |..., 
 
 10 
 10 
 
 / Weight proportioned to 
 
 LaSalle 
 
 
 
 
 —15.76 
 
 8.73 
 
 1.64 
 
 17.08 
 
 
 
 Absolute loss 
 
 
 
 
 
 A brief study of this table leads to v 'j-y important conclu- 
 sions. The analyses only give percentages, or density, and the 
 result must be multiplied by the volume flowing, in order to 
 obtain the absolute amounts passing any given point. The 
 oxygen consumed represents the percentage of readily decom- 
 posable matter. It is apparent that the a.mount of organic 
 matter coming from the Kankakee is more than five limes that 
 passing Joliet. In like manner, we find that the amount con- 
 tributed by the Fox is more than twice, and, for the watershed 
 above LaSalle, over seven times that passing Joliet. 
 
 The analyses from the Kankakee show an increase in organic 
 matter in high water, so thfit the mean results for the six months 
 shown in the detritus ta.ble (see appendix) shoitld be less than 
 that for the year. The mean discharge for the Kankakee for 
 the entire year is probably 300,000 cubic feet per minute, so 
 that the aggregate oi'ganic matter contributed is probably six 
 to seven times that passing Joliet. The mean discharge for the 
 basin above LaSalle is about 700,000 cubic feet per minute. 
 Considering the analyses of the Fox and Big Vermilion, it would 
 appear that the organic matter bi'ought in by land-water is ten 
 to twelve times that passing Joliet. These results can be stated 
 with far more accuracj' when the hydrdgraphical work is com- 
 pleted . 
 
 Eeferring again to the table, the line noted as "aggregate" 
 shows the absolute amounts, aa compared to that at Joliet, found 
 by multiplying the amounts given for Wilmington and Ottawa, 
 by the relative volume, as given in the last column, and adding- 
 the result to Joliet. The oxygen determination we have already 
 discussed. The albuminoid ammonia is assumed to measure 
 the nitrogenous matter, or that which is regardecT as especially 
 obnoxious. It will be perceived that the contribution coming 
 in with the land-water is over 3J^ times that passing Joliet. 
 The absolute amount of chlorine has increased. This is a fixed 
 substance, increasing steadily with the amount of animal wastes, 
 and perhaps by the leaching of salt from the land or from, 
 springs. 
 
XXXII 
 
 If the LaSalle determination be multiplied by ten, the relative 
 -volume at that point, it will show the absolute amounts. These 
 show a decrease, or that the absolute loss of organic impurities 
 is greater than the total amount passing Joliet. In other words, 
 notwithstanding the contribution passing Joliet, by the time 
 LaSalle is reached the aggregate organic matter is less than the 
 aggregate furnished by the several tributaries as they reach the 
 Illinois valley. 
 
 The following table is entirely similar to the preceding, but 
 gives the results of eight weeks of low water, in the latter part 
 of July and in August and September. The volume passing 
 LaSalle was about 96,000 cubic feet per minute, or double that 
 reaching Joliet from Chicago. Of the land-water, one-half came 
 irom sources that would give analyses similar to the Kankakee, 
 and the other half is represented by the Fox : 
 
 
 Chlorine 
 
 Free 
 Ammo. 
 
 Alb. 
 Ammo. 
 
 Oxygen 
 Cons md 
 
 No. 
 
 Relative 
 Value. 
 
 
 Joliet 
 
 39,87 
 0.64 
 6,36 
 
 22,13 
 
 8.63 
 0.14 
 0.10 
 0.27 
 
 1,72 
 0.56 
 0,45 
 0.56 
 
 12,39 
 10, "5 
 5.90 
 8.34 
 
 10 
 9 
 
 7 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 Desplaines river 
 
 Kankakee river 
 
 Wilmington 
 
 Ottawa. . . 
 
 LaSallle 
 
 
 Illinois river 
 
 
 Aggregate.... 
 LaSalle 
 
 43,39 
 44,26 
 
 8.75 2.22 
 0.64 1.10 
 
 20.77 
 16.68 
 
 
 2 
 
 Weight proportio- 
 ed to volume 
 
 
 -0.87 
 
 8.21 
 
 1.12 
 
 4.09 
 
 
 
 Absolute loss. 
 
 
 
 
 
 If this table be compared ^\•ith the preceding it will be seen 
 that the propertion of organic matter is greatest' in the higher 
 stages of the river. It will be also apparent that the proportion 
 of nitrogenous matters as shown by the albuminoids and the 
 chlorine is greatest at low water. The absolute loss in organic 
 matter, as shown by the La Salle analyses, is about 20 per 
 cent, as compared to about 17 in the preceding table; and in 
 albuminoid ammonia, some 50 per cent., as compared to about 
 26 per cent. The absolute amount of decomposition is, of 
 course, much less, but also much greater in proportion to vol- 
 ume of water. 
 
 So far as a chemical valuation is concerned, it is apparent 
 that two or three times the water at Joliet would give a stream 
 containing a less proportion of organic matter than the most 
 of the tributaries of the Illinois. If Bridgeport be the point 
 compared, it would take four or five times. AnA' such state- 
 ments must, however, be qualified, as the sewage' would come 
 in a less decomposed condition, and it is impracticable at this 
 time to say what proportion of water removing the sewage 
 promptly from Chicago would be required, so that the stream 
 shall not contain a greater proportion of organic matter than 
 exists from the natural conditions. All that need be said is 
 that the analyses seem to imply the possibihtv of reaching 
 this standard. 
 
XXXIII 
 
 It must be remembered, however, that the constitution of 
 this matter is different in many respects from that derived from 
 the land, being more largely of animal origin and far more 
 readily decomposed. For this i-eason it purifies much faster 
 than the laud water; in other words, the organic matter does 
 not tra\'el so far in the stream as that of more purely vegetable 
 origin derived from the land. For this reason, also, a larger 
 proportion of dilution is demanded in order to furnish the 
 supply of oxygen for the more rapid decouiposition. And for 
 this reason, also, the chemical tests of water from the lower 
 Illinois are likely to show more favorably when a large supply 
 of watei- is turned in from Lake Michigan than under their 
 natural conditions. 
 
 The land waters are ah'eady taxed to dispose of the organic 
 matters contained therein, and to this extent are not available 
 for sewage dilution. The analyses show that the waters of 
 Lake Michigan contain only froiii one-sixth to one-twelfth the 
 organic impurities contained in the waters of the Illinois and 
 its tributaries. The freedom from organic matter and the high 
 percentage of dissohed oxygen preeminently fit lake water for 
 the dilution of sewage, and it is far more effective for this pur- 
 pose than any land water fi-om the Illinois watershed. 
 
 As to pronouncing definitely at this stage of the investigation 
 upon the one best remedy for existing pollution or recom- 
 mending the adoption of any specific plan proposed — that is 
 not now warranted. Although the work thus far done under 
 the direction of the State Board of Health is sufficient to deter- 
 mine the general principles of the solution of the drainage prob- 
 lem of Chicago much remains to be done l)y that city itself be- 
 fore the value and importance of some of the factors can be 
 fixed with scientific accuracy. The actuai sewtige product of 
 the metropolitan area now tributary to the Illinois and Michi- 
 gan canal and thence to the Desplaiues and Illinois rivers is not 
 yet known — it is only a matter of rough estimate. It is reason- 
 ably certain that this estimate is ovn- rather than under the 
 actual amount; but any plans based upon mere estimates are 
 subject to revision in practice, and suih revision may involve 
 serious modification. 
 
 Furthermore, it is not 3'et known, from any investigation 
 made by the Chicago Drainage Commission, what the rate of 
 sewage decomposition really' is in the sewers themselves before 
 the sewage is discharged into tlic stream; noi- what cha.nges in 
 the density of the drainage pumped at Bridgepcn-t will be pro- 
 duced by establisliing a circulation in the south fork at the stock 
 yards. Chicago should at once set about the work of gauging 
 the sewer flow and the determination of the rate of sewage decom- 
 position both within the sewers and in her river and branches, 
 and should coniplete the s])ecial study of the south fork already 
 begun under thi^ommission. When these data have been added 
 
XXXIV 
 
 to the information previously acquired, it will remain to digest 
 and interpret the facts as the basis for the final plans and esti- 
 mates. 
 
 The work done under the direction of the State Board for the 
 Illinois river basin, outside of Chicago proper, and that done in 
 connection with the water supplies of cities and towns and of 
 state institutions has already reached.this stage. Substantially 
 aJl the data necessary to the intelligent treatment of the prob- 
 lems involved in the improvement of the water supplies and in 
 the prevention or limitation of river pollution have been ac- 
 cumulated. There is required some further investigation, mainly 
 local, of the hydrography of the basin and, very probaWy, some 
 additional analyses to clear up a few moot points raised hy 
 abnormal determinations in some of the analyses already made 
 will be necessary. 
 
 With these additions the material for a final report on the 
 water supplies of two.thirds of the State, and the sanitary 
 problems of the drainage of its most important river basin is 
 ready for use, and it is purposed to push the work thereon with 
 all practicable dispatch. 
 
CHEMICAL INVESTIGATIONS 
 
 WATER SUPPLIES OF ILLINOIS, 1888-89. 
 
 Made by Prof. J. H. Long, 
 
 Under tlie Direction of tlie Illinois State Board of Heal. 
 
 The following report embraces the preliminary results of the analyses of over 750 samples 
 ■of water poUeoted by the State Board of Health between May l,1888,and March 15, 1889, 
 at Chicago (Lake Michigan); Bridgeport, Loekport and Joliet (Illinois and Michigan 
 Canal); Morris, Ottawa, LaSalle, Henry, Peoria, Pekin, Copperas Creek. Havana, Pearl, 
 Beardstown and near Grafton (Illinois river); Channahon, Wilmington, Ottawa, LaSalle 
 and Chandlerville (from tributaries of the Illinois river); East Dubuque, Bock Island, 
 Quincy, Alton, East St. Louis, St. Louis, Chester and Cairo (Mississippi river), and from 
 smaller streams and supplies to towns and public institutions at Decatur, Kankakee, 
 Oalesburg, Elkville, Lincoln, Jacksonville, Pontiac, Elkhart, Springfield, Belleville, Au- 
 rora, Cairo, Joliet, Chester, Bunker Hill, Elgin, Freeport, Galena, Danville, Anna, Marseilles, 
 Monticello. Morrison, Bloomington and Normal. 
 
 Over 650 of these tests were made between May 1 and November 15, and about 100 
 between January U and March 15,— these latter chiefly of waters of the Illinois river. 
 
 Of each water, a two-gallon sample was collected according to the following direc- 
 tions, which were printed on the back of the shipping tags furnished to each oolleetor: 
 
 "Clean the jug thoroughly as follows: Pill with water and aUow to stand a day or 
 more; pour out most of the water, add some clean sand and shake thoroughly, to re- 
 remove anything adhering to the walls of the vessel, then rinse out the sand and fllL 
 and rinse several times with water similar to that to be sent. Finally, fill with the vrater 
 (leaving air space) and close with a good close cork. Tie this down with » piece of 
 strong muslin." 
 
 The samples were forwarded to me at 40 Dearborn street, Chicago, and were num- 
 bered immediately in the order in which they were received. The chemical examinations 
 were begun as soon as possible, and those constituents liable to change by standing 
 were determined first. 
 
 Of the large number of samples sent, but two or three were lost by breakage of jugs 
 or other accident. In a few eases the tests gave evidence that the jugs had not been 
 properly cleansed, and in several other instances the amount sent was too small for all 
 the tests. 
 
 On the whole, however, I beUeve the samples were properly taken and very promptly 
 forwarded. They were delivered to me by the express companies in Chicago without 
 delay. 
 
 In the work of analysis I have been ably assisted by Mr. Mark Powers, Mr. J. J. 
 Link and Mr. C. E. Linebarger, to whom my sincere thanks are due. 
 
METHODS OF ANALYSIS. 
 
 Many volumes have been written on tlie subject of water analysis, and while little' 
 difference of opinion exists regarding the determination of the ordinary mineral con- 
 stituents of a water, there is still much discussion as to what tests are best to show the 
 amount and nature of the organic matters present; in other words, to measure those 
 substances on whose presence or absence the value of a water for household purposes 
 depends. 
 
 Formerly the diiHculty of the subject was not recognized as clearly as at present, and 
 chemists were accustomed to furnish vfery exact figures for the amount of organic mat- 
 ter in a water. For a time it was customary, I might almost sety fashionable, to report 
 organic matter as crenlo or apocrenlo acid, and to several places of decimals. In many 
 cases the amount of this organic matter was measured only by loss on ignition of the 
 residue left on evaporation. 
 
 But chemists now recognize that the organic matter in water is usually of very va- 
 riable and complex nature, consisting of products of which we, in many cases, know 
 absolutely nothing. 
 
 It is known that certain organic matters, which may find their way into water, arg 
 capable of producing a great deal of mischief when' taken into the stomach, even in 
 small amount; while it is just as certainly known that other organic matters may be 
 present in drinking 'water in much larger amount and still be comparatively harmless. 
 Unfortunately, to distinguish between these different kinds of organic matter in a water 
 is a problem of great practical difllculty, as the absolute amount present is usually 
 quite small, and in a state of gradual change. But since the complex and variable na- 
 ture of this organic matter has been admitted chemists have ceased to try to estimate 
 it as a whole, but Ihave turned their attention to the detection and measurement of cer- 
 tain derived products and to certain empirical reactions which experience shows char- 
 acterize good or bad waters. 
 
 It is on the subject of the value of these empirical tests that great differences of 
 opinion exist. The present investigation was undertaken to determine the general char- 
 acter of a large number of samples,, some of which were supposed to be good, some very 
 bad, while of many the condition remained to be found by : he tests. A good portion of the 
 work consisted in a study of the IlUnois river and its tributaries, the object of this be- 
 ing to show the influence of the Chicago sewage poured in at the source of the stream, 
 and to determine, if possible, the rate of destruction of this polluting matter in the 
 flowing water. 
 
 During the latter part of the season the Question of supply to the state institutions 
 was taken up, it being thought desirable to determine the general character of these 
 waters, many of which had never before been examined. 
 
 In no case was a fuU mineral analysis thought necessary, conseauently the work 
 was confined to such tests as show the main features of the water and its hygienic 
 value. I beUeve, in the present state of our knowledge, this information can be best 
 given by the following determinations; 
 
 Total soUds by evaporation. 
 
 Suspended matters. 
 
 Chlorine. 
 
 Nitrogen in nitrates and nitrites. 
 
 Hardness. 
 
 Free ammonia. 
 
 Albuminoid ammonia. 
 
 Oxygen consumption. 
 Because of the interest shown by physicians and sanitarians throughout the state in 
 this investigation I think it proper to explain somewhat fully the methods employed in 
 the various tests. 
 
 TOTAL SOLIDS. 
 
 Many of the waters re.-elverl were very turbid. It was therefore necessary to 
 
3 
 
 thoroughly shaken and then without delay a liter or half a Uter was poured out for the 
 test. The solids in this portion were determined by evaporating in a platinum dish on 
 a water bath, the bath being large enough to accommodate six of these dishes, holding 
 200 cubic centimeters at one time. On the completion of the evaporation the dishes 
 were transferred to an air oven kept at a temperature of 110° C. and left there for half an 
 hour. They were then cooled auiekly and weighed. Subtracting from this weight the 
 known weight of the dish the solid contents were found. When one liter of water was 
 evaporated the weight in milligrams was taken as the number of parts per 1,000,000, as 
 the specific gravity could be practically taken in most cases as unity. 
 
 SUSPENDED MATTEB. 
 
 After pouring out the water for solids the jug was again thoroughly shaken and 
 another portion of one liter was measured out in a flask and transferred to a tall beaker. 
 This, was covered and allowed to stand several days until the solids in suspension had 
 completely setiled. Most of the clear Uciuid was then poured off and the residue, with 
 the sediment in the bottom of the beaker, was filtered on a Gooch filter, the last por- 
 tions being washed out with distilled water. This filter renders most excellent service 
 here; many waters which certainly could not have been filtered clear through paper 
 were successfully filtered through asbestos with this appliance. 
 
 The filter and contents were dried at 110' C, as before and weighed. The diilerence 
 between this weight and the former gives the weight of solids in sofution, supposing 
 the same volume of water taken for each test. 
 
 CHLOEINE. 
 
 For the chlorine test three liters was the amount usually taken. This was evapor- 
 ated to a smajl volume in a porcelain dish. The residue was treated with a slight ex- 
 cess of pure nitric acid and filtered. In the filtrate the chlorine was found by the Vol- 
 hard method, using a deci-normal solution of silver nitrate and eauivalent solution of 
 ammonium sulphocyanide. 
 
 In a few cases less than three hters was taken for the chlorine test. In the samples 
 from the canal at Bridgeport, Lockport and Joliet one liter, or less, was usually suffi- 
 cient, and in several of the artesian waters 100 cubic centimeters was found enough for 
 direct titration without concentration. 
 
 NITEOGEN IN NITKATES AND NITRITES. 
 
 The value of a determination of nitrates and nitrites in drinking water has long been 
 a vexed auestion, and, unfortunately, different chemists hold widely different views on 
 the subject. By some the test is held to be of, the highest importance, while others 
 look upon it as of no use whatever. As is very often the case a middle course seems 
 the best one to take here. Nitrates and nitrites of a water come from the final oxida- 
 tion of nitrogenous organic matter in it, and thus serve as an indication of past con- 
 tamination. These final products of oxidation are perfectly harmless in themselves, and 
 in fact a great many waters containing them can be safely used. This is especially true 
 of very deep wells where they are nearly always present. In shallow wells, however, 
 they must always create suspicion, as other matters originally associated with what 
 gave rise to them may not have been so fully oxidized. 
 
 There are several methods by which the nitrogen of nitrates can be estimated in 
 water. In one of these— the Marx method— the water is evaporated to a small bulk and 
 treated with an excess of pure strong sulphuric acid. To the hot mixture a solution 
 of indigo is added as long as the color is destroyed, indigo in sulphuric acid being com- 
 pletely decomposed by nitric acid. 
 
 If the strength of the indigo solution had been previously found by treating a known 
 nitrate solution (of saltpeter, for instance) in the same way, the volume used by the 
 water residue becomes a measure of the nitrate in it. The method gives good results 
 as long as certain precautions, chiefly suggested by Warington, are foUowftd. But with 
 these precautions it is pretty slow and could not be weU applied in this investigation. 
 
Another method is based on the fact that the nitrogen of nitrates in alkaUno solution 
 is readily converted into ammonia by action of nascent hydrogen. To apply this to 
 water a definite quantity is evaporated to a small bulk and transferred to a distilling 
 ilask or bulb. A combination of metals known as the zine-oopper couple is added and 
 distillation begun. The zino and copper act as an electrical pair and liberate hydrogen. 
 This reduces the nitrates or nitrites to ammonia which is distilled off and tested as will 
 be explained below. 
 
 Sometimes the water residue is rendered strongly alkaline with pure sodium-hy- 
 drate solution, and then a piece of aluminium foil is added. This dissolves in the 
 alkali with liberation of hydrogen, which reduces the nitrates, as before. 
 
 These methods are not quite as convenient or accurate as another one which I have 
 followed in all the tests carried out. When a solution of a nitrate is made strongly acid 
 with pure, strong sulphuric acid and , brought in contact with certain metals, nitrogen 
 dioxide is produced by dct-omposition. When the gas is coUeoted without loss it be- 
 comes a measui-e of the amount of nitrate decomposed. This method has been applied 
 to water analysis by Frankland, Warington, and others. In using it, I proceeded in this 
 way: After weighing the residue from the determination of total solids. I treated it 
 with a little pure water to dissolve all that was soluble. The liquid was filtered into a 
 small beaker, the insoluble part being washed with several small portions of pure 
 water. The contents of the beaker were then reduced to a small bulk— two or three 
 cubic centimet^i;s— by evaporation on a water bath, and transferred to a Lunge nitro- 
 meter containing mercury. Twice the volume of pure, strong sulphuric acid was then 
 introduced and the mixture shaken, gently at first and then vigorously. This brings 
 the mercury in contact with the liberated nitric acid, if any is present, decomposing it 
 to nitrogen dioxide. After 1he gas cools by standing, its volume can be measured and 
 reduced to corresponding weight. The nitrometer employed had a capacity of ilfty 
 cubic centimeters. In a tew cases it waslfound necessary to repeat the experiment, as 
 the volume of water taken gave more nitrogen dioxide gas than could be measui-ed. 
 
 HABDNESS. 
 
 The hardness of a water is usually measured by its soap-destroying power. In 
 every ease I found it by means of a standard soap solution, of which one cubic centi- 
 meter precipitated the equivalent of one miUigram of calcium carbonate. 
 
 In the river waters, 100 cubic centimeters was the amount taken for the test, and 
 soap solution was added until, after thorough shaking, a permanent lather was obtained. 
 In Ihe case of some of the well waters, 50, 25 or even 10 cubic centimeters, diluted to 100 
 with distilled water, was found, by a preUminary trial, to be the right amount to take. 
 The soap solution was made by dissolving about 10 grams of good oastile soap in a litre 
 of weak alcohol, and adjusted by comparing with a standard hme solution made by dis- 
 solving 1 gram of pure calcium carbonate in hydrochloric acid, evaporating to dryness 
 and dissolving in water to make a Uter. 
 
 The soap solution was diluted so that 11 cubic centimeters were required to give a 
 permanent lather, with 10 cubic centimeters of the lime solution diluted to 100. Allow- 
 ing 1 cubic centimeter for the amount necessary to form a lather with pure water, the 
 remaining 10 cubic centimeters just precipitate the equivalent of 10 mllUgrams of calcium 
 carbonate. It is difficult to obtain constant or regular results with this test in waters 
 containing much suspended or organic matter. It was not employed in the exami- 
 nation of the last 100 samples. 
 
 FBEB AMMONIA. 
 
 The determination of free ammonia in a water is often of the greatest value. As a 
 general thing it represents one of the last stages in the decomposition of nitrogenous 
 organic matter, and its amount is sometimes a rough measui-e of what has been decom- 
 posed. It must be remembered, however, that this free ammonia is perfectly harmless ' 
 itself, in the amount in which it occurs in water, and often when very abundant can not 
 be taken as an indication of any present or even very recent contamination. In most 
 
'stage of oxidation. In most artesian well waters, Lee ammonia appears abundantly, 
 and generally unaeoompanied by organic matter fexoept in very minute amount. Henoe. 
 the conclusion drawn from the free ammonia found in a sample of water depends largely 
 on the source of the latter, 
 
 The test is carried out as follows : 500 cubic centimeters of the water, or in bad cases 
 10, 26 or 50 cubic centimeters diluted to 500 with pure distilled water guite free fromi 
 ammonia, is pout ed into a carefully cleansed i etort 'connected with a long Liebig's 
 condenser. About 5 cubic centimeters of pure strong sodium-carbonate solution and a 
 small amount ( half a gram ) of coarsely powdered and freshly ignited puniice stone 
 are added to the contents of the retort, which is then warmed by means of a water 
 bath. After about ten minutes the latter is removed, the retort dried, and then heated 
 directly by a Bunsen burner until distillation begins. By the preUminary warming on 
 the water bath the chief danger of cracking the retort with the lamp is avoided. Bump- 
 ing in the boiUng Uguid is completely prevented by the addition of the pumice stone. 
 The heat niust be so regulated that the distillation proceeds rather slowly, about 50 
 cubic centimeters in 15 minutes being a good rate. In the presence of sodium carbon- 
 ate the free ammonia is readily driven off with the steam, which must be condensed in 
 the Liebig apparatus by a good current of cold water. The distillate, collected in four 
 portions of 50 cubic centimeters each, contains practically all the free ammonia, and it 
 remains to measure its amount. 
 
 The distillate is caught directly in four tubes of exactly the same size, made of clear 
 thin glass with a mark to indicate the 50 cubic centimeters. To each tube 2 cubic centi- 
 ■ meters of Nessler solution is added. The Nessler reagent is a solution which has the 
 property of striking a deep yellowish brown color with weak ammonia solutions, the 
 depth, of shade depending on the amoimt of ammonia present. 
 
 The first of the above named tubes should show much the deepest color, the second 
 and third less, while the fourth should be practically without color. If it is not, another 
 50 cubic centimeters should be collected and tested in the same way. , The amount of 
 ammonia in each one of these tubes is estimated by dupUoating the shade by means of 
 ammonia solutions of known strength. For this purpose a standard ammonium chloride 
 solution is prepared which contains the eauivalent of .01 milligram of ammonia in each cubic 
 centimeter. Definite volumes of this are diluted to 50 cubic centimeters with pure dis- 
 tilled water, and then treated with the Nessler reagent. In this way a series of colors 
 is obtained indicating certain small amounts of ammonia in 50 cubic centimeters, and by 
 making a number of tests those obtained from the foui- or five distillates can be exactly 
 duplicated. The known ammonia in the duplicates shows immediately the amount in the 
 distillates or, in^ other words, in the volume of water taken. 
 
 ALBUMINOrO AMMONIA. 
 
 This is a name given by Wanklyn to ammonia produced by distillation of nitrogen- 
 ous organic bodies with a strong oxidizing solution of potassium permanganate and 
 potassium hydrate. Many organic matters distilled with this solution are decomposed, 
 giving up their nitrogen in the form of ammonia, and this is called albuminoid ammonia 
 because albuminous bodies are types of those readily decomposed in this way. Albu- 
 minoid ammonia, then, does not exist already formed in a water but is produced from 
 it by the laboratory process through the rapid oxidation of the complex matters it con- 
 tains. If these matters were allowed to decompose spontaneously they would give rise 
 to free ammonia in time which could be detected by the test given above. 
 
 We can, therefore, look upon the laboratory oxidation as a substitute for the slow, 
 natural oxidation, although it is not probable that exactly the same amounts of ammo- 
 nia are in any case formed by the two processes from similar materials. 
 
 To understand the meaning and value of the indications given by this test, it is 
 necessary to consider what takes place when albuminous or similar substances 
 undergo spontaneous decomposition. Unfortunately, many of the steps in such de- 
 compositions are obscure, but it is known that among the products found we have at 
 some stage indol, skatol. leucine, tyrosine, aspartic acid, peptone, various tatty acids. 
 
and other bodies of the ai-omatio group. Ordinary sewage added to watery solutions 
 of albuminous bodies is an excellent agent to bring about most of these decomposition's. 
 
 The products named have generally definite composition, and often orystalUne 
 structure so that they can readily be obtained in condition for exact investigation. Such 
 investigations, as carried out by Tiemann and Preusse, for instance, have shown that 
 the nitrogenous products in the above hst give up practically the whole of their nitro- 
 gen as ammonia when distilled with the oxidizing solution. 
 
 It is now well known, although formerly a different view was held, that fresh albumin- 
 ous or similar substances are not completely decomposed in this manner. 
 
 The intensity of the reaction, therefore, which the chemist obtains by application of 
 the albuminoid ammonia test to a water contaminated with these complex nitrogenous 
 mattei-s, depends largely on their state of preservation, in other words on time and 
 temperature, as both are important factors in producing decomposition. 
 
 Another very important contamination in waters to which sewage has access, is urea. 
 Wanklyn states that this substance yields no ammonia by the albuminoid process, while 
 other chemists show that a portion of .' its nitrogen is given off in this manner. Tiemann's 
 experiments indicate that all the nitrogen may be obtained in this way. 
 
 My own experiments indicate that with strong permanganate solutions the urea is 
 rapidly decomposed, giving off most of its nitrogen in the form of ammonia. If, in the 
 purification of the permanganate by long boiling, a portion is changed to manganate, 
 the decomposition of the urea is slow and much less perfect. 
 
 Hair, wool and gelatinous substances contain matter similar to albumin in compo- 
 sition, and are decomposed in the same general way, but not as readih'. 
 
 Faecal matter consists of undigested food, containing more or less substance of 
 albuminous nature along with products of its decomposition, as indol and skatol. , Also 
 mucus, epitheUum, biliary products and numerous substances in small amount, about 
 which little is known. The nitrogenous portions of this matter can be classed with those 
 already mentioned Tivhich are decomposed wholly or partially with evoluti' n of ammo- 
 nia by the alkaline permanganate solution. 
 
 The determination of albuminoid ammonia, then, gives us a rough measure of the 
 amoun", of readily decomposable nitrogenoui matter a water may contain, and to be of 
 value, should be s udied in connection with the source of the water, its temperature and 
 distance from possible contamination. 
 
 Practically the test is carried out in this way : To the residue left in the retort after 
 the distillation of the free ammonia 50 onbio centimeters of the permanganate solution 
 Is added. This is prepared by dissolving 9 grams of purest potassium permanganate in 
 distilled water and adding 22.5 grams of good potassium hydrate and enough water to 
 make 1,.500 cubic centimeters in all. The solution is then boiled down to 1,000 cubic cen- 
 timeters in order to free it from ammon a. With the grade of potassium hydrate em- 
 ployed I find no difHculty in making a good solution in this way. 
 
 After adding the alkaline permanganate the distillation is begun again and four 
 more portions of 50 cubic centimeters each boiled over. These are tested exactly as be- 
 fore. In some eases it is necessary to continue the distillation even further to secure 
 all the ammonia. 
 
 A fuller discussion of some of the points of this process will be found below where I 
 explain the results obtained by the actual tests. 
 
 OXIDATION TESTS. 
 
 Early in the history of sanitary water analysis, attempts were made to measure or- 
 ganic matter present by the amount of oxygen it consumed under certain conditions. 
 Forchammer first proposed' to accompUsh this by treating the water with a dilute solu- 
 tion of potassium permanganate as long as its color was destroyed, but this plan gave 
 only crude results. Much better results are reached by several modifications of this 
 proces.s, notably by that of Kubel. In this the oxidized water is boiled with an excess 
 of dilute permanganate solution for a definite time, after which the amount of (ho oxi- 
 dizing salt not acted on is found by means of oxalic lU'id. 
 
i 
 
 The solutions required are: 
 
 Potassium permanganate, 320 milligrams in 1 liter. 
 
 Oxalic aeid, 630 milligrams in 1 liter. 
 
 Sulphuric acid, 2 volumes of strong pure acid to 1 of water. 
 
 The acid and permaganate solutions are exactly eqtuivalent to each other; that is, 
 the permanganate is decolorized by an eaual volume of the other. 
 
 To make the test 100 cubic centimeters of the water are measured into a clean 
 beaker, 5 cubic centimeters of the acid and 10 of the permanganate are added, after 
 which the solution is Quickly brought to the boiling point and boiled five minutes. If 
 the color is all destroyed a new trial must be made, using 20 or even 30 cubic centime- 
 ters of the permanganate in some cases. 
 
 At the boiling temperature a part of the permanganate is decomposed, giving up 
 Its oxygen to the organic matter in the water. At the end of the five minutes the 
 amount of the salt not decomposed is found by use of the oxalic acid solution. This 
 could be accomplished by adding the latter to Ihe hot Uauid in the beaker until the 
 color is just destroyed and noting the volume reguired for this; but it can be more ac- 
 curately done by adding at once 10 cubic centimeters of the oxalic acid, which destroys 
 all the color; then add, drop by drop, the permanganate until a trace of pink color just 
 reappears. Subtracting 10 cubic centimeters from the total volume of permanganate 
 used we have that I'equired for the organic matter. Each cubic centimeter so used 
 gives up .08 milligrams of oxygen, which is commonly referred to as "oxygen con- 
 sumed." The test is empirical and does not give absolute results. Many organic sub- 
 stances do not seem to be decomposed at all in this way. Urea is one of these and 
 many others suffer only partial decomposition. It has been observed, however, that 
 partially decomposed bodies react more strongly on it than do the substances from 
 which they were originally derived. Fresh white of egg in dilute solution has a much 
 less marked oxygen-consuming power than is shown after the solution begins to pu- 
 trify. This secalls some peculiarities of the albuminoid-ammonia reaction. 
 
 The test tells us nothing about the character of the organic matter which it indi- 
 cates, and does not distinguish between comparatively harmless vegetable contamina- 
 tions and more dangerous ones of animal origin. In fact, vegetable matters seem to 
 react very strongly with it, and, besides this, it is affected by nitrites, frequently pres- 
 ent in waters, as well as by organic matter. 
 
 Notwithstanding these weak points in the method, its results have considerable 
 value, especially when considered in connection with those of other tests, and it fre- 
 quently aids materially in forming an opinion about a doubtful sample. 
 
 With these explanations about methods of analysis, I pass now to a consideration 
 of the results obtained in the actual work. 
 
 LAKE MICHIGAN WATEB. CHICAGO. 
 
 The water supply of Chicago is taken from Lake Michigan by means of a tunnel 
 running two miles out from the shore Une. Nearly 100,000,000 gallons daily are pumped, 
 and work is now in progress on another tunnel, which is to be extended to a point four 
 miles from the shore. This will furnish a greatly increased supply. The general char- 
 acter of the water is shown by the following analysis made in my laboratory a few 
 years ago. The mineral constituents of the water are practically constant. In parts per 
 million, the results obtained were: 
 
 Calcium sulphate 5.30 
 
 Calcium carbonate 76.50 
 
 Magnesium carbonate 37.73 
 
 Ferrous carbonate 49 
 
 Potassium sulphate 4.85 
 
 Sodium chloride 3. 86 
 
 SiUoa 5.25 
 
 Alumina traces 
 
 Phosphates traces 
 
 Total mineral constituents 133.98 
 
Table I. ^ives the results obtained by the Weekly examinations made during the 
 summer. The water was taken from a laueet on the second floor of the building, No. 
 40 Dearborn street. Departures from the general average are unimportant, except on 
 October 2d. This is Explained by the fact that, owing to changes in the pumps and for 
 other causes, the shore inlet was freauently employed about that time. The entrance tO' 
 this inlet is about 1,200 feet from the present shore Une, and in comparatively shallow 
 water. When the lake is rough, foreign matter is easily washed into the pipes. The 
 practice of using this short tunnel, except in oases of grave necessity, can not be too 
 strongly condemned. 
 
 The total absence of nitrates and nitrites, the very low chlorine, free ammonia and 
 oxygen consumption are important features of this water. The albuminoid ammonia 
 seems to be no greater in water taken from the crib than in that from poin's several 
 miles further out. It is undoubtedly quite constant throughout Lake Michigan. 
 
 By comparison with results obtained by Mr. A. W. Smith in examinations of Lake 
 Erie water, at Cleveland, I observe several important differences in the two supplies, 
 which suggests an interesting field of inaulry. The proportion of organic matter in the 
 Lake Michigan water seems to be much less than that in Lake Erie. 
 
 Table L— Chicago. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 Be 
 
 p 01 
 
 so 
 
 cog 
 
 If 
 
 : ^' 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 9^ 
 
 • CO 
 
 CD 
 l> 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 
 e. 
 
 > 
 
 a 
 
 
 II 
 
 ■ a/ 
 
 : o 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 CDS3 b^ 
 
 ill 
 
 =^1 
 
 May 1 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 "■ 22 
 
 " 29 
 
 141.0 
 
 148.0 
 143.0 
 144.5 
 143.6 
 143.4 
 140.8 
 147.4 
 149.2 
 148.0 
 148.6 
 146.7 
 149.4 
 136.3 
 139.0 
 146.5 
 137.2 
 142.5 
 155.6 
 142.1 
 146.8 
 164.2 
 382.0 
 212.0 
 154.8 
 167.0 
 170.0 
 
 8.0 
 14.5 
 7.5 
 6.6 
 9.5 
 8.0 
 7.5 
 9.2 
 7.4 
 13.4 
 13.8 
 12.2 
 16.9 
 6.0 
 6.0 
 11.8 
 4.0 
 10.5 
 19.9 
 6.7 
 10.3 
 5.2 
 227.6 
 57.5 
 20.5 
 30.1 
 28.2 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 2.230 
 2.290 
 2.124 
 2.230 
 2.230 
 2.230 
 2.240 
 2.180 
 2.680 
 2.100 
 2.332 
 2.003 
 2.124 
 2.124 
 1.770 
 1.888 
 1.832 
 1.416 
 . 1.649 
 1.295 
 1,770 
 2.357 
 1.779 
 1.888 
 2.832 
 2,800 
 2.336 
 
 126.0 
 126.0 
 126.4 
 118.8 
 126.0 
 126.0 
 124.0 
 125,0 
 125.0 
 125.0 
 125.0 
 126.0 
 125,0 
 124,0 
 125.0 
 125.0 
 125.0 
 130,0 
 126,0 
 125,0 
 125,0 
 126,0 
 127,0 
 128,0 
 127,0 
 125,0 
 126.0 
 
 .006 
 .010 
 ,006 
 .004 
 .006 
 .004 
 .009 
 .010 
 .003 
 .002 
 .001 
 .008 
 .006 
 .002 
 .006 
 .010 
 .008 
 .010 
 .010 
 .006 
 .012 
 .008 
 .013 
 .007 
 .010 
 .010 
 .012 
 
 .064 
 .088 
 .083 
 .082 
 .087 
 .088 
 .093 
 .093 
 .092 
 .070 
 .098 
 .096 
 .094 
 .082 
 .088 
 .093 
 .094 
 .094 
 .095 
 .096 
 .100 
 .104 
 .184 
 .104 
 .094 
 .076 
 .070 
 
 1.44 
 1.20 
 1.52 
 1.48 
 1.12 
 1.52 
 1.40 
 1.28 
 1.12 
 1.12 
 1.28 
 1.56 
 1.52 
 1.44 
 1.36 
 1.44 
 1.52 
 1.52 
 1.44 
 1.62 
 1.20 
 1,44 
 4.32 
 1.84 
 1.44 
 1.60 
 1,60 
 
 SUghtly opalescent . . . 
 Clear '.'.'. 
 
 53.58 
 51.75 
 48.43 
 50.98 
 61.43 
 57.62 
 63.87 
 74.94 
 71.87 
 68.04 
 71.00 
 69.42 
 71.67 
 63.42 
 73.45 
 65.35 
 70.64 
 67.21 
 65.57 
 66.93 
 67.30 
 00.57 
 49.50 
 49.35 
 49.71 
 42.57 
 49.42 
 
 .72: 
 
 2.04 
 
 .80 
 
 .43 
 
 2.70 
 
 46 
 
 12 
 
 
 03 
 
 19 
 
 ' ' 
 
 00- 
 
 26 
 
 ' ' 
 
 24 
 
 July 3 
 •'^ 10 
 
 
 1 16 
 
 • • 
 
 ? '>A 
 
 17 
 
 • ' 
 
 00' 
 
 24 
 
 *' 
 
 29 
 
 31 
 
 " 
 
 1 04 
 
 Aug. 7 
 
 ■^ 14 
 
 21 
 
 " 
 
 1 W 
 
 Light floating matter. 
 Clear 
 
 .12 
 .68 
 
 28 
 
 Sept. 4 
 
 11 
 
 hlii^ht turbidity 
 
 Clear .■.'.'.■.■.'.■.■ 
 
 .01 
 .00 
 .17 
 
 18 
 
 
 .75 
 
 " 25 
 
 Oct. 2 
 
 9 
 
 16 
 
 Slight turbidity 
 
 Very turbi • 11! 
 
 Slight turbidity 
 
 Nt^arly clear 
 
 .06 
 .36 
 .70 
 36 
 
 23 
 " 30 
 
 Slightly turbid 
 
 1.33 
 
 ''ft 
 
 
 
 
 hMean.. 
 
 149.9 
 
 13.6 
 
 0.00 
 
 2.113 
 
 125.3 
 
 .007 
 
 .089 
 
 1,42 
 
 
 * From a number of points where meteorological observations are systematically 
 recorded, the data of temperature and precipitation (rain or snow) have been obtained. 
 In such cases these factors are added to the statement of Prof. Long's chemical deter- 
 minations, for the purpose of aiding their interpretation. They help to explain many of 
 the abnormal variations, due to Storm water as a local cause of pollution, and also the 
 variations in the rate of sewage oxidation as affected by temperature and dilution.— 
 J. H-. K. 
 
 + Omitting Oct. 2. 
 
The Illinois and Michigan Canal— Bridgeport to Joliet. 
 
 At Bridgeport about 50,000 cubic feet of water per minute is pumped from the soutlx 
 fork of the Chicago Biver to feed the llhnois and Michigan Canal. 
 
 This water, coming originally fi-om Jjake Michigan, is mixed on the way with a lar'ge 
 part of the city sewage and with the drainage from the stockyards. The sewage from the 
 city is comparatively dUute, and amounts to about 70,000,000 of gallons daily. I have no- 
 very certain data showing its composition at the outlets from the sewers, but during 
 the summer season it is doubtless in an advanced state of decomposition, as indicated 
 by partial tests which I made a few years ago in particular cases. 
 
 As regards the decomposition in the river itself, the data are almost as scanty. 
 Tests which I made of the water of the North Branch during April last have some 
 value in this ooimection. Seven samples were taken near Chicago avenue and analyzed, 
 with these results as regards free and albuminoid ammonia : 
 
 Per million. 
 
 Free. Alb. 
 
 1 4.45 2.50 
 
 2 6.15 1.85 
 
 3 5.40 2.26 
 
 4 6.30 3.30 
 
 5 6.20 3.46 
 
 6 6,80 3.27 
 
 7 6.20 2.87 
 
 Mean 5.79 2.79 
 
 Here we have a ratio of 2:1 between free and albuminoid ammonia. Farther north 
 in the stream tests made about the same time gave a relation of nearly 1:1. 
 
 At Bridgeport, in the tests made during May, the ratio of 5 :1 was usually observed, 
 indicating a larger amount of decomposition in the river itself. It is, perhaps, fair to 
 say that at all times important changes take place in the Chicago Biver, and that in th& 
 summer time many important decompositions are completed here. 
 
 The stockyards sewage has been a very important factor in making up the character 
 of the water leaving the Bridgeport pumps. In the summer of 1886 it amounted to 
 about 7,000,000 gallons daily, and gave then by several analyses in parts per 1,000,000 : 
 
 Free ammonia 42. 
 
 Albuminoid-ammonia 6.4 
 
 Oxygen consumed : 208. 
 
 Later tests show a great improvement in the character of this water, which is ex- 
 plained by the fact that it has been found commercially profitable to remove many of 
 the contaminating matters to use in fertiUzers, etc. 
 
 The water collected at Bridgeport was taken at a point 100 feet west of the pumps, 
 and from the center of the channel. During the period of collection the pumps -were in 
 continuous operation, discharging about 50,000 cubic feet, or about 370,000 gallons per 
 minute, or in the day about seven times the amount of sewage flowing into the river 
 from all sources. From the 13th to the 19th of September, inclusive, foiur only of the 
 eight pumps were in operation. Some of the effects of this are .shown by the tables. 
 
 The results of the analyses are given in Table II. It will be observed that these 
 \ analyses show pecuhar variations from week to week. Many of these variations can 
 not be accounted for as a number of imperfectly understood factors combine to make 
 up the character of the river from day to day. With a high lake level, for instance, less- 
 dirty water flows out from the sUps and a clearer mixture reaches the pumps. Sudden 
 changes can also be produced by a heavy rain washing out the sewers, or by passage- 
 of a large propel or in the river just before a sample was taken in the canal beyond. 
 Bach of these causes would agitate the water and bring a mass of filth in suspension. 
 
10 
 
 Table II.— Bridqepokt. 
 
 Date. 
 
 
 ^3 
 
 
 9.P 
 
 
 Phy-ieal Conditions, 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 Mean . 
 
 July 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 1099.0 
 4B0.0 
 580.0 
 
 428.1 
 
 505.5 
 474.8 
 464.9 
 347.5 
 367.0 
 406. S 
 946.4 
 486.5 
 347.5 
 754,9 
 420.3 
 373.0 
 323.5 
 341.2 
 344.7 
 336.8 
 447.0 
 583.4 
 530.0 
 345.0 
 321.0 
 341.0 
 415.2 
 499.0 
 386.8 
 
 467.0 
 115.1 
 
 28.5 
 
 76.7 
 
 147.0 
 75.1 
 
 132.0 
 62.3 
 
 155.2 
 84 
 
 510.5 
 
 109.7 
 84.5 
 
 144.5 
 72.5 
 49 
 50.4 
 65.0 
 
 109.6 
 65.5 
 99.0 
 
 184.2 
 
 204.2 
 93.0 
 78.1 
 58.3 
 83.6 
 
 182,7 
 
 157.5 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0,00 
 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0,00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 155.700 
 48,140 
 59.470 
 
 30.440 
 
 35.400 
 25.488 
 36.816 
 21.240 
 14.160 
 38.232 
 
 100.536 
 62.304 
 27.736 
 
 181.248 
 31.152 
 25.488 
 25.488 
 28.320 
 14.160 
 12,744 
 29.736 
 76.464 
 49.560 
 30.444 
 28.320 
 50.960 
 61.152 
 42.480 
 14.160 
 
 159.0 
 159.0 
 242.4 
 
 219.6 
 
 235.2 
 230.4 
 210.0 
 174.0 
 192,0 
 216,0 
 ^4.0 
 212.0 
 168,0 
 240.0 
 210.0 
 192.0 
 190.0 
 194.0 
 180.0 
 168.0 
 190.0 
 210.0 
 208.0 
 180.0 
 174.0 
 200.0 
 240,0 
 210,0 
 212.0 
 
 29.200 
 11.120 
 10.760 
 
 7.720 
 
 8.220 
 7.700 
 
 10.480 
 7.960 
 6.120 
 
 11.240 
 
 19.880 
 
 16,800 
 7.160 
 
 31.040 
 9.800 
 
 10.600 
 7.600 
 8,560 
 6,480 
 
 10,400 
 9,760 
 
 25.760 
 
 21.250 
 8.760 
 
 11.840 
 9.760 
 9.200 
 
 13.250 
 ' 920 
 
 2.520 
 
 22.720 
 
 ,009 
 ,960 
 ,920 
 ,720 
 ,200 
 640 
 760 
 04li:23 
 840 26 
 800 
 
 1889 
 Jan. 
 
 Feb. 
 
 Mar. 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 471.2 
 
 363.4 
 340.0 
 313.4 
 294.0 
 433.0 
 355.4 
 481.0 
 420.0 
 
 129.2 
 
 41 
 
 24. 
 
 17. 
 
 14. 
 
 23. 
 
 35.3 
 
 16. 
 
 32.'8 
 
 41.6 
 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0,00 
 0,00 
 0,00 
 
 46.811 
 
 49.655 
 92.580 
 35.450 
 52.038 
 59.118 
 117.528 
 39.648 
 56.640 
 63.720 
 
 201.3 
 
 12.253 
 
 9.560 
 
 11.520 
 
 6.000 
 
 3.520 
 
 3.080 
 
 17.380 
 
 6.760 
 
 12.720 
 
 9.760 
 
 Black and dirty; very bad odor. 
 
 Dark with offensive odor 
 
 Light colored sediment, odor 
 
 strong 
 
 Light colored sediment, order 
 
 strong 
 
 Dark, turbid ; strong odor 
 
 Clearer than usual; odor strong. 
 Black; strong odor 
 
 Clearer than usual; odo, strong. 
 
 Black; strong odor 
 
 Ver.v filthy 
 
 Black ; strong odor 
 
 Dark; strong odor 
 
 Dark; very Dad odor 
 
 Dark; turbid: strong odor 
 
 Nearly clear; strong odor 
 
 Turbid ; strong odor 
 
 Slightly turbid : strong odor . 
 Dark sediment; sfrong odor. 
 
 23.113 
 
 Opalescent; strong odor 
 
 Strong odor; turbid 
 
 Opalescent; strong odor 
 
 Very strong odor; dark colored. 
 
 Yery dirty; strong odor 
 
 Clearer than usual, less odor 
 than usual . 
 
 !.480 23. 
 1.840 
 
 376.6 
 
 27.2 
 
 0.00 62.934 
 
 8.925 
 
 2.806 
 
 N' yole'r: strong odor 
 Opaleso'nt; sli'htoflor 
 y clear: sUght odor 
 
 Upi 
 
 mi 
 
 Slight sed.; str'g odor 
 Opalescent ;_ strgod'r 
 
 26.502 
 
 As compared with the results obtained in 1886, these analyses show several remark- 
 able peculiarities. Of course no fair conclusion can be drawn from single tests, but the 
 averages undoubtedly give us a good basis for comparison. We have here, in parts per 
 milUon, for the summer tests. 
 
 Free ammonia 12.253 
 
 Alb. ammonia 2.558 
 
 Oxygen consumed 23.113 
 
 which gives 4.8:1 as the ratio of free to albuminoid ammonia. 
 In 1886 the results obtained gave 
 
 Free ammonia 17.44 
 
 Albuminoid-ammonia 1.195 
 
 Oxygen consumed 20.580 
 
 ■with 14.6:1 as the latio of free to albuminoid ammonia. Taking into consideration the 
 Irregularities in the tests of 1886, it is probable that a ratio of 10:1 is fairer than that 
 •deduced f r om tho averages for the whole season. Even with this correction there still 
 remains a isyi"M. difference in the result of the two seasons. But after what has been 
 said above I think it is not necessary to look far for an explanation of this. 
 
11 
 
 I have shown in a former report that the rate of sewage oxidation— using this term 
 in its broad sense— depends Tery largely on temperature, being most rapid in warm 
 weather. An instructive confirmation of the views advanced then is furnished by 
 the cold weather tests ta,bulated above. 
 
 Here we have the ratio of free to albuminoid ammonia nearly 3 ;1 with increased oxygen 
 consumption and greatly diminished suspended matter. The marked increase in albumi- 
 noid ammonia can not, therefore be charged to this. 
 
 It will be remembered that the summe r of 1886 was unusually warm and dry, so warm that 
 vastly greater amount of decomposition took place in the Chicago river itself, as shown 
 by repeated observations of the South Branch, than was the case during ;he summer of 
 1888. The escape of gaseous products of decomposition was very marked in 1886 in the 
 vicinity of Archer Avenue bridge, and everything indicated that the sewage reached the 
 pumps in a more advanced stage of decomposition than during the period of the obser- 
 vations covered by this report. 
 
 While the summer of 1886 was unusually warm and the conditions for putrefactive 
 changes most favorable, it must also be said that the winter of 1889 has been unusually 
 mild, so that we do not obtain an exaggerated view of the effects of temperature changes 
 by comparison. In a colder season the ratio of free to albuminoid ammonia would 
 doubtless be less than 3:1. 
 
 LOCKPOBT. 
 
 The next tests were made at Lockport, 29 miles below Bridgeport. There is no 
 dilution on the way except by rain. The results of the analyses are given in table III. 
 
 Table III.— Lockpoet. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 E 
 
 CO 
 
 & 
 
 CD 
 
 B c 
 . ^ 
 
 ^1 
 1° 
 
 : 5' 
 
 o 
 tf 
 o 
 
 S" 
 
 CD 
 
 il 
 
 • en 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 B. 
 
 > 
 
 >- 
 B 
 B 
 
 o 
 a 
 
 ■ a 
 
 ■ ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8J 
 
 p 
 
 
 Ma^ 
 
 3 
 
 ,538.0 
 
 41.0 
 
 o.oo 
 
 77.800 
 
 279.0 
 
 15.700 
 
 3,30 
 
 '25,12 
 
 III 
 
 608.5 
 
 242.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 21.240 
 
 183.0 
 
 8.480 
 
 2,72 
 
 24.64 
 
 " 
 
 17 
 
 692.0 
 
 107.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 69.920 
 
 2,57.2 
 
 12.80(1 
 
 1,56 
 
 15,92 
 
 " 
 
 S4 
 
 468.4 
 
 ,56.9 
 
 0.00 
 
 35.400 
 
 260.4 
 
 6.380 
 
 1,68 
 
 17.44 
 
 ' ' 
 
 31 
 
 699.0 
 
 80.6 
 
 0.00 
 
 121.770 
 
 268,8 
 
 17.3"0 
 
 2.24 
 
 22.56 
 
 June 
 
 7 
 
 428.1 
 
 64.5 
 
 0.00 
 
 22.650 
 
 228.0 
 
 10.120 
 
 1.76 
 
 17.24 
 
 »• 
 
 14 
 
 387.1 
 
 58.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 25.490 
 
 213.0 
 
 11.400 
 
 1„56 
 
 12.12 
 
 ' ' 
 
 21 
 
 322.9 
 
 46.5 
 
 0.00 
 
 28.320 
 
 192,0 
 
 7.2411 
 
 1.72 
 
 15.76 
 
 " 
 
 a? 
 
 Si1.9 
 
 47.0 
 
 11.00 
 
 35.400 
 
 200. 
 
 10.5110 
 
 1,70 
 
 16.00 
 
 July 
 
 19 
 
 346.7 
 
 38.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 59.472 
 
 215.0 
 
 11.000 
 
 1.80 
 
 18.56 
 
 
 26 
 
 342.5 
 
 46.7 
 
 0.00 
 
 32.922 
 
 168.0 
 
 11.040 
 
 1 IS 
 
 15.36 
 
 Aug. 
 
 3 
 
 4X9.5 
 
 171.4 
 
 0.00 
 
 28.320 
 
 216.0 
 
 15.040 
 
 2.02 
 
 22.40 
 
 
 9 
 
 386.4 
 
 48.8 
 
 0.00 
 
 32.568 
 
 204.0 
 
 10.760 
 
 3.56 
 
 13.64 
 
 " 
 
 16 
 
 312.4 
 
 31.2 
 
 0.00 
 
 12.744 
 
 188.0 
 
 6.920 
 
 1.90 
 
 14.72 
 
 " 
 
 23 
 
 330.5 
 
 32.5 
 
 0.00 
 
 12.704 
 
 180.0 
 
 6.640 
 
 1.68 
 
 15.28 
 
 ■■ 
 
 ,30 
 
 390.0 
 
 45.4 
 
 0.00 
 
 58.410 
 
 190.0 
 
 9,840 
 
 1,,52 
 
 18.56 
 
 Sept. 
 
 13 
 
 348.8 
 
 30.8 
 
 0.00 
 
 15.576 
 
 16S.0 
 
 9,760 
 
 1.80 
 
 15,20 
 
 * ' 
 
 1.5 
 
 423.0 
 
 39.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 49.560 
 
 180.0 
 
 11.760 
 
 2.30 
 
 12,48 
 
 " 
 
 2(1 
 
 607.0 
 
 143.4 
 
 0.00 
 
 87.792 
 
 250.0 
 
 19.040 
 
 2,06 
 
 10.72 
 
 ' ' 
 
 27 
 
 338.8 
 
 67.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 33.984 
 
 166 
 
 S 800 
 
 2,60 
 
 13.44 
 
 Oct. 
 
 12 
 
 395.4 
 
 ,57.1 
 
 0.00 
 
 59.470 
 
 182.0 
 
 9.440 
 
 1.86 
 
 19.60 
 
 " 
 
 18 
 
 373.6 
 
 65.8 
 
 0.00 
 
 50.965 
 
 216.0 
 
 10,960 
 
 2.28 
 
 8.80 
 
 ' ' 
 
 ■■& 
 
 384.0 
 
 63.8 
 
 0.00 
 
 99.008 
 
 190,0 
 
 8,88(1 
 
 1.48 
 
 6.88 
 
 ' ' 
 
 30 
 n... 
 
 405.0 
 
 61. 1 
 
 0.00 
 
 35.400 
 
 192,0 
 
 11,. 381 
 
 1.54 
 
 17.28 
 
 Mea 
 
 431.2 
 
 69.8 
 
 0.00 
 
 46.120 
 
 207,710.882 
 
 1,99 
 
 16,23 
 
 188S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Jan. 
 
 14 
 
 38,5.4 
 
 24.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 67.2601 
 
 8.580 
 
 2,585 
 
 26,72 
 
 ' ' 
 
 21 
 
 544.0 
 
 
 0.00 
 
 73.632 
 
 9.228 
 
 2.520 
 
 23,04 
 
 * ' 
 
 28 
 
 388.4 
 
 19.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 48.852: 
 
 6.040 
 
 3,080 
 
 17.56 
 
 Feb. 
 
 4 
 
 419.0 
 
 41.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 52.000' 
 
 5.300 
 
 1.960 
 
 19.68 
 
 " 
 
 11 
 
 .360.0 
 
 15.2 
 
 0.00 
 
 40.710 
 
 
 6,. 512 
 
 1.960 
 
 21.76 
 
 ** 
 
 IH 
 
 292.0 
 
 13.1 
 
 0.00 
 
 43.542 
 
 
 9.120 
 
 2.010 
 
 20,48 
 
 *• 
 
 2.5 
 
 466.0 
 
 30.0 
 
 0.00 
 
 65.950 
 
 
 11.015 
 
 3.400 
 
 29.28 
 
 Mar. 
 
 4 
 n.. 
 
 416.4 
 
 54.9 
 
 0.00 
 
 56.720 
 
 
 9.400 
 
 2.440 
 
 24.08 
 
 Mea 
 
 408.6 
 
 24.6 
 
 u.oo 
 
 56,083 
 
 
 8,149 
 
 2.489 
 
 22.82 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Tery turbid; strong odor 
 
 Light brown; odor plain 
 
 Milky turbidity; odor strong 
 
 Dark and turbid; bad odor 
 
 Light colored sediment; strong 
 
 odor 
 
 Dark colored; bad odor 
 
 Dark; strong odor 
 
 Light colored sediment; strong 
 
 odor 
 
 Brownish; odor not slrong 
 
 Light colored; odor strong 
 
 Light colored sediment; strong 
 odor 
 
 Light colored sediment; strong 
 odor 
 
 Light colored sediment; strong 
 odor 
 
 Dark sediment; strong odor 
 
 Opalescent; strong odor 
 
 Dark sediment ; strong odor 
 
 (Jpalescent ; strong odor. 
 
 Turbid ; strong odor 
 
 Opalescent; strong odor 
 
 Turbid; strong odor 
 
 Opalescent; strong odor 
 
 Turbid; .strong odor 
 
 Opalescent ; strong odor 
 
 Opalescent; slight odor 
 
 Nearly clear; marked odor 
 
 Opalescent; strong odor 
 
 Opalescent; shght odor 
 
12 
 
 The mean values for the summer tests as eomjiared with those obtained for Bridge- 
 port show a moderate loss of organic matter but much less than in 1886. This oan, doubt- 
 less, be explained in two ways. Because of the lower temperature the change was less 
 rapid, and I beUeve it also true that at Bridgeport the water was not yet in a condi- 
 tionito yield its maximum of decomposition products. ConseQuently changes took place 
 in the level between Bridgeport and Loekport, which in the former season took place in 
 the Chicago river. 
 
 It will be observed that very much less sediment is found at Loekport than at 
 Bridgeport during this period, and it may be urged that most of the improvement can 
 be traced to this, but on several dates the sediment at Loekport was high while at the 
 same time no corresponding increase of albuminoid ammonia or oxygen consumption is 
 apparent. 
 
 The winter tests are instructive in this connection. The amount of suspended mat- 
 ter is small while a marked increase in albuminoid ammonia and oxygen consumption 
 can be seen, as compared with the summer condition. Compared with Bridgeport the 
 winter tests show but little improvement. Indeed, there is at times an apparent increase 
 in organic matter. 
 
 The theory of retarded rate of oxidation by colder weather affords the best expla- 
 nation of these peculiarities. ' , 
 
 At JoUet two series of tests were made. The samples for the first test were taken 
 at Lock S, those for Ihe second below dam No. 2. Some distance above the point where 
 the iirst samples were taken the canal unites with, the Desplaines river, but so little 
 water came down the stream during most of the season that its diluting effect may be 
 left out of consideration. 
 
 The analyses of the JoUet samples are given in tables IV. and V. 
 
 In the lour miles between Loekport and dam No. 2, the redue ion is quite apparen'. 
 It must also be remembered that the sewage of the state prison enters above this 
 , point, and practically in an unchanged condition as it flows through a closed sewer. 
 The nature of this sewage is such as to largely increase, at times, the chlorides, as it 
 contains salt and other chlorine compounds produced by processes in operation in the 
 pri on ^ops. 
 
 These compounds undoubtedly assist in retarding oxidation in the sewage which 
 they accompany, so that it is discharged in a comparatively fresh condition into the canal. 
 
 A part of the drainage from Joliet itself enters the canal above the point where the 
 samples were taken. 
 
 Table IV.— Joliet (Uppee.) 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 3| 
 
 nW 
 
 td 
 
 fe 
 
 -.9. 
 
 P s 
 
 
 c 
 
 3S 
 
 Or- 
 
 CD 
 
 ■ 
 
 Q.P 
 
 |> 
 
 tt* 
 
 ■^A 
 
 " '11 
 
 R 
 
 5 
 
 ^p 
 
 ■ -J: 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 p 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 ' 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 *May 
 
 June 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 589 
 5U4.8 
 387.5 
 422.2 
 
 433.0 
 403.6 
 
 374.0 
 
 419.8 
 
 441.7 
 
 97.0 
 
 158.0 
 
 48.5 
 
 66.9 
 
 82.5 
 70.7 
 
 142.0 
 
 94.0 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 O.Oll 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 
 59.47 
 51.89 
 19.03 
 36.86 
 
 57.00 
 24.78 
 
 28.32 
 
 35.40 
 
 39.09 
 
 276.0 
 263.0 
 261.0 
 258.0 
 
 262.8 
 239.0 
 
 210.0 
 
 234.0 
 
 249.9 
 
 15.870 
 8.560 
 3.987 
 3.470 
 
 8.320 
 4.970 
 
 6.400 
 
 8.040 
 
 7.452 
 
 4.250 
 
 1.840 
 
 1.137 
 
 .940 
 
 .930 
 .910 
 
 1.790 
 
 1.540 
 
 1.667 
 
 30.00 
 25.70 
 13.92 
 14.24 
 
 13.76 
 13.92 
 
 14.08 
 
 16.70 
 
 Turbid; sti'ong odor 
 
 Light turbidity; odor plain 
 
 Light brown; odor distinct 
 
 Light colored sediment; odor 
 
 bad 
 
 Turbid 
 
 Slightly turbid ; yellowish; strong 
 
 odor 
 
 Slightly turbid ; yellowish ; strong 
 
 odor 
 
 Light colored sediment; strong 
 
 odor 
 
13 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table V.— Joliet (Dam 2.) 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 £. 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 03 
 
 M 00 
 
 h 
 
 g.TO 
 
 9 
 
 o 
 
 B' 
 
 PC 
 ■ m 
 
 1^ 
 
 B 
 B 
 
 O 
 
 B. 
 
 8= 
 
 B 
 B 
 
 O 
 
 B. 
 
 it 
 
 p 
 
 ■ o 
 
 : o 
 
 • 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 *May 3 
 
 " 10 
 
 17 
 
 " 24 
 
 694.0 
 559.5 
 414.0 
 441.0 
 447.4 
 413.6 
 
 395.4 
 
 436.3 
 385.2 
 395.5 
 
 569.9 
 466.4 
 381.2 
 842.0 
 404.2 
 
 345.5 
 331.5 
 376.2 
 853.0 
 370.4 
 382.0 
 562.0 
 327.0 
 374.4 
 515.2 
 438.0 
 
 156.0 
 121.0 
 46.5 
 56.4 
 84.5 
 61.1 
 
 96.9 
 
 159.4 
 
 131.2 
 
 87.6 
 
 172.0 
 103.7 
 
 82.8 
 505.2 
 
 85.0 
 
 .56.3 
 126.5 
 52.8 
 43.5 
 53.5 
 56.9 
 96.0 
 63.6 
 84.1 
 136.1 
 87.9 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 o!oo 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 60.200 
 48.140 
 23.010 
 28.320 
 55.990 
 25.381 
 
 27.720 
 
 34.970 
 48.334 
 39.710 
 
 91.234 
 58.066 
 12.733 
 63.720 
 46.253 
 
 33.630 
 36.816 
 41.100 
 38.940 
 38.586 
 51.684 
 35.400 
 40.700 
 36.728 
 63.720 
 54.056 
 
 263.3 
 262.0 
 276.0 
 262.0 
 280.0 
 340.0 
 
 218.0 
 
 220.0 
 208.0 
 212.0 
 
 246.0 
 246.0 
 198.0 
 218.0 
 226,0 
 
 192.0 
 168.0 
 198.0 
 176.0 
 186.0 
 179.0 
 220.0 
 170.0 
 180.0 
 185.9 
 230.0 
 
 14.480 
 7.900 
 3.925 
 3.630 
 8.300 
 6.300 
 
 6.600 
 
 7.360 
 8.960 
 9.100 
 
 20.800 
 12.720 
 
 8.830 
 13.720 
 
 6.240 
 
 6.200 
 5.740 
 3.100 
 
 10.820 
 
 10.004 
 7.360 
 
 14.280 
 6.080 
 
 10.010 
 9.760 
 
 10.120 
 
 3.300 
 2.000 
 .88? 
 .920 
 .985 
 .950 
 
 1.480 
 
 1.020 
 1.470 
 2.100 
 
 2.080 
 1.540 
 1.030 
 3.000 
 1.860 
 
 .920 
 1.520 
 1.388 
 2.060 
 1.460 
 1.900 
 2.080 
 1.880 
 2.660 
 2.040 
 1.200 
 
 25.200 
 23.040 
 14.640 
 11.680 
 12.520 
 13.280 
 
 13.120 
 
 12.800 
 15.440 
 12.880 
 
 18.240 
 14.000 
 13.600 
 21.200 
 9.760 
 
 11.680 
 13.696 
 11.840 
 13.920 
 10.000 
 6.840 
 11.520 
 13.280 
 17.440 
 19.040 
 11.280 
 
 
 Light oolor'dsedim'nt; odor plain 
 
 " 31 
 
 Turbid 
 
 June 7 
 14 
 
 Shghtly turbid; yellowish; stirong 
 
 odor- 
 
 Slightly turbid; yellowish; strong 
 
 " 21 
 
 " 28 
 
 July 5 
 
 12 
 19 
 
 Light sediment, stro g odor .... 
 
 Very turbid; odor- strong 
 
 Brownish: sUghtly turbid; odor 
 
 perceptible 
 
 Turbid; strong oior 
 
 26 
 
 .« .t( (( 
 
 Aug. 2 
 ■^ 9 
 
 16 
 " 23 
 " 30 
 
 
 Light colored sediment; odor 
 
 perceptible 
 
 SUght turbidity; odor plain 
 
 Light colored sediment ; bad odor 
 Opalescent ; strong odei' 
 
 Sept. 6 
 
 
 13 
 
 t C tl (< 
 
 15 
 20 
 27 
 
 Slight turbidity ; bad odor 
 
 Dark sediment: bad ooor 
 
 Oct. 5 
 " 11 
 
 25 
 
 Sughtly turbid; not much odor.. 
 Turbid 
 
 
 
 Mean . 
 
 1889. 
 
 Jan. 14 
 
 442.7 
 
 436.2 
 516.0 
 500.2 
 426.4 
 397.0 
 436.0 
 390.0 
 361.0 
 
 107.9 
 
 37.0 
 100.0 
 46.5 
 35.9 
 36.8 
 43.6 
 95.4 
 49.2 
 
 0.00 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0,00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 43.658 
 
 60.181 
 53.464 
 65.898 
 67.260 
 60.180 
 85.688 
 35.450 
 33.630 
 
 ',216.8 
 
 8.932 
 
 7.840 
 7.980 
 8.186 
 9.920 
 9.900 
 11.300 
 6.000 
 6.780 
 
 1.681 
 
 2.680 
 
 2.480 
 
 3.08 
 
 2.600 
 
 2.28 
 
 3.900 
 
 2.20 
 
 2.11 
 
 14.301 
 
 24.600 
 
 19.440 
 
 19.680 
 
 18.32 
 
 23.20 
 
 23.76 
 
 25.216 
 
 19.52 
 
 Opalescent; strong odor 
 
 21 
 
 
 28 
 
 << • < It 
 
 Peb. 4 
 
 (. < . . ( 
 
 11 
 
 (( (( I < 
 
 18 
 
 (( < < (< 
 
 Mar. 4 
 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 432.8 
 
 55.5 
 
 0.00 
 
 67.717 
 
 
 8.488 
 
 2.666 
 
 21.717 
 
 
 Comparing the summer and winter tests of the above tables it is apparent that the 
 indications for organic matter are much stronger during the cold season. 
 
 * Table of mean temperature and precipitation at JoUet for May, June, July, August, 
 September, October, A. D., 1888, with dates of days on which rain fell.— Miss Anna Nash, 
 Observer. 
 
 Months. 
 
 Temperature 
 Deg. Fahr. 
 
 Eainfall— 
 Inches. 
 
 Dates on which it rained. 
 
 May 
 
 56. 
 
 68.7 
 
 72.4 
 
 66.5 
 
 58, 
 
 43.3 
 
 8,50 
 1.70 
 
 .70 
 6.00 
 
 .90 
 3.30 
 
 3,7,8,11,16,23,24,26,27,28,30,31 
 
 
 17,23,28 
 
 
 8,9 
 
 August 
 
 1,3,15,31 
 
 
 16,17 
 
 October 
 
 5 15, 18 
 
 
 
 Total 
 
 
 21.10 
 
 
 
 
 
 The difference in the determinations at Lockport, on May 3d and Joliet is owing to 
 the fact that the samples at Lockport were collected in the morning, but those at Joliet 
 in the afternoon; during this interval there was a very heavy rainfall.— J. H. E. 
 
14 
 
 Unfortunately tliere are many irregularities in the summer analyses wMch render 
 the drawing of satisfactory conclusions very dlffloult. Heavy rainfalls durinsj May and 
 June diluted the water so as to apparently decrease the chlorides, free and albuminoid 
 ammonia. The addition of Joliet drainage and manufacturing waste Ukewise oompKr 
 cates our prohlem, because the amount so added is not well enough known to be 
 brought into calculation. 
 
 The increase in suspended matter over the amount found at Lockport needs some 
 explanation here. The samples reported in Table T, were taken below the dam, where 
 a great deal of sediment was brought into circulation by the force of the falUng water. 
 Most of this matter is apparently of mineral origin and heavy, as it settles soon. The 
 indications of the last column freciuently contradict the numbers given in the record, as 
 a Ught degree of turbidity may be occasioned by a comparatively heavy sediment, and 
 vice versa. The waters called opalescent hold very finely divided matter in suspension. 
 
 Taking all these points into consideration, it is plain that during the summer there 
 was a moderate degree of oxidation between Lockport and the Joliet dam, and that 
 during the winter the improvement by oxidation was practically zero. In fact, the al- 
 buminoid ammonia tests show, apparently, an increase during the winter at the lower 
 point. I shall refer to this below. 
 
 r The Illinois Eia^er and Its Tributaries. 
 
 Between Joliet and Morris, where the ilrst Illinois river sample was taken, the water 
 of the canal mixes with that of the Kankakee and DuPage. Samples taken from the 
 Kankakee at Wilmington, and from the DuPage, near Channahon, show the general 
 character of these waters. Many of the samples received from Channahon were taken too 
 near the m^uth of the river, and were' contaminated with canal water. Those sent after 
 August 3d were taken haU a mile up stream, and show its true condition. The analyses 
 are given in Table VI. 
 
 Table VI.— Channahon (DuPage Eiver.) 
 
 Date. 
 
 1^ 
 o 
 
 CD 
 
 i 
 
 w OB 
 
 || 
 ■ o 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 S' 
 
 9^ 
 
 . m 
 
 : ^ 
 
 hi 
 
 CD 
 
 a 
 >■ 
 
 s 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 i 
 
 P.p 
 : o 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Majr 
 June 
 
 4 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 25 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 22 
 
 29 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 20 
 27 
 . 3 
 10 
 17 
 24 
 31 
 
 7 
 
 U 
 
 21 
 
 n . 
 
 347.5 
 353.0 
 322.9 
 372.8 
 322.5 
 321.2 
 
 345.8 
 
 318.8 
 
 305.0 
 
 418.4 
 
 317.0 
 354.9 
 389.0 
 304.9 
 306.5 
 281.2 
 260.1 
 284.1 
 
 308.0 
 
 308.0 
 
 325.0 
 
 26.0 
 24.0 
 16.0 
 62.3 
 31.7 
 18.6 
 
 13.7 
 
 18.6 
 
 23.9 
 
 11.7 
 
 17.3 
 11.0 
 10.5 
 7.2 
 13.6 
 17.8 
 14.1 
 11.6 
 
 12.2 
 
 14.6 
 
 15.6 
 
 .166 
 .882 
 .315 
 .441 
 1.764 
 .867 
 
 .252 
 
 trace 
 
 .693 
 
 .315 
 
 1.260 
 trace 
 
 .240 
 trace 
 trace 
 
 .766 
 trace 
 
 .200 
 
 1.197 
 trace 
 
 31.160 
 8.250 
 
 11.920 
 8.600 
 7.788 
 7.080 
 
 19.116 
 
 34.196 
 
 37.520 
 
 56.640 
 
 9.204 
 45.782 
 46.720 
 45.428 
 8.142 
 1.632 
 5.664 
 6.726 
 
 5.426 
 
 6.761 
 
 6.260 
 
 252.0 
 249.0 
 260,2 
 276.0 
 240.0 
 230.0 
 
 206.0 
 
 226.0 
 
 222.0 
 
 216.0 
 
 236.0 
 218.0 
 218.0 
 184.0 
 260.0 
 220.0 
 220.0 
 260.0 
 
 254.0 
 
 240,0 
 
 270.0 
 
 4.700 
 .689 
 
 1.271 
 .306 
 .534 
 .405 
 
 1.596 
 
 4.230 
 
 4.870 
 
 9.680 
 
 ,670 
 
 7.180 
 
 6.020 
 
 7.520 
 
 .920 
 
 .400 
 
 .370 
 
 .780 
 
 .142 
 
 .134 
 
 .176 
 
 .926 
 .396 
 .394 
 ,614 
 .426 
 .469 
 
 .402 
 
 .600 
 
 .600 
 
 .605 
 
 .360 
 .770 
 .465 
 .540 
 .620 
 .360 
 .330 
 .420 
 
 .234 
 
 .290 
 
 .266 
 
 8.000 
 7.440 
 7.600 
 8.640 
 9.680 
 6,560 
 
 8,480 
 
 6,480 
 
 6.080 
 
 6.160 
 
 5,200 
 7,120 
 7.360 
 4.900 
 4.320 
 5.360 
 4.800 
 5.120 
 
 6.200 
 
 4.400 
 
 4,000 
 
 Slightly colored; clear: odorless. 
 
 Nearly colorless ; odorless 
 
 Colorless; slight earthy odor.... 
 
 Ye lowish; earthy odor x. . . . 
 
 Nearly clear ; bad odor 
 
 Slightly turbid; yellowish; earthy 
 odor 
 
 
 Shghtly turbid; yellowish; eai-thy 
 
 July 
 
 Nearly clear; yellowish; earthy 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear; yellowish; earthy 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear; yellowish; earthy 
 odor 
 
 .. 
 
 Slightly opalescent: earthy odor 
 Clear, yellow ; oderless 
 
 Aup. 
 
 Nearly clear ; earthy odor 
 
 Opalescent yellow; earlhy odor. 
 Opalesoent;colorless;earthv odor 
 Opa,l_escent; yellow; earthy odor. 
 
 Slight opalescence; colorless; 
 earthy odor 
 
 Sept. 
 
 SUght opalescence; colorless; 
 earthy odor 
 
 
 SUght opalescence; colorless; 
 earthy odor 
 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 *Mea 
 
 294.7 
 
 14.1 
 
 .307 
 
 6.786 
 
 244.8 
 
 .417 
 
 .346 
 
 4.743 
 
 
 Mean for last 7. 
 
15 
 
 Table TII.— Wilmington (Kankakee Biver.)* 
 
 
 
 1, 
 
 
 
 
 
 1=1 
 
 CD 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 Date. 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 to P 
 
 ; 5' 
 
 a 
 
 OS 
 
 '• 05 
 
 s 
 
 
 O 
 g 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 
 g 
 5' 
 
 - O 
 
 : o 
 
 : ^ 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 May 
 
 4 
 
 230.3 
 
 11.0 
 
 .060 
 
 1.180 
 
 165.6 
 
 .125 
 
 .660 
 
 11.600 
 
 Greenish color ; clear; odorless.. 
 
 ' 
 
 11 
 
 244.5 
 
 15.0 
 
 .151 
 
 1.270 
 
 172.2 
 
 .103 
 
 .620 
 
 14.400 
 
 Yellowish, clear; odorless 
 
 ' ' 
 
 18 
 
 269.0 
 
 16.0 
 
 .060 
 
 1.530 
 
 213.6 
 
 .076 
 
 .690 
 
 14.880 
 
 
 * * 
 
 25 
 
 246.6 
 
 12.2 
 
 
 1.160 
 
 196.8 
 
 .044 
 
 .460 
 
 13.049 
 
 Slightly colored; earthy ordor ... 
 
 June 
 
 1 
 
 422.2 
 
 274.0 
 
 1.323 
 
 1.180 
 
 141.6 
 
 .100 
 
 .784 
 
 19.520 
 
 Muddy, odorless, nearly clear... 
 
 ' * 
 
 8 
 
 251.4 
 
 20.7 
 
 
 1.065 
 
 140.0 
 
 .(193 
 
 .m 
 
 15.200 
 
 Yel owish; earthy odor; nearly ot 
 Yellowish, earthy odor, shgntly 
 
 ' ' 
 
 15 
 
 253.0 
 
 16.2 
 
 trace 
 
 .708 
 
 
 .077 
 
 .710 
 
 12.320 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 turbid 
 
 ' ' 
 
 22 
 
 271.4 
 
 19.2 
 
 
 1.T70 
 
 218.0 
 
 .088 
 
 .702 
 
 15,480 
 
 Yellowish, odorless 
 
 July 
 
 (j 
 
 211.7 
 
 29.5 
 
 trace 
 
 1.062 
 
 146.0 
 
 .090 
 
 .448 
 
 11.120 
 
 Opalescent, yellowish, earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 Yellowish, orless, nearly clear. 
 
 " 
 
 '13 
 
 223.2 
 
 42.3 
 
 .189 
 
 2.584 
 
 138,0 
 
 .087 
 
 .480 
 
 14,329 
 
 ' * 
 
 2? 
 3 
 
 212.5 
 226.4 
 
 13.4 
 10.2 
 
 trace 
 
 .354 
 .708 
 
 194.0 
 174.0 
 
 .104 
 
 .084 
 
 .496 
 .586 
 
 14.160 
 13,200 
 
 Yellow, earthy odor 
 
 Au^. 
 
 Clear, yellow, earthy odor 
 
 Slight cloudiness, yellowish 
 
 ' * 
 
 10 
 
 205.0 
 
 22.0 
 
 
 1.062 
 
 160.0 
 
 .230 
 
 .584 
 
 8.480 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 earthy odor 
 
 ' * 
 
 17 
 
 206.2 
 
 14.0 
 
 
 .354 
 
 144.0 
 
 .112 
 
 .630 
 
 13,020 
 
 Opalsoent, yellow, odorless 
 
 " 
 
 24 
 
 216.4 
 
 18.5 
 
 
 .354 
 
 148.0 
 
 .094 
 
 .582 
 
 9.280 
 
 Opalscent, yellow, slight earthy 
 odor 
 
 Opalsoent, yellow, slight earthy 
 odor 
 
 Opalsoent, yellow, sUght earthy 
 odor 
 
 Opalescent, yellowish, odorless.. 
 
 " 
 
 31 
 
 241.3 
 
 27.8 
 
 
 .354 
 
 182.0 
 
 .098 
 
 .378 
 
 12.000 
 
 Sept. 
 
 7 
 
 269.2 
 
 32.4 
 
 
 .944 
 
 188.0 
 
 .086 
 
 .730 
 
 10.120 
 
 " 
 
 14 
 
 304.0 
 
 47.7 
 
 
 .460 
 
 190.0 
 
 .214 
 
 .600 
 
 10.400 
 
 " 
 
 21 
 n.. 
 
 273.0 
 
 34.2 
 
 
 1.175 
 
 206.0 
 
 .272 
 
 .494 
 
 8.000 
 
 *' " " 
 
 Mea 
 
 251.4 
 
 35.6 
 
 .094 
 
 1.015 
 
 164.1 
 
 .114 
 
 .585 
 
 12.661 
 
 
 The flow during the latter part of the season was very small, however, and its effect 
 in forming the character of the lUinois river must be considered as insignificant. With the 
 Kankakee the case is different. The flow here is considerabie, and the character of the 
 water important. From Table Til. it will be seen that the amount of organic matter 
 in this water, as indicated by albuminoid ammonia and oxygen consumption, Is atiite 
 large, and although it is undoubtedly chiefly of vegetable origin, its effect must not be 
 lost sight of. The Illinois water at Morris is practically made up of Kankakee river 
 water and canal water, and it is important to know how one is modifled by the other. 
 
 * Eainfall at Watseka, on one of the tributaries of the Kankakee, taken by Henry 
 Upsall. May, 4.96: June, 4.43: July, 2.49: August, 0.61: September, 0.50; October, 3.36. 
 Total, in inches, 16.35.— J. H. B. 
 
16 
 
 Table YIII.— Mobbis. 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 So 
 
 ^3 
 
 IP p 
 
 O 
 P* 
 
 OP 
 
 "■9 
 
 PM 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 July 
 
 Aug. 
 Sept. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 23 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 1889 
 Jan. 
 
 Peb. 
 
 Mar. 
 
 Mean .. 
 
 440.5 
 407.0 
 386.7 
 387.5 
 303.0 
 364.9 
 
 359.5 
 
 318.5 
 
 287.9 
 
 287.7 
 313.0 
 340.1 
 441.6 
 330.5 
 376.0 
 
 433.0 
 372.4 
 282.0 
 370.0 
 343.0 
 273.4 
 360.0 
 
 355. 8 
 408.6 
 
 40.0 
 28.5 
 18.5 
 29.2 
 53.0 
 18.7 
 
 27.4 
 
 23.0 
 
 49.7 
 
 18.5 
 38.7 
 36.5 
 120.0 
 24.5 
 32.5 
 
 17.8 
 9.0 
 3.9 
 6.4 
 
 U.5 
 6.5 
 
 22.5 
 
 60.3 
 43.8 
 
 .000 
 .000 
 
 2.457 
 
 1.008 
 
 trace 
 
 .250 
 
 trace 
 
 trace 
 
 .504 
 
 .378 
 
 .180 
 
 4.032 
 
 trace 
 
 trace 
 trace 
 
 32.400 
 21.240 
 21.830 
 23.010 
 3.540 
 24.280 
 
 27.416 
 
 25.346 
 
 7.682 
 
 12.956 
 16.496 
 31.622 
 14.200 
 39.407 
 33.984 
 
 49.206 
 48.852 
 34.691 
 47.082 
 56.640 
 38.740 
 56.990 
 
 54.600 
 44.375 
 
 244.8 
 241.2 
 255.6 
 272.4 
 213.6 
 220.0 
 
 252.0 
 
 226.0 
 
 222.0 
 
 174.0 
 188.0 
 202.0 
 206.0 
 190.0 
 210.0 
 
 250.0 
 188.0 
 180.0 
 192.0 
 222.0 
 182.0 
 210.0 
 
 204.0 
 210.0 
 
 7.91 
 3.54 
 1.924 
 .338 
 .400 
 3.450 
 
 5.420 
 
 3.305 
 
 .995 
 
 3.i 
 
 2.750 
 
 4.150 
 
 3.910 
 
 4.00 
 
 4.890 
 
 8.040 
 6.240 
 3.820 
 5.800 
 .928 
 6.82( 
 12.62 
 
 .841 
 3.460 
 
 .725 
 .706 
 .764 
 .560 
 .530 
 .602 
 
 .540 
 
 .546 
 
 .642 
 
 .554 
 .665 
 .600 
 .886 
 .540 
 1.090 
 
 .570 
 .800 
 1.050 
 1.08r 
 .671 
 .630 
 ,950 
 
 1.200 
 
 22 
 
 08 
 
 355.9 
 
 349.5 
 346.6 
 416.0 
 381.0 
 390.0 
 280.0 
 463.0 
 276.0 
 
 30.85 
 
 13.0 
 13.5 
 13.9 
 33.0 
 29.3 
 32.5 
 69.2 
 28.2 
 
 .367 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 32.149 
 
 28.320 
 21.948 
 23.010 
 31.650 
 33.630 
 14.160 
 40.456 
 36.816 
 
 214. 
 
 4.107 
 
 4.560 
 4.040 
 5.680 
 5.300 
 •S.TIO 
 2.640 
 7.920 
 
 i.r 
 
 .707 
 
 10.920 
 
 1.360 
 1.020 
 1.460 
 1.800 
 2.700 
 1.200 
 1.620 
 1.640 
 
 9.100 
 7.920 
 8.320 
 9.100 
 10.50 
 8.210 
 14.22 
 18.20 
 
 325.2 
 
 29.1 
 
 0.00 
 
 28.748 
 
 4.716 
 
 1.587 
 
 10.696 
 
 Color dark; odor distinct 
 
 Yellowish: earthy odor 
 
 Slight color; earthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear ; odor very slight . . 
 
 Muddy, earthy odor 
 
 Slightly turbid, yellow, earthy 
 odor '■■■ 
 
 Slightly turbid, yellow, earthy 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear, yellowish, earthy 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear, yellowish, .earthy 
 odor 
 
 Opalescent, yellowish, some odor. 
 
 Opalescent, earthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear, yellow, ordorless.. 
 
 Very turbid, earthy odor 
 
 Opalescent, yellow, earthy odor. 
 
 Colorless, odorless, Ught float- 
 ing matter 
 
 Clear, yellow, earthy odor 
 
 Clear, earthy odor 
 
 Clear and odorless 
 
 Clear, colorless, slight od_pr 
 
 Clear, slightly yellowish, strong 
 
 odor 
 
 Yellow, odorless 
 
 Very dirty, strong odor 
 
 Nearly clear; earthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear ; odorless ■. 
 
 Nearly clear; organic odor 
 
 Nearly clear; earthy odor 
 
 Opalescent; slight odor 
 
 Turbid; strong odor 
 
 Opalescent; yellowish; strong 
 odor 
 
 Table Till, gives the results found by analyses of the Morris samples? Comparing 
 the winter with the summer results the increased albuminoid ammonia of the oolde;: 
 weather is very apparent. There is no increase in suspended matter and probably no 
 important change in concentration as the chlorine remains about the same. 
 
 During the summer months the decrease in albuminoid ammonia and oxygen 
 •consumption between Joliet and Morris indictaes an important loss of organic matter. 
 It might appear that this is togely due to -sedimentation, as the difference in sus- 
 pended matter between Joliet and Morris is likewise large. But the high suspended 
 matter at Joliet is lai'gely made up of fine mineral particles, as the water at that point 
 was taken immediately below the dam, where the agitation was great. 
 
 The dilution by Kankakee water can not explain much of this reduction because of 
 its own large amount of nitrogenous organic matter. The proportion of Kankakee water 
 at Morris can be approximately estimated by considering that the decrease in chlorides 
 is due to dilution with a water containing much less chlorine. Knowing the amount of 
 chlorine at the three points, Joliet, Wilmington and Morris, and assuming that there is 
 no loss in chlorine on the way. which is practically true, a little calculation will give us 
 the amount of Kankakee water mixed with that from Joliet to furnish the observed 
 average at Morris. In this way I And the dilution to be about SO per cent. 
 
Supposing now no change to take place in the nitrogenous eon-tituents the mixture 
 of Kanliakee and canal water should give a product yielding 1.40 per million of albuminoid 
 ammonia, but we have an average of less than half of that, for the summer. 
 
 The oxygen consumption sinks at Morris below that found for- the Kankakee, which 
 is another strong evidence of purifleation. 
 
 Probably fifty per cent, of the organic matter present at Johet is decomposed before 
 Morris is reached. After leaving Morris the river flows without dilution to Ottawa, 
 where the Pox enters. Table IX gives analyses of the water of this stream. 
 
 The next regular samples were taken at LaSaUe and below the entrance of the Big 
 and Little Vermilion rivers. The flow from both of those .streams was comparatively 
 small during most of the time of the examinations. 
 
 Tables X, XI and XII contain the results of the analyses of these two waters and of 
 the lUinois. 
 
 Table IX.— Ottawa (Fox Biver.) 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 Be 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 n 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 I top 
 
 fi'S 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 J ly 
 
 *Aug. 
 
 U 
 21 
 28 
 
 5 
 11 
 18 
 25 
 
 2 
 
 9 
 16 
 23 
 
 13 
 
 ■• 20 
 
 •■ 27 
 
 Sept. 3 
 
 10 
 
 17 
 
 Mean 
 
 281.0 
 
 281.8 
 
 280.9 
 
 322.5 
 
 312.6 
 
 333.8 
 
 368.0 
 
 285.2 
 
 620.2 
 320.5 
 314.0 
 ,463.2 
 
 335.0 
 
 279.2 
 
 287 
 
 284.2 
 
 290.5 
 
 286.0 
 
 330.3 
 
 5.0 
 
 13.6 
 
 28.3 
 
 50.6 
 
 18.6 
 
 30.1 
 
 51.0 
 
 20.3 
 
 400.4 
 43.1 
 30.3 
 41.8 
 
 24.6 
 
 22.0 
 
 8.8 
 
 8.0 
 
 25.4 
 
 12.5 
 
 46.3 
 
 .126 
 trace 
 
 .060 
 
 .125 
 
 trace 
 tra;oe 
 180 
 
 trace 
 
 .027 
 
 3.19 
 
 2.94 
 
 1.77 
 
 2.90 
 
 3.. 540 
 
 4.650 
 
 4,720 
 
 2.94 
 
 7.496 
 5.897 
 7.434 
 
 8.021 
 4.248 
 4.176 
 7.667 
 5.189 
 7. 788 
 
 4.974 
 
 244.2 
 
 220.8 
 
 222.0 
 
 248.4 
 
 260.0 
 
 288.0 
 
 280.0 
 
 252.0 
 
 146.0 
 263.0 
 254.0 
 
 236.0 
 
 244.0 
 
 240 
 
 2.50 
 
 248 
 
 240 
 
 .079 
 
 .116 
 
 .084 
 
 .088 
 
 .068 
 
 .128 
 
 .122 
 
 .086 
 
 .272 
 
 .140 
 
 .100 
 
 3.118 
 
 .084 
 
 .226 
 
 .066 
 
 .054 
 
 .088 
 
 .095 
 
 .365 
 .450 
 .360 
 .394 
 .344 
 .452 
 .490 
 
 1.140 
 .308 
 .358 
 .602 
 
 .910 
 .278 
 .420 
 .440 
 .400 
 
 Nearly clear ; slight 
 earl hy odor 
 
 Nearly clear; Slight 
 earthy odor 
 
 Turbid from rain; 
 earthy odor 
 
 Clear; shght color; 
 odorless 
 
 Slightly turbid; yellow- 
 ish; odorless 
 
 Neaily clear; yellow- 
 ish; odorless 
 
 Nearly clear; yellow- 
 i'-h; odorless 
 
 Nearly clear; yellow- 
 ish; odorless 
 
 Muddy 
 
 Opalescent ; odorless . . 
 
 Nearly clear; yellow; 
 earthy odor 
 
 Opalescent; yellowish; 
 odorless 
 
 Opalescent; yellowish; 
 rarthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear; sUght 
 earthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear; slight 
 earthy odor 
 
 Floating matter ; yel- 
 lowish; earthy odor 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 242.1 
 
 .278 
 
 463 7.066 
 
 60.51 
 
 50.47 
 
 64.20 
 
 68.68 
 
 64.02 
 
 75.61 
 
 75.41 
 
 66.91 
 74.72 
 69.36 
 71.45 
 
 75.31 
 
 61.24 
 
 71.76 
 
 66.67 
 
 65.45 
 
 62.69 
 57.37 
 
 .81 
 
 .48 
 
 !.33 
 
 .38 
 
 .00 
 
 .47 
 
 .25 
 
 .36 
 
 1.64 
 
 .00 
 
 .20 
 
 1.11 
 .22 
 
 1.72 
 
 .00 
 
 .01 
 
 .29 
 1.07 
 
 * Not enough water sent. 
 
 t These observations are the means of the records from Aurora and Oswego— the 
 nearest available places. Dr. M. M. Bobbins, Observer, Aurora; John Seely, Observer, 
 Oswego.— J. H. B. 
 
18 
 
 Table X.— LaSalle (Big Vermilion.) 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 E 
 
 m 
 & 
 
 So 
 
 : ^ 
 
 II 
 as 
 
 : 3' 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 • 0! 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 l> 
 
 s 
 
 B 
 B. 
 
 II 
 
 ■ a 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 : ?r,- 
 
 ii 
 
 as- 
 ^1 
 
 May 7 
 
 618.0 
 
 457.5 
 
 378.5 
 
 45(5.9 
 429.5 
 
 436.2 
 377.5 
 
 258.5 
 
 101.0 
 
 25.3 
 
 101.5 
 22.3 
 
 60.0 
 46.2 
 
 1.323 
 
 2.140 
 
 4.347 
 
 4.914 
 3.970 
 
 2,898 
 3.843 
 
 6.48 
 
 2.58 
 
 4.70 
 
 4.106 
 6.440 
 
 9,204 
 4.718 
 
 242,4 
 
 213.6 
 
 244.8 
 
 260. 
 290. 
 
 278. 
 262. 
 
 .180 
 
 .142 
 
 .002 
 
 .073 
 .015 
 
 .418 
 .077 
 
 .693 
 
 .270 
 
 .194 
 
 .340 
 .182 
 
 .440 
 .270 
 
 9.04 
 
 8.40 
 
 3.36 
 
 6.64 
 7.20 
 
 5.60 
 8.160 
 
 Turbiri; no odor; yel- 
 
 41.76 
 39.11 
 
 1 46 
 
 -" 14 
 
 Slight earthy odor; 
 
 W, 
 
 " 21 
 
 Slightly turbid; odor- 
 
 1 no 
 
 " 28 
 June 11 
 
 Nearly clear; orlorless. 
 
 Colorle-s; odorlebs; 
 floating organic mat- 
 ter . 
 
 53.89 
 63.40 
 61,14 
 
 3.02 
 on 
 
 " 18 
 July 16 
 
 Nearly clear; yellow- 
 ish; odorless 
 
 Opalescent; earthy 
 
 1.58 
 15 
 
 Mean . 
 
 450,6 
 
 87.8 
 
 3.348 
 
 5.461 
 
 255.8 
 
 .129 
 
 .341 
 
 6.914 
 
 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 Table XI.— LaSalle (Little Vermilion.) 
 
 
 
 May 
 
 7 
 
 14 
 21 
 
 28 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 16 
 
 m . 
 
 446.0 
 
 346.0 
 420.3 
 
 468.5 
 
 314.7 
 
 325.0 
 
 305.5 
 
 37.5 
 
 10.0 
 48.4 
 
 44.5 
 
 13.7 
 
 25.3 
 
 36,2 
 
 .207 
 
 .252 
 .125 
 
 1.700 
 
 .126 
 
 .126 
 
 6.44 
 
 4.71 
 4.25 
 
 4.460 
 
 6.478 
 
 5.876 
 
 7.434 
 
 112.8 
 
 177.0 
 133. 
 
 308. 
 
 238. 
 
 250. 
 
 254. 
 
 .348 
 
 .079 
 .038 
 
 .062 
 
 .342 
 
 .082 
 
 .312 
 
 .358 
 
 .250 
 .430 
 
 .278 
 
 .434 
 
 .674 
 
 .450 
 
 5.44 
 
 5.08 
 4.96 
 
 10.40 
 
 7.60 
 
 7.76 
 
 8.80 
 
 Light yellow; earthy 
 color ; floating organic 
 matter 
 
 
 
 ■ ( 
 
 Odorless ; colorless .... 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 Light brown; earthy 
 
 
 
 '■■ 
 
 Nenrly clear; colorless; 
 odorless 
 
 
 
 June 
 
 Colorless; floating or- 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 Nearly clear; yellow- 
 ish" odorless 
 
 
 
 July 
 
 Slightly turbid; yellow; 
 
 
 
 Mes 
 
 375,1 
 
 30,8 
 
 .362 
 
 5.664 
 
 210.2 
 
 .180 
 
 .411 
 
 7.15 
 
 
 
 
 Table XII.— LaSalle (Illinois Kiver.) 
 
 May 7 
 14 
 21 
 28 
 
 June 11 
 18 
 25 
 
 2 
 9 
 
 16 
 23 
 
 30 
 6 
 
 29 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 20 
 
 July 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 327.5 
 395.5 
 314,9 
 318,5 
 318.9 
 333.0 
 327, 
 
 527,7 
 364.0 
 
 301.7 
 293.3 
 
 291,0 
 
 291.0 
 
 325.2 
 
 307.9 
 
 363.0 
 
 327.2 
 
 3.51.4 
 
 26.2 
 45.3 
 11.5 
 43.0 
 15.5 
 34,2 
 55,5 
 
 326,5 
 152,2 
 
 68,3 
 19,8 
 
 25,5 
 
 29,4 
 
 57,9 
 
 26,4 
 
 33,0 
 
 20.8 
 
 25.2 
 
 ,228 
 1,070 
 
 ,630 
 1 
 1,320 
 
 ,030 
 
 ,567 
 
 ,604 
 
 ,900 
 ,124 
 
 .819 
 
 .315 
 
 1.: 
 
 .550 
 
 3.276 
 
 2.646 
 
 1.890 
 
 13.31 
 
 192.0 
 
 13.81 
 
 219.0 
 
 8.85 
 
 228.0 
 
 5,()64 
 
 204,0 
 
 9,204 
 
 240.0 
 
 12,9.51 
 
 242.0 
 
 10.620 
 
 256.0 
 
 3.640 
 7,650 
 
 9,583 
 11,916 
 
 13.685 
 
 24,780 
 
 18.471 
 
 21.240 
 
 26.550 
 
 32.684 
 
 27.728 
 
 112.0 
 136,0 
 
 106,0 
 160,0 
 
 186,0 
 
 190,0 
 
 200. 
 
 220. 
 
 225. 
 
 228. 
 
 ■£i9. 
 
 .216 
 .076 
 .176 
 .201 
 .118 
 
 .104 
 ,238 
 
 ,049 
 .086 
 
 .144 
 
 1.014 
 
 .072 
 
 .100 
 
 .128 
 
 .474 
 
 ^.123 
 
 .600 11.36 Yellowish; odorless. . . . +52, 
 
 .60811.04 Brownish; " 53 
 
 .402 4.40 Yellowish; earthy odor 52 
 .49212.64 Nearly clear; odorless. 64 
 .480 11.36 " " " 65 
 
 .54610.64 " " ■• 73. 
 
 . 446 10 . 00 Slightly turbid ; y ello w- 
 
 isn; odorless 73. 
 
 .540 6.00 Very t'rMd;eai thy odor 67, 
 .700 9.840 Turbid; yellowish 
 
 odorless 
 
 .49012.04 Turbid; earthy odor.. 
 .562 9,760 Yellowi8h;nearly clear; 
 
 earthy odor 
 
 .40610.080 Yellow; earthy odor; 
 
 slightly turbid 
 
 .550 9. 280 Opalescent; yellowish 
 
 earthy odor 
 
 .474 9.200 Nearly clear; earthy 
 
 odor '. 
 
 .848 8.400 Nearly clear; earthy 
 
 odor ; yellowish 
 
 .560 5.440 Slightly turbid; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 .464 9.360 Yellowish ;n6ai-ly clear 
 
 earthy odor 
 
 .540 5.040 Nearly clear; earthy 
 I , I odor 
 
 +.55 
 
 J. 03 
 
 .56 
 
 3.25 
 
 .10 
 
 .94 
 
 .77 
 .07 
 
 2,54. 
 .06 
 
 .00 
 
 .71 
 .00 
 .00 
 .19 
 
 57. OS .16 
 
 are furnished by Mr. Isaac Young, Observer, Pontiac— the 
 IT. H. 
 
 * These obscrvaHons 
 nearest available point.— J 
 
 tThese data furnish d by Dr. J. 0. Harris, Ob.sorver, Ottawa, 
 
x9 
 
 Taeib XII.— Continued. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 g 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 g 
 
 en 
 
 B d 
 
 . & 
 
 - o 
 
 si 
 
 : p' 
 
 o 
 
 . 03 
 
 : ^ 
 
 3 
 
 > 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 B 
 
 O 
 
 B. 
 
 II 
 
 • n, 
 : o 
 : 1? 
 
 Phy-sioal Cbnditions. 
 
 III 
 
 
 Oot. 1 
 
 8 
 16 
 
 380.0 
 
 3r?.o 
 
 370,0 
 
 349.4 
 395.8 
 
 29.8 
 
 18.0 
 45.9 
 
 10.4 
 35.9 
 
 1.764 
 
 .760 
 1.960 
 
 trace 
 
 44.604 
 
 39.294 
 28.670 
 
 35.672 
 32.922 
 
 256. 
 
 240. 
 230. 
 
 260. 
 250. 
 
 4.320 
 
 1.584 
 .892 
 
 1.336 
 1.156 
 
 .930 
 
 .450 
 .474 
 
 .340 
 .312 
 
 7,120 
 
 6,720 
 6,40 
 
 4.80 
 5.92 
 
 Nearly clear;' odorless; 
 
 slightly yeUow 
 
 Opalescent; odorless... 
 Nearly clear; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 51.60 
 44.78 
 
 47.21 
 41.18 
 45.92 
 
 25.64 
 23.50 
 27.03 
 27.21 
 19.00 
 
 21.64 
 7.50 
 32.25 
 33.85 
 
 .00 
 .53 
 
 flq 
 
 22 
 '" 29 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 Ne'rlv clear; .slight odor 
 Turbid; earthy odor .. 
 Neai-ly clear; odorless. 
 Clear earthy odor; 
 
 slightly turbid 
 
 Yellow; earthy odor... 
 
 1.67 
 
 .42 
 
 Mean . 
 
 1889. 
 
 Jan. U 
 " 21 
 ■■ 28 
 
 Peb. 4 
 ." 11 
 
 " 18 
 25 
 
 345.7 
 
 349. 
 
 310. 
 
 449.4 
 
 350. 
 
 338. 
 
 379. 
 357. 
 
 758. 
 468. 
 
 50.3 
 
 14. 
 21. 
 92. 
 30. 
 4.2 
 
 61.5 
 
 9.0 
 
 534.2 
 
 78.5 
 
 1.037 
 
 1.660 
 trace 
 2.709 
 1.638 
 trace 
 
 1.270 
 0.000 
 1.200 
 
 19.717 
 
 14.974 
 14.500 
 11.428 
 9,676 
 18.054 
 
 20,296 
 15,300 
 7,70 
 6,018 
 
 211.7 
 
 ,623 
 
 1,1S7 
 
 ,535 
 
 .926 
 
 1.600 
 
 1.815 
 
 2.456 
 
 2.808 
 
 .712 
 
 1,077 
 
 .626 
 
 .485 
 .430 
 .372 
 .452 
 .660 
 
 .821 
 .675 
 
 8.558 
 
 5.360 
 5.120 
 5.360 
 
 9.800 
 s Kon 
 
 1.30 
 .61 
 .00 
 .00 
 .11 
 
 .87 
 00 
 
 Mar. 4 
 •■ 11 
 
 1,420,24,000 
 ,520|ll,600 
 
 Muddy ; odorless 
 
 Turbid; earthy odor... 
 
 .65 
 .07 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 417.6 
 
 93.8 
 
 .942 
 
 13,105 
 
 
 1,456 
 
 ,637 
 
 8.582 
 
 
 It will be noticed that the results given in the above tables are very irregular. This 
 is especially true of the data for the Big Vermilion river, and the IlUnois during the 
 early part of the season. It must be remembered that the rainfall at that time was 
 heavy, producing abnormal conditions. , 
 
 Comparing the winter and summer results as obtained at LaSalle, it would appear 
 at first sight that the colder season shows a decrease instead of an increase of organic 
 ■contamination, as indicated by albuminoid ammonia. 
 
 However, it we notice the chlorine found during the two periods, it is apparent that 
 the dilution between Morris and LaSalle is far greater during the winter than during 
 the summer. It we leave out of consideration the earlier summer tests and late winter 
 tests, when the stream was abnormally diluted by heavy rains and melting snow, we 
 find that the chlorine amounts to nearly twice as much during the summer as during 
 the winter, which points to a correspondingly lower dilution by the Fox, Big Termihon 
 and Little Vermilion. 
 
 It is evident that the actual winter change has been less than the summer change 
 here, as at Morris. 
 
 To estimate the amount of oxidation between Morris and LaSalle is not an easy 
 matter. Considering especially the summer work, we notice with an increase of sedi- 
 ment a very decided reduction in the amount of free ammonia, but the changes as shown 
 by the albuminoid ammonia and oxygen consumption are not as readily seen. The 
 chlorine between Morris and LaSalle is reduced from 32 parts per 1,000,000 to about 20 
 part?, and by means of water containing about 6 parts per 1,000,000. This indicates a 
 considerable dilution, but it must be remembered that the diluting water gives 
 nearly as strong tests for organic matter as does the main stream. This organic matter 
 
20 
 
 is mostly of vegetable origin and undoubtedly of a more stable type than that of 
 sewage origin. The Kankakee adds about as much per 1,000,000 to the lUinois above 
 Morris as there is present at LaSalle, and after the addition of fresh matter by the Fox 
 and in some degree by the sewage of Ottawa, and finally by the Big and Little Ver- 
 miUon rivets it is plain that we have no means of showing how much impurity indicated 
 by the tests at LaSalle left the pumps at Bridgeport and how much was added by the 
 tributaries. 
 
 The appearance of nitrates and nitrit-^s in these wa'ers is worthy of notice. The 
 canal water at Bridgeport and Joliet seems to show only occasional traces of these 
 products of oxidation, but at Morris they appear more regularly and are uniformly 
 found below in the main stream. In most of the tributaries they are' less abundant 
 being practically absent from the Kankakee and Fox. The Big Termilion, however, re- 
 ceiving a part of t he drainage of Streator, contains more than the usual proportion. 
 
 It seems reasonably well established that these compounds, which are products of bac- 
 terial fermentation of ammoniaeal salts are practically never found in fresh sewage. A 
 certain time is reauired for their development and also the presence of an abundance of 
 tree oxygen. It is also reasonably well established that other easily fermentable bodies 
 must not be present, as in such oases denitrifloation takes place with destruction of nitrates 
 and evolution of free nitrogen even. Supposing a certain amount of nitrification to have 
 taken place between Bridgeport and Lockport, it follows from numerous experiments 
 that the oxygen of the nitrates so formed must be immediately given up to aid in other 
 more fundamental processes, and consequently while free ammonia disappears the tests 
 reveal no nitrates or nitrites. , Observations bearing on similar phenomena have been 
 made by Munro, Warington, Leone and others within the past few years. 
 
 In the lUinois river the bodies which lead to the destruction of nitrates or prevent 
 their formation seem to disappear between Joliet and Morris, and it is interesting to 
 note that the uniform appearance of nitrates is coincident with the slower, disappear- 
 ance of albuminoid ammonia in the river below Morris. 
 
 I behere this formation of nitrates can be taken as the indication of the completion 
 of one of the important stages in the destruction of animal organic matters in water, 
 that is, where the original contaminating substances have been broken up by ferment 
 action, and derived products of less complexity but greater stability have taken their 
 place. These products may be similar to leucine and tyrosine or other nitrogenous 
 body referred to some dis ance back. The bacteria of denitrifloation can no loi ger live 
 in such water. 
 
 Between LaSalle and Henry we have a stretch of 28 miles without dilution, except 
 by rain. During the summer the consumption of oxygen is rather greater at the second 
 place than at the first, but there is a decided reduction in free and albuminoid ammonia. 
 It appears probable, therefore, that some destruction of organic matter goes on in this 
 portion of the river. 
 
 The analyses are given in table XIII. The increased chlorides and free ammonia on 
 Oct. 9th and 12th at Henry and on Oct. 1st and 8th at LaSalle are undoubtedly due to 
 the diminished ilow but stronger concentration of canal water pumped from Sept. 13th 
 to 19th, when only half the pumps were in operation. 
 
21 
 
 Table XIII.— Heney (Illinois Rivei). 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 BS 
 
 M 
 
 k3 
 
 
 
 ■ BOS l^E- 
 Physical Conditions, w — - 
 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 July 12 
 19 
 26 
 
 Aug. 4 
 
 9 
 
 28 
 
 Sept. 14 
 21 
 27 
 
 Oct. 9 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 29 
 
 285.5 
 
 307.1 
 
 299.7 
 
 245. 
 
 257 
 
 264.1 
 
 402.2 
 277.0 
 267.5 
 
 332.0 
 
 282.0 
 
 258.9 
 
 326.8 
 .323.8 
 326.4 
 355.4 
 
 355 
 314.4 
 
 13.0 
 
 11.0 
 
 23.9 
 
 16.7 
 
 10 
 
 19.5 
 
 138.2 
 30.4 
 24.8 
 
 32.0 
 
 20.2 
 
 20.6 
 
 24.5 
 23.3 
 30.2 
 15,0 
 
 39.0 
 15.7 
 14.0 
 
 .258 
 .472 
 .346 
 .504 
 1.260 
 
 .250 
 
 1.260 
 
 .420 
 
 .660 
 
 1.134 
 
 1.135 
 
 1.008 
 1.250 
 1.260 
 trace 
 
 1.764 
 trace 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 1889. 
 Jan. 14 
 ',', 21 
 
 Feb. 25 
 Mar. 4 
 
 Mean . 
 
 306. 
 
 325. 
 303. 
 
 264. 
 ;i54. 
 
 27.5 
 
 14. 
 
 19.5 
 
 20.0 
 
 9.5 
 
 91.5 
 
 .683 
 
 trace 
 1.670 
 1.250 
 1.890 
 
 trace 
 
 316. 
 
 30.9 
 
 12.49 
 11.32 
 
 7.08 
 3.540 
 4.708 
 4.268 
 
 5.876 
 7.781 
 30.67 
 
 15.316 
 
 16.860 
 
 21.240 
 17.445 
 28.143 
 28.702 
 
 38.230 
 28.392 
 31.860 
 
 234.0 
 250.0 
 176.4 
 154.0 
 152.0 
 
 152. 
 166. 
 186. 
 
 186. 
 
 200. 
 
 190. 
 
 198. 
 222. 
 218. 
 264. 
 
 228.0 
 264.0 
 235.0 
 
 .568 
 .727 
 .146 
 .204 
 .025 
 .418 
 
 .190 
 .117 
 .196 
 
 .182 
 
 .360 
 
 .212 
 
 .332 
 
 .368 
 
 .336 
 
 1.606 
 
 1.526 
 .416 
 .952 
 
 .470 
 .510 
 ,372 
 .478 
 .349 
 .766 
 
 .566 
 .450 
 .43 
 
 .514 
 
 .550 
 
 .526 
 .440 
 .476 
 .860 
 
 .428 
 .204 
 ,280 
 
 10. 
 
 9,600 
 
 1,320 
 
 800 
 320 
 320 
 
 Yellowish; odorless . 
 Yellow; earthy odor . 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 Earthy odor lyellowish ; 
 nearly clear 
 
 Very t'rbid ;earthy odor 
 
 Cloudy; earthy odor. .. 
 
 Shghtly turbid; yellow- 
 ish ; earthy odor 
 
 Opalescent; yellowish; 
 odor earthy 
 
 Opalescent; yellowish; 
 odorless 
 
 Opalescent; yellowish; 
 odorless 
 
 Nealy clear; odorless.. 
 
 17.660 
 
 12.390 
 10.976 
 
 8.496 
 18.808 
 
 7.788 
 
 204.4 
 
 .467 
 
 .985 
 1.3.56 
 
 .707 
 1.320 
 
 .481 
 
 .300 
 .321 
 .254 
 .714 
 .430 
 
 8.65; 
 
 6.300 
 5.840 
 5.840 
 12.40 
 12.80 
 
 Shghtly opalescent 
 
 odorless 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 11.691 
 
 1.059 
 
 .404 
 
 8,636 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 " earthy odor . 
 Turbid ; sUght odor . 
 
 56,2 
 
 68.9 
 
 74.7 
 
 1.44 
 .30 
 .73 
 
 3.80 
 .00 
 
 71.0 
 
 .55 
 .00 
 
 .30 
 
 2.15 
 
 .20 
 
 60.3 
 
 47,3 
 
 .70 
 .50 
 .01 
 
 .00 
 
 1.91 
 
 50 
 
 1.01 
 .54 
 .00 
 .00 
 .10 
 
 Comparing the winter and summer tests we have in the colder season a decrease in 
 suspended matter, decrease in chlorides, ma.rked increase in free ammonia, and appar- 
 ■ent decrease in albuminoid ammonia. Taking into consideration the greater dilution as 
 indicated by the lower chlorides, it is probable that the albuminoid ammonia here is 
 greater in winter than in summer, in proportion to the amount of Bridgeport water 
 present. 
 
 Two sets cf determinations were made at Peoria, 35 miles below Henry. In one 
 case the water was taken from a hydrant in ilie city and in the olher from the river- 
 Lake Peoria— near the end of the inlet pipe. A single analysis was made of water taken 
 at the "Nairows," some distance above. During the winter the samples were taken at 
 the upper bridge, about a mile and a half above the inlet, and at a point removed from 
 danger of local contamination. 
 
 * D.ita furnished by A. T. Purviance, Observer, Hennepin.- J. H. E. 
 
22 
 
 Table XIV.— Peokia (Inlet.) 
 
 Dafe. 
 
 May 
 June 
 
 July 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 277.0 
 434.5 
 316.4 
 297,5 
 263.4 
 
 1000.0 
 
 282.9 
 
 279.5 
 
 295.9 
 
 210.5 
 
 289.0 
 
 309. b 
 265.5 
 
 244.3 
 
 298.5 
 
 284.2 
 299.6 
 320.0 
 297.2 
 
 329.75 
 
 Be: 
 
 95 en 
 
 14,5 
 38.6 
 7,7 
 24,0 
 15,7 
 
 641.9 
 
 11.8 
 
 21.3 
 
 76.4 
 
 11.2 
 
 10.6 
 
 46.5 
 17.5 
 
 8.8 
 
 11.2 
 
 14,8 
 23.7 
 19.2 
 16.0 
 
 54.27 
 
 S.TO 
 
 .220 
 .063 
 .535 
 ,69n 
 ,625 
 
 1,764 
 ,252 
 .378 
 .221 
 
 2,830 
 
 .260 
 
 .360 
 .210 
 
 .220 
 
 1,008 
 
 2,520 
 
 1.260 
 
 3,520 
 
 Tr'ce 
 
 .8915 
 
 9.910 
 
 15,220 
 
 10,370 
 
 7,667 
 
 5,664 
 
 10,835 
 8,258 
 8.021 
 
 19.470 
 
 5.543 
 
 7.080 
 
 7.450 
 8.G37 
 
 11.444 
 
 13.568 
 
 17,700 
 19,470 
 24,072 
 24.426 
 
 12,358 
 
 Op. 
 
 189,5 
 212,4 
 215.0 
 204.4 
 180.0 
 
 185.0 
 
 240.0 
 
 208.0 
 
 186.0 
 
 J54.0 
 
 190.0 
 
 182.0 
 182.0 
 
 196.0 
 
 216.0 
 
 186.0 
 216.0 
 230.0 
 222.0 
 
 199.7 
 
 .172 
 
 .168 
 .436 
 .068 
 .199 
 
 .162 
 
 .220 
 
 .328 
 
 .148 
 
 .087 
 
 .234 
 .408 
 
 .113 
 
 .140 
 
 .224 
 .210 
 ,287 
 ,284 
 
 ,625 
 ,,595 
 ,372 
 ,412 
 ,423 
 
 ,596 
 
 ,480 
 
 .446 
 .468 
 
 .600 
 .846 
 
 .422 
 
 .480 
 .604 
 .426 
 
 210 .522 
 
 &3 
 
 17.100 
 9.560 
 8,240 
 6,920 
 9.600 
 
 14,400 
 9,520 
 
 10,800 
 
 8.720 
 
 9.760 
 
 9.120 
 
 10.240 
 13.280 
 
 960 
 
 11.600 
 
 8.000 
 7.200 
 6.880 
 5.72(1 
 
 9.769 
 
 Physical Cohdlt ons. 
 
 
 Yellowish; odorless — 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 Turbid ; odorless 
 
 Nearly clear; earthy 
 odor 
 
 Very turbid ; strong 
 earthy odor 
 
 Clear; yellowish; odor- 
 less 
 
 Clear ; yellowish ; odor- 
 less 
 
 Slightly turbid; earthy 
 odor 
 
 Slightly yellow; near- 
 ly clear ; eartht odor. 
 
 Clear ; yellowish ; slight 
 earthy odor 
 
 Opalescent; odorless .. 
 
 Nearly clear; yellow- 
 ish; odorleso 
 
 Clear; yellow; earthy 
 odor 
 
 Clear; yellow; earthy 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 a o 
 
 PS , 
 
 60,281.69 
 
 57,20 ,05 
 59.75! .3& 
 70,474.49 
 
 64.97 
 
 74.80 
 
 77.66 
 
 75.67 
 
 81.38 
 
 75.21 
 
 77.13 
 81.07 
 
 85.07 
 
 81.03 
 
 58.60 
 
 .14 
 
 .08 
 
 .68 
 
 .ST 
 
 4.70 
 
 .45 
 
 .09- 
 1.24 
 
 .00- 
 
 .36 
 
 .60 
 
 60.831.07 
 64.113.63 
 64.11 .00 
 52.03 .38 
 
 TEOM THE NAEBOWS. 
 
 Aug. 10 
 
 276.4 
 
 16.6 
 
 .230 
 
 12.390 
 
 200. 
 
 .166 
 
 Opalescent; yellow- 
 ish; odorless 
 
 73.25 
 
 .53: 
 
 UPPEE BKrOGE. 
 
 1889. 
 Feb. 14 
 21 
 25 
 
 331.0 
 344.0 
 346.0 
 336.0 
 
 296.0 
 336.0 
 
 4.0 
 5.6 
 11.6 
 29.0 
 
 15.0 
 96.4 
 
 1.885 
 1.175 
 trace 
 
 14.611 
 14.868 
 14.920 
 15.576 
 
 7.434 
 9.735 
 
 
 1,1.57 
 1,398 
 2,444 
 2,430 
 
 1.075 
 1.322 
 
 .510 
 .465 
 .646 
 .552 
 
 .565 
 .570 
 
 7.20 
 7.20 
 8.20 
 11.00 
 
 9.60 
 14.47 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 Clear ; earthy odor 
 
 28.35 
 26.34 
 
 .13- 
 .43 
 
 28 
 Mar. 4 
 
 Nearly clear; yellow- 
 ish ; slight odor 
 
 21.07 
 
 .26 
 
 7 
 
 Slightly turbid ; od'rless 
 
 38.85 
 
 .67 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 331.0 
 
 26.9 
 
 .610 
 
 12.860 
 
 
 1.637 
 
 .649 
 
 9.611 
 
 
 • Observer, Dr. F. Brendel, Peoria. 
 
23 
 
 Table XT— Peobia (Hyarant.) 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 -X. 
 
 •r. 
 ■ 
 
 ■^ B 
 
 . p. 
 ■ o 
 : & 
 
 ; 1 
 
 
 g 
 o 
 
 9^. 
 
 Op. 
 
 . ^ 
 
 6 
 
 c 
 
 B 
 o 
 B. 
 
 > 
 B 
 
 a 
 
 B 
 o 
 g 
 S' 
 
 ■ o 
 : o 
 
 ■ ti 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 May 21 
 
 "^ 28 
 
 June 5 
 
 July 3 
 
 " 10 
 
 17 
 
 356. 9 
 4.57.9 
 .319.8 
 330,4 
 281.0 
 292.4 
 2I«.7 
 
 29C.6 
 301.0 
 
 325.0 
 
 323.0 
 333.2 
 347.8 
 348.0 
 
 19.. 5 
 132.0 
 25.5 
 15.6 
 37.0 
 18.0 
 24.0 
 
 21.0 
 8.0 
 
 11.0 
 
 12.4 
 22.2 
 17.1 
 15.2 
 
 1.130 
 .945 
 
 1.320 
 .507 
 
 1.658 
 
 1.008 
 .315 
 
 .630 
 3.394 
 
 2.079 
 
 .520 
 trao* 
 trace 
 trase 
 
 27.61 
 
 23.567 
 
 14.726 
 
 24.780 
 
 21.240 
 
 19.586 
 
 19.232 
 
 20.765 
 
 27.728 
 
 31.976 
 
 35.400 
 43.6.58 
 43.240 
 43.188 
 
 214.8 
 224.4 
 187.2 
 243.0 
 180.0 
 198.0 
 178.0 
 
 186.0 
 218.0 
 
 198.0 
 
 208.0 
 194.0 
 224.0 
 240.0 
 
 .076 
 .066 
 .031 
 .082 
 .034 
 .108 
 .033 
 
 .131 
 .133 
 
 .092 
 
 .071 
 .060 
 .208 
 .098 
 
 .330 
 .440 
 .350 
 .482 
 .420 
 .398 
 .490 
 
 .664 
 .376 
 
 .376 
 
 .396 
 .410 
 .384 
 .340 
 
 8.00 
 8.88 
 8.20 
 8.96 
 8.32 
 10.16 
 11.18 
 
 10.80 
 5.72 
 
 8.88 
 
 6.56 
 7.20 
 6.00 
 7.125 
 
 Nearly colorless; odorless 
 
 Turbid with slight earthy odor.. 
 
 Turbid; yellowish; odorless 
 
 Clear; yellowish; odorless 
 
 SUghtly turbid ; odorless 
 
 24 
 
 Nearly clear; yellcTWist'.; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear; yellowish; odorle-s 
 
 Clear; yellowish; sUght earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 14 
 Sept. 18 
 
 Opalescent; yellowish; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless 
 
 
 Nearly clear ; slight odor 
 
 Oct. 2 
 
 9 
 
 Opalescent : odofless 
 
 Clear and odorless'. 
 
 Mean. 
 
 327.7 
 
 27.4 
 
 .897 
 
 28.334 
 
 206.6 
 
 .087 
 
 ..397 
 
 8.184 
 
 
 The results are given in Tables XIT and XV. These show considerable differences 
 between the inlet and hydrant water and not always in favor of the latter. The excess of 
 chlorides in the hydrant water is especially noteworthy, tvhloh suggests a contamination 
 with salt from some source. It is said that there is a break in the pipe near the shore 
 and at a point where contaminated water could be drawn. Part of the overflow from 
 an artesian well enters the river near where the break is supposed to exist, and besides 
 this a ditch, which serves as a drain for a part of the city, discharges its contents at the 
 same point. 
 
 As regards organic matter, as indicated by consumption of oxygen and albuminoid 
 ammonia found, the Peoria tests seem to show a worse instead of a better condition of 
 affairs than at Henry. There is an increase in suspended matter and nitrates, but a 
 marked decrease in chlorides. This latter must be lafgely attributed to dilution and it 
 gives us roughly a measure of its amount. The weather-bureau observations show an 
 excessive rainfall at Peoria, sufficient, I think, to account for this dilution. 
 
 Taking this into consideration it is plain that the water of Peoria Lake must be 
 contaminated to no small extent. The samples were taken, as mentioned above, near 
 the outer end of the inlet pipe which supplies the city. This was supposed to he beyond 
 danger of contamination by local causes, but a personal inspection in November con- 
 vinced me that this i^ far from being the case. A portion of the city sewage flows into 
 the lake and in addition to this, the drainage trom the la;ge glucose factories and dis- 
 tilleries. A portion of this drainage is clean, consisting of the slops from the grain. It 
 is, however, largely nitrogenous and soon begins to putrefy thus becoming an active 
 source of contamination. In some of the large distilleries, during the period under ex- 
 amination, this slop was not discharged in'.o the lake but was fed to cattle. I am in- 
 formed that 15,000 head were fed there during the summer, and that 2,500,000 bushels of 
 grain was mashed. This number of cattle was increased to 26,000 during the colder 
 months. 
 
 As the drainage from all the cattle sheds passes immediately into the, lake, the ex- 
 planation of its contamination is not diffleult. With the wind from the south a portion 
 of this fllth drifts even beyond the poiu , where the water supply is taken. 
 
 The effect of this contamination is shown in a marked degree at Pekin, 10 miles 
 below. Witn an increase in albuminoid ammonia we have a three-fold increase in free 
 ammonia, both reaching 1 part per 1,000,000 on several occasions during the summer, 
 as shown in Table XTI. During the winter the excess of albuminoid ammonia over that 
 found at the upper bridge is auite marked. 
 
24 
 
 Table XVI.— Pekin dlivc'i-.) 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 .>? 
 
 £'K 
 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 g-e, 
 
 May 21 
 
 •■ 28 
 
 June 4 
 
 11 
 
 July 
 
 Aug. 
 
 7 
 
 13 
 
 Sept. 17 
 
 24 
 
 Oct. 1 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 22 
 
 29 
 
 Mean . 
 
 1889. 
 Ffib. 4 
 
 11 
 
 HI 
 
 329. 
 
 1010.9 
 
 328.0 
 
 302,9 
 
 258.4 
 
 2«0 
 
 275.0 
 
 263 
 
 314.9 
 
 290.0 
 
 305.0 
 
 368.8 
 364. p 
 
 328.0 
 
 539.2 
 
 319.2 
 
 21.3 
 
 704.3 
 
 79.5 
 
 54.0 
 
 48.1 
 
 49.2 
 
 42.1 
 
 19.5 
 
 47.0 
 
 17.2 
 
 47.7 
 
 65.2 
 39.0 
 
 31,1 
 
 40.6 
 43.3 
 
 Mar. 4 
 
 11 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 353. 
 
 357.6 
 341.4 
 357.4 
 372.11 
 3.56.0 
 328.0 
 
 .882 
 
 .567 
 
 .819 
 
 1.197 
 
 1.197 
 
 .370 
 
 .210 
 
 trace 
 
 .200 
 
 2.016 
 
 .960 
 
 .504 
 1.250 
 
 trace 
 
 1.396 
 
 1.134 
 
 84.3 
 
 .795 
 
 22.8 1.898 
 8.0 trace 
 
 21.5 
 
 16.5 
 
 62.4 
 
 129.7 
 
 352.0 
 
 3.100 
 2.560 
 
 trace 
 .00 
 
 218.4 
 219.6 
 162.0 
 168.0 
 
 148.0 
 
 158.0 
 
 172.0 
 
 200.0 
 
 198.0 
 
 201.0 
 
 208.0 
 
 240.0 
 260.0 
 
 252.0 
 
 246.0 
 
 224.0 
 
 .486 
 .221 
 .296 
 
 .256 
 
 .332 
 
 .664 
 
 .352 
 
 1.334 
 
 .966 
 
 .972 
 .888 
 
 .856 
 
 1.320 
 
 .820 
 
 204.6 
 
 16.753 
 11.670 
 16.520 
 11.082 
 
 8.496 
 5.664 
 
 5 1.259 
 
 11.792 
 
 .645 
 
 1.690 
 1.620 
 1.710 
 1.810 
 1.826 
 .890 
 
 .502 6..J60INearly clear; odorless. 
 
 .922 22.400 Very turbid; odorless. 
 
 .465 7.560Turb'd; odorless 
 
 .456 7.440 Slightly turbid; earthy 
 odor 
 
 526 9.680 Opalescent; yellowish 
 earthy odor 
 
 500 9.840 OpalC'^cent; yellowish; 
 earthy odor 
 
 816 12.720 Opalescent; yellowish 
 earthy odor 
 
 612 7.520 Slight turbidity; yel- 
 lowish; odorless 
 
 604 9.920 Opalescent; earthy 
 odor; 'yellowish 
 
 690 8.800 Slightly turbid; strong 
 
 earthy odor 
 
 1.172 9.760 Slightly turbid; strong 
 earthy odor 
 
 .868 9.040 Opalescent; odorless .. 
 
 .804 7.700 Nearly clear; earthy 
 odor 
 
 .536 8.000 Nearly clear; earthy 
 odor 
 
 .556 6.800 Slightly turbid; yel- 
 lowish; earthy odor . 
 
 .382 6.720 Nearly clear; eai-thy 
 
 odor 
 
 410 
 
 .650 
 
 .962 
 M6ft 
 1.146 
 
 .896 
 1.056 
 
 .870 
 
 1..591 
 
 1.015 
 
 9.80 
 9.90 
 
 21.90 
 9.80 
 
 11.10 
 176.50 
 
 13.358 
 
 odor; 
 
 odor; 
 
 Cattle shed 
 
 nearly clear 
 Cattle shed 
 
 nearly clear 
 
 Cattle shed odor; 
 
 opalescent 
 
 St: ong cattle odor ; 
 
 nearly clear 
 
 Strong cattle odor ; 
 
 opalescent , 
 
 Strong cattle odor ; 
 
 turbid 
 
 55.00 
 68.85 
 63.85 
 
 29 
 
 5.75 
 
 13 
 
 80 
 
 72.10 
 72.85 
 77.00 
 81.57 3.00 
 
 79.85 
 
 68.60 
 
 61.70 
 
 64.14 
 53.00 
 
 51.14 
 
 51.30 
 
 46.00 
 
 50.83 
 
 36.00 
 22.85 
 32.85 
 15.83 
 36.10 
 36.60 
 
 .50 
 
 .38 
 
 1.17 
 
 1.00 
 .00 
 
 .50 
 
 .03 
 
 1.62 
 
 .25 
 
 .06 
 
 .10 
 1.55 
 
 .35 
 1.10 
 
 .00 
 
 The increas,e in tree and albuminoid ammonia and oxygen consumption is very 
 marked in the winter tests at Pekin. The odor of the water was unmistakable and sug- 
 gested at onf-r the nature of the contamination. 
 
 The increase in suspended matter in March is due to the dilution with dirty water 
 washed down by melting snow and ice. 
 
 A consideration of Tables XVII, XVIII, XX, XXI. and XXIl will show the condition 
 of the river below Pekin. Table XIX rmbrai:'(>.s results obtaini-d by analysis of the water 
 of the Sangamon Elver collected at Chandlm-ville. 
 
 * Observe!-, J. E. Terborg, Pekin. 
 
9.-, 
 
 Table XYIT.— Coppeeas Ceeek (Illinois Eiver). 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 as 
 
 
 
 Physical Condition^:. 
 
 May 16 
 June 20 
 
 July 4 
 II 
 18 
 25 
 
 Aug, 15 
 24 
 
 Sept. 19 
 
 26 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 297.5 
 293.2 
 
 299.9 
 523.7 
 247.5 
 242.9 
 330.0 
 292.5 
 
 276.2 
 
 313.0 
 
 19.3 
 46.2 
 
 43.5 
 i26.7 
 41.2 
 27.5 
 40.9 
 41.9 
 
 22.0 
 
 26.2 
 
 .220 
 .379 
 
 .095 
 
 1.197 
 
 l.i 
 
 .125 
 
 .620 
 
 trace 
 
 10.550 
 4.720 
 
 9.912 
 3.894 
 5.841 
 8.496 
 7.904 
 9.660 
 
 16.638 
 
 19.647 
 
 208.8 
 229.0 
 
 202,0 
 1.58.0 
 160.0 
 190.0 
 204.0 
 192.0 
 
 220.0 
 
 212.0 
 
 311.6 
 
 63.5 
 
 .402 
 
 9.726 
 
 197.5 
 
 .102 
 .li12 
 
 .196 
 .144 
 .166 
 .275 
 .386 
 .020 
 
 .166 
 
 .270 
 
 .724 
 .480 
 
 .760 
 .644 
 .357 
 .394 
 .466 
 .660 
 
 .040 
 ;.S00 
 
 1.280 
 1.920 
 1.400 
 1.560 
 t.120 
 i.760 
 
 .760 
 .72317.1 
 
 .191 
 
 .840 
 .596'll.068 
 
 Turbid ; earthy odor 
 
 SUghtly turbid ; yellowish ; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 Yellowish ; earthy odor 
 
 Very turbid; earthy odor 
 
 Opalescent; yellow; earthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear; yellow; earthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear; org.inic odor; yel- 
 lowish 
 
 Nearly clear; organic odor; yel- 
 lowish 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless; floating 
 organic matter 
 
 Table XVIII.— Havana (Illinois Eiver). 
 
 1888. 
 May 17 
 
 308.0 
 321.3 
 
 19.0 
 
 21.4 
 
 274.7 
 
 56.2 
 
 21.0 
 
 45.6 
 32.2 
 23.7 
 
 128.9 
 20.4 
 12.5 
 
 31.8 
 
 42.3 
 
 62.0 
 
 44.4 
 41.7 
 28.5 
 
 37.8 
 32.2 
 27.5 
 
 .126 
 .504 
 .316 
 .819 
 
 .630 
 
 .250 
 
 trace 
 
 .819 
 
 1.449 
 
 .630 
 
 trace 
 
 ..160 
 
 .500 
 
 .580 
 
 .740 
 2.646 
 1.32,5 
 
 .630 
 1.008 
 2.. 500 
 
 11.780 
 
 10.620 
 
 5.310 
 
 3.860 
 
 4.177 
 
 6.584 
 5.876 
 10.372 
 
 4.708 
 5.664 
 5.320 
 
 7.080 
 
 8.729 
 
 10.974 
 
 17.. 524 
 23.360 
 13.456 
 
 11.646 
 12.380 
 10.620 
 
 237.0 
 233.9 
 182.4 
 198.0 
 
 204.0 
 
 200.0 
 224.0 
 246.0 
 
 144.0 
 160.0 
 192.0 
 
 172.0 
 
 188.0 
 
 196.0 
 
 190.0 
 214.0 
 200.0 
 
 198.0 
 204.0 
 202.0 
 
 .048 
 .494 
 .086 
 .220 
 
 .186 
 
 .270 
 .323 
 .207 
 
 .036 
 .146 
 .121 
 
 .362 
 
 .452 
 
 .340 
 
 .610 
 .384 
 .546 
 
 .496 
 .468 
 .480 
 
 .64511.760 Slight color; unusual odor 
 
 .346 8.160lf;lpar! earth v odor 
 
 31; 465.9 
 
 .700 
 
 ]3.720lMiirlrlv! ea. thv odor 
 
 June 7 
 
 " 14 
 
 290.0 
 288.2 
 
 .389 
 
 .380 
 
 .424 
 .426 
 .500 
 
 .414 
 .334 
 .380 
 
 .430 
 
 .412 
 
 ,400 
 
 .576 
 .474 
 .442 
 
 .426 
 .468 
 .384 
 
 8.160 
 
 Slightly turbid ; yellowish ; odor- 
 less 
 
 SUghtly turbid ; yellowish ; odor- 
 
 211 312.4 
 281 310.5 
 
 9.800 
 9.760 
 
 Yellowish; earthy odor 
 
 Opalescent; earthy odor 
 
 July 5 
 
 '• 12 
 19 
 26 
 
 Aug. 2 
 
 9 
 
 " 16 
 
 ■' 23 
 30 
 
 Sept. 6 
 
 13 
 
 20 
 
 " 27 
 
 * Oct. 4 
 
 2(12.0 
 
 318.8 
 251.9 
 243.6 
 
 251.5 
 
 283.4 
 
 321.4 
 
 309.3 
 284.8 
 2C8.6 
 
 274.2 
 .'J04.0 
 253.0 
 
 9.440 
 
 10.560 
 8.480 
 8.720 
 
 9.040 
 
 8.540 
 
 8.400 
 
 8.800 
 7.680 
 9.520 
 
 7.600 
 7.. 520 
 6.880 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless; sUghtly 
 
 yellow 
 
 Very turbid; odorless 
 
 Nearly clear ; odorless 
 
 Nearly clear; yellowish; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear; yellowish; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear; yellowish; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 Slightly turbid; y el. owish; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 Opalescent; yellow; earthy odor. 
 
 Slight earthy odor 
 
 Opalescent; yellowish; earthy 
 
 odor 
 
 Nearly clear; earthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear ; odorless 
 
 11 
 
 " 18 
 
 25 
 
 Nov. 1 
 
 281.0 
 288.4 
 354.0 
 371.8 
 
 33.9 
 10.5 
 17.7 
 25.3 
 
 trace 
 
 .882 
 
 1.008 
 
 trace 
 
 22.(1,56 
 19.292 
 20.178 
 25.842 
 
 220.0 
 225.0 
 256.0 
 216.0 
 
 .976 
 .530 
 .406 
 .040 
 
 .408 
 .310 
 .322 
 .330 
 
 6.800 
 3.(i80 
 6.960 
 5.440 
 
 Nearly clear; slight earthy odor. 
 
 Nearly clear ; odorless . .« 
 
 Nearly clear; earthy odor 
 
 Mean. . . . 
 
 1889. 
 Jan. 14 
 21 
 
 301.78 
 
 328.5 
 305.5 
 317.0 
 331.0 
 312.0 
 361.0 
 317.4 
 432.0 
 477.0 
 
 45.4 
 
 60.0 
 25.5 
 24.7 
 67.8 
 21.7 
 24.7 
 13.8 
 209.0 
 289.8 
 
 .731 
 
 .000 
 
 trace 
 
 1.20 
 
 .750 
 
 1.180 
 
 .125 
 
 .481 
 
 trace 
 
 11.683 
 
 16,496 
 8.260 
 9.416 
 
 204.2 
 
 .342 
 
 1.626 
 
 .642 
 
 1.026 
 
 .773 
 
 .845 
 
 .820 
 
 1.015 
 
 1.020 
 
 1.940 
 
 .430 
 
 .375 
 .340 
 .440 
 .730 
 .561 
 .(i04 
 .623 
 .692 
 1.008 
 
 8.142 
 
 8.600 
 6.920 
 5 120 
 
 Nearly clear ; odorless 
 
 28 
 
 t < 1 ( 
 
 Feb. 4 
 
 7.400 
 9.600 
 9 100 
 
 Slightly turbid; earthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear; slight earthy odor. 
 Nearly clear ; cattle odor 
 
 11 
 18 
 
 9.086 
 16.166 
 
 7.788 
 7.430 
 8,850 
 
 
 •■ 25 
 Mar. 4 
 
 7.500 
 14.42 
 14.45 
 
 Muddy ; strong odor 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 
 Mean . 
 
 352.4 
 
 80.8 
 
 .414 
 
 9.277 
 
 
 1.078 
 
 .585 
 
 9.234 
 
 
 *Jug broken in transit. 
 
26 
 
 Table XIX.— Chandleeville (Sangamon River.) 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 O 
 
 7"J 
 
 is 
 
 : 2 
 
 : p' 
 
 . O 
 
 E 
 o 
 
 5' 
 9 
 
 91 
 
 . 'Si 
 
 B 
 B 
 o 
 
 B. 
 
 S5 
 
 > 
 ■ > 
 
 B 
 p 
 
 - o 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 *Total rainfall 
 _week ending. 
 *Mean temper- 
 ature — week 
 ending..-. 
 
 July 10 
 " 24 
 
 385.0 
 301.7 
 334.9 
 
 330.8 
 298.9 
 
 274.8 
 307.4 
 
 309.5 
 
 141.0 
 08.3 
 79.0 
 
 134.5 
 43.0 
 
 48.2 
 28.7 
 
 23.0 
 
 2.010 
 
 ,900 
 
 1.131 
 
 .630 
 .557 
 
 .ofiO 
 trace 
 
 .2.50 
 
 1.876 
 9.583 
 2.124 
 
 3.0S5 
 2.832 
 
 2.357 
 3.640 
 
 3.500 
 
 208. 
 186. 
 226. 
 
 142, 
 250. 
 
 192. 
 242. 
 
 250. 
 
 .060 
 .049 
 .010 
 
 .031 
 .048 
 
 .084 
 .134 
 
 .010 
 
 .322 
 .490 
 .220 
 
 .400 
 .218 
 
 .222 
 .172 
 
 .240 
 
 5.800 
 12.040 
 3.200 
 
 7.200 
 3.760 
 
 4.960 
 3.680 
 
 3.200 
 
 Turbid; odorless 
 
 Turbid; earthy odor... 
 Cloudy; yellowisn; 
 
 76.28 
 71.64 
 
 74.00 
 79.64 
 
 74.28 
 66.85 
 
 67.71 
 
 65.28 
 
 3.48 
 
 .77 
 
 Anp. 1 
 
 Turbid ; odorless 
 
 Slight cloudiness; 
 
 .34 
 91 
 
 " 15 
 " 23 
 
 Opalescent; earthy od'r 
 
 Nearly clear ; slight 
 
 earthy odor 
 
 .09 
 
 08 
 
 Sept. 3 
 
 Nearly clear; earthy 
 
 
 Mean.... 
 
 317.8 
 
 70.7 
 
 .755 
 
 3.609 
 
 212. 
 
 .053 
 
 .285 
 
 5.480 
 
 
 
 Table XX.— Beabdstown. 
 
 May 
 
 21 
 
 320.2 
 
 42.2 
 
 1.320 
 
 7.67 
 
 216.0 
 
 .368 
 
 .382 
 
 7..52 
 
 SUghtly yellowish; 
 
 1 
 
 
 28 
 
 561.7 
 
 322.4 
 
 .630 
 
 6.112 
 
 212.4 
 
 .256 
 
 .540 
 
 9.520 
 
 odoiless 
 
 64.061.39 
 
 " 
 
 Kiverhigh; very turbid 
 
 67.96 2.28 
 
 June 
 
 4 
 
 ;i2.5.5 
 
 131.0 
 
 .120 
 
 3.186 
 
 170.4 
 
 .176 
 
 .428 
 
 9.920 
 
 Muddy ; odorless 
 
 60.45 
 
 110 
 
 ' ' 
 
 11 
 
 359.9 
 
 138.5 
 
 .693 
 
 3.540 
 
 154,0 
 
 .190 
 
 .474 
 
 8 80 
 
 Turbid; yellowish; 
 
 
 
 
 18 
 
 322.8 
 
 79.4 
 
 
 3.185 
 
 206,0 
 
 .086 
 
 .422 
 
 8.16 
 
 earthy odor 
 
 70.92 
 75.21 
 
 1 05 
 
 •* 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 69 
 
 
 25 
 
 367.6 
 
 95.7 
 
 .120 
 
 3.840 
 
 227.0 
 
 .142 
 
 .386 
 
 8.80 
 
 Turbid; yellowish; 
 earthy odor 
 
 76 48 
 
 3,49 
 
 July 
 
 2 
 
 386.5 
 
 162.8 
 
 .360 
 
 4.141 
 
 204.0 
 
 .110 
 
 .410 
 
 8.640 
 
 Turbid; earthy odor... 
 
 72.36 
 
 1,31 
 
 ' ' 
 
 9 
 
 308.9 
 
 119.9 
 
 .882 
 
 8.850 
 
 170.0 
 
 .141 
 
 .430 
 
 9.620 
 
 
 79.50 
 
 3 02 
 
 ' ' 
 
 16 
 
 281.1 
 
 83.4 
 
 .440 
 
 3.666 
 
 166.0 
 
 .108 
 
 .352 
 
 7.760 
 
 Slightly turbid; earthy 
 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 236.3 
 
 38.5 
 
 .252 
 
 2.357 
 
 160.0 
 
 .092 
 
 .aw 
 
 7.000 
 
 odor 
 
 73.96 
 73.51 
 
 7'^ 
 
 •* 
 
 C!loudy; earthy odor... 
 Turbid: yellowish; 
 
 67 
 
 ' * 
 
 30 
 
 290.3 
 
 79.8 
 
 .105 
 
 3.540 
 
 176.0 
 
 .122 
 
 .310 
 
 7.300 
 
 
 
 
 6 
 
 321.0 
 
 89.7 
 
 .262 
 
 5.780 
 
 200.0 
 
 .256 
 
 ..356 
 
 5.840 
 
 
 80.30 
 79.74 
 
 1 67 
 
 Au^. 
 
 Turbid; earthy odor .. 
 
 1 ?8 
 
 13 
 
 425.7 
 
 174.6 
 
 .380 
 
 6.372 
 
 184.0 
 
 .307 
 
 .440 
 
 8 800 
 
 odorless 
 
 68.41 
 
 10 
 
 ' ' 
 
 20 
 
 304.4 
 
 61.0 
 
 .560 
 
 8.496 
 
 196.0 
 
 .190 
 
 .510 
 
 6.640 
 
 
 74.22 
 
 20 
 
 
 28 
 3 
 
 318.6 
 298.5 
 
 60-. 8 
 49.3 
 
 trace 
 1.612 
 
 9.420 
 6.606 
 
 202.0 
 210.0 
 
 .142 
 .222 
 
 .330 
 .336 
 
 7.280 
 6.540 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless; 
 yellowish 
 
 68.85 
 
 56 
 
 Sept. 
 
 Slightly turbid; earthy 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 282.0 
 
 37.6 
 
 1.008 
 
 10.620 
 
 216.0 
 
 .216 
 
 .330 
 
 7.620 
 
 odor 
 
 65.80 
 
 06 
 
 i. , 
 
 Slightly turbid; earthy 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 302.8 
 
 41,8 
 
 
 8.850 
 
 220.0 
 
 .324 
 
 .608 
 
 8.600 
 
 69.89 
 
 16 
 
 " 
 
 Slightly turbid; earthy 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 297.2 
 
 43.3 
 
 .604 
 
 12.623 
 
 230.0 
 
 .280 
 
 .384 
 
 6.280 
 
 odor 
 
 60.26 
 63.52 
 
 'n 
 
 " 
 
 Opalescent; odorless... 
 
 79 
 
 Oct. 
 
 1 
 
 273.4 
 
 24.8 
 
 1.000 
 
 7.256 
 
 236.0 
 
 .191 
 
 .408 
 
 7.200 
 
 
 56.02 
 
 00 
 
 ' * 
 
 8 
 
 308.2 
 
 34.0 
 
 1.200 
 
 14.276 
 
 230.9 
 
 .260 
 
 .276 
 
 4.880 
 
 Nearly clear; earthy 
 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 359.0 
 
 70.4 
 
 2.208 
 
 2.336 
 
 258.0 
 
 .248 
 
 .334 
 
 6.00 
 
 oflor 
 
 52.08 
 
 R'-f 
 
 " 
 
 Shghtly opalescent; 
 slight earthy odor 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 61.66 
 
 09 
 
 ' ' 
 
 22 
 
 287.0 
 
 34.5 
 
 1.512 
 
 19.401 
 
 266.0 
 
 .274 
 
 .262 
 
 6.44 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 47.04 
 
 SS 
 
 
 29 
 n . 
 
 317.2 
 
 15.5 
 
 trace 
 
 17.70 
 
 230.0 
 
 .160 
 
 .188 
 
 4.66 
 
 
 51.36 
 
 .31 
 
 Mea 
 
 390. 
 
 84.7 
 
 .62 
 
 7.624 
 
 204.9 
 
 .202 
 
 .380 
 
 7.354 
 
 
 ♦These observations were made by Sergeant John Craig, Signal Service. U. S A 
 Springfield.— J. H. E. - 
 
27 
 
 Table XX.— Beabdstown.— C'omijmited. 
 
 Date. 
 
 CO 
 
 P- 
 
 gS CO 
 
 =1 
 
 CD 
 
 : & 
 
 CD CD 
 
 : 5' 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 2. 
 
 ? 
 
 . en 
 
 5* 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 
 g 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 ■3 
 
 ^ CD 
 
 • O 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 t 
 
 pat! 
 
 '■ ^B 
 
 CD O 
 
 II 
 
 
 ? 
 
 
 
 
 
 S' 
 
 ?, 
 
 : B 
 
 
 : ^7 
 
 ^h 
 
 1889. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Jan. U 
 
 S14 1 
 
 .TO (1 
 
 66 
 
 7.08 
 
 
 r.ofi 
 
 256 
 
 6,300 
 
 Slightly turbid; odor- 
 
 
 
 
 329,2 
 
 46,5 
 
 1.134 
 
 10,652 
 
 
 238 
 
 .372 
 
 4.640 
 
 less 
 
 28.00 
 
 1 6,^ 
 
 21 
 
 SUshtly tmbid; odor- 
 
 
 ., 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 less 
 
 29.27 
 
 ,61 
 
 " 28 
 
 341.2 
 
 97.0 
 
 1.960 
 
 4.070 
 
 
 .300 
 
 .222 
 
 4.640 
 
 Slightly turbid; odor- 
 less 
 
 30.40 
 
 ,00- 
 
 Feb. 4 
 
 310.0 
 
 40.0 
 
 .665 
 
 4,460 
 
 
 .242 
 
 ,342 
 
 4.70 
 
 Opalescent; earthy od'r 
 
 32.02 
 
 ,00 
 
 11 
 
 316.4 
 
 43.0 
 
 trace 
 
 10,381 
 
 
 .335 
 
 .560 
 
 5.70 
 
 ' ' ' ' ' ' 
 
 23.58 
 
 ,09 
 
 25 
 
 296,0 
 
 52,3 
 
 1,380 
 
 4,956 
 
 
 2.950 
 
 .390 
 
 7,100 
 
 
 28.83 
 
 ,37 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 317.8 
 
 56.3 
 
 ,966 
 
 6.933 
 
 
 .762 
 
 .367 
 
 5.505 
 
 
 tTABLB XXI.— Illinois Eivee at Alton E. E. Ceossing neab Peael. 
 
 1888 
 June 
 
 16 
 23 
 30 
 
 7 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 26 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 22 
 
 29 
 
 6 
 
 13 
 
 20 
 
 27 
 
 n . 
 
 658.8 
 
 1134.4 
 
 670,0 
 
 447,8 
 
 386,7 
 363,4 
 339.7 
 
 326.9 
 
 295.4 
 
 312.0 
 304.0 
 282.0 
 290.0 
 296.6 
 
 325.4 
 
 295.2 
 
 431,8 
 918,0 
 458,9 
 214.2 
 
 139,7 
 121,7 
 92,5 
 
 68,4 
 
 34.7 
 
 42.7 
 60.2 
 33.3 
 50.0 
 21.2 
 
 38.7 
 
 34.5 
 
 1.134 
 
 trace 
 
 .190 
 
 1.134 
 
 1.768 
 
 .485 
 
 1.323 
 
 .940 
 
 1.134 
 
 .605 
 
 trace 
 
 .756 
 
 .630 
 
 1.386 
 
 trace 
 
 trace 
 
 , 3.540 
 3.65 
 3.58 
 5.416 
 
 6.842 
 6.726 
 6.310 
 
 7.434 
 
 8.27.6 
 
 11.646 
 8.674 
 12.036 
 11.890 
 16.284 
 
 12,376 
 
 15,930 
 
 204.0 
 208.0 
 206.0 
 218.0 
 
 196,0 
 210,0 
 190,0 
 
 224.0 
 
 202.0 
 
 206.0 
 196.0 
 240.0 
 220.0 
 205.0 
 
 240.0 
 
 250.0 
 
 .068 
 .091 
 .012 
 .076 
 
 .075 
 .028 
 .016 
 
 .078 
 
 .030 
 
 .022 
 .129 
 .127 
 .102 
 .057 
 
 .061 
 
 .118 
 
 .63011,36 
 661 18 88 
 
 Mu^dy; earthy odor .. 
 Muddy 
 
 76.28 
 78.64 
 76.64 
 
 84.64 
 76,42 
 76,00 
 
 71,71 
 
 70,80 
 
 68,93 
 68,36 
 66.00 
 59.60 
 66.80 
 
 64.00 
 
 53.80 
 50.00 
 
 t 
 
 .59 
 2 62' 
 
 * t 
 
 .600 
 .458 
 
 .426 
 ,340 
 .358 
 
 .396 
 
 ,430 
 
 .348 
 .342 
 .420 
 .386 
 ,302 
 
 .366 
 
 ,286 
 
 7,76 
 12,00 
 
 10,560 
 61.400 
 7,000 
 
 8,000 
 
 6.720 
 
 6.800 
 6.000 
 7,040 
 4,810 
 5,680 
 
 4,720 
 
 5,120 
 
 
 1 66 
 
 July 
 
 Very turbid ; earthy 
 odor . 
 
 55- 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Muddy; odorless 
 
 Muddy; earthy odor .. 
 Slight turbidity; slight 
 earthy odor 
 
 2,24 
 ,05 
 
 61 
 
 Sept. 
 
 Slight turbidity: odor- 
 less 
 
 60 
 
 " 
 
 Opalescent; odorless; 
 yellowish 
 
 01 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Opalescent; odorless.. 
 Slightly opalescent; 
 
 .40- 
 
 2,76 
 
 ,00 
 
 .47 
 
 10 
 
 ' ' 
 
 SI ghtly turbid ; odor- 
 less 
 
 66 
 
 '* 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 .70- 
 
 Mea 
 
 402.5 
 
 172.5 
 
 ,711 
 
 8.719 
 
 213.4 
 
 .067 
 
 ,422 
 
 7,653 
 
 
 * These are means of observations made by P. J. Hasenstab at Jacksonville, and by 
 L. Eastman at Griggsville.— J. H. E. 
 
 J These observations were made by P. J. Bates, Whitehall.— J. H. K. 
 
 + Mean temperature by months, at KampsviUe, Calhoun Co., precipitation, and days 
 upon which rain fell. 
 
 Temperature— May, eS".?; June,75°.8; July,80°.3; August, 73''.6;. Precipitation in inches, 
 May,6.12; June,6.53; July,3.75; August,5.20. Days of rain,May, 2.7,8,15,18,24.26,28; June 6, 
 7,8,9,10,22,24,25,27; July 4,7,8.9,22,25,26,27; August 4,6,7,17,20,21,25,26. Dr. Southworth, 
 Observer.— J. H. K. 
 
28 
 
 ' Table XXII,— Gbafton (Nfar Mouth Illinois Eiver). 
 
 Date. 
 
 2S 
 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 June 
 July 
 
 Sept. 
 ■Oct. 
 
 20 321.9 
 271 290.5 
 3 813.7 
 12 297.9 
 IS 274.6 
 
 Mean 
 
 Jan. 
 
 Teb. 
 
 Mar. 
 
 Mean 
 
 294.2 
 273.2 
 284.4 
 294.4 
 3S0.O 
 334.6 
 284.4 
 
 94.0 
 97.6 
 65.6 
 67.6 
 60.7 
 
 36.0 
 33.0 
 36.4 
 20.7 
 38.3 
 29.2 
 25.2 
 
 431 
 trace 
 442 
 
 1..^S6 
 .500 
 1.00 
 1.260 
 1.13i 
 
 4.106 
 3.280 
 3.540 
 6.018 
 3.773 
 
 5., 522 
 11.32 
 13.270 
 12.390 
 10.620 
 17.1 
 18.980 
 
 210.0 
 178.0 
 208.0 
 178.0 
 168,0 
 
 205.0 
 218.0 
 210.0 
 222.0 
 240.0 
 220.0 
 2.52.0 
 
 .094 
 .108 
 .037 
 .025 
 .138 
 
 .020 
 .070 
 .013 
 .094 
 .200 
 .164 
 .156 
 
 .360 
 ,464 
 .406 
 '.470 
 
 .810 
 .636 
 .486 
 .344 
 .840 
 .342 
 .248 
 
 ,320 Turbid ; odorless 
 
 000 Odorless; turbid 
 
 520 SUghtly turbid ; odorless 
 
 660 Very strong and disagreeable 
 640 odor ; not natural 
 
 Shghtly turbid: odorless 
 
 Vinegar odor ; bad jug 
 
 400;Floating matter; jug not clean.. 
 200 Odorless; nearly clear 
 
 1.360 
 
 301.6 
 
 499 
 
 367.2 
 
 418 
 
 3.55, 
 
 291.4 
 
 353 
 
 359, 
 
 720 
 
 334.0 
 
 47.0 
 104.5 
 
 110. 
 8.4 
 44.6 
 8.8 
 
 78.5 
 
 .582, 
 
 42 
 
 367 
 
 000 
 
 000 
 
 000 
 
 trace 
 000 
 
 trace 
 .000 
 
 9.20.' 
 
 126.236 
 33.90 
 10.62 
 5.905 
 8.614 
 8.260' 
 7.580 
 5.900 
 5.782 
 
 242.4 
 
 410.8 
 
 44.6 
 
 .987 1 23.644 
 
 .095 
 
 1.138 
 .870 
 .290 
 .460 
 .4.50 
 .554 
 .550 
 1.10 
 2.47 
 
 .483 
 
 .414 
 
 .652 
 .666 
 .310 
 .560 
 1.560 
 1.135 
 
 7.300 
 
 6.16 
 6.16 
 7.36 
 6.48 
 3.60 
 7.50 
 16.60 
 15.28 
 14.320 
 
 .876 
 
 .722 
 
 9.818 
 
 Opalescent; (whisky; jug).. 
 Nearly clear; earthy odor. 
 
 Opalescent; earthy odor. . 
 
 Opalescent; odorless 
 
 Turbid ; odorless 
 
 Turbid; organic odor 
 
 Clear; organic odor 
 
 Nearly clear; earthy odor. 
 
 Clear, organic odor 
 
 Very muddy 
 
 Turbid ; organic odor 
 
 During the earlier months high water made the results very irregular, with gener- 
 ally increased organic matter. On the whole, there seems to be no important change 
 below Havana during the latter part ol the summer, and it appears we reach here ,a 
 condition in the river where the organic matter is very slowly changed. I have already 
 referred to the organic matter remaining in a stream after a ilow of a long distance as 
 "belonging, in all probability, to a very stable type. In the work of 1886 the portion of 
 this residue left to be oxidized by the laboratory process was very much smaller than 
 "that left in 1888, and the reason for this difference can be found largely in the difference 
 of temperature of the two seasons. The condition of the lower IlUnois is, as regards 
 residual organic matter, but Uttle different from that of the Kankakee, Fox. Big Vermil- 
 ion, or Little VermiUon, and I think we reach here the limit of oxidation practically 
 possible under the conditions of temperature and dilution which obtained during the 
 season. 
 
 The winter tests show many irregularities, but fn general ii less rapid rate of de- 
 struction of organic matter than during the summer. The condition of the water at 
 Beardstovvn is apparently much modified by the flow from the Sangamon as the tests 
 below this point indicate again an increase of albuminoid ammonia. 
 
 The water at Pearl was not in suitable condition for analysis until late in the sum- 
 mer. It was muddy until the middle of August, and, as the chlorine tests indicate, very 
 greatly diluted by heavy rains and probably with backwater from the Mississippi. At 
 Grafton we have, of course, a similar condition of affairs, although the turbidity was in 
 general less marked where the low chlorine shows the same dilution. Undoubtedly a 
 large proportion of the water here came from the Mississippi. 
 
 The samples sent from Grafton on January 14 and 21, show a large amount of chlorine 
 suggesting some sort of contamination wMch I cannot now account for. 
 
 The work of 1886-87 shows to what a remarkable degree oxidation is dependent on 
 temperature, and the same fact is brought out in the winter work of this year, though in 
 less marked degree. I am therefore led to believe that in a warm season quite differ- 
 ent results would be obtained by an examination of the lower IlUnois. 
 
By camparison of the results obtained in different seasons we are enabled to draw 
 an important conclusion which at first siglit may appear singular. In considering the 
 results obtained in the summer when a very rapid decrease in organic matter is ob- 
 served after the large pollution at Bridgeport, it has been urged that most of this de- 
 crease must be due to sedimentation. If this were true, then we should expect the 
 most rapid decrease where the conditions favoring sedimentation are the most perfect. 
 We have these pefeot conditions du' ing the winter when the surface of the water is 
 covered with ice, or at any rate not disturbed by navigation. 
 
 The analyses show us, beyond a doubt, that instead of there being a decrease in the 
 amount of organic matter in the river and canal under these conditions, there is a very 
 great increase. The oxidation and albuminoid ammonia tests show often as much as, or 
 even more, organic matter at Joliet and Morris than at Bridgeport, and a very greatly 
 amount, as compared with the summer tests, at other points down the stream. 
 
 Giving these observations due weight, 1 think we can effectually dispose of the ob- 
 jection urged f equently of late, and from quarters where more accurate information 
 should be expected, that the purification of a stream polluted by sewage is chiefly a 
 work of sedimentation rather than of bacterial or other oxidation. In the winter season 
 sedimentation undoubtedly plays by far the most promihent part in the disappearance 
 of pollution; but for the summer months the evidence points to something else as 
 taking the first place. In employing the va ious oxidation tests or the albuminoid am- 
 monia tests, it must be remembered that other indications near the source of a great 
 contamination are probably below the truth, while in the same stream, a hundred or 
 more miles away from this contamination, organic matters present are in a more suita- 
 ble condition to respond to the tests. It seems true, therefore, that these methods do- 
 not exaggerate the extent of purification in fiowing water. 
 
 The Mississippi Eiver. 
 
 Tables XXII to XXXII inclusive, give the results obtained by analysis of the water 
 of the Mississippi river collected at East Dubuaue, Book Island, Quincy, Alton, St. Louis, 
 East St. Louis, Chester and Cairo. 
 
 Table XXII.— East Dubx)qub. 
 
 Date. 
 
 o 
 
 
 : 5' 
 : 
 
 o 
 g 
 o 
 
 B 
 
 CD 
 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 B 
 
 ■ B 
 o 
 
 g 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 B 
 B 
 
 O 
 
 B. 
 
 : o 
 
 Physica' Conditions. 
 
 CD P K 
 DCD° 
 
 w 1 a- 
 
 ■ si P 
 
 '■■ Is 
 
 ^1 
 
 Oct. 16 
 
 185.0 
 190.2 
 167.0 
 
 13.6 
 13.8 
 12.5 
 
 
 1.220 
 1.556 
 1.416 
 
 155. 
 174. 
 150. 
 
 .037 
 .050 
 .072 
 
 .210 
 .102 
 .139 
 
 4.480 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 4.320 
 6.080 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 180.7 
 
 13.3 
 
 
 1.397 
 
 159. 
 
 .0.D3 
 
 .150 
 
 4.960 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Tab 
 
 LE x; 
 
 SillL- 
 
 -EocK Island. 
 
 Sept. 17 
 
 207.4 
 
 186.6 
 189.0 
 186.0 
 
 47.0 
 
 19.7 
 23.2 
 15.0 
 
 
 1.168 
 
 1.180 
 1.649 
 1.265 
 
 142. 
 
 160. 
 150. 
 154. 
 
 .062 
 
 .031 
 .054 
 .069 
 
 .328 
 
 .280 
 .200 
 .196 
 
 6.800 
 
 5.440 
 4.800 
 7.200 
 
 Slightly turbid; yellow- 
 
 * 
 58.28 
 58.85 
 52.28 
 48,14 
 
 
 " 24 
 Oct. 1 
 
 8 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless 
 
 .77 
 ,00 
 .10 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 192.2 
 
 26.2 
 
 
 1.315 
 
 151. 
 
 .054 
 
 .251 
 
 6,060 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 lABLE 
 
 XXI 
 
 V — QuiNCT. 
 
 Sept. 20 
 Oct 11 
 
 163.6 
 197.0 
 
 2.6 
 22.0 
 
 
 
 1.168 
 .930 
 
 144. 
 
 150. 
 
 .091 
 .049 
 
 .234 
 .312 
 
 7.120 
 5.060 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 
 
 Opalescent; ordoiless. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 180.3 
 
 12.3 
 
 
 1.049 
 
 147. 
 
 .070 
 
 .273 
 
 6.090 
 
 
 * Not enough water. + Mean of last 14. 
 'Observations U. S. Signal Service at Davenport. 
 
30 
 
 Table XXV.— Alton (Eiver.) 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 CO cn 
 
 Is 
 
 o 
 
 Op- 
 
 P-p 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 HI. CD 
 
 CD O 
 
 July 
 Aup. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 •Oct. 
 
 394.1 
 
 299.7 
 
 288 
 
 288 
 
 408.0 
 
 273:i 
 
 256.9 
 
 12 218.5 
 
 228 
 250.0 
 247.6 
 238.6 
 
 Nov. 1 
 Mean . 
 
 IS 277.0 
 230.0 
 276.0 
 
 Jan. 
 
 Teb. 
 
 Mar. 
 
 Mean. 
 
 193.7 
 133.1 
 113.2 
 
 217.4 
 sr,.'2 
 
 49.5 
 31.4 
 33.2 
 46.4 
 54.5 
 26.4 
 
 64.5 
 19.8 
 61.7 
 
 278.6 
 
 347.5 
 339.4 
 324.4 
 402.0 
 312.0 
 377, 
 
 122! 3 
 
 75.2 
 
 19.7 
 20.9 
 19.1 
 
 234.5 
 53.2 
 
 127.4 
 16.0 
 
 309.9 61.3 
 
 .567 
 .316 
 
 1.197 
 1.260 
 
 2.124 
 2.357 
 2.655 
 4.071 
 1.295 
 6.370 
 4.127 
 3.657 
 
 2 I 
 
 4! 480 
 3.540 
 6.726 
 
 4.841 
 6.520 
 5.664 
 
 170. 
 150. 
 146. 
 164. 
 160. 
 166. 
 168. 
 162. 
 168. 
 180. 
 180. 
 180. 
 
 180. 
 190. 
 
 .004 
 .031 
 .134 
 .060 
 .024 
 .020 
 .018 
 .032 
 .046 
 .038 
 .061 
 .095 
 
 .096 
 .093 
 .066 
 
 .420 
 .434 
 .420 
 .422 
 .396 
 .316 
 .376 
 .370 
 .478 
 .374 
 .366 
 .262 
 
 .292 
 .212 
 .202 
 
 Muddy 
 
 Muddy; earthy odor .. 
 Very tutbid; odorless . 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 Slightly opalescent; 
 
 odorless 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 169.4 
 
 .000 
 .88 
 .65 
 1.008 
 trace 
 trace 
 trace 
 trace 
 
 5.664 
 6.876 
 4.062 
 
 6.604 
 5.661 
 5.310 
 8.614 
 
 .166 
 
 .464 
 .452 
 ..518 
 .432 
 .420 
 .438 
 .340 
 .3111 
 
 .356 
 
 .470 
 .428 
 .306 
 .367 
 
 .29(1 
 .404 
 .2.51 
 .651 
 
 7.356 
 
 7.200 
 7.040 
 5.120 
 7.12 
 
 5. 520 
 7.200 
 6.100 
 15.2 
 
 Muddy; odorless. 
 
 .317 
 
 5.834 
 
 .•122 
 
 .396 
 
 Muddy ; earthy odor 
 Shghtly turbid; odorl's 
 
 Muddy; odorless 
 
 Opalescent; odorless 
 Yery muddy ; earthy 
 odor 
 
 77.5 
 73.5 
 
 64.0 
 
 ..562 
 
 2.85 
 20 
 
 2.11 
 .00 
 .90 
 .12 
 .00 
 .00 
 .70 
 
 1.53 
 .00 
 
 .51 
 .84 
 .92 
 .00 
 
 1.25 
 .12 
 .02 
 .00 
 .00 
 
 2.49 
 .45 
 
 2.98 
 
 * Not enough water sent. 
 
 + Observations made by Dr. J. L. E. Wadsworth, at CoUlnsville.— J. H. E. 
 
 Table XXVI.— Alton (Hydrant.) 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 H 
 
 
 E 
 
 
 G 
 & 
 en 
 
 Be 
 
 ps en 
 
 ^1 
 . p. 
 
 ■ CD 
 
 : & 
 
 
 
 
 OPj 
 
 mCD 
 
 . cn 
 . m 
 
 CD 
 
 f 
 
 B 
 
 & 
 
 
 p 
 5' 
 
 >■ 
 
 B 
 8 
 
 
 g 
 5' 
 
 coO 
 cM 
 
 ; § 
 . p 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 p|^ 
 
 BCD>^ 
 
 it 
 
 is. 
 we. 
 
 July 20 
 
 726.7 
 268.8 
 
 241.8 
 272.4 
 
 241.0 
 231.0 
 262.6 
 202.0 
 291.2 
 211.8 
 219.0 
 229.6 
 211.4 
 216.2 
 
 238.3 
 
 482.2 
 45.5 
 32.1 
 13.6 
 45.3 
 
 42.8 
 13.3 
 68.5 
 7.8 
 75.0 
 17.0 
 36.2 
 24.5 
 36.0 
 10.3 
 
 .567 
 .200 
 
 .180 
 trace 
 
 1.764 
 
 5.133 
 1.062 
 3.540 
 4.718 
 4.248 
 
 4.364 
 4.956 
 2.938 
 3.6,56 
 4.070 
 3.894 
 4.9.56 
 5.787 
 6.018 
 4.020 
 
 160: 
 
 180. 
 166. 
 170. 
 166. 
 
 ■180. 
 1C6. 
 168. 
 186. 
 190. 
 174. 
 160. 
 176. 
 184. 
 170. 
 
 .084 
 .023 
 .118 
 .032 
 .032 
 
 .030 
 .026 
 .098 
 .044 
 .048 
 .050 
 .107 
 .123 
 .0,53 
 .084 
 
 1 
 
 .55213.12 
 
 
 
 
 Aug. 3 
 ' 10 
 
 .278 
 .260 
 .260 
 .344 
 
 .284 
 .248 
 .360 
 .262 
 .366 
 .316 
 .203 
 .172 
 .188 
 .132 
 
 7.120 
 
 6.960 
 7.840 
 8.880 
 
 9.200 
 7.900 
 6.320 
 5.920 
 5.200 
 6.. 560 
 5.120 
 3.680 
 5.040 
 4.400 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 Opalescent; odorless .. 
 
 
 
 '■ 24 
 
 Slightly turbid; earthy 
 odor 
 
 
 
 8) 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 Clear: odorless 
 
 
 
 fiPpt. 7 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 28 
 
 Opalescent; odorless... 
 
 
 
 -t. 
 
 12 
 
 Nearly clear; odorh'ss. 
 Opalescent; odorless... 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless. 
 
 
 
 
 " 19 
 26 
 
 
 
 Nov. 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 tMean . 
 
 33.3 
 
 
 4.202 
 
 174. 
 
 .062 
 
 .261 
 
 6.438 
 
 

 
 
 
 Table XXTII.— St. Louis (Biver) 
 
 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 1^ 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 CO cn 
 
 : p. 
 
 3i 
 
 : p 
 
 i 
 
 : ™ 
 
 3 
 
 f> 
 
 B 
 B 
 
 o 
 
 g 
 
 5'r 
 
 t 
 
 B 
 B 
 
 o 
 
 B. 
 
 O 
 ■ o 
 
 : o 
 
 Physical Condition^'. 
 
 CD p ^ 
 
 ill 
 
 ^3 
 
 && 
 
 B'B. 
 
 Oct. 9 
 
 788.8 
 772.0 
 784.0 
 
 482.2 
 
 
 9.100 
 11.315 
 9.027 
 
 152. 
 230. 
 232. 
 
 .077 
 .026 
 .022 
 .006 
 
 .133 
 
 ,252 
 .266 
 ,134 
 
 8.720 
 6.480 
 6.000 
 
 Muddy ; odorless 
 
 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 511.0 
 
 
 <( (i 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 ( C ■ I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 781.6 
 
 496.6 
 
 
 9.814 
 
 204. 
 
 .065 
 
 .197 
 
 7.066 
 
 
 Table XXVIII.— St. Louis (Basin). 
 
 Oct. 10 
 
 365.4 
 395. 
 444.8 
 
 
 
 9.364 
 8,000 
 9,204 
 
 205. 
 196. 
 210. 
 
 .042 
 .016 
 .048 
 ,079 
 
 148 
 
 3 040 
 
 
 
 
 " 17 
 
 
 
 .114' 6.040 
 ,142 3.920 
 ,104i 
 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 
 
 It .. 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 " " 
 
 
 t( 1 < 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 401,7 
 
 
 
 8,856 
 
 203. 
 
 .046 
 
 .127 
 
 4.333 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table XXIX —East St. Louis.— (Two miles from Sump house, river') 
 
 July 
 
 Sept. 
 Oct. 
 
 Mean 
 
 397,5 
 
 186.0 
 
 
 2,584 
 
 .154 
 
 .036 
 
 ,312 
 
 8.200 
 
 332.6 
 
 146,5 
 
 
 3,656 
 
 .148 
 
 ,031 
 
 .202 
 
 8,240 
 
 407,4 
 
 157,7 
 
 
 4,956 
 
 .198 
 
 .028 
 
 .316 
 
 5,920 
 
 350,2 
 
 158,6 
 
 
 5.664 
 
 .176 
 
 .069 
 
 .384 
 
 6,000 
 
 261,4 
 
 29,0 
 
 
 4.364 
 
 ,184 
 
 .110 
 
 .302 
 
 5.360 
 
 252,0 
 
 24,8 
 
 
 4.248 
 
 ,204 
 
 ,049 
 
 .224 
 
 4.480 
 
 260,0 
 
 35.7 
 
 
 4,732 
 
 .200 
 
 ,029 
 
 .215 
 
 4.560 
 
 257,0 
 
 24.8 
 
 
 5.510 
 
 .224 
 
 ,020 
 
 .168 
 
 3.680 
 
 314.7 
 
 95,3 
 
 
 4.476 
 
 .186 
 
 ,046 
 
 .265 
 
 5.805 
 
 Muddy; odorless.. 
 
 Slightly t'rbid; odorless 
 
 *75,14 
 79.00 
 03,14 
 66,14 
 65,71 
 62,14 
 52,7 
 48.65 
 
 1.49 
 .33 
 .06 
 
 1.25 
 .46 
 .08 
 
 1.29 
 .76 
 
 Table XXX.— East St. Louis— (Pump house.) 
 
 July 20 
 
 1742,5 
 
 " 27 
 
 1302,2 
 
 Sept. 15 
 
 423,0 
 
 " 22 
 
 347,0 
 
 Oct. 6 
 
 303,4 
 
 12 
 
 284,6 
 
 19 
 
 278,2 
 
 " 26 
 
 255.4 
 
 Mean , 
 
 616,4 
 
 198.3 
 137.2 
 66,2 
 39,2 
 51,0 
 50,3 
 
 67.7 
 
 2.694 
 3,066 
 4,602 
 5,310 
 4,148i 
 5,890 
 5.096 
 4.956 
 
 4.457 
 
 .136 
 
 .054 
 .060 
 .028 
 .054 
 .089 
 ,049 
 ,0.58 
 .050 
 
 ,055 
 
 1,130 
 ,674 
 ,324 
 .344 
 .264 
 .222 
 ,222 
 ,158 
 
 ,417 
 
 4,480 
 5,600 
 6.800 
 4,4()0 
 4,080 
 4,640 
 
 3,757 
 
 Very muddy 
 
 Muddy; odorless. , 
 Turbid; odorless . 
 
 Table XXXL— Chesteb. 
 
 Oct. 9 
 .So date 
 Oct. 19 
 
 Mean . 
 
 414.6 
 490.0 
 413.4 
 
 191.2 
 
 
 6.2(i0 
 7.644 
 7.640 
 
 .185 
 ,208 
 .212 
 
 ,065 
 ,098 
 ,067 
 
 .246 
 .272 
 .192 
 
 4.800 
 6,400 
 5,360 
 
 142.4 
 
 
 439.3 
 
 111.2 
 
 
 7.161 
 
 .291 
 
 ,076 
 
 .236 
 
 5,520 
 
 Table XXXIL— Cairo. 
 
 Oct. 1 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 Mean . 
 
 641.4 
 692.0 
 399,8 
 
 445,7 
 509,2 
 
 
 7,778 
 7,080 
 8,088 
 
 .194 
 .180 
 ,215 
 
 .072 
 .084 
 .109 
 
 .430 
 .260 
 .496 
 
 6.320 
 6.480 
 12,480 
 
 
 
 577.7 
 
 318.3 
 
 
 7.648 
 
 .196 
 
 .088 
 
 .397 
 
 8,426 
 
 Muddy; odorless . 
 
 *0 servations- XT. S. Signal Service. St. Louis. 
 tObservations- U. S. Signal S .rvice, Cairo. 
 
32 
 
 The test at Alton .show the effect ot mixture with tlii^ water o' (he IlMnois. There 
 is evidently no increase in organic matter, comparing -amo date.s, but a very percepti- 
 Ible increase in chlorine and hardness. During the winter the water was generally tur- 
 bid, and characterized by an increase of free and albuminoid ammonia. 
 
 At East St. Louis we have a mixture of M ssissippi, Illinois and Missouri river 
 waters, and no gi-eat change from what is ound at Alton. The proportion of Missouri 
 water must be small. 
 
 The water sent from the river at St. Louis was too muddy for an aceura e determin- 
 ation of some points. The increased chloride?, undoubtedly due to the Missouri, dis- 
 tinguish this from that aken on the opposite bank. The improvement in the settling 
 basin is quite apparent but does not go far enough. The tests at Chester and Cairo 
 show that the waters of the three s ream- have become more thoroughly mixed. The 
 chlorides are higher than at Alton or East St. Louis, but lower than at St. Louis. There 
 is apparently no increase in organic matter. 
 
 The Ohio Eivee. 
 
 In Table XXXIII we have the results, of a few tests of Oliio river water at Cairo. The 
 first th ee tests were made on the natural river water and the Ave following on 1he 
 same water after iiltration tln-ough a patented filter. The apparent increase of free am- 
 monia may be due to the alum used as a coagulant. The oxidation and albuminoid am- 
 monia tests show a reduction in organic matter, but less marked than was anticipated. 
 
 Table XXXIIL— Ohio Eivek, Caieo. 
 
 UNriLTEEED. 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 1= 
 
 a; 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 p; 
 o 
 
 5' 
 9 
 
 
 
 
 B 
 B 
 o 
 
 > 
 > 
 o 
 
 B 
 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Oct. 1 
 
 8 
 
 273.2 
 185.0 
 167.0 
 
 199.6 
 88.8 
 62.5 
 
 tra?e 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 3.894 
 1.416 
 4.004 
 
 66. 
 71. 
 
 .038 
 .038 
 .174 
 
 .270 
 .145 
 .138 
 
 6.880 
 3.040 
 3.680 
 
 Muddy; yellowish; odorle.=iS 
 
 Turbid ; odoi'less 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 
 Mean.... 
 
 208,4 
 
 116.9 
 
 0.00 
 
 3.104 
 
 46. 
 
 .083 
 
 .184 4.533 
 
 i 
 
 
 EILTEEED. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 164.0 
 110.8 
 
 3.6 
 
 8.2 
 
 0.00 
 0.00 
 
 i.r?7 
 
 4.368 
 
 75. 
 95. 
 
 .050 
 .073 
 
 .075 
 .082 
 
 2.960 
 2.960 
 
 137.4 
 
 5.9 
 
 0.00 
 
 3.069 
 
 85. 
 
 .061 
 
 .078 
 
 2.965 
 
 Clear; odorlcs 
 
 nXTEEED AND AEEATED. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Mean. 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 15 
 
 202.8 
 150.0 
 111.0 
 
 2.5 
 2.0 
 3.6 
 
 '1:765 
 0.00 
 
 2.236 
 2.2:i0 
 4.004 
 
 80. 
 73. 
 83. 
 
 .109 
 .Og5 
 .095 
 
 .098 
 .083 
 .086 
 
 1.280 
 3.840 
 2.. -.20 
 
 2..'i46 
 
 
 154.6 
 
 2.7 
 
 0.00 
 
 2.823 
 
 78. 
 
 .096 
 
 .088 
 
 Clear; odorless. 
 
33 
 Water from State Institutions. 
 
 Several samples from each of the state Institutions have been examined, the results 
 of which a e given below. 
 
 KANKAKEE INSANE ASYLUM. 
 
 The water is taken from a tllterlng gallery, out through sand rook for a distance of 
 nearly one-fourth of a mile, parallel to the Kankakee river; also, in part from the river 
 directly, as the Altered supply is not always sufficient. The analyses made are as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 Table XXXT. 
 
 
 
 E. 
 
 Be 
 
 as 
 
 
 o 
 er 
 o 
 
 
 O- 
 
 > 
 
 s 
 g 
 
 o 
 
 P 
 
 PffQ 
 
 .Date 
 1888. 
 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 1 
 
 : CD 
 ■ p. 
 
 coP 
 
 : 
 
 CD 
 
 OS 
 
 ■ CO 
 
 l 
 
 2<D 
 
 ■ a 
 
 : o 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 ■ P 
 
 Sept. 
 
 18 
 
 244.8 
 
 18.2 
 
 
 1.775 
 
 210, 
 
 .014 
 
 ,372 
 
 16,160 
 
 ' ' 
 
 25 
 
 231.0 
 
 11.0 
 
 
 1.770 
 
 216. 
 
 .057 
 
 .296 
 
 5.760 
 
 Oct. 
 
 2 
 
 251.2 
 
 17.0 
 
 
 1.649 
 
 230. 
 
 .046 
 
 .280 
 
 6.840 
 
 ' ' 
 
 » 
 
 2.58.(1 
 
 15.0 
 
 
 2.000 
 
 206. 
 
 .054 
 
 .240 
 
 5.600 
 
 
 25 
 
 300.4 
 
 15.0 
 
 
 3.150 
 
 254. 
 
 .016 
 
 .160 
 
 5.040 
 
 M 
 
 256.1 
 
 15.2 
 
 
 2.-069 
 
 223. 
 
 .037 
 
 .267 
 
 7.680 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Nearly clear: yellowish; odorless 
 Clear and odorless 
 
 Clear ; earthy odor 
 
 Nearly clear ; odorless 
 
 ANNA INSANE ASYLUM. 
 
 This institution is supplied with surface water which collects largely in sink holes 
 and passes by subterranean channels to a large cavern or natural reservoir. This is 
 called the "spring." From there it is pumped into setthng basins, where a great deal 
 of earthy matter is deposited, and then to filter beds where it is thoroughly cleared. It 
 is pumped into the building from the beds. The second and third tests indicate a fairly 
 good water. 
 
 Table XXXVI. 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. , 
 
 oa 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 if 
 If 
 
 en t3 
 
 O 
 
 p- 
 o 
 
 a 
 p 
 
 CD 
 ■ 
 
 : 
 
 
 a 
 
 05 
 
 3 
 
 CD 
 
 3 
 B 
 
 1 
 
 so 
 
 t 
 a- 
 
 t> 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 p 
 
 p 
 
 
 ax 
 
 |i 
 =^p 
 
 CD 
 
 o 
 
 p 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Oct 13 
 
 160.6 
 171.6 
 199.2 
 
 4.2 
 1.5 
 1.5 
 
 trace 
 
 6.02 
 
 4.368 
 
 4.248 
 
 120. 
 133. 
 
 140. 
 
 .396 
 .071 
 .026 
 
 .122 
 .174 
 .100 
 
 2.40 
 2.56 
 2.40 
 
 Clear and odorless 
 
 ■' 20 
 
 27 
 
 
 Mean.... 
 
 177.1 
 
 ■2.4 
 
 
 4.878 
 
 131. 
 
 .164 
 
 .132 
 
 2.45 
 
 
 ELGIN INSANE ASYLUM. 
 
 The three samples analyzed were from a spring on the grounds. The water appears 
 to be very good 
 
34 
 
 Table XXXVII, 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 1 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CD 
 
 
 II 
 
 CD 
 
 if 
 So 
 
 JO B 
 
 : 3' 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 CO 
 
 •=1 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 t> 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 B 
 
 1 
 
 
 P 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Oct 18 
 
 358.0 9.0 
 342.8 4.6 
 353.4 1.2 
 
 trace 
 trace 
 
 2.912 
 4.586 
 2,890 
 
 296. 
 316. 
 290. 
 
 .026 
 .012 
 .028 
 
 .069 
 .026 
 .060 
 
 .640 
 1.04 
 1.12 
 
 Clear and odorless 
 
 •■ 22 
 •• 29 
 
 
 Mean.... 
 
 351.4 
 
 4.9 
 
 
 3.462 
 
 300. 
 
 .022 
 
 .051 
 
 .933 
 
 
 JAOKSONTrLLE INSANE ASYLUM. 
 
 The water used in this asylum is obtained from the town supply, described later. 
 It is passed through a filter, which, to judge from the specimens examined, does not 
 purify it as fuUy as is claimed. The large amount of free ammonia may come in part 
 from the ammonia, alum used as a coagulant, but further tests are needed before pro- 
 nouncing definitely upon the results of the filtration. 
 
 Table XXXVIII. 
 
 Date 
 1888 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 E 
 
 CD 
 O 
 
 . CD 
 
 
 
 en p 
 
 o 
 
 tl* 
 
 1 
 
 OPj 
 
 wCC 
 ■ 01 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 f> 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 
 P 
 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 : & 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 • cs 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5' 
 
 p 
 
 : D 
 
 
 Oct. 
 
 15 
 
 193.0 
 
 2.0 
 
 
 4.368 
 
 140, 
 
 .258 
 
 .190 
 
 4.080 
 
 Clear; strong earthy odor 
 
 
 26 
 
 207.4 
 
 3,2 
 
 
 2.478 
 
 166. 
 
 .270 
 
 .404 
 
 5.060 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 ' * 
 
 31 
 
 191.0 
 
 31.1 
 
 
 2.465 
 
 180. 
 
 .466 
 
 .486 
 
 5.920 
 
 Opalescent ; odorless 
 
 Mean. 
 
 197.1 
 
 12.1 
 
 
 3,103 
 
 158. 
 
 .331 
 
 .360 
 
 5.020 
 
 
 JACKSONTILLE DEAF AND DUMB ASYLUM. 
 
 The supply here is taken from the city and filtered. But two tests were made. These 
 show less free ammonia, and about the same amount of albuminoid as is found in the 
 asylum water. 
 
 Table XXXIX. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 i 
 
 Be 
 
 ■ CD 
 
 : p- 
 
 if 
 
 ip 
 
 : p' 
 
 o 
 
 p- 
 o 
 3. 
 
 9 
 
 
 CD 
 
 CD 
 
 > 
 P 
 
 B 
 o 
 
 > 
 1 
 
 p-p 
 
 ■ CD 
 
 : o 
 
 • P 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Oct. 30 
 
 172,2 
 240.6 
 
 3,5 
 51,5 
 
 
 4.248 
 2.832 
 
 134. 
 160. 
 
 .054 
 .022 
 
 .388 
 .380 
 
 5.680 
 5.920 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 " 30 
 
 SUghtly turbid ; odorless 
 
 Mean. . . . 
 
 206.4 
 
 27.5 
 
 
 3.540 
 
 147. 
 
 .038 
 
 .384 
 
 5.800 
 
 
 LINCOLN ASYLUM FOB FEEBLE MINDED CHILDKEN. 
 
 The supply here is taken from the mains of the waterworks company. The com- 
 pany's wells are connected with flhering galleries, constructed a few years ago. I made 
 two analyses of this water in September, 1887. They gave closely agreeing results. The 
 results obtained from the first test were in parts per million: 
 
3t) 
 
 Bodium chloride 3.8 
 
 Potassium chloride 12.G 
 
 Potassium sulphate 17.6 
 
 Calcium sulphate 11.6 
 
 Calcium carbonate .' 125.3 
 
 Magnesium carbonate 81.2 
 
 Ferric oxide and alumina 11.3 
 
 Silica 12.2 
 
 Free ammonia 018 
 
 Alb. ammonia 052 
 
 Oxygen consumed 960 
 
 The water is supplied from a small stream and is evidently well Altered in the gal- 
 leries. The recent tests do not indicate much change, except in the amount of oxygen 
 consumed, as shown by the table below. 
 
 Table XL. 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 bS 
 
 ^3 
 
 o 
 
 oW 
 
 1^ 
 
 >■ 
 
 -9 
 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 E 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 
 - <D 
 
 ft 
 
 o 
 
 B 
 9 
 
 ig 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 B 
 
 O 
 
 B. 
 
 B 
 
 II 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 
 JO 
 
 : p. 
 
 : 3 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 : o 
 • 3 
 
 
 Oct. 15 
 
 336.8 
 
 15.3 
 
 
 5.460 
 
 290. 
 
 .005 
 
 .061 
 
 l.liO 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 " 22 
 
 308.(1 
 
 15.1 
 
 
 6.824 
 
 290. 
 
 .008 
 
 .092 
 
 3.20 
 
 Yellowish; odorless 
 
 Nov. S 
 
 333.0 
 
 2.5 
 
 
 3.540 
 
 276. 
 
 .034 
 
 .047 
 
 2.80 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 325.9 
 
 10.9 
 
 
 4.941 
 
 286. 
 
 ,015 
 
 .066 
 
 2.63 
 
 
 PONTIAC RErOKM SCHOOL. 
 
 This water supply is taken from a well, which is 24 feet deep sunk thi-ough .strata 
 of sandy loam and sand ; 150 feet from the well there is an artificial pond, supplied by 
 water from an artesian well. This water is heavily charged with salt, which possibly 
 suggests the source of supply of the shallow well, as the water here shows a large 
 amount of chlorides. The privy vault is 400 feet from the well. 
 
 Table XLI. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 g 
 
 o 
 
 p. 
 m 
 
 p CD 
 
 • a 
 
 : & 
 
 
 o 
 g; 
 o' 
 3. 
 p 
 
 eg 
 
 ■ 01 
 
 : CD 
 
 hi. 
 
 o 
 >■ 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 a 
 
 O) 
 CD 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 
 
 
 : o 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Oct 17 
 
 1609.4 
 1582.0 
 1829.8 
 
 16.0 
 7.1 
 8.9 
 
 
 480.48 
 496.60 
 584.10 
 
 536. 
 504. 
 528. 
 
 .421 
 .048 
 .294 
 
 .116 
 .081 
 .038 
 
 1.84 
 2.32 
 2.16 
 
 Nearlv clear* odorle.s.s 
 
 29 
 Nov 2 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 1673.7 
 
 10.6 
 
 
 520.06 
 
 522. 
 
 .254 
 
 .078 
 
 3.10 
 
 
 CHESTEE STATE PKISON. 
 
 The supply here is rain water. Two samples tested had been filtered, and two not; 
 the filtered water is of good auaUty. 
 
36 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Table XLII 
 
 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 E 
 
 as 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 
 3? 
 
 CD 
 P- 
 
 Si 
 
 CD P 
 
 Q 
 
 E 
 
 O 
 
 1 
 
 wCD 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 O 
 
 s. 
 
 
 ll 
 
 ■ CJ 
 
 : o 
 : ? 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Oct. 15 
 22 
 
 122.0 
 95.8 
 
 15.1 
 3.4 
 
 trace 
 
 .354 
 .721 
 
 62. 
 75. 
 
 .088 
 .105 
 
 .352 
 .a50 
 
 10.800 
 9.840 
 
 Clear 
 
 Yellowish; organic odor 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 108.9 
 
 9.2 
 
 
 .539 
 
 68.6 
 
 .096 
 
 .351 
 
 10.320 
 
 
 PILTEEED. 
 
 Oct. 22 
 
 66.2 
 75.2 
 
 
 
 ,003 
 .708 
 
 42. 
 40. 
 
 .008 
 .006 
 
 .042 
 .046 
 
 1.920 
 2.400 
 
 29 
 
 1.3 
 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 70.7 
 
 .65 
 
 
 .655 
 
 41. 
 
 .007 
 
 .044 
 
 2.160 
 
 Clear; odorless. 
 
 JOLIET STATE PEISON. 
 
 The supply of tlie Joliet Penitentiary is obtained from two artesian wells, one 553 
 feet deep and the other 1,948 feet deep. The flow from the former stopped during the 
 autumn and at the present time the deep well furnishes all the water used. The three 
 tests show marked variations in the Quality of the water. Free ammonia is usually 
 found in large quantity in artesian waters but the albuminoid in this well is very high 
 and suggests the propriety of further investigation. 
 
 Table XLIII. 
 
 Date. 
 1888, 
 
 o 
 
 E 
 
 o 
 
 
 -CO 
 
 si 
 1= 
 11 
 
 toe 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 ►^ 
 
 1-1 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 > 
 
 I 
 
 O 
 
 s. 
 
 8J 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 o 
 P 
 
 ? 
 
 
 II 
 
 o 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 OC. 13 
 
 794.6 
 810.4 
 696.8 
 
 • 
 
 2.00 
 2.30 
 1.00 
 
 Tr'be 
 
 233.64 
 224.20 
 141.60 
 
 220.0 
 300.0 
 206.0 
 
 14.160 
 
 .328 
 
 2.360 
 
 .420 
 .920 
 .240 
 
 1.600 
 2.240 
 3.840 
 
 Clear and odorless 
 
 20 
 
 
 29 
 
 1 ( (( 
 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 766.9 
 
 1.76 
 
 
 199.80 
 
 242.0 
 
 5.616 
 
 .526 
 
 2.560 
 
 
 NoEMAL, Soldiers' Oephans' Home. 
 The water supply is furnished by a well on the grounds 105 feet deep, 60 feet of 
 which is 7 feet in diameter and ailed up with brick and timber. Below this is 45 feet 
 of 7 inch iron pipe and a strainer at the bottom. The wate.- is not filtered before u->e. 
 It seems to be somewhat similar to that of Bloomington, referred to be ow. At the 
 present time from 800 to 1,000 barrels per day is furnished. 
 
 Table XLIV. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 1 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 o. 
 
 CO 
 
 ■J 
 
 si 
 
 cop 
 
 : p' 
 
 o 
 
 1 
 
 it 
 
 o 
 
 i 
 g 
 
 1. 
 
 o 
 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Jan. 14 
 
 456.5 
 419.0 
 385.0 
 
 9.0 
 10.4 
 22.2 
 
 1.650 
 2,010 
 2.898 
 
 3.240 
 1,765 
 1.750 
 
 
 .886 
 1.064 
 1.232 
 
 .133 
 .131 
 .079 
 
 2.320 
 
 2.96 
 
 2.66 
 
 Clear ; o. orless 
 
 21 
 
 
 29 
 
 «( It 
 
 Mean . 
 
 420.2 
 
 13.86 
 
 2,186 
 
 2.226 
 
 
 1.060 
 
 .114 
 
 2.61 
 
 
37 
 Town Supplies. 
 
 JACKSONVILLE. 
 
 The usual supply is surface water, collected in a ravine. A dam across this forms 
 a basin, out of which the mains ai e filled. 
 
 In dry weather, the "Davenport" well, so called, is used. This well is an abandoned 
 coal shaft, 210 feet deep. Working it for coal was given up because of the great amount 
 of water which collected. 
 
 An artesian well is also used in dry weather It is 2,400 feet deep and djsehargeg 
 120,000 gallons of water daily. 
 
 The tests show that the surface water is far from satisfactory. The one analysis of 
 the Davenport water indicates much organic matter in solution. The artesian water is 
 very hard and heavily charged with salt. 
 
 Table XLV. 
 
 Dat . 
 
 1888. 
 
 i. 
 
 o 
 
 Be 
 
 ^1 
 
 CD CD 
 
 o 
 
 E 
 
 O 
 
 Op. 
 
 1 
 B 
 
 > 
 5 
 
 & 
 
 a CO 
 p 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 o 
 
 B 
 
 
 a. 
 
 : p- 
 
 : P 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 p 
 
 e 
 
 : ■? 
 
 TY+.S 
 
 472.7 
 
 
 2.548 
 
 160. 
 
 .192 
 
 .195 
 
 29.92 
 
 2K2.2 
 
 
 Tr'ce 
 
 5.542 
 
 186. 
 
 .060 
 
 .620 
 
 12.64 
 
 197.0 
 
 2.1 
 
 " 
 
 5.510 
 
 160. 
 
 .128 
 
 .424 
 
 6.80 
 
 275.0 
 210.0 
 
 
 
 3.894 
 2.832 
 
 184. 
 160. 
 
 .072 
 .045 
 
 .480 
 .482 
 
 14.560 
 7.360 
 
 9.4 
 
 
 2522.2 
 
 1.1 
 
 
 934.5 
 
 460. 
 
 1.228 
 
 .016 
 
 2.800 
 
 2591. li 
 
 1.5 
 
 
 1005.4 
 
 470. 
 
 1.428 
 
 .280 
 
 3,440 
 
 1191.6 
 
 52.4 
 
 
 169.92 
 
 436. 
 
 2.508 
 
 .290 
 
 6.560 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Turbid; very strong earthy odor. 
 
 Turbid; odorless 
 
 Clear ; " 
 
 Turbid; " 
 
 Slightly turbid ; earthy odor 
 
 I Artesian well— Clear and odor- 
 
 f less 
 
 Davenport well— Nearly clear; 
 odorless 
 
 The water supply of Aurora is taken from the Fox river, and is drawn from an 
 island in the river, 1.200 feet long and 200 feet wide. In the center of the island is a 
 conduit or gallery 800 feet long, made by excavafing to the rock 12 feet down and build- 
 ing up a wall of rubble stone on each side, covered on the top with hemlock joists set 
 on edge and one-half inch apart, the joists are in turn covered with gravel and soil. 
 The conduit thus formed has a section of 4 feet, and is connected by a pipe with the 
 pumping works a mile north of the city. In the winter about 300,000 gallons daily is 
 pumped, while in the summer the amount is increased to from 1,500,000 to ^,500,000 gal- 
 lons, the tests are as follows; 
 
 Table XLTI. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 1^ 
 o 
 
 £. 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 05 
 
 Bf 
 
 as 
 . p. 
 
 : p- 
 
 1° 
 'ji p 
 
 : p' 
 
 o 
 o 
 p' 
 
 © 
 
 Op. 
 
 : °^ 
 
 ft 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 i 
 
 5= 
 
 >■ 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 
 e. 
 
 ■ CD 
 
 : o 
 . p 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Se^t. 21 
 
 Oct. 5 
 " 13 
 
 288.0 
 296.6 
 299.4 
 326.0 
 
 2.6 
 2.6 
 2.5 
 5.8 
 
 Tr'ce 
 
 2.124 
 2.478 
 2.365 
 2.832 
 
 260. 
 294. 
 282. 
 308. 
 
 .068 
 .084 
 .048 
 .064 
 
 .208 
 .206 
 .196 
 .148 
 
 3.760 
 4.160 
 4.000 
 4.000 
 
 
 
 i ■ < < 
 
 (. <t 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 302.5 
 
 3.4 
 
 
 2.449 
 
 261. 
 
 .066 
 
 .189 
 
 3.980 
 
 
38 
 
 PBEBPOBT. 
 
 The supply is from eighteen artesian wells tubed to a depth of 44 feet. At the sur- 
 face these pipes are connected with a 16-ineh main. The water is hard, but otherwise good. 
 
 Table XL VII. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 i. 
 
 ■Ji 
 
 • CD 
 
 : a 
 
 if 
 
 » P 
 
 : p' 
 
 O 
 
 a 
 p 
 
 9 
 
 9^ 
 
 do. 
 OS 
 
 wCD 
 . Tli 
 
 : ^ 
 
 '^ 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 t>- 
 B 
 
 O 
 
 P 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 p 
 
 P-iS 
 
 ; § 
 
 . p 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Sept. 25 
 
 466.0 
 470.6 
 537.0 
 448.4 
 
 1.0 
 1.8 
 1.0 
 3.2 
 
 5.540 
 9.324 
 5.160 
 5.040 
 
 12., 506 
 14.160 
 U,790 
 13.104 
 
 454. 
 434. 
 448. 
 405. 
 
 .032 
 .038 
 .040 
 .013 
 
 .086 
 .049 
 .076 
 .031 
 
 1,360 
 
 .720 
 
 1,600 
 
 7.776 
 
 Clear and odorless 
 
 Oct. 2 
 
 
 9 
 
 < ( (< 
 
 16 
 
 ( < t ' 
 
 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 475.5 
 
 1.7 
 
 6.266 
 
 12.890 
 
 435. 
 
 .031 
 
 ,060 
 
 2.866 
 
 
 The Elgin water is taken from the Fox river, and is passed through filters. At the 
 time the samples were collected these filters were not working well. The large amount 
 of free ammonia in two of the samples tested oamo from the ammonia alum employed 
 as a coagulant in the filtej s. 
 
 Table XLVIII, 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 Cr. 
 
 B ri 
 
 m Cfi 
 
 g-ia 
 
 . o 
 ; I— 
 
 a2 
 
 si 
 
 : p' 
 
 o' 
 p' 
 
 9t 
 
 oS, 
 
 CD 
 > 
 
 B 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 > 
 
 5= 
 
 '> 
 
 3 
 B 
 o 
 p 
 
 '0. 
 
 Bg 
 
 - ^ 
 5^p 
 
 ■ o 
 
 : o 
 
 ■ "? 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Sept. 24 
 Oct. 8 
 
 269, 
 266, 
 264.6 
 
 2,2 
 1,2 
 
 trace 
 
 1.775 
 5.372 
 2.648 
 
 290, 
 282, 
 276. 
 
 .510 
 .0.53 
 .233 
 
 .316 
 ,296 
 ,214 
 
 4,560 
 4,800 
 2.640 
 
 Clear and odorless 
 
 19 
 
 2,7 
 
 " " 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 266,5 
 
 2,0 
 
 
 3.232 
 
 282. 
 
 .266 
 
 .275 
 
 4.000 
 
 
 A part of the water used in the city is taken from the Illinois river, and has already 
 been described. A portion of the drinking water used is furnished by springs in the 
 higher part ot the city. 
 
 An experimental well known as the "city well" furnishes water which could not be 
 used as it is badly contaminated and yellow. A series of analyses was made of the 
 water from a well 33 feet deep, at the upper sugar works, and also from a driven well 
 70 feet, at the Monarch distillery. The direct indications of organic matter are not pro- 
 nounced in either case, but the nitrates and chlorides of the well at the sugar works 
 suggest strong contamination with oxid zed sewage. At the distillery weU the indica- 
 tions are much less pronounced. These wells are both near the river. 
 
Table XLIX.— "City Weli.," (not in use.) 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 E 
 
 CO 
 
 „oo 
 So 
 
 CD ® 
 CO P 
 
 : p' 
 
 a 
 
 p- 
 
 a 
 
 p 
 
 0) 
 
 eg 
 
 . t/i 
 
 1^ 
 
 3 
 
 a 
 > 
 
 B 
 B 
 o 
 g 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 p 
 
 F 
 
 I?. 
 B'S 
 
 - Q 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Aug. 7 
 •^ 22 
 
 Sept. 20 
 " 2? 
 
 Oct. 4 
 " 10 
 
 796.2 
 713.5 
 670.8 
 664.6 
 687.0 
 696.4 
 
 7.5 
 19.5 
 24.4 
 41.2 
 48.2 
 31.3 
 
 8.075 
 1.134 
 .756 
 3.780 
 trace 
 1.512 
 
 79.175 
 60.767 
 81.066 
 70.920 
 81.774 
 71.150 
 
 544. 
 500. 
 374. 
 400. 
 414. 
 324. 
 
 .179 
 .242 
 .144 
 
 .454 
 .346 
 .484 
 
 .120 
 .290 
 .198 
 .152 
 .136 
 .192 
 
 1.120 
 4.720 
 4.800 
 4.000 
 2.720 
 2.800 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 Slierht opalescence ; odorless 
 
 Yellow ; turbid ; odorless 
 
 Yellow; tu bid; earthy odor 
 
 Yellowish ; odorless 
 
 Mean . 
 
 704.7 
 
 27.6 
 
 2.543 
 
 74.142 
 
 426. 
 
 .308 
 
 .181 
 
 3.360 
 
 
 Well at Monakch Distilleky. 
 
 June 
 Aug. 
 
 Se^t. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Mean 
 
 371.5 
 
 4.5 
 
 7.875 
 
 2.944 
 
 310.8 
 
 .002 
 
 .037 
 
 .960 
 
 373.0 
 
 4.5 
 
 7,560 
 
 .587 
 
 306.0 
 
 .144 
 
 .188 
 
 .416 
 
 424.6 
 
 4.0 
 
 5.560 
 
 2.710 
 
 314.0 
 
 .046 
 
 .028 
 
 1.120 
 
 399.(1 
 
 3.2 
 
 7.300 
 
 2.700 
 
 314.0 
 
 ,047 
 
 .030 
 
 .960 
 
 432.6 
 
 1.7 
 
 7.660 
 
 2.832 
 
 3.50.0 
 
 .027 
 
 .091 
 
 .720 
 
 416.0 
 
 4.1 
 
 6.426 
 
 2.340 
 
 320.0 
 
 ,047 
 
 .059 
 
 1.920 
 
 402.8 
 
 3.6 
 
 7.380 
 
 2.350 
 
 319.1 
 
 .035 
 
 .072 
 
 1.016 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 Clear; yellowish; odorless. 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 Well at Uppeb Sugae Woeks. 
 
 June 
 
 Aug. 
 Se^t. 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Mean 
 
 \ 
 761.4 
 
 2.5 
 
 11.970 
 
 61.950 
 
 480.0 
 
 .012 
 
 .014 
 
 1.44 
 
 67H.2 
 
 1.0 
 
 18.900 
 
 41.524 
 
 496.0 
 
 .017 
 
 .021 
 
 1.12 
 
 784.0 
 
 2.0 
 
 11.592 
 
 33.509 
 
 4H6.0 
 
 .015 
 
 .054 
 
 1.20 
 
 637.8 
 
 1.3 
 
 8.825 
 
 35.400 
 
 520. 
 
 ,077 
 
 .080 
 
 1.20 
 
 731.9 
 
 3.0 
 
 X,56S 
 
 30.444 
 
 490.0 
 
 .122 
 
 .460 
 
 1.68 
 
 680.0 
 
 6.5 
 
 4. 788 
 
 36.820 
 
 496.0 
 
 .389 
 
 .088 
 
 1.92 
 
 712.0 
 
 2.7 
 
 10.773 
 
 34,941 
 
 494.6 
 
 .105 
 
 .119 
 
 1.42 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 Clear; colorless; odorless. 
 Clear; odo less 
 
 Clear ; organic odor 
 
 eeaedstown. 
 
 The samples sent from this city were obtained from two artesian wells. They are 
 heavily charged with salt, and when allowed to stand throw up a layer of oil. 
 
 Table L. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^'S 
 
 o 
 
 DO 
 
 1 
 
 O 
 
 p. 
 
 
 CD 
 
 O. 
 
 p. 
 
 
 
 en P 
 
 O 
 p- 
 
 OP 
 
 2 CD 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 July 9 (1) 
 ' ' 16 (1) 
 " 9(4) 
 ■■ 16(4) 
 
 6480.3 
 6200.5 
 11219.2 
 10797.0 
 
 10.0 
 3.5 
 4.7 
 
 28.8 
 
 3405.5 
 3143,5 
 6230.4 
 4956.0 
 
 302,0 
 296.0 
 548.0 
 480.0 
 
 2.900 
 3.782 
 3.836 
 5.696 
 
 .112 
 
 .128 
 
 17.360 
 18,320 
 10.560 
 13.920 
 
 Clear; oily odor. 
 
\ 
 
 40 
 
 BELIiETILIiE. 
 
 The supply is surface water collected by a creek, and from springs. The water ac- 
 cumulates in a storage reservoir and is filtered to the city mains. The appearance of 
 the water is much improved by the filtration, but a certain amount of organic matter is 
 still found in it. 
 
 Table LI. 
 
 Date. 
 
 o 
 
 p. 
 
 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 5 
 
 POD 
 
 05 
 O 
 
 ^1 
 
 ■ CD 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 op 
 
 >■ 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 g 
 
 B 
 P 
 
 
 p. 
 
 
 : p 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ■ n 
 : o 
 
 ■ p 
 
 162.0 
 
 21.3 
 
 
 2.124 
 
 130 
 
 .184 
 
 .560 
 
 7.200 
 
 161.4 
 
 22.7 
 
 
 2.003 
 
 US 
 
 .065 
 
 .570 
 
 4.. 560 
 
 1H6.0 
 
 19.4 
 
 
 4.248 
 
 8(1 
 
 .070 
 
 .516 
 
 7,600 
 
 149.4 
 
 5.8 
 
 
 1,775 
 
 125 
 
 .160 
 
 .354 
 
 5.600 
 
 144.6 
 
 3.1 
 
 trace 
 
 1.770 
 
 124 
 
 .042 
 
 .287 
 
 5.600 
 
 155.2 
 
 4.4 
 
 trace 
 
 2,360 
 
 12K 
 
 .058 
 
 .370 
 
 5.040 
 
 12;H4.(I 
 
 S.l 
 
 15.620 
 
 90,386 
 
 892 
 
 ,028 
 
 .116 
 
 2.240 
 
 19(12.4 
 
 4.5 
 
 3,1,280 
 
 226,560 
 
 1 130 
 
 ,064 
 
 .050 
 
 2,640 
 
 2029.0 
 
 4.6 
 
 11,718 
 
 207,090 
 
 
 , ,144 
 
 .280 
 
 3.600 
 
 1672.6 
 
 5.1 
 
 65,520 
 
 161,430 
 
 H.52 
 
 ,048 
 
 .050 
 
 7,080 
 
 1575.0 
 
 8.2 
 
 60.480 
 
 141,600 
 
 980 
 
 ,010 
 
 ;088 
 
 2,320 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Sept 
 
 Oct. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 Oct. 
 Sept. 
 
 1 Keservoir, slightly turbid ; yel- 
 1 lowish 
 
 ) New reservoir; clear 
 
 I Stand pipe filtered 
 
 I Stand pipe filtered, aerated 
 
 I Hydrant, clear ; organic odor . . . 
 
 ) Market place well, clear 
 
 [ Wells in dUEerent parts of the 
 
 ) city 
 
 I Spring water 
 
 The water is obtained from an artesian well 1607 feet [deep, having a, diameter of 8 
 inches, the flow is 2,000 gallons per minute. These tests show a satisfactory degree of 
 purity. 
 
 Table LII. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 1 
 
 & 
 
 a. 
 
 CO 
 
 B P 
 So 
 
 , CD 
 
 ; o. 
 
 5| 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 O 
 J. 
 
 CD 
 
 
 0& 
 m 
 
 B 
 
 i 
 
 p 
 5' 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 
 g. 
 
 2CD 
 
 P-B 
 
 • CD 
 
 : o 
 : ? 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Oct. 11 
 
 18 
 
 271.6 
 295.0 
 285.8 
 292.0 
 
 2.8 
 2.6 
 3.6 
 1.7 
 
 
 .667 
 .708 
 .660 
 .587 
 
 270. 
 264. 
 270. 
 
 .169 
 ,105 
 .022 
 .006 
 
 .062 
 .0.59 
 ,020 
 ,105 
 
 2.320 
 
 3,200 
 
 .800 
 
 2.240 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 " 27 
 
 n ,, 
 
 Nov. 10 
 
 < . I, 
 
 
 
 
 Mean . 
 
 286.1 
 
 2,6 
 
 
 .605 
 
 201. 
 
 .075 
 
 ,061 
 
 2.140 
 
 
 DANVILLE. 
 
 The supply is from a small river, and is not filtered. It has the same ehaa-acter as 
 waters found in similar streams ii; all jiarts of the state. 
 
 Table LIII. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 E 
 
 CO 
 
 g: 
 ? 
 
 -CO 
 
 Be 
 
 n 
 
 : p' 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 p' 
 
 
 -pi 
 OP 
 
 C4CD 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 1^ 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 
 O 
 g 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 B 
 B 
 o 
 
 B. 
 
 5= 
 
 a 
 
 £.2 
 
 ■ o 
 : o 
 
 . P 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Oct. 18 
 25 
 
 366.6 
 299,2 
 297.6 
 395.0 
 
 16.5 
 6.6 
 
 
 3.276 
 
 - 2.8.34 
 
 2,900 
 
 2,830 
 
 324. 
 290. 
 240. 
 304. 
 
 .044 
 .010 
 .086 
 .192 
 
 .172 
 .068 
 .198 
 .198 
 
 3.040 
 2.960 
 ■4.240 
 3.480 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless 
 
 Nov. 5 
 
 . . t, .. 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 ' « « « 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mean . 
 
 337.1 
 
 11.0 
 
 
 2.960 
 
 289. 
 
 .060 
 
 .159 
 
 3,430 
 
 
*± 
 
 The water is furnished by driven wells sunk to a depth of 75 feet, Ithrough a soil 
 consisting chieily of sand and gravel. The tests show a very satisfactory degree of 
 purity. 
 
 Table LIT. 
 
 
 I 
 
 CO CD 
 
 1^ 
 
 1^ o 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 
 i? 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 2: 
 
 '1 
 
 ■ CD 
 
 
 
 9s 
 
 • CO 
 
 : cfi 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 B 
 o 
 
 B 
 P 
 
 ag 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 
 & 
 » 
 
 
 : p 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 : § 
 
 
 May 21 
 '' 28 
 
 335.fi 
 
 1.0 
 
 4.636 
 
 2.230 
 
 2.52.0 
 
 .004 
 
 .0,54 
 
 .32 
 
 Odorless; colorless 
 
 328.3 
 
 3.2 
 
 4.914 
 
 3.186 
 
 283.2 
 
 .020 
 
 .026 
 
 .20 
 
 " ' ' . 
 
 June 6 
 
 328.3 
 375.0 
 
 2.5 
 19.5 
 
 5.229 
 .660 
 
 3.433 
 
 2.570 
 
 .290.0 
 286.0 
 
 .008 
 .004 
 
 .022 
 .036 
 
 .72 
 1.12 
 
 (( <» 
 
 '• U 
 
 Deposits a httle iron on standing 
 
 Mean , 
 
 341.8 
 
 6.5 
 
 3.834 
 
 2.854 
 
 277.8 
 
 .009 
 
 .034 
 
 .59 
 
 
 MOKEISON. 
 
 The supply is from a large well, and is shown hy the tests to be of good quality. The 
 well was sunk in 1881 around a large spring flowing out from a bluff on one side of Eock 
 Creek bottom, a short distance from the city. The inside diameter of the finished well 
 is 36 feet. It was sunk to the rock 12 feet below the surface, and three feet of this rook 
 was afterwards excavated. In order to prevent overflow and contamination by the spring 
 freshets, the wall was built up about 20 feet higher and the blufE graded down around 
 it. The water stands 15 to 16 feet in depth and is always fresh and clear. Two overflow 
 pipes, 2 and 4 inches in diameter carry off water near y all the time. 
 
 The supply for the city, estimated at 800 gallons per minute, is pumped to a large 
 wooden tank or reservoir and there distributed by mains. 
 
 Table LY. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 op- 
 
 g 
 
 CD 
 
 % 
 
 Pmj 
 
 Dale. 
 
 1888. 
 
 CO 
 
 "1 
 
 • CD 
 
 c»2 
 
 CR P 
 
 1 
 
 9g 
 
 > 
 B 
 
 B 
 
 O 
 
 E. 
 
 B 
 P 
 
 2™ 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 : p 
 
 : 
 
 
 1 
 
 ■ o 
 
 Sept. 14 
 
 397.4 
 
 4.1 
 
 10.690 
 
 9.416 
 
 360. 
 
 .008 
 
 .022 
 
 .400 
 
 •• 24 
 
 379.4 
 
 3.5 
 
 3.276 
 
 4.718 
 
 34(1. 
 
 .010 
 
 .036 
 
 1.040 
 
 Pet. 1 
 
 379.6 
 
 3.3 
 
 5.O40 
 
 8.496 
 
 346. 
 
 .013 
 
 .OlS 
 
 1.520 
 
 8 
 
 405.4 
 
 1.2 
 
 6.680 
 
 7.313 
 
 348. 
 
 .008 
 
 .056 
 
 1.440 
 
 Mean . 
 
 390.4 
 
 3.0 
 
 6.421 
 
 7.486 
 
 348.5 
 
 .009 
 
 .033 
 
 1.100 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Clear; odorless. 
 
 The water furnished the city is obtained at the present time wholly from artesian 
 wells. There are three of these wells h tying .. depth of 1,200 feet, and the amount flow- 
 ing is considered sufBoient for present needs. 
 
 Three of the tests given below show good results, in the one of July 26th the result 
 is not as favorable owing to what must have been an accidental contamination of the 
 water. 
 
42 
 
 Table LTI 
 
 Date. 
 
 i 
 
 O 
 ? 
 
 : & 
 
 <D CD 
 
 me 
 
 : B' 
 
 O 
 o 
 
 a. 
 
 OS 
 
 mCD 
 . 03 
 
 HI 
 
 (:d 
 
 CD 
 
 !> 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 
 g 
 5' 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 o 
 
 B. 
 ? 
 
 ^ Ci 
 
 : o 
 
 ■ P 
 
 Physical Conditi ns. 
 
 July 12 
 
 491.4 
 429,5 
 474.2 
 
 438.4 
 
 12.5 
 4.5 
 28.6 
 
 5.2 
 
 .630 
 .442 
 .316 
 
 .550 
 
 8.850 
 9.437 
 8.238 
 
 6.726 
 
 340.0 
 326.0 
 316.0 
 
 314.0 
 
 .038 
 .044 
 .010 
 
 .014 
 
 .105 
 .053 
 .360 
 
 .082 
 
 2.880 
 2.640 
 12.080 
 
 1.600 
 
 Clear 
 
 19 
 
 
 ■' 26 
 
 Floating matter; probably 
 de tal 
 
 aoei- 
 
 lug. 2 
 
 
 
 
 *Mean. 
 
 453.1 
 
 7.4 
 
 .541 
 
 8.337 
 
 326.6 
 
 .032 
 
 .080 
 
 2.373 
 
 
 *lirot including July 26. 
 
 GALESBUBG. 
 
 The city supply is taken from a large well. The tests show "■ large amount ot free 
 ammonia with small albuminoid and low oxygen consumption and chlorides. 
 
 I have made other full analyses of this water, and And that it deposits iron oh 
 standing in the air. After such deposition it is almost entirely free from organic mat- 
 ter and is, apparently, quite suitable for use. But it is claimed that in pumping from 
 this well others in the neighborhood are immediately drawn dry. As the soil is eviden*-- 
 ly porous, consisting of gravel and loam I am informed, and as sources of oontamina- 
 tlon are not far removed, it may be necessary to carry out fuUer and prolonged tests to 
 determine the nature of the water. 
 
 The following is a full analysis of the water, in parts per million. 
 
 SUlea 19.3- 
 
 Ferrous carbonate and alumina 65.0 
 
 Calcium sulphate 5.7 
 
 Calcium carbonate 166.2 
 
 Magnesium carbonate 86.8 
 
 Sodium carbonate 25.8 
 
 Potassium carbonate 7.4 
 
 Sodium chloride 2.1 
 
 Total soUds S78. 3 
 
 The recent special tests gave results as follows: 
 
 Table LVII. 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 E 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 f 
 
 ■ n> 
 
 :■ p- 
 
 II 
 
 O 
 o 
 
 9^ 
 
 Op. 
 
 mCD 
 
 3 
 
 CD 
 l> 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 
 
 g 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 B 
 
 i; 
 
 Qp 
 
 i 3 
 
 : ? 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Sept. 19 
 •■ 28 
 
 413.2 
 396.4 
 
 396.4 
 391.4 
 
 14.7 
 21.0 
 
 8.0 
 1.8 
 
 
 1.180 
 1.180 
 
 l.lSl 
 1.198 
 
 360. 
 368. 
 
 384. 
 380. 
 
 .818 
 1,004 
 
 .890 
 1.000 
 
 .150 
 .086 
 
 .092 
 .123 
 
 2.800 
 2.000 
 
 2.400 
 2.400 
 
 Nearly clear ; odorless 
 
 Iron deposits on standing; odor- 
 less 
 
 Oct. 6 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 " 13 
 
 
 Mean . 
 
 399.3 
 
 11.3 
 
 
 1.184 
 
 370. 
 
 .936 
 
 .112 
 
 2.400 
 
 
4ta 
 
 BLOOMINGTON. 
 
 Some years ago a company attempted to bore for ooal at this place, but at a depth 
 of 25 feet encountered a bed of coarse gravel through which the water came in in such 
 auantitiea that the work had to be abandoned. 
 
 In 1874 the city sunk a well 40 feet in diameter and 28 feet deep at this point and ob- 
 tained a good supply. This was increased in 1886 by sinking 7 eight-inch pipes around 
 the outside of the well to a depth of 62 feet, and 3 similar pipes from the bottom of the 
 well. The water rises and flows into the well from the last, while the seven are con- 
 nected in such a manner that they can be used alone or in connection with the water 
 of the well proper. 
 
 The citizens of Bloomington speak in the highest terms of the excellence of the 
 water. 
 
 Table LVIII. 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 g 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 c 
 o. 
 
 en 
 
 » CO 
 
 B P 
 
 CD Cfi 
 
 go 
 
 If 
 
 to P 
 
 : 5' 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 OB 
 
 : ^ 
 
 3 
 o 
 
 p 
 
 s 
 
 
 o 
 
 • n 
 
 : o 
 ■ P 
 
 Phyical Conditions, 
 
 Sept. 17 
 
 643.0 
 563.8 
 593,8 
 616.0 
 
 2.8 
 9,2 
 1.2 
 1,1 
 
 
 5,310 
 3,894 
 3.894 
 4.000 
 
 582. 
 452. 
 460. 
 464. 
 
 ,922 
 .952 
 .950 
 .908 
 
 .074 
 ,137 
 ,077 
 ,042 
 
 1,280 
 1,920 
 2,72(1 
 1,360 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 Oct. 1 
 
 , , , , 
 
 8 
 
 .. .1 
 
 
 
 Mean . 
 
 603.6 
 
 3,5 
 
 
 4.249 
 
 489, 
 
 .933 
 
 ,082 
 
 1,820 
 
 ' 
 
 SPEINGFIELD. 
 
 The Springfield waters examined were obtained frqm several sources. In February 
 March and April a number of cases of typhoid fever occurred at Concorditi College, and 
 as the disease was becoming epidemic, the college was closed on April 23, 1888. 
 
 Eight of the students fell sick upon reaching their homes, of whom four died. There 
 was a total of forty cases and twelve deaths. The well water was suspected and its use 
 forbidden, and directions given that the institution should be throughly cleaned and 
 purified. Upon opening of the college in September last the water of the well was, how- 
 ever, again used. No doubt in eonseauence of this and other causes, another outbreak 
 occurred in February, -1889. twenty-three students falling ill with fever. The attendance 
 falhng off from 174 to 53 students. Another analysis of the water was made in February. 
 The four samples sent from the so-called new well— one much used for drinking pur- 
 poses—show, by analysis, a large amount of dissolved soUd matter, with abundance of 
 nitrates and chlorides. The last three ammonia and oxidation tests do not indicate an 
 excessive amount of organic matter. It is probable that this has been mostly decom- 
 posed by the soil. 
 
 Water from three other wells in the immediate vicinity was examined. These are 
 marked "old well", "well in pasture," and "well in professor's yard," and the tests here 
 indicate a lower amount of solids, nitrates and chlorides. The free ammonia in the last 
 two is high. It is interesting, to note the change in the water of the "new well" be- 
 tween June 1 and June 15. We have a marked decrease in oxidation and in albuminoid 
 ammonia, with a corresponding increase in nitrates. The mineral matter taken up from 
 the soil is also increased. I am inclined to believe that the nitrates in the other weUs 
 are in excess of what should be found in ordinary weUs of that locality. 
 
 The other waters tested were from the Sangamon river; from the hydrant in the 
 office of the State Board of Health, before the water was pumped from the new well; 
 and two samples from the well before the water was pumped from it, and the last from 
 a hydrant at Concordia College, from the pubUc supply drawn through the filtering gal- 
 gallery. The filtering gallery is about a thousand feet in length, running back from the 
 
44 
 
 Sangamon river toward a bluff. It is constructed at a depth of 20 to 25 feet below the 
 surface, and in sand and gravel. The water is not furnished by the river, but from be- 
 low the bluff. Occasionally it is necessary to pump a little directly from the river, as 
 the daily average of 2,600.000 gallons cannot be furnished by the gallery itself. The 
 "new well" at the pump house, from which some samples were taken, is connected with 
 the gallery. The analyses show the Improved character of this water as compared with 
 the water heretofore directly obtained from the Sangamon river, and will, no doubt, 
 show more improvement when the gallery furnishes all the water. 
 
 Table LIX. 
 
 CONCOBDIA COLIiEGE— New WCU. 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 E 
 
 O 
 
 P- 
 CD 
 
 
 
 CP CD 
 
 : B' 
 
 a 
 
 
 CD 
 
 : 
 
 
 Op. 
 
 mCD 
 cn 
 
 CD 
 CD 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 
 B 
 
 o 
 g 
 
 > 
 > 
 
 % 
 o 
 
 F 
 
 
 8 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 1888. 
 June 1 
 
 1596,4 
 1888.0 
 1876.0 
 
 1761.0 
 
 6.5 
 
 trace 
 
 4.8 
 
 trace 
 
 9.450 
 22.680 
 22.050 
 
 19.530 
 
 102,66 
 
 111.166 
 
 101,123 
 
 145,140 
 
 102,00 
 132,00 
 136,00 
 
 ,018 
 .004 
 .008 
 
 .045 
 
 .186 
 .092 
 .082 
 
 .072 
 
 15,840 
 4,840 
 3,600 
 
 2,400 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 Sept. 4 
 
 1889. 
 Feb 22 
 
 i < 1 ( 
 
 .1 ,. 
 
 
 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 1780.3 
 
 2.8 
 
 18.427 
 
 115.019 
 
 123,33 
 
 .019 
 
 .108 
 
 6,670 
 
 
 Well in Peofessok's Yaed, 
 
 Sept. 4 
 
 555.4 
 
 3.0 
 
 15.435 
 
 22,181 
 
 ,384 
 
 ,142 
 
 ,104 
 
 2,160 
 
 Clear; odorless. 
 
 Well in Pastdbe. 
 
 Sept. 4 629.4 14,318,900 21,240 .440 .548 .161 2.720 Clear; odorless 
 
 Old Well— Not Used. 
 
 1888. 
 June 15 
 Sept. 4 
 
 698.4 
 671.5 
 
 trace 
 22,5 
 
 15.120 
 13.860 
 
 15.222 
 21.473 
 
 .665 
 .568 
 
 .006 
 .002 
 
 .028 
 .065 
 
 1,440 
 1,120 
 
 Clear; odorles= 
 
 Opalescent 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 684.9 
 
 11.2 
 
 14.490 
 
 18.347 
 
 .616 
 
 .004 
 
 ,041 
 
 1,280 
 
 
 Hydbant— State Boaed op Health Oitice. 
 
 1888. 
 Aug. 25 
 Sept. 5 
 
 252,5 
 288,7 
 
 305,8 
 
 14,5 
 35,2 
 
 29,2 
 
 trace 
 trace 
 
 trace 
 
 2,948 
 4,127 
 
 6,726 
 
 ,178 
 .230 
 
 ,248 
 
 .010 
 ,012 
 
 ,022 
 
 ,368 
 .218 
 
 .186 
 
 6,760 
 4,240 
 
 3,283 
 
 Nearly clear; earthy odor 
 
 Slight turbidity ; yellowish; odor- 
 less 
 
 Oct. 10 
 
 Colorless; odorless 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 282,3 
 
 26,3 
 
 
 4,600 
 
 ,218 
 
 ,014 
 
 ,2.-,4 
 
 4, 127 
 
 
 Hydbant— St. Nicholas Hotel, Decatue. 
 
 Sept. 12 304,3 5.000 6.018 320 ,066 .194 3.040 Clear; bad odor 
 
4t) 
 
 Sangamon Eivee, 
 
 Date. 
 
 1888. 
 
 s 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 s; 
 
 en 
 
 If 
 
 - CD 
 
 : & 
 
 ^1 
 1"° 
 
 (3- 
 
 1 
 
 9^ 
 
 Ill 
 o 
 
 B 
 o 
 
 >> 
 B 
 B 
 § 
 
 p.p 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 1888. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Oct. 12 
 
 295.8 
 
 11.8 
 
 trace 
 
 7.080 
 
 260 
 
 .113 
 
 .208 
 
 3.360 
 
 Nearly clear; slight earthy odor. 
 
 New Well, Pump House. 
 
 Sept. 
 Oct. 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 377.4 
 349.0 
 
 24.8 
 22.1 
 
 trace 
 trace 
 
 2.584 
 5.310 
 
 310 
 
 280 
 
 .454 
 .363 
 
 .076 
 .093 
 
 1.28(i 
 2.320 
 
 363.2 
 
 23.4 
 
 
 3.947 
 
 295 
 
 .408 
 
 .084 
 
 1.800 
 
 Yellow; turbid; odorless 
 
 Yellow; turbid; organic odor 
 
 
 
 
 CONCOBDIA COLLEGE- 
 
 HyDKANT. 
 
 1889. 
 Feb. 22 328.0 
 
 trace 
 
 .00 
 
 4.956 
 
 219 
 
 j 
 
 .095 
 
 3.600 Clear; odorless 
 
 Decatue. 
 
 A large number of analyses were made of waters from different pubhc school wells 
 and from several others in the city. These wells have generally a depth of 40 to 70 feet 
 and are sunk i4rst through 14 feet of yellow clay and then through a stratum of blue 
 clay of variable thickness to a gravel bed. 
 
 These wells present several interesting features for study. It will be seen by the 
 tests below that the waters of most of them are pretty hard and contain considerable 
 amounts of chlorine and nitrates. The oxidation and ammonia tests do not show mu h or- 
 ganic matter actually existing. Local authorities suggest that these gravel beds, into 
 which the wells are sunk, are connected with ea«h other as wells have been drawn dry 
 by pumping from others. 
 
 The large chlorine and nitrates suggest contamination with oxidized products of 
 animal origin and if the wells are in communication, there may be found in this a source 
 of future danger. 
 
 The Lincoln Sqiuare well is of different nature. Its water appears good. 
 
 The hydrant water is from the Sangamon river, and contains the usual constituents. 
 
 Table LX. 
 Wood Street School. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 1 
 
 QQ 
 
 O 
 
 g 
 
 CO 
 
 Bcs 
 
 : & 
 
 si 
 
 rjl P 
 
 Q 
 
 1 
 
 ii 
 
 mCC 
 
 . en 
 ■ en 
 
 3 
 
 CD 
 
 B 
 
 O 
 
 B. 
 
 > 
 
 B 
 B 
 o 
 
 E. 
 
 cnO 
 
 is 
 
 • o 
 : o 
 
 : ? 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Aug. 29 
 
 Sept. 5 
 
 12 
 
 609. 
 619. 
 673.2 
 
 trace 
 
 11.970 
 
 13.860 
 
 6.048 
 
 21.800 
 24.782 
 21.594 
 
 448. 
 510. 
 490. 
 
 .002 
 .008 
 .013 
 
 .016 
 .050 
 .050 
 
 .880 
 1.600 
 1.120 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 It tt 
 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 633.76 
 
 
 10.626 
 
 22.725 
 
 482.6 
 
 .0076 
 
 .0386 
 
 1.200 
 
 
 +The following is the meaoa of eight analyses of water, July-September, at Chandler- 
 vlUe (Sangamon river): Total soUds, 317.8: suspended water, 70.7; nitrogen in nlfrates, 
 755; chlorine, 3.609; hardness, ca CO',212; free ammonia, .053; alb. ammonia, .285; oxygen 
 consumed, 5.480. 
 
46 
 
 Chukch Stbeet School. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 
 E 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 en 
 
 • & 
 : CD 
 : & 
 
 Is 
 IS 
 
 i 5' 
 
 o 
 
 p- 
 o 
 
 5' 
 
 CD 
 
 
 II 
 
 mCD 
 CD 
 
 a> 
 
 CD 
 
 5 
 
 B 
 
 o 
 
 P 
 
 5 
 
 B 
 o 
 p 
 
 ex 
 
 CD CD 
 O.0 
 
 ' a 
 : o 
 ■ P 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Aug. 29 
 
 Sept. 5 
 
 " 12 
 
 879,7 
 879.3 
 896.4 
 
 trace 
 
 13.860 
 10.395 
 10.132 
 
 58.210 
 50.268 
 53.100 
 
 580. 
 616. 
 620. 
 
 .003 
 .002 
 .002 
 
 .054 
 .061 
 
 .070 
 
 3.680 
 4.650 
 2.400 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 .. .. 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 885. 1 
 
 
 11.462 
 
 52.192 
 
 605.3 
 
 .0023 
 
 .0616 
 
 3.576 
 
 
 Chambebs' Lot. 
 
 Aug. 
 
 Mean. 
 
 986.2 
 
 988.2 
 1026.0 
 
 trace 
 
 25.200 
 27.090 
 25.704 
 
 96.393 
 63.120 
 85.668 
 
 644. 
 690. 
 700. 
 
 .004 
 .178 
 .014 
 
 .058 
 .124 
 .084 
 
 4.000 
 8.000 
 1.600 
 
 1000.1 
 
 
 25.998 
 
 81.727 
 
 678. 
 
 .0653 
 
 .088 
 
 4.533 
 
 Clear; odorless. 
 
 Jackson Stkeet School— Nobth Well. 
 
 Aug. 
 Sept. 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 •746.8 
 779.7 
 774.0 
 
 trace 
 
 26.480 
 24.570 
 23.940 
 
 33.120 
 29.498 
 29.558 
 
 548. 
 536. 
 600. 
 
 .008 
 .008 
 .024 
 
 .070 
 .104 
 .076 
 
 1.920 
 2.080 
 2.240 
 
 766.8 
 
 
 24.996 
 
 30.725 
 
 528. 
 
 .013 
 
 ■ .083 
 
 2.080 
 
 Clear; odorless. 
 
 Jackson Stkket School— South Well. 
 
 Aug. 29 
 Sept. 5 
 
 668.8 
 648.5 
 682.4 
 
 trace 
 
 17.010 
 15.750 
 13.608 
 
 26.311 
 26.196 
 26.650 
 
 544.0 
 
 500. 
 
 544. 
 
 .002 
 .002 
 .006 
 
 .042 
 .085 
 .098 
 
 2.000 
 2.720 
 2.080 
 
 Clear; odorless. .• 
 
 '• 12 
 
 • ( << 
 
 
 
 Mean. . 
 
 666.5 
 
 
 
 15.4.56 
 
 26.352 
 
 629.3 
 
 .0033 
 
 .075 
 
 2.266 
 
 
 Jaspeb Stbeet School. 
 
 Aug. 29 
 Sept. 5 
 
 780.5 
 733.4 
 744.4 
 
 trace 
 
 19.530 
 18.685 
 13.104 
 
 28.319 
 22.418 
 
 668. 
 600. 
 
 .002 
 .002 
 .007 
 
 .014 
 .068 
 .058 
 
 2.240 
 2.240 
 1.520 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 " 12 
 
 26.234 
 
 580. 
 
 " '* 
 
 
 
 Mean. . . . 
 
 752.7 
 
 
 17.073 
 
 25.32; 
 
 582. 
 
 .0036 
 
 .0466 
 
 2.000 
 
 
 Sangamon Stbeet School— East Well. 
 
 Aug. 29 
 Sept. 5 
 
 1661.4 
 1616.7 
 1406.4 
 
 trace 
 
 23.310 
 23.310 
 35.280 
 
 170.512 
 141.600 
 109.470 
 
 1040. 
 980. 
 890. 
 
 .012 
 .002 
 .002 
 
 .068 
 .095 
 .092 
 
 2.960 
 2.880 
 2.960 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 12 
 
 ** * ' 
 
 
 
 Mean .. 
 
 1661.5 
 
 
 27.300 
 
 140.527 
 
 970. 
 
 .0053 
 
 .0816 
 
 2.933 
 
 
47 
 
 Sangamon Steeet School— West Well. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 o 
 & 
 
 • p. 
 
 • CD 
 
 : P' 
 
 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 
 CD 
 
 m 
 
 CD 
 
 5 
 
 B 
 g 
 
 !> 
 
 B 
 B 
 
 o 
 
 g 
 5' 
 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Aug. 29 
 
 Sept. 5 
 
 12 
 
 1589.5 
 1606.7 
 1604. 
 
 trace 
 
 17.640 
 18.900 
 30.744 
 
 207.670 
 13S.698 
 197.630 
 
 920. 
 950. 
 990. 
 
 .004 
 .002 
 .010 
 
 .056 
 .075 
 .108 
 
 3.360 
 1.920 
 2.800 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 , i tt 
 
 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 1399.7 
 
 
 22.438 
 
 180.299 
 
 953. 
 
 .0063 
 
 .0796 
 
 2.693 
 
 
 Maeietta Stbeet School. 
 
 Aug. 29 
 
 Sept. 6 
 
 12 
 
 Mean.. 
 
 1106.0 
 1028. 
 892. 
 
 trace 
 
 34.660 
 35.280 
 28.224 
 
 40,360 
 23.015 
 29.736 
 
 740. 
 750. 
 610. 
 
 .014 
 .002 
 .046 
 
 .030 
 .032 
 .056 
 
 1.040 
 2.000 
 1.125 
 
 1008.6 
 
 
 32.718 
 
 31.037 
 
 700. 
 
 .0206 
 
 .0393 
 
 1.388 
 
 Clear; odorless. 
 
 Bbewee's Well— 28 feet deep. ' 
 
 Sept. 12 
 
 899. 
 
 trace 
 
 11.592 
 
 79.650 
 
 624. 
 
 .010 
 
 .038 
 
 1.040 Clear; odorless 
 
 Lincoln Squabb Well— 108 feet deep. 
 
 Sept. 12 
 
 420.8 
 
 trace 
 
 
 9.204 
 
 380. 
 
 .474 
 
 .076 
 
 4.280 Clear; odorless 
 
 St. Nicholas Hotel Hydeant. 
 
 Sept. 12 
 
 364.3 
 
 5.000 
 
 
 6.018 
 
 320. 
 
 .066 
 
 .194 
 
 3.040 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 Howell's Well— 30 feet deep. 
 
 Sept. 12 
 
 642.0 
 
 4.2 
 
 2.270 
 
 82.128 
 
 466. 
 
 .154 
 
 .076 
 
 1.280 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 SUNDEY ANALYSES. 
 
 In the following table analyses are given of waters from various towns and cities, of 
 which, in most eases, but a gingle sample was received. 
 
48 
 
 Table LXI. 
 
 Date. 
 1888. 
 
 Be 
 
 tog 
 
 
 OP- 
 OS 
 
 5? to 
 
 0.|zi 
 
 Physical Conditions. 
 
 Marse lies, Aug. 31, 
 
 spring 
 
 Montioello well Sept. 
 
 14 
 
 Ottawa well. Sept. 11. 
 Ottawa well, Oct. l... 
 Galesburg, Sept. 19, 
 
 Dr. Foote's spring. 
 Bunker Hill, Oct. 30, 
 
 spring 
 
 Cairo, driven well, 
 
 Oct. 2 
 
 Cairo well, Oct. 1-5 .. 
 Elkville, well, Sept, 24 
 Elkville well, Nov. 3. 
 Elkhart, well, Nov. 10 
 Elkhart, well, Nov. 10 
 
 Elgin, asylum, arte- 
 sian well,Oot. 11... 
 
 LaSalle, east spring, 
 June 25 
 
 JjaSalle,west spring, 
 June 25 
 
 476.6 
 
 314.0 
 1469.6 
 581.0 
 
 442.4 
 
 704.8 
 
 662.2 
 658.8 
 548.4 
 554.4 
 598.0 
 1030 
 
 312.8 
 342.6 
 363.0 
 
 53.3 
 
 11.5 
 10.1 
 30.0 
 
 11.2 
 
 3.3 
 
 65.5 
 15.5 
 20.5 
 3.8 
 6.6 
 16.6 
 
 2.0 
 
 5.796 
 
 trace 
 30.24 
 trace 
 
 .00 
 
 .00 
 
 .00 
 .00 
 .00 
 .00 
 22.76 
 00 
 
 .00 
 
 1.14 
 
 .63 
 
 14.762 
 
 3.186 
 114.28 
 124.90 
 
 3.77 
 
 4.956 
 
 3.640 
 3.494 
 1.295 
 1.180 
 3.894 
 27.612 
 
 14.160 
 2.660 
 1.440 
 
 248. 
 
 1320. 
 
 426. 
 
 484. 
 
 558. 
 520. 
 318. 
 280. 
 400. 
 684. 
 
 264. 
 316. 
 328. 
 
 .087 
 
 .006 
 .032 
 .652 
 
 1.804 
 
 .138 
 
 1.084 
 
 1.086 
 
 .060 
 
 .013 
 
 .060 
 
 1.260 
 
 .201 
 .114 
 
 3.200 
 
 1.400 
 .040 
 
 16.88 
 .920 
 
 3.50 
 
 Opalescent; peaty odor. 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 Nearly clear; odorless.. - 
 
 Clear ; odorless 
 
 Yellow; turbid; odorless 
 Yellow; t'bid:earthy od'r 
 Nearly clear; odorless.. 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 Slightly turbid; strong 
 odor of sulphuretted 
 hydrogen 
 
 Clear; organic odor 
 
 Clear; odorless 
 
 The spring at Marseilles is situated in low ground between the canal and Illinois 
 river, and not removed from danger of contamination by dwellings near. 
 
 The two well waters from Ottawa were sent because there existed good grounds for 
 believing them contaminated by house drainage. The high nitrates and chlorides with 
 albuminoid ammonia and oxygen consumption certainly conilrm this suspicipn regard- 
 ing the first. 
 
 In the second case the free ammonia and chlorine are very suspicious. 
 The waters from the driven well at Cairo were yellow when received, and deposited 
 iron compounds with organic matter on slanding. The well is 56 feet deep. 
 
 The two samples from LaSalle came from large springs east of the city from which 
 the household supply is now pumped. These springs are situated in the valley between 
 the Illinois river and the canal, and are walled up and covered. 
 
 The test of the east spring shaws a satisfactory freedom from organic matter. The 
 amount of water received from the other spring was too small for complete tests. 
 
THE ILLINOIS RIVER BASIN 
 
 IN ITS 
 
 RELATIONS TO SANITARY ENGINEERING, 
 
 By L. E. COOLEY, C. E. 
 
 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS. 
 
 To treat the hydrography of a river basin in a broad way, it is necessary to under- 
 stand its geology,— the manner and method in which nature has- disposed the rocks and 
 fashioned the topography. As we appreciate the surface configuration, know the char- 
 acter of the superficial deposits, comprehend the statigraphical arrangement of the under- 
 lying rock and its permeable or impermeable character,— as we understand the forces 
 which have wrought all this,— we see why river basins, valleys and stream beds are 
 fashioned as we find them: how watersheds, under similar climatic conditions, differ in 
 the volume and character of the floods turned into the streams, and how the dry-weather 
 flow varies in volume and persistence. As these things are understood, we may reach 
 conclusions upon the ultimate effect of conditions wrought by inhabitation upon the flow 
 of the streams draining the several watersheds. This is a matter of great economic and 
 sanitary impartanoe. 
 
 It is not proposed to present this matter fully at this time, but briefly such a resume 
 as will present an epitome of the conditions prevailing in the watershed of the Illinois 
 river above the Copperas Greek dam. 
 
 If we take a general view of the statigraphical arrangement of the underlying rooks 
 of the State, the most pronounced feature is the anticUnial axis crossing the Ilhnois 
 valley between Utioa and La Salle,— perhaps the remnant of a mountain chain early de- 
 nuded in geologic time,— extending in a general direction N. N. W. and S. S. E. Here 
 are found the oldest rocks in the State, and the lowest horizon in the geological series, 
 the Calciterous group of the Lower Silurian period. 
 
 This group outcrops upon the Eock river, in Ogle and Lee counties, and at the Falls 
 of the Ohio, at Louisville. The lower magnesian Umestone carries the water hme quar- 
 ried at XJtioa and at Louisville, and above it Ues the St. Peter's sandstone, extending 
 along the Illinois from Utioa to a point above Ottawa, from which the glass sand is 
 derived. 
 
 In a general way, the rocks to the eastward of this axis succeed in regular series. 
 The Trenton limestones Ues to the north of the Illinois valley, then the Cincinnati group, 
 (limestone with shaly partings,) crosses the lUinois valley in a belt some eight miles 
 wide above Morris, and in which the bed of the lower Kankakee is situated. Both of 
 these groups belong to the Lower Silurian. 
 
 StiJl above these in the series comes the Niaigara limestone of the Upper Silurian, 
 developed over a large extent of country in the northeast portion of the State, toward 
 Lake Michigan. This rock underlies Chicago, extends down the Desplaines river to 
 Channahon, and some of its beds are quarried at Lemont and JolieT. 
 
 There also Ues, to the eastward of the axis and over this orderly succession, from 
 above Ottawa to above Morris, the lower coal measures of the Carboniferous period, 
 with some development to the north of the Illinois valley, but generaUy to the south- 
 easterly. 
 
 —4 
 
50 
 
 As should be anticipated, the general dip of the rooks above described is at right 
 angles to the axis of upheaval, or from La Salle toward Lake Michigan. There are end- 
 less variations in thickness, flexture, dip, etc., the characteristic disposition only being- 
 here set forth. 
 
 Some of these rocks are porous or water-bearing, as, notably, the St. Peter's lime- 
 stone, from which the artesian supplies in the northeastern portion of the State are 
 drawn. The Potsdam sandstone, lying on a stiU lower horizon, but not outcropping, is 
 also tapped for water. Some springs are developed in the Cincinnati group, and also in 
 some of the numerous strata of the coal measures. 
 
 So far as these strata outcrop, or are cut into by the beds of streams, they furnish 
 springs and a uniform supply of water. So far as they constitute the immediate under- 
 lying rook, they absorb ultimately more or less of the rainfall, providing the superficial 
 deposits are permeable. So far as the rocky strata are impermeable, they arrest the 
 percolation of the water downward, and ultimately deliver it at some outcrop on a lower 
 level. Aside from the permeable rocks, some of the Umestones are jointed or Assured, 
 through which the waters have dissolved channels of cavernous proportions. It is not 
 known that any such conditions prevail in. any of the strata of the northern portion of 
 the State. '' 
 
 It is apparent that the general dip of the strata is in the wrong direction for a large 
 supply of ground water to the Illinois valley. Had, for instance, the St. Peter's sandstone 
 inclined in the pi oper manner, it might be furnishing a large supply of water from 
 Lake Michigan to the valley. The manner, however, in which Lake Michigan was formed, 
 determines the dip of the strata in that direction. 
 
 If we consider the strata to the southwesterly of the axis of upheaval, we find the 
 later rocks occupying the larger proportion of the area of the State in a sort of trough, 
 in a direction from the vicinity of Eoek Island to the Wabash, the earher rocks fringing 
 the State upon the west, southwest and south, from ab ove Burlington, upon the Mississippi, 
 to near Shawneetown, upon the Ohio. In this geological basin or trough, the underlying 
 rock is about halt in the upper coal measures, all to the eastward of the Illinois, and 
 about halt in the lower coal measures. 
 
 The rim rock is of the Lower Carboniferous period, with some minor axes of up- 
 heaval, disclosing the older rocks as the Devonian at Eook Island, Devonian and Silur- 
 ian in the vicinity of the mouth of the Illinois and below, and also in the southern end 
 of the State. 
 
 As we gather these ideas, we can infer where ancient lakes, valleys and watersheds 
 must have been, and where they would be now if the conditions had remained un- 
 changed. The surface of the State and of the underlying rock has been profoundly 
 modified, denuded, planed down and flexed, by the forces of at least two well ascer- 
 tained epochs, called "drift" or "glacial," and the topography defined by the debris left In 
 these periods. To a large extent, no doubt, the valleys were eroded or their locations 
 determined before these periods, especially on the main lines, though the detail topog- 
 raphy was formed at these times. The arterial valleys were, however, gi'catly modified. 
 In one of these periods, the valley of the Mississippi, at Eock Island and at Keokuk, 
 was filled up, and the modern channel is in a new location, over rapids which present 
 forces are inadequate to plane down on the scale of the older valley. The Illinois val- 
 ley in places was partially filled with drift or glacial deposits, and in some smaller 
 streams the forces of erosion have not since been adequate to their removal. 
 
 What may be eaUed the first drift or glacial period, extended southward nearly to 
 the southern end of the State, and left deposits of clay with gravels and sands, the 
 debris bf all the northern rocks to Lake Superior and even farther, from a few feet to 
 two or three hundred in depth. These are denuded in places, exposing the underlying 
 rook, eroded in valleys, covered by lacustrine deposits ; but in general they are the 
 basis of soil throughout the glacial belt in northern latitudes. Rich in the proper min- 
 eral constituents, on the flat expanses of the original deposits flourished that active 
 vegetable life which determined the uniform featiu-es and fertility of the prairies. 
 
51 
 
 This drift is more or less modifled, and to that extent the gi-avels and sands are 
 stratified, or otherwise arranged hy water action, so that they are waterbearing under 
 present conditions. 
 
 The second and last glacial period is much better defined, and its action, though 
 far more limited, was more characteristic. At least, it left those changes which are 
 nearer our time, more directly related to modern problems, and of more immediate in- 
 terest in the upper basin of the Illinois, with which we are immediately concerned. 
 
 Suppose that a great glacier, a sea of ice, filled the bed of Lake Michigan, several 
 hundred feet in thickness above its present level, overlapping the present shore Unes 
 far inland, extending well down into Illinois, with its general axis in the direction of 
 the lowest level or along the course of the lUinois valley, shoving, however, outwardly 
 in all directions to lower levels, or as the resisting forces permitted; suppose that this 
 glacier, in itp greatest extension, reached the line dividing the waters of the Fox from 
 Bock river. Bureau creek from Green river, crossing the Illinois valley at Putnam, and 
 extending southeasterly along the general line separating the waters flowing northerly 
 from those flowing to the Mackinaw and Sangamon, between the Iroauois and Big 
 Vermilion, and between the Kankakee and Wabash in Indiana; suppose that this 
 great glacial field, in its southward movement, brought the grindings, the washings and 
 the debris of all the northerly rocks in its course, and deposited the material at its 
 melting fringe ; suppose that for a period of time the borders did not change— that the 
 forces of advance, just balanced by the melting conditions of cUmate, deposited a great 
 moranic ridge of debris, that there are periods of comparatively rapid recession and 
 again periods of eauilibrinm, throwing down concentric ridges; suppose that the 
 enormous volumes of water, pouring at first down the slopes of the outer ridge and ex- 
 cavating there the valleys, at a later period drained inside the ridge, between it and the ice 
 fringe, to the main drainage or the Illinois— then you have a general picture of the last 
 glacial period in IlUnois. 
 
 A rehef map of northern Illinois would show these concentric lidges, most widely 
 separated along the axis of movement, and closing on each other in a common ridge as 
 we go north into Wisconsin, or easterly into Indiana or Michigan. Between them he 
 the tributary valleys, the marginal lines of glacial drainage, all concentrating f i om the 
 north and from the south and from the east the flow of waters in the Illinois Valley. Like 
 inner lines of defense, the great ridges succeed each other with subsidiary ridges and tra- 
 verses which define the minor basins. As we approach Lake Michigan, the last great 
 ridge, or the present rim of the lake basin, crosses' the old outlet above Lemont, in the 
 township of Palos and Orland, going eastward, between the Calumet and Kankakee> 
 into Indiana and northward, as the west slope of the Desplaines watershed, into Wis- 
 consin. In very recent times the Desplaines, like the Calumet, sent its waters to the 
 lake, but alluvial deposits, probably assisted by the beaver, changed its flow in part 
 down the old outlet valley. 
 
 During the last glacial period, the underlying rooks were generally denuded, though 
 ' in places the drift of the preceding period, with its overlying soil and beds of humus, 
 was left undisturbed. We Should expect that the ridges would be largely as they were 
 left, clay filled with boulders, gravel and sand,^ometimes with irregular sand and gravel 
 pockets; that their outer slopes should be steepest and their inner slopes gentle, and 
 the valley of the stream close to the succeeding ridge; that the material should show 
 more tendency to sorting or arrangement in beds of clay, gravel, etc., as the drainage 
 line is approached ; that there should be occasional ridge gaps, with plains of gravel and 
 sand behind (hke that at Plainfield, Will county, and of which Joliet Mound is a remnant 
 below Joliet), where pent-up waters have poured out, leaving only the heavier mate- 
 rial; that the summits of the ridges should be left with depressions in the mud axiaUy 
 at right angles to the ridge (the present lakes, ponds, marshes and bogs); that the un- 
 derlying rocks should be scratched, ground and scored in the direction of the move- 
 ment which the superficial deposits indicate, and that in these directions we should find 
 the debris of the rock strata passed over. In all these things the expectation is fully 
 verified. 
 
52 
 
 A general ice cap covered the northern zones down to the international boundary, 
 or below, and sent southward great tongues of glacial flow— one going out the head of 
 Lake Superior, one out Green Bay., one out the bed of Lake Michigan, one out Saginaw 
 Bay, which moved southward and lapped its debris with that of Lake Michigan in 
 northern Indiana, and one out of Lake Erie toward the Wabash valley. Between these 
 tongues are found no glacial deposits, no drift, the underlying rooks undisturbed, and 
 the surface soil partaking of their character, fertile or otherwise, as in southern zones, 
 rather than the uniform characteristics of the drift areas. Such driftless areas exist in 
 northern Wisconsin, [between the Superior and Green Bay tongues, and in southern 
 Wisconsin and northern Illinois, between the Green Bay and Michigan tongues. 
 
 If, to this general conception of a northern ice cap with the Umits stated, we add an 
 ice cap at the southern pole no larger than now exists in arctic regions, we can see 
 how such conditions would shift the centre of gravity of the earth suiHcienpy, how such 
 masses would shift the waters northerly, so that an arm of the Gulf of Mexico would 
 cover the site of Cairo and the southern part of the State. 
 
 Perhaps primitive man saw the last glacial period. The record is, however, upon the 
 rocks, in the character and manner of the superficial deposits, in the the configuration 
 in northern latitudes. Toward this general conception the scientific mind has been crys- 
 tahzing for fifty years, and only by some such interpretation is what we see and find 
 understandable. The astronomical physicist interprets the endless variation and recur- 
 rence of planetary movement in cycles of time, teUs when these periods have occurred 
 in the past and when they will reem- in the future. The scientific explorer studies the 
 predominating antarctic ice cap, investigates ice action in the far north, foUows the glacial 
 flow in the' gulches of the great mountain chains, and sees there occurring as though 
 yesterday in time, that which has produced the profound results, and which we have 
 endeavored briefly to portray. 
 
 As we gather these general conceptions, understand the forces which have acted in 
 the underlying rooks, their character and dip, comprehend how the superficial deposits 
 have been made, their nature, extent and configuration, the changes in level and flexture 
 of the earth's crust, we appreciate how basins have been defined and valleys formed, 
 what to expect in flood and low water and the tendency of the changing conditions 
 wrought by man. All this must be understood to make intelhgible the hydrography of 
 a rive:- basin. 
 
 As we understand the forces and mode of action in the last glacial period over the 
 area reached by the Lake Michigan .glacier, we can see how the north and south tribu- 
 tary watersheds of the upper Illinois river are all arranged in parallel series, even to the 
 minor basins.. We can understand how little of the rainfall can go down farther than 
 the suiface has been frost-heaved and dessicated by the vegetable growth of ages, how 
 there is little stratified drift and gravel; how water courses were arranged by the water 
 action of the past, to eaualize the flow to the streams how the permeable rocks derive 
 their supphes in remote regions and furnish in limited amount the water which was pre- 
 cipitated agesTago. 
 
 In some basins, notably the chalk of England, water reaches the streams almost 
 wholly as ground water giving an eaualj^e flow at aU seasons. The same is characteris- 
 tic of the Greene river in Kentucky, and of aU streams of equable flow. The upper Illi- 
 nois is suppUed almost wholly by surface drainage, and under such conditions, the 
 variations with changing season and year by year are most pronounced and the superfi- 
 cial changes effected through inhabitation will be most potent. 
 
 The IlUnois Valley, at least in its later stages, >' as excavated by the glacial drainage 
 gathered In by its upper tributaries, the great volumes of water from the melting ice 
 cap conducted hitherward along the hue of glacial depression and carrying in lai-ge 
 quantity the grit to grind and chisel away the resisting strata. As these strata vary, so 
 do. the characteristics of the valley eroded therein, in width, grade and general features. 
 
 The valley from above LaSaUo lo Beardstown is cut in lower ooal measures, easily 
 erodable, and is consequently wide, with a rocky floor at a oonsideaable depth below 
 the present surface of the bottoms. Below BeardstownLower Carboniferous limestones 
 continue to Columbiana, succeeded by Silurian rocks to the mouth, the strata less erobable. 
 
53 
 
 the valley narrower and with more nigged escarpments. Throughout the whole 230 
 miles, the grade is very small, or such as is only due to an enormous volume of witter 
 carrying debris to remove by attrition. 
 
 Ascending from laSalle, the waters and the debris were perhaps lessened in the 
 glacial retreat, and when beyond the Chicago divide, clear water with less eroding force 
 came. The valley is carved largely in the Silurian strata— more resisting than those en- 
 countered below— and the valley is narrow with heavier grades and precipitous descents. 
 
 Opposite Utica, the lower magnesian limestone carrying the water lime is developed, 
 and the deep bed eroded in the coal measures below terminates abruptly. A steeper 
 grade begins and is continued in the St. Peter's sandstone to two miles above Ottawa. 
 Here the bed is again in the coal measures, a steep grade to Marseilles, or the chain of 
 rocks near the mouth of the Kiokapoo. Thence it is comparatively level and deep, the 
 bed filled with debris, until the Cincinnati g oup of rocks is reached with a rocky bed 
 to the streams, two or three miles above Morris. The limestone rock, however, at Mar- 
 seilles is of limited thickness underlaid with ilre clay, so the margin has been very 
 narrow against a deeper erosion of this portion of the valley. 
 
 Cro- sing the Cincinnati limestone with some grade the Niagara limestone is met 
 near the foot of Lake .Toliet. Lake Joliet and Lake DuPage are simply two deep pools 
 at the foot of steep slopes excavated by the great flow of glacial waters down the Des- 
 Plains and DuPage val eys. Rising from Lake JoUet, the e is a sharp slope in the re- 
 sisting Niagara limestone of about eight feet per mile tor ten miles to Komeo, thence a 
 gentler grade to Walker's quarry, above Lemont, which is the summit of the rocky floor 
 of the old channel and eight feet above low water in Lake Michigan. 
 
 Beyond this the general horizon oF the rook deepens, its surface apparently irregu- 
 lar with superficial deposits of clay, hardpan, gravel and boulders, until in a few miles 
 the rock dips well down under the site of Chicago. This description is also true in part 
 of the Sag channel leading out through the Calumet region though the rock appears to 
 lie at a greater elevation under the larger part of the Calumet district. 
 
 In the glacia re 'reat beyond the southern borders of Lake Michigan, the waters 
 pou ed out by both of these channels, uniting above Lemont. All the ridges about the 
 head of the lakes are benched and these levels can be traced tor long distances, and 
 some of them are characteristic, as showing where the waters stood for a considerable 
 period o ftime. 
 
 At a level, 30 to 35 feet above present low lake, is a well defined beach Une extending 
 from Evanston around into Indiana, which must have marked the level of the lake for 
 a long period of time, when the flow across the rocky floor of the old outlet could not 
 have been ess than 20 to 25 feet deep and the volume probably gi eater than the present 
 Niagara. This wasf'en the outlet of the three upper lakes, Superior, Huron and Michi- 
 gan when the conditions which determine volume of water were not radio Uy different 
 from the present. 
 
 The circumstances which caused the abandonment of the old outlet, we will only 
 allude to. The earth crust, relieved of the great ice weight, may have slowly risen until 
 the flow was intercepted and the channel at Port Huron opened. It is supposed that 
 the bed of Lake Michigan was fashioned in pa-t by erosion and in part by the flexture 
 of the crust under the ice weight. The Huron barrier, virtually a moranic deposit, may 
 have given away through long and increasing percolation, and drained the lakes down 
 below the level of the outlet. The indications ar that the change was not i rolonged 
 over any considerable period of time but was measurably abrupt. 
 
 As the glacier retreated northward, the upper tributary valleys of the Illinois river 
 uncovered and began to clear themselves of debris. The gradual retreat, the dim nish- 
 ing supp y of water until it became measurably constant and the supply of debris, formed 
 in the valley its own banks and flood plain— overflowed in summer— which now consti- 
 tute the terrace, or second bottoms, traceable with Pome interruptions from Lake Joliet 
 to the mouth of the river and furnishing the locations on which towns are built. The 
 Hennepin bottom, the railway location from Bureau to Sparland, the site of Henry and 
 the large fertile are i behind it, Laeon, Pekin, Havana, Beardstown, all mark the level of 
 
54 
 
 the old flood plain below LaSalle. from 30 to 40 feet above present lo'.v water and from 
 20 to 30 feet above the present bottoms, well above the highest waters of recent time. 
 
 These terraces mark the boundaries of the ancient stream flowing as the proper out- 
 let of the three upper lakes with a volume greater, perhaps, than the present St. Lawrence. 
 We have little information as to the de; th below LaSalle, but from ; uch examinations 
 as have been ma e, a depth of 15 to 20 feet of mud and alluvium is passed through 
 below the present low water before we strike the sands and gravels of the ancient 
 stream bed. At ChilUoothe, the gravel lies at 21 feet, and the r ok floor of the valley at 
 36 feet below ihe lev 1 of the Copperas Creek pool. 
 
 The abandonment of the old outlet makes a radical change in conditions. A great 
 stream bed, with its flow line well above present Umits, carrying the waters in equable 
 from a watershed of not less than 210,000 square miles flow— pgrhaps along with the 
 gradually melting and retreating glacial accumulation of ages— is suddenly depleted and 
 reduced to a local watershed of less than 12,000 square miles above Peru, with all its vari- 
 ations of flood and summer flow— such extreme variations as occur in a watershed 
 almost wholly of surface drainage. 
 
 The local tributaries had become adjusted to the local drainage, had worked out 
 their courses and grades in harmony with the conditions of water supply and the 
 material of their beds. So the abandonment of the artery made no change except to 
 steepen the grades in their lower reaches. But the great stream bed was not adapted 
 to the changed conditions and must perforce shrink its dimensions and anjust its 
 grade until the local volume of flow is in equiUbrium with the forces of deposition— 
 until from the spoils of the local drainage, the old stream bed is filled and reduced to 
 present needs. This operation nature is now engaged m and will continue for ages 
 until completed, unless man intervenes with a volume of water more uniform and in 
 better harmony with the grade which now exists. 
 
 What is nature doing? Filing the old bed below LaSalle with alluvium, sand, ooze, 
 steepening its grade, having already raised the bed of the stream from ten to fifteen 
 feet above the old bed and filled in bottoms from 25 to 30 feet deep between the ter- 
 races or old banks. Every tributary is bringing its load and the main stream distri- 
 butes the same or is choked thereby; yet the banks are only halfway up from low to 
 high water while every alluvial stream in adjustment only tops its banks in extreme 
 flood. Nature ias a great task before it, a task longer than the perpetuity of nations, 
 and meantime great areas of bottoms remain worse than useless, distilling disease. 
 
 Every upland stream caiTies its strip of hglier ground across the bottoms, laving 
 strips and patches to mark its former course which it may have abandoned to build up 
 lower levels. Between are lakes, bayous, sloughs, marshes, a large proportion of the 
 total area, flooded deep in high water, and building up with each year's light deposits; 
 forbidding, unhealthy, stagnant, almost inaccessible reservoirs to feed the river in low 
 water. Then there is the strip of higher ground along the river bank. 
 
 From Hennepin to Peoria, the tributaries are small, the total watershed, very lim- 
 ifod, and little detritus is carried across the bottoms to the main river. The valley filling 
 is largely from the detritus of the upper river watershed which continually encroaches 
 southward upon the remnant of the old stream represented by the broad and deep ex- 
 panses from ChilUoothe to Peoria. The large tributaries below have adjusted the eon litions 
 more nearly to their requirements, or the stream is in better harmony with its modern 
 life below the Sangamon. But here backwater from the Mississippi complicates the 
 flood conditions. 
 
 Above La Salle, in the St. Peter's limestone, the modern stream has eroded a bed 
 commensurate with present requirements. Still farther up, tlu-ough the coal measures, 
 and to the Cincinnati limestone, a stream bed has properly worked out, partly by erosion 
 in the rook, and partly by raising the bottoms through deposition. The grades are ample 
 to accomplish such rCKults, and from the reef above the Marseilles dam to above Morris 
 the excavated bed seems to be filled in part by heavy uebris. 
 
 The Dosplaines uljove Lake .ToUet has cut no channel in the rock; it has barely cleared 
 away the floatrock and defined its course for a depth of one to two feet, and its boideis 
 have not been raised by silt deposits,— uvidenoo that this sti-eam has flowed southward 
 
55 
 
 for a short time,— but a few hundred years at most. The rooky floor from Joliet to Le- 
 mont is covered only with the thickness of a turf, and the "twelve-mile level" from above 
 lemont to Summit, with its alternation of pool, drift material and rock, is the remnant 
 ■of the past. The silts of the Desplaines watershed have gone lakeward, deposited in the 
 Mud Lake region, and partially dammed the flow in this direction. Had the Desplaines 
 «one southward ever ^inoe the abandonment of the ancient outlet, it would ere this have 
 ■grooved itself in the rock, built up its bank-, and reduced the prism of Lake Joliet to 
 present reauirements. 
 
 Thus, from the disposition of the rocks, from the glacial action, we may infer how 
 the basins have been formed and the valleys deflned; from the character of the super- 
 ficial deposits and the underlying strata, we may judge the flood and low water conditions, 
 •and the effect produced by inhabitation; from the functions of the ancient valley, we may 
 ■diagnose the constitutional disorders produced by present conditions, and prescribe the 
 remedy. 
 
 EFFECT OF INHABITATION. 
 
 Inhabitation may produce profound changes in the flow of the streams which drain 
 a local watershed or basin, and, within limits, modify the olimatologioal conditions. The 
 nature and extent of these changes, the efl'ect of inhabitation, as already inferred, is 
 •dependent largely upon the superficial features, the distribution and character of the 
 drift or glacial deposits, and the nature and disposition of the underlying rooks. 
 
 In a region of steep slopes and scant covering of impermeable rooks, wooded, the 
 protected surface, the humus and debris, absorbs and retains the falling waters, dis- 
 tributes them more equably. Yet there comes a time when this capacity is exceeded, 
 or when the suatace may be frozen or impermeable, and also when a succession of dry 
 seasons leaves no moisture, and the result is that the earUest records may show as great 
 extremes of high and low water as the recent. After the clearing away of the forests, 
 the slopes drain more readily and fully, the supply retained is less and sooner ex- 
 hausted, and there recurs constantly those extremes of high and low water which were 
 before phenomenal. The flow of water is more immediately dependent upon the meter- 
 ■ological conditions. The slopes, too, are more readily erodable, the streams become 
 torrential, and their beds choked with the unusual supply of detritus, which of itself 
 increases the apparent volume and extent of overflow. 
 
 If a similar region is underlaid witli permeable strata, then the rainfall percolates 
 ■downward, except when in great excess or, when the surface is frozen— a rare circum- 
 stance undo'' such conditions. The streams receive a more equable supply, and may even 
 ■continue after successive years of dry weather, from the supplies stored in the sub-strata. 
 Under these circumstances inhabitation may not materially change the natural order. 
 
 In a flat region, or one of gentle slopes, with impermeable, subsoil the water collects 
 In the depressions or moves slowly over the surface as a thin sheet. If the fall of water 
 is moderate it may never reach the streams, but evaporates; if large, a great volume 
 will accumulate upon the surface, to finally reach the watercourses in larger floods than 
 •ever come from any other class of watersheds. Unless the ground is frozen, it takes 
 heaVy precipitation to start the streams, and in dry weather the flow, of course, ceases, 
 the surface gives up the little moisture it may contain cracks and is capable of receiving 
 •considerable wate- before it again flows away. 
 
 If, during the ages, a few feet of the surface have become permeable through the 
 action of frost, drought and vegetation, a soil or mold is formed; the depress oljs filled 
 with absorptive peat or humus, or remaining as ponds and lakelets, the action is modi- 
 fled. After a drought, it may take, even more water ■ to so saturate the surface as to 
 make contributions to streams, the flood volumes will ordinarily be less and the flow 
 more prolonged, and except under extreme conditions the flow from lakelets, ponds and 
 iDogs may not entirely cease. Such areas are not usually timbered. This condition 
 would be further conservative and distributive of flow. 
 
 Inhabitation drains the natural reservoirs which have been furnishing a scanty vol- 
 ume to the streams in dry weather. It ditches the lands and increases their porosity so 
 that the surplus water is more readily collected and more rapidly carried away ; but 
 
56 
 
 this is not all. The land, though more absorptive, does not have to become charged to 
 the full capacity ot the spaces between the particles, to overflow, as it were, but the 
 waters percolate to the drains ; the action is reservoir like, eauahzing. The capacity to 
 take rainfall is also greatly enhanced, and the precipitation must be rapid or freauent 
 to overflow the ground for any length of time and to saturate it beyond a capacity for 
 more in a brief time. 
 
 These conditions, with extreme precipitation or frozen ground, may not effect floods. 
 After extreme drought, the flow will start sooner. ' In the ordinary case, the flow will 
 come auicker, more gradually and last longer, but the result upon the stream will de- 
 pend upon how far the reservoir action of the ditched lands will outweigh the destruc- 
 tion in large measure of the natural reservoirs. In any event the low water flow of the 
 ordinary year is greatly lessened or wholly stopped, as the drained lands will not part 
 with their moisture beyond a certain point, except through vegetation and ordinary 
 evaporation. A diminution in the forest area, exaggerates the extremes, while, its in- 
 crease is conservative. 
 
 If we suppose the same general topography with shallow out valleys, the substrata 
 permeable, then the results wiU vary materiaUy with the precipitation during the year, 
 or during successive years. The tendency is to distribute results like permeable strata 
 with steeper slopes, or with deeper cut drainage hnep. The flow through permi able 
 strata is necessarily slow, but is like flow everywhere, reauiring grade to carry the 
 water to some point of delivery. The general surface of this grade is called the ground 
 water plane, and its height and slope vary with the supply of water, or with the sea- 
 son or year. Under the conditions ot land stated, it lies necessarily close to the sur- 
 face, so that heavy precipitation may cause the ground to be entirely filled, or to over- 
 flow, with flood conditions resembling those previously described, while the low water 
 flow is well maintained. So from such surfaces, in wet years, heavy floods are to be ex- 
 pected, and again in other years, none at all. Inhabitation will drain such regions so as 
 to lower or keep down the ground water plane, and to this extent may exaggerate flood 
 conditions and diminish the supply for equable distribution without impairing the low 
 water volume of the dryer years. Yet lowering the ground water plane leaves the 
 ground above in a reservoir i ondition, so that the effect under some elreumstances may 
 be conservative as to flood exaggeration. 
 
 Such permeable grounds are usually more or less timbered. The clearing away 
 exaggerates the surface drainage without any marked effect upon the low water volume 
 of the streams. 
 
 The four general condi'ions discussed are typical. There are endless variations in 
 the conditions of surface, configuration, subsoil, depth to rock and its character and dis- 
 position, the distribution of drainage lines, n differen'; basins and even in the same 
 watershed; differences in elimatologioal conditions, in the amount and distribution of 
 rainfall with the season, and with the years,— all factors in the flow from the watershed 
 in wet and dry season, in flood and drought. As the flow of streams is studied, the 
 hydrography of basin interpreted, all these things must be more or less appreciated 
 and as the causes are apprehended the habits of the sti eam are understood. 
 
 As we understand the changes brought about by inhabitation in typical (. ases, we can 
 apply the inferences to the condi ion- that may prevail in any given basin, and thus 
 reach results signiflcant of the future. These may have a profound economic and sanitary 
 importance and be well worthy of attention, with a view to cor.'-eotion or such provision 
 as should precede rather than follow when necessity compels. 
 
 In general, it may be said, that the tilling of the surface, enables it to take the rain- 
 fall more readily, makes it more immediately absorptive than the prairie turf of cen- 
 turies, often hard and compacted so as to shed the rainfall rapidly. At the same time, 
 when the ground is saturated, the surface flow carries great quantilies of ma erial as 
 silts to choke the stream bed or build up bottoms. This action is vastly exaggerated 
 under the condition of frozen ground with melting f now, or the spring rains which 
 settle the frost-heaved ground. So tar then as inhabitation may exaggerate the floods, 
 tr decrease the low water, and with the vastly increased supply ot detritus from thes 
 
57 
 
 tilled lands In any event, the streams themselves are placed under much more difBoult 
 conditions. In part, no doubt, recent popular ideas in regard to the change in the flow 
 in s reams are due to this fact. 
 
 It may also be stated generally that winter may begin with rains, a melting snow, 
 to freeze quickly and close the surface against absorption, and that this condition will ■ 
 produce spring floods in any region when the accumulated snows are melted, often with 
 drenching rains, leaving even the underlylying soil devoid of moisture. Such a condition 
 prevailed over a large portion of the 'upper IlUnois basin in 1887. Heavy ice or snow 
 water freshets, followed by a very dry soil and as little land-water in the Illinois river 
 at Morris (in May) as known for thirty years. This probably came almost wholly from 
 the natiiral surface reservoirs. 
 
 It is no doubt true that all these efllects of inhabitation react upon the meteorological 
 conditions— to what extent is a matter of speculation. It is the general belief, west of 
 the Missouri river, that the rainfall is increasing (there seems to be little or no doubt of 
 it), and this result has been ascribed to the tiUing of the ground, the increasing porosity 
 and absorbing power of the surface. Such effects, if occurring in lUinois, would be less 
 noticeable with the greater precipitation in this State. I . is diiflcult to believe that the 
 profound meterological causes can be materially changed, but the local cycle, subsidi- 
 ary thereto, can no doubt alter in some degree. 
 
 Although the flow of local or tributary streams may be profoundly modifled by in- 
 ' habitation, this is true, in less degree, of the main stream or artery, the change being 
 less with the area of basin considered. 
 
 The flood volume of a stream is never eq.ual to the combined flood volumes of the 
 tributaries, and with many tributaries and a large area, does not even approach such a 
 volume. The several tributaries will not reach high water at the same time, nor will 
 their floods reach the main stream conjointly; neither do they enter at the same point, 
 but are distributed along the valley. The practical result is that the duration of the 
 flood in the main stream is much lengthened, and the volume is correspondingly less 
 th^n the aggregate of the tributaries, Alteration in the flood conditions of the tributa- 
 ries will not materially change the time or order in the contribution to the main streain, 
 and as the results are only partially cumulative the effect is relatively less. In many 
 large basins no sensible change would probably occur. 
 
 The reverse is true, in a less degree, of the low water volumes. No two tributaries are 
 in exactly the same condition as to low water at exactly the same time, but as the low 
 water period is very much longer than that of flo.ods, the 'results are more nearly cumu- 
 lative. It is found, practically, that the low water volume in small basins is less per 
 square mile than in large ones. Thus, the Mississippi at Grafton carries about four 
 times the volume per square mile of its watershed as compared to the Illinois, though 
 the conditions are not strictly similar. 
 
 Bains may not be uniformly distributed in any one year, nor in the same manner 
 during the succeeding one ; a considerable 'range in latitude may be covered, giving a 
 very moderate and prolonged flood from the melting snow in streams running southerly, 
 and cumulative results in those running northerly; basins may be differently shaped, 
 thus collecting the waters rapidly and cumulatively, or slowly and distributively, a 
 tributary basin may be subject to an extreme local flood, from extreme precipitation, 
 which seldom exceeds the smaller areas at a given "time. So from many causes, as the 
 stream grows larger and drains a greater area, the extremes of low water and flood 
 are relatively lessened, and the effects of inhabitation are less marked. 
 
 In all the results due to inhabitation, the detritus contributed to the main stream is 
 greatly increased. The effect of this may be profound in a stream bed of little grade, 
 and which, under previous conditions, had not yet adapted itseU to its work. This, 
 coupled with the diminished low water volume, has an important bearing upon the 
 navigable utiUty of the stream in the future. 
 
58 
 
 Under the previous head, the character of the upper Illinois watershed has been set 
 forth— impermeable substrata, a good depth of permeable surface, flat or moderate 
 slopes, with considerable bog, marsh and lake, and little timber, the main valley not 
 adjusted to the draimge conditions below Utioa. Inhabitation will increase floods, 
 greatly reduce the minimum flow, multiply the amount of detritus. The tendencies wiU 
 be destructive and most unhealtUu] in the lower valley. The conditions are presented 
 more specifically, and in detail, ater in this section of the report. 
 
 POPULATION DISTEIBUTION. . 
 
 The project of supplying an additional volume of water to the Desplains and Illinois 
 rivers from Lake M'chigan at Chicago is of interest and great importance to the urban 
 population of Cook county and to the population upon the watershed or basin of the 
 Illinois river, or nearly two-thirds the population of the entire State of lUinois. 
 
 The area of the State is about 56, 000 sauare miles.* The area of the basin of the Illinois is 
 27,914sctuare miles, of which 4,110 square miles he in the states of Wisconsin and Indiana. 
 The area draining to Lake Michigan in Lake and Cook counties is 1,14 1 square miles, 
 of which 450 pqiuare miles are in the basins of the Calurnet rivers in Indiana. 
 
 The population of the State, of Cook county and of the State at large for 1850, 1860, 1870, 
 1880 and 1888, is given in the following table: 
 
 Date. 
 
 State. 
 
 Cook County. 
 
 State at Large. 
 
 Eemarks. 
 
 1850 
 
 851,470 
 1,171.951 
 2,539,891 
 3,077,871 
 3,700,000 
 
 43,385 
 
 144,954 
 
 349,966 
 
 607, 24 
 
 1,071,020 
 
 808,085 
 1,026,997 
 2,189,925 
 2,470,347 
 2,629,000 
 
 
 1860 
 
 U. S. Census 
 
 1870 
 
 U. S. Census 
 
 1880 
 
 U. S. Census 
 
 1888 
 
 
 
 
 This table shows that the large increase in the growth of the State is in Cook 
 county. The detailed exhibit given later shows it to be confined to about 250 suuare 
 miles, or to Chicago and its immediate vicinity. 
 
 . The population statistics are presented in two compilations, one pertaining to the 
 basin of the Illinois river and the other to the basin draining to Lake Michigan. The 
 latter gives various aggregate useful in considering the area and the population which 
 may be served by a drainage channel to the Desplaines and Illinois river: and, also, the 
 probable growth of such areas or districts in the immediate future. 
 
 Illinois Eivee Wateeshed. 
 
 The area of the lUinois river basin is 27,914 square miles. The population in 1880 was 
 about 1,200,000, and the increase to 1888 about 70,000. 
 
 The compilation has been completed only down to the Copperas Creek dam, and is 
 subject to revision. The area is 15,254 square miles, and the total population in 1880 was 
 679,273. The increase to 1888 was 43,475. 
 
 The following tables are made up from the United States census of 1880, giving the 
 population of counties, and also of cities, towns and villages. They present the results 
 in detail for each important tributary basin, and also for the aggregate area of the several 
 basins. In compiling these results, all communities of over 5,000 population are classified 
 as cities, those from 5,000 to 500 as towns, and those of 500 to 50 as villages, the remain- 
 der being rural. The tables are accompanied by such remarks as will serve to interpret 
 their significance. 
 
 Th ■ changes to 1888 are computed from the county returns of the school census as 
 reported by the State Superintende t. These returns are for the population under 
 twenty-one years of age. The reports for Cook county and for the city of Chicago, give 
 also tlie total population of those districts. 
 
 U. 8. Census of 1880. 
 
oy 
 
 The State Superintendent estimates the total population of the State at 3,700,000, the 
 number under twenty-one being 1,669,640. The population in Cook county is 1,071,020, 
 the number u der twenty-one being 446,963. The population io the State at large would 
 be 2,629,000. and the number under twsnty-one 1,222,687. The population would then be, 
 outside of Cook county, 2.15 times the number under twenty-one years of age. This 
 ratio is applied to the county returns in estimating the population for 1888. 
 
 T e following table gives the population of counties situated wholly or in part upon 
 the IlUnois river watershed, down te the Copperas Creek dam, about 26 miles below 
 Peoria bridge, or the foot of Peoria lake. 
 
 iLIilNOIS ElTEB WATEESHED COUNTIES. 
 
 County. 
 
 1880. 
 
 1888. 
 
 Change. 
 
 Bemarks. 
 
 JMf'Henry 
 
 24,914 
 
 • 21,299 
 
 44,956 
 
 19,187 
 
 30,924 
 
 53,431 
 25,060 
 35,457 
 15,105 
 38,453 
 10,738 
 13,084 
 26,774 
 70,420 
 33,189 
 5,655 
 15,036 
 21,630 
 65,427 
 29,679 
 60,115 
 
 24,308 
 21,283 
 52,761 
 22,052 
 
 36,603 
 
 61,746 
 28,208 
 34,660 
 16,368 
 38,558 
 21,689 
 11,216 
 23,826 
 80,244 
 33,587 
 4,539 
 13,556 
 22,262 
 60,236 
 29,442 
 62,963 
 
 -606 
 — 16 
 
 +7,805 
 +2,865 
 
 +5,679 
 
 +8,315 
 +3,158 
 
 —797 
 +1,253 
 
 +105 
 +4,951 
 -1,868 
 —2,948 
 +9,824 
 
 +398 
 —1,016 
 -1,480 
 
 +632 
 +4,809 
 
 -237 
 +2,848 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 DuPage 
 
 
 Cook 
 
 f All west of meridia ■ of 
 1 west boundary of Cicero, 
 < and including al^o the 
 1 lownships of Eich and 
 I Bloom 
 
 Will 
 
 KEtnkakee 
 
 
 IrocLuois . 
 
 
 Pord 
 
 
 Livingston 
 
 
 
 
 Kendall 
 
 
 DeKalb . . 
 
 
 LaSalle 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total 
 
 656,823 
 
 700,097 
 
 +43,274 
 
 
 
 
 It wiU be noticed that those counties without large towns or cities, or mining indus- 
 tries, have decreased in population, while those counties containing large communities, 
 or mines, have increased. Such cities as Joliet, Aurora, Streator, Bloomington and Peoria, 
 have grown rapidly, far more so than indicated by the increase in population of the 
 counties in which they are situated. The increase in Grundy county is due to coal 
 mining. A large community has grown up at Spring Valley and vicinity, in Bureau 
 county, but the balance of the county has considerably decreased. LaSalle county con- 
 tains several cities which have grown more or less, as, Ukewise, Kane county. The por- 
 tion of Cook county given has decreased largely, except in four townships, containing 
 suburbs immediately west of Chicago. The same is also true of Du Page county. 
 
 In all these counties the decrease is assignable to special causes, and it is found that 
 the urban increase is considerably in excess of the county increase,— in other words, 
 that the centers of population have grown at the expense of the country. The rural 
 population seems to have decreased quite generally,— from three to five to the square 
 mile. In many eases, too, the villages and small towns appear to have decreased. Taking 
 the normal growth of the country at large, the growth should not have been less than 
 25 per cent for the past eight years, or the increase in the counties tabulated should 
 have beeen 164,000, instead of 43,475. 
 
 The absolute loss in growth in rural population is no doubt partially due to the re- 
 markable growth of Chicago, but more largely to emigration to the new territory in the 
 west, and it is probable that this movement will continue for twenty or thirty years, or 
 until all the new Tands are taken up, when the rural population wiU increase in density 
 with a subdivision of farm areas. The change in distribution of population as between 
 
60 
 
 rural and urban populations is doubtless due, in part to the increased application of 
 machinery to agriculture, by which the necessary labor can be performed by fewer 
 hands; in part to the rapid changes in transportation facilities, and in the methods of 
 doing business, by which the needs of the county can be served from fewer and larger 
 centers; in pai-t to the increasing comforts of urban life, and the greater ease with which 
 lands can be held and managed from the towns, and perhaps from that economic policy 
 which has so greatly stimulated manufactures. The significant fact is the growing need 
 of sanitary provision with urban increase, and the number of cities of large size which 
 the Illinois river basin will contain. It ia also worthy of note that Cook county contains 
 one-half of the urban population of fhe State, as gathered in communities of suffleient 
 size to require special sanitary consideration and provision. 
 
 In distributing the population between the several watersheds, after all attainable 
 information is used, considerable judgment must be exercised, especially in regard to . 
 the increase during the past eight years. The results, however, as given by aggregates, 
 can not be materially in error. In all cases, when not otherwise speeifled, the population 
 in 1880 is intended. 
 
 The areas are computed from the large county atlas maps of Illinois, and from the 
 State maps of Indiana and Wisconsin. The watershed line of the Desplaines above 
 Lookport is from actual survey. 
 
 Kankakee Eivee Basin, 1880. 
 
 
 Area. 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Towns. 
 
 Til- 
 lages. 
 
 Bubal. 
 
 Ot) 
 
 If 
 
 §82. 
 cop 
 
 
 Basin. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 
 Pop. 
 
 Counties. 
 
 
 2,000 
 
 2,540 
 606 
 
 
 
 11 
 11 
 
 3 
 25 
 
 10,218 
 
 9,814 
 3,080 
 
 31 
 
 50 
 3 
 
 84 
 
 5,567 
 
 8,108 
 670 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 27 
 
 40,790 
 
 57,752 
 16.297 
 
 56,575 
 
 81,869 
 25,698 
 
 —1,124 
 
 -1-3,131 
 
 -1-2,802 
 
 
 tipper Kan- 
 kakee 
 
 Lower Kan- 
 kakee 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 6,195 
 5,651 
 
 Ford, Kankakee, 
 and Vermilion 
 
 Indiana, Iroquois, 
 Kankakee and Will 
 
 Kankakee, Will, etc,. 
 
 Totals .. 
 
 5,146 
 
 11,846 
 
 23,112 
 
 14,345 
 
 22 J^ 
 
 114,839 
 
 164,142 
 
 -1-4,308 
 
 
 The Iroquois and Kankakee basins in Indiana are as follows: 
 
 Designation. 
 
 Kankakee. 
 
 Iroquois. 
 
 Totals. 
 
 Area— Square Miles. 
 
 2,212 
 
 828 
 
 3,040 
 
 Cities 
 
 1 
 
 10 
 43 
 
 6,196 
 
 8,777 
 
 6,557 
 
 49,278 
 
 
 
 1 
 14 
 51 
 
 6 195 
 
 
 4 
 8 
 
 3,429 
 
 1,155 
 
 13,654 
 
 18,238 
 
 12 206 
 
 Villages 
 
 7 712 
 
 Eural 
 
 62,932 
 
 
 TotHl population 
 
 70,807 
 
 89 045 
 
 
 
 
 A large proportion ot the Iroquois and Kankakee watersheds in Indiana is marshy, and 
 with a sparse population. A considerable proportion of the headwaters of the Kankakee 
 is in well populated territory, with some growing communities. Concerning the changes 
 in population in the adjacent counties of IlUnois and the character of the territory in 
 Indiana, the population for 1888 is inferred. Considerable shifting of population has oc- 
 curred from the country and villages to the larger towns and cities, and several stations 
 on new railway lines have been estabUshcd. 
 
 Below the great dam, just above Wilmington, the area is 220 square miles and the 
 population, including Wilmington, 7,560, of which 5,600 is rural. Down to a point just 
 above the city of Kankakee, 22 square miles and about 600 rural population should be 
 added to the sum of the Iroquois and upper Kankakee basins, Down to Momence, the 
 
ex 
 
 Kankakee in Indiana should he increased by 130 [sauare miles and 3,800 population, of 
 ■whioh 6Si are in three villages. 
 
 Desplaines ErvEB Basin, 1880. 
 
 
 Area 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Towns. 
 
 TlL- 
 
 I.AQES. 
 
 EUEAL. 
 
 
 OS 
 pop' 
 
 
 Basin. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 1.^ 
 
 Pop. 
 
 Counties. 
 
 Upper Des- 
 
 342 
 292 
 176 
 130 
 452 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 6 
 3 
 1 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 632 
 4,513 
 4,607 
 
 624 
 5,507 
 
 13 
 16 
 8 
 3 
 11 
 
 51 
 
 1,470 
 3,008 
 1,270 
 526 
 2.546 
 
 26 
 39 
 34 
 33 
 31 
 
 8,956 
 
 11,384 
 
 6,080 
 
 4,340 
 
 14,137 
 
 11,058 
 18,905 
 11,957 
 17,047 
 22,190 
 
 +5,"i52 
 +2,488 
 +8,315 
 +1,665 
 
 
 To Summit. 
 
 
 
 Cook, DuPage 
 
 Cook, DuPage, Will. 
 
 Cook, WiU 
 
 Will, DuPage 
 
 To Joliet.... 
 
 
 
 To L. JoUet. 
 To 111. Eiver 
 
 1 
 
 11,657 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 Total.... 
 
 1,392 
 
 11,657 
 
 15,783 
 
 8,820 
 
 32 
 
 44,897 
 
 81,157 
 
 +17,620 
 
 
 The basin includes the area tributary to the Illinois and Michigan Canal west of the 
 
 the range line through Summit and 'the Ogden-Wentworth dam. 
 
 The basin in Wisconsin is as follows : 
 
 Area, square miles 136.4 
 
 ViUages, 6 810 
 
 Bural population 3.600 
 
 Total population 4,410 
 
 The population in Lake county has not materially changed in eight years, and it is 
 assumed that the conditions are the same in Wisconsin, so the total population in the 
 upper Desplaines show no increase. If there is any change, it is in the growth of urban 
 population at the expense of the rui-al districts. 
 
 The purely rural districts of Cook county have decreased. The townships of Maine, 
 Leyden, Proviso, and the north tier of sections in Lyons contain suburbs of Chicago and 
 show an increase. Suburbs in DuPage also give an increase. The net increase in the 
 basin from Lake county to Summit, is 5,152. 
 
 Prom Summit to Joliet the increase is almost wholly at Lemont, with some additions 
 from suburbs In DuPage county. 
 
 The increase in the basin to Lake Joliet is assumed at that for Will county. It is 
 known, howevei-, that Joliet has doubled in population, or the increase is greater than 
 assumed. 
 
 The increase in the DuPage basin is due to Chicago suburbs, and is assumed as the 
 entire increase to the lUinois river, the junction with the Kankakee. 
 
 The DuPage river basin is as follows: 
 
 Area,s(iuare miles 366 
 
 Towns, 5 5, 507 
 
 TiUages, 10 2,234 
 
 Bural population 11, 409 
 
 Total population 19,190 
 
 Increase in 1888 1. noS 
 
 Fox EivEE Basin, 1880. 
 
 
 Area. 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Towns. 
 
 Til- 
 lages. 
 
 EUBAL. 
 
 : o 
 
 gs 
 
 : B' 
 
 
 Basin. 
 
 
 Pop. 
 
 !z! 
 P 
 
 Pop. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 
 Pop. 
 
 
 Wisconsin.. 
 To Elgin.... 
 
 To Aurora.. 
 ToMillingt'n 
 
 93* 
 610 
 
 200 
 420 
 
 538 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 8,789- 
 11,875 
 
 6 
 4 
 
 3 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 10,381 
 4,330 
 
 5,415 
 2,448 
 
 5,059 
 
 28 
 22 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 8 
 78 
 
 4,155 
 4,623 
 
 1,062 
 3,507 
 
 1,417 
 
 32 
 26)6 
 
 32 
 25 
 
 27 
 
 29,746 
 16,186 
 
 6,46a 
 10,616 
 
 14,637 
 
 44,282 
 25,139 
 
 21,726 
 28,446 
 
 21,113 
 
 '-i'.m 
 
 +3,832 
 +3,036 
 
 —600 
 
 State of Wisconsm.. 
 
 M'Henry,Lake, Kane, 
 Cook 
 
 Kane, Cook,D\iPage. 
 
 Kane, DuPage, Ken- 
 dall. DeKalb 
 
 LaSalle, Lee, DeKalb 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 Totals .. 
 
 2,700 
 
 20,664 
 
 18 
 
 27,633 
 
 14,764 
 
 2S% 
 
 77,646 
 
 140,706 
 
 +5,078 
 
 
62 
 
 The population of 18f8 in counties bordering Wisconsin does not indicate any mate- 
 rial change since 1880 of the population of the basin in Wisconsin. 
 
 Am-ora, Elgin and Batayia have about doubled in population and Geneva and other 
 towns have notably increased. The rural population has decreased. The net results 
 are shown in the table. The change in the aggregate is less than four per cent. 
 
 The statistics for the basin in Wisconsin are given in the first line of the above 
 table. 
 
 Illinois Eiveb Basin, 1880. 
 (Omitting the Desplaines, Kanki.kee and Fox.) 
 
 
 Area. 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Towns. 
 
 Til- 
 lages. 
 
 EUBAL. 
 
 ps O 
 
 • o 
 : a 
 
 i 
 
 : 
 
 
 Basin. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop, 
 
 !2l 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 hi 
 
 Pop. 
 
 Counties. 
 
 AuxSable to 
 Morris 
 
 218 
 
 540 
 
 202 
 
 31 
 
 136 
 
 165 
 
 1,317 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 891 
 1,688 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 26 
 27 
 
 27 
 
 27 
 26 
 
 5,523 
 
 14,093 
 
 5,326 
 
 838 
 
 3,674 
 
 4,451 
 
 33,987 
 
 6,414 
 
 24,862 
 
 9,550 
 
 2,720 
 
 12,410 
 
 16,820 
 
 50,713 
 
 -900 
 
 +4,846 
 
 +200 
 
 +400 
 
 +4,000 
 
 +2,000 
 
 +2,264 
 
 Will.Kendall.Grundy 
 
 Grundy, Livingston, 
 Will, Kankakee .... 
 Grundy , LaSalle 
 
 Mazon to 
 Morris 
 
 ToM'rseilles 
 
 1 
 
 5,524 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 5 
 14 
 
 3,557 
 
 4,224 
 
 1,882 
 
 767 
 
 4,142 
 
 7,005 
 
 To Fox Riv 
 
 
 
 
 
 LaSalle 
 
 Below TJtica 
 L.TermiUon 
 
 R. to Peru 
 Vermilion E 
 
 to Peru ... 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 4 
 
 7,834 
 7,847 
 5,157 
 
 1 
 2 
 25 
 41 
 
 135 
 
 380 
 
 4,564 
 
 LaSalle 
 
 LaSalle 
 
 LaSalle, Livingston, 
 McLean, etc 
 
 Total. . . . 
 
 2,609 
 
 28,362 
 
 21,577 
 
 7,658 
 
 26 
 
 67,892 
 
 123,489 
 
 12,810 
 
 The population in the mining districts and in the larger towns and cities is greater 
 than the table indicates, as the rural population has sensibly decreased. Streator has 
 grown no'tably. Ottawa has also grown considerably. The mining districts in Grundy 
 and adjacent counties have increased notably. Considering all these matters the net 
 change is estimated as given in the table. The total increase is about ten per cent. 
 
 The Veimilion basin above Streator gives CLuantities approximately as follows: 
 
 Area, square miles 1 105 
 
 Villages, 21 4 155 
 
 Towns, 4 6,501 
 
 Eural 28. 090 
 
 Total population 
 
 No material change Is noted for 1888. 
 
 38,746 
 
 Illinois Eivek Basin, 1880. 
 (LaSalle to Copperas Creek Dam.) 
 
 
 Area, 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Towns. 
 
 Vil- 
 lages. 
 
 EUEAL. 
 
 |a 
 
 o 
 
 : « 
 
 
 , 
 
 Basin. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 p 
 
 .Pop. 
 
 
 Pop. 
 
 Counties. 
 
 To Henne- 
 pin 
 
 162 
 480 
 300 
 446 
 244 
 352 
 206 
 1,217 
 
 1 
 
 5,057 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 11 
 5 
 9 
 7 
 6 
 7 
 22 
 70 
 
 683 
 2,805 
 1,431 
 1,640 
 1,051 
 7?8 
 898 
 4,475 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 ai 
 
 24 
 
 22 
 32 
 32 
 
 28 
 
 4,241 
 12,840 
 
 7 '169 
 10,869 
 
 5,306 
 11,363 
 
 6,568 
 34,399 
 
 9,981 
 20,574 
 10,134 
 17,964 
 
 8,690 
 44,841 
 
 7,460 
 60,129 
 
 +4,584 
 
 -1,880 
 
 —1,240 
 
 —1,430 
 
 -587 
 
 +5,000 
 
 -600 
 
 —188 
 
 La Salle, Putnam, 
 Bureau 
 
 To Bureau 
 Creek 
 
 3 
 2 
 3 
 2 
 3 
 
 4,929 
 1,634 
 5,455 
 2,333 
 3,441 
 
 T Henry 
 dam 
 
 To Chilli- 
 cotho 
 
 To foot of 
 
 La Sallo. Putnam, 
 Marshall, ])m-eau... 
 
 Marshall. Wood ord, 
 Putnam, liuieau... 
 
 Woodford. Peoria, 
 
 
 1 
 
 29,259 
 
 To Pokin... 
 ToCopperas 
 
 Tazewell, Knox, Peo- 
 ria 
 
 
 Peoria, Fulton 
 
 Tazewell, McLean, 
 Woodford, etc 
 
 Mao k i n a w 
 E. to dam. 
 
 1 
 3 
 
 5,998 
 
 5 
 
 6,257 
 
 Total 
 
 3,407 
 
 40,314 
 
 22,949 
 
 13,761 
 
 27 
 
 92,756 
 
 169,779 
 
 —3,659 
 
A general increase in towns and cities and a decrease in rural population has occur- 
 red. The principal increase is in Spring Creek valley, a mining district of Bureau county, 
 and in the city of Peoria. 
 
 The following general ta,tile gives the aggregate results for the entire basin down to 
 Copperas Creek dam. 
 
 The aggregate basin" of the Illinois in Indiana and "Wisconsin is as follows : 
 
 Total area, square miles 4,110 
 
 1 city 6,195 
 
 20 towns 22, 687 
 
 85 villages 12,077 
 
 Eural 96,278 
 
 Total population 137,737 
 
 These 'quantities, taken from the aggregate of the table, give the statistics as to the 
 basin within the State of IlUnois. 
 
 Illinois Biveb Basin. (Becapitulation.) 
 
 Basin. 
 
 Area, 
 
 Cities. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 Towns. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 Vil- 
 lages. 
 
 Pop. 
 
 EUEAL. 
 
 p p 
 
 Pop. 
 
 K-V^ 
 
 1— 1 
 
 930 
 
 Sfe 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ?« 
 
 
 
 • CD 
 
 : w 
 
 
 • c: 
 
 
 Eemarks. 
 
 Desplaines . 
 Desplaines . 
 Kankakee E 
 Illinois Eiv. 
 Fox Eiver . . 
 Illinois Eiv, 
 Illinois Eiv. 
 Ilhnois Eiv. 
 IlUnois Eiv. 
 
 9,752 
 15,783 
 38,895 
 48,558 
 76,191 
 88,105 
 94,568 
 102,356 
 111,054 
 
 748 32 
 820 32 
 165 24 J^ 
 744 1 24 J^ 
 
 26)4 
 26% 
 
 25% 
 26 
 
 26,420 
 44,897 
 159,736 
 185,516 
 263,161 
 305,273 
 320,623 
 345,698 
 398,028 
 
 41,920 
 81,157 
 245,299 
 288,845 
 429,551 
 509,494 
 550,183 
 576,8:17 
 679,273 
 
 To JoUet 
 
 To Kankakee Eiver 
 To Illinois Eiver... 
 
 To Ottawa 
 
 To Ottawa 
 
 To Peru. 
 
 To Henry 
 
 To Peoria 
 
 To Copperas Creek 
 
 It wiU be noticed that over one-half the increase in population is in cities and towns 
 upon the Fox and Desplaines, and within a comparatively short distance of Chicago. 
 
 The increase in urban population in cities and towns is probably double the aggre- 
 gate increase given for the total basin. 
 
 The urban population in 1880 was about 40 per cent of the total population. At the 
 present time it appears to be about 50 per cent. 
 
 Lake Michigan Wateeshed. 
 The 16 townships of Cook county already tabulated,— all we.st of range line through 
 Summit and west boundary of Cicero, and also Eich and Bloom,— have an area of 547 
 miles, with a population of 30,924 in 1880, and 36,603 in 1888. If Thornton, Bremen, the west 
 four tier sections in Worth, and New Trier, be added, it will include all of Cook county 
 outside what is usually caUed the Metropolitan area, a total area of 669 square miles 
 with a population of 38,670 in 1880 and of 46,354 in 1888. The Metropolitan area includes 
 270 square miles, and a population of 568,854 in 1880, and of 1,024,643 in 1888, 
 
 The area draining into Lake Michigan is in two 'basins, the Chicago river, extending 
 Into Lake county, and the Calumet, reaching with its branches into Will county and 
 into Indiana. 
 
 The area draining into the Chicago river north and west of the Metropohtau area is 
 87)4 miles, including a population of 3456 (two villages of 285 population included), from and 
 the MotropoUtan area 202 miles with a population of 559,408 a total area of 289)4 miles with 
 a population of 562,864. In 1888 the population had increased 415.830 in the Metropolitan 
 area and diminished 185 outside, a total increase of 415,645, and a total population of 
 978,509. 
 
 The area draining to the lake direct, north of the MetropoUtan area, in Cook and Lake 
 counties, is 63 miles, with a population as follows: 
 
 Towns, 4 S, 648 
 
 Villages. 3 950 
 
 Eural 2^ 
 
 Total population 9Mi 
 
64 
 
 This had increased 1297 in 1888, and the totol population was 11,201. 
 
 The area outside the Metropolitan district. 111 Cook and "Will counties, and tributary 
 to the Calumet, is 270 sguare miles with a population as follows: 
 
 Towns, 2 1. 042 
 
 Tillages, 10 2,488 
 
 Kural 8,912 
 
 Total population 12,442 
 
 This had increased 497 in 1888. 
 
 The Grand Calumet in Indiana is included in the summary of the Calumet river. Its 
 drainage is uncertain, but, under usual circumstances, into lUinois. The total area is 
 450 square miles with a population as follows : 
 
 Towns, 4 ; 7, 420 
 
 Villages, 18 3,178 
 
 Rural 10,069 
 
 Total population 20,667 
 
 The increase to 1888 is probably immaterial. 
 
 The Metropolitan area draining to the Calumet is 68 square miles, with a population 
 of 9446 in 1880, increased to 49,405 in 1888. 
 
 The total Calumet basin is 788 miles, with a population of 42,555 in 1880, and of 83,011 
 in 1888. 
 
 The total area going to the lake from the Illinois frontage is 1141 miles. The total 
 population was 615,323 in 1880, and 1,072,721 in 1888. 
 
 The metropolitan district has a length from north to south of 28>^ miles, and an ex- 
 treme width of 13>4 miles, the area being 270 square miles. The population in 1880, 1886 
 and in 1888, and in Cook county at large, is as follows : 
 
 Designation. 
 
 Area. 
 
 1860 
 
 1870 
 
 1880 
 
 1886 
 
 1888 
 
 Metropolitan 
 
 County at large.. 
 
 270 
 669 
 
 121,949 
 23,005 
 
 319,640 
 30,326 
 
 568,854 
 38,670 
 
 878,057 
 39,345 
 
 1,024,643 
 46,377 
 
 Cook county 
 
 939 
 
 144,954 
 
 349,966 
 
 607,524 
 
 917,402 
 
 1,071,020 
 
 The population outside the Metropolitan area which pertains to CUcago, or is purely 
 suburban, will make the total city and suburban population equal to 1,039,000. 
 
 The population on the Metropolitan area in 1888 was distributed as follows: The sta- 
 tistics are given by congressional townships, as in school census, except where they 
 overlap the city. 
 
 Metkopolitan Distbict. 
 
 Designation. 
 
 Area. 
 
 Population. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Mies 
 
 23 
 10 
 35 
 11 
 25 
 36 
 35 
 12 
 36 
 10 
 
 2,850 
 11,485 
 11,409 
 42,339 
 13,926 
 
 1,907 
 97,671 
 
 2,340 
 22,617 
 15,448 
 
 
 Evanston 
 
 
 
 Omitting sec. 36, ann'xed to Chicago 
 
 Lake View 
 
 
 
 Lyons and Lake 
 
 
 Lake and Hyde Park 
 
 
 Worlh 
 
 
 Calumet and Hyde Park 
 
 
 South Chicago 
 
 
 
 
 Outside Chicago 
 
 233 
 37 
 
 221,992 
 802,651 
 
 
 
 Including sec. 36, Jefferson 
 
 
 Total 
 
 270 
 
 1,024,643 
 
 
 
 
65 
 
 If a district bounded by two miles north of city limits, the west boundary of city 
 ■extended north and south and three miles south of city Umits, be taken, it- wiU have an 
 area of 69 sqfliare miles and a population as follows : 
 
 North of city limits 4.3,347 
 
 South of city limits 81,728 
 
 125,075 
 
 Chicago , 802, 651 
 
 Total 927,726 
 
 The greater proportion of the population outside* the city Umits is on the adjacent 
 ■82 miles north and south, and the growth is more strongly in these directions than to 
 the west. 
 
 If a sanitary district he assumed so as to conform to poUtical boundaries so far as 
 the watershed will permit, it may be deUmited as follows: North, one mile south of 
 Evanston and Niles; west, along range line west of Jefferson and Cicero to south line 
 ■of Lyons ; south, along south line of Lyons and Lake to one mile east of Western ave., 
 then northeasterly to Jackson Park. The area of such a district is 161 square miles, of 
 Tyhich 52 square miles are sewered. 
 
 The population of this district in 1888 was 959,300. The' district north had 15,935 on 41 
 sauare miles. The Calumet district had 49,405 on 68 SQuare miles. 
 
 The population of the district in 1886 was approximately 824,000. In 1880, it was 
 549,20 , the district north having 10,200 and the district south 9,450. The population in 
 the sanitary district was 310,177 in 1870, and 117,442 in 1860. 
 
 Should the district be extended down the Desplaines to the boundary of Lyons, 
 about 23 square miles additiona) may be included and about 1,200 population in 1888. 
 
 The population in the Sanitary district is distributed approximately as follows: 
 
 
 1886. 
 
 1 8. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 
 86,II0'1 
 
 697,000 
 
 41,000 
 
 1 7.000 
 
 800,000 
 
 42,300 
 
 
 Sewered to Chicago river and branches 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total population 
 
 824,000 
 
 9.-;9,300 
 
 
 
 
 North of Madison street 
 
 322,500 
 
 400,000 
 
 Sewered. 
 
 
 
 There is some sewerage in Cicero, tributary to the Ogden-Wentworth ditch and thus 
 to the river system, which is not considered in the above. 
 J. All the population tributary to Chicago river and branches is also tributary to the 
 Illinois and Michigan Canal, by means of the circulation occasioned in the North Branch 
 by the FuUerton avenue conduit, whereby its ooutents are discharged into the South 
 Branch and, with the sewage of the South Branch, carried to the canal by means of 
 the circulation induced by the pumping works at Bridgeport. There is a small popula- 
 tion tributary to the North Branch above FuUerton ave., but there is Uttle sewage as 
 yet from this source. This is moved do An by the land water which is very little at low 
 water. The population tributary to the South Fork was 75,000 in 1886. This has in- 
 ■ereased somewhat in 1888. This fork has only the circulation due to storm water and 
 the water supply. Little sewage enters to the West Fork and this is sufficiently 
 <sir6ulated at present by the water through the Ogden-Wentworth ditch. 
 
 The estimates of population north of Madison street bridge are useful in interpreting 
 the condition of the river at that point. 
 
 Other sanitary districts are feasible in Cook county. The Calumet basin is a natural 
 district which may be sewered by a channel drawing water from the lake and passing 
 through the Sag to a junction vwith the Desplaines channel. An Evanston district on the 
 north is possible, also drawing water from the lake and tributary to a Chicago channel. 
 The Desplaines river basin immediately above Summit is an additional district which 
 can be drained in a different manner. Growth of population will, in time, demand 
 proper provison in all these districts. 
 
G6 
 
 POPULATION INCREASE. 
 
 The indications are all that the rural or country population is decreasing, the in- 
 crease beine confined to the larger communities and the mining districts. The aggre- 
 gate increase in the State outside of Cook county is small, some 159,000, when it should 
 he about lour times as great. Even including Cook county with its great growth, the 
 aggregate increase for the entire State is still nearly 200,000 short of the normal increase 
 for the whole country. 
 
 The causes which may be assigned for this condition have been already discussed. 
 It does not seem probable that the growth will become normal for twenty or thirty 
 years or until the arable lands in the territories and new states are occupied, if the 
 present economic conditions are to continue. 
 
 If the present population of the metropolitan area be taken at 1,025,000, the increase 
 in two years has been 147,000, and for eight years 466,000. The probable popula,tion for 
 1890 may be assumed at 1,175,000, an increase of 606,000 in ten years, or greater than the 
 population of 1880. 
 
 The population of the sanitary district assumed has increased 410,000 in eight years,. 
 and 135,000 in two years. The. population in 1888 was 959,000. and the prospective popula- 
 tion in 1890 is 1,090,000. 
 
 The population of the city has increased 300,000 in eight years, and 100,000 in two 
 years, including 10,000 annexed since 1886. The probable population on the present city 
 area is 890,000 in 1890. "• 
 
 The population of Cook county was 1,071,000 in 1888, a growth of 464,000 in eight 
 years, and of 164,000 in two years. The probable population in 1890 may be assumed at 
 1,230,000, or more than double that of 1880. 
 
 If an increase of 200, 000 be assumed for the State outside of Cook county, or 2, 670, OOO 
 in 1890, the total population will be 3,900,000, of which Cook county will contain SiH per 
 cent. In 1900 Cook county will contain about 40 per cent of the total population of the 
 State. Alter that the relative increase will probably be slower, and it is doubtful if 
 Cook county ever reaches 60 per cent, of the State. 
 
 In considering the growth of population, the entire community should be taken to 
 ascertain the normal rate. The growth on any given part of a metropoUtan area is apt 
 to be spasmodic for any rapid increase or boom in a given direction is soon arrested 
 by rapid appreciation of property or other causes. Taking communities as a whole, 
 their growth by decades is remarkably steady after they reach a certain stage. 
 
 If the community centered around New York be taken, the growth has not varied 
 materially since 1840, from 470,000 per decade; Philadelphia, except for the civil war. 180,- 
 000; Boston, 100,000, and St. Louis, about the same as Boston since 1860. These incre- 
 ments show a tendency to some increase lor this decade. These results indicate that an 
 increment does not diminish after a certain period of growth, or a community has 
 obtained its majority. There is no reason, therefore, to suppose that Chicago will 
 ever diminish its rate of 600,000 per decade, having attained that rate in the present 
 decade. If the rate for the last two years be taken, the deoeninal increase will be at 
 the rate of 750,000. 
 
 In the growth of cities, however, the decennial constant is approached gradually. 
 The past growth of Chicago as yet showt no tendency to constancy, as the past three 
 decades have been 200,000, 250,000 and 600,000 respectively. The great Are probably re- 
 duced the increase 1870-80 by 160,000. Although in the periods before a constant rate 
 is attained irregularity is often noticeable, still the indications are that Chicago will 
 continue to increase its rate for some time to come. 
 
 The statistics of population for the last Ave two-year periods when reduced to a 
 normal rate, show that the increment is increased 15,000 each two years; in other words, 
 that the increment of 90,000 for 1880-82 has increased to 150,000 for 1888-90. The last 
 
67 
 
 column of the following table gives the future population by this rule, while the first 
 two columns give the constant rate as in the older cities, the first at 600,000 per decade 
 and the second at 750,000. The figures indicate the population in thousands. 
 
 Mbteopolitan Aeea. 
 
 Year. 
 
 Increment 
 
 600,000 
 per decade. 
 
 Increment 
 
 750,000 
 per decade. ' 
 
 Normal Growth. 
 
 1890 
 
 1,175 
 1,295 
 1,115 
 1,535 
 1,655 
 1,775 
 1.895 
 2.015 
 2,135 
 2,255 
 2,375 
 
 1,175 
 1,325 
 1,475 
 1,625 
 1,775 
 1,925 
 2,075 
 2,225 
 2,375 
 2,525 
 2,675 
 
 1 175 
 
 1892 
 
 1,840 
 
 1 520 
 
 1854 
 
 1896 
 
 1,715 
 1,925 
 
 1898 
 
 1900 
 
 2 150 
 
 1902 
 
 ■2,390 
 
 1904 
 
 2,645 
 
 1906 
 
 2 915 
 
 1908 
 
 3,200 
 
 1910 
 
 3,500 
 
 
 
 3,000,000 in 
 
 1,920 
 
 1,915 
 
 1,907 
 
 
 
 If the causes of Chicago's rapid growth are fully considered there is no reason ap- 
 parent why it should not continue somewhat as in the last column until a population 
 of three milUon or more is attained. Then she should continue to grow with the In- 
 creasing density of the country at the normal rate of 30 to 33 per cent, per decade, or 
 at 25 per cent, if emigration ceases. This means that the decennial increment is not 
 likely to be arrested short of one million for e.ach ten y6ars. If this be the ease, 
 Chicago will overtake the New York community in 20 to 25 years, and in time be- 
 come the biggest city of the world. The great and resourceful area tributary to Chicago 
 makes all this possible, and if proper statesmanship directs her energies it is rendered 
 probable. It is simply the problem of^ maintaining the healthiest and cheapest city in 
 which and from which to do business. 
 
 TRIBUTARY BASINS AND STREAMS— aEXERAL SUMMARY'. 
 
 The Illinois river is formed by the junction of the Desplaines and Kankakee rivers, 
 9}4 miles above Morris, the northern tributary heading in Wisconsin and the eastern 
 heading in Indiana, the two enclosing the head of Lake Michigan hke the branches of 
 the letter Y. The junction is 51.3 miles from Lake Michigan by the general course of the 
 Desplaines river and the nearest route therefrom across the land to the lake. 
 
 The following table gives the areas of the several tributary watersheds and the 
 points at which their streams join the Illinois. These areas are computed from the 
 county atlas maps of the State and the state maps of "Wisconsin and Indiana. They 
 include also the river front proper to the points designated. The distances are taken 
 from the city and U. S. surveys, and are computed from the head of the IlUnois. The 
 bank is right or left going down the stream and is indicated by R. B. or L. B. 
 
68 
 
 Aeeas op Basins. 
 
 Tributary. 
 
 Area. 
 
 Total 
 area. 
 
 Distance 
 miles. 
 
 Bank. 
 
 Area To. 
 
 Desplaines River 
 
 1,392 
 
 5,146 
 
 218 
 
 540 
 
 63 
 
 70 
 
 45 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 2,700 
 
 100 
 
 36 
 
 1,317 
 
 165 
 
 56 
 
 34 
 
 72 
 
 480 
 
 24 
 
 52 
 
 77 
 
 147 
 
 88 
 
 226 
 
 •132 
 
 198 
 
 46 
 
 310 
 
 42 
 
 1,217 
 
 55 
 
 151 
 
 110 
 
 220 
 
 1,870 
 
 140 
 
 5,670 
 
 180 
 
 1,385 
 
 290 
 
 472 
 
 190 
 75 
 
 525 
 45 
 
 985 
 86 
 40 
 28 
 
 
 00.0 
 00.0 
 4.7 
 9.7 
 10.0 
 12.1 
 22.7 
 23.7 
 33.1 
 33.1 
 33.1 
 36.4 
 42.5 
 46.2 
 47.1 
 52.9 
 57.3 
 
 62 .'9 
 65.8 
 71.7 
 73.8 
 75.7 
 81.0 
 89.6 
 90.4 
 93.8 
 
 lii'i 
 
 114,9 
 121.0 
 
 134 .'6 
 138.1 
 149.9 
 .151,6 
 160.7 
 174.1 
 177.7 
 188.3 
 193.4 
 206.7 
 209.2 
 
 220 .'7 
 
 23.5 .'7 
 
 248 .'6 
 256.4 
 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 
 U: 
 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 R. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 E. B. 
 L. B. 
 L. B. 
 R, B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 B. B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 R. B. 
 E. B. 
 L. B. 
 E. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 R.-B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 
 U: 
 
 R. B. 
 L. B. 
 L. B. 
 E. B. 
 L. K. 
 
 ■j Junction of Rivers 
 
 ^anKakee Eiver 
 
 6,638 
 6.756 
 7,296 
 7.359 
 7,429 
 7,474 
 7,498 
 7,514 
 7,629 
 10.229 
 10,329 
 10,366 
 11.682 
 11,847 
 11,903 
 11.937 
 12,009 
 12,489 
 12,513 
 12.566 
 12.642 
 12,789 
 12,877 
 13,103 
 13.2SJ 
 13,433 
 13.479 
 13,789 
 13,831 
 16,048 
 15,103 
 16.254 
 15,361 
 16,684 
 17,4.54 
 17,594 
 23,264 
 23,444 
 24,829 
 25,119 
 25,591 
 25,866 
 26,941 
 26,131 
 26,206 
 26,731 
 26,776 
 27,761 
 27,846 
 27.886 
 27,914 
 
 Aux Sable River 
 
 Morris 
 
 Iffazon Eiver 
 
 
 Nettle Creek, etc 
 
 
 Waupecan Croelc and Hog Run.. 
 
 
 Xickapoo Creok 
 
 Marseilles. 
 
 "South Kickapoo Creek 
 
 
 To Mouth Fox River 
 
 
 To Mouth Fox River 
 
 
 i^Dx River 
 
 ' ' 
 
 Covel Creeli 
 
 Utjca 
 
 Clark's Run 
 
 
 Termilion River 
 
 
 Peounisaugan C'k, L. Termilion R. 
 
 
 Spring Creek 
 
 
 Negro Creek 
 
 
 All Fork 
 
 
 Bureau Creek 
 
 
 Coffee Creek 
 
 
 Clear Creek 
 
 
 
 iienry 
 
 Sandy Creek 
 
 Crow Creek, (west) 
 
 
 Crow Creek (east) 
 
 ChillicnthH 
 
 Senaehewine Creek 
 
 
 Richland Creek, etc 
 
 
 West Slope 
 
 
 
 
 luck Creek 
 
 
 Mackinaw River 
 
 Copperas Creek Dam 
 
 Kingston 
 
 Copperas Cr'ek Dam 
 Havana 
 
 Tamarish Creek 
 
 Copperas Creek. .^ 
 
 Duck Creek, etc 
 
 Quiver River 
 
 
 
 Otter and Wilson Creeks 
 
 
 Sangamon River 
 
 Beardstown .'. 
 
 Sugar Creek 
 
 Crooked Creek 
 
 LaGrange Dam .' 
 
 Indian Creek 
 
 MoKees River 
 
 Griggsville Landing 
 
 Mauvais Terres Creek 
 
 West Slope 
 
 Montezuma 
 
 Big Sandy, etc 
 
 West Slope 
 
 Kampsville Dam 
 
 Apple Creek, etc 
 
 West Slope to Macoupin Creek.. 
 
 
 Maeoupin Creek 
 
 
 
 
 West Slope 
 
 j- Mouth at Camden. 
 
 East Slope 
 
 
 It will be noticed that thirteen tributaries, each exceeding four hundred miles in 
 area, carry 23,699 miles or 8; per cent, of the drainage, and that the direct drainage to 
 the lUlnois is small. The BUnois basin is really a series o£ basins rather than a homo- 
 geneous whole. 
 
 Above Peru, about 94 per cent, of the area lies in five basins. From Peru to Cop- 
 peras C'l-i'ck Dam, Bureau Creek and Mackinaw River carry about halt the area of 3.407 
 miles. From Copperas Creek Dam to LaGrange Dam, Spoon River. Sangamon River and 
 Crooked Creek add 8,925 out of 9,865 miles. Below LaGrange, three tributaries carry 
 over 70 per cent of the area. 
 
 If the lower Illinois be divided into three nearly equal divisions, the tributary 
 drainage to the middle division is almost exactly the same as the total watershed above 
 Peru, and over two-thirds of that below Peru. The other two divisions receive but 17 
 per cent of the total watershed, and only 30 per cent of that of the lower river. 
 
 The upper third of the lower Illinois is then practically under the drainage conditions 
 of tlif ui>piT basin, while the lower thivd is modilled by the equal central basin, which 
 
69 
 
 virtually extends across the State. Aside from these two main basins, the remainder ot 
 the watershed is largely direct shore or slope drainage. 
 
 In all studies of the Illinois river proper, these characteristics must be considered, 
 as also the influence on floods, in the lower division, of the backwater from the Mississippi 
 river. 
 
 THE DESPLAINES WATERSHED. 
 
 The Desplaines unites with the Kankakee just east of ihe west boundary of Grundy 
 county, to form the IlUnois. It drains an area of 1392 square miles; almost wholly within 
 the counties of Will, DuPage, Cook and Lake, and in Kenosha county, "Wisconsin. 
 
 The general direction of the basin is north and south, with a length of 90 miles, and 
 a greatest width from east to west of about 25 miles. The watershed contains three 
 characteristic or true basins,— the Desglaines proper. Salt Creek, and the DnPage river. 
 In a strictly topograpioal sense, however, the Desplaines basin does not extend farther 
 south than the great boundary ridge of the lake basin, which crosses the old outlet in 
 the vicinity of Willow Springs, or this basin is within the rim of the lake watershed. 
 Normally, therefore, the drainage south of Willow Springs pertains to the outer slope of 
 the main ridge, and to this class belong the considerable areas drained by Hickory and 
 and Jackson creeks. The Salt Creek basin normally extends southward nearly to Willow 
 Springs, between the ridges now drained to Flag Creek, but the stream broke through 
 a gap north of Western Springs, and now crosses the slope of the Desplaines basin to 
 Biverside. 
 
 Considering the manner in which the surface oonflguration of this portion of the 
 State has been formed,— a series of troughs left between morainie ridges by the retreating 
 glacier,- the topography is better understood. The several minor watersheds would then 
 be depressions between the ridges, gradually closing, running out to the northward in 
 a general flat ridge, as the theory indicates. Thus, there is the ridge which Umits the 
 DesDlaines watershed at Dresden, opposite the mouth of the Kankakee, extending north- 
 ward and uniting with the main ridge to enclose the DuPage watershed, a second ridge 
 uniting northward and defining the Salt Creek watershed, and finally, the eastern ridge 
 of the Desplaines watershed, which, however, does not olope upon the headwaters of the 
 Desplaines, a summit slough draining northward, as well as southward, to Root river, 
 which empties into Lake Michigan at Eacine. 
 
 This general series of ridges closing or uniting northward is characteristic, and is 
 illustrated in the divisions of the headwaters of the Chicago river and in the lake ridge 
 now undergoing erosion, from Winnetka northward, uniting with the east ridge of the 
 Desplaines watershed west of Waukegan. 
 
 All these ridges terminate to the south, are virtually cut across by the old outlet 
 channel which drained these troughs and the glacial waters, afterward the three upper 
 lakes Jrom the bay which covered the site of Chicago, down what is now called the 
 Desplaines valley below Summit. 
 
 The mother rock xinderlying the whole' of the Desplaines watershed, except its ex- 
 treme lower end, is the Niagara Umestone. The Cincinnati group extends up the Des- 
 plaines and DuPage rivers five or six miles from the mouth. The Watershed is then 
 underlaid with impermeable rock, except a very limited portion of the southern end 
 which carries some water, the Cincinnati group and possibly the lower strata of the 
 Niagara, it of the same horizon as the rook underlying the clay beneath Chicago from 
 which considerable supplies are obtained. 
 
 These ridges and intermediate deposits overly the rock from 20 to 100 feet in thick- 
 ness, and, as was to be expected, are in the main unstratifled as they were left by the 
 retreating glacier, though a greater tendency to stratification is exhibited as the streams 
 in the lowest levels are approached. As the great main channel is approached, the tend- 
 ency to stratifioaiion is more pronounced; beach, terrace and gravel deposits occur, the 
 latter behind gaps in the ridges, as at Plalnfleld, where the escaping waters left only the 
 heavier material. As a whole, however, the portion of the Desplaines watershed which 
 
70 
 
 contains formations which will absorb any considerable proportion of the rainfall and 
 deUver it eauably to the streams as ground water, is very limited and confined for the 
 most part to the lower end of the watershed. 
 
 The action of the original forces would leave the surface of the slopes in folds or 
 rolls, the tops of the ridges in knobs and depressions, the bottom of the trough, the 
 present stream, nearest to the eastern or innermost ridge. These depressions, these 
 hollows,' would drain into each other through the lowest Unes, or the sloughs, build 
 up, through vegetable growth and sedimentary deposition, into flat praries, while the 
 rolls and knobs would leach out, become more friable, marly, and, together with any 
 superficial deposits of sand or gravel, become the sites of groves and belts of timber. 
 The farther north, the ridges closing on each other, becoming broader and flatter, the 
 more characteristic this development, the larger depressions producing great bogs, 
 swamps and lakes. In time, as the sloughs out down, prairies would become dry. 
 
 This whole conception is fully borne out upon the Despls.ines watershed,— dry prairies, 
 prairies still wet, peaty bogs and swamps, small and shallow lakes becoming so, and 
 lakes so large and deep that wave action maintains their integrity except in sheltered 
 areas, all with more frequent belts and groves of timber northward. 
 
 This condition of things in nature makes the surface more absorbtive, and to a greater 
 depth, and arrests the waters, delivering them more equably io the streams and main- 
 tains from the overflow of lakes and ponds and the leachings of swamps and bogs a 
 better low water volume. The clearing away of the timber, the drainage of the wet 
 prairies, the reclamation of bogs and swamps; removes the water faster, destroys the 
 rejervoirs of low water supply. 
 
 None of the watershe 1 can be considered hiUy or precipitous, although where the 
 old outlet cut through the ridge, from Willow Springs to below Lemo nt, it has that ap- 
 pearance. Beyond the top of the bluffs,- however, the usual characteristics of gentle 
 undulations are observed. The lower part of the watershed was originally one-fourth to 
 one-third timber, increasing northward to one-third to one-half the area. 
 
 The upper Desplaiues valley above the Ogden-Wentworth dam, near Summit, has an 
 area of 631 square miles and a length of 62 miles. This includes the Salt Creek valley 
 which breaks through the dividing ridgS near FuUersburg, its area above this point 
 being IW/i miles with a length of 26 miles.* 
 
 The fall in the flood plane of the Desplaines is 90 feet in 60 miles, or at the rate of 
 lii feet per mile above the Lyons dam. The fall in Salt Creek is at the rate of 3 feet 
 per mile for 18 miles above the FuUersburg dam. From the FuUersburg dam to the 
 Lyons dam, in the pool of which Salt Creek empties, the fall is 41.3 feet, about 8 miles 
 by the course of the stream and 5 by direct line. The Lyons dam is 21.2 feet above 
 Chicago datum, or low water of Lake Michigan as adopted by the canal trustees in 1847. 
 
 Both the Desplaiues river and Salt Creek, in their courses through Cook county 
 above Summit, are very direct, without any material development in crooks and bends. 
 They have very little width of flood plane, are virtuaUy deep groves in the prairie-, and 
 extreme high water rises nearly to the prairie level. In Lake county the Desplaines 
 shows more uneveness in grade, with some bottoms in places, more Uke natural lakes 
 drained out than a flood plane excavated by erosion. At Riverside a rock barrier is 
 crossed with a descent of about 14 feet in three miles. A dam exists at this point, and 
 also at Halt Day, in Lake county. There is also a dam at FuUersburg, on Salt Creek. 
 
 The lower Desplaines extends from the Ogden-Wentworth dam to the junction with 
 the Kankakee, a distance of 41.6 miles— a total faU of 105 feet at low watdr and about 6 
 feet less in fiood. The area is 758 miles, of which 172 Ue above Dam No. 2, at JoUet, the 
 area draining to the canal below Summit being included. 
 
 The drainage of this portion of the valley is in the old outlet, virtually a channel of pass- 
 age for thirty miles without other tributaries than the bluff drainage. In fiood, a portion 
 
 *The normal vaUey of Salt Creek continued between the ridges down Flag Creek 
 would give a length of 36 miles, and an area of 135 miles. 
 
of the waters flow to Lake Michigan over the present artiflcial divide, the Ogden-Went- 
 worth dam, by the Ogden-Wenthwerth ditch, which was designed to drain the Mud Lake 
 region lying between the Desplaines and Chicago rivers. 
 
 In nature, the Mud Lake divide was near Kedzie avenue, Chicago, five miles east of 
 the Desplaines at the dam. It was overflowed in floods for a wide extent, the surplus 
 waters going to the west and south forks of the South Branch of the Chicago river. 
 Mud Lake itself had considerable depth and was the route followed by the early French 
 explorers and traders, and for these reasons no doubt the Desplaines was surveyed and 
 reserved as a navigable stream to Lyons bridge. 
 
 Probably at one time, the entire upper Desplaines, and even as far south as the rock 
 outcrop above Lemont, drained to Lake Michigan, the same as the Calumet basin now 
 does. The south branch of the Chicago river tO' Bridgeport originaUy had a capacity 
 proportioned to such a condition or about the same as the Calumet from a similar area, 
 and the bed of Mud Lake for a long distance bears every indication of having been the 
 bed of the Desplaines. The indications in the Desplaines valley below Summit, as pre- 
 viously explained, are all indicative of recent occupancy by the present river. 
 
 There are many ways in which the long flat divide at Kedzie avenue could have been 
 built up and we beUeve there is a tradition that the bearer was concerned in the matter. 
 In any event, the work once initiated, natural sifting would carry it on until the waters 
 were turned out ihe old pass. 
 
 At the present time, a larger proportion of the flood waters of the Desplaines escape 
 to Lake Michigan than under former conditions, for, though the dam is su riposed to be 
 at the old level of the natural divide, it is close to the Desplain js with a comparatively 
 free channel of escape by the Ogden-Wentworth ditch. 
 
 The channel of the lower Desplaines is abnormal, or is determined by the conditions 
 left by the ancient channel. In the "twelve-mile level," below Summit, there is practi- 
 ■ caUy little grade at any stage of water and the bed is the old remnant, or slough, among 
 the boulders and in rock pockets. Thence to Lake JoUet, no channel has been cut by 
 the present stream far.'her than to denude one to three feet of superficial deposits over- 
 lying the rock. For ten miles above Lake Joliet, the descent is at the rate of eight feet 
 per mile. Lake Joliet and Lake DuPage are long, deep and wide pools, aggregating 
 over eight miles and without sensible fall, entirely beyond any present forces or re- 
 quirements. Between them are three miles of slope and one-half mile beyond Lake 
 DuPage, over rock, the Desplaines unites with the Kankakee to form the IlUnois. ' 
 
 The dams across the Desplaines are as follows: Daggett's Mill, one-half mile below 
 Lockport; Dam. No. 1, ten feet high, belonging to the State, Joliet; DamNo.-2, eight feet 
 high, one-half mile below Dam No. 1, also belonging to the State, and Adam's Dam, six 
 feet high and less than a half mile below No. 2. Formerly a dam existed at the foot of 
 Lake JoUet at Treat's Island, and also one at the foot of Lake Du Page. These Have long 
 been abandoned. 
 
 The State dams form two pools, aggregating a length of one and one-auarter miles. 
 in which the Illinois and Michigan Canal crosses the Desplaines river. 
 
 One mile below Dam No. 2, Hickory creek is tributary from the east, draining an 
 area some 18 miles long and of 130 miles. Jackson creek enters from the east, near the 
 mouth of the DuPage, draining an area 10 to 12 miles long and of 86 miles. Both of 
 •these streams belong to the outer slope of the rim ridge of the lake basin. 
 
 From the north, the DuPage enters four miles above the mouth, draining a basin, 
 including Eoek Creek, 40 miles long and 366 miles in area. This stream descends rapidly 
 froih Plainfleld, but no detailed information is at hand. The canal crosses in a pool 
 formed by the ereetioti of a dam eleven feet high at Channahon, and formerly a feeder 
 dam for the Joliet level existe(4 above. The flow of the stream is better maintained in 
 dry seasons than that of the Desplaines at JoUet. 
 
 The following tabular exhibit gives the distances, areas of drainage, elevations referred 
 to Chicago datum and high water in the Desplaines river. The distances are given from 
 the mouth of the stream and the elevations of low waters are -I- or — according as they 
 are above or below Chicago datum, the low water of 1847 in Lake Michigan. Highjwater 
 
72 
 
 is in feet above low water. The areas are given to charaoterlstio points and Include that 
 tributary to the canal below Summit; also river frontage over distance between points- 
 designated. 
 
 
 Distance 
 
 from 
 mouth. 
 
 Wateeshed. 
 
 Elevation. 
 
 
 Point Designated. 
 
 Area. 
 
 Total, 
 
 Low 
 Water. 
 
 High 
 
 Water. 
 
 1881. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Bowmanville Cu!-off.. 
 
 Riverside Dam 
 
 Brewery Bridge 
 
 Ogden-Wentwbrth D.. 
 
 Willow Springs 
 
 Sag 
 
 00. n 
 43. (i 
 42.6 
 41. (> 
 35.2 
 30.4 
 28.8 
 23.0 
 19.2 
 
 140 
 
 190 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 630 
 
 633 
 634 
 
 33.0 
 24.2 
 11.0 
 8.0 
 8.0 
 8.0 
 8.0 
 
 n.o 
 
 —22.0 
 —42.3 
 —52,5 
 -60.5 
 -67.5 
 -77.0 
 -77.3 
 —87.0 
 —88.8 
 —90.0 
 —90.3 
 
 —93.7 
 
 17.0 
 5.8 
 8.3 
 7.3 
 . 7.1 
 6.1 
 
 Near south line, Maine. 
 Salt Cr'k, M miles above 
 Navig'ble stream begins. 
 11.7 above datum 
 
 
 
 
 wSliers Quarry 
 
 39 
 
 673 
 
 
 
 Level of lake 
 
 Lockport . .... 
 
 ise 
 
 790 
 
 i.S 
 3.75 
 4.9 
 6,0 
 
 Norton's Tail race 
 
 Dam No 1 
 
 1 High water on dams. 
 j Low water actual 
 
 Dam No. 2 
 
 14.6 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 130 
 
 806 
 810 
 940 
 
 Adam's Dam 
 
 Hickory Creek 
 
 13.6 
 12.0 
 6.8 
 4.8 
 4.0 
 3.6 
 0.6 
 
 0.0 
 
 1 Low water, 1883, taken. 
 
 5,0 
 4,3 
 
 
 Foot Lake Joliet 
 
 
 
 water estimated 
 
 
 86 
 366 
 
 1,026 
 
 from best informa- 
 
 DuPage River 
 
 Head Lake DuPage .. 
 Foot Lake DuPage.. .. 
 
 11,8 
 
 tion. Below Lake- 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1.392 
 
 15,7 
 
 highwater 
 
 
 
 
 
 The first area in the table includes the proposed diversion of the floodwaters of the- 
 Desplaines as contemplate I by bill passed by the General Assembly in 1887. The route 
 was along the south boundary of the town of Maine, down the valley of the North, 
 Branch and to the lake from Bowmanville, across Lake Tiew north of Bavenswood. 
 An additional area of 60 miles of the Salt Creek basin was also included in the esti- 
 mates, or a total area of 500 square miles out of 634 above Summit, This project con- 
 templated continuing the ordinary dry weather flow southward. 
 
 The Ogden-Wentworth dam at the Desplaines is a little more than four miles fromi 
 the present city Umits of Chicago and some six miles from deep water in the branches 
 of the Chicago river. It is ten miles direct to Lake Michigan at the nearest point. 
 
 There is no considerable area of true bottoms along the Desplaines below Summit. 
 Down to Lake JoUet, the stream has not cut a natural bed, or the banks are of Utile hight^ 
 and the stream overflows widely for a half mile or more except on the steep slopes 
 in the vicinity of Lockport, The State works conduct the waters through the city of Joliet. 
 Aside from a limited area where Hickory Creek debouches there are no bottoms sub- 
 ject to overflow until the foot of Lake Joliet is reached, except a marshy fringe border- 
 ing the high ground on either side. In the seven miles below the lake to the Kankakee,, 
 true flood plane bottoms occur, mostly on Treat's Island and about the mouth of the 
 DuPage. These, like all bottoms built up by overflow, are at mean extreme water and 
 are overflowed in an occasional year. These bottoms are all within the range of back- 
 water from the Ka kakee and are only overflowed In case of floods from that stream. 
 
 The area from Lake JoUet to the Grundy county line is acres, of which Treat's 
 
 Island contains • acres and the DuPage bottoms acres. 
 
 The flood discharges in the Desplaines have been taken at Eiverslde and at Joliet,. 
 in some cases by actual observations, but generally from the high water marks givng 
 the depth flowing over the dams. Such results, if carefully deduced, are reliable within 
 a small percentage. The volumes are given in cubic feet per second, the usual unit of 
 engineering measurement. 
 
 The flood which culminated at Riverside, on April 21st, 1881, is the most notable of 
 recent years. It-< volume was 13,500 cubic feet per second. Floods of nearly equal mag- 
 nitude have occurred in other years, for which the notes are not at hand. 
 
73 
 
 The highest flood since 1881 culminated on February 9th, 1887, with a volume of 
 10,324 cubic feet. It fell to 8,000 feet on the 10th, to 7,000 feet on the 11th and by the 16th 
 had dropped to 2,000 feet, rising again on the 19th to 5 .74 feet. 
 
 Every five or six years for 50 years, thete has occurred a flood upwaords of 10,000 
 cubic feet in volume. The memoranda are not in hand at this writing. 
 
 The ordinary yearly flood as deduced from marks at the Lyons dam, is 6,000 to 7,000 
 cubic feet per second. 
 
 From the FuUersburg dam, on Salt Creek, the four highest floods in thirty years 
 give results, as follows : 
 
 1876—2,860 cubic feet per second. 
 
 1881—2,760 " 
 
 1886—2,612 " 
 
 1887— Feb. 10—2,860 cubic feet per second. 
 
 The mean may be taken at 2,800 cubic feet. It will be noticed that if the volumes of 
 floods were in proportion to areas of basins, the flood at Riverside corresponding to the 
 above should be 16,000 cubic feet. This is not true, however, for reasons previously 
 given. The rule appUed in basins of similar characteristics would give 9,000 feet. This 
 ratio may apply for rain water floods, but in case of melting snow, with diiterenee in 
 latitude, as in all the larger floods, the problem does not yield to analysis. 
 
 The floods in Joliet are estimated from the hight on the three dams, and the results 
 check each other closely. The following notable floods have occurred: 
 
 1877, April 7—6,410 feet per second. 
 
 1881, April 21—6,550 " " 
 
 1883, Feb. 16— 6, .370 " " 
 
 1887, Feb. 11—5,775 " " 
 
 The highest mark in 21 years at Dam No. 1 gives 6,550 cubic feet. The mark pointed 
 out by Mr. Adam above Dam No. 2, to which the water has reached three times in 30 
 years, gives 5,860. The normal extreme flood may be taken at 6, 300 cubic feet per second, 
 occurring probably four times in thirty years. 
 
 The flood of 1887, which reached its hight on February 11, with a volume of 5,775 feet, 
 fell to 1,460 feet on February 16, and rose to 5,385 feet on the 19th. If these voluijies be 
 compared with those for Eiverside, some idea may be formed of the volume escaping to 
 Lake Michigan through the Mud Lake region. 
 
 The volume flowing through the Ogle-Wentworth ditch, as measured at Kedzie ave- 
 nue in February, 1887, was. on the 10th, 7,800 cubic feet; 11th, 4,636 feet; 14th, 1,625 feetr 
 18th, 4,000 feet; 19th, 3,042 feet. 
 
 An ice gorge on the Desplaines on the 9th and 10th of February, affected th4 amount 
 of water turned toward the lake, but it is apparent that in large floods not less than half 
 the volume of the Desplaines passing Eiverside goes to Lake Michigan. All the informa- 
 tion obtainable also indicates that it was not materially different before the ditch was 
 cut. The railway embankments across the Mud Lake valley have been compensated for 
 by the gradual enlargement of the ditch, an operation which will continue in the future 
 with an increasing discharge toward Chicago. 
 
 The present dam is 11.7 feet above Chicago datum, or 3.7 feet above low water, and 
 3.5 feet below high water of 1881. When the water in the Desplaines stands at the crest 
 of the dam, the flow down the Desplaines is 800 tp 1,000 feet per second, depending upon 
 whether the water is falling or rising, or on the condition of vegetation in the "twelve- 
 mile level." Above this volume, the proportion escaping to Chicago increases rapidly 
 with the hight of flood, and for this reason the floods passing Joliet are more uniform 
 in volume, one year with another, than at Biverside. 
 
 No data are in hand in regard to the flood volume from the DuPage. With this it 
 would be possible to estimate closely the normal extreme flood from the Desplaines 
 into the Illinois river. This probably does not much exceed 12,000 cubic feet per second. 
 
 It may be assumed thus that the normal extreme flood is, at Eiverside, 12,000 feet; 
 at Joliet 6300 feet; and at mouth of river' 12,000 fee ^ Any flood above two-thirds thes& 
 volumes would be a notable one; and probably average floods, one year with another,, 
 do not exceed this. 
 
74 
 
 If the Chicago outlet were closed so as to turn all the water southward, the volume 
 at the mouth of the river would be about 20,000 feet, upon the basis of 12,000 feet for 
 Eiverside; and at Joliet, the volume at Riverside would be increased by one-sixth. 
 
 The shape of the Desplaines basin, (long and narrow,) and the tact that it covers a 
 considerable ranee in latitude, materially decreases the volume while increasing the 
 duration. After heavy precipitation, the maximum flow will come from the immediate 
 body of the watershed, while the flow from headwater will come in to sustain the volume 
 and prolong the flood. In 1887 the river was faUing at Riverside before the flood had 
 culminated in Lake county. The meliing snow on the northern portion of the basin will 
 - maintain the flow for several days after it has melted and run away from the southern 
 portion. In 1881 the flood maintained its height nearly for four days, and lasted about 
 21 days. The ground was practically satm-ated when winter set in, and about one foot 
 •of water in the shape of ice and snow accumulated, and all ran out or melted during 
 three weeks, at a temperature a little above freezing point and without material rain. 
 The southern portion of the watershed was entirely bare before the northern snows 
 began to melt. For this reason the flood volume held measurably constant, even toward 
 the sources of the stream, until the snow at headwaters began to be exhausted. Tiie 
 •conditions presented in this flood are of extraordinary occurrence only. On August 10th, 
 1867, a downpour of remarkable intensity and purely local to the watershed immediately 
 north and east of Joliet, produced for a few hours an unprecedented flood, oarrrying 
 •away the guard bank of the upper pool and inundating a portion of the city. 
 
 These extraordinary occurrences do not, however, extend over wide areas, and for 
 this reason their effects are local rather than general. If they did, the results would be 
 vastly beyond experience upon large streams. Still, to the extent that extraordinary 
 occurrences may be in a measure simultaneous in a long period of time, is due those 
 great effects that may occur in a generation or a century. In these matters, the law of 
 jrobabihties comes in with its grand and certain averages as much as in apparent acci- 
 dents and insurance. 
 
 The dry-weather flow, or low-water volume, is very small, as has already been in- 
 ferred from the physical characteristics of the watershed. In 1887, Salt Creek was en- 
 tirely dry at Fullersburg. The Desplaines, at Riverside, reached a rhinimum of 4.27 feet 
 per second (256 feet per minute), and for five months did not exceed 1,000 feet per min- 
 ute. The stream has been known to be lower than this, but has never wholly run dry. 
 
 In 1879. a discharge taken by Mr. Matthewson at Romeo, four miles above Lockport, 
 gave a volume of 5.65 cubic feet per second (339 feet per minute). The minimum volume 
 at Eiverside would not be increased, in fact, might be diminished, in passing through 
 "the twelve-mile level." by evaporation and vegetation, in the run to JoUet. Three hun- 
 dred feet per minute may be assumed as tbe mean extreme low water at Eiverside and 
 at JoUet, with a volume below 1,000 feet for several months of nearly every year. 
 
 For several years, owing to leakage in and about the Ogden-Wentworth dam, no 
 low-water flow has gone below Summit for some months of nearly every year. This was 
 the ease in 1887, and also, we beheve, in 1888. The ice interests below Summit have al- 
 ways remedied the matter in time for the winter ice crop. 
 
 No estimates have been made of the low water below Joliet, nor of the DuPage at 
 Channahon. The DuPage is known to sustain its flow much better than the upper Des- 
 plaines, due probably to considerable area of permeable gravel beds, and to springs 
 from the underlying rock in the lower part of its coUrse. The Desplaines, below Joliet, is 
 also under similar conditions. It is presumed, however, that the low-water volume of 
 the Desplaines, at its junction with the Kankakee, will not be increased to over 17 to 20 
 feet per second (1,000 to 1,200 leet per minute) for its mean extreme low-water, and that 
 it will run under 50 feet (3,000 feet per minute) for some months of nearly every year. 
 The minimum of twenty years will probably be less than that given. 
 
 The effect of inhabitation has already been forecast. The draining out of the wet 
 prairies, bogs and marshes, the clearing away of surplus timber, will make the floods 
 ■come Quicker and of greater height, and their duration will be shortened. The flow of 
 the stream will be less sustained or the low water period much prolonged. In prolonged 
 dry seasons, or in a succession of such seasons, the only sources of supply will be the 
 
75 
 
 lakes, as the bogs and marshes will dry out and the permeable beds to feed springs 
 are ot limited extent and readily exhausted. The minimum flow at Eiverside and at JoUet, 
 will probably reduce to one-half or two-thirds Its present volume, 
 
 The flood volume reaching Joliet will probably not increase, owing to the peculiar 
 situation at Summit, by which an increasing proportion is lilsely to flow to the lake in 
 the future, if the present conditions and tendencies remain uncha- ged. The flood con- 
 ditions at Joliet would be the same as those above, provided the waters were pre- 
 vented from reaching Lake Michigan, but this would increase flood heights at Summit 
 by four or Ave feet. If the lands along "the twelve-mile level" were diained by cutting 
 the rock escarpment at Lemont, a matter ot no serious cost, the same results a^ to 
 floods would o tain in Joliet. 
 
 The amount of surface washing or silt from the tilled ground will also increase, but 
 these will not be largely carried southward beyond "the twelve-mile level" under 
 present conditions, but wiU go for the most part into the Chicasro river. Should, how- 
 ever, the changes be made as stated above, they would build up the Desplaines bottoms 
 below Summit and ultimately flU up lake Joliet, until the prism is reduced to the require- 
 ments of an alluvial stream, a velocity in flood approaching two miles per hour in place 
 of less than one-half mile as at present. 
 
 The remarks in regard to flood increase will also apply to the basin below Joliet. 
 Owing to the conditions under which floods come from above, there will be no radical 
 increase. The low water volume in this portion of the stream will be better sustained, 
 as the permeable beds are of greater extent upon the lower watershed. The rock water 
 will not alter materially in volume. The area of pond or lake is, however, very Umited. 
 The siting from the increased supply ot detritus will reduce Lake DaPage, as already 
 intimated, in regard to Lake Joliet. 
 
 As a whole, the floods will probably be somewhat increased at the mouth of the 
 river, but to no considerable degree, unless the entire Desplaines is turned southward. 
 The silts carried away will ultimately increase considerably. The minimum' volume will 
 probably not reduce beyond one-half or two-thirds the present amount. Had we records 
 of the primitive conditions, it is likely that material changes would now be evident. 
 
 These changes are likely to reach their Umit in fifty years. After that, the area in 
 trees i.s Ukely to increase rather than diminish, the effects of drainage will have been 
 fully developed, t!ie ponds and lakes will not be farther reduced,— may be increased.— 
 and the general permeability of the surface will increase with the fuUer development of 
 the country. The water supply to towns and "villages from sources not now contribut- 
 ing will ultimately reach the streams. 
 
 All these conclusions .ire based on the supposition that no radical change be made 
 in the old outlet such as restoring thereto a part of the outflow of the great lakes, and 
 also without regard to the present contributions from the Illinois and Michigan canal. 
 
 The hydrography of the Desplaines basin has been discussed at length on account 
 of its very important relations to any plans for the increase of flow from Lake Michigan 
 at Chicago, and also to the economic and sanitary problems of that city and its 
 environs. 
 
 The Kankakee "Watebshed. 
 
 The Kankakee unites with the Desplaines to form the Illinois, after running for two 
 miles in Grundy county and just west ot the Will county hne. It drains an area of 
 5,146 miles, 3,040 of which he in the State of Indiana and the remainder in Illinois, prin- 
 cipally in Will, Kankakee and Iroauois counties. 
 
 , The general direction of the basin is east and west, with an extreme length of 216 
 miles and a greatest width from north to south ot about 70 miles. The watershed may 
 be considered as one basin lying between the main rim ridge of the lake and the outer 
 ridge of the Lake Michigan glacier, these two ridges closing in, Indiana in harmony with 
 the effects of the Saginaw and Lake Erie glaciers. Although the general area is not 
 sub-divided by well defined ridges, 2.000 sauare miles drains to the Iroauois, the main 
 tributary, and some 650 miles to the Yellow river, in Indiana, also a tributary from the 
 south. There are no other well defined tributaries from the south except Horse Creek, 
 
76 
 
 an area of about 100 miles, entering the stream four miles above Wilmington. All the 
 northern tributaries are in small watersheds of 60 to 100 miles, and are simply drains tor 
 the slope of the northern bounding ridge. 
 
 Below Momenoe on the Kankakee and the north line of Iroquois county on the 
 Iroquois, the streams descend rapidly and the general slope of the country is ample 
 for good drainage. This area is some 770 square miles, and its general characteristics 
 are similar to the Desplainea watershed. The same may be said of some 430 miles 
 along the slope of the northern ridge east of this district. The remainder of the water- 
 shed, nearly 4,000 miles, is flat or gently rolling and at least one-halt in marsh, wet 
 prairie or lake, the Kankakee marsh alone covering about one thousand miles as a 
 single body of land. 
 
 The larger proportion of the basin is underlain bv the Niagara limestone, with pos- 
 sibly some Devonian and Carboniferous beds under the upper part of the basin in Indi- 
 ana. The lower coal measures underly the headwaters of the Iroquis and it is supposed 
 that the series of rooks adjacent to the great anticimal axis may be upturned in narrow 
 outcrops beneath the drift in the southwest portion of Iroquois county. From Momenoe 
 on the Kankakee and the county Une on the Iroquis, the Iroquis and Kankakee are out in 
 the Niagara limestone as far as the Will county Une and thence to t .e mouth in the 
 shaly calcareous beds of the Cincinnati group. 
 
 Owing to the depth of the drift, the character of the underlying rooks is not well 
 defined over a large portion of the basin. They do not belong to groups carrying any 
 considerable water bearing strata, although the lower courses of the Niagara and the 
 Cincinnati group may furnish a limited supply to the lower Kankakee. The copious 
 supply from shallow artesian wells, flowing water from the base of the drift, is supposed 
 to come from the upturned edge of the St. Peters sandstone, unable to find an outlet 
 through the impermeable clays of the upper drift. Tdis area'is limited and in the south- 
 west portion of Iroquois county, a region drained by Spiing Creek, a considerable tri- 
 butary of the Iroquois river. Doubtless as the name of this creek indicates, some of 
 the pent up waters find their way to the surface. 
 
 Geological studies indicate above the rock 'edges at Momence and on the Iroquois, 
 an old trough from Lake Michigan, several miles in width. The course of this channel 
 is southwesterly, gradually curving westerly under the site of Bloomington and to the 
 valleys of the Sangamon and Illinois. The surface features left by this old channel are 
 almost obscured by the last glacial period, the channel is entirely fllled and obUtei-ated. 
 It represents same earlier glacial track and it may have had the same relation to the 
 valley of the Sangamon and the great central basin of the State that the last glacier had 
 to the present Illinois. 
 
 The drift overlies the rock, generally to a depth of not less than 100 feet, its depth 
 not being well ascertained over the upper basin. It is unmodified or arranged by flow- 
 ing water in large part and to that extent is not water bearing. At the same time there 
 are probably a larger depth of superfloial deposits of a permeable character than in any 
 other basin of the Upper Iliinois watershed. 
 
 There is a larger proportion of sand and gravel beds upon the ridges and through- 
 out the watershed. Glacial flow has- more or less arranged tne deposits above the un- 
 modified drift over a considerable proportion of the lower areas. The drainage of the 
 retreating Saginaw glacier, and perhaps of the Lake Erie glacier also, flowed down the 
 valleys of the Kankakee and Iroquois in a shallow bed, several miles in width, carrying 
 all the finer clays and leaving only the heavier sands and gravels. The shores of these 
 old streams are ridged in sand, the outlines of the present great marsh in Indiana, of 
 the valley of the Iroquois, and these sand deposits continue down the deep out valley 
 below the junction, especially on the south side, well down into Grundy county. 
 
 The character of the drainage upon the northern slepes has been ah-eady alluded to. 
 To the south it is much flatter and greatly diversifled in marsh, lake and roll. This is 
 true in a remarkable degree of the watershed of the Yellow river in Indiana, and to a 
 less 'degree of the Iroquois in Indiana, and in Iroquois and Ford counties, Illinois. 
 
I t 
 
 The banks of streams, the ridges and the higher and more permeable areas with 
 natural drainage have been generally wooded, especially in Indiana. Some of the sandy 
 deposits have, however, been too barren to sustain any considerable vegetation of any 
 kind. 
 
 The surface is ge erally covered to a good depth with soil, though, as already In- 
 ferred, much of it partakes of a sandy character. The great areas of marsh are virtually 
 prairies in process of formation, in a manner not unlike that pursued by nature in past 
 ages. 
 
 The great marsh in Indiana demands special notice. It heads very near to the big 
 bend in the St. Joseph rjver at South Bend, Indiana, and indeed the St. Joseph valley 
 is but the general continuation to the E. N. E. of the Upper Kankakee valley. It would 
 be a matter of no great difficulty to turn he waters of the St. Joseph across the por- 
 tage and down the Kankakee, a route followed so often by the early French voyageurs. 
 Already a portion of the marsh has been drained across the portage to the St. Joseph 
 river. 
 
 The elevation at the summit is 145 feet above Lake Michigan. The head of the 
 present marsh is 141 feet above the lake, or 104 feet above the dam at Momenoe, and the 
 declivity is very uniformly distributed over the general length of the marsh, 82 miles, 
 giving a grade to the valley of 1.27 per mile. The width of the marsh varies from one 
 to twenty miles with an average of about ten miles, and its mean elevation is 90 feet 
 above Lake Michigan. The area of lands which would be benefitted by the reclamation 
 of the marshes as assessed by the Kankakee Valley Draining Co., was about 1,000 sQuare 
 miles. An offleia! report made to the Governor of Indiana in 1882, gave the lands to be 
 directly reclaimed at 400,000 acres or 625 square miles. 
 
 The same report gives the character of the underlying deposits. The soil proper, is 
 a dark, sandy loam, ranging in thickness from one (o five feet, underlaid by fine sand, 
 increasing downward to coarse sand and gravel, with occasional thin clayey layers, all 
 to a deptli of eight to ten feet. No rock was encountered in any portion of the valley. 
 
 Father Stephan, who was long interested in land reclamation, gives the length of the 
 river in Indiana at 242 miles while by the general course of the river it is but 88 miles, a 
 development in bends of over 2'i times the general length, the average grade being 
 about five ilve inches per mile. Down to Momenoe, the stream v.'ould be 252 miles in 
 length, on a course 'Ot about 95 miles. 
 
 Above the Ft. Wayne railroad crossing, the stream flows through the marsh without 
 well defined banks, and it is only after its junction with the Yellow river that it can be 
 properly considered as a river. Above the junction, the area is 1,300 square miles, 
 equally divided between the Kankakee and Yellow rivers. This area is about 60 per 
 cent, of that above Momence. The small tributaries are usually lost in the marsh before 
 reaching the main stream. 
 
 [— From the junction of the Yellow river to Momence, the general distance is 60 miles, and 
 the fall 57 feet, or nearly one foot per mile. The developed length is p robably about three 
 times the general course of the stream. The stream is a clear, fiowing body of water 
 with a depth of three to five feet at low water, and with a sandy, gravelly bed. 
 
 At Momence are two dams, on opposite sides of an island, the crests three feet above 
 the limestone outcrop in the bed of the river above. The river drops to eight feet below 
 the crest of the dam in one-fourth mile, and in a rook bed falls 20 feet more in 14 miles, to 
 the junction of the Iroquois, after passing the dam at Waldren, 6ii feet high. The total 
 area of the watershed is 2,540 •:;quare miles, of which 2,342 miles he above Momenoe, and 
 2,212 miles in Indiana. 
 
 The Iroquois has an area of watershed of 2,000 miles. It is of steep declivity over 
 rook for about five miles through Kankakee county, but above this the stream is of httle 
 grade and of good depth, navigable, in fact, to "Watseka, the junction of Sugar Creek. 
 Above this the stream is more broken, and comes directly from the east, the area in 
 Indiana being 828 miles. The area at Watseka, including Sugar Creek is, roughly, 1,600 
 miles, or three-fourths the total watershed. 
 
 The principal tributaries below Watseka are Spring Creek and Longham's Creek, both 
 heading in marshy areas in Ford county, and Beaver Creek, a marsh-draining stream. 
 
78 
 
 The large proportion of margh upon the Iroquois watershed has already been alluded to. 
 No data are at hand in regard to the elevations, hight of floods and volume of water in 
 this stream. / 
 
 The lower Kankakee, at the junction of the Iroquois, is nine feet above Lake Michi- 
 gan, and descends rapidly over a rock bed to its junction with the Desplaines, 93.8 feet 
 below Lake Michigan, a total fall, in round numbers, of 103 feet in a distance of 33)4 
 miles, or about three feet per mile. There is a precipiteus descent of some 20 feet at 
 Altorf, and another of like amount at Wilmington. The drainage tributary is 606 square 
 miles. 
 
 The following table gives the distances from the mouth of the river and the eleva- 
 tions at low water, referred to Chicago datum. The data at hand are somewhat con- 
 fusing, but the results are beheved to be approximately correct: 
 
 Place. 
 
 Distance. 
 
 Elevation. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Illinois river 
 
 0.00 
 2.25 
 5.25 
 6.00 
 /to. 00 
 
 :i.50 
 
 21.50 
 22.50 
 30.00 
 30.00 
 33.50 
 35.00 
 47.25 
 47.50 
 54.50 
 82.50 
 107.00 
 
 —93.7 
 —89.1 
 —67.6 
 -58.5 
 —49.5 
 —37.0 
 —37.0 
 —17.0 
 -t-l.O 
 + 9.0 
 + 9.0 
 +16.0 
 +29.0 
 +37.0 
 +40.0 
 +79.0 
 +94.0 
 
 Junction with Desplaines . 
 
 County Line .... 
 
 East hne Grundy county 
 
 
 
 Kankakee county, 12 ft. high. 
 
 Wilmington, 11 feet high 
 
 Great dam, 16 feet high 
 
 
 Dam No. 4 (above) 
 
 Foot of rapids '. . . . 
 
 
 Altorf . 
 
 Dam destroyed 
 
 
 
 Above dam 
 
 
 
 Waldron 
 
 Above dam, 6% feet high 
 
 One -fourth mile below 
 
 Momence 
 
 
 
 Baums Bridge 
 
 
 Mouth of Yellow Kiver. . ^ 
 
 . ( II 
 
 
 
 The Kankakee feeder joined the canal in a course of iH miles from the State dam, 
 at an elevation of 68 feet below the Chicago datum. In conjunction therewith, the navi- 
 gation company improved the river to the head of the pool created by the Great Dam 
 above Wilmington, 21 miles from the Illinoi-t and Michigan Canal. The company aban- 
 doned the structures some years since, except those necessp,ry for water power in 
 Wilmington, and Dam No. 1 has been cut down two feet. The feeder was abandoned by 
 the Canal Commissioners in 1888, and the dam is in bad condition. Dam No. 3 at Wil- 
 mington is on the opposite side of the island from No. 2. It will be seen that the 
 Kankakee is crossed by dams at seven points. 
 
 The general hight of the immediate banks of the stream in Indiana is not found, 
 but in one report it is stated that a rise of eight feet will flood the marshes for several 
 miles in width. At the State line high water is about six feet, and on the dams at 
 Momence 0.83 feet, and immediately below two feet. Below Momence, high water i? 
 reported at ten feet, and below the mouth of the Iroquois not over eight feet, until near 
 the mouth of the river. This no doubt varies, being less on the quick descents and 
 more on the easier slfapes. In 1887 the water rose 10 feet at Wilmington,, below the lower 
 dam,' and at the mouth of the river nearly sixteen feet. 
 
 The banks of Ihe i-irer are stated to be fifteen feet high at Momence, growing higher 
 as the stream is descended. At Kankakee they are stated at twenty-flve feet, increasing 
 toward the mouth to thlrty-flve feet. There are some Umited areas of bottoms between 
 Momence and Waldron, but practically none from Waldron to the mouth; in other words, 
 no overflows occur on the Kankakee below Momence. 
 
 The data in regard to the flow of water in the rivers of the Kankakee watershed are 
 very meager. 
 
 The flood volume at Momonoe can only be inferred from the hydrauUo conditions as 
 set forth In various reports. It is probably not far from 6000 cubic feet per second 
 at the high water mark of an occasional year, or this may be assumed as extreme mean 
 high water, beyond which floods will not occur once in a generation. 
 
71^) 
 
 Considering tlie fact that 2342 square miles of watershed are above Momenee, or 45 
 per cent of the total area of the Kankakee basin, this volume is remarkably small, and 
 shows the impounding effect of the Kankakee marshes. Were all the conditions normal, 
 the flood volume at Momenoe would be about '26,000 cubic feet per second. 
 
 The practical effect of the marshes is similar to that of a lake, reducing the extreme 
 volume and prolonging the time of floods, while at the same time a considerable propor- 
 tion of the waters is retained to maintain the ordinary flow ol the stream. The highest 
 waters in the marshes occur in summer, when vegetation retards the ready discharge, 
 though it is doubtful if this corresponds to the greatest volume carried by the stream. 
 
 At "Wilmington, the flood of 1887 culminated on February 19th, with a volume over 
 the great dam of 25.150 cubic feet per second. A rise of less hight occurred on the Uth. 
 It was this earlier rise, in combination with the rise which culminated at Joliet on th& 
 nth, that gave the high water at Moriis on the 11th, 12th and 13th. The second rise at 
 Morris, on the 19th, eame within one foot of the first, but the flow of water from the 
 Desplaines wa=i less. The high water of 1887 is regarded as a remarkable one, the highi- 
 est for ten years at Wilmington. 
 
 Mr. B. S. Waters, who was engineer for the Water Power Company, gives the high- 
 est water which occurred for the twelve years ending 1883. His results indicate a maxi- 
 mum flood of 35,000 cubic feet per second. The breaking of an ice gorge above the dam 
 in 1883 occasioned a temporary discharge of over 100.000 cubic feet per second. 
 
 Two of the most notable floods occurred in 1851 and in 1867. tne latter accompanied 
 by an ice gorge, and referred to at Wilmington as the greatest known. Other remark- 
 able years were 1830, '37, '44, '53, '58' '69, "76, and '81, though all these dates have not yet 
 been verified. This would give twelve notable floods from 1830 to date, or an average of 
 one each flve years. 
 
 Some of these have_ doubtless exceeded 30,000 cubic feet per second, and this may be 
 assumed as mean extreme flood volume. Probably any flood exceeding a volume of 20,000 
 cubic feet would be classed as a notable one. 
 
 The area of basin above Wilmington is 4,926 square miles. Were its characteristics 
 similar to those of the Desplaines basin, the flood volume at Wilmington should ex- 
 ceed 47,000 cubic feet per second. 
 
 If 30,000 be assumed as mean extreme flood, these volumes would be increased about 
 fom- per cent, at the mouth. 
 
 Owing to the area of the Dasin and its large proportion of flat ground and marsh, 
 floods culminate slowly. At Wilmington, the floods generally take two and a halt to 
 three days to culminate after heavy general precipitation. The following, extract from a. 
 letter from Mr. E, S. Waters, engineer of the Waterpower Company at Wilmington for 
 over twelve years, and who was interested in observing such matters, covers aU that 
 need be said upon the matter at this time. 
 
 "It is difficult to give any definite answer to your inquiries for the reason that the 
 winter and spring freshets bring the storm waters to Wilmington sooner than the sum- 
 mer or autumn j ains. Usually, after a heavy general rain, the river begins to swell in 
 about eight hours after a heavy downfall, the river becoming blackish roily, such water 
 coming frt m the drainage valley of Horse Greek. Twelve hours after the storm, the- 
 river swells still more, retaining the same general color which is caused by waters 
 from Eock Creek. The Upper Kankakee [probably below Momenee] brings down clearer 
 water so that the color of the freshet water is made materially lighter in color. The 
 freshet reaches its hight in about 36 hours from commencement of rise, and the waters 
 will then fall a few inches until the Iroquois waters again swell the river, such water 
 making its appearance in from 36 to 40 hours, and being light yellow in color, caused by 
 the wash of the clay banks on the Upper Iroquois." 
 
 "A heavy rain that fills the marshes of the Upper Kankakee will keep up a good 
 supply for six weeks even in time of extreme drought. These marshes act as a large 
 gathering ground, and the exit from the marshes being narrow and the stream very 
 crooked, the water is impounded and the marsh acts as a reservoir." 
 
80 
 
 It is to be inferred from this letter and also from the general conditions that the 
 Upper Kankakee does not conti'ibute materially to the maximum volume, but comes in 
 later to prolong the rise. 
 
 The extreme low water at Wilmington for the twelve years preceding 1883, from data 
 Im-nished by Mr. Waters, was 420 feet per second (25,200 feet per minute.) This, how- 
 ever, continued for less than one week. The usual low water run is given at 1 300 cubic 
 feet per second (7 -,000 cubic feet per minute) and the common run for eight moaths in 
 the year does not fall below 2,360 cubic feet per second (201,000 feet per minute.) 
 
 On September 9, 1867, a measurement was made near the mouth of the river in con- 
 nection with the survey for the improvement of the Illinois river. The volume was 
 '27,377 cubic feet per minute. The streams are said to have been lower in 1867 than for 
 the preceding twelve years. 
 
 Two measurements were made above Momenee. December 12-13. 187X, for the Kanka- 
 kee Draining Company, and the volumes ascertained have been used as the ordinary 
 flow of the stream for the purpose of computing the capacity of ditches for draining the 
 marshes. The measurement at the State line gave 1,271 cubic feet per second (76,260 
 cubic feet per minute), and at Momenee, 1,457 cubic feet per second (87,420 cubic feet per 
 minute.) The flow for eight months is probably in excess of these volumes. They are 
 not far, however, from what Mr. Waters gives as ordinary low water at Wilmington and 
 it is known that this is maintained largely by the flow from the marshes above Momenee. 
 No data are in hand in regard to the flow from the Iroquois. 
 
 The mean extreme low water at the mouth may be taken at 30,000 cubic feet per 
 minute. The volume has been less than this twice if not three or more times in thirty 
 years. It is probable that the minimum will run under, 76,000 cubic feet per minute for 
 some months of nearly every year. 
 
 The effect of inhabitation w 11 be most marke J upon the flow of waters from the 
 Kankakee basin. This tributary, more than any other, and in a 'degree only approached 
 by the Fox, is the controlling factor in the regimen of the Illinois river as far as the 
 mouth of the Sangamon. More, also, than any other will its regimen be radically 
 changed by the reclamation of its marshy areas and the general improvements that 
 wiU be made in the drainage of it=i lands during the next fifty years. 
 
 In a minor and desultory way, much has already been done to make apparent the 
 tendencies. The borders of the great marshes have been narrowed, drainage districts 
 have organized and put diiches through large areas, minor areas have been ditched by 
 local owners and lands tiled, everywhere and constantly, the tendencies are to destroy 
 the reservoirs which hitherto have maintained an equable flow. Ah-eady it is noticed 
 that floods "come quicker" than formerly and the low water's volume is less sustained. 
 
 All this drainage is easiy accomplished, the only obstacle being that association of 
 effort which has not hitherto proved practicable. The great bodies of marsh all have 
 ample grade, the waters are impounded by the rank vegetation upon the considerable 
 slopes, the streams are sinuous lines or sloughs, which void the water slowly; in fact, 
 we have in the Kankakee basins great prairies in process of formation in a manner not 
 unhke that by which prairies have formed in the past. Gradually they grow higher, im- 
 perceptibly the water is more largelyZconflned to the line of drainage, the stream grows 
 moredeflned and capacious, discharging the waters more rapidly, broad expanses, over- 
 flowed in high water, succeed, the wet p;airie stage is reached. The channel is dcllned, 
 it crooks and loops about in order to keep its grade down, so that its ve.ocity shall not 
 exceed the limit for a stable channel. With this process, however, there comes a time 
 when the growing capacity ol the stream is greater than is consistent with stability, 
 when the increasing velocity moves the material of the bed in a greater degree, bonds 
 erode, cut-offs occur. The equilibrium is destroyed, the stream concentrates, shortens, 
 cuts deep in'o the superflcial deposits until its grade is reduced to stability, or non- 
 erodable strata or sorted stream bed arrests its further deepening. The prairie is 
 drained, a deep drainage line, perhaps a valley, is excavated, and lateral drains or val- 
 leys are thrown out.' This, in a few words, is the general process of evolution. 
 
 The Kankakee marsh is a great prairie in process of formation, on a general slope of 
 over one foot per mile, much too great for a stable river in an alluvial channel. It is 
 
81 
 
 underlaid by many feet of sand and gravel. It has a sinuous drainage line, with all the 
 development in length possible "without its bends looping into each other, and thus its' 
 grade andvulooity are reduced so as to be in eauiUbrium with the material of its bed; ' 
 thus it maintains a stable course. A few cut-offs, a shortening of the stream, will qiuiok- 
 en its velocity, set it to eroding its bed and banks, gather in more rapidly the overflow 
 waters, and thus, in a few years, a radical change may occur. 
 
 It is proposed to cut down the rock barrier at Momenee and remove the dams. The 
 State of Indiana is ahead y making provision for the execution of a great main ditch, 
 which will have three times the grade of the original stream and be much deeper, as pro- 
 posed in the report of 1882. 
 
 Such a ditch will undoubtedly drain the marshes. It will do more. It will enlarge, 
 deepen; lateral di-ains will cut out through the marsh until the underlying clay 
 is reaoheii when the ercsion will be lees pronounced. Millions of yards of sand and 
 silts will be carried down the Kankakee, will pass the heavier grades of the Illinois and 
 ' stop in the lowi'i' river, where present natural forces will be inadequate to their re- 
 moval. All this will occur quicldy, within a few years after the main ditch is so devel- 
 oped as to gather the waters. The marsh will be deeply drained, and man has only to 
 initiate the elTort. 
 
 All this in a minor degree wiU occur in the drainage of other marshes, but none of 
 them are so characteristic or extended in the pecuhar development described. 
 
 While it may not be pubhc policy- to obstruct such operations, we must not be un- 
 mindful of the effects. It is sometimes possible to make the injury as Utile as consistent 
 with the greater purposes to be aceompUshed. 
 
 No doubt within fifty years all the marshes will be reclaimed, the wet lands drained, 
 the bogs, ponds and lakes reduced. The streams of the Kankakee watershed will then 
 be subject to conditions differing radically from the present. 
 
 It wiU have auite a large proportion of its area permeable to a considerable depth on 
 comparatively level surfaces. This condition will reduce floods, distribute flow in the 
 streams and make the low water more persistent as compared to some other basin Uke 
 the Desjilaiiios for instance. At the same time it lies in a uniform latitude, so that the 
 snows will melt over Its basin more uniformly and it lies more nearly in the track of the 
 summer storms. 
 
 It is doubtful if its flood volumes wiU be less in proportion. The ordinary flow will 
 be better maintained on account of the greater proportion of permeable strata. The ex- 
 treme low water volume in some years of persistent or in eucceeding years of drought 
 will be proportionally as low, as the permeable areas are of two Uttle depths and the 
 drains may not cut sufficiently deep to even get their full effect. 
 
 If these general ideas be appUed, then there m"ay be expected ultimately a flood 
 volume at Momenee of not less than 26,000 cubic feet per second, or four times the 
 present volume, and it will come quicker and be less prolonged. At the mouth of the 
 river the volume mil probably increase to 46,000 or 50,000 cubic feet per second, or be 
 laereased over fifty per 0'>nt beyond present extreme floods. 
 
 The low water volume at the mouth oecuring in an occasional year may be less than 
 5000 cubic fei't per minute, one-sixth of that now assumed, and it will probably be less 
 than 10,000 cubic feet per minute in many years. The Yellow river, many years ago, in 
 its natural condition, with its large development in lake and marsh and timber, gave a 
 measured flow as low as IH cubic feet pei- minute per sciuare mile. This has since no 
 doubt sensibly reduced. The entire ^valershed will doubtless give less in time. 
 
 A large iiroyortion of those effects are, Ukely to be brought about quickly by the 
 wholesale draining of great marsh areas. Accompanying such operations will be an 
 enormous increase in the supply of detritus until the drainage Unes are flnally established 
 in natural eciuilibrium. Even then the detrital load will be multiplied over the present 
 amount, as the increased washings from the tilled and sandy ground will no longer be 
 impounded 1ti the adjacent marsh, but will go to the drainage channels. 
 
 ' It will be seen how radically detrimental to the interests of the IlUnois valley may 
 be the complete reclamation and inhabitation of the Kankakee watershed. 
 
 —6 
 
REPORT OF PROCEEDINGS 
 
 OF THE 
 
 Illinois State Board of Health. 
 
 ADJOURNED MEETING, SPRINGFIELD, FEBRUARY 5-7, 1885. 
 
rs. H. B. Xi). 2rjil-G yt.—j-a—'g-,. 
 
 REPORT OF PROCEEDINGS 
 
 OP THE 
 
 Illinois State Board of Health, 
 
 ADJOURNED MEETING, SPRINGFIELD, FEBRUARY 5-7, 1885, 
 
 An adjourned meeting of The Illinois State Boaed op Health was 
 held in the rooms of the Board in the Capitol building, at Springfield, 
 February 5-7, inclusive, 1885. 
 
 Present : Newton Bateman, E. Ludlam, A. L. Clark, W. A. Haskell, 
 George N. Kreider and John H. Kauch — the President, Newton Bate- 
 man, in the Chair. 
 
 The minutes of the regular quarterly meeting, January 15 — from 
 which the present meeting stood adjourned — were read and approved ; 
 and the regular order of business being dispensed with during the first 
 day's session, the Boaed proceeded to the election of officers for the 
 ensuing year, with the following result : 
 
 The Hon. Newton Bateman, LL. D., Galesburg, President. 
 A. L. Claek, M. D., Elgin, Treasurer. 
 John H, Eauch, M. D., Chicago, Secretary. 
 
 W. A. Haskell, M. D., Alton, and W. E. McKenzie, Chester, Audit- 
 ing Committee. 
 
 The evening session of Thursday was occupied in routine business 
 and in the informal consideration of cases under the Medical-Practice 
 Act. 
 
On Friday the regular order of business was resumed, and under the 
 call for reports of oificers there was presented the following — 
 
 QUAKTERLY EePOET AND AnNUAL SuMMAEY OF THE SECRETARY 
 
 There were received in the Secretary's office during the year 1884, 
 a total of 3,374 communications, embracing letters, postals, reports, 
 etc., and 5,744 were written and sent — 532 being received and 685 sent 
 during the December quarter. Of printed matter — including the Fifth 
 Annual Eeport (2,957 copies) ; Preventable-Disease Circulars ; Public- 
 Health Laws of Illinois and Sanitary Memoranda ; Vaccination Circu- 
 lars, Instructions and Certificates ; Sanitary Inspection Circulars and 
 Instructions, etc. — nearly 250,000 copies have been distributed. 
 During the September quarter alone, the aggregate weight of the mat- 
 ter distributed by mail and express was over four tons. 
 
 The publications of the Board now available, and for which there is 
 a more or less constant demand — exclusive of its series of Annual 
 Eeports, Official Eegisters, and Conspectus of Medical Colleges — 
 embrace the following : 
 
 Pkeventabi-e-Disease Circulabs: 
 No. l.—Conoerning the Prevention of Small- Pox. 8vo., pp.12. In English, German and 
 
 Scandinavian. 
 No. 2.— Diphtheria.— Its Prevention and Control. 8vo., pp. 8. In English and German. 
 No. 3.— Scarlet Fever.— Its Prevention and Control. 8vo.. pp. 10. InEnglish and German. 
 No. 4.— Typhoid Fever.— Its Sanitary Features; Prevention of its Spread. 8vo., pp. 8. In 
 
 English and German. 
 
 CoNCEENiNG Small-Pox akd Vaccination: 
 
 Blanks for Eeport of Small Pox Cases. 
 
 Blanks for Report of Cost of Small-Pox. 
 
 Suggestions for Eeports of Small-Pox. 
 
 Scholar's Certificates of Vaccination. 
 
 Eetarn of Vaccination Certificates by Teachers. 
 
 Instructions concerning Vaccination. 
 
 Circular-Letter to County Superintendents concerning Vaccination 
 
 Vaccinal History blanks. 
 
 CoNCEENiNci Sanitary Inspection and the Wobk 6r Pbepakation in View of a threat- 
 ened Epidemic of Asiatic Choleba: 
 
 Practical Recommendations for the Prevention of Asiatic Cholera. 
 
 Suggestions and Instructions concerning Sanitary Inspection and Work- 
 To County Clerks. 
 
 To County Commissioners and Town Supervisors. 
 To Those in charge of Public Institutions, Almshouses, Jails, etc. 
 To Municipal and Health Authorities of Cities, Towns and Villages. 
 To Editors of the Daily and Weekly Press. 
 To Railway OiBeials. 
 
 Vital Statistics: 
 
 Blank forms for Returns of Births, Deaths and Marriages. 
 
 Instructions for Compiling the Condensed Eeturn of Deaths. Revised, .January, 1885. 
 
 Miscellaneous: 
 
 Public-Health Laws o( Illinois and Sanitary Memoranda. 
 Common Dangers to Health. 
 Sanitation of our Younger Cities, 
 General Sanitation. 
 
 . The Sixth Annual Ebpoet, including the Official Register, revised to 
 December 1, 1884, and the Conspectus of Medical Colleges, revised to 
 December 20, 1884, has been completed and is already partly distrib- 
 uted. Special editions of the Register and Conspectus — ^600 copies of 
 each were distributed in December to the faculties of medical colleges, 
 to editors of medical periodicals, and others directly concerned with 
 the subject of medical education 
 
CEBTIFICATBS AND LICENSES. 
 
 Applications for certificates have been received from 597 physcians 
 during the year. In 480 cases the certificate has been issued, and in 
 the remaining 117 the application was refused or withdrawn on account 
 of the inability of the applicant to comply with the requirements of the 
 Board under the provisions of the Medical-Practice Act. 
 
 Of the 480 certificates granted there were 441 based upon the diplo- 
 mas of 1883-84 issued by medical colleges which have, prima facie, 
 complied with the Schedule of Minimiim Kequirements entitling them 
 to be classed as in good standing ; or upon diploma.s issued prior to the 
 session of 1883-84 by colleges then recognized as in good standing. 
 In 80 other cases the graduates of colleges which had not fully com- 
 plied with the Board's Schedule, were granted certificates upon under- 
 going satisfactory examination in the branches or subjects omitted. 
 
 Out of 47 colleges whose diplomas of 1883-84 have been presented 
 as the basis for certificates, 21 have failed to fully conform to the 
 Schedule, and their graduates have been required to supplement the 
 evidence of the diploma by submitting to examination. In a number 
 of such cases the applicants have declined to appear, and have with- 
 drawn their application? and left the State. 
 
 Of the remaining 9 certificates, of the 480 issued during the year, 
 7 were granted to exempts upon proof of sixteen or»more years' prac- 
 tice in the State, and 2 upon examination in all branches to gentlemen 
 holding the diplomas of colleges not recognized by the Board. At the 
 regular annual examination a class of thirteen non-graduates presented 
 themselves, but none succeeded in attaining the required percentage 
 entitling to pass. 
 
 In the 117 cases in which certificates were refused, the refusal was 
 based upon one of the following cau&es : 
 
 1. Failure to present a diploma from a legally-chartered medical 
 institution in good standing as defined by the Board. 
 
 2. Failure to sustain a satisfactory examination sufficiently strict 
 to test the qualifications of the candidate for the practice of medicine. 
 
 3. Personal or professional antecedents, habits or association, 
 warranting the charge of unprofessional and dishonorable conduct. 
 
 4. Proved intent to practice in an unprofessional and dishonorable 
 manner, as by claiming to cure incurable maladies ; to possess un- 
 usual skill, experience or facilities ; and similar claims involving 
 deceit and fraud upon the public. 
 
 I'ive certificates have been revoked upon proof of unprofessional 
 and dishonorable conduct, and charges have been received and inves- 
 tigated, or the investigation is still pending, in some fifty other cases. 
 
 Applications for certificates have been received from 73 midwives, 
 including 17 during the last quarter. Of these, 47 have been granted — 
 30 upon diplomas or licenses of recognized schools of midwifery ; 16 
 
6 
 
 upon satisfactory examination ; and 1 upon proof of sixteen years' 
 practice in the State. There were rejected 15 of those who appeared 
 for examination, and the credentials of 11 fathers were refused as being 
 from institutions not recognized as in good standing. 
 
 MEDICAL EDUCATION. 
 
 During the past year the Schedule of Minimum Requirements has 
 been enforced as the test of recognition of diplomas issued at the close 
 of the sessions of 1883-84. The effect of this action of the Board 
 upon the standard and methods of medical education in this country 
 has already been treated of in the last Summary Report, prefacing the 
 Sixth Annual, as also in the remarks introductory to the Conspectus of 
 Medical Colleges. That there is a marked improvement in some re- 
 spects is generally conceded ; and, on the whole, the Boaed has ground 
 for satisfaction with what has been already accomplished and for en- 
 couragement for the future. 
 
 THE MEDICAL-PRACTICE ACT. 
 
 Suits and prosecutions under the Medical-Practice Act, or arising 
 from proceedmgs thereunder, have in all cases, except those in Chicago, 
 terminated promptly' and favorably. One of the most important of 
 these suits was that tried in the Sangamon County Court in May last, 
 and in which the Court sustained the right of the Board to inquire 
 into and determine the moral and professional status of applicants 
 for its certificates, and to withhold such certificates from those whom 
 it adjudged guilty of unprofessional and dishonorable conduct, re- 
 gardless of the character of the diploma presented. 
 
 Among recent cases of violations of the act and of proceedings 
 resulting therefrom, are the following : 
 
 Funk, alias Talbot. 
 
 In October last a complaint was received that one "J. 'A. Talbot" was 
 practicing medicine at No. 1915 State street, Chicago, in violation of 
 the Medical-Practice Act. Upon investigation it was found that he was 
 a student attending lectrures at the Chicago Medical College, and 
 claimed to be practicing only as the assistant of Dr. Otto Wegner, his 
 preceptor. Wegner and "Talbot" were at once advised as to the proper 
 construction of the clause concerning the practice of students, which 
 restricts them to prescribing under the supervision of a preceptor, 
 and "Talbot" was notified to desist from the practice complained of. 
 
 About the first of November "Talbot" opened another office at 2896 
 Archer avenue, also in Dr. Wegner's name, but visited patients and 
 prescribed for them as "Dr. Talbot," and solicited practice through the 
 medium of the following card (printed in English and German) in 
 which it will be noticed that "Dr. Talbot- Astley," as he then styled 
 himself, had reversed his relations with Dr. Wegner — the latter having 
 become "Talbot's" assistant: 
 
 The great London physioian and surgeon, Dr. Talbot- Astley, of the St. Thomas Hospital, 
 London, member of the Royal College of Physicians and SurgeonK, has been induced to 
 establish the Illinois State Dispensary, Chicago, chartered for the successful and scien- 
 tific treatment of all chronic, nervous, eye and car, throat and chcsl diseases gout 
 
rheumatism, asthma, consumption, kidney and liver complaints, disorders of the blood, 
 stomach and bowels, and especially all diseases ot women and children; also skin diseases, 
 private diseases and all wounds, sprains and dislocations. Visits $1. Offlf'e fees 50 cents. 
 All persons who are unable to pay will be treated free of charge. Dr. Talbot-Astley will 
 also visit patients if sick in bed. Confinements carefully attended. Dr. Wegner, late sur- 
 geon of the German army, will assist Dr. Talbot-Astley. English, German and Polish 
 spoken. Office open every morning trom 9 to 11. Office open every evening from 7 to «. 
 Preserve this card and present it at the office, No. 2896 Archer avenue." 
 
 The so-called "Illinois State Dispensary" had no existence, and was 
 not "chartered" as claimed ; but under the statute governing the grant- 
 ing of charters, there would have been no difficulty in securing one, 
 as in the ease of the "St. Jacob Institute" of the "James' Medical 
 Institute," of the "Chicago Medical League," etc. 
 
 Pending the accumulation of proof of specific violation of the law 
 upon which to base "Talbot's" arrest and prosecution, it was learned 
 that his real name was Otto Funk and close upon the heels of this 
 discovery came his arrest for stealing books from the Chicago Public 
 Library. With this denouement the interest of the Board in the case 
 terminates so far as "Talbot" or Funk is concerned, but I think it ad- 
 visable that Dr. Wegner, who claims to have been his preceptor for two 
 years previous to October 9, 1884, should be given an opportunity to 
 explain to the Board his relations with a man who had already and 
 notoriously been under a cloud. 
 
 Lamhrecht alias Lmlers alias Ltunhei-t. 
 
 . At a meeting of the Board in October, 1882, the certificate previously 
 issued to " Henry A. Liiders" of Chicago, St. Louis, and Collinsville, 
 Madison county, was revoked upon proof that the diploma of the 
 University of Gottingen, on which the certificate was issued to him, 
 had been fraudulently obtained, and. that the man was an imposter. 
 It may be remembered that it was finally ascertained that his name 
 was not "Liiders," but Lambrecht; and that he was guilty of gross 
 malpractice and brutality during his brief career in Collinsville. He 
 has recently been heard of in Bismarck, D. T., where he is known as 
 William Lambert. 
 
 After his flight from this State he went to Cincinnati, where he ob- 
 tained a certificate for a course of lectures at the Cincinnati College of 
 Medicine and Surgery ; but upon the publication of his record in this 
 State he suddenly left Cincinnati Avithout completing the course. He 
 next appeared in Cleveland, where, in July, 1883, he married again 
 without going through the formality of obtaining a divorce from his 
 St. Louis wife, whom he deserted when he left Collinsville. During 
 the winter of 1883-84 he attended the Keokuk College of Physicians 
 and Surgeons and received the diploma of that institution at the com- 
 mencement in 1884. The recent correspondence represents him in the 
 same unenviable character that he sustained in this State. 
 
 His admission to the lecture-classes of the Cincinnati school and his 
 graduation by the Keokuk College, furnish fresh illustrations of the 
 necessity for the strict enforcement of matriculation requirements and 
 of proof of previous study and college attendance. It is obvious that 
 this man could not furnish "credible evidence of good moral standing," 
 nor proof of having attended two full courses of lectures. Neverthe- 
 less, he was matriculated at both schools, and graduated from one. 
 
Lucas R. WiUiams, alias "Dr. Lucas." 
 
 In December, after protracted delay, the case of Lucas E. Williams, 
 alias "Dr. Lucas," of Chicago, was tried in the Cook County Criminal 
 Court, and the defendant was found guilty and fined $50 and costs. 
 
 Notwithstanding the revocation in 1880 of this man's certificate for 
 grossly unprofessional and dishonorable conduct, he has continued to 
 ply his disreputable and demoralizing vocation in defiance of the law, 
 emboldened thereto by his belief in the efficacy of his diploma as a 
 protection. Under the cloak of the cheap and easily-obtained articles 
 of incorporation he converted his office into "Dr. Lucas' Private Dis- 
 pensary, chartered by the State of Illinois, for the Special, Scientific 
 and Speedy Cure of Private, Nervous and Chronic Diseases." The 
 Chicago Tribune, commenting upon this phase of quackery, and upon 
 this individual quack, says in its issue of February 17, 1884 : 
 
 Hundreds of persons are imposed upon by these words, which bear the interpretation, 
 as intended, that he has the specially granted sanction of the State. The truth is that no 
 such sanction lias been given, and the real interpretation ought to read, "Incorporated, " 
 etc. This private dispensary of Dr. Lucas is simply a joint stock company, created under 
 the act of the General Assembly of the Stati' of Illinois, entitled "An Act concerning Corpo - 
 rations." This law allows three persons to form a corporation for "any lawful purpose 
 except banking, insurince, etc." The Secretary of State has no optionin granting articles 
 of incorporation when the forms of the liiw are complied with, beyond compelling the new 
 organization to desist from using the name of any corporation existing in the State. The 
 ease with which it was formed can be seen from the necessary expenses contracted. They 
 are as follows: 
 
 Corporations for pecuniary profit — 
 
 For filing articles of organization SI 09 
 
 For issuing license 1 00 
 
 For certificate of organization 1 00 
 
 For filing Commissioner's report 1 00 
 
 For copy of papers 1 50 
 
 Total 15 50 
 
 This small sum of money is the outlay necessary to obtain that which is valued so 
 highly. tJnder the cover of a "lawful purpose" this unlawful concern exists, the law con- 
 taining no provision for revoking the certificate of a fraudulent corporation. The laws 
 need to be amended either to allow this revocation or to specify more minutely the pur- 
 poses for which corporations can be formed. The amount of stock issued by this company 
 IS $500, a sura no more than necessary to buy a good microscope. Scientific instruments, 
 however, are incumbrances seldom indulged in, and when in stock arc only_kei)t for view 
 in the olfices of Chicago charlatans. Dr. Lucas has a criminal record which is steadily 
 growing, and is reputed equally as guilty as Smith Whittier of sending his filthy, libidinous, 
 and obsoeni; publications through the mails to school-girls. 
 
 The language of the first section of the act above referred to is as 
 follows : "That corporations may be formed in the manner provided 
 by this act, for any lawful purpose except banking, insurance, real-estate 
 brokerage, the operation of railroads and the business of loaning 
 money." Ostensibly the practice of medicine is a "lawful purpose," 
 but if practiced in violation of a specific law which prescribes certain 
 qualifications for those engaged in its practice it undoubtedly becomes 
 an unlawful purpose ; and the question suggests itself whether the 
 existence of such a law (the Act to Eegulate the Practice of Medicine) 
 should not raise the inquiry whether those applying for license to in- 
 corporate for the practice of medicine are eligible for such practice 
 under the act of 1877. 
 
 In any event it would seem fitting that since the practice of medi- 
 cine is regulated by a specific statute, this "lawful purpose" should be 
 excluded from^among those for which charters may be obtained under 
 the general statute, in the same way that "banldng, insurance, real- 
 estate brokerage, the operation of railroads and the business of loan- 
 ing money" are excluded. 
 
9 
 
 I have to suggest that this matter is one worthy the attention and 
 action of the committee on legislation. 
 
 The technical defense set up in Lucas' or Williams' ease was that the 
 Board, having granted him a certificate upon the diploma of a reputa- 
 ble college, had no power to revoke its certificate — notwithstanding his 
 notoriously unprofessional and dishonorable conduct ; and upon this 
 point his attorneys have taken an appeal from the finding of the 
 Criminal Court. 
 
 George J. Williams. 
 
 This man — the brother of Lucas E. Williams, or "Dr. Lucas" — has 
 also been recently tried and found guilty, but the sentence has not yet 
 been pronounced pending the result of an argument for a new trial. 
 Until within a few years, George J. Williams was, by profession, a 
 lawyer ; but, being a witness to the facility with which the suffering 
 and unfortunate among the public are duped and fleeced by brazen 
 quackery, he went to Milwaukee and advertised himself as "Dr. Lucas," 
 following the lines of his brother, Lucas E., of Chicago, although with- 
 out any study of medicine or attendance upon medical lectures. About 
 two years since he returned to Chicago, and opened an office at 14 
 South Clark street. He was soon after arrested, indicted, pleaded 
 guilty and was fined in the U. S. District Court for sending obscene 
 literature through the mails. Not being a legally-qualified practitioner 
 himself, he has tried to get a graduate in medicine to superintend his 
 business, but until recently without success. His publications and 
 advertisements have been of the boldest and most shameless character, 
 styling himself "The Most Expert Physician in the World, " "the Expert 
 Specialist who stands high in his Profession and has dcmted a lifetime 
 to the study of the treatment and cure of — " here follows a list of 
 diseases and symptoms disgusting alike in grossness of language and 
 suggestion. To such an extent has public decency been outraged by 
 his publications that the attention of the police was attracted, arid he 
 and his distributors on the street were arrested, his place was raided 
 and his pamphlets, circulars, etc., together with the stereotype plates 
 were destroyed. 
 
 Alarmed at his approaching trial, Williams has changed his 
 advertisements, signs, etc., using the title "St. Jacob Institute" — 
 another concern "incorporated especially for the relief of suffering hu- 
 manity," and has succeeded in inducing a graduated physician, who 
 holds the certificate of the Board, to act as his stool-pigeon in the 
 ostensible capacity of "Superintendent". He has also recently taken 
 out tickets for a lecture course in one of the Chicago colleges, and now 
 claims to be practicing as a student under a preceptor. The sub- 
 stance of his "little red book" and other publications suppressed by the 
 police and the United States authorities, he now circulates under the 
 form and name of "The Chicago Library," published semi-monthly, 
 price three cents. 
 
 If precluded from the pursuit of their nefarious business in the 
 methods hitherto employed, it is understood to be the intention of 
 
10 
 
 these charlatans to incorporate as proprietary-medicine companies, 
 under the general act already referred to — an intent which furnishes 
 another argument for the proposed amendment of the statute. 
 
 Cases against other of the Chicago quacks are still pending. 
 
 THE PUBLIC HEALTH. 
 
 At the close of the December quarter there remained the same grat- 
 ifying condition of the public health as noted from time to time during 
 the year. The graver contagious diseases — small-pox, diphtheria, 
 scarlet fever and typhoid— have not prevailed to an epidemic extent in 
 any locality. Localized outbreaks of small-pox, due in all cases to 
 contagion imported from neighboring States and confined to those who 
 had neglected vaccinal protection, have occurred in Alexander, Clark, 
 Coles, Crawford, Jefferson, Kendall, Marion, Perry, Pulaski, Eandolph, 
 St. Clair, Sangamon and Washington counties. At Yorkville in Ken- 
 dall county, Coulterville in Eandolph county, and at East St. Louis, 
 the conditions were such as to necessitate the personal attention of the 
 Secretary. From professional incompetency and municipal neglect 
 the outbreak at Centralia resulted in 32 cases and 6 deaths, and the 
 contagion was thence carried into Washington, Jefferson and Sanga- 
 mon counties. At the close of the year the State was entirely free from 
 the disease so far as re|i)orted, and there had been only four mild cases 
 in two localities — 1 at Palestine in Crawford county, and 3 at Darwin, 
 Clark county — during the preceding three months. Several cases were 
 brought into Chicago during the year, but in only one instance did a 
 resident of the city contract the disease from any of these imported 
 cases. 
 
 Except ih one or two localities neither of the remaining important 
 contagious diseases— diphtheria, scarlet fever, typhoid — has presented 
 features demanding special attention. 
 
 On the 25th of December, the State Veterinarian reported a sus- 
 pected case of glanders in the human subject, on a farm near Elmore, 
 in Peoria county, and on the 26th Dr, J. H. Utley, of Springfield, was 
 dispatched to the locality under the authority of the Boakd. 
 
 The following is Dr. Utley's report : — 
 
 HpEiNariELD, III., December 27, ISXI. 
 Sir:— In compliiince witlj your instnictions, I yesterday afternoon visited the furm of 
 WillinmB. Itcariek, near Elmore, I'eoria county, and inve.stigatcd tlie caj^e of liis sun, lir- 
 lie.ved to be sufl'erin^ from glandei's. 
 
 It appears tliat tlie patient. Abram H. Reari.'l;, ased 22 ye.ar.i, wa.s taken siek about tlie 
 17tii of OctotiiT last. He complained at that lime of severe pauis in lieail, baek and limbs; 
 ehills followed by flushes of heat: irritalilc stomaehand eunstipation. He was compelled to 
 take til his bi:d anil remain there. These symptoms appeared after he had I leen engaged for 
 some weeks attending to some horses suffering with glanders. 
 
 During the first Aveek in Novendier, small lumps appeared upon his arms and hands; 
 the.se swellings soon broke down and discharged a thin sanious fluid. The swellings were 
 red and painful. As the condition of the upper extremities improved, the lower beeanK^ 
 involveij in mu(di the same way, the nose began to discliarge a little, and profuse sweats 
 earae on at irregular intervals. Thefaee and forehead do not appear to haVe been very 
 much affected at any time. The ivctir and other sympt(im have continued with some little 
 improvement until now. 
 
 A careful examination ri'V(.ialed the following lesions; Ulcer on Older asiieci of right leg 
 near ankle joint, edges sharply cut, abrupt, bottom covered with gray slough and somi' 
 granulations. Hkin of leg thickened in places and scaling. Hcune nui'ple spots over sites of 
 nodules wluch had escaped ulceration. trlai,ids in both groins enlarged and painful. Left 
 knee swollen and pahiful. Leftleg affected m same way as right, with the exci'ption that 
 the ulcers are somewbiit smaller. Mucous membrane lining nose somewhat inflamed and 
 disehargmg a small amount of tliicd<, tenacious muco-purnleid matter. 
 
11 
 
 The frontal sinuses are not affeetod. TIk! iixillarv and submaxillar^ glands arc not now 
 enlarged; neither could I find anv lesions of the skin of the trunk or upper extremities. 
 There is no perceptible odor about the patient. Weakness and emaciation are consider- 
 able. Appetite good. Bowels costive. 
 
 The history of the case, and the lesions of the glandular and tcK'umentary systems, leave 
 no doubt, in my mind, that this is a case of glanders. The attending physician. Dr. John 
 Craven, of Elmore, who was present at the examination, also belii.'ves it to be glandi'i-s. 
 
 The usual iirecautions were directed to be taken, viz., cloths and dn.'ssings of ulcers to 
 be burned, bedding fumigated or ilestroycd, room ventilated and disinfected, I'amilv iinar- 
 entined. The precautions to be taken under the direction of Dr. C'ra\ en. 
 
 In conclusion I take pleasure in stating that every facility was afforded by the family and 
 the j)hvsician in attendance to make my examination as thorougli and complete as possible. 
 
 Very respectfully, your obedient servant, 
 
 To JoH ■■■ H. Hauch, M. D. ,I. H. Utley, M. D. 
 
 S('<Ti4ary nf Illinois Slnlc Board of Health.. 
 
 A report recently received from State Veterinarian Paaren leaves no 
 room to doubt the existence of another case of this disease m the per- 
 son of Mr. Frank A. Curtis, living near Belvidere in Boone county. 
 This makes three cases of glanders in the human subject at present 
 under treatment in the State— the third case being that of a woman 
 at Batavia in Kane county. 
 
 PEEPARATIONS FOE CHOLEEA. 
 
 In accordance with the authorization of the Bo.vrd at its last meet- 
 ing, I attended the adjourned meeting of the National Conference of 
 State Boards of Health, at Washington, December lOtli, 11th and 
 12th. The report of the proceedings had at that meeting is now in the 
 hands of the printer, and copies will soon be distributed. 
 
 The House Committee on Public Health, to which was submitted 
 the bill, prepared by the Conference, for the re-organization of the 
 National Board of Health, has decided that there will be no time dur- 
 ing the present session of Congress to secure the enactment of any 
 new measure of so comprehensive a character. It has, therefore, 
 recommended the appropriation of $26,000 for the existing National 
 Board of Health, and of an additional sum of $500,000 to be used at 
 the discretion of the President. 
 
 If these appropriations were made immediately available the work 
 of preparing the general defences against the introduction of Asiatic 
 cholera might be begun at once, and probably so far perfected as to 
 furnish a reasonable assurance of safety before the usual increase of 
 immigration. 
 
 Occasional cases of cholera have continued to occur in Europe, dur- 
 ing the winter, and its epidemic increase on the approach of warmer 
 weather is assumed by all authorities ; so that it is no longer a ques- 
 tion, in the minds of those qualified to judge, as to the certainty and 
 the extent of the danger to which this country is exposed. 
 
 This danger has been pointed out from time to time in these quar- 
 terly reports ever since the spring of 1883, and the Damietta outbreak 
 in the summer' of that year. But now, on the threshold of the 
 threatened invasion, the question of the duty and responsibility of the 
 National government in the premises is still a matter of discussion. 
 
12 
 
 Speaking of the appropriations above referred to, the New York 
 Medical Eeoord, in a recent editorial, says : 
 
 Meiintimi-, the season is fast approaching wlien tlie first cases of eliolera. the avant 
 cuurriers of tlie epidiimie, malvo their appearance among the immigrants. In oui- opmion, 
 if adequate preventive measures are to be planned and put into suoqesstul execution 
 against the present threatened invasion, the whole machinery must be m lull operation, 
 at the latest, as early as the 1st of April. Now, what does this preparation imply? First, 
 that the National Board of Health shall plan and adopt the measures which are to be rehed 
 on to prevent the introduction of the cholera contagion. Tliose measures cannot be 
 matured in a week, nor in twice that time, by the most exiicrieneed sanitarians in the 
 country. They must necessarily involve interests of the highest importance to the travel- 
 ing public, to the steamship companies, and to the foreign commerce of the entire country. 
 
 It will undoubtedly be alleged that the scheme of preventive measures above outlined 
 is unusually comprehensive, and that their execution will prove expensive. Both state- 
 ments are true. We propose nothing less than the prcventiun of an epidemic of cholera in 
 this country. 
 
 No half-way measures, as the past history of the pestilence proves, can accomplish that 
 result. Every avenue of ai)proach is to be guarded, all along the Unes of travel, by a large 
 force of skilled officers. Is the object sought worth the effort and expense? We believe it is. 
 An invasion of cholera means, the death of thousands of the laboring people, the occur- 
 rence of tens of thousands of cases of sickness, and the loss of millions of dollars in busi- 
 ness. In our view prevention at any cost is comparatively cheap. 
 
 We repi'at, the National Board of Health should meet at once and continue in session 
 until its measures are not only matured but put into effective operation. It is stated that 
 it has no means, even to p.-iy oflice rent, owing to the failure of Congress to make an ap- 
 propriation last year. If that is true, there is still the Epidemic Fund, to be used at the 
 discretinn of the President in the event of a threatened or actual epidemic. There is no reason 
 why the expenses of the Board should not be defrayed out of that fund. President Arthur 
 knows well what an epidemic of cholera means to the health and business interests of 
 New York. Let us ask him, in all seriousness, it eliolera is not sufRciently threatening to 
 make it incumbent on him to use that fund to prevent the invasion. 
 
 This Board has more than once recorded its views upon the subject 
 of a National health service ; but the present emergency makes it imper- 
 ative that it should again give formal expression to a well-considered 
 opinion upon the necessity for prompt and efficient action in the inter- 
 est of the public health and the general welfare. 
 
 The suggestions of the Kecord are timely and practical, and I rec- 
 ommend their endorsement by the Boabd, adding thereto an urgent 
 request that the appropriations recommended by the House commit- 
 tee be made immediately available on the ground of an existing emer- 
 gency ; and that a joint resolution of Congress be adopted, empowering 
 the President to suspend immigration from infected countries, upon 
 thp recommendation of the National Board of Health. 
 
 The preparations in our own State are in a satisfactory condition of 
 forwardness. Much work in the abatement of nuisances and general 
 cleaning up has already been done. But more importantly' than this, 
 the public mind has been aroused to the necessity for the work, and, to a 
 great extent, instructed in its methods. The blanks and schedules for 
 the general sanitary survey of the State are being prepared and will 
 be distributed, with the necessary instructions, in season to resume 
 operations as soon as the weather will permit. 
 
 I have also prepared, and will submit to the Boabd at this session, 
 an estimate for the efficient quarantine of the State, should such a 
 measure become necessary through the introduction and spread of 
 cholera in the region east or south of us. This estimate emlbraees 
 the probable cost of maintaining inspection stations, providing for the 
 sick, disinfection, etc., at 24 points of entrance of important railroad 
 
13 
 
 lines along the eastern boundary of the State, and at the uecessary 
 points on the Ohio and Mississippi rivers, as well as for defraying the 
 expense of the necessary measures for preventing its spread from point 
 to point within the State, should the disease be introduced. 
 
 This estimate was submitted to Governor Hamilton, and is referred 
 to in his message to the General Assembly in the following terms : 
 
 A very important subject tor the consideration of the General Assembly presents itself in 
 this connection. Asiatic cholera has, during the past year, made fearful ravages among 
 the population of European countries, especially in Spain, Italy and France. According to 
 the usual history of this scourge its course runs westward around the world. The chances 
 of its reaching this country next summer are verjr great, and its frightful visitation to the 
 United States can only be prevente'd by extreme vigilance qn the part of both the National 
 Government and the States of the Union in enforcing thorough quarantine and sanitary 
 regulations. The State of Illinois should be thoroughly prepared to meet this contingency 
 through the agency of its Board of Health, under proper regulations, and eciuippea with 
 an adequate appropriation to meet all emergencies. To completely quarantine the State 
 of Illinois and protect it all along the eastern, southern and northeastern frontiers by sys- 
 tematic inspection at railroad crossings and boat landings would, in the estimation of the 
 Secretary of the Board of Health, cost from l(SO, 000 to $85, 000, if this State were acting alone 
 in the matter. But I take it for granted that the National government will do its whole duty 
 in the matter, and that other States east of us will co-operate in protective measures, so 
 that a much less sum will have to be provided by this State for the contingency. There- 
 fore, I suggest that a contingent appropriation of $40,000 be made, subject to the order of 
 the Board of Health, to be used on approval of the Governor only in case of approach of 
 cholera or other ravaging disease threatening,the lives and health of large portions of the 
 people of the State. 
 
 If the assumptions "that the National government will do its whole 
 duty in the matter, and that other States east of us will co-operate in 
 protective measures," prove to be well founded, the smaller sum will, 
 in all probability, be sufficient. But there is no present assurance of 
 either of these conditions ; _and if the pestilence effects a lodgment 
 amongst us it will probably' not be until after the General Assembly 
 has adjourned, when it will be too late to increase the amount. 
 
 No dollar of any contingent appropriation made for the work of this 
 BoABD has ever been expended without the clearest necessity therefor ; 
 and whatever sum was not absolutely required for the protection of 
 the public health in the manner specified, has always been covered 
 back into the Treasury. More than one-third of all such appropria- 
 tions have been thus returned unexpended. In this fact is found suffi- 
 cient warrant for making any appropriation intended for contingent 
 use adequate to the possible extent of the anticipated contingency. 
 If the contingency does not arise the appropriation cannot be used ; 
 and in any event only so much may be used as the extent of the con- 
 tingency demands. 
 
 SANITAEY CONDITION OF STATE INSTITUTIONS. 
 
 In coimection with my inspection of State institutions with refer- 
 ence to the advent of cholera, among other matter the sewerage of the 
 Joliet Penitentiary has received attention. The sewage and wastes of 
 some 2,000 persons and the drainage of the enclosure are carried from 
 the buildings and through the penitentiary grounds in a two-foot 
 sewer ; but a short distance beyond, the contents empty into an open 
 ditch, about half a mile long, and through which the sewage Is con- 
 veyed into the upper basin. Aside from the sewer gas, which is forced 
 into the penitentiary buildings by winds from the southwest, the open 
 ditch and the additional pollution of the upper basin are sanitary 
 nuisances which should be abated as speedily as practicable. 
 
u 
 
 Since the inspection Avas made some relief lias been obtained by the 
 use of disinfectants, which have been liberally applied at my sugges- 
 tion ; but this method of treatment is inadequate, and temporary. 
 The obvious remedy and the only one which will meet the sanitary re- 
 quirements, is the construction of a continuous sewer from the peni- 
 tentiary termination to some suitable point of discharge on the riter. 
 An estimate^ with a profile of the line of such sewer to empty into the 
 river below Adams' dam, has been made at my request by Mr. J. M. 
 Pierce, the city surveyor of Joliet. This contemplates 10,700 ft. of 
 pipe sewer, 2 ft. by 2^ ft. in diameter, at a cost of $26,450 ; or of stone, 
 with a cross section of 80 inches, at a cost of $32,100. This plan 
 would probably need to be modified, both as to the point of discharge 
 and the dimensions of the sewer ; and, if ultimately adopted, the cost 
 should be borne equitably by the interests involved, namely, the State, 
 the city of Joliet, and the neighboring manufacturing industries. 
 
 It is suggested that prompter relief may be obtained — though not so 
 radical or permanent as by the plan of a continuoiis sewer — by exclud- 
 ing from the present ditch the volume of water, some 5,000 cubic feet 
 per minute, taken in by the Eebling paper mill. Or, if there are 
 property rights in the way of such action, the same end might be 
 attained by carrying the flow of the ditch from a point above this mill 
 into the basin below the upper dam. The distance is about 400 feet 
 and the fall of 40 to 50 inches in this distance would materially im- 
 prove the flow from the sewer outlet, and to this extent afford relief 
 from the existing objectionable features. 
 
 There are certain inherent conditians of the disposal of penitentiary 
 wastes which complicate this question in other ways. A more abund- 
 ant water siipply, for example, is especially desirable in this case, if 
 not indispensable to the prevention of more or less local nuisance. 
 
 As also connected with the sanitary con dition of State institutions 
 disclosed during my inspection, the need of a hospital building at the 
 Asylum for Feeble-minded Children at Lincoln, was noted. Such a 
 structure, entirely separate from the main building and so arranged 
 as to be used for an isolation hospital for contagious diseases when 
 necessary, is imperatively demanded by the present crowded condi- 
 tion of the institution and from past experience. An epidemic of scar- 
 let fever less than two years ago resulted in fifty cases and six deaths 
 among the children, besides extending to several attendants, when 
 there is every reason to believe the disease might have been greatly 
 limited had there been the necessary facilities for the proper care of 
 those -first attacked. A cheap frame structure, detached from the 
 main building, and suitably equipped, should be provided as soon as 
 liracticable. 
 
15 
 
 FINANCIAL. 
 
 / 
 FINANCIAL STATEMENT 
 
 or THE 
 
 Illinois State Board of Health, 
 
 FO". THE 
 
 Fiscal Yeae, ended Septembeb 30th, 1884. 
 
 „, „, , r,, state Board of HmUh—lJr. 
 
 lo iState Ireasiuvf:— 
 
 RnToiJSS'^^? r^'^f-"^*^'' 4l'Pi-oPriatious, October 1, 1883 S6 558 .54 
 
 Balance of Contingent Fund, available October 1, 188.'? 5 m m 
 
 Regular Appropriations, taking effect July 1 1884. . '.:::::.:::.:....[[ gomZ 
 
 To Treasurer n.nioard.— •$20,558.54 
 
 Balance in Treasurer's hands, October 1, IKW . *lRq ofi 
 
 Offloe Receipts tor year ended, September So, 1884 .■..■.■.;■.■.'.■.'.■.'.■.■..".■.',■.■.'. '877 00 
 
 1,066 06 
 
 State Board of Health-Cr. *^^' ^^^ •"' 
 
 By payment on all accounts as per itemized statement .HO 280 40 
 
 Unexpended balances of Regular Appropriations, October 1,1884'.. '.' 6 676 80 
 Unexpended baanoe of Contingent Fund, October 1, 1884. 4.324 94 
 
 Unexpended balance in hands of Treasurer of Board, Oct. 1, i884'.!.' 342 46 
 
 !|;21, 624 (iO 
 
 ITEMIZED STATEMENT OF EXPENDITURES 
 
 OP THE 
 
 ILLINOIS STATE BOAED OP HEALTH, 
 
 POE THE 
 
 Fiscal Year ended September 30, 1884. 
 
 Salary of Secretary .1i3, 000 00 
 
 Assistant Secretary's salary and clerical services 4,345 83 
 
 Traveling expenses of Board and Secretary 1, 231 26 
 
 Postage 320 43 
 
 Expressage 272 98 
 
 Telegrams 109 65 
 
 Telephone 48 45 
 
 iStationery and printing 202 •S, 
 
 Medical journals, books and newspapers 371 .32 
 
 Legal services 145 oo 
 
 Detective services 183 95 
 
 Taoeine virus , 45 38 
 
 Janitor 72 (lo 
 
 Sundries (II 90 
 
 410,280 40 
 
 Total expenditures from Regular Appropriations ifS, 881 74 
 
 Total expenditures from Contingent Fund 675 06 
 
 Total expenditures from Office Receipts 723 60 
 
 tl0,280 40 
 
 Eespectfully submitted. 
 
 John H. Kaiich, 
 
 Serret(U-y. 
 
16 
 
 On motion of Dr. Clark, the Hecretary's report was received and 
 ordered published in the report of the proceedings of the meeting. 
 The suggestion concerning an amendment of the Act concerning Cor- 
 porations was referred to the committee on legislation, and the re- 
 mainder of the report to a special committee consisting of Drs. 
 Haskell, Ludlam and Clark. 
 
 The rest of Friday's session was devoted to a discussion of the plans 
 and preparations for resisting the threatened invasion of Asiatic 
 cholera, during which the Secretary submitted the following estimate 
 of the probable cost of guarding the State against the introduction of 
 the disease, and of preventing its spread from point to point within the 
 State should it be introduced. 
 
 Lines of Tbavel to be Coveeed. 
 
 By- Inspections 
 at oe neae. 
 
 Peobable 
 Cost. 
 
 Baltimore and Ohio ) 
 
 South Chicago 
 
 
 Pittsburg and Ft. Wayne. - 
 
 $9, 000 
 
 Lake Shore and Miehigan Sonthern \ 
 
 
 New York, Chicago and St. Louis f 
 
 PittsburK. Cincinnati and St, Louis ) 
 
 Grand Truii k - 
 
 
 
 6, 000 
 
 Louisville, Nt.'w Albany and Chii-jigo ) 
 
 Cincinnati, Indiana, Chioaso and St. Louis 1 
 
 Wabash, St. Louis and Pacific ( 
 
 Lake Erie and Western 
 
 Sheldon 
 
 HoojK'ston 
 
 3.000 
 1,000 
 
 Wabash, St. Louis and Pacific ] 
 
 Alvin . 
 
 
 Wabash. St. Louis and Paoifle [ 
 
 Indiana, Bloomington and Western [ 
 
 
 
 [ 7, 000 
 
 Chicago and Eastern Illinois ) 
 
 Indianapolis and St. Louis. . . 
 
 Sanford 
 
 2. 500 
 
 Terre Haute and Indianapolis 
 
 ParriuKlon 
 
 3,000 
 
 
 
 1,000 
 
 Ohio a7id Mississippi 
 
 Wabash River 
 
 Mt Carmel 
 
 2,600 
 
 Louisville, Evansville and St. Louis 
 
 2 000 
 
 Peoria, Decatur and Evansville 
 
 Grayville ... 
 
 1, 000 
 
 
 
 •2, 000 
 
 Illinois Central 
 
 Cairo 
 
 
 Mobile and Ohio 
 
 
 
 
 
 East St. Louis 
 
 Sundr.v Points 
 
 
 St. Louis Bridge / 
 
 Mississippi River 1 
 
 (i.OOO 
 
 Ohio River i' 
 
 
 
 
 Total estimated cost 
 
 $09, 000 
 
 To prevent spread within the state 
 
 
 15, 000 
 
 
 
 
 Totid 
 
 $84,000 
 
 
 
 On motion of Dr. Ludlam the foregoing estimate was approved, and 
 the Secretary was directed to submit the same to tlie committees on 
 appropriations of the General Assembly, and to furnish therewith 
 copies of the remarks contained in his report in support of the estimate. 
 
17 
 
 During the final session of the meeting, on Saturday, the following 
 resolutions were offered and adopted : 
 
 By Dr. Kreider, for the committee on legislation — 
 
 Wheeear : It has become a common practice for auaeks, charlatans and other unprinci- 
 pled and incompetentpersons to obtain cqrtifleates otincorporationiinder the general Act 
 concerning Corporation?, approved April IS, 1872, and thence to advertise themselves as 
 chartered Dy 1he State oi Illinois, wita the aim and intent o£ impressing the ignorant or 
 unwary with the belief that the State has in some way granted them special privileges; and 
 
 ■Wheeeas: The said Act concerning Corporations excludes the business of banking, ot 
 insurance, of real-estate brokerage, of the operation of railroads, and of loaning money, 
 from among the lawful purposes for which corporations may be formed: and 
 
 Wheeeas: The qualifications and requirements for the practice of medicine in the State 
 of Illinois are prescribed by the Act approved May 29, 1877. 
 
 Tlierefore he. it Resolved. That it is the sense of this Boaed that the first section of the 
 Act concerning Corporations should be so amended as to include the practice of medicine 
 among those pursuits or objects for which corporations may not oe formed under the said 
 Act. 
 
 Besolved, That the Secretary be and hereby is in.structed to present copies of this pream- 
 ble and the resolutions, and of that portion of Ms recent quarterly report which refers to 
 this subject, to the chairmen of the .Judiciary Committees of the two branches of the Gen- 
 eral Assembly now in session. 
 
 By the special committee on the Secretary's report, Drs. Haskell, 
 Ludlam and Clark — 
 
 Whebeas: The season is fast approaching when; it is feared, Asiatic cholera will again 
 assume epidemic proportions in Europe and so threaten this country with a National 
 calamity; and 
 
 Whebeas: In the judgment of this Boaud such calamity may be averted by a system of 
 preventive measures based upon the requii'ements of modern sanitary science; 
 
 Tlierefore he it Besolved, That this Boaed respectfully but urgently requests— First, That 
 the President of the United States convene the National Board of Health forthwith, and put 
 at its disposal, subject to Jiis approval, the unexpended bahance of the appropriation made 
 at the last sessiqn of Congress for a contingent epidemic fund. Second, That the Illinois 
 Senators and Members of Congress push the prompt appropriation of the sums recom- 
 mended by the House Committee on Public Health. Third, That authority be, by a joint 
 resolution of Congress, conferred upon the President to issue a proclamation forbidding 
 immigration truu infected countries whenever, in the judgment of the National Board of 
 Health, such immigration threatens the public health or this country. 
 
 Besolved, That a copy of this preamble and resolutions, and of so much of the Secretary's 
 report as refers to this subject, be forwarded to the President of the United States, to tne 
 Senators and Eepresentatives in Congress from this State and to the members of the Public 
 Health Committees of the Senate and House. 
 
 Also by the same committee, the following — 
 
 Besolved, That the disposal of the sewage of the Joliet Penitentiary should be so modified 
 as to remove the present grounds of complaint and menace to health; and that the provis- 
 ion ot suitable hospital facilities at the Asylum for Peeble-Minded Children at Lincoln, 
 is a necessity. 
 
 Besolved, That the suggestions and recommendations of the Secretary in connection with 
 these subjects be brought to the attention of the present General Assembly. 
 
 The committee on legislation also reported favorably upon the pro- 
 posed amendments of the act to regulate the practice of medicine and 
 of the State Board of Health act. On motion of Dr. Ludlam the re- 
 port of the committee was adopted and the Secretary was directed to 
 submit copies of the proposed amendments to the proper committees of 
 the Senate and House. 
 
18 
 The Treasuier, Dr. Clark, presented his annual report, as follows : 
 
 REPOET OF THE TEKASURBR 
 
 OF THE 
 
 ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH, 
 Fiscal Year ended Septemher 30, 1884. 
 
 To llw rrf'sidentaiil Mt'iiilwrx nfllw Tllinois Slate Board of HfalUi: 
 
 Gentlemen: Youv Ti-oasuror Iiok-.s leave to present the following report ot the receipts 
 and expenditures of his office for the period cummencine with the date of his last Annual 
 Report, (October 1. WKi. and ending Septemhcr 30. 1884: 
 
 * General Afcoiiuf, Ih\ 
 
 Balance to credit of general account, Sept. 30. 1883 $189 06 
 
 Received of Dr. John H. Ranch. Secretary: 
 
 Office Rc<-<!ipts for October, 1883 *45 00 
 
 " November, 1883 40 00 
 
 " December, 1883 47 00 
 
 " .Jamiary. 1884 132 00 
 
 •• February, 1834 40 00 
 
 " March. 1884 216 00 
 
 " April, 1884 99 00 
 
 " May, 1884 60 00 
 
 ■• June, 1S84 63 00 
 
 •■ July. 1884 4100 
 
 " August, 1884 -. 38 00 
 
 •' September, 1884 .56 00 
 
 877 00 
 
 Total available »1,066 06 
 
 General Accoititt, ('r. 
 Accounts paid by order of the Board for indebtedness ai-erued during the; Quarters pre- 
 ceding the respective meetings: 
 January Meeting— for the quarter ended Dec. 31. 1883- 
 
 AUan Pinkerton, detective service $76 20 
 
 Belleville Zeitung, printing Preventable-Disease Circular No, 2 53 00 
 
 $129 20 
 
 April Meeting— (or the quarter ended March 31. 1884— 
 
 Belleville Zeitung. printing Preventable-Disease Circulars Nos. 3 and 4. .$102 00 
 Allan Pinkerton, detective service 77 75 
 
 A. N. Linsoott, legal services 70 00 
 
 T. W. S. Kidd, printing 50 00 
 
 G. N. Kreider. services 43 30 
 
 T. G. Vincent, clerical services 27 50 
 
 J. G. Kiernan. services. Ft. Wayne Medical College 15 00 
 
 B. E. Starkweather, clerical services 10 00 
 
 R. E. Starkweather, clerical services 10 Oo 
 
 405 55 
 
 July Meeting— for the quarter ended June 30. 1884— 
 
 OrendoriT & Creighton, legal services $25 00 
 
 Jordan Murray, services 3 00 
 
 T. J. Thompson, services 2 50 
 
 30 50 
 
 November Meeting— for the quarter ended Sept. 30, 1884— 
 
 G. V. N. Lothrop. legal services $50 00 
 
 John H. Ranch, expense incident to Irials 22 50 
 
 T. G. Vincent, expense incident to trials 15 85 
 
 J. S. Lowe, services 65 00 
 
 J. a. Kiernan, translating examinations 5 00 
 
 158 36 
 
 Total expenditure ,tr23 60 
 
 Balance m my hands Sept. 30, 1884 342 46 
 
 $1,066 06 
 All ot which is respectfully snbmitt(«i. 
 
 A. L. Clark, Trea:<nrer. 
 
 I 
 
 On motion of Dr. Kreider, the report was received and referred to 
 the Auditing Committee. 
 
19 
 
 Dr. Haskell, from this committee, reported that bills and accounts 
 for the quarter, amounting to $2,583.77, had been audited, found cor- 
 rect and recommended to be paid. Subsequently, the Auditing Com- 
 mittee returned the Treasurer's report, audited and approved. 
 
 During the executive sessions of the meeting, in the case of Dr. 
 George William Bock, of Quincy, which was investigated at the Novem- 
 ber, 1884, meeting, and action then postponed on motion of the Secre- 
 tary, further correspondence with the dean of the University of Gottin- 
 gen, and other evidence was presented, which left no doubt that the 
 diploma of the University presented by Bock, had been fraudulently 
 obtained. In view of this state of facts the certificate No. 5290, issued 
 to Book, January 7, 1882, was ordered to be revoked. 
 
 Adjourned. 
 
[8. B. H. No. 1G9.— lOin— 2-24-'88.] 
 
 Illinois State Boar!) of Health 
 
 PREVENTABLE-DISEASE CIRCULARS. 
 
 No. l.-SMALL-POX. 
 
 cs 
 
THE first edition of this Circular was published in March, 1881, since which 
 time some 75,000 copies have been printed and distribuled throughout the State. 
 The fifth and last edition — that of May, 1882— contains some allusions which are 
 now out of date; those, for example, to the "past winter" — to the "mild and favor- 
 able weather" — and to the "proposed sanitary inspection of Immigrants." Aside 
 from these, the comments, advice and instructions of this edition are as applicable 
 now as when originally published. Their practical test in numerous instances has 
 proven their sufficiency, and the remainder of the edition is now being distributed, 
 as occasion requires, with no other change or addition than as contained in this 
 Note. 
 
 With reference to the rights, duties and powers of health authorities In the 
 matters of Vaccination, Isolation and Quarantine (see Rules 1 and 2, page 5,) it 
 may be noted that in the early part of December, 1883, a suit was tried in the 
 Mercer County Circuit Court, in which the plaintiff charged the Board of Health 
 of Cable with trespass and false imprisonment — damages $10,000. The damages 
 were alleged to have been sustained by the enforcement of the quarantine rules 
 and regulations of the local board, which were based upon tfie rules and regula- 
 tions of the State Boabd, contained in this Circular Buring the trial the question 
 arose as to the autliority to make and enforce such rules and regulations. The 
 verdict of the jury was rendered in favor of the local board, thus' sustaining its 
 authority td enforce such measures as, in the exercise of a wise discretion, were 
 deemed necessary for the protection of the public health. 
 
 Still more recently, in charging the Grand Jury at Paterson, N. J., Judge 
 Dixon called attention to the case of a man employed as nurse in a small-pox 
 hospital, and who, without proper precautions, visited his family, communicating 
 the disease to his children, one of whom died therefrom. Hereupon Judge Dixon 
 says: "If a man, conscious that he carries about with him the germs of a con- 
 tagious disease, recklessly exposes the health and lives of others, he is a public 
 nuisance and a criminal, and may be held answerable for the results of his conduct. 
 If death occurs through his recklessness he may be indicted for mausUiughtei . It 
 is held that where a person knowingly communicates a contagious disease to 
 another, and death results, the crime is manslaughter." Applying the law to the 
 nurse's case, the judge instructed the jury that the man might be iudiottd for 
 manslaughter, if it was found that there had been criminal negligence on his part; 
 and that he might be indicted for spreading the disease by conscious exposure of 
 others thereto, by his presence in public places, as on the streets, in halls, etc. — 
 and this even though no evil consequences had followed, on the charge of being 
 a public nuisance endangering the public health. "The law provides some penalty 
 for such offenses against the public safety." In other and older phrase: The 
 
 WELL-BEING OF THE PEOPLE TS THE SUPREME LAW. 
 
 These instances are cited in answer to frequent inquiries addressed to the 
 BoAKD, as to what extent courts and juries will sustain health authorities in their 
 efforts to prevent the spread of epidemic contagion or infection. 
 SPRiNOriEiiD, III., February 24, 1883. 
 
ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH-No. 53 E. 
 
 [Fifth Edition.] 
 
 OFFICIAL ORDER. 
 
 Concerning the Prevention of Small-Pox. 
 
 Revised and in force January I, (882. 
 
 OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY, 
 
 Spkingfield, III., May. 1882. 
 
 While small-pox is diminishing in the State at large, there still occur 
 outbreaks of the disease wherever the infection finds a community, or 
 family, or individuals, not protected by recent vaccination. 
 
 Such persons are generally, (but not entirely,) found now only in 
 the country or small settlements, where it has been difficult, during 
 the past winter, to procure virus or the services of a vaccinating physi- 
 cian ; or where there has been a prejudice against vaccinating until 
 warmer weather. 
 
 These difficulties and objections no longer exist. Virus is plentiful ; 
 the great demand upon physicians has largely subsided ; the weather 
 is mild and favorable, so that there is little or no danger of complica- 
 tions ; and there is now no reasonable excuse for neglecting this simple 
 and only efficient safegua.rd. 
 
 Notwithstanding the proposed sanitary inspection of immigrants — 
 by which it is hoped to check the further importation of the disease — 
 there is no certainty that any given group of these people, now arriv- 
 ing in thousands every day, may not carry the infection into any town- 
 ship or locality, no matter bow remote or secluded, and there cause 
 an outbreak which will be limited only by the number of unprotected 
 subjects who may be exposed. 
 
 I. In view of these facts it is he duty of those charged by law with 
 the care of the public health — 
 
 First, and most importantly, to secure at once such a condition of 
 every individual, child and adult, as will make him or her safe even if 
 exposed to the contagion. This can be certainly, readily, and inexpen- 
 sively done by enforcing proper vaccination or revaccination, as the case 
 may be. 
 
 Secondly, to be vigilant against the introduction of the disease from 
 without — as, for example, by a watchful supervision of hotels, lodging- 
 houses and other resorts of travelers, and especial scrutiny of immi- 
 
grants and new settlers. Although this is of incidental importance if 
 the first injunction be obeyed, cases may occur where a non-inter- 
 course quarantine might be justifiably enforced— as where a notoriously 
 infected locality is lax in its protective measures, or allows its small- 
 pox patients to wander off to other pla.ces. 
 
 Finally, it is the duty of all health authorities to be prompt and 
 vigorous in enforcing such well-advised measures in the care of those 
 who may, unfortunately, become afflicted (and of their families and 
 households) as wiU prevent any spread of the disease. Under no cir- 
 cumstances must such cases be allowed to go at large, or be sent away 
 to escape the cost and care of their proper treatment. They must at 
 once he rigidly isolated, if necessary at the expense of the town, city or 
 county ; or, if transferred, by arrangement, to a neighboring small-pox 
 hospital, the transfer must be effected in such a manner as to avoid the 
 risk of spreading the contagion in transit. 
 
 II. In furtherance of these ends the appended Rules and Regulations 
 of this Board — originally promulgated in March, 1881, — are again pub- 
 lished, with the knowledge that wherever they have been thoroughly carried 
 out, small-pox has either been averted where it threatened, or readily con- 
 trolled where it had already aippea/red. A sanitary necessity still exists, 
 and the Board is compelled, in the interest of the public health, to use 
 the power conferred upon it by law to meet such necessity. 
 
 This order is issued in conformity with the statute which charges 
 the State Board with authority in all matters pertaining to quaran- 
 tine, and with the duty of making all necessary rules and regulations 
 for the preservation or improvement of the public health ; and such 
 rules and regulations have, therefore, the weight and authority of law. 
 By the same statute their enforcement is made binding upon all health 
 authorities in the State. Such authorities embrace — 
 
 1. Eegularly constituted Boards of Health of incorporated cities, 
 towns and villages. 
 
 2. Supervisors, assessors and town clerks of townships ; and 
 
 3. County commissioners of counties in which there are no township 
 organizations. 
 
 The officers designated in the second and third classes constitute, ex 
 officio, the Boards of Health, for their respective territories, in the 
 absence of any other provision therefore.* 
 
 * In this connection attention is again called to the following Order of the State Boakd, 
 made at its regular meeting, September 30, 1881. 
 
 Under the authority conferred upon the State Board of Health by section 2 of the State 
 Board of Health Act, it is ordered that, on and after January 1, 1882, the first cases of 
 small-pox occurring in any county, township, town or city in this State, as also the pre- 
 valence and progress of any epidemic, shall be promptly reported to the Board by the 
 local health authorities; it being borne in mmd that in counties where township organi- 
 zation exist, the township board is the Board of Health, and in counties not under town- 
 ship organization, the county commissioners act in like capacity. , 
 
 Beports of first cases must be made immediately upon discovery; and of the proRress of 
 the disease from time to time— at least weekly. Forward all repprts to the Secretary, State 
 Board of Health, Springfield, Illinois. 
 
All and singular of these are hereby charged with the enforcement of 
 this Oedee and its appended rules. Small-pox can be either totally ex- 
 cluded from any given community, or confined to the first cases, by so doing. 
 It it spread beyond the first cases, it is because of criminal neglect of 
 these precautions, for which neglect those who are responsible should be 
 held accountable by their constituents* 
 
 All needed power and authority for the enforcement of these rules 
 are provided by the law, and should be unhesitatingly employed when- 
 ever necessary. Police officers, sheriffs, constables, and all other offi- 
 cers and employes of the State are specifically enjoined by the statute 
 to aid in the enforcement of such rules and regulations. 
 
 Til. , In this enforcement, if a question should arise as between pri- 
 vate rights or interests and the interests of the health of the com- 
 munity, the public interest must, be held paramount. Therefore, to 
 the question, which is often asked of this Board, as to the right of recom- 
 pense for losses incurred by the destruction of infected clothing or 
 other effects, a negative answer must be returned. No individual has 
 the right to preserve contagion or infection about his premises where- 
 by the public health may be endangered. If the destruction of the 
 infected material be necessary in order to destroy the contagion or in- 
 fection, the loss must be borne by the owner ; it cannot be recovered 
 from the community. 
 
 As to the policy and expediency of reimbursing such losses, that is a 
 question for the consideration of the proper authorities— town, city or 
 county ; and cases might arise in which relief would properly be af- 
 forded—as, for example, where such destruction would entail great 
 hardship upon an indigent person. 
 
 Should the property of an innocent owner become infected through 
 the preservation of known infected material — which it was the duty of 
 the health authorities to cause to be destroyed — the value of such pro- 
 perty, if destroyed to protect the public health, may. be recovered under 
 the constitutional provision that private property shall not be taken 
 for public use or benefit without just compensation. This, however, 
 applies only to the property of persons who are not in any wise respon- 
 sible for the contagion, and who have taken reasonable precautions to 
 prevent or avoid it. 
 
 IV. It is competent for local boards of health, as above defined, to 
 incur expense for the vaccinnation of those who are unable to pay for 
 the same ; and they may, also, make such other expenditures, as in the 
 
 * This assertion may be qualified in its application to large cities or other distributing 
 points for newly- arriving immigrants. But even in such, with a proper system of ran 
 and river inspection and vaccination of the unprotected, small-pox may always be held 
 in control. 
 
exercise of a sound discretion, may seem prudent and necessary either 
 to eifect a cure or to prevent the spread of any epidemic contagious or 
 infectious disease — as, for example, by estabHshing a small-pox hospi- 
 tal, employing a small-pox physician, etc. Expenses so incurred 
 should be paid out of the general fund of the municipal body (town, 
 city or county,) incurring the same. 
 
 Concert of action between neighboring towns or communities, whose 
 sanitary interests are often identical, is strongly enjoined upon the 
 health authorities. Friction, clashing of authority and unnecessary 
 expense may thus be avoided. Where there is no medical man upon a 
 board of health, the advice and cooperation of the county medical offi- 
 cer should be secured ; or, if this be impracticable, a competent and 
 legally-qualified physician should be employed. If a district or local- 
 ity become seriously infected, better work will be secured, with less 
 danger of the contagion being spread, if such district or locality be put 
 in charge of one medical officer, instead of allowing several physicians 
 to visit individual patients or families. Such officer should be selected 
 with an eye not only to his medical skill and experience, but also to his 
 knowledge and ability as a sanitary executive. 
 
 Local boards and authorities are strongly advised agamst the policy 
 of concealment. Small-pox cannot be suppressed by denying its exist- 
 ence. It will out, more certainly than murder. Official reticence in 
 this is not only useless to protect commercial interests and reputation, 
 but is in the highest degree mischievous, in that it begets false confi- 
 dence, which may lead the innocent and unwary into such danger as 
 an honest announcement of the facts would have warned them to 
 avoid. Insist upon prompt publicity in every instance. 
 
 The following rules are believed to cover every important detail, and 
 are part and parcel of this Order, to be strictly enforced in appropriate 
 cases. A copy should be left in every house where there is a case of 
 small-pox, and their republication in the local papers, or otherwise, is 
 recommended. By this means a more ready obedience and intelligent 
 cooperation will be secured, of the first importance in the present 
 emergency. 
 
 No disease can be so surely prevented or controlled as Small-Pox. Its exist- 
 ence in a community argues unjustifiable prejudice, carelessness or ignorance, for 
 neither of which is there any excuse. 
 
 By order of the Board: 
 
 JOHN H. EAUCH, M. D., 
 
 Secretary. 
 
RULES AND REGULATIONS, 
 
 For the Prevention of the Spread of Small-Pox. 
 
 1. Vaccination. — Upon the first ap- 
 pearance of a case of small-pox in a 
 given locality, systematic vaccination or 
 re-vaccination must be at once resorted 
 to — vaccination of all not previously 
 protected, and revaccination in all cases 
 where the operation has not been suc- 
 cessfully performed within the past year, 
 liecent experience has shown such an 
 unusual susceptibility, both to the small- 
 pox poison and to the vaccine virus, that 
 it is not prudent to rely on an old 
 vaccination^ no matter how typical the 
 soar may be. The inconvenience of vac- 
 cination is trifling compared with an at- 
 tack of small-pox. If it doesn't "take" 
 one may be assured of his safety if e^- 
 ■posed.— provided, the operation has been 
 properly performed, if it does "take" it 
 is conclusive evidence that the individual 
 was in a condition to have contracted 
 small-pox if exposed. 
 
 Vaccination should in all cases be per- 
 formed by a legally-qualified physician; 
 and too much care cannot be exercised in 
 the selection of virus and the perform- 
 ance of the operation. It is recommended 
 that a certificate be given to each person 
 vaccinated, and the State Boakd will, 
 on certain conditions, furnish blanks for 
 this purpose on application. It is further 
 recommended to managers, directors, 
 superintendents, and others employing or 
 having control of numbers of persons — 
 as railroads, commercial and manufactur- 
 ing establishments, private schools, col- 
 leges, universities, penal and reformatory 
 institutions, asylums, public offices, steam- 
 boats, etc. — that they make vaccination 
 obligatory upon all such persons. 
 
 Local boards and health authorities 
 have the right to order compulsory vacci- 
 nation at any time, and their orders may 
 be enforced under penalty; or persons 
 refusing to be vaccinated may be quaran- 
 tined and otherwise treated as small-pox 
 patients or "suspects," until the period of 
 danger has passed. Where such persons 
 (that is, those refusing to be vaccinated,) 
 are known to have been exposed to the 
 contagion — as, by visiting or living in close 
 proximity to infected houses — they must, 
 in all cases, be secluded for observation 
 during the usual period of incubation. 
 
 3. Isolation and Quarantine. — When- 
 ever it is known that- any person is sick 
 with small-pox or varioloid, isolation of 
 the individual must be promptly and 
 rigidly enforced. Every one in the house 
 must be vaccinated or re-vacoinated, no 
 matter how recently this may have been 
 done, nor how mUd the disease may ap- 
 pear. In view of the recognized difficulty 
 of a positive diagnosis in every case, any 
 reasonable doubt should be resolved in 
 favor of wise precaution. It is by no 
 means necessary that a case should pre- 
 sent all the typical symptoms in order to 
 initiate a malignant epidemic — even a 
 mild case, with little or no eruption, may 
 do this. Local health authorities cannot 
 ,too strona:ly insist upon this important 
 point. 
 
 In towns or cities where there are 
 small-pox hospitals, it is better that the 
 patient should be removed to such at 
 once. Where there is no such provision, 
 the infected house should be strictly 
 quarantined, and, if necessary, the police 
 authority must be invoked to secure pro- 
 per restrictions. Under no circumstances 
 should the inmates of such a house be 
 allowed to go away from the premises, 
 except by written permission of the health 
 authorities. An improvised hospital will 
 be an absolute necessity if the case occurs 
 in a crowded family or a tenement-house, 
 where proper isolation cannot be secured. 
 In such case, a bam, outhouse or other 
 building can usually be made sufiioiently 
 comfortable for the patient, at small ex- 
 pense ; or, if the weather be mild enough, 
 a tent may be used. A yellow flag or 
 placard, bearing the words "Small-Pox 
 Here !" should be prominently displayed 
 upon the house, and not removed until 
 permission is given by the health authori- 
 ties, Isolation and non-intercourse a/re 
 matters of the utmost importance. (See 
 page 2, concerning the transfer of patients 
 from one locality to another.) 
 
 3. The Sick-Boom. — The room selected 
 for the sick should be large, easily ventil- 
 ated, and as far from the living and 
 sleeping-rooms of other members of the 
 family as it is practicable to have it. All 
 ornaments, carpets, drapery, and articles 
 not absolutely needed La the room, should 
 
6 
 
 be removed. A free circulation of air 
 from without should be admitted, both by 
 night and day — there is no better disin- 
 fectant than pure air. Place the bed as 
 near as possible in the middle of the 
 room ; but care should, of course, be taken 
 to keep the patient out of draughts. 
 
 If the room connects with others which 
 must be occupied, lock all but one door for 
 entrance and exit, and fasten to the door- 
 frame — top, bottom and sides — sheets of 
 cheap cotton cloth, which must be kept 
 wet with thymol water, (see page 8, ) or 
 chloride of zinc solution — two drachms of 
 chloride zinc to a half gallon of water. 
 Over the door to be used, the sheet 
 must not be tacked at the bottom 
 nor along the full length of the lock-side 
 of the frame, but about five feet may be 
 left free to be pushed aside ; this sheet, 
 however, must be long enough to allow ten 
 or twelve inches to lie in folds on the floor, 
 and must, also, be kept wet with the 
 disinfectant. 
 
 4. Precautions m the Sick-Room. — All 
 discharges from the nose and mouth of 
 the patient should be received on rags 
 and immediately burned, and the same 
 precaution should be taken with the 
 crusts as they fall off. Night-vessels 
 should be kept supplied with a quart or 
 so of the Gopperas IHsinfeBtant (see page 
 8) into which all discharges should be 
 received. All spoons, dishes, etc., used 
 or taken from the sick-room, should be 
 put in boiling water at once. 
 
 . A pail or tub of the Zine Disinfectant 
 (see page 8) should be kept in the sick- 
 room, and into this aU clothing, blankets, 
 sheets, towels, etc., used about the patient 
 or in the room, should be dropped imme- 
 diately after use, and before being re- 
 moved from the room. They should 
 then be well boiled as soon as practicable. 
 
 5. Attendants. — Not more than two 
 persons — one of them a skillful, profes- 
 sional nurse, if possible — should be em- 
 ployed in the sick-room, and their inter- 
 course with other members of the family 
 must be as much restricted as possible, 
 and with the public only by written per- 
 mission of the health authorities. All 
 attendants should be re-vaccinated before 
 taking charge of a small-pox patient. 
 
 In the event that it becomes necessary 
 for an attendant to go away from the 
 house, a complete change of clothing must 
 be made, using such as has not been ex- 
 posed to infection; the hands, face and 
 hair should be washed in thymol water, 
 or chloride of zinc solution. Following 
 this, free exposure to the open air should 
 be secured before approaching any one. 
 
 6. Physicians and Visitors. — Physi- 
 cians and other necessary visitors, before 
 
 entering the sick-room, should put on an 
 outer garment, , closely buttoned up, and 
 a handkerchief or wrap about the throat 
 and neck. Such outer garment may be 
 a linen duster or rubber overcoat; and 
 this, together with the neck-wrap, should 
 be taken off in the open air imnxediately 
 after leaving the sick-room, and either be 
 dipped in the Zinc Disinfectant, or hung 
 up in an out-of-the-way place exposed to 
 the air, until the next visit. Safety con- 
 sists in exposing to the open air every 
 article of clothing that has been in any 
 way subjected to the contagion. 
 
 Whenever practicable the precautions 
 above prescribed (Rule 5) for an attend- 
 ant leaving the sick-room, should be ob- 
 served by the physician or visitor. Doc- 
 tors and clergymen may convey contagion 
 as readily as the laity under similar con- 
 ditions ; they should, therefore, take the 
 same precautions. This advice applies 
 also to re-vaccination at the beginning of 
 an outbreak. Several instances of phy- 
 sicians and clergymen falling victims 
 to the disease, have come to the at- 
 tention of the Board It should be 
 remembered that, whereas the average 
 period of incubation for small-pox is 
 about twelve days, vaccination acts in 
 from six to eight. By vaccination, there- 
 fore, one may guard against the result of 
 an exposure, even for some days after. 
 
 Physicians and clergymen may do much 
 toward securing an intelligent compliance 
 with these rules, both by precept and ex- 
 ample, and their assistance should be in- 
 vited in all cases. 
 
 7. Miscellaneous. — No inmate of the 
 house, during the continuance of the dis- 
 ease, should venture into any public con- 
 veyance, or assemblage, or crowded build- 
 ing, such as a church or school; nor, after 
 its termination, until permission is given * 
 by the health authorities. Letters must 
 not be sent from the patient, and all mail 
 matter from the house should first be 
 subjected to a dry heat of 250-260 deg. F. 
 Domestic animals, dogs, cats, etc., should 
 not be allowed to enter the room of the 
 patient, or, better still, should be excluded 
 from the house. During the entirfe illness 
 the privy should be thoroughly disinfected 
 with the Copperas Disinfectant, three to 
 five gallons of which should be thrown 
 into the vault every three or four days. 
 Water-closets should be disinfected by 
 pouring a quart or so of this disinfectant 
 into the receiver after each use. 
 
 8. Care after Recovery. — After recov- 
 ry has taken place, the patient should be 
 bathed daUy, for three or four days, in a 
 weak disinfectant— the thymol water or a 
 solution of chloride of zinc (two drachms 
 of the salt to a half gallon of water. ) The 
 
head should be thoroughly shampooed 
 during each bath, and the convalescent 
 be then clothed in fresh, clean garments 
 that have been in no way exposed to the 
 infected air. Patients should be kept in 
 the house at least two weeks after the 
 crusts have all disappeared. 
 
 9. Death and Funerals. — In the event 
 of death, the clothing in which the body 
 is attired should be sprinkled with thy- 
 mol water, the body wrapped in a disin- 
 fectant cerecloth (a sheet thoroughly 
 soaked in the Zinc Disinfectant, double 
 strength,) and placed in an air-tight 
 coffin, which is to remain in the sicfc-ronm 
 until removed for burial. No public fu- 
 neral must be allowed either at the house 
 or church, and no more persons should be 
 permitted to go to the cemetery than are 
 necessary to inter the corpse. 
 
 The local authorities must take charge 
 of burials, and superintend the prepara- 
 tion of the bodies. 
 
 10. Disinfection and after Treatment 
 of Premises. — After recovery or death all 
 articles worn by, or that have come in 
 contact with the patient, together with 
 the room and all its contents, should be 
 thoroughly disinfected by burning sul- 
 phur. To do this, have all windows, fire- 
 places, flues, key-holes, doors and other 
 openings securely closed by strips or 
 sheets of paper pasted over them. Then 
 place on the hearth or stove, or on bricks 
 set in a wash-tub containing an inch or so 
 of water, an iron vessel of live coals, upon 
 which throw three or four pounds of sul- 
 phur. All articles in the room and 
 others of every description that have been 
 exposed to infection, which cannot be 
 washed or subjected to dry heat, and are 
 yet too valuable to be burned, must be 
 spread out on chairs or racks ; mattresses 
 or spring beds set up so as to have both 
 surfaces exposed; window-shades and 
 curtains laid out at full length, and every 
 effort made to secure thorough exposure 
 to the sulphur fumes. The room should 
 then be kept tightly closed for twenty- 
 four hours. After this fumigation— 
 which it will do no harm to repeat — the 
 floor and wood-work should be washed 
 with soap and hot water, the walls and 
 ceiling whitewashed, or, if papered, the 
 paper should be removed. The articles 
 which have been subjected to fumigation 
 should be exposed for several days to 
 sunshine and fresh air. If the carpet has 
 unavoidably been allowed to remain on 
 the floor during the illness, it should not 
 be removed until after the fumigation; 
 but must then be taken up, beaten and 
 shaken in the open air, and allowed to 
 
 remain out of doors for a week or more. 
 If not too valuable, it should be destroyed ; 
 but, whenever practicable it should be 
 removed from the room at the begin- 
 ning of the illness. After the above 
 treatment has been thoroughly enforced, 
 the doors and windows of the room should, 
 be kept open as much as possible for a 
 week or two. Where houses are isolated 
 articles may be exposed out of doors. The 
 entire contents of the house should be 
 subjected to the greatest care, and when 
 there is any doubt as to the safety of an 
 article it should be destroyed. 
 
 All this work must be done — both the 
 disinfection and the destruction of prop- 
 erty — under the direct supervision of the 
 local authorities. 
 
 11. Treatment of Clothing, Bedding, 
 etc. — Such articles of clothing, bedding, 
 etc., as ca"' be washed, should first be 
 treated by dipping in the Zinc Disin- 
 fectant ; they should then be immediately 
 and thoroughly boUed. 
 
 The ticking of beds and pillows used by 
 the patient should be treated in the same 
 manner, and the contents, if hair or 
 feathers, should be thoroughly baked in an 
 oven. ■ If this cannot be done, they should 
 be destroyed by fire, as should, in any 
 event, all straw, husk, moss, or "excel- 
 sior" fillin g The clothing of nurses 
 should be thoroughly fumigated and 
 cleansed before it is taken from the house, 
 or, better still, burned, if feasible. 
 
 In this connection attention is called to 
 the fact that the disease has already been 
 conveyed between widely-distant points, 
 during this epidemic, through the medium 
 of rags and paper-stock. In the present 
 emergency authorities will do well to 
 quarantine shipments of these articles 
 unless accompanied by a certificate of 
 their disinfection under competent super- 
 vision. In any event, it is incumbent 
 upon owners of establishments in which 
 such articles are handled to insist upon 
 the vaccination or re-vaccinnation of all 
 persons engaged in the work. 
 
 13. Finally, if, from neglect or delay 
 in enforcing precautionary measures, the 
 disease shows a tendency to become epi- 
 demic, the public and private schools 
 must be closed, church services suspended 
 and public assemblages of people, as at 
 shows, circuses, theatres, fairs, or other 
 gatherings, be prohibited. Neighboring 
 communities are justified in declaring and 
 maintaining a non-iptercourse quaran- 
 tine against any place in which, by neg- 
 lecting the enforcement of this Okdek, 
 small-pox is allowed to assume epidemic 
 proportions. 
 
Best Disinfectants 
 
 Sunlight, fresh air, soap and water, thorough cleanliness — for general use. 
 For special purposes the following are the most, efficient, the simplest and the 
 cheapest: 
 
 I. — Copperas Disinfectant. 
 
 Sulphate of Iron (copperas) one and one-half pounds. 
 
 Water one gallon. 
 
 A convenient way to prepare this is to suspend a basket containing about sixty 
 pounds of copperas in a barrel of water. The solution should be frequently and liber- 
 ally used in cellar^, privies, water-closets, gutters, sewers, cesspools, yards, stables, etc. 
 
 II. — BaVphwr Disinfectant. 
 
 Roll sulphur (brimstone) two pounds. 
 
 To a room ten feet square, and in the same proportion for larger rooms. See Rule 
 10 for mode of use. 
 
 III. — Zinc Disinfectant. 
 
 Sulphate of Zinc (white vitriol) one and one-half pounds. 
 
 Common salt three-quarters of a pound. 
 
 Water six gallons. 
 
 For application and modes of use see Rules 4, 6, 9 and 11. 
 
 IV.— Thymol Water. 
 
 Made by adding one tablespoonful Spirits of Thymol to half a gallon of water. 
 Spirits of Thymol is composed of — 
 
 Thymol , one ounce. 
 
 Alcohol, 85% three ounces. 
 
 May be used for all the disinfectant purposes of carbolic acid ; it is quite as efficient 
 and has an agreeable odor. See Rules 3, 5, and 9, for application and uses. Where 
 thymol is not available, chloride of zinc solution may be used — half an ounce of chlo- 
 ride of zinc to one gallon of water. 
 
 THIS ORDER SHOULD BE PRESERVED FOR REFERENCE. 
 
PREVENTABLE-DISEASE CIRCULARS. 
 
 The following Circulars, concerning the Prevention and Control of 
 Contagious Diseases, liave been prepared and are published by the 
 Illinois Statb Board op Health: - 
 
 No. I.--SMALL-POX. 
 No. 2.— DIPHTHERIA. 
 No. 3.--SCARLET FEVER. 
 No. 4.--TYPHOID FEVER. 
 
 Copies of these may be obtained by applying to the Secretaiy, John IT. 
 Rauch, M.D., Springfield, 111. 
 
ILLINOIS STATE BO/IRD OF HE/ILTH- 
 
 PPENTHBLE-llSEffi WMm. 
 
 NO. 2.--DIPHTHERIA, 
 
 Published January, 1883: Revised October, 1889; Revised April, 1891. 
 
ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 
 
 Office of the Board, 
 
 Springfiei.i), April, 1891. 
 
 Health Officers, alt en di 11;^ PJiysiciaiis and lieads of households in wliich 
 Diphtheria occurs, should ca/rv out the Rules and Regulations contained 
 in the follotving pages for the prevention and control of this most fatal 
 disease. 
 
 Copies of this Circular should be furnished to the family in which the 
 case may he, and also to neighboring families. 
 
 The J'reventable-Disease Circulars of the Board may be obtained by 
 addressing the Sccretarv. 
 
 By Order of the Board, 
 
 JOHN H. RAUCH, 
 
 Secretary, 
 
DIPHTHERIA. 
 
 Diphtheria is a contagious disease: one that a well person caii 
 take from the sick. Like all contagious diseases Diphtheria is pre- 
 ventable. In order to prevent it we must know how it is carried from 
 a sick to a well person. 
 
 Diphtheria may be taken: 
 
 1. By contact with the breath and discharges of a person sick 
 with Diphtheri?., and by breathing the air in the room of such a per- 
 son; also by getting Diphtheria poison on sores. 
 
 2. From milk and other food tainted with Diphtheria poison. 
 To prevent the spread of Diphtheria all discharges from the 
 
 bowels, nose and mouth of the sick person must be destroyed or made 
 harmless as soon as they come from the patient; and the patient and 
 all persons in the house must have pure air and pure water. 
 
 Diphtheria is specially fatal to children, but many grown people 
 die of it. All the more care should be taken to prevent it, because 
 when it breaks out it is very fatal and hard to treat with medicines. 
 The following rules should be strictly followed whenever Diphtheria 
 attacks any one: 
 
 HOW TO PREVENT DIPHTHERIA. 
 
 1. Persons who have catarrh, or who are subject to sore throat 
 are specially apt to catch Diphtheria. So are persons whose health 
 is run down. Such persons should be very careful of themselves when 
 Diphtheria is near them. 
 
 2. When there are cases of Diphtheria in a neighborhood keep 
 away from meetings in crowded places, such as theatres, public halls, 
 and even churches unless they are well aired and well heated during 
 the services. Diphtheria is more common in winter and in cold 
 months than at any other time, because there is less fresh air in houses 
 in cold weather. 
 
 3. Nurseries, kindergartens, school rooms and other places 
 where children go should have plenty of fresh air, and should be kept 
 clean. Children catch Diphtheria more easily than grown people. 
 
4- When there is a case of Diphtheria in the neighborhood do 
 not neglect any sore throat, but call a physician at once. 
 
 5. Do not go into a house where there is a case of Diphtheria, 
 and do not let your children play with children who live in that house. 
 
 6. Never let a person who has sore throat or Diphtheria breathe 
 on your face. Do not kiss such a person, and do not eat with one. 
 
 7. If there is Diphtheria in your house do not eat or drink in the 
 same room with the sick person, and do not use nor let any one else 
 use the same cup, plate, glass, spoon, knife or fork used by the sick 
 person. 
 
 8. Sometimes we cannot tell where the Diphtheria poison comes 
 from unless from filth. The filth may be in a garbage heap, a cess- 
 pool or a privy vault. It may be in the gases from a bad sewer, or 
 from rotting vegetables in a cellar. It may be in water, or milk fouled 
 by sewage or by water running into wells or springs from privies. All 
 these things cause sickness. 
 
 9. Children must not be exposed to Diphtheria in any way. 
 When grown people are obliged to go into the room of a person who 
 has Diphtheria they should bathe and change their clothing before 
 they go where children are. 
 
 10. Do not let children use a water close.t or privy in which the 
 discharges from Diphtheria patients are thrown. If you can do so, 
 send the children away from the house where there is a case of 
 Diphtheria. 
 
 11. Cats, dogs, cows, hogs, chickens, pigeons, canary birds, 
 parrots and some other birds and animals sometimes have diphtheria 
 and carry the disease. Keep the children away from any of these 
 animals or birds which have any throat disease. Do not let any of 
 them go into the room or house where a person is sick with Diph- 
 theria. 
 
 12. There are no specifics, nor antidotes nor sure-cures for or 
 medicines to prevent Diphtheria. It is a waste of time and money to 
 buy or use anything of the kind. 
 
 DIRECTIONS FOR NURSING. 
 
 I. You can catch Diphtheria almost as easily as you can small- 
 pox. When a person is first taken sick it is often hard to tell whether 
 he has Diphtheria or not. To be on the safe side take it for granted 
 that when any one has sore throat, foul breath and fever he has 
 Diphtheria, especially if there is Diphtheria in the neighborhood. 
 Separate this person from all others except the necessary nurses, and 
 send for a physician. 
 
The Sick-RooM. — The rootn for a petsoh sick With Diphtheria 
 should be large, easily aired, and as far as possible from the rooms of 
 other members of the family. Take otit of the room all ornaments, 
 carpets, table covers, draperies, plUsh chairs and other things that 
 are not needed in it. The patient must have plenty of fresh air, night 
 and day. If possible heat the room with an open fire. If there is a 
 fire-place have a fire in it, even if you must use other heat. A stove 
 makes the worst kind of heat for the sick-room. If a stove must be 
 used, put a pan or kettle of water on it. 
 
 If you can do So place the bed near the centre of the room, with- 
 out letting the air blow directly on the patient. 
 
 The discharges from the nose and mouth of the patient should be 
 taken on clean rags and burned at once. 
 
 Keep in the chamber-pot about a quart of solution No. 2. When 
 the patient has an operation from the bowels empty the vessel and 
 then put more of the solution into it. 
 
 All knives, forks, spoons, glasses, cups and plates used by the 
 patient must be put into boiling water at once. 
 
 A pail or tub of solution No. 3 — two ounces to one gallon of 
 water (p. 8) — should be kept in the room, and all clothing, blankets, 
 sheets, towels, pillow slips and other cloth articles used about the 
 patient or in the room should be put into this as soon as they are 
 used, and before they are taken from the room. Then they must be 
 taken out and boiled at once. Use old blankets on the bed. 
 
 If you can do so, employ a professional nurse for the patient. No 
 more that two persons should go into the patient's room, and these 
 persons should keep away from other members of the family. If one 
 of these persons has to go away from the house he or she should 
 change the clothing and wash the hands, face and hair with soap and 
 water. 
 
 While there is Diphtheria in a house no one living in that house 
 should get into any street car, omnibus, hack, steam car, steamboat 
 or other public convej'ance, or go to any public meeting, or into any 
 crowded building, such as a theatre, church or school. They should 
 not go into any of these places after the patient is well until the health 
 authorities give permission. 
 
 Dogs, cats, birds and fowls should be kept out of the room, and 
 even out of the house. 
 
 As long as anyone in a house has Diphtheria throw into the privy 
 vault every day four or five gallons of solution No. 2. For water 
 closets pour a quart of this solution into the pan after using it. 
 
CARE AFTER RECOVERY: 
 
 A pet-son who has had a bad attack of Diphtheria can spread thfi 
 disease for forty days from the beginning of the sickness. A person 
 who has had Diphtheria should not associate with others, nor go to 
 School or church or to any public meeting until the throat is entirely 
 well and the sores on the lips and nose are healed . Before going to 
 school or to any meeting the person should have a health certificate 
 from the physician or health ofKcer. 
 
 All the clothing of the sick person should be disinfected before it 
 is worn again. The clothing the patient was wearing when he was 
 taken sick should be disinfected at once and put away. 
 
 REPORT TO THE HEALTH OFFICER. 
 
 Whenever a case of Diphtheria occurs in a house the head of the 
 house or the attending physician should report it at once to the health 
 authorities. Plain and distinct notices in the form of placards should 
 be placed on the house or premises where there is a case of Diph- 
 theria, and children should be kept away from such houses. Notices 
 should be sent to all public schools in the neighborhood when there 
 is Diphtheria in any house, and the pupils should be warned against 
 visiting or playing about such houses. 
 
 When the health officer is notified of a case of Diphtheria he 
 should go to the house and see that the necessary precautions are en- 
 forced. It is his duty to post placards, to notify schools, to take 
 charge of the funeral of anyone that dies of the disease, to see that 
 rooms, clothing and premises are properly disinfected, and to give 
 official certificates of recovery, and that the person is no longer apt to 
 spread the disease. Until the health authority gives such a certifi- 
 cate the house and everything in it should be quarantined. Where 
 there is no health officer the attending physician should attend to 
 these matters. 
 
 IN CASE OF DEATH. 
 
 If a person dies of Diphtheria the body should be wrapped in a 
 sheet thoroughly wet with solution No. 2, and placed in an air-tight 
 coffin, which must be closed at once and kept in the sick-room until 
 taken away for burial . 
 
 It is unlawful to hold a public funeral or wake over«tlie body, or 
 to put such a body on a railroad train. 
 
FUMIGATE AND CLEAN THE HOUSE. 
 
 After the patient gets well or dies all the clothes he has worn or 
 used that cannot be washed, and the roona and everything in it should 
 be disinfected with burning sulphur. These are the directions for 
 disinfecting a rooin with sulphur: 
 
 1. Paste strips or sheets of paper over the keyholes, window 
 cracks, door cracks, fireplaces, stove holes and other openings. Have 
 all windows and doors shut. 
 
 2. All the articles in the room that cannot be washed must be 
 spread out on chairs or racks. Mattresses should be opened and set 
 up on edge. Window shades and curtains spread out full length. If 
 there is a trunk or chest in the room open it, but let nothing stay in it. 
 Open the pillows so that the sulphur fumes can reach the feathers. 
 
 3. Use 3 pounds of sulphur for every 1,000 cubic feet in the 
 room. A room 10 feet long, 10 feet wide and 10 feet high has 1,000 
 cubic feet. For a closet half as large use a pound and a half of 
 sulphur. Moisten the sulphur with alcohol. 
 
 4. Take out of the room any wire mattress, sewing machine, 
 piano or other machine made with metal. Sulphur fumes injure fine 
 iron or steel. 
 
 5. Burn the sulphur in an iron vessel with live coals. Take a 
 tub with about two inches of water in the bottom. Put some bricks 
 in it. Then put the vessel with live coals on the bricks, moisten the 
 sulphur with alcohol and throw it on the coals. When the sulphur 
 begins to burn close the room tightly for 24 hours. 
 
 6. At the end of 24 hours open the windows, top and bottom, if 
 you can, and air the room for a day or two . 
 
 7. Take out the clothes and other things that have been fumi- 
 gated and put them in the sunshine and air for several days. Take 
 up the carpet, have it beaten, and air it for about a week. 
 
 8. While the room is being aired, brush the walls and ceiling, 
 and then scrub the paint, all wood-work and floors with lye soap and 
 hot water. 
 
 It is safer to burn straw, husk, moss or "excelsior" mattress 
 filling. 
 
 The outer clothing worn by those who have nursed the sick 
 should be fumigated with sulphur. All clothing that can be washed 
 should be boiled for at least one hour. 
 
 BEST DISINFECTANTS. 
 
 For general use; Sunlight, fresh air, soap and water, thorough 
 cleanliness, 
 
8 
 
 For special purposes the following are good, simple and cheap. 
 Any druggist can make them. 
 
 SOLUTION NO. I. 
 
 Dissolve 4 ounces of the best chloride of lime in one gallon of pure 
 water, or half a pound to two gallons. 
 
 Pour one quart of this into the vessel with each discharge of a 
 Diphtheria patient, and leave it in the vessel for an hour before throw- 
 ing it into the privy vault or water closet. Let the patient spit into 
 a cup half-full of this solution. 
 
 This solution will bleach colored cloth. If this solution is offen- 
 sive use solution No. 2 or 3. 
 
 SOLUTION NO. 2. 
 
 Dissolve corrosive sublitnate, permanganate of potash and muriate of 
 ammonia in pure water in the proportion of half an ounce of each to two 
 gallons of water. 
 
 Use for the same purpose and in the same way as solution No. i, 
 but it takes longer. This solution is poisonous, and will injure lead 
 pipes. It should not be made or kept in a metal vessel. 
 
 SOLUTION NO. 3. 
 
 Dissolve four ounces of corrosive sublimate and one pound of sulphate 
 of copper in one gallon of water. 
 
 Use this for disinfecting clothing and bed clothes. Add a tea- 
 cupful of it to two gallons of water. S^ak the clothes in it for two 
 hours, then wring out and boil them in a wash boiler. This solution 
 is poisonous) and must not be put into metal vessels, nor poured into 
 lead pipes. 
 
 DISINFECTION OF PRIVY VAULTS AND CESS-POOLS. 
 
 Use one gallon of Solution No. 3 to three gallons of water. Povir 
 this over the contents of the vault and into the cess-pool. All parts 
 of the vault and the wood work should be thoroughly wet with the 
 solution. This should be done every day while the disease is in the 
 house. 
 
 Solution No. 2 or 3 may be made by the barrel and kept in a saf^ 
 place where children and animals cannot get at it, 
 
LS. B. H. No. 157—5 m, 1-3, 1888.] 
 
 ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 
 
 PREV[NTABLE-OIS[AS[ CIRCULAR, 
 
 No. 3.-SCARLET FEVER. 
 
 PUBLISHED FEBRUARY, 1883; REVISED, JANUARY, 1891. 
 
ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 
 
 Office of the Board, 
 
 Springfield, January, 1891. 
 
 Health Officers, attending Physicians and h(-g,d8 of house- 
 holds in which Scarlet Fearer occurs, are enjoined to carry out 
 the Rules and Regulations contained in the following pages 
 for the prevention and control of this dangerous disease. 
 
 Copies of this Circular should be furnished not only to the 
 family in which the case may be, but also to neighboring fam- 
 ilies which may be exposed. 
 
 The Preventable- Disease Circulars of the Board may be 
 obtained by addressing the Secretary. 
 
 By Order of thi; Board, 
 
 JOHN H. RAUCH, 
 
 Secretary. 
 
SCARLET FEVER. 
 
 Scarlet Fever is, preeminently, the contagious disease ot childhood. Althoug:b all 
 ages are liable to the disease, the chances of attack rapidly diminish after the fifth year. 
 This predisposition of childhood is attributed to the feeble resisting power of early lite. 
 For the same reason, the chances of recovery and of escape from its serious after-effects 
 increase with the age of the individual. 
 
 These considerations should lead to especial care in guarding young children from dan- 
 ger of exposure to the contagion of Scarlet Fever. The common theory of too many 
 mothers and nurses— that "the diseases of childhood are to be expected anyway; there is no 
 use in attempting to guard children from their distinctive diseases;"— is mischievous in the 
 extreme, and should be refuted by all sanitarians, health officers, and family physicians. 
 
 Because a certain class of diseases are more prevalent and more dangerous in early life, 
 and grow less frequent and less fatal as the vigor and fullness of adult life are approached, 
 would seem to be common-sense reasons why the infant and young child should be all the 
 more carefully guarded against exposure to them*— and this is especially true of the disease 
 under consideration. 
 
 As in other contagious diseases, there are two important matters demanding attention 
 in order to prevent the spread of Scarlet Fever. The first is to isolate the patient— to separ- 
 ate the sick from the well. The second is to destroy, at once and effectually, everything 
 which comes from the body of the patient— before it can infect anything else, if possibla; 
 if not, then to subject everything likely to be infected to such treatment as will destroy the 
 poisonous property. 
 
 The s^carlet Fever poison is contained in the breath and discharge of the patient, and 
 especially in the skin which peels ote at the close of the attack, and may be scattered through 
 the air in tiny scales or powder. These particles may settle down in undusted corners, or 
 lodge in clothing, carpets, bedding, etc.; and, as they retain their poisonous property tor 
 an indefinite period, may kindle an epidemic whenever dislodged to come in contact \/ith 
 susceptible subjects. 
 
 The instructions, which follow, with reference to the care of the sick, and especially 
 those with reference to the means of destroying the poison, should be conscientiously car- 
 ried out in every household where there is a esse of Scarlet Fever. In a sanitary sense, 
 every person is his brother's keeper where contaeious disease is concerned. Concealment, 
 or neglect of known necessary precautions, whereby contagion is spread, may be as mur- 
 derous in effect, whatever the intent, as the club of Cain itself. 
 
 It the instructions here set forth were faithfully followed in every case of Scarlet Fever, 
 for a comparatively brief space of time, its poison could be entirely eradicated,— and this 
 scourage of childhood would soon cease to fill mothers' hearts with dread and anxiety. 
 
 *sinpe one attack of Scarlet Fever usually suffices to prevent subsequent ones, the ques- 
 tion has sometimes arisen as to the propriety of intentionally exposing children to the con- 
 taJion during exceptionally mild epidemics of the disease. This is a question which must, 
 in aM cases be decided by the family physician. And it should not l)e lorgotlen that even 
 a mild case in one child may communicate a malignant attack to another. 
 
SCARLET FEVER— ITS PREVENTION AND CONTROL. 
 
 1. During the existence of Scarlet Fever in a community, all cases of sore thr' at. with 
 fever, are to be looked upon with suspicion until tbeir innocent character is established. 
 
 2. If a child, who has not previously had an attack of Scarlet Fever, should unfortun- 
 ately be exposed to a case, it should be carefully watched during the following two weeks. 
 Upon the first symptoms of shivering, lassitude, headache, frequent pulse, hot, dry skin, 
 flushed face, furred tongue, with much thirst and loss of appetite, the child should imme- 
 diately be separated as completely as possible from other members of the household and 
 all other persons, until a physician has seen it and determined whether it has Scarlet Fever. 
 All persons known to be sick with this disease (even those but mildly sick) should be 
 promptly and thoroughly insolated from the public This is of quite as much importance as 
 in a case of s nail-pox. 
 
 3. As soon as it is determed that the disease is Scarlet Fever, the following precau- 
 tions should be scrupulously carried out These are substantially the same as already 
 recommended by the State Board of Health, in the Circulars on Small-Pox and Diph- 
 theria: 
 
 The Sic/c-Koom.— The room selected for the sick should be large, easily ventilated, and 
 as far from the living and sleeping-rooms of other members of the family as it is practicable 
 to have it. All ornaments, carpets, drapery, and articles not absolutely needed in the 
 room, should be removed. A free circulation of air from without should be admitted both 
 by night and day— there is no better dislnfeclam than iiuie air. Place the bed as near as 
 possible in the middle of the room; but care should, ol' course, be taken to keep the patient 
 out of draughts. In cnld weather, whenever it is possible, there should be an open Are in 
 the sick-room. An open tire is the best ventilation for a room in cold weather, and it should 
 be used for the sick-room even when register or steam heat is used. 
 
 If the room connects with others which must be ocrupied, look all but one door for en- 
 trance and exit to the sick room, and fasten to the door frames— top, bottom and sides- 
 sheets of cheap cotton cloth, kept wet with Standard Solution No. 3 (see nage 7). Over the 
 door to be used, the sheet must not be tacked at th? bottom nor alonjr the full length of the 
 lock-side of the frame, but about live feet may be left free to be pushed aside; this sheet 
 however, must be long enough to allow ten or twelve inches to lie in folds on the floor, and 
 must, also be kept wet with the disinfectant. 
 
 PrecauUonintlie Sick Buom. — All discharges from the nose and mouth of the patient 
 should be received on rags and Immediately liurned. Night-vessels should be kept supplied 
 with a quart or so of Standard Solution No. 2, into which all discharges should be received. 
 All spoons, dishes, etc., used or taken from the siok room, should be put in boilinr water 
 at once . 
 
 A pail or tub of Standard Solution No. 3— two ounces to a gallon of water— (see page T) 
 should be kept in the sick room, and into this all clothing, blankets, sheets, towels, etc., 
 used about the patient or in the room, should be dropped immediately after use, and be- 
 fore being removed from the room. They should then be well boiled as soon as practicable. 
 
 attendants.— Not more than two persons— one of them a skillful professional nurse, if 
 possible— should be employed in the sick room, and their intercourse with other members 
 of the family should be as much restricted as possible. 
 
 In the event that it becomes necessary for an atleiidiint to go away from the house a 
 complete change of clothing should be made, using such as has not been exposed to intcc- 
 
tionjthe hands, face and hair should be washed in Standard Solution No. 1— one part to 
 three parts of water or one part of chlorinated soda (liquor sodas chlorinatfe) diluted with 
 nine parts of water. 
 
 ilfisceltaneoug.— No inmate of the house, during the continuance of the disease, should 
 venture into any public conveyance, or aseemblagre, or crowded building, such as a church 
 or school; nor, after its termination, until permission is given by the health authorities 
 
 Letters must not be sent from the patient, and all mail matter from the house should 
 first be subjected to a dry heat of 250-260 deg. F. 
 
 Domestic animals, dogs, cats, etc., should not be allowed to enter the room of the 
 patient, or, better still, should be excluded from the house. 
 
 During the entire illness the privy should be thoroughly disinfected with Standard Solu- 
 tion No. 2, four or five gallons of which should be thrown into the vault every day. Water- 
 closets should be disinfected by pouring a quart or so of this disinfectant into the receiver 
 after each use. 
 
 Care after Recovery .—Tbeie is danger of communicatiog the disease directly, from one 
 recovering from Scarlet Fever, so long as there is any soreness of the eyes, nose or air- 
 passages; or any symptom of dropsy: but, more especially, so long as the skin continues to 
 peel off. Although the latter process is usually completed within about forty days from the 
 beginning of the sickness, eases happen, sometimes, when it last even seventy or eighty 
 days. No matter how long this period maybe, the child should be considered dangerous 
 until all s(!aling or peeling of the skin has ceased. Vaseline, cosmoline, olive oil or lard 
 should be used, in the discretion of the attending physician, to annoint the skin, in order to 
 prevent the scales from being scattered about and so spreading the contagion. 
 
 When recovery is complete, and the skin smooth and free from scales, the child should 
 be bathed all over, at least twice or oftener, and the hair thoroughly washed each time, 
 before being allowed to leave the house. This bathing should be under the direction of the 
 family physician, at such times and in such manner as he thinks prudent. The addition of 
 a gill of thymol water to each gallon of ihe bath is recommended. 
 
 4. No person after recovering should appear it. public wearing the same clothing worn 
 while sick or recovering from Scarlet Fever, until such clotning has been thoroughly disin- 
 fected, and this without regard to the time which has elapsed since recovery. Nor should a 
 person from premises in which there is or has been a case of Scarlet Fever attend any 
 school, Sunday school, church, or public assembly, or be permitted by the health authorities 
 or by the school board to do so, until after disinfection of such premises and of the clothing 
 worn by such person if it has been exposed to the contagion of the disease. 
 
 5. Cases of Scarlet Fever should be promptly reported to the proper health authority, 
 either by the attending physicians or by the householders. Plain and distinct notices, in 
 the form of placards, should be placed upon the house or premises where there is a case of 
 Scarlet Fever, and children, especially, should not be allowed to enter such house. Notice 
 should also be given to all public schools, of the locality of any house in which there is 
 Scarlet Fever, and tho scholars should be cautioned against visiting or playing on the in- 
 fected premises. 
 
 6. Immediately upon receipt of notice of the existence of a case of Scarlet Fever, the 
 health officer should visit the locality and secure prompt compliance with the precautions 
 above set forth. He should see that the proper placards are duly posted; should notify the 
 schools; take charge of funerals of those dying of this disease; superintend the disinfection 
 of rooms, clothing and premises; and, finally, give official certificates of recovery, and of 
 freedom from liability to communicate the disease to others. Until these latter are issued 
 a rigid system of isolation or quarantine should be maintained with regard to an infected 
 house and its contents— persons and things. 
 
 Where there is no health ofiicer, the attending physician should see that the above pre- 
 tions are carried out. 
 
 7. In the event of death, the body should be wrapped in » disinfectant cerecloth (a 
 sheet thoroughly soaked in one of the Standard Solutions. No. 1 or 2,) and placed in an air- 
 tight coffin, which is to remain in the sick-room until removed for burial. No public funeral 
 should be allowed either at the house or church, and no more persons should be permitted 
 to go to the cemetery than are necessary to inter the corpse. 
 
6 
 
 8. After recovery or deatb all articles worn by, or that have come In contact with the 
 patient, together with the room and its contents, should be thoroughly disinfected by 
 burning sulphur. To do this, have all windows, fire-places, flues, key-holes, doors and 
 other openings securely closed hy strips or sheets of paper pasted over them. Then place 
 on the hearth or stove, or on bricks set in a wash-tub containing an inch or so of water, an 
 iron vessel of live coals, upon which throw three pounds of sulphur for every 1.000 cubic 
 feet of space in the room. (The sulphur should be thoroughly moistened with alcohol.) 
 Closets opening into the room should have proportionate quantities of sulphur burned in 
 them'nt Ihe same time. All articles in the room and others of every description that have 
 been exposed to infection, which cannot be washed or subjected to dry heat, and are yet 
 too valuable to be burned, must be spread out on chairs or racks: mattresses or spring-beds 
 set up so as to have both surfaces exposed; window shades and curtains laid out at full 
 length, and every effort made to secure thorough exposure to the sulphur fumes. The 
 room should then be kept tightly closed for twenty-four hours. 
 
 The object of disinfection in the sick room is, mainly, the destruction of infectious 
 materials attached to surfaces, or deposited as dust upon window ledges, mouldings, door 
 frames, in crevices, etc. If the room was properly cared for and ventilated during the 
 sickness, and especially if it was stripped of carpets, curtains and unnecessary furniture 
 at the beginning, the difliculties of disinfection will be greatly reduced. 
 
 After the sulphur fumigation, all surfaces should be thoroughly washed with Standard 
 Solution No. 1, diluted with three parts of water, or with 1-1000 solution of corrosive subli- 
 mate; or with Standard Solution No. 3, four ounces to the gallon of water. Walls and ceil- 
 ings, if plastered, should be brushed over with one of Ihose solutions and then lime-washed; 
 if papered, the paper should be removed and the exposed surfaces then brushed over with 
 the solution. 
 
 Especial care must be taken to wash away all dust from every part of the room, and to 
 apply the solution liberally to crevices and out-of-the way places where dust may settle. 
 After such application of the disinfectant, open doors and windows for twenty-four hours, 
 and then scrub all wood work, floors, etc., with soap in d hot water. 
 
 The articles which have been subjected to fumigation should be exposed for several days 
 to sunshine and fresh air. If the carpet has unavoidably been allowed to remain on the 
 floor during the illness, it should not be removed until after the fumigation; but must then 
 be taken up, beaten and shaken in the open air, and allowed to remain out of doors for a 
 week or more. If not too valuable, it should be destroyed; but, whenever practicable, it 
 should be removed from the room at the beginning of (he illness. 
 
 After the above treatment has been thoroughly enforced, the doors and windows of the 
 room should be kept open as much as possible for a week or two. Where houses are 
 isolated, articles may be exposed out of doors. The entire contents of the house should be 
 subjected to the greatest care, and when there is any doubt as to the safety of an article 
 It should be destroyed. 
 
 All this work should be done— botb the disinfection and the destruction of property— 
 under the direct supervision of the local authorities. 
 
 9. Such articles of clothing, beddine, etc., as can be washed, should first be treated by 
 dipping in Ihe Standard Solution No. 3— two ounces to the gallon of water; they should then 
 be immediately and thoroughly boiled for at least half an hour. The ticking of beds and 
 pillows used by the patient should be treated in the same manner, and the contents, if hair 
 or feathers, should be thoroughly baked in an oven. If this cannot be done, they should be 
 destroyed by Arc, as should, in any event, all straw, husk, moss, or "excelsior" tilling. 
 The clothing of the nurses should be thoroughly fumigated and disinfected before it is taken 
 from the house, or, better still, burned, if feasible. 
 
BEST DISINFECTANTS. 
 
 Sunlight, fresh air, soap and water, thorough cleanliness— for general use. 
 
 Nor special purposes the following are the most eflicient, the simplest and the cheapest:- 
 
 STANDARD SOLUTION NO. I 
 
 Dissolve Chloride of Lime of the best quality im pure water, in the proportion of four ounces 
 (a quarter of a pound) to the gallon. 
 
 One quart of this solution for each discharge in scarlet or typhoid fever or other contag- 
 ious or infectious disease. Mix well and leave in \essel for an hour or more before throw- 
 ing into privy vault or water closet. The same for vomited matter. For every copious 
 discharge, especially in cholera, use a larger quantity; and for solid or semi-solid matter 
 use the solution in double strength. Discharges from the mouth and throat should be 
 received into a cup half full of the solution, and those from the nostrils upon soft cotton or 
 linen rag, which should be immediately burned. 
 
 Good chloride of lime may be purchased by the quantity at S'A cents per pound— making 
 the cost of this solution less than one cent a gaUon. 
 
 STANDARD SOLUTION NO. 2. 
 
 Dissolve Corrosive Sublimate and Permanganate of Potash in pure water, in the proportion 
 of two drachms of each to the gallon. 
 
 Use for the same purposes and m the same way as No. 1. Equally effective, but slower 
 in its action, so that it is necessary to let the mixture (disinfectant and infected material) 
 stand about four hour before disposing of it. It Is best to empty the mixture into a wooden 
 pail and leave it lor twenty-four hours, when it may be thrown into the vault or water 
 closet, or into a hole dug in the ground for that purpose, in'somo suitable spot. This 
 solution is odorless, while the chloride of lime solution is often objectionable in the sick 
 room on account of its smPll. 
 
 No. 3 is highly poisonous, and will injure lead pipes it pass3d through them m large 
 quantities. 
 
 Corrosive sublimate costs about 70 cents, and permanganate of Potash about 65 cents by 
 the single pound— making the cost of No. 3 a little more than two cents a gallon. 
 
 STANDARD SOLUTION NO. 3. 
 
 Dissolve four ounces of Corrosive Sublimate and one powruJ of Sulphate of Copper in one 
 gallon of water. 
 
 Two ounces of this solution to the gallon of water for the disinfection of clothing. 
 Articles to be disinfected should be soaked in the dilute solution at least two hours, then 
 wrung out and sent to the wash boiler. When diluted as directed, this solution may be 
 used without danger; a, poisonous dose could scarcely be swallowed by mistake, owing to 
 the metallic taste and the large quantity necessary to produce a fatal result. 
 
 N. Ji.— Solutions of Corrosive Sublimate should not be made or kept in metal vessels . 
 A wooden tub, barrel or pail or an earthen jar should be used for such solutions. 
 
 Disinfection of Privy Vaults, Cesspools, etc. — When the excreta or discharge (not 
 previously disinfected) of patients suffering with any contagious disease have been thrown 
 into a vault this becomes infected and dangerous. Disinfection should be resorted to as 
 soon as the fact is discovered or eveu suspected. 
 
 Solution No. 3, diluted one part to three of water, may be used in the proportion of oae 
 gallon of the dilute solution to every four gallons (estimated) Of the contents of the vault. 
 All exposed portions of the vault, and wood work, should be thoroughly wet with the 
 solution . 
 
 To keep a vault disinfected during the progress of an epidemic— or even a single case of 
 contagious disease— sprinkle chloride of lime freely over its contents daily. Or if the odor 
 of chlorine be objectionable apply daily four or five gallons of Solution No. 3, which should 
 be made up by the barrel, and kept in a convenient place for this purpose. 
 
LS. B. H. No. 157—5 m, 1-2, 1888.] 
 
 ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 
 
 PREVENTABLE-OISEASE CIRCULAR, 
 
 No. 3. 'SCARLET FEVER. 
 
 PUBLISHED FEBRUARY, 1883; REVISED, JANUARY, 1891. 
 
ILLINOIS STATE BOARD OF HEALTH. 
 
 Office of the Board, 
 
 Springfield, Jai^uart, 1891. 
 
 Health Officers, attending Physicians and hfads of house- 
 holds in xohich Scarlet Fkvek occurs, are enjoined to carry out 
 the Rules and Regulations contained in the following pages 
 for the prevention and control of this dangerous disease. 
 
 Copies of this Circular should be furnished not only to the 
 family in which the case may be, but also to neighboring fam- 
 ilies which may be exposed. 
 
 The Preventable- Disease Circulars of the Board may be 
 obtained by addressing the Secretary. 
 
 Bt Order of the Board, 
 
 JOHN H. KAUCH, 
 
 Secretary. 
 
SCARLET FEVER. 
 
 Scarlet Fever is, pre-eminently, the contagious disease of childhood. Altbougb all 
 ages are liable to the disease, the chances of attack rapidly diminish after the iltth year. 
 This predisposition of childhood is attributed to the feeble resisting power of early life. 
 For the same reason, the chances of recovery and of escape from its serious after-effects 
 increase with the age of the individual. 
 
 'I'hese considerations should lead to especial care in guarding young children from dan- 
 ger of exposure to the contagion of Scarlet Fever. The common theory of too many 
 mothers and nurses— that "the diseases of childhood are to be expected anyway; there is no 
 use in attempting to guard children from their distinctive diseases;"— is mischievous in the 
 extreme, and should be refuted by all sanitarians, health ofiBcers, and family physicians. 
 
 Because a certain class of diseases are more prevalent and more dangerous in early life, 
 and grow less frequent and less fatal as the vigor and fullness of adult life are approached, 
 would seem to be common-sense reasons why the infant and young child should be all the 
 more carefully guarded against exposure to them*— and this is especially true of the disease 
 under consideration. 
 
 As in other contagious diseases, there are two important matters demanding attention 
 in order to prevent the spread of Scarlet Fever. The first is to isolate the patient— to separ- 
 ate the sick from the well. The second is to destroy, at once and effectually, everything 
 which comes from the body of the patient— before it can infect anything else, if possible ; 
 if not, then to subject everything likely to be infected to such treatment as will destroy the 
 poisonous property. 
 
 The Scarlet Fever poison is contained in the breath and discharge of the patient, and 
 especially in the skin which peels off at the close of the attack, and may be scattered through 
 the air in tiny scales or powder. These parlicles may settle down in undusted corners, or 
 lodge in clothing, carpets, bedding, etc.; and, as Ihey retain their poisonous property tor 
 an indefinite period, may kindle an epidemic whenever dislodged to come in contact \nth 
 susceptible subjects. 
 
 The instructions, which follow, with refejenee to the care of the sick, and especially 
 those with reference to the means of destroying the poison, should be conscientiously car- 
 ried out in every household where there is a cose of Scarlet Fever. In a sanitary sense, 
 every person is his brother's keeper where contagious disease is concerned. Concealment, 
 or neglect of known necessary precautions, whereby contagion is spread, may be as mur- 
 derous in effect, whatever the intent, as the club of Cain itself. 
 
 It the instructions here set forth were faithfully followed in every case of Scarlet Fever, 
 for a comparatively brief space of time, its poison could be entirely eradicated,— and this 
 scourage of childhood woulu soon cease to fll! mothers' hearts with dread and anxiety. 
 
 *sinoe one attack of Scarlet Fever usually sufBces to prevent subsequent ones, the ques- 
 tion has sometimes arisen as to the propriety of intentionally exposing children to the con- 
 tocinn during exceptionally mild epidemics of the disease. This is a question which must, 
 in all cases be decided by the family physician. And it should not lie forgotten that eyen 
 a mild case' in one child may communicate a malignant attack to apotber. 
 
SCARLET FEVER— ITS PREVENTION AND CONTROL. 
 
 1. During the existence of Scarlet Fever in a community, all oases of sore thr' at. with 
 fever, are to be looked upon with suspicion until their innocent character is established . 
 
 2. If a child, who has not previously had an attack of Scarlet Fever, should unfortun- 
 ately be exposed to a case, it should be carefully walched during the following two weeks. 
 Upon the first symptoms of shivering, lassitude, headache, frequent pulse, hot, dry skin, 
 flushed face, furred tongue, with much thirst and loss of appetite, the child should imme- 
 diately be separated as completely as possible from other members of the household and 
 all other persons, until a physician has seen it and determined whether it has Scarlet Fever 
 All persons known to be sick with this disease (oven those but mildly sick) should be 
 promptly and thoroughly insolated from the public This is of quite as much importance as 
 in a case of s nall-pox. 
 
 3. As soon as it is determed that the disease is Scarlet Fever, the following precau- 
 tions should be scrupulously carried out. These are substantially the same as already 
 recommended by the State Boakd of Health, in the Circulars on Small-Pox and Diph- 
 theria: 
 
 The SicU-Unum.—The room selected for the sick should be large, easily ventilated, and 
 as far from the living and sleeiiing-rooms of other members of the family as it is practicable 
 to have it. All ornaments, carpets, drapery, and articles not absolutely needed in the 
 room, should be removed. A free circulation of air from without should be admitted both 
 by night and day— there is no bettor dislnfeelant than Dure air. Place the bed as near as 
 possible in the middle of the room ; but oare should, of cou rse, be taken to keep the patient 
 out of draughts. In cold weather, whenever it is possible, there should be an open Are in 
 the sick-room. An open Are is the best ventilation for a room in cold weather, and it should 
 be used for the elck-room even when register or steam heat is used. 
 
 If the room connects with others which must be occuvied, lock all but one door for en- 
 trance and exit to the sick room, and fasten to the door frames— top, bottom and sides- 
 sheets of cheap cotton cloth, kept wet with Standard Solution No. a (see cage 7). Over the 
 door to be used, the sheet must not be tacked at the bottom nor along the full length of the 
 lock-side of the frame, but about live feet may be left free to be pushed aside; this sheet 
 however, must be long enough to allow ten or twelve inches to lie in folds on the floor, and 
 must, also be kept wet with the disinfectant. 
 
 Precautionlnthe Sick Boom,— Al\ discharges from the nose and mouth of the patient 
 should be received on rags and Immediately burned. Night-vessels should be kept supplied 
 with a quart or so of Standard Solution Nc. 3, into which all discharges should be received. 
 All spoons, dishes, etc., used or taken from the sick room, should be put in boiling water 
 at once. 
 
 A pail or tub of Standard Solution No. 3— two ounces to a gallon of water-(see page 7) 
 should be kept In the sick room, and into this all clothing, blankets, sheets, towels, etc., 
 used about the patient or in the room, should be dropped immediately after use, and be- 
 fore being removed from the room. They should then be woll boiled as soon as practicable. 
 
 AUendanta.—tiol more than two persons— one of them a .skillful profcfsional nurse, if 
 possible— should be employed in the sick room, and their intercourse with other members 
 of the family should be as much resti-lcted as possible. 
 
 In the event that it becomes necessary for an atlciubmt to go away from the house a 
 complete change of clothing should bo made, uslnjj such as has not bi'on exposed to infoo- 
 
tionjthe hands, face and hair should be washed In Standard Solution No. 1— one part to 
 three parts of water or one part of chlorinated soda (liquor sodte ohlorlnalfe) diluted with 
 nine parts of water. 
 
 Miscellaneous.— No inmate ol the house, during the continuance of the disease, should 
 venture into any public conveyance, or assemblage, or crowded buildingt such as a church 
 or school; nor, after its termination, until permission is given by the health authorities 
 
 Letters must not be sent from the patient, and all mail matter from the house should 
 first be subjected to a dry heat of 250-260 deg. F. 
 
 Domestic animals, dogs, cats, etc., should not be allowed to enter the room of the 
 patient, or, better still, should be excluded from the house. 
 
 During the entire illness the privy should be thoroughly disinfected with Standard Solu- 
 tion No. 2, four or five gallons of which should be thrown into the vault every day. Water- 
 closets should be disinfected by pouring a quart or so of this disinfectant into the receiver 
 after each use. 
 
 Care o/ferBecouerj/.— There is danger of communicating the disease directly, from one 
 recovering from Scarlet Fever, so long as there is any soreness of the eyes, nose or air- 
 passages; or any symptom of dropsy: but, more especially, so long as the skin continues to 
 peel off. Althpugh the latter process is usually completed within about forty days from the 
 beginning of the sickness, cases happen, sometimes, when it last even seventy or eighty 
 days. No matter how long this period maybe, the child should be considered dangerous 
 until all scaling or peeling of the skin has ceased. Vaseline, cosmoline, olive oil or lard 
 should be used, in the discretion of the attending physician, to annoint the skin, in order to 
 prevent the scales from being scattered about and so spreading the contagion. 
 
 When recovery is comnlete. and the skin smooth and free from scales, the child should 
 be bathed all over, at least twice or oftener, and the hair thoroughly washed each time, 
 before being allowed to leave the house. This bathing should be under the direction of the 
 family physician, at such times and in such manner as he thinks prudent. The addition of 
 a gill of thymol water to each gallon of the bath is recommended. 
 
 4. No person after recovering shouid appear it. public wearing the same clothing worn 
 while sick or recovering from Scarlet Fever, until such clotning has been thoroughly disin- 
 fected, and this without regard to the time which has elapsed since recovery. Nor should a 
 person from premises in which there is or has been a case of Scarlet Fever attend any 
 school, Sunday school, church, or public assembly, or be permitted by the health authorities 
 or by the school board to do so, until after disinfection of such premises and of the clothing 
 worn by such person if it has been exposed to the contagion of the disease. 
 
 5. Cases of Scarlet Fever should be promptly reported to the proper health authority, 
 either by the attending physicians or by the householders. Plain and distinct notices, in 
 the form of placards, should be placed upon the house or premises where there is a case of 
 fecarlet Fever, and children, especially, should not be allowed to enter such house. Notice 
 should also be given to all public schools, of the locality of any house in which there is 
 Scarlet Fever, and the scholars should be cautioned against visiting or playing on the in- 
 fected premises. 
 
 6. Immediately upon receipt of notice of the existence of a case of Scarlet Fever, the 
 health officer should visit the locality and secure prompt compliance with the precautions 
 above set forth. He should see that the proper placards are duly posted; should notify the 
 schools; take charge of funerals of those dying of this disease; superintend the disinfection 
 of rooms, clothing and premises; and, finally, give official certificates of recovery, and of 
 freedom from liability to communicate the disease to others. Until these latter are issued 
 a rigid system of isolation or quarantine should be maintained with regard to an infected 
 house and its contents— persons and things. 
 
 Where there is no health officer, the attending physician should see that the above pre- 
 tions are carried out. 
 
 7. In the event of death, the body should be wrapped in a, disinfectant cerecloth (a 
 sheet thoroughly soaked in one of the Standard Solutions. No. 1 or 3, ) and placed in an air- 
 tight eoliin, wJiicit is to remain in the sick-room until removed for burial. No public funeral 
 should be allowed cither at the htiuse or church, and no more persons should be permitted 
 to go to the cemetery than are necessary to inter the corpse. 
 
6 
 
 8. After recovery or death all articles worn by, or that have come in contact with the 
 patient, together with the room and its contents, should be thoroughly disinfected by 
 burning sulphur. To do this, have all windows, flre-places, flues, key-holes, doors and 
 other openings securely closed by strips or sheets of paper pasted over tbem. Then place 
 on the hearth or stove, or on bricks set in a wash-tub containing an inch or so of water, an 
 iron vessel of live coals, upon which throw three pounds of sulphur for every 1.000 cubic 
 feet of space in the room. (The sulphur should be thoroughly moistened with aluohol.) 
 Closets opening into the room should have proportionate quantities of sulphur burned in 
 them at ihe same time. All articles in the room and others of every description that have 
 been exposed to infection, which cannot be washed or subjected to dry heat, and are yet 
 too valuable to be burned, must be spread out on chairs or racks : mattresses or spring-beds 
 set up so as to have both surfaces exposed; window shades and curtains laid out at full 
 length, and every effort made to secure thorough exposure to the sulphur fumes. The 
 room should then be kept tightly closed for twenty-four hours. 
 
 The object of disinfection in the sick room is, mainly, the destruction of infectious 
 materials attached to surfaces, or deposited as dust upon window ledges, mouldings, door 
 frames, in crevices, etc. If the room was properly cared for and ventilated during the 
 sickness, and especially if it was stripped of carpets, curtains and unnecessary furniture 
 at the beginning, Ihe difficulties of disinfection will be greatly reduced. 
 
 After the sulphur fumigation, all surfaces should be thoroughly washed with StandHrd 
 Solution No. 1, diluted with Ihree parts of water, or with ]-in00 solution of corrosive .subli- 
 mate; or with Standard Solution No. 2, four ounces to the gallon of water. Walls and ceil- 
 ings, if plastered, should be brushed over with one ot these solutions and then lime-washed; 
 if papered, the paper should be removed and the exposed surfaces then brushed over with 
 the solution. 
 
 Especial care must be taken to wash away all dust from every part of the room, and to 
 apply the solution liberally to crevices and out-of-the-way places where dust may settle. 
 After such application of the disinfectant, open doors and windows for twenty-four hours, 
 and then scrub all wood work, floors, etc., with soap ai d hot water. 
 
 The articles which have been subjected to fumigation should be exposed for several days 
 to sunshine and fresh air. It the carpet has unavoidably been allowed to remain on the 
 floor during the illness, it should not be removed until iifter the fumigation; but must then 
 be taken up, beaten and shaken in the open air, and allowed to remain out ot doors for a 
 week or more. If not too valuable, it should be destroyed; but, whenever practicable, it 
 should be removed from the room at the beginning of Ihe illness. 
 
 After the above treatment has been thoroughly enforced, the doors and windows of the 
 room should be kept open as much as possible for a week or two. Where houses are 
 isolated, articles may be exposed out of doors. The entire contents of the house should be 
 subjected to the greatest care, and when there is any doubt as to the safety of an article 
 it should be destroyed. 
 
 All this work should be done— both the disinfection and the destruction of propertj-— 
 under the direct supervision of the local authorities. 
 
 9. Such articles of clothing, beddins, etc., as can be washed, should first be treated by 
 dipping in Ihe Standard Solution No. 3— two ounces to Ihe gallon of water; they should then 
 be immediately and thoroughly boiled for at least halt an hour. The ticking of beds and 
 pillows used by the patient should be treated in the same manner, and the contents, if hair 
 or feathers, should be thoroughly baked in an oven. It this cannot be done, they should he 
 destroyed by fire, as should, in any event, all straw, husk, moss, or "excelsior" lining. 
 The clothing of the nurses should bo thoroughly fumigated and disinfected before it is taken 
 from the house, or, better still, burned, it feasible. 
 
BEST DISINFECTANTS. 
 
 Sunlight, fresh air, soap and water, thorough cleanliness— for general use. 
 
 Nor special purposes the following are the most efficient, the simplest and the cheapest: 
 
 STANDARD SOLUTION NO. I 
 
 Diminlve Chloride of Lime of the best quality in pure water, in the proportion of four ounces 
 (a quarter of a pi^und) to the gallon. 
 
 One guart of this solution for each discharge in scarlet or typhoid fever or other contag- 
 ious or infectious disease. Mix well and leave in vessel for an hour or more before throw- 
 ing into privy vault or water closet. The same for vomited matter. For every copious 
 discharge, especially in cholera, use a larger quantity; and for solid or semi-solid matter 
 use the solution in doable strength. Discharges from the mouth and throat should be 
 received into a cup half full of the solution, and those from the nostrils upon soft cotton or 
 linen rag, which should be immediately burned. 
 
 Good chloride of lime may be purchased by the quantity at 3J4 cents per pound— making 
 the cost of this solution less than one cent a gallon. 
 
 STANDARD SOLUTION NO. 2. 
 
 Dissolve Corrosive Sublimate and Permanganate of Potash in pure water, in the proportion 
 of two drachms of each to the gallon. 
 
 Use for the same purposes and in the same way as No. 1. Equally effective, but slower 
 in its action, so that it is necessary to let the mixture (disinfectant and infected material) 
 stand about four hour before disposing of it. It is best to empty the mixture into a wooden 
 pail and leave it lor twenty-four hours, when it may be thrown into the vault or water 
 closet, or into a hole dug in the ground for that purpose, in some suitable spot. This 
 solution is odorless, while the chloride of lime solution is often objectionable in the sick 
 room on account of its smell. 
 
 No. 2 is highly poisonous, and will injure lead pipes if passed through them m large 
 quantities. 
 
 Corrosive sublimate costs about 70 cents, and permanganate of Potash about 65 cents by 
 the single pound— making the cost of No. 2 a little more than two cents a gallon. 
 
 STANDARD SOLUTION NO. 3. 
 
 Dissolve four ounces of Corrosive Sublimate and one pound of Sulphate of Copper to one 
 gallon of water. 
 
 Two ounces of this solution to the gallon of water for the disinfection of clothing. 
 Articles to be disinfected should be soaked in the dilute solution at least two hours, then 
 wrung out and sent to the wash boiler. When diluted as directed, this solution may be 
 used without danger; a poisonous dose could scarcely be swallowed by mistake, owing to 
 the metallic taste and the large quantity necessary to produce a fatal result. 
 
 jf. J} —Solutions of Corrosive Sublimate should Tiot be made or kept in metal vessels . 
 A wooden tub, barrel or pail or an earthen jar should be used for such solutions. 
 
 Disinfection of Privy Vaults, Cesspools, etc. — When the excreta or discharge (not 
 previously disinfected) of patients suffering with any contagious disease have been thrown 
 into a vault this becomes infected and dangerous. Disinfection should be resorted to as 
 soon as the fact is discovered or even suspected. 
 
 Solution No. 3, diluted one part to three of water, may be used in the proportion of oae 
 gallon of the dilute solution to every four gallons (estimated) of the contents of the vault. 
 All exposed portions of the vault, and wood work, should be thoroughly wet with the 
 solution. 
 
 To keep a vault disinfected during the progress of an epidemic — or even a single case of 
 contagious disease— sprinkle chloride of lime freely over its contents daily. Or If the odor 
 of chlorine be objectionable apply daily four or five gallons of Solution No. 2, which should 
 be made up by the barrel, and kept in a convenient place for this purpose. 
 
[tS. B. H. No. 158.— 20m— 2-17-'83] 
 
 Illinois State Board of Health. 
 
 PREVENTABLE-DISEASE CIRCULARS. 
 
 No. 4.-TYPH01D FEVER. 
 
WHEN it is Considered that, one year with another, over 2,000 people die imnu- 
 aXly in tlie State of llUhoi' from Typhoid Fever; that upwards of 14,00u more are 
 dianhled hy it for an avertige period of three months each; that these persons 
 are taken from all classes of the community, and i<t all ages between 5 and 40 
 ye(irs — a large proportion during the productive or self-sustaining period; and 
 when it is further considered that the disease is believed, on the one hand, to he as 
 communicable as sma'l-pox or measles, and, on the other, is asserted to be "altogether 
 and easily preventable, " the duty of health officers, saniln li i-^ « and medical men, aith 
 reference to its suppression, would seem too obvious to need further emphasis or 
 explanation. 
 
TYPHOID FEVER. 
 
 Typhoid Fever has been fitly termed " the type of the filth-diseases." 
 Without reference to the question whether it may originate in, or be 
 caused by, the gases and other products of putrid animal matter, its preva- 
 lence unquestionably bears a constant relation to the condition of the 
 sanitary surroundings. 
 
 Where there is a polluted water-supply; where there is undrained 
 ground, contaminated with excremental tilth; where foul, over-flowing or 
 leaky privy-vaults soak the earth for rods with their contents; where 
 defective, unventilated sewers and " skin " plumbing abound, there does 
 Typhoid Fever find its most numerous victims. 
 
 From such localities the contagion, finding its way by various unsus- 
 pected channels, may invade the most cleanly and carefully-ordered house- 
 iiold. The frequent mode by which it is spread is through the water-supply. 
 A small quantity of the infectious matter of the disease is sufticient to 
 poison the contents of a well or cistern, and thus to give rise to an outbreak 
 among the susceptible who depend upon such source of supply. Or this 
 water may, as has frequently been isroved, be used for dairy purposes, and 
 so introduce the infection into families, supplied with milk from such 
 dairy, miles away from the source of danger. 
 
 The poison of Typhoid Fever exists, principally, in the discharges from 
 the bowels of those suffering with the disease'; and so w ,11 has the deadly 
 character of such discharges been cstablishL'd, that attempts h^ve been 
 made to secure legislation enforcing tho compulsory disinfection of the 
 intestinal evacuations of all Typhoid-Fever patients. Tliis is, of course, 
 impracticable; and whatever is done in this direction to limit the preva- 
 lence of the disease, can only be accomplished through the spread of 
 knowledge concerning its character and mode of diffusion. In this woi-k 
 boards of health can do little unaided by the Family Physician. Upon 
 him rests the responsibility of seeing that thorough disinfection is carried 
 out in every case of Typhoid Fever he may be called to treat. 
 
 To assist in the discharge of this responsibility, the following memo- 
 randum, concerning the sanitary aspects of Typhoid Fever, and the 
 instructions as to disinfection, etc., have been prepared, and are published 
 in the hope of making more effective the efforts to restrict the spread of 
 a disease which so eminent an authority as Dr. Parkes has pronounced 
 " altogether and easily preventable." 
 
TYPHOID FEVER: 
 
 ITS SANITARY FEATURES— PREVENTION OF ITS SPREAD. 
 
 I — ITS SANITARY FEATURES. 
 
 1. For sanitary purposes, Typhoid Fever is a contagious disease. Its specific 
 poison will produce the same disease if introduced into the system of a susceptible 
 healthy individual. 
 
 2. Like small-pox, scarlet fever, and many other contagious diseases, one attack 
 of Typhoid Fever, as a rule, protects from subsequent attacks. 
 
 3. The specific poison of Typhoid Fever is contained in the diarrheal discharges 
 (and, possibly, in other excretions and the exhalations,) of the patient. If these 
 obtain access to a water-supp y, or to articles of food or drink, an outbreak of 
 Typhoid will follow among those partaking of such water or food. Repeated in- 
 stanc ;s of this kind have been traced to the use of water from an infected well and 
 to infected milk. 
 
 4. The diarrheal discharges, when dry, may preserve the poison as effectually as 
 the crusts of small-pox, the scales of scarlet fever, and the dried membrane of 
 diphtheria, preserve the specific poisons of those diseases. 
 
 5. These discharges, coming into contact with putrid animal matter, as by being 
 thrown into water-closets and privies, are capable of saturating such matter with 
 the Typhoid-Fever poison in its most concentrated and virulent form. 
 
 6. Typhoid Fever may, therefore, be propagated in either of the following 
 wa5-s: (a) By poisoning the water-supply through direct access of the discharges, or 
 by their percolation through the soil, (b) By the aurial dissemination of the poison 
 in dried particles of discharges or other excretions, (c) By exhalations from sewers, 
 water-closets, privies, or other receptacles of these discharges. — By modes (a) and 
 (6), articles of diet, both liquid and solid, may be contaminated, and thus give rise 
 to outbreaks of the disease. 
 
 7. From the foregoing the deduction is obvious that the important sanitary indi- 
 cation, during the existence of a case of Typhoid Fever, is to subject the intestinal 
 discharges and other excretions of the patient, to such process of disinfection as 
 will destroy the specific poison contained, and to do this promptly and efficiently. 
 
 II — PREVENTION OF ITS SPREAD. 
 
 1. When a case of Typhoid Fever is known to exist in a neighborhood, strict 
 examination should be made regarding the surroundings and character of the water- 
 supply of the locality. If there be any reason to suspect that this may be possibly 
 contaminated from the case, its use should be forbidden until the proper measures 
 can be taken to protect it against such contamination, and the question of its safety 
 
be definitely "settled/jjThe locationjofijwells, with reference to the privy into which 
 Typhoid discharges are thrown, the inclination of the ground between such points, 
 and the character of the soil, should all be taken into consideration. Wells into 
 which surface-washings from the Infected premises might find their way by the 
 natural slope of the ground, and wells within a given distance of the privy of such 
 premises, should be at once abandoned. The contaminating distance varies accord- 
 ing to the nature of the' soil and the depth of the well; in a loose, porous soil, a 
 well 30 to 40 feet deep will be dangerous if within 100 feet of Typhoid premises. 
 
 2. If the case exists In a sewered neighborhood, every householder whose premises 
 connect with a sewer in common with the infected house, should have a thorough 
 inspection made of the drainage of bis own premises. If the sewer connection be 
 not broken by a proper ventilating shaft, extending above the highest point of the 
 roof, such shaft should be provided forthwith. All interior plumbing should be. 
 examined, defective joints repaired, traps put in order, and the flushing devices of 
 water-closets made etfective. 
 
 3. Scrupulous cleanliness in every portion of the premises should be enforced. 
 All decaying animal and vegetable matter, and every kind and source of filth in and 
 around the house should be removed, and disinfectants be freely used. Surface 
 drains and gutters, areas, outhouses, privies, shelters for domestic animals, fowls, 
 etc., should receive close and constant attention, and the Copperas Disinfectant 
 (see page 8) be used freely and regularly in every such place. 
 
 4. The precautions recommended to prevent the extension of the nfection to 
 other localities, are of even more icnportance upon the premises where a case of 
 Typhoid Fever exists. Here there is the greatest danger of the poison finding 
 lodgment in the soil which favors its growth and intensity, namely, filth in any 
 form. Therefore, the advice given in No. 3 should be rigidly carried out, in its every 
 detail, upon the infected premises. 
 
 5. Within the infected house itself the important matter to attend to is the 
 prompt disinfection of the discharges from the patient, and of every thing liable to 
 come in contact with such discharges. The following details should be observed: 
 
 (a) All discharges should be received in vessels containing a quart or so of the 
 Zinc Disinfectant (see page 8) or a gill of a concentrated (5 per cent.) solution of 
 chloride of zinc. (6) If there be a water-closet, this should be used exclusively for 
 the discharges from the patient while the fever lasts, and the receptacle should be 
 flooded three or four times a day with the Zinc Disinfectant, (c) When practicable — 
 instead of being thrown into a privy — the discharges, after being thoroughly disin- 
 fected, should be bu' ed in the grjund, at least 100 feet away from any well or other 
 source of water-supply. ( or tub of the Zinc Disinfectant should be kept 
 
 in the sick-room, and into this all clothing, blankets, sheets, towels, etc., used about 
 the patient or in the room, should be dropped immediately after use, and before 
 being removed from the room. They should then be well boiled as son as practica, 
 ble. Rags, closet-paper, or other material used about the person of the patient, 
 should be immediately burned. («) The sick-room should be large, easily ventilated, 
 and as far from the living and sleeping-rooms of other members of the family as it 
 is practicable to have it. All ornaments, carpets, drapery, and articles not abso- 
 
6 
 
 I'ute'ly needed in the room should be removud. A free circulation of air fru;n without 
 should be admitted both by night and day — there is no better disinfectant than 
 pure aid. P ace the bed as near as possible in the middle of the room; but 
 ke&p the patient out of draughts. (/) Not more than two persons, one of Ihem 
 a skillful, professional nurse, if obtainable, should be employed in the sick-room, 
 and their intercourse with other members of the family should be properly restricted. 
 If possible, the attendants should be selected from those who have already had 
 Typhoid Fever. In the event that it becomes necessary for an attendant to go away 
 from the house, a change of clothing should be made, using such as has not been 
 exposed to infection; the hands, face and hair should be washed in thymol water, or 
 chloride of zinc solution — half an ounce of chloride of zinc to one gallon of water. 
 
 6. After recovery, or during convalescence, the patient is to be considered dan. 
 gerous so long as the intestinal discharges continue to be more copious, liquid and 
 .frequent than natural; and disinfection should be maintained until the attending 
 physician advises that it is no longer necessary. 
 
 7. In the event of death, the clothing in which the body is attired should be 
 sprinkled with thymol water, the body wrapped in a disinfectant cerecloth (a sheet 
 thoroughly soaked in the Zinc Disinfectant, double strength,) and placed in an air- 
 tight coffin, which is to remain in the sick-room until removed for burial. Public 
 funerals are not advisable. 
 
 8. After recovery or death, all articles worn by, or that have come in contact with 
 the patient, together with the room and all its contents, should be thoroughly disin- 
 fected by burning sulphur. To do this, have all windows, flre-places, flues, key- 
 holes, doors, and other openings securely closed by strips or sheets of paper pasted 
 over them. Then place on the hearth or stove, or on bricks set in a wash-tub con- 
 taining an inch or so of water, an iron vessel of live coals, upon which throw three or 
 four poupds of sulphur. All articles in the room and others of every description 
 that have been exposed to infection, which can not be washed or subjected to dry 
 heat, and are yet too valuable to be burned; must be spread out on chairs or racks; 
 mattresses or spring beds set up so as to have both surfaces exposed; window-shades 
 and curtains laid out at full length, and every effort made to secure thorough expo- 
 sure to the sulphur fumes. The room should be kept tightly closed +'or twenty-four 
 hours. After this fumigation — which it will do no harm to repeat — the floor and 
 wood-work should be washed with soap and hot water, the walls and ceiling white- 
 washed, or, if papered, the paper should be removed. The articles which have been 
 subjected to fumigation should be exposed for several days to sunshine and fresh 
 ,air. If the carpet has unavoidably been allowed to remain on the floor during the 
 lUnesf, it should not be removed until after the fumigation; but must then be taken 
 up, beaten, and shaken in the open air, and allowed to remain out of doors for a 
 week or more. If not too valuable, it should be destroyed; but, whenever practica- 
 ble, it should be removed from the room at the beginning of the illness. 
 
 After the above treatment has been thoroughly enforced, the doors and windows 
 of the room should be kept open as much as possible for a week or two. Where 
 
houses are Isolated, articles may be exposed out of doors. The entire contents of 
 the house should be subjected to the greatest care, and when there is any doubt as 
 to the safety of an article it should be destroyed. 
 
 All this work should be done — both the disinfection and the destruction of prop- 
 erty — under the direct supervision of the local authorities or attending physician. 
 
 9. Such articles of clothing, bedding, etc., as can be washed, should first be 
 treated by dipping in the Zinc Disinfectant; they should then be immediately and 
 thoroughly boiled. 
 
 Th^ ticking of beds and pillows used by the patient should be treated in the 
 same manner, and the contents, if hair or feathers, should be thoroughly baked in 
 an oven. If this cannot be done, they should be destroyed by fire, as should, in 
 any event, all straw, husk, moss, oi "excelsior" filling. The clothing of nurses 
 should be thoroughly fumigated and cleaned before it is taken from the house, or, 
 better still, buined, if feasible. 
 
 10. Cases of Typhoid Fever should be promptly reported to the proper health 
 authority by the attending physician, or by the head of the family. Immediately 
 upon receipt of notice of the existence of a case, the health oflicer should visit the 
 locality and secure prompt compliance with the precautions above set forth. He 
 should make a careful investigation as to the probable cause of the outbreak, and 
 if this he found to be due to an infected water- or milk supply, the use of such sup- 
 ply should be rigidly interdicted, and the necessary steps at once taken to correct 
 the evil. 
 
 He should supiriutend the disinfection of rooms, clothing and preniis' s; and, 
 finaNy, give ofiiciiJ certificates of recovery, and of freedom from liability to com- 
 municate the diseabe to others. Until these lattar are issued, a system of isolation 
 or quarantine should be maint.iiined with regard to an infected house and its con- 
 tents — persons and things. 
 
 In the event of death from a malignant case, or where there are a number of severe 
 cases in one house or locality, the health oflicer should exercise even greater author- 
 ity than here indicated. He should enforce disinfection, cleansing of premises, 
 abandonment of suspected water, and other measures, arbitrarily, if necessary; and, 
 in his discretion, should forbid public funerals where the conditions — either of the 
 disease as to virulence, or of the sanitary surroundings — warrant such a course. 
 
 "Where there is no health officer, the attending physician should see that the 
 proper precautions are carried out, as herein advised. 
 
 11. Painless diarrhea, or simple "looseness of the bowels," occurrine, in one who 
 has never had Typhoid Fever, should excite suspicion while this disease exists in a 
 neighborhood. The disease varies in the intensity of its symptoms, so that mild, 
 walking cases are not uncommon. It is advisable, therefore, that.a?2 diarrheal dis- 
 charges should be disinfected during the existence of Typhoid Fever in a com- 
 munity. 
 
Best Disinfectants. 
 
 Sanlight, fresh air, soap and water, thoroagh oleanliueas— for general use. 
 
 For special pui'puues the following are the most efficient, the simplest and the cheapest. 
 
 I.—Oopperaa Disvn/eetant. 
 
 Sulphate of iron (copperas) one and one-haU'poands. 
 
 Water one gallon. 
 
 A oonvenient way to prepare this is to suspend a basket containing about sixty pounds of cop- 
 peras in a barrel of water. The solution should be frequently and liberally used ia cellars, privies, 
 water-closets, gutters, sewers, cess-pools, yards, stables, etc. 
 
 Il.SuVphur Disinfectant. 
 
 Roll sulphur (brimstone) two pounds. 
 
 To a room ten feut square, and in the same proportion for larger rooms. See Mule 8, of Section II., 
 for mode of uae. 
 
 111. — Zinc Disinfectant. 
 
 Sulphate of zinc (white vitriol) one and one-half pounds. 
 
 Common salt - three-quarters of a pound. 
 
 Water six gallons. 
 
 For application and modes of use see Rules 5, 7 and 9 of Section 11. 
 
 IV.~lkymol Water. 
 
 Made by adding one tableapoonfal Spirits of Thymol to half a gallon of water. Spirits of Thymol is 
 composed of— 
 
 Thymol one ounce. 
 
 Alcohol, 85 ^ct three ounces. 
 
 Maybe used for all thh disinfectant purposes of carbolic acid; it is quite as efficient in this 
 strength, and has an agreeable odor. See Rules 5 and 8 for application and uses. Where thymol is 
 not available, cbloride uf zinc eolation may be used — half an ounce of chloride of zinc to one gallon of 
 water. 
 
 THIS CIRCULAR SHOULD BE PRESERVED FOR REFERENCE. 
 
 COPIKS OF Tins CIRCULAR CAN BE OBTAINED BY APPLYING TO THE SECRETARY 
 OF THE STATE BOARD OF HEALTH, SPRINGFIELD, 
 
^W^'^Jk^J^ 
 
 
 
 
 '*«»*<.4 
 
 V 
 
 
 4\j 
 
 ^ >, ,.^-^ 
 
 \:f 
 
 k^A 
 
 i'^V 
 
 WW^: